2013 Product Selection Guide Whole Book

15th Edition
Programmable
Automation
Controllers
Programmable
Logic
Controllers
Human
Machine
Interfaces
Motion
Controllers
Servomotors
and Ampliers
Variable
Frequency
Drives
Robots
Computerized
Numerical
Controls
Energy
Management
Software
Low Voltage
Switchgear
PRODUCT
SELECTION GUIDE
15th Edition
www.MEAU.com
Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
500 Corporate Woods Parkway
Vernon Hills, IL 60061
Phn: (847) 478-2100
Fax: (847) 478-2253
www.MEAU.com | Serving the Americas

Printed with soy inks.
L-VH-00029 Effective September, 2013.
Specications subject to change without notice.
2013, Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATION CONTROLLERS
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACES
MOTION CONTROLLERS
SERVOMOTORS AND AMPLIFIERS
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
ROBOTS
COMPUTERIZED NUMERICAL CONTROLS
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SOFTWARE
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Table of Contents I
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may
be instances when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this
book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 16
weeks apply, product is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product
subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked
Item columns/rows.
Support ................................................................................................ 3
IQ Platform ............................................................................................ 8
QS Safety PAC ....................................................................................... 80
Distributed I/O ....................................................................................... 87
WS Safety Controller ............................................................................. 127
L Series Programmable Logic Controllers .................................................... 131
FX Family .......................................................................................... 149
Human Machine Interfaces ...................................................................... 183
Motion Controllers ................................................................................ 209
Servomotors and Ampliers .................................................................... 233
Variable Frequency Drives ...................................................................... 397
Robots .............................................................................................. 459
Computerized Numerical Controls ............................................................. 477
Energy Products and Solutions ................................................................. 523
Software ............................................................................................ 533
Low Voltage Switchgear ......................................................................... 543
Demonstration Kits ............................................................................... 549
Index ................................................................................................ 551
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Support and Services 3
Extended Support and Service Programs (ESSP
SM
)
With a sharp focus on the human element, Mitsubishi Electric Automation offers world class training, 24 / 7/ 365 support options, on-site
consultation and application development assistance to ensure profitable manufacturing operation and processes.
Mitsubishi Electric Automation offers three levels of Support & Service Programs, as well as custom support programs to assist you in
maximizing your support, and preserving machine uptime while maintaining your budget.
On-Site Support
Put our experience to work for you! Our engineers have the know-how to understand
your application and provide the critical support your business needs. Whether you
need a single engineer for the day or a staff of engineers stationed at your facility,
Mitsubishi Electric Automation has the solution.
ESSP
SM
Silver ESSP
SM
Gold ESSP
SM
Platinum
Priority Phone Support No hold priority. 7:00 AM - 7:00 PM CST 24/7/365 priority with parts fulfillment* 24/7/365 priority with parts fulfillment*
Application Support On-site - 10 hours On-site - 15 hours On-site - 20 hours
Training*** 2 Seats / 12 days each 2 Seats / 20 days each 2 Seats / Unlimited
Additional Discounts
Up to 10% on Application Support,
Service & Training***
Service & Training***
Service & Training**
*After regular business hours, parts fulfillment will be invoiced at standard pricing plus Service Fee. (quoted separately).
**For pricing, quotation, and plan details, please contact the Technical Support Group at (847) 478-2532 or email training@meau.com. All pricing is based on annual charges.
***Regularly scheduled classes per schedule posted on www.meau.com/training
Technical Assistance
USA / Canada Toll Free: 1 (800) 950-7781
Monday-Friday 7:00 AM - 7:00 PM Central
24/7 USA / Canada Toll Free: 1 (888) 701-7999
After 7:00 PM Central time and weekends (P.O. needed if part shipment is required. Fulfillment fee applies. For Non-ESSP customers, this is a
paid service requiring a purchase order or credit card.)
International Support: +1 (847) 478-2100
(Select Option 2 for Technical Support, then Option 2 for Industrial Automation) Monday-Friday 7:00 AM - 7:00 PM Central
Website: www.meau.com/contactus Email: tsg@meau.com
Support
4
n

S
U
P
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

S
E
R
V
I
C
E
S
Standard Product Training
Mitsubishi Electric Automations classes provide practical, hands-on,
product-oriented, customer-paced training which can be used the
moment the student walks out of the class. We offer a wide range
of training over various products. Information about our classes is
on-line at www.meau.com/training. You will find a complete list of
class descriptions, custom training, current training schedules with
pricing, and class registration procedures.
Custom Training
Mitsubishi Electric Automation is one of the few automation product and solution providers worldwide that offers customer-specific
customized training based on your application requirements. Contact one of our professional trainers to discuss your training needs.
Email training@meau.com or call our training coordinator at (847) 478-2532.
Standard Classes Offered
Programmable Logic Controllers Operator Interfaces Motion Control & Servo Robots
PLC Basics (GX Works2) GOT1000 and GT Works3 Motion Basics Robot Basic Programming
FX Series Advanced D75/D77 Positioning Robot Repair Training
Safety Systems Networking MR-MQ100 Controller Robot Basic Maintenance Training
L Series Advanced CC-Link Networking QD77/LD77 Advanced Positioning
A Series Transition CC-Link IE Networking FX Series Pulse Positioning Maintenance & Troubleshooting
A Series PLC Ethernet Networking PLC Maintenance (GX Developer)
MELSECNET/H Networking Variable Frequency Drives PLC Maintenance (GX Works2)
Software MES Introduction D700/E700 Micro Drives GOT1000 Maintenance (GT Works2)
GX Works2 Programming MES Interface F700 Inverters QD75 Maintenance
GX Works2 Structured Programming MES Interface IT
MELSOFT Navigator
MT Works2 Programming
For a complete listing of current courses visit www.meau.com/training/industrial_automation
More detailed course outlines are available at www.meau.com in the Training section.
Mitsubishi University
Mitsubishi University provides many levels of training on different Industrial
Automation products offered by Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc. These courses
focus on key needs of each customer category, as listed below.
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Support and Services 5
Mitsubishi University Classes
Course Name
Length of Class and
Prerequisite
Course Description
A Series PLC
3 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the student with the A Series family of PLC products and the software needed to configure, make
changes, and maintain a complete PLC system. This class will be taught using the A1SH PLCs and GX-Developer software.
A Series Hardware; Networks; Programming Equipment; Numbering Systems; System Configuration; Sequence Instructions;
Developing Programs; Timers and Counters; Basic Instructions; Application Instructions; Troubleshooting; Parameters;
Documentation
A Series Transition
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course is a half-day seminar which will introduce the concepts and issues involved in the transition of the legacy A Series
PLC platform to the Q Series Automation Platform. This class is a half-day instructor-led presentation of the topics and tools, as
well as a discussion of the available resources to assist with the transition process. After lunch is an open question and answer
session for students to discuss specific issues.
Transition Overview; Affected Equipment; Upgrade & Conversion Tools; Converting Systems; Network Conversion
CC-Link Networking
2 Days
Prerequisite GX Works2
Programming
This course will teach the engineer who needs to configure, start up, and troubleshoot CC-Link networks. Issues from network
topology to communication programming are covered. This class will utilize both FX and Q Series network master modules, and
includes remote I/O modules, inverter communication boards, servo amplifiers, and intelligent slave modules.
Network Introduction, CC-Link Network, Hardware Introduction, Configuring FX Series Master, Inverter Communications,
Servo Communications, Configuring Q Series Master, Intelligent Devices, Standby Master
CC-Link IE Networking
2 Days
Programming
This course demonstrates the setup, operation, and troubleshooting of the CC-Link IE networks. This includes CC-Link IE
Control and CC-Link IE Field.
Network Overview; CC-Link IE Overview; CC-Link IE Modules; CC-Link IE Control; CC-Link IE Field; Standby Master;
Troubleshooting
D75/D77 Positioning
2 Days
Programming
This course will familiarize the attendee with the QD75, QD77, LD75 and LD77 families of motion control modules and the
software needed to configure, make changes and maintain a motion system.
Module Introduction; GX Works2 Configuration; Module Configuration; Module Control; Diagnostics; Origin Point; Positioning
Tables; Positioning Profiles; Speed Control Profiles; Dedicated Commands; Advanced Positioning
D700/E700 Micro Drives
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will introduce the FR-D700 and FR-E700 series of variable frequency drives. It will give the student a
thorough knowledge of the hardware, parameters and troubleshooting of the D700 and E700. This class is taught using
both inverter models.
AC Motor Theory; VFD Theory; Braking, Loads; Hardware Review; Parameters; Troubleshooting; Stand Alone Options;
Harmonics, Noise and Microsurges; Key Features
Ethernet Networking
2 Days
Programming
This class is solely focused on Ethernet within Mitsubishis structure. This class is for the advanced user and we will learn
Networking, system configuration, protocols, modeling, and advanced applications.
Topologies, O S I modeling, Hardware, Practical Lessons, Practice Applications
F700 Inverter
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will introduce the FR-F700 Series of variable frequency drives. It will give the student a thorough knowledge of the
hardware, parameters and troubleshooting of the F700. This class is taught using the F720.
Inverter Product Lineup; Installation; Wiring Connections; Keypad; Parameter Settings; Troubleshooting; Built-in PLC;
FR-Configurator Setup Software
FX Series Advanced
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This class will explain and demonstrate some of the higher end functionality of the FX Series controllers. This class is taught
with the FX3U and FX3UC controllers and GX Developer programming software.
High Speed Counters; File Registers; Data Tables; ASCII Text; Serial Communications; Parallel Link; N:N Networking;
Inverter Communications
FX Series Pulse
Positioning
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the student with the motion control capabilities of the FX Series family of PLC products and the
software needed to configure, make changes to, and troubleshoot a motion control system based on the FX Series controllers.
This class will be taught using the FX3U PLCs, MR-J3-A servos, and GX Developer and MR Configurator software packages.
FX Series Hardware Review; Pulse Control Addresses; Connections; Basic Servo Configuration; Zero Return (Homing);
Positioning Commands; Table Positioning
GOT1000 and GT Works3
3 Days
Programming
This course is designed to introduce the various hardware platforms within the GOT1000 family, the programming software
GT Designer3, and the special functions of the GOT1000 products.
Introduction to GOTs; GOT1000 Family Overview; Communication Options; GT Designer3 Basics; Screen Design Basics;
Switches and Lamps; Basic Screen Objects; Graphs; Alarms; Recipes; Monitoring Functions
GOT1000 Maintenance
(GT Works2)
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course will instruct the attendee on identifying the GOT1000 Series hardware. Using software tool GT Designer2 to install/
upgrade Boot OS, Communication Driver and Extended Function OS. Understand basic modification and troubleshooting of
GOT projects.
Introduction to GOTs; GOT1000 Family Overview; Communications Options; GT Designer2 Basics; Screen Design Basics; Basic
Screen Objects; Alarms; Monitoring Functions
GX Works2 Programming
3 Days
Prerequisite PLC Basics
(GX Works2)
This course will guide the student through the operation of GX Works2 and the programming of Mitsubishi PLCs using ladder
logic. It includes programming, diagnostics, and software features.
iQ Works Introduction; GX Works2 Introduction; Creating a Project, Online Operations; Program Documentation; PLC
Parameters; Timers & Counters; Basic Instructions; Special Addresses; Mathematics; GX Works2 Utilities; Intelligent Modules;
Additional Commands; Multiple Programs; Project Revision Tracking; Project Security
GX Works2 Structured
Programming
3 Days
Programming
This course demonstrates and explains advanced programming topics related to structured programming. This class covers the
additional programming languages of Structured Ladder, Structured Text, and Sequential Function Chart.
Label Programming; Structured Projects; Structured Ladder; Structured Text; Sequential Function Chart; Function Blocks;
Libraries; Arrays and Structured Data Types
L Series Advanced
2 Days
Programming
This course demonstrates the advanced features of the L Series CPU, including built-in I/O, positioning, counting,
and data logging.
Built-In Inputs and Outputs; Pulse Positioning; High Speed Counters; Display Module, Data Logging
6
n

S
U
P
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

S
E
R
V
I
C
E
S
Mitsubishi University Classes
Course Name
Length of Class and
Prerequisite
Course Description
MES Introduction
1 Day
Programming
This course is designed to introduce the user to the systems that the MES Interface and the MES Interface IT modules use
and operate within. The basics of the eco system, OPC, enterprise computing are covered.
Product Introduction, MES Eco System, MES Interface IT Introduction, Demonstration Equipment, OPC Introduction,
Support Overview, Application Examples, Enterprise Computing, Quick Start Guide
MES Interface
1 Day
Prerequisite MES
Introduction
This course builds on what is learned in the MES Interface Introduction course. This course is designed for people who have
working knowledge of OPC and Eco systems and have limited knowledge of the Mitsubishi MES Interface module.
QJ71MES96 Installation, Basic Troubleshooting, Diagnostics, Programming, Configuration
MES Interface (IT)
2 Days
Prerequisite MES
Interface (Intermediate)
This course is designed for the advanced IT and MES module knowledge user. The Student will learn commissioning the
MES module and the GOT operator Interface along with system diagnostics.
Advanced Applications, Advanced Troubleshooting, Diagnostics, Security, Commissioning, GOT Connectivity
Motion Basics
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course will introduce the basic concepts required to understand servo based motion and motion controllers. Servo and
motor theory are discussed, as well as applications and control theory.
Motor and Servo Theory, Applications and Sizing, Motion Controllers, Programming Basics
MR-MQ100 Controller
3 Days
Prerequisite Motion
Basics
This course will introduce the MR-MQ100 1.5 axis motion controller and the programming methods. The student will learn
the controller architecture, programming, and create sample applications using the MR-MQ100 controller and the
MT Developer2-MQ programming software.
MR-MQ100 Introduction, MT Developer2 Basics, Memory Structure, Motion SFC Introduction, Motion SFC Programming,
Virtual Mode Introduction, Virtual Mode Programming, Registration Function, Cam Function, Application Examples,
GOT1000 Connection
MELSECNET/H Networking
2 Days
Programming
This course demonstrates the setup, operation, and troubleshooting of the MELSECNET/H network.
Network Overview; MELSECNET/H Overview; Parameters; Routing; Cyclic Communication; Transient Communication;
Remote I/O; Additional Functions; Troubleshooting
MELSOFT Navigator
1 Day
Programming
This course is designed to teach the usage of MELSOFT Navigator and system labels.
Introduction; MELSOFT Navigator; System Labels
MT Works2 Programming
4 Days
Prerequisite Motion
Basics, GX Works2
Programming
This course will familiarize the attendee with the motion controllers and MT Works2 software. This course focuses on the
Motion Control CPU and programming.
Hardware Introduction; Getting Started; MT Developer2 Introduction; Sequence Processor; Memory Structure; Origin Point;
Motion SFC Introduction; MT Works2 Tools; Positioning Profiles; Motion SFC Examples; Virtual Mode Introduction; Virtual
Mode Programming; Cam Programming; CPU Integration; Dedicated Instructions; Advanced Concepts
PLC Basics (GX Works2)
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course will introduce the concepts of PLCs, as well as provide an introduction to the components of the various
Mitsubishi PLC families. Basics of PLC design, assembly, and addressing are covered. This course also includes an
introduction to the ladder logic programming language.
PLC Hardware; Numeric Data Handling; System Addressing; Programming Software; Ladder Logic Basics
PLC Maintenance
(GX Developer)
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the attendee with the components of a PLC. Identify the memory addresses for inputs and
outputs. Understand the basics of ladder logic. Use of the troubleshooting tools in GX Developer. How to make basic
program changes. Identify and replace modules in the PLC.
PLC Hardware; Numeric Data Handling; System Addressing; Basic Ladder Logic; GX Developer Basics; Online Operations;
Intelligent Modules; Special Addresses; PLC Parameters; GX Developer Utilities; Hardware Maintenance
PLC Maintenance
(GX Works2)
2 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the attendee with the components of a PLC. Identify the memory addresses for inputs and
outputs. Understand the basics of ladder logic. Use of the troubleshooting tools in GX Works2. How to make basic program
changes. Identify and replace modules in the PLC.
PLC Hardware; Numeric Data Handling; System Addressing; Basic Ladder Logic; GX Works2 Basics; Online Operations;
Intelligent Modules; Special Addresses; PLC Parameters; GX Works2 Utilities; Hardware Maintenance
QD75 Maintenance
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the attendee on how to configure a motion module and the servo parameters. Build motion
control tasks and downloading of motion tables. Execute motion control tasks. Diagnose and troubleshoot systems using the
motion module.
Module Introduction; Software Configuration; Module Configuration; Module Control; Diagnostics; Origin Point;
Positioning Profiles
QD77/LD77 Advanced
Positioning
1 Day
Prerequisite D75/D77
Positioning
This course will familiarize the student with the synchronous control functions of the QD77 and LD77 families of motion
control modules.
Synchronous Control; Synchronous Configuration: Synchronous Operation; Cams
Robot Basic Programming
3 Days
Prerequisite None
This course will familiarize the student with the Mitsubishi robot products and the software needed to configure, make
changes, and maintain a robot system. This class will be taught using the RV-3S robot and RT Toolbox software.
Robot Operation, Robot Construction and Maintenance, Controller Functions, Teach Box Menus, Offline and Online
Programming, Basic Troubleshooting
Robot Basic Maintenance
Training
1 Day
Prerequisite None
This course has been designed to explain the basic maintenance structure of the Mitsubishi Robots through lecture and
hands on practice. Upon completion of this course, operative employees will have a fundamental understanding of the
Mitsubishi Robot system. They will be able to perform routine maintenance and basic troubleshooting on the Mitsubishi
robot system.
Robot Repair Training
3 Days
Prerequisite None
This course is an in depth look at the maintenance structure of the Mitsubishi Robot. It includes complete removal and
reinstallation of multiple joints on the robot. This will give the individual a greater understanding of the internal workings of
the Mitsubishi robot and allow them to have the ability to properly troubleshoot any issue that may arise on the robot. Upon
completion of this course, operative employees will have a fundamental understanding of the Mitsubishi robot system and
should be able to troubleshoot and maintain a complete robot system.
Safety Systems
2 Days
Prerequisite PLC Basics
(GX Works2)
This course will introduce the Q Safety Controller, Safety Relays, CC-Link Safety, and WS Safety Controller.
MELSEC QS Component Overview; Safety I/O Connectivity; CC-Link Safety; System Status and Monitoring; Safety Control;
Safety Relay Modules; Safety Addition to Servo and VFD; Safety Application Examples; WS Controller
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Programmable Automation Controller / PAC 7
Programmable Automation Controller
16-4096 iQ Platform
12-1024 QS Safety PLC
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
I/ O
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances when we are out
of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks apply, product is
non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock
product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
iQ Platform ............................................................................................................................................................................ 8
MELSEC QS Safety ............................................................................................................................................................... 80
8
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Power supply module
Battery for
QCPU (Q6BAT)
Extension cable
Extension base unit
*Minimum Requirements
Main base unit
Sequence
CPU
Robot
CPU
CNC
CPU
Motion
CPU
WINCPU
I/O, Intelligent function modules
Memory card
PC card adapter Memory card
RS-232 cable
USB cable
(customer supplied)
Ethernet cable
(customer supplied)
PC (GX Works2)
A
D
B
C
C
C
E
F
F
F
MPG
RIO
BAT
ACFAIL
FRONT
MPG
RIO
BAT
ACFAIL
FRONT
MPG
RIO
BAT
ACFAIL
FRONT
*
*
*
Multiple CPU System Configuration
iQ Platform
IQ Platform
Modular CPUs ............................................................................................................................................................................. 9
Base Units ................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
iQ Platform Base Units .......................................................................................................................................................... 20
Q Series Base Units ............................................................................................................................................................... 20
DIN Rail Adapters .................................................................................................................................................................. 20
Extension Base Units and Connection Cables ............................................................................................................................. 21
Power Supply Modules ............................................................................................................................................................... 21
I/O and Intelligent Function Modules .......................................................................................................................................... 23
Digital Input Modules ............................................................................................................................................................ 23
Combination I/O Modules ...................................................................................................................................................... 24
Digital Output Modules .......................................................................................................................................................... 25
Analog Input Modules ........................................................................................................................................................... 27
High Speed Analog Input Modules ........................................................................................................................................ 28
Combination Analog Modules................................................................................................................................................ 33
Analog Output Modules ......................................................................................................................................................... 34
HART Interface Module ......................................................................................................................................................... 38
Temperature Control Modules ............................................................................................................................................... 40
High Speed Counter Modules ................................................................................................................................................ 45
Interrupt Modules .................................................................................................................................................................. 48
Positioning Modules .............................................................................................................................................................. 49
Serial Communication Modules ............................................................................................................................................. 52
Network Modules ........................................................................................................................................................................ 55
e-F@ctory ................................................................................................................................................................................... 72
MES Solution .............................................................................................................................................................................. 74
Accessories ................................................................................................................................................................................. 76
iQ Platform CPU Configuration
iQ Base Units: Q35DB, Q38DB or Q312DB
The iQ Platform unifies all of the Mitsubishi Electric automation
disciplines into a one-of-a-kind modular Programmable Automation
Controller (PAC). Based on the multi-CPU architecture of the
renowned Q Series Automation Platform, the iQ ultra high-speed
dual-bus back plane allows the iQ to be the only PAC to integrate
individual Sequence, Motion, CNC, and Robot control onto a single
rack. The iQ Platform is ideal for multi-discipline systems, requiring
at least one sequence CPU. Users can expand their configuration
with existing Q Series I/O and intelligent modules, providing the iQ
Platform customized flexibility without the cost of new development
or double-stock.
Key Features:
Up to 4 CPUs total, including one sequence CPU; Motion, CNC,
and Robot CPUs available
Large 4096 I/O capacity and as low as 9.5ns instruction
processing, with selectable CPU program size
Selectable built-in Ethernet sequence CPUs, enabling program
upload/download, monitoring, debugging, SNTP, and FTP
functionality via Ethernet
System configuration and PLC/Motion/HMI programming using
iQ Works
Backward compatibility with Q Series programs and parameters
Multiple program processing
Selectable 8 or 32-axis high-speed fiber optic motion
controller CPUs
Selectable 16-axis C70 CNC controller CPU
Selectable vertical or horizontal type robot controller CPUs
Infinite I/O and intelligent function module customization
possibilities
Minimal hardware footprint
Certified by UL, cUL, CE (as indicated), as well as DNV, ABS,
RINA, BV, LR and NK shipping approvals for all Q Series products
A. Modular CPUs
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
CON0
30
25
20
15
10
5
1
A B
20
15
10
15
1
Q03UDCPU
RS-232
MODE
RUN
ERR.
USER
BAT.
BOOT
USB
PULL
Power
Supply
CPU 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1st CPU
QnU Sequence CPU
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q20UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU
Q100UDEHCPU
2nd 4th CPU
QnU Sequence CPU; 3 Max.
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q20UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU
Q100UDEHCPU
QD Motion CPU; 3 Max.
Q172DCPU
Q173DCPU
SQ Robot CPU; 3 Max.
Q172DRCPU
C70 CNC CPU; 2 Max.
Q173NCCPU-S01
C CPU, MES IT, or WinCPU; 3 Max.
Q12DCCPU-V
QJ71MES96IT
Q10WCPU-W1-E
Q10WCPU-W1-CFE
Process CPU
Q02PHCPU
Q06PHCPU
Q12PHCPU
Q25PHCPU
Process CPU
Q02PHCPU
Q06PHCPU
Q12PHCPU
Q25PHCPU
10
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Notes:
1. The unit of the file size stored in the memory area varies depending on the CPU module. For more details, refer to the QCPU Users Manual (Function Explanation, Program Fundamentals)
2. The maximum number of executable sequence steps is shown. (Program capacity) - (File header size (default: 34 steps)). For details, refer to the QCPU Users Manual (Function Explanation, Program Fundamentals).
3. The CPU module can only execute up to 124 programs, though more may be stored.
4. Applies to QnU CPUs with built-in Ethernet ports only.
5. Indicates the total number of TCP/IP and UDP/IP protocols.
6. The current value consumption of the built-in Ethernet part version is 0.46A
7. The current consumption of the built-in Ethernet port version is 0.46A.
Model Number
Built-In
Ethernet
Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU
Stocked Item S S S - S - S - -
Processing
Speed
(Sequence
Instruction)
LD X0 20ns 9.5ns
MOV D0 D1 40ns 19ns
Program Capacity (*1, *2) 30k steps 40k steps 60k steps 100k steps 130k steps 200k steps 260k steps 500k steps 1000k steps
Memory
Capacity
(*1)
Program Memory (Drive 0) 120 kB 160 kB 240 kB 400 kB 520 kB 800 kB 1040 kB 2000 kB 4000 kB
Standard RAM (Drive 3) 192 kB 256 kB 768 kB 1024 kB 1280 kB 1536 kB 1792 kB
Standard ROM (Drive 4) 1024 kB 2048 kB 4096 kB 8192 kB 16384 kB
Max.
Number
of Files
Stored
Program Memory 124 252 (*3)
Standard RAM 4 files
Standard ROM 256 512
Memory Card Interface Yes
Max. I/O Device Points 8192 points (X/Y0 to 1FFF)
Max. Physical I/O Points 4096 points (X/Y0 to FFF)
No. of Device Points Set in PLC parameters
File Registers Available
Specs. of
Built-In
Ethernet
Port CPU
Module
(*4)
Data Transmission Speed 100/10Mbps
Communication Mode Full-duplex / Half duplex
Ethernet Functions Program upload/download, remote monitor/maintenance, HMI connection, FTP server, SNTP
Max. Distance Between Hub
and Node
100m (328.08 feet)
Max. No. of
Connectable
Nodes
10BASE-T Cascade connection: Four stages maximum
100BASE-TX Cascade connection: Two stages maximum
Number of Connections (*5) 16 for MELSOFT connection and MC protocol, 1 for FTP
Communication Ports USB (Mini-B), RS-232 / Ethernet USB (Mini-B), Ethernet
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.33A (*6) 0.39A (*7) 0.50A
Base Unit Slots Occupied 1
Weight (kg) 0.22 0.24
The QnU CPUs bring high-end sequence control to the Mitsubishi
PAC lineup and are required in every iQ system. These CPUs are most
effective when used in conjunction with other iQ Platform CPUs such
as Motion, Robot, CNC, PC and C Language controllers. However, they
can also be used in Q Series configurations to increase performance
and functionality.
Key Features:
World-leading processor execution speeds as low as 9.5ns
per instruction
Significantly enhanced arithmetic and data processing (sorting,
floating point, etc.)
Vastly increased data storage and non-volatile program memory
Utilizes dedicated high-speed CPU-only communication bus with
other iQ CPUs
Backward compatibility with Q Series CPUs, I/O and Intelligent
Modules; QnU CPUs can be configured in single-CPU and / or
standard Q Series CPUs
Built-in Ethernet port for increased accessibility and ease-of-use
USB (Mini-B) connection to CPU for rapid program
upload/download
iQ Platform QnU Universal Sequence CPUs
Required Manuals
Note: Many of these manuals are available by free download from our website, www.meau.com
Model Number Description Included with CPU? Stocked Item
SH(NA)080483 QCPU Users Manual No -
SH(NA)080485-ENG QCPU Users Manual (Multiple CPU Systems) No -
SH(NA)080807-ENG QnUCPU Users Manual No -
SH(NA)080809-ENG QCPU Programming No -
SH(NA)080811-ENG QnUCPU Users Manual (Ethernet Communication) No -
iQ Platform CPUs
Model Number Built-In Ethernet Q03UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU Q06UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU
Stocked Item S - S - S
Processing
Speed
(Sequence
Instruction)
LD X0 1.9ns
MOV D0 D1 3.9ns
Program Capacity (*1, *2, *3) 30k steps 40k steps 60K steps 130k steps 260k steps
Memory
Capacity
(*1)
Program Memory (Drive 0) 120 kB 160 kB 240 kB 520 kB 1040 kB
Memory Card RAM (Drive 1) -
Memory Card SD (Drive 2) Depends on the SD memory card (SD or SDHC type) used. (Max. 32GB)
Standard RAM (Drive 3) Without
Extended SRAM Cassette
192 kB 256 kB 768 kB 1024 kB 1280 kB
Standard RAM (Drive 3) With
Extended SRAM Cassette
Capacities of the memory in the module and extended SRAM cassette. (The maximum capacity of an extended SRAM casette is 8MB)
Standard ROM (Drive 4) 1025.5 kB 2051 kB 4102 kB
CPU Shared Memory 32 kB
Max.
Number
of Files
Stored
Program Memory 124 (*4) 252 (*4)
Memory Card SD Root directory: 512 files (maximum); Subdirectory: 65534 files (maximum)
Memory Card SDHC Root directory: 65535 files (maximum); Subdirectory: 65534 files (maximum)
Standard RAM With or Without
an Extended SRAM Cassette
323
Standard ROM 256
Max. I/O Device Points 8192 points (X/Y0 to 1FFF)
Specs. of
Built-In
Ethernet
Port CPU
Module
(*4)
Data Transmission Speed 100/10Mbps
Communication Mode Full-duplex/Half-duplex
Max. Distance Between Hub
and Node
100m
Max. No. of
Connectable
Nodes
10BASE-T Cascade connection: Up to four bases (*5)
100BASE-TX Cascade connection: Up to two bases (*5)
Number of Connections (*6) 16 for a total of socket communication, MELSOFT connection, and MC protocol, and 1 for FTP
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.58A (only CPU module), 0.6A (with an extended SRAM cassette)
Weight (kg) 20
Notes:
1. The maximum number of executable sequence steps is obtained by the following formula.
2. Program size file header size (default: 34 steps)
3. When the QnUD(H)CPU or QnUDE(H)CPU is replaced with the QnUDVCPU, the number of steps in the program may change (increase or decrease)
4. Data in the CPU shard memory cannot be latched. Data in the CPU shared memory is cleared when the programmable controller is powered on or the CPU module is reset.
5. This is the number of connectable modes when a repeater hub is used. For the number of connectable nodes when a switching hub is used, contact the manufacturer of the switching hub used.
6. The number is a total of TCP/IP and UDP/IP.
12
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number Q173DCPU Q172DCPU
Stocked Item S S
Number of Control Axes Up to 32 axes Up to 8 axes
Operation Cycle (Default)
SV13
0.44ms / 1 to 6 axes; 0.88ms / 7 to 18 axes
1.77ms / 19 to 32 axes
SV22
Manual Pulse Generator Operation
Function
Possible to connect 3 modules
Synchronous Encoder Operation Function 12 modules max. 8 modules max.
Number of SSCNET III Systems (*1) 2 systems 1 system
Motion Related Interface Module
Q172DLX: 4 modules usable; Q172DEX: 6 modules usable
Q173DPX: 4 modules usable (*2)
Q172DLX: 1 module usable; Q172DEX: 4 modules usable
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) [A] 1.25 1.14
Mass (kg) 0.33 0.33
Notes:
1. The servo amplifiers for SSCNET cannot be used.
2. When using the incremental synchronous encoder (SV22 use), you can use above number of modules. When connecting the manual pulse generator, you can use only 1 module.
Synchronous Encoder
Type
Synchronous Encoder
Manual Pulse Generator
Serial Absolute Incremental
Model Number Q172DEX Q173DPX
Stocked Item S S
Q173DCPU 12 modules 12 modules 3 modules
Q172DCPU 8 modules 8 modules 3 modules
iQ Platform Motion CPUs
The iQ Platform unifies four key fields of automation, one being
servo motion. The iQ Motion CPUs combined with MR-J3 servos
deliver the highest level of speed and precision with tight integration
to interdisciplinary automation control. Exploiting the high-speed
inter-CPU communication bus, servo movement can be scattered
seamlessly throughout Sequence, Robot, and CNC operations.
For more details on associated Motion products, please see the
Motion Controllers product section.
Key Features:
Accelerated communication speed over a freely designated
expanded range of inter-CPU shared memory
Additional clutch control functionality
Faster processing for improved multi-axis support
Up to 32 axes per CPU, 96 axes per system
MR-J3-B Servo and SSCNETIII benefits, including noise free,
50Mbps, fiber optic communication, and active auto-tuning
Required Manuals
Model Number Description Included with CPU? Stocked Item
IB(NA)0300133-A QD Users Manual No S
IB(NA)0300134-A QD Common Manual No S
IB(NA)0300136-A QD Real Mode Manual No S
IB(NA)0300137-A QD Virtual Mode Manual No S
IB(NA)0300135-A QD SFC Programming Manual No S
iQ Platform CNC CPU
The Q173NCCPU enables entry level CNC Control to be integrated
with Sequence, Motion, and Robot automation systems. Also known
as the C70 Series CNC Controller, an iQ CNC CPU system uses multi-
purpose GOT1000 HMIs and on-rack I/O cards to minimize TCO on
CNC line solutions.
For more details on associated CNC products, please see the CNC
product section.
Key Features:
Accelerated communication speed over the inter-CPU
shared memory
Up to 16 axes with 4 simultaneously controlled axes per CPU,
2 CPUs per system
16.8k Block/min processing speed
Streamlined production with reduced Tact Time and host
information system linkage
Uses GOT1000 HMI and iQ rack-based I/O card interfaces
SSCNETIII benefits, including noise free, 50Mbps, fiber optic
communication
Required Manuals
CNC CPU Specifications
Q173NCCPU-S01
Machining Center Type Lathe Type
Stocked Item S S
Number of Control Axes 16
Maximum Number of Simultaneous Control Axes 4
Maximum Number of Spindles 7 4
Maximum Number of PLC Axes 7
Maximum Number of Part Systems 7 3
Control Unit 1m / 0.1m
Interpolation Processing Performance 16.8k Block/min
Max Feed Rate 1000m/min
Model Number Description Contents Included with CPU? Stocked Item
IB1500261 C70 Connection Manual Covers Q173NCCPU installation and connections Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500267 C70 Instruction Manual Covers screen operation for C70 Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500263 C70 PLC Interface Manual
Describes the various signal interfaces and functions
required when creating sequence program of PLC CPU to
operate C70
Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500269 C70 Programming Manual (Machining Center System) Covers programming for machining centers Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500275 C70 Programming Manual (Lathe System) Covers programming for lathe systems Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500265 C70 Setup Manual Covers setup Yes (PDF format) -
IB1500259 C70 CPU Module Q173NCCPU Specifications Manual General and functional specifications Yes (PDF format) -
iQ Platform Robot CPU
The new Q172DRCPU Robot controller combines faster processing
speed and enhanced motion control, providing superior flexibility and
performance when designing robotic work cells.
For more details on associated Robot products, please see the Robot
product section.
Model
Number
(*1, *2)
Axes /
Degrees of
Freedom
Max.
Payload
(kg)
Max.
Reach
Radius
(mm)
Position
Repeatability
(mm)
Stocked
Item
RV-2SQ-_ 6 2 504 .02 -
RV-3SQJ-_ 5 3.5 641 .02 -
RV-3SQ-_ 6 3.5 642 .02 -
RV-6SQ-_ 6 6 695 .02 -
RV-6SQL-_ 6 6 902 .02 -
RV-12SQ-_ 6 12 1086 .05 -
RV-12SQL-_ 6 12 1385 .05 -
Notes:
1. Includes arm, drive unit, CPU, arm to drive unit cable set, and CPU to drive unit cable set.
2. -_ Indicates additional specifications for UL, clean, and oil mist types. Please contact MEAU.
Notes:
1. Includes arm, drive unit, CPU, arm to drive unit cable set, and CPU to drive unit cable set.
2. -_ Indicates additional specifications for UL, clean, and oil mist types. Please consult with MEAU
Vertically Articulated Robots for iQ
SCARA Robots for iQ
Model Number
(*1, *2)
Axes /
Degrees
of
Freedom
Max.
Payload
(kg)
Max.
Reach
Radius
(mm)
Z Axis
Stroke
(mm)
Position Repeatability
Stk
Item
X-Y
Composite
(mm)
Z
(mm)
J4
(deg.)
RH-3SQHR3515-_ 4 3 350 150 .01 .01 .01 -
RH-6SQH3520-_ 4 6 350 200 .02 .01 .02 -
RH-6SQH4520-_ 4 6 450 200 .02 .01 .02 -
RH-6SQH5520-_ 4 6 550 200 .02 .01 .02 -
RH-12SQH5535-_ 4 12 550 350 .02 .01 .03 -
RH-12SQH7035-_ 4 12 700 350 .025 .01 .03 -
RH-12SQH8535-_ 4 12 850 350 .025 .01 .03 -
RH-18SQH8535-_ 4 18 850 350 .025 .01 .03 -
RH-20SQH8535-_ 4 20 850 350 .025 .025 .025 -
RH-20SQH8545-_ 4 20 850 450 .025 .025 .025 -
RH-20SQH10035-_ 4 20 1000 350 .025 .025 .025 -
RH-20SQH10045-_ 4 20 1000 450 .025 .025 .025 -
Note: If used, the Q173SXY CNC Safety I/O module requires programming by GX Developer (unavailable with GX Works2).
Key Features:
Capable of controlling up to 3 robots per system
Base Unit (one slot per CPU)
Both vertically articulated and SCARA robots can be
configured on a single platform
Single programming software package for all robot types
Versatility through shared iQ networking, I/O, and intelligent
modules
Improved cycle times through inter-CPU shared memory bus
14
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Note 1: _ = number of valves (1-4)
Options for iQ Robots
Model Number Description Notes Stocked Item
Teach Pendants
R32TB Standard Teach Pendant, 7m Cable Basic Teaching and Operation S
R32TB-15 Standard Teach Pendant 15m Cable Basic Teaching and Operation -
R56TB Enhanced Teach Pendant 7m Cable Advanced Function Pendant S
R56TB-15 Enhanced Teach Pendant 15m Cable Advanced Function Pendant S
Software
RT-TOOLBOX 2 C1 Robot Programming and Setup SW-Light Version Without Simulation Tool S
RT-TOOLBOX 2 LT-C1 Robot Programming and Setup SW With Simulation Tool S
MELFA-VISION-C1 Vision Interface and Setup SW Tool Compatible with Cognex In-Sight sensors S
MELFA-WORKS-C1 Advanced Design and Integration SW Tool Add on to Solid Works Required S
Hand Interface Card
2A-RZ365 Pneumatic Hand Interface Sink Type S
2A-RZ375 Pneumatic Hand Interface Source Type S
Solenoid Valve Sets
(*1)
1E-VD01 1 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RV-2 -
1E-VD01E 1 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RV-2 S
1E-VD02 2 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RV-2 -
1E-VD02E 2 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RV-2 S
1S-VD0_-02 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RV-3, 6 S
1S-VD0_E-02 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RV-3, 6 S
1S-VD0_-01 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RV-12 S
1S-VD0_E-01 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RV-12 S
1S-VD0_M-04 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RH-6 S
1S-VD0_ME-04 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RH-6 S
1S-VD0_M-03 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Sink) RH-12, 20 S
1S-VD0_ME-03 Valve Set with Connection Cable (Source) RH-12, 20 S
Hand I/O Cables
1E-GR35S Hand Output Cable 8-Connection, RV-2 S
1S-HC30C-11 Hand Input Cable 12-Connection, RV-2 S
1S-GR35S-01 Hand Output Cable 4-Connection, RV-3, 6, 12 S
1S-HC25C-01 Hand Input Cable 8-Connection, RV-3, 6, 12 S
1S-GR35S-02 Hand Output Cable 4-Connection, RH S
1S-HC35C-02 Hand Input Cable 8-Connection, RH S
Hand Curl Tube
1N-ST0602C 6 - 1 Connection RV-12 S
1N-ST0604C 6 - 2 Connections RV-12 S
1N-ST0606C 6 - 3 Connections RV-12 S
1N-ST0608C 6 - 4 Connections RV-12, RH-6, 12, 20 S
1E-ST0402C 4 - 1 Connection RV-2, 3, 6 S
1E-ST0404C 4 - 2 Connections RV-2, 3 S
1E-ST0408C-300 4 - 4 Connections, 300 mm RH-6 S
Model Number Q10WCPU-W1-E Q10WCPU-W1-CFE
Stock S S
Number of Slots Occupied 2 slots
CPU Intel
Atom Processor N450 1.66GHz

Chipset Intel
ICH8M
Memory
L1 Cache Instruction 32KB + Data 24KB
L2 Cache 512KB
Main Memory 1GB (3.3V 200-pin DDR2 SO-DIMM DDR667Socket x 1)
Video
Controller N450 built-in
Video RAM Main memory shared
CRT I/F Analog-RGB 15-pin HD-SUB connector
Resolution 1,400 x 1,050 @60Hz (16 million colors)
Serial I/F RS-232C-compliant: 1ch (9-pin D-SUB connector) baudrate: 50 - 115200bps
LAN
I/F 1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-TRJ-45 connector 2
Controller Intel 82574L
CF Card Slot CF CARD Type I (Only for the memory card of IDE connection) Indication: access LED (green) 1 (*1, *2)
CF Card - 4GB CF Card included
Built-in SSD (*3) Built-in flash drive 4GB
USB I/F USB2.0-complicant 5ch (front 3ch, bottom 2ch) Transfer rate: 480Mbps Supply power: +5V each channel 0.5A max. (*4)
Watch Dog Timer 2ch Time-up period: system WDT 20msec - 2sec, user WDT 10msec - 10sec
General I/O
Terminal block [1, 2] Input for shutdown (current drive input) Terminal block [3] Output to notify shutdown completion (open
collector output) Terminal block [4] Output to nofity the start of watch dog timer (open collector output)
RTC/CMOS
Lithium battery backup life: 10 years or more (when no power input, at 25C) The real-time clock is accurate within
3 minutes (at 25C) per month
Indication RDY (green), B.RUN (green), ERR. (red), USER (red), BAT. (orange), EXIT (green), CF/SSD (green)
Control Reset PUSH switch, DIP switch 4-pole, DIP switch 6-pole, 3-position toggle switch
Supported OS Windows Embedded Standard 2009
DC5V Internal Current Consumption 3.0A (Max.) (This does not include the current consumption by any peripheral devices (such as the CF Card and USB device))
Dimensions (W X D x H) [mm] 55.2 x 115.0 x 98.0 (Excluding protrusions)
Weight (g) 440 450 (Including CF card, Fittings and screws to fix a CF card)
iQ Platform PC Controller (WinCPU)
The iQ Platform combines several key automation disciplines
including the ability to integrate an industrial PC and its environment
on this hardware platform. The iQ PC (WinCPU) is design to
compress your hardware architecture and manage your automation
system while taking full advantage of benefits of a PC. This flexible
solution is ideal for a wide range of applications including many
nontraditional machine designs. Users can leverage all the benefits of
each discipline and merge them into a seamless control system that
far exceeds any control expectation
Key Features:
Integration of multiple technologies in a single platform
High-speed communication and data sharing over the backplane
Embedded Windows software architecture
Solid State PC hardware architecture
Notes:
1. When power is on, you can not push in / pull out a CF card. Memory card is supported but other purposes are not supported.
2. Access LED shows the access of both a CF card and built-in SSD.
3. Built-in SSD is used as OS space. SSD has rewritable life (1 million times). For details, refer to Built-in SSD of Chapter 5 Each Component Function
4. Current capacity shows the maximum value the connector supports. But the actual value is limited because the total current cannot exceed the capacity of the power supply module. Therefore the actual
available value may be less than 0.5A.
16
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
C Language CPU
Model Number Q12DCCPU-V
Stocked Item S
Certication UL cUL CE
Endian Format (Memory Layout) Little endian
User File
Capacity (For
User File
Storage
Standard RAM 3Mb
CompactFlash Card Up to 8 Gb
Work RAM (for OS, Driver, User Program Execution) 128 Mb
Battery Backed-up RAM 128 kB
Software
Operating System (*1) VxWorks Version 6.4
Programming Language C language (C/C++)
Ethernet
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX
Number of Channels 2 channels (same specication for CH1 and CH2 )
Interface (*2) 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Number of Cascaded Stages Up to 4 (10BASE-T)/Up to 2 (100BASE-TX)
Maximum Segment Length (Distance
Between Hub and Node)
100m (328.08 feet)
Supported Function
Auto negotiation function (automatically recognizes 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX); Auto-MDIX function
(automatically recognizes straight or crossing cable)
RS-232
Transmission Speed 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 57600, 115200 bps
Transmission Distance Up to 15m (49.21 feet)
Recommended Cable
7/0.127_P HRV-SV outside diameter: 8.5mm (0.33 inches) or larger
(Oki Electric Cable Company, Limited Specify the number of pairs in_.)
Connector Applicable to External
Wiring
Round connector (10-pin)
USB
Transmission Speed 12Mbps (Full Speed Mode: FS)
Connector Mini-B
Other Electric Characteristics USB 2.0
CompactFlash
Card
Supply Power Voltage 3.3V 5%
Supply Power Capacity Up to 150mA
Card Size TYPE I card TYPE II card is not allowed. I/O cards, such as a modem card are not allowed.
Number of Card Slots 1
Number of I/O Points (Number of Points Accessible to
Actual I/O Modules)
4096 points (X/Y 0 to FFF)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.93A
Weight (kg) 0.24
Notes:
1. For the development environment (personal computer), refer to the following manual. C Controller Module Users Manual (Utility Operation, Programming)
2. The C Controller module differentiates 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX according to the target device.
The C Language CPU can be added to an iQ Platform or Q Series conguration and allows experienced C programmers to create custom
control programs using VxWorks (sold separately). This product is only meant for the advanced user. The Q12DCCPU-V is the hardware
base for the MES Interface IT e-F@ctory solution, and is included within the QJ71MES96IT Model Number. It is also the hardware base for
the iQ Platforms Ethernet/IP scanner, EIP4CCPU.
These CPUs include a wide variety of process control functions
optimized to the task of controlling large scale, complex continuous
processes where downtime is not an option. This allows a Q Series
system to fully address the needs of users outside of the scope of
traditional discrete control applications.
Key Features:
52 process control instructions added to standard instruction set
Floating point math coprocessor dedicated to floating point and
process control operations
Autotuning PID with 2 degrees of freedom (responds to both set
value and disturbance)
Compensation functions to allow loop modeling closer to the
actual process
Process alarm functions related to high, low and deviation process
and manipulated variable values
Tracking functions to allow smooth transfer between manual and
automated control
Hot swappable modules
Increased functionality in Version C or later (S/N 07032x)
- SFC active step comment readout instruction
- Increased multiple CPU shared memory flexibility
- 1/1000 second resolution timestamp capability
- Store sampling trace data in Standard RAM
- Power supply error detection function
Model Number Q02PHCPU Q06PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU
Stocked Item S S S -
Programming
Language
Sequence Control
Dedicated Language
Relay symbol language, logic symbolic language, MELSAP3 (SFC), MELSAP-L, Function block and structured text (ST)
Process Control
Language
FBD for process control (*1)
Processing
Speed (Sequence
Instruction)
LD X0 34ns
MOV D0 D1 102ns
Program Capacity (*2, *3) 28k steps 60 kB 124k steps 252k steps
Memory Capacity
Item
Program Memory
(Drive 0)
112 kB 240 kB 496 kB 1008 kB
Standard RAM (Drive 3) 128 kB 256 kB (*4)
Standard ROM (Drive 4) 112 kB 240 kB 496 kB 1008 kB
CPU Shared Memory 8 kB
Maximum No. of
Stored Files
Program Memory 28 60 124 252 (*5)
Standard RAM 3 (*6)
Standard ROM 28 60 124 252
Memory Card Interface Yes
Max. I/O Device Points 8192 points (X/Y0 to 1 FFF)
Communication Ports USB (Type-B), RS-232
Weight (kg) 0.20
Required Manuals
Process Control CPUs
Model Number Description Contents Included with CPU? Stk Item
SH(NA)080316
QnPHCPU/QnPRHCPU (Process
Control Instructions) Programming
Manual
Overview, structure and combinations of process control, instructions,
data used for process control instructions, how to execute PCI, execution
condition switching and functions, instruction list, how to read instruction
list, I/O control instructions, control operator instructions, compensation
operator instructions, arithmetic operation instructions, comparison
operation instructions, auto tuning, error codes, appendices
No (purchase separately) -
Notes:
1. PX Developer is required for programming by FBD.
2. The unit of the file size stored in the memory area varies depending on the CPU module. For details, refer to the QCPU Users Manual (Function Explanation, Program Fundamentals)
3. The maximum number of executable sequence steps is as shown. (Program capacity) - (File header size (default 34 steps)). Refer to the QCPU Users Manual (Function Explanation, Program Fundamentals)
4. CPU shared memory is not latched.
5. The CPU module can only execute up to 124 programs.
6. Extended by the upgraded functions of the CPU module.
Q Series Process Control CPUs
Process and Redundant CPUs
18
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
These CPUs take the process control capabilities of the Q Series
process CPUs and add full hot-backup capability by using dual
redundant CPUs. Use this system in applications where downtime
cannot be tolerated for reasons of safety, equipment damage, financial
loss, interruption of service, or regulatory compliance.
Key Features:
Prevent controller downtime with dual redundant CPUs (control and
back-up). Any failure of the control CPU causes immediate transfer
of control to the back-up, preventing system failure or interruption.
Synchronize up to 100,000 words of process data between CPUs
per scan
Switchover time typically around 40ms, insuring
bumpless transfer
CPUs reside on physically separate racks, allowing control CPU to
be replaced while back-up maintains system operation
Low cost of ownership; most parts are interchangeable with
standard Q Series systems
Redundant power supply option
Redundant MELSECNET/H control level network provides link to I/O
stations at up to 25Mbit/s
Over 50 process control related instructions (same as Q Process CPUs)
Most I/O may be hot swapped
Increased functionality in Version D or later (S/N 07032x)
- SFC active step comment readout instruction
- Increased multiple CPU shared memory flexibility
- 1/1000 second resolution timestamp capability
- Store sampling trace data in standard RAM
- Power supply error detection function
Required Manuals
Model Number Description Contents Included? Stocked Item
SH(NA)080486
QnPRHCPU Users Manual
(Redundant System)
Overview, System Configuration, Tracking cable, Procedure for starting
up a redundant system, Redundant system functions, Redundant system
networks, Programming cautions, Troubleshooting, Processing time for
redundant systems
Use same manual set as shown for Q Series Process CPUs, plus the manual listed below.
Redundant CPUs
Model Number Q12PRHCPU Q25PRHCPU
Stocked Item S -
Programming
Language
Sequence Control Dedicated
Language
Relay symbol language, logic symbolic language, MELSAP3 (SFC), MELSAP-L, function block and structured text (ST)
Process Control Language FBD for process control (Programming by PX Developer)
Processing
Speed (Sequence
Instruction)
LD X0 34ns
MOV D0 D1 102ns
Processing Speed
(Redundant
Function)
Tracking Execution Time
(Increased Scan Time)
Device memory 48k words: 10ms; Device memory 100k words: 15ms; QnPRHCPU Users Manual (Redundant System)
Program Size 124 steps 252 steps
Program Memory (Drive 0) 496 kB 1008 kB
Memory Size
Standard RAM (Drive 3) Size of the installed memory card (2MB max.)
Standard ROM (Drive 4) 496 kB 1008 kB
Max. Number of
Files Stored
Program Memory 124 252
Standard ROM 124 252
Max. I/O Device Points (*1) 8192 points (X/Y0 to 1FFF)
Max. Physical I/O Points (*2) 4096 points (X/Y0 to FFF)
Max. CPUs Mounted 1 (multiple-CPU configuration is not available)
Max. Extension Base
0 (All non-redundant modules are mounted on the remote I/O station (the maximum number of modules that can be mounted
on a remote station is 64))
Max. Remote I/O Points 8192 points (up to 2048 points per station)
Program Capacity
Number of Steps 124 ksteps 252 ksteps
Number of Programs 124 252 (*3)
Functions Compatible With Redundant System
Redundant configuration of the entire system, including the CPU, the power supply, and the base unit. Hot standby system for
the control and standby systems online module change both backup and separate mode available. Large-capacity data tracking:
Large-capacity device data transfer (100 kwords) from the control system to the standby system. Network system compatible
with redundant system: Switchover in case of MELSECNET/H or Ethernet module malfunction or network wire disconnection.
Loop Control
Specs.
Control Cycle 10 ms -/control loop (Can be set for each loop)
Number of Control Loops No limit (*4)
Main Functions 2-degree-of-freedom PID control, cascade control, automatic tuning function, feed forward control
RAS
Online Module Replacement The I/O, analog, temperature input, temperature control, and pulse input modules can be replaced (on a remote I/O station)
Output In Case Of Error Stop Clear or output retention can be designated for each module
Communication Ports USB (Type-B), RS-232
Modules Mountable On Main Base Unit Network modules for the Q series can be mounted (Ethernet, MELSECNET/H, and CC-Link only)
Programming Software GX Developer, PX Developer
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.89
Weight (kg) 0.30
Notes:
1. Total number of the I/O points on the main base unit, which are directly controlled from the CPU module, and the I/O points controlled as remote I/O by the remote I/O network.
2. The number of I/O points on the main base unit, which are directly controlled from the CPU module.
3. The max. number of files that can be executed is 124. Two SFC/MELSAP-Ls are available, one of which is a program execution control SFC.
4. The number of control loops is restricted by the combination of the device memory capacity (128 kwords/loop used) and the control cycle.
Q Series Redundant CPUs
Q Redundant CPU Parts
Communication and Networking Module Version Information For Compatibility With Redundant Systems
Note:
1. The boards must be used in combination with the attached driver package SW0DNC-MNETH-B[90K] or later version.
Product Name Model Overview
Stock
Item
Redundant CPU Module
Q12PRHCPU Max. I/O device points: 8192 (physical I/O points: 4096), program capacity: 124 ksteps S
Q25PRHCPU Max. I/O device points: 8192 (physical I/O points: 4096), program capacity: 252 ksteps -
Tracking Cable
QC10TR 1m cable for tracking S
QC30TR 3m cable for tracking -
Base Unit For Redundant
Power Supply Systems
Q38RB Q series I/O mounting main base: Number of power supply slots: 2, number of CPU slots: 1, number of I/O slots: 8 S
Q68RB Q series I/O mounting extension base: Number of power supply slots: 2, number of I/O slots: 8 -
Q65WRB Q series I/O mounting extension base: Dual Q Bus Inputs, Number of power supply slots: 2, number of I/O slots: 5 S
Power Supply Module For Redundant
Power Supply Systems
Q64RP 100 to 120/200 to 240VAC input, 5VDC, 8.5 A output -
Product Name Model Number Overview Version Stock Item
MELSECNET/H
Master Module
QJ71LP21-25
For MELSECNET/H dual optical loop interface module (compatible with SI and QSI)
control / normal / master stations
Function version D
or later
S
QJ71LP21S-25
control / normal / master stations, equipped with an external power supply
-
QJ71LP21GE
For MELSECNET/H dual optical loop interface module (compatible with GI) control /
normal / master stations
-
QJ71BR11 For MELSECNET/H coaxial single bus interface module control / normal / master stations S
MELSECNET/H
Remote I/O Module
QJ72LP25-25
remote I/O stations (*1)
S
QJ72LP25GE
For MELSECNET/H dual optical loop interface module (compatible with GI) remote I/O
stations
-
QJ72BR15 For MELSECNET/H coaxial single bus interface module remote I/O stations S
Ethernet
Interface Module
QJ71E71-B2 Ethernet interface module (10BASE2) -
QJ71E71-B5 Ethernet interface module (10BASE5) -
QJ71E71-100 Ethernet interface module (100BASE-TX/10BASE-T) S
MELSECNET / H Board
For Personal Computers
Q81BD-J71LP21-25
For dual optical loop interface board (compatible with SI and QSI) control / normal
stations (*1)
-
Q80BD-J71LP21G For dual optical loop interface board (compatible with GI) control / normal stations (*1) -
Q81BD-J71BR11 For coaxial single bus interface board control / normal stations (*1) S
CC-Link IE Control
QJ71GP21-SX For CC-Link IE Control, dual-loop fiber control stations S
QJ71GP21S-SX For CC-Link IE Control, dual-loop fiber with redundant power control stations -
Tracking cable
Q38RB Q38RB
System A -
Control System
System B - Standby
System
Make Redundant Power
supply module redundant
Make Redundant Power
supply module redundant
Q63RP/Q64RP
(Two modules mounted
on Q38RB)
Q63RP/Q64RP
(Two modules mounted on Q38RB)
Redundant power supply configuration
Sample Configurations
Non-redundant power supply configuration
Tracking cable
QJ71E71
QJ61BT11
QJ71LP21
Q12PRHCPU
Q61P
B 5 3 Q B 5 3 Q
System A -
Control System
System B -
Standby System
Install a module with the
same module name into
the same slot.
20
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Required Manuals
Required Manuals
Q Series Base Units
The base unit (sometimes called a base rack) is the foundation of Q Series systems. All CPU modules are installed on it, along with a power
supply, I/O and special function modules. Besides providing physical support to the component modules, the base unit enables communication
and power distribution between modules. The base unit can either be directly bolted to a panel, or mounted via DIN rail. In the case of DIN rail
mounting, the DIN rail Adapters must be used. Base units accommodate between 3 and 12 modules. For systems that require more modules
than be accommodated on the base unit, an extension base unit is required. These connect to the base unit via extension cables.
Use these Adapters in situations where mounting of a base or extension unit on a DIN rail is required.
Note: DIN rail mounting is not recommended in locations where high vibration or mechanical shock exists.
DIN Rail Mounting Adapters
Model Number Q33B Q35B Q38B Q38RB Q312B
Stocked Item S S S - S
Certification UL cUL CE
Number of Expansion Slots
(Excluding 1st CPU Slot)
3 5 8 8 12
Applicable I/O and Intelligent
Function Modules
Q Series/iQ Platform
Redundant Power Supply Slot No No No Yes No
Dimension (W x H) mm (in) 189 x 98 (7.45 x 3.86) 245 x 98 (9.65 x 3.86) 328 x 98 (12.92 x 3.86) 439 x 98 (17.30 x 3.86)
Weight (kg) 0.21 0.27 0.36 0.47 0.47
Accessories 4- M4 x 14 base unit mounting screws
IB(NA)0800061
QCPU(Q mode) CPU Module Users
Manual (Hardware)
General specs
CE compliance information
Installation
Safety requirements
Power supply wiring
Overview of system parts
No (included with base units) -
SH(NA)080483
QCPU (Q Mode) Users Manual
(Hardware Design, Maintenance and
Inspection)
PSU specs
CPU H/W specs
Base Unit specs
Memory Card specs
Installation
Maintenance and inspection
Troubleshooting
SH(NA)080483
(Hardware Design, Maintenance and
Inspection)
CPU H/W specs
PSU specs
Base Unit specs
Memory Card specs
Installation
Troubleshooting
Type Applicable Base or Extension Base Stocked Item
Q6DIN1 Q38B, Q38DB, Q312B, Q312DB Q68B, Q612B S
Q6DIN2 Q35B, Q35DB Q65B, Q00JCPU-S8, Q00UJCPU S
Q6DIN3 Q33B, Q52B, Q55B, Q63B -
B. Base Units
DIN Rail Adapters
The high speed iQ base units utilize a secondary inter-CPU bus to share more data at faster speeds between up to 4 iQ CPUs.
Non-iQ CPUs may be used on the base unit, but will not increase in performance.
iQ Platform Base Units
Model Number Q35DB Q38DB Q312DB
Stocked Item S S S
Expansion Slots
(Excluding 1st CPU Slot)
5 8 12
Applicable I/O and Intelligent
Function Modules
Q Series/iQ modules
Dimension (W x H) mm (in) 245 x 98 (9.65 x 3.86) 328 x 98 (12.92 x 3.86) 439 x 98 (17.30 x 3.86)
Weight (kg) 0.32 0.41 0.54
Accessories 4- M4 x 14 base unit mounting screws
Use extension base units (also known as extension racks) in systems that require more modules than can be accommodated on the main
base unit. Extension base units are available with a slot for an additional power supply (Q6_B) or without (Q5_B). Use Q6_B extension bases
in systems where the current supplied by the base unit power supply is insufficient for the whole system. Up to 7 extension base units may
be connected to the base unit, allowing a total of 8 bases. The 8 base units may be extended over a distance of up to 13.2 m (43.28 ft). The
maximum number of installed modules is 64. If your system requires more modules or greater distances, consider using a network to link the
system together. See the network section for more details.
Required Manuals
Extension Base Units
Model Number Q52B Q55B Q63B Q65B Q68B Q68RB Q612B Q65WRB (*1)
Stocked Item S S - S S - S S
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Number of Expansion Slots 2 5 3 5 8 8 12 5
Power Supply Module Slot No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Redundant Power Supply Slot No No No No No Yes No Yes
Dimensions (W x H) mm (in)
106 x 98
(4.18 x 3.86)
189 x 98
(7.45 x 3.86)
189 x 98
(7.45 x 3.86)
245 x 98
(9.65 x 3.86)
328 x 98
(12.92 x 3.86)
439 x 98
(17.30 x 3.86)
439 x 98
(17.30 x 3.86)
439 x 98
(17.30 x 3.86)
Weight (kg) 0.14 0.23 0.23 0.28 0.38 0.49 0.48 0.52
IB(NA)0800061
QCPU (Q mode) CPU Module
Users Manual (Hardware)
General specs
Installation
Safety requirements
Power supply wiring
Overview of system parts
No (included with base units) -
SH(NA)080483
(Hardware Design, Maintenance
and Inspection)
CPU H/W
PSU specs
Base Unit specs
Memory Card specs
Installation
Troubleshooting
C. Extension Base Units and Connection Cables
Note:
1. The Q65WRB has dual Q Bus inputs for Local Extension I/O support in Redundant Systems.
Power supply modules always fit on the left hand end of a rack. All base racks (Q3_B) must include a power supply, as
do powered extension racks (Q6_(R)B). We offer PSU to address worldwide AC voltage standards and DC power.
Model Number Q61P Q61P-D Q62P Q63P Q64PN Q63RP Q64RP
Stocked Item S - S S S - -
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE - -
Applicable Base Units Q3_DB, Q3_B, Q6_B Q3_RB, Q6_RB
Input Power Supply 100-240VAC +10%/-15%
100-240VAC
+10%/-15%
24VDC +10%/-15%
100-240VAC
(+10%/-15%)
24VDC +30%/-35%
100 to 120VAC/
200 to 240VAC
(+10%/ -15%)
Input Frequency 50/60Hz 3Hz - 50/60 Hz 5% 50/60 Hz 5% 50/60 Hz 5%
Input Voltage Distortion Factor 5% or less - Within 5% Within 5% Within 5%
Max. Input Apparent Power 105VA - 160 VA 65W 160VA
Inrush Current 20A within 8ms 100A within 1ms 20A within 8 ms 150A within 1ms 20A within 8ms
Rated Output
Current
5VDC 6A 3A 6A 8.5A 8.5A 8.5A
24VDC - 0.6A - - - -
External Output Voltage - 24VDC 10% - - - -
Permissible Instantaneous Power
Failure Time
Within 20ms Within 20ms Within 10ms Within 20ms Within 10ms Within 20ms
Operation Indication
LED indication (lit
at 5VDC output)
LED indication and
power light
LED indication (lit at 5VDC output)
LED indication (Normal operation:
ON (green) Error: OFF (red))
Weight (kg) 0.31 0.39 0.33 0.40 0.60 0.47
Base Unit PSU Slots Occupied 1 2
D. Power Supply Modules
22
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Q Series Tracking Cable for QnPRH System
These cables are used to link redundant QnPRH CPU systems to insure data and programs are always
synchronized between the two processors.
RS-232 Communication Cable
Extension Cables for Extension Base Units
These cables are used to link main base units to extension base units.
They are available in a variety of lengths from 0.45m (1.48 ft.) to 10m (32.8 ft.).
Model Number QC10TR QC30TR
Stocked Item S -
Cable Length m (ft) 1.0 (3.29) 3.0 (9.87)
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.28
Required Manuals: Same as Base Units listed on previous page.
Model Number SC-Q
Stocked Item S
Cable Length m (ft) 3 (9.84)
Connection Type RS-232 Connection: 9 pin DSUB to Q Series front port connection
Model Number QC05B QC06B QC12B QC30B QC50B QC100B
Stocked Item S S S S S S
Certifications CE CE CE CE CE CE
Cable Length (m (ft)) 0.45 (1.48) 0.6 (1.97) 1.2 (3.93) 3 (9.84) 5 (16.39) 10 (32.79)
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.16 0.22 0.40 0.60 1.11
Required Manuals: Same as Base Units listed on previous page.
*Note Also compatible with ST Series I/O head station (see Distributed I/O section of this guide.)
Digital input modules provide the CPU interface for monitoring on/off
voltage signals in your system.
Key Features:
Sense commonly used AC and DC voltages
Negative/positive common types
16, 32 or 64 inputs per module, depending on module type
1-70ms software selectable input filter response time (via
GX Works2) for adjusting input response. This avoids the effects of
noise on the inputs
DC input short circuit protection
Internal optoisolation
Removable terminal blocks
Established A Series connectors (FCN/D-sub type) on 32 and 64
I/O modules for compatibility with existing A Series terminal block
(A6TBXY type) installations
If you need to monitor varying signal levels of voltage or current,
please refer to the analog input modules section. If you need to
monitor digital signals that change their state rapidly (more than
approximately 10 Hz, depending on program scan time), then
consider using high-speed counter modules.
Required Manuals
Input Modules
Model Number QX10 QX28 QX40 QX40-S1 QX40H QX41 QX41-S1
Stocked Item S - S S - S -
Input Type AC AC DC positive common (sink)
No. of Input Points 16 8 16 16 16 32 32
Input Voltage
100-120VAC
+10%/-15%,
50/60Hz 3Hz
100-240VAC
+10%/-15%,
50/60Hz 3Hz
24VDC +20%/-15%
24VDC +20%/
-15%, ripple ratio:
within 5%
24VDC +20%/-15%
Input Current (mA) 8
17 (@200
VAC/60Hz)/ 14
(@200 80@100
VAC/60Hz)/
VAC/50Hz) 7
(100 VAC/50Hz)
4 6 4
Response Time (ms)
OFF-ON
15@100VAC,
50/60Hz
10@100VAC,
50/60Hz
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
.04/.10/.25/
.50/.95 (*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
ON-OFF
20@100VAC,
50/60Hz
20@100VAC,
50/60Hz
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
.04/.10/.25/
.50/.95 (*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
Connection Type Screw Terminals Screw Terminals Screw Terminals Screw Terminals
Crimping
Terminal
FCN x 1 (*2) FCN x 1 (*2)
Points/Common 16 8 16 16 8 32 32
Maximum 5VDC Current Consumption (mA) 50 50 50 60 80 75 75
Weight (kg) 0.17 0.2 0.16 0.2 0.16 0.15 0.15
Model Number QX41-S2 QX42 QX42-S1 QX70 QX70H QX71 QX72
Stocked Item - S S S S S -
Input Type DC positive common (sink)
DC positive/
negative common
(sink/source)
DC positive/
common (sink)
DC positive/negative common
(sink/source)
Input Voltage 24VDC +20%/-15%
5/12VDC
+20%/-15%
5VDC +20%/-15% 5/12VDC +20%/-15%
Input Current (mA) 6 4 4 1.2 / 3.3 3 1.2 / 3.3 1.2 / 3.3
Response Time (ms)
OFF-ON 1/5/10/20/70 (*1) 1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.04/.10/.25/
.50/.95 (*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
ON-OFF 1/5/10/20/70 (*1) 1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
0.1/0.2/0.4/0.6/1
(*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.04/.10/.25/
.50/.95 (*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (* 1)
Connection Type FCN x 2 (*2) FCN x 2 (*2) FCN x 2 (*2) Screw Terminals
Crimping
Terminal
FCN x 1 (*2) FCN x 2 (*2)
Points/Common 32 32 32 16 8 32 32
Maximum 5VDC Current Consumption (mA) 75 90 90 55 80 70 85
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.18 0.18 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.13
E. I/O and Intelligent Function Modules
SH(NA)080042 I/O Module Type Building Block Users Manual
Specifications and wiring diagrams for all
Q Series digital I/O modules
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QX10
NC
100VAC
8mA60Hz
7mA50Hz
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QX28
NC
100VAC
8mA60Hz
7mA50Hz
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QX41
24VDC
4mA
QX41
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
QX42
24VDC
4mA
QX42
DISPLAY
F L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QX70
NC
+ -
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
5/12VDC
1.2mA
3.3mA
QX71
5/12VDC
1.2 / 3.3mA
QX71
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
QX72
QX72
DISPLAY
F L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
5/12VDC
1.2/3.3mA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QX80
NC
24VDC
4mA
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QX81
24VDC
4mA
QX81
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
Notes: See notes next page.
Notes: See notes next page.
Digital Input Modules
24
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Combination I/O Modules
Combination input/output modules allow both input and output points to be combined in a single module. This
offers the chance to reduce the number of I/O modules, enabling a more compact system in some applications.
QH42P
24VDC4mA
12/24VDC
0.1A
QY42P
DISPLAY
F L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
QX48Y57
24VDC4mA
12/24VDC
0.5A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
FUSE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM + -
COM + -
QX41Y41P
24VDC4mA
12/24VDC
0.1A
QX41Y41P
DISPLAY
F L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
Required Manuals
Notes:
1. The QX41Y41P has consecutive I/O addressing, unlike the QH42P, and is meant to replace A Series I/O blocks.
2. Set response time by parameters in GX Works2. Default is 10ms (0.2ms for -S1 versions). Input and output response times cannot be set independently.
3. 40 pin FCN connector. Supplied separately. See I/O Wiring Connectors for ordering information.
Notes:
1. Set response time by parameters in GX Works2. Default is 10ms (0.2ms for -S1 versions). Input and output response times cannot be set independently.
2. 40 pin FCN connector. Supplied separately. See I/O Wiring Connectors for ordering information.
3. 37 pin D-sub connector. Supplied separately. See I/O Wiring Connectors for ordering information.
Input Modules (Continued)
Model Number QH42P QX41Y41P (*1) QX48Y57
Stocked Item S S S
Input Type DC positive common (sink)
No. of Input Points 32 32 8
Input Voltage 24VDC +20%/-15%
Input Current (mA) 4
Response Time
(ms)
OFF-ON 1/5/10/20/70 (*2)
ON-OFF 1/5/10/20/70 (*2)
Minimum On Voltage/Current 19VDC/3mA
Maximum Off Voltage/Current 11VDC/1.7mA
Points/Common 32 32 8
Output Type Sink transistor
No. of Output Points 32 32 7
Load Voltage 12-24VDC +20%/-15%
Maximum Load Current 0.1A/pt, 2A/common 0.1A/pt, 2A/common 0.5A/pt, 2A/common
Response Time
(ms)
OFF-ON 1
ON-OFF 1 (rated resistive load)
External Supply Voltage/Current 12-24VDC +20%/-15%/15mA (24VDC)/common
Protection Thermal and short circuit Thermal and short circuit Fused (4A), with blown fuse detection
Points/Common 32 32 7
Connection Type FCN (*3) FCN (*3) Screw Terminals
Maximum 5VDC Current
Consumption (mA)
130 130 80
Weight (kg) 0.2
SH(NA)080042
I/O Module Type Building
Block Users Manual
Specifications and wiring diagrams for all
Q Series digital I/O modules
Model Number QX80 QX80H QX81 QX81-S2 QX82 QX82-S1 QX90H
Stocked Item S S S - S - S
Input Type DC negative common (source)
Input Voltage 24VDC +20%/-15% 24VDC +20%/-15% 24VDC +20%/-15%
24VDC (+20/-15%,
ripple ratio within
5%)
24VDC +20%/-15% 24VDC +20%/-15% 5VDC +20%/-15%
Input Current (mA) 4 6 4 6 4 4 6
Response
Time (ms)
OFF-ON 1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.04/.10/.25/.50/.95
(*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.05/.15/.3/.55/1.05
(*1)
.04/.10/.25/.50/.95
(*1)
ON-OFF 1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.04/.10/.25 /.50/.95
(*1)
1/5/10/20/70 (*1)
.15/.2/.35/.6/1.1
(*1)
.04/.10/.25 /.50/.95
(*1)
Minimum On Voltage/
Current
19VDC/3mA 13V or higher/3mA 19VDC/3mA 15VDC/3mA 19VDC/3mA 19VDC/3mA 3.5V or higher/3mA
Maximum Off Voltage/
Current
11VDC/ 1.7mA 8V or lower/1.6mA 11VDC/ 1.7mA 5VDC/ 1.7mA 11VDC/ 1.7mA 9.5VDC/1.5mA 1V or lower/1mA
Connection Type Screw Terminals Crimping Terminal D-Sub (*3) D-Sub FCN x 2 (*2) FCN x 2 (*2) Crimping Terminal
Points/Common 16 8 32 32 32 32 8
Consumption (mA)
50 80 75 75 90 90 80
Weight (kg) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.14
Digital Output Modules
Digital output modules provide the CPU interface for turning devices in your system on and off
under program control.
Key Features:
Relay (contact), sink and source transistor plus triac outputs to handle all common devices
16, 32 or 64 outputs per module, depending on module type
Thermal and short-circuit protection on some modules
Internal optoisolation
Removable terminal blocks
Established A Series connectors (FCN/D-sub type) on 32 and 64 I/O modules for
compatibility with existing A Series terminal block (A6TBXY type) installations
If you need to produce varying signal levels of voltage or current, please refer to the analog
output modules section.
Note:
1. Supplied separately. See I/O Wiring Connectors for ordering information.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QY10
NC
24VDC
240VAC
2A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QY18A
24VDC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
L 7
L 6
L 5
L 4
L 3
L 2
L 1
L 0
NC
NC
2A
240VAC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QY22
100VAC
240VAC
0.6A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QY40P
12VDC
24VDC
0.1A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
QY41P
12/24VDC
0.1A
QY41P
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
QY42P
12/24VDC
0.1A
QY42P
DISPLAY
F L
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QY50
12VDC
24VDC
0.5A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
FUSE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QY68A
5/12/
24VDC
2A
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
L
0
NC
NC
L
1
L
2
L
3
L
4
L
5
L
6
L
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QY70
5VDC
12VDC
16mA
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
FUSE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QY71
5/12VDC
16mA
QY71
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
FUSE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QY80
12VDC
24VDC
0.5A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+ -
FUSE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
QY81P
12/24VDC
0.1A
QY81P
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
Model Number QY10 QY18A QY22 QY40P QY41P QY42P
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Output Type Relay Isolated Relay Triac Sink Transistor Sink Transistor Sink Transistor
No. of Output Points 16 8 16 16 32 64
Load Voltage 24VDC/240VAC 24VDC/240VAC 100-240VAC, +5% 12-24VDC, +20/-15% 12-24VDC, +20/-15% 12-24VDC, +20/-15%
Maximum Load Current 2A/pt, 8A/common 2A/point 0.6A/pt, 4.8A/common 0.1A/pt, 1.6A/common 0.1A/pt, 2.0A/common 0.1A/pt, 2.0A/common
Response
Time (ms)
OFF-ON 10 10 1 1 1 1
ON-OFF 12 12
1ms+0.5 cycle
(rated resistive load)
1 (rated resistive load) 1 (rated resistive load) 1 (rated resistive load)
External Supply Voltage/Current N/A N/A N/A
12-24VDC (+20/-15%)
10mA
12-24VDC (+20/-15%)
10mA
12-24VDC (+20/-15%)
10mA
Protection
N/A; use surge
suppressor
N/A; use surge
suppressor
RC surge suppressor
Thermal and
short-circuit
Thermal and
short-circuit
Thermal and
short-circuit
Points/Common 16
All points
interdependent
16 16 32 64
Connection Type Screw Terminal Screw Terminal Screw Terminal Screw Terminal FCN (*1) FCN x 2 (*1)
Consumption (mA)
430 240 250 65 105 150
Weight (kg) 0.22 0.22 0.4 0.16 0.15 0.17
Model Number QY50 QY68A QY70 QY71 QY80 QY81P QY82P
Stocked Item S S - - S S S
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Output Type
High current sink
Transistor
Independent sink/
source Transistor
Sink Transistor Sink Transistor Source Transistor Source Transistor Source Transistor
No. of Output Points 16 8 16 32 16 32 64
Load Voltage
12-24VDC,
+20/-15%
5-24VDC,
+20/-10%
5-12VDC,
+25/-10%
5-12VDC,
+25/-10%
12-24VDC,
+20/-15%
12-24VDC,
+20/-15%
12-24VDC,
+20/ -15%
Maximum Load Current
0.5A/pt, 4.0A/
common
2A/pt, 8A total
16mA/pt, 256mA/
common
16mA/pt, 512mA/
common
0.5A/pt, 4A/
common
0.1A/pt, 2A/
common
0.1A/pt, 2A/
common
Response
Time (ms)
OFF-ON 1 3 0.5 0.5 1 1 1
ON-OFF
1 (rated resistive
load)
10 (resistive load) 0.5 (resistive load) 0.5 (resistive load)
1 (rated resistive
load)
1 (rated resistive
load)
1 (rated resistive
load)
External Supply Voltage/Current
12-24VDC
(+20/-15%) 20mA
N/A
5/12VDC
(+25/-10%), 90mA
5/12VDC (+25/
-10%), 170mA
12-24VDC
(+20/-15%)
12-24VDC
(+20/-15%)
12-24VDC
(+20/-15%)
Protection Fuse (4A) N/A Fuse (1.6A) Fuse (1.6A) Fuse (4A)
Thermal and
short-circuit
Thermal and
short-circuit
Points/Common 16
All points
interdependent
16 32 16 32 64
Connection Type Screw Terminal Screw Terminal Screw Terminal FCN Screw Terminal D-sub (*1) FCN x2
Consumption (mA)
80 110 95 150 80 95 160
Weight (kg) 0.17 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.17 0.15 0.15
26
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
I/O Wiring Connectors
For the modules listed in the preceding I/O module sections, where connection type is given as FCN or D-sub, use the following connectors:
I/O Terminal Blocks and Covers
The 16 point Q Series I/O modules terminal blocks and covers are available separately.
Use these to replace original parts or to prepare wiring harnesses.
Remote Terminal Blocks
For QXx1, QXx2, QYx1 and QYx2 type I/O modules, the following remote terminal blocks can be used to make I/O connections.
Remote Terminal Block Cables
Use the following cables to make connections between Q Series / iQ I/O modules and the terminal blocks listed above.
Connector / Terminal Block Converter Modules
Required Manuals
Notes:
-E cables use DSUB connectors, non -E cables use FCN connectors.
The number of connectable I/O points is 32 for all connector/terminal block convertor modules. Two connector/terminal block converter modules and two
cables for connector/terminal block converter modules are required for 64-point I/O modules.
Note: A6CON4 has a bidirectional cable clamp which allows installation depth to be reduced.
A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON3, A6CON4
A6CON1E, A6CON2E, A6CON3E
Model Number Description Stocked Item
K08H07500150
Q Series I/O terminal block assembly (screw terminals, cover
door and label)
-
K08H07500151 Q Series I/O terminal block cover door and label only -
Model Number Certification Number of Pins Wiring Type Connector Type Stocked Item
A6CON1 UL cUL 40 Solder FCN S
A6CON2 UL cUL 40 Crimp FCN S
A6CON3 UL cUL 40 IDC FCN S
A6CON1E UL cUL 37 Solder D-Sub S
A6CON2E UL cUL 37 Crimp D-Sub -
A6CON3E UL cUL 37 IDC D-Sub -
A6CON4 - 40 Solder FCN -
SH(NA)080042 I/O Module Type Building Block Users Manual
Specifications and wiring diagrams for all Q Series digital
I/O modules
Model Number Details Dimensions (W x H x D) Applicable Models Stocked Item
A6TBXY36 32 point terminal block (standard type) 120 x 78.5 x 52
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42,
QX42-S1, QY41P, QY42P,
QH42P, QX41Y41P
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P,
LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
S
A6TBXY54 32 point terminal block (2-wire type) 155 x 78.5 x 52 -
A6TBX70 32 point terminal block (3-wire type) 190 x 78.5 x 52
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42,
QX42-S1, QH42P, QX41Y41P
-
A6TBX36-E For source type input modules (standard type) 120 x 78.5 x 52 QX81 S
A6TBY36-E For source type output modules (standard type) 120 x 78.5 x 52 QY81P S
A6TBX54-E For source type input modules (2-wire type) 155 x 78.5 x 52 QX81 -
A6TBY54-E For source type output modules (2-wire type) 155 x 78.5 x 52 QY81P -
A6TBX70-E For source type input modules (3-wire type) 190 x 78.5 x 52 QX81 -
Model Number Details Weight (kg) Applicable Models Stocked Item
AC05TB 0.5m (19.69 in), for sink modules 0.17
A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54, A6TBX70
S
AC10TB 1 m (39.37 in), for sink modules 0.23
AC80TB 8 m (314.96 in), for sink modules (common current not exceeding 0.5A) 1.2 -
AC100TB 10 m (393.7 in), for sink modules (common current not exceeding 0.5A) 1.5 -
AC05TB-E 0.5m (19.69 in), for source modules 0.17
A6TBX36-E, A6TBY36-E, A6TBX54-E,
A6TBY54-E, A6TBX70-E
S
AC10TB-E 1 m (39.37 in), for source modules 0.23
AC50TB-E 5 m (196.85 in), for source modules 0.76 -
Analog input modules provide an interface to the CPU for sensing
variable real world levels of voltage and current signals. These signals
are converted into digital values by the modules for use in programs.
This enables the CPU to process variable signals such as pressure,
speed and flow. For modules able to sense temperature, please refer
to the temperature input modules section.
Key Features:
Module set-up via menus in GX Works2; no programming required
Voltage and current inputs, or exclusively voltage or current input
4 and 8 channel input versions
Fast conversion (80 microseconds/channel)
High accuracy ( 0.1%)
High resolution (1 part in 16,000 or 14 bits)
Switchable resolution (1 part in 4000, 1 part in
12,000 and 1 part in 16,000)
Averaging function
Module temperature drift compensation
Maximum and minimum value hold
Required Manuals
Q64AD
RUN
ERROR
I+
V-
V+
SLD
(FG)
A/D
0-10V
0-20mA
CH1
CH2
I+
V-
V+
SLD
I+
V-
V+
SLD
CH3
CH4
I+
V-
V+
SLD
A.G.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Q68ADV
RUN
ERROR
CH4
CH3
V-
V+
V-
V+
(FG)
A/D
0-10V
CH8
CH7
V-
V+
V-
V+
CH6
CH5
V-
V+
V-
V+
A.G.
CH2
CH1
V-
V+
V-
V+ 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Q68ADI
RUN
ERROR
CH4
CH3
I-
I+
I-
I+
(FG)
A/D
0-20mA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
CH8
CH7
I-
I+
I-
I+
CH6
CH5
I-
I+
I-
I+
A.G.
CH2
CH1
I-
I+
I-
I+
Note:
1. Digit indicates a digital value. 4 digit means that the digital value 1000 will vary between 996 and 1004.
Analog to Digital Converter Modules
SH(NA)080055 Analog-Digital Converter Module Users Manual
Covers Q64AD, Q68ADV, Q68ADI and
GX Configurator-AD
Supplied as PDF with
GX Configurator-AD
-
IB(NA)0800034E Analog-Digital (Converter Module Users Manual (Hardware)) Basic Information on Q64AD, Q68ADV, Q68ADI Yes -
Analog Input Modules
Model Number Q64AD Q68ADV Q68ADI
Stocked Item S S S
Certication UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Number of Analog Input Points 4 points (4 channels) 8 points (8 channels) 8 points (8 channels)
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (input resistance value 1M) -
Current 0 to 20mADC (input resistance value 250) - 0 to 20mADC (input resistance value 250)
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (Normal resolution mode: -4096 to 4095, high resolution mode: -12288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383
I/O Characteristics Max. Resolution
Analog Input Range
Normal Resolution Mode High Resolution Mode
Digital Output Value Max. Resolution Digital Output Value Max. Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V 0 to 4000 2.5mV 0 to 16000 0.625mV
0 to 5V 0 to 4000 1.25mV 0 to 12000 0.416mV
1 to 5V 0 to 4000 1.0mV 0 to 12000 0.333mV
-10 to 10 -4000 to 4000 2.5mV -16000 to 16000 0.625mV
User Range Setting -4000 to 4000 0.375mV -12000 to 12000 0.333mV
Current
0 to 20mA 0 to 4000 5A 0 to 12000 1.66A
4 to 20mA 0 to 4000 4A 0 to 12000 1.33A
User Range setting -4000 to 4000 1.37A -12000 to 12000 1.33A
Accuracy (Accuracy of Digital Output
Value Relative to Maximum Value) (*1)
Analog Input Range
Ambient Temperature 0 to 55C
Ambient
Temperature
255C
Ambient
Temperature
255C
With Temp. Drift
Compensation
Without
Temp. Drift
Compensation
With Temp. Drift
Compensation
Without
Temp. Drift
Compensation
Voltage
0 to 10V
0.3% (12 digit) 0.4% (16 digit) 0.1% (48 digit)
0.3% (48 digit) 0.4% (64 digit) 0.1% (16 digit) -10 to 10
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
0.3% (36 digit) 0.3% (48 digit) 0.1% (12 digit)
User Range Setting
Current
0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA
User Range Setting
Conversion Time 80 s/channel (When temperature drift compensation is provided, time is 160 s longer, regardless of the number of channels used.)
Absolute Max. Input Voltage: 15V, current: 30mA
Insulation System Across I/O terminals and PLC power supply: Photocoupler insulation; Across channels: No insulation
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points (I/O allocation: 16 intelligent points)
Connection Terminal 18-point terminal block
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) (A) 0.63 0.64 0.64
Weight (kg) 0.18 0.19 0.19
28
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Key Features:
High speed conversion (20s/channel)
Easy configuration and monitoring via GX Works2
High resolution (1/20000)
High accuracy (0.1%)
Logging of 10000 data per channel
Flow amount integration function
Digital clipping function
High Speed Analog Input Module
SH(NA)080987 High Speed Analog Digital Converter Module Users Manual Covers Q64ADH Yes S
Required Manuals
Model Number Q64ADH
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Inputs 4 points (4 channels)
Digital Output -20480 to 20479 (-32768 to 32767 when using the scaling function)
Analog Input
Voltage 10 to 10VDC (Input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (Input resistance 250)
I/O Characteristics Maximum Resolution (*1)
Analog Input Range Digital Output Value Maximum Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V
0 to 20000
500V
0 to 5V 250V
1 to 5V 200V
-10 to 10V -20000 to 20000 500V
1 to 5V (Extended mode) -5000 to 22500 200V
User Range Setting -20000 to 20000 219V
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 20000
1000nA
4 to 20 mA 800nA
4 to 20V (Extended Mode) -5000 to 22500 800nA
User Range Setting -20000 to 20000 878nA
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to Maximum
Analog Output Value)
(*2)
Ambient
Temperature
25 5C
Within 0.1% (20 digit)
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 55C
Conversion Speed (*3, *4, *5) High speed: 20s/channel; Medium speed: 80s/channel; Low speed: 1ms/channel
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V, Current: 30mA (*6)
Offset / Gain Setting Count (*7) Up to 50000 times
Isolation Method Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: photocoupler isolation; Between input channels: no isolation
Dielectric Withstand Voltage Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: 500VACrms for 1 minute
Insulation Resistance Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: 500VDC 10M or higher
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent 16 points)
Connected Terminal 18-point terminal block
Applicable Wire Size 0.3 to 0.75mm
Applicable Solderless Terminal R1.25-3 (solderless terminals with sleeve are not usable)
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) 0.52A
Weight (kg) 0.18
Base Unit Slots Occupied 1 slot
High-Speed Analog Input Module
Notes:
1. For details on the I/O conversion characteristics, refer to the following. I/O conversion characteristic of A/D conversion in the Users Manual.
2. Except when receiving noise influence.
3. The default value is 20s/channel.
4. The logging function can be used only in the middle speed (80s/channel) or low speed (1ms/channel).
5. The flow amount integration function can be used only in the low speed (1ms/channel).
6. This is a momentary current value which does not cause damage to internal resistors of the module. The maximum input current value for constant application is 24mA.
7. If the number of offset/gain settings exceeds 50000 times, an error occurs.
For some applications, it is essential that there is channel-to-channel isolation between analog inputs or outputs. These
modules provide galvanic isolation between each channel so there is no common connection from one channel to any other.
SH(NA)080277
Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog-Digital Converter Module
Users Manual
Covers Q64AD-GH, Q62AD-DGH and
GX Configurator-AD
GX Configurator-AD
S
IB(NA)0800223
Q64AD-GH Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog-Digital
Converter Module
Basic information on Q64AD-GH Yes S
Required Manuals
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RUN
ERR.
A/D
-10 10V
0 20mA
Q64AD-GH
17
18
ALM
V+
C
H
2
C
H
3
C
H
4
V-
I+
SLD
V+
V-
I+
SLD
V+
V-
I+
SLD
V+
V-
I+
SLD
C
H
1
Isolated Analog Modules
Model Number Q68AD-G
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Inputs 8 points (8 channels)
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (normal resolution mode: -4096 to 4095, high resolution mode: -12288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383)
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (Input impedance 1M or more)
Current 0 to 20mADC (Input resistance 250)
I/O Characteristics Maximum Resolution
Input Analog Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
2.5mV 0 to 1600 0.625mV
0 to 5V 1.25mV
0 to 1200
0.416mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV 0.333mV
1 to 5V (Expanded Mode) -1000 to 4500 1.0mV -3000 to 13500 0.333mV
-10 to 10V
-4000 to 4000
2.5mV -16000 to 16000 0.625mV
User Range Setting 0.375 -12000 to 12000 0.333mV
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20 mA 4A 1.33A
4 to 20V (Expanded Mode) -1000 to 45000 4A -3000 to 13500 1.33A
User Range Setting -4000 to 4000 1.37A -12000 to 12000 1.33A
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to Maximum
Reference Accuracy
(*1)
0.1%; Normal resolution mode : 4digit (*2); High resolution mode (0 to 10V, -10 to 10V): 16digit (*2)
High resolution mode (Other than the above ranges): 12digit (*2)
Temp. Coefficient
(*3)
71.4ppm/C (0.00714%/C)
Conversion Speed 10ms / channel
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points
Isolation Specifications
Isolated Part Isolation Method Dielectric Strength
Insulation
Resistance
Between I/O Terminal and Programmable
Controller Power Supply
Transformer Isolation
500VAC rms,
1min. 500VDC 10M
or more
Between Analog Input Channels
1000VAC rms,
1min.
Connector Type A6CON1 or A6CON4
Weight (kg) 0.16
Notes:
1. Accuracy of offset/gain setting at ambient temperature
2. digit indicates a digital value.
3. Accuracy per temperature change of 1C Example: Accuracy when temperature changes from 25 to 30C 0.1% (reference accuracy) + 0.00714 %/C (temperature coefficient) x 5C (temperature change
difference) = 0.1357%
8 CH Analog Module (Isolated Analog)
30
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
High Resolution Analog Module (Isolated Analog Input Channels)
Model Number Q64AD-GH
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Input Points 4 points (4 channels)
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (Input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20 mADC (Input resistance 250)
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (-32768 to 32768); 32-bit signed binary (-65536 to 65536)
Input
Analog Input
Range
Maximum Resolution Digital
Output Value
(32-Bit)
Digital
Output Value
(16-Bit)
32-BIt 16-Bit
Voltage
0 to 10V 156.3V 312.6V
0 to 64000 0 to 32000
0 to 5V 78.2V 156.4V
1 to 5V 62.5V 125.0V
Users Input Range
(Uni-Polar)
47.4V 94.8V
-10 to 10V 156.3V 312.6V
-64000 to
64000
-32000 to
32000
Users Input Range
(Bi-Polar)
47.4V 94.8V
Current
0 to 20 mA 312.5nA 625.0V
0 to 64000 0 to 32000
4 to 20 mA 250.0nA 500.0V
Users Input Range
(Uni-Polar)
151.6nA 303.2V
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to Full-Scale)
Reference Accuracy (*1) 0.05%; Digital output value( 32 bit): 32 digit (*2); Digital output value (16 bit): 16 digit (*2)
Temp. Coefficient (*3) 71.4 ppm / C (0.00714% / C)
Conversion Speed 10ms / 4 channels
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V; Current: 30mA
Withstanding Voltage Isolation Method Between I/O terminal and PLC power supply: Photocoupler insulation; Between analog input channels: transformer isolation
Dielectric Strength 1780VAC ms / 3 cycles (elevation 2000m)
Isolation Voltage Between I/O terminal and PLC power supply: 500VDC 20M more
Connected Terminal 18 points terminal block
Applicable Solderless Terminals R1.25-3 (A solderless terminals with sleeves cannot be used)
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) 0.89 A
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:
1. Accuracy when consistent at some temperature within the ambient temperature (to 55C)
2. Digit indicates a digital output value.
3. Accuracy per temperature change of 1C. Example: Accuracy when temperature change from 25 to 30C. 0.05% (reference accuracy + 0.00714% / C (temperature coefficient) x 5 C
(temperature change difference) = 0.0857%
Isolated Analog Input Module with Signal Conditioning Function
SH(NA)080277
Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog-Digital Converter
Module Users Manual
Covers Q64AD-GH, Q62AD-DGH and
GX Configurator-AD
GX Configurator-AD
-
IB(NA)0800224
Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog-Digital Converter
Module (with Signal Conditioning Function)
Basic information on Q62AD-DGH Yes -
Required Manuals
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RUN
ERR.
Q62AD-DGH
17
18
ALM
CH1 P
I/CHK+
CHK-
CH2 P
I/CHK+
CHK-
IN
24VDC
FG
4~20mA
Isolated Analog Input Module with Signal Conditioning Function
Notes:
1. Accuracy of offset/gain setting at ambient temperature
3. Accuracy per temperature change of 1C. Example: Accuracy when temperature changes from 25 to 30C 0.1% (reference accuracy) + 0.00714 % / C (temperature coefficient) x 5C
(temperature change difference) = 0.1357%
Model Number Q66AD-DG
Stocked Item S
Connecting
Section
with 2-Wire
Transmitter
Input
Specification
Number of
Analog Input
6 points (6 channels)
Analog Input 4 to 20 mADC (Input resistance 250)
Supply Power
Specification
Supply Voltage 26 2VDC
Maximum
Supply Current
24mADC
Short-Circuit
Protection
Available; Limit current: 25 to 35mA
Check Terminals Available
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (normal resolution mode: -96 to 4095, high resolution mode: -288 to 12287)
Analog Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20mA 4A 1.33A
4 to 20mA (Expanded Mode) -1000 to 4500 4A -3000 to 13500 1.33A
User Range Setting 0 to 4000 1.37A 0 to 12000 1.33A
Accuracy
(Accuracy Relative to Full-Scale)
Reference
Accuracy (*1)
0.1% (Normal resolution mode: 4 digit; High resolution mode: 12 digit) (*2)
Temp.
Coefficient (*3)
71.4 ppm / C (0.00714% / C)
Conversion Speed 10ms / channel
Insulation
Isolated Part Insulation Method
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage
Isolation Voltage
Between I/O Terminal and Programmable
Transformer
Isolation
500VAC rms, 1min
500VDC 10M
or more
Between Analog Input Channels 1000VAC rms, 1min.
Between External Power Supply and Analog Input 500VAC rms, 1min
Connector Type A6CON4
External Power Supply 24VDC +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike within 500mVp-p; Inrush current: 5.0A, within 400s; 0.36A
Weight (kg) 0.22
32
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Notes:
1. User range setting is 2 to 24mA.
2. Accuracy of offset/gain setting at ambient temperature. Q62AD-DGH needs to be powered on 30 minutes prior to operation for compliance to the specification (accuracy).
3. Digit indicates a digital output value.
4. Accuracy per temperature change of 1C.
Example: Accuracy when temperature change from 25 to 30C. 0.05% (reference accuracy + 0.00714% / C (temperature coefficient) x 5 C (temperature change difference) = 0.0857%
Model Number Q62AD-DGH
Stocked Item S
Certification CE
Connecting
Section
With 2-Wire
Transmitter
Input
Specification
Number of
Analog Input
2 points (2 channels)
Analog Input 4 to 20 mADC (*1) (Input resistance 250)
Supply Power
Specification
Supply Voltage 26 2VDC
Maximum
Supply Current
24mADC
Short-Circuit
Protection
Available; Limit current: 25 to 35mA
Check Terminals Available
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (-768 to 32767); 32-bit signed binary (-1538 to 65535)
Analog Input
Range
Maximum Resolution Digital
Output Value
(32-Bit)
Digital Output
Value (16-Bit) 32-BIt 16-Bit
4 to 20mA 250.0nA 500.0nA
0 to 64000 0 to 32000 User range
Setting
151.6nA 303.2nA
Accuracy (Accuracy Relative to
Full-Scale)
Reference
Accuracy (*2)
0.05%; Digital output value( 32 bit): 32 digit; Digital output value (16 bit): 16 digit (*3)
Temp.
Coefficient (*4)
71.4 ppm / C (0.00714% / C)
Insulation
Isolated Part Insulation Method Dielectric Strength Isolation Voltage
Between I/O Terminal and PLC Power Supply Photocoupler Insulation
1780 VAC rms / 3
cycles (elevation
2000m)
500 VDC 10M or
more
Between Analog Input Channels Transformer Isolation
Between External Power Supply and Analog Input Transformer Isolation
External Power Supply 24VDC +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike within 500mVp-p; Inrush current: 5.5A, within 200s; 0.19A
Weight (kg) 0.19
High Resolution Isolated Analog Input Module with Signal Conditioning Function
Combination Analog Module
Model Number Q64AD2DA
Stocked Item S
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (input resistance value 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (input resistance value 250)
Digital Output
Normal resolution mode:-96 to 4095, -4096 to 4095, -1096 to 4595
High resolution mode:-384 to 16383, -288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383, -3288 to 13787
I/O Characteristics
Maximum Resolution
Analog Input Range
Digital Output Value Max. Resolution Digital Output Value Max. Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V
0 to 4000
2.5mV 0 to 16000 0.625mV
0 to 5V 1.25mV 0 to 12000 0.416mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV 0 to 12000 0.333mV
-10 to 10V -4000 to 4000 2.5mV -16000 to 16000 0.625mV
1 to 5V (Extended Mode) -1000 to 4500 1.0mV -3000 to 13500 0.333mV
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20mA 4A 1.33A
4 to 20mA (Extended Mode) -1000 to 4500 4A -3000 to 13500 1.33A
Accuracy (Accuracy of Digital Output
Value Relative to Maximum Value) (*1)
Analog Input Range
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 55C
Ambient
Temperature
25 5C
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 55C
Ambient
Temperature
25 5C
Voltage
0 to 10V
0.4% (16 digit) 0.1% (4 digit)
0.4% (64 digit) 0.1% (16 digit)
-10 to 10
0 to 5V
0.4% (48 digit) 0.1% (12 digit)
1 to 5V
1 to 5V (Extended Mode)
Current
0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA
4 to 20mA (Extended Mode)
Conversion Time 500 s/channel
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V, current: 30mA (*2)
Number Of Analog Output Points 2 points (2 channels)
Digital Input Normal resolution mode: -96 to 4095, -4096 to 4095; High resolution mode: -288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383
Analog Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (External load resistance: 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (External load resistance: 600)
Analog Output Range
Digital Input
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Digital Input Value
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
1.25 mV
0 to 12000
0.416 mV
1 to 5V 1.0 mV 0.333 mV
-10 to 10V -4000 to 4000 2.5 mV -16000 to 16000 0.625 mV
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20 mA 4A 1.33A
Accuracy (Accuracy With Respect To
Maximum Analog Output Value)

Analog Output Range
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C 25 5C
Voltage
0 to 5V
0.3% (30mV) 0.1% (10mV) 1 to 5V
-10 to 10V
Current
0 to 20 mA
0.3% (60 A) 0.1% (20 A)
4 to 20 mA
Conversion Speed 500 s/channel
Absolute Maximum Output Voltage: 12V Current: 21mA
Output Short Circuit Protection Available
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent 16 points)
Connected Terminals 18 points terminal block
Applicable Solderless Terminal
A/D conversion part, D/A conversion part: R1.25-3 (Solderless terminals with sleeves are unavailable.)
External power supply 24VDC, FG terminal connection: Not available
External Supply Power 24VDC 15%; Ripple, spike 500mVP-P or less; Inrush current: 2.5A 150s or less; Current consumption: 0.19A
Weight (kg) 0.23
Notes:
1. A1: The selection ranges and accuracies have the following relationships.
Ambient Temperature
Temperature Range
Pt100 and JPt100 : -20 to 120C Pt100 : -200 to 850C JPt100 : -180 to 600C
0 to 55C 0.3C 2.125C 1.5C
25 5C 0.096C 0.68C 0.48C

The conversion speed is a period from when a temperature is input and converted into a corresponding digital value until the value is stored into the buffer memory. When two or more channels are used, the
conversion speed is 40ms number of conversion enabled channels.
2. For output in the case of disconnection detection, select any of Value immediately before disconnection, Up scale (maximum value of measured temperature range + 5% of measured temperature range),
Down scale (minimum value of measured temperature range - 5% of measured temperature range) or Given value.
34
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Analog output modules allow the CPU to convert digital
program values to real world analog current or voltage
signals. These can then be used to control actuators whose
properties vary between set limits, such as valve openings,
speed control, extension distance, etc.
Key Features:
Module set-up via menus in GX Works2;
no programming required
2, 4 and 8 channel versions
Fast conversion (80 microseconds/channel)
High accuracy (0.1%)
High resolution (1 part in 16,000 or 14 bits)
Switchable resolution (1 part in 4000, 1 part in
12,000 and 1 part in 16,000)
Variable offset/gain
Synchronous output function establishes output
changes on a set timebase
Output hold/clear function
Output test when CPU is in STOP mode
ERROR
RUN
Q64DAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ERROR
RUN
Q68DAVN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ERROR
RUN
Q68DAIN
ERROR
RUN
Q62DAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Required Manuals
SH(NA)080054
Digital-Analog Converter Module
Users Manual
Covers Q62DAN, Q64DAN, Q68DAVN, Q68DAIN
GX Configurator-DA
GX Configurator-DA
-
IB(NA)0800321E
D/A Converter Module Users
Manual (Hardware)
Basic information on Q62DAN, Q64DAN, Q68DAVN,
Q68DAIN
Yes -
Model Name Q62DAN Q64DAN Q68DAVN Q68DAIN
Stocked Item S S S S
Number Of Analog Output Points 2 points (2 channels) 4 points (4 channels) 8 points (8 channels)
Digital Input 16-bit signed binary (normal resolution mode: -4096 to 4095, High resolution mode: -12288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383)
Analog Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (External load resistance value: 1K to 1M) -
Current 0 to 20 mA DC (External load resistance value: 0 to 600) -
0 to 20 mA DC (External load
resistance value: 0 to 600)
I/O Characteristics,
Maximum Resolution
Analog Output Range
Digital Input Value
Maximum
Resolution
Digital Input Value
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
1.25 mV
0 to 12000
0.416 mV
1 to 5V 1.0 mV 0.333 mV
-10 to 10V
-4000 to 4000
2.5 mV -16000 to 16000 0.625 mV
User Range
Setting
0.75 mV -12000 to 12000 0.333 mV
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20 mA 4A 1.33A
User Range
Setting
-4000 to 4000 1.5A -12000 to 12000 0.83A
Accuracy (Accuracy
With Respect To
Maximum Analog
Output Value)
Ambient Temp.
25 5C
Within 0.1 % (Voltage: 10 mV, Current: 20A)
Ambient Temp.
0 to 55C
Within 0.3 % (Voltage: 30 mV, Current: 60A)
Conversion Speed 80s/channel
Output Short Circuit Protection Available
Connected Terminals 18-points terminal block
Applicable Solderless Terminal R1.25-3 (A solderless terminal with sleeve cannot be used)
FG terminal: R1.25-3, 1.25-YS3, RAV1.25-3, V1.25-YS3A;
Other terminals than FG: R1.25-3 (A solderless terminal with sleeve
cannot be used)
External Supply Power
24VDC + 20 %, -15 %
Ripple, spike 500 mV P-P or less
Inrush current: 2.5 A,
within 250s
within 260s
within 230s
within 230s
0.15 A 0.24 A 0.20 A 0.27 A
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) 0.33 A 0.34 A 0.38 A 0.38 A
Weight (kg) 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.20
Analog Output Modules
Model Number Q64DAH
Stocked Item -
Number of Analog Output Points 4 points (4 channels)
Digital Input
-20480 to 20479
When Using the Scaling
Function
-32768 to 32767
Analog Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (external load resistance 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (external load resistance 0 to 600)
I/O Characteristics, Maximum Resolution (*1)
Analog Output Range Digital Value Maximum Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 20000
250V
1 to 5V 200V
-10 to10V
-20000 to 20000
500V
User range setting 333V
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 20000
1000nA
4 to 20mA 800nA
User range setting -20000 to 20000 700nA
Accuracy
(Accuracy for
the Maximum
Value of Analog
Output Value)
(*2)
Ambient Temperature 25 5C Within 0.1% (voltage: 10mV, current: 20A)
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C
Within 0.3% (voltage: 30mV, current: 60A)
Conversion
Speed
Normal Output Mode 20s/channel
Wave Output Mode 50s/channel, 80s/channel
Number of Offset/Gain Settings Up to 50000 counts
Output Short Protection Protected
Insulation Method
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: photocoupler isolation; Between output channels: no
isolation; Between external power supply and analog output: transformer isolation
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: 500VAC rms for 1 minute; Between external power supply
and analog output: 500VAC rms for 1 minute
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 points for intelligent)
External Power
Supply
24VDC +20%, -15% 24VDC +20%, -15%
Ripple, Spike 500mVP-P or
Lower
Ripple, spike 500mVP-P or lower
Inrush Current: 4.3A, 1000s
or Shorter
Inrush current: 4.3A, 1000s or shorter
Current Consumption: 0.18A Current consumption: 0.18A
Weight (kg) 0.19
Notes:
1. For details on the I/O conversion characteristics, refer to the following. I/O conversion characteristic of D/A conversion ( Page 26, Section 3.2.2)
2. Except when receiving noise influence. Warm up (power on) the module for 30 minutes to satisfy the accuracy shown in the table.
D/A Converter Module
36
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Isolated Analog Output Modules with Output Monitor
Notes:
1. Accuracy of offset/gain setting at ambient temperature Q62AD-DGH needs to be powered on 30 minutes prior to operation for compliance to the specification (accuracy).
2. Accuracy per temperature change of 1C.
Example: Accuracy when temperature change from 25 to 30C. 0.1% (reference accuracy + 0.008% / C (temperature coefficient) x 5 C (temperature change difference) = 0.14%
Model Number Q62DA-FG
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Outputs 2 points (2 channels)
Digital Input 16-bit signed binary (-12288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383)
Analog Output
Voltage -12 to 12VDC (External load resistance 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20 mADC (External load resistance: 0 to 600); 0 to 22 mADC
Analog Output Range
Digital Input
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 12000
0.416mV
1 to 5V 0.333mV
-10 to 10V -16000 to 16000 0.625mV
User Range Setting 2
-12000 to 12000
0.366mV
User Range Setting 3 0.183mV
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20 mA 1.33A
User Range Setting 1 -12000 to 12000 0.671A
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to Maximum
Reference Accuracy
(*1)
within 0.1%; (Voltage: 10mV, Current: 20A)
Temp. Coefficient
(*2)
80 ppm / C (0.008% / C)
Output Monitor
Resolution 12 bit
Reference Accuracy (*1) 0.2%
Temperature Coefficient (*2) 160ppm / C (0.016% / C)
Output Short-Circuit Protection Available
Insulation
Resistance
Between I/O Terminal and Controller Power Supply Photocoupler Insulation
1780VAC rms / 3
cycles (elevation
2000m)
500VDC 10M
or more
Between Analog Output Channels Transformer Isolation
Between External Power Supply and Analog Output Transformer Isolation
External Power Supply 24VDC +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike within 500mVp-p; Inrush current: 5.2A, within 300s, 0.3A
Weight (kg) 0.20
SH(NA)080281
Channel Isolated Digital-Analog Converter Module
Q62DA-FG/GX Configurator-DA
Covers Q62DA-FG/GX Configurator-DA
GX Configurator-DA
S
IB(NA)0800277 Channel Isolated Digital-Analog Converter Module Q62DA-FG Basic information on Q62DA-FG Yes S
Required Manuals
Q62DA-FG
RUN
ERR.
ALM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
C
H
1
V+
COM1
I+
C
H
2
V+
COM2
I+
IN
24VDC
(FG)
D/A
-12~12V
0~22mA
Notes:
1. Accuracy of offset/gain setting at ambient temperature Q66DA-G needs to be powered on 30 minutes prior to operation for compliance to the specification (accuracy).
2. Accuracy per temperature change of 1 C
Example: Accuracy when temperature changes from 25 to 30 C
0.1% (Reference accuracy) + 0.008%/ C (temperature coefficient) x 5 C (temperature change difference) = 0.14%
3. The following indicates the external load resistance when output current is 20mA or more.

22mA
20mA
500 600
External load resistance
Output
current
Model Number Q66DA-G
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Outputs 6 points (6 channels)
Digital Input 16-bit signed binary (normal resolution mode:-4096 to 4095; high resolution mode: -12288 to 12287, -16384 to 16383)
Analog Output
Voltage -12 to 12VDC (External load resistance 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20 mADC (External load resistance: 0 to 600); 0 to 22 mADC (*3)
Input Analog Input Range
Digital Input
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Digital Input
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
1.25mV
0 to 12000
0.416mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV 0.333mV
-10 to 10V
-4000 to 4000
2.5mV -16000 to 16000 0.625mV
User Range Setting 2 .075mV
-12000 to 12000
0.400mV
User Range Setting 3 0.375mV 0.210mV
Current
0 to 20 mA
0 to 4000
5A
0 to 12000
1.66A
4 to 20 mA 4A 1.33A
User Range Setting 1 -4000 to 4000 1.5A -12000 to 12000 0.95A
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to Maximum
Reference Accuracy
(*1)
within 0.1%; (Voltage: 10mV, Current: 20A)
Temp. Coefficient
(*2)
80 ppm / C (0.008% / C)
Conversion Speed 6ms / channels
Output Monitor
Resolution 15-bit
Temperature Coefficient (*2) 0.008% / C
Insulation
Resistance
Between Output Terminal and Controller Power Supply
Transformer
Isolation
500VAC rms,
1 min.
500VDC 10M
or more
Between Analog Output Channels
1000VAC rms,
1 min.
Between External Power Supply and Analog Output
500VAC rms,
1 min.
Connected Terminal 40-pin connector
External Power Supply 24VDC, +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike within 500 mV p-p; Inrush current: 4.8A, within 400s; 0.22A
Weight (kg) 0.22
38
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number ME1AD8HAI-Q
Stocked Item -
Analog Input
Current 0 to 20 mA DC 4 to 20 mA DC
Absolute Maximum Input 30 mA
Input Resistance 250
Short-Circuit Protection Available
Primary Filter Hz (3 dB), HART signal is 1200 Hz with 1 mAP-P
Digital Output 16-bit signed binary (768 to 32767)
I/O Characteristics, Maximum Resolution
Analog Input
Range
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
0 to 20 mA
0 to 32000
625.0 nA
4 to 20 mA 500.0 nA
Accuracy (Relative to Digital Output Value) (*1) 0.15% (48 digit) (*2)
Cycle Time 80 ms (Independent to the number of used channels)
Insulation Method
Between the I/O Terminals
and PLC Power Supply
Photocoupler insulation
Between Analog Input
Channels
Non-insulated
HART Modem FSK Physical Layer, multiplexed
HART Functions Protocol Revision 6 support 4 Process variables support (PV, SV, TV, QV) FDT/DTM support
Number of I/O Occupied Points 32 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent 32 points)
External Wiring Connection System 18-points terminal block
Applicable Wire Size
Refer to the HART specification for more details. The external power supply voltage of the ME1AD8HAI-Q should be
enough for correct operation of the analog transmitter. (*3, *4)
Applicable Solderless Terminals R1.25-3 (Solderless terminals with sleeves cannot be used)
Voltage 24VDC (+20%, -15%); ripple, spike within 500mVP-P
Current (A) 0.3
Inrush Current 5.5 A within 200 s
Online Module Change Not supported
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) (A) 0.32
Weight (kg) 0.19
Notes:
1. ME1AD8HAI-Q needs to be powered on 30 minutes prior to operation for compliance to the specification (accuracy).
3. Use case:For distances up to 800 m, the wire size of 0.51 mm diameter with 115 nF/km cable capacitance and 36.7 /km cableresistance can be applied.
4. Refer to the calculation example shown in section 4.4.2 (External wiring).
The Q Series HART
Interface I/O Modules provide total access

to process data and device diagnostics from over 1000 HART
enabled field devices. The system is designed to use the 4-20mA
(or 0-20mA) control signal from traditional analog devices as
well as the 4-20mA and digital process data from HART devices,
allowing up to 5 (1 analog, 4 digital process variables) control
points on a single 2-wire connection.
Key Features:
8 channel 4-20mA I/O modules (traditional or HART enabled
4-20mA devices), up to 512 channels on a single Process CPU
HART Digital Communications combines high speed control
(4-20mA) with access to multivariable process data
Compatible with HART revisions 5, 6 and 7
Configuration of field devices via an industry standard FDT
frame application
Reduces integration time and device setup through
standardized interfaces
HART Interface Module
Load Cell Input Module
Model Number Q61LD
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Inputs 1 point (1 channel)
Digital Output 32-bit signed binary; 0 to 10000
Analog Input Range (Load Cell Rated Output) 0.0 to 1.0mV/V, 0.0 to 2.0mV/V, 0.0 to 3.0mV/V
Analog Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Maximum Weighing
Capacity Output Value
Maximum
Resolution
Load Cell
Rated
Output
0 to 1.0mV/V
0 to 10000 -99999 to 99999
0.5A
0 to 2.0mV/V 1.0A
0 to 3.0mV/V 1.5A
Accuracy (Accuracy Relative to Maximum
Nonlineality: Within 0.01%/FS (Ambient temperature 25C); Zero drift: Within 0.25V/C RTI; Gain drift: Within 15 ppm/C
Conversion Speed 10ms
Accuracy (Accuracy Relative to Analog Input
(Load Cell Rated Output) of a Module)
Nonlineality: Within 0.01%/FS (Ambient temperature 25C ); Zero drift: Within 0.25V/C RTI; Gain drift: Within 15 ppm/C
Connected Terminal 18 point terminal block
Applicable Solderless Terminals R1.25-3 (A solderless terminal cannot be used)
External Power Supply 24VDC +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike within 500mVp-p; Inrush current: 5.2A, within 300s, 0.3A
Weight (kg) 0.17
Model Number Q68TD-G-H01 Q68TD-G-H02
Stocked Item S S
Number of Analog Inputs 8 channels + cold junction compensation channels / 1 module
Analog Output
Temperature Conversion
Value
16-bit signed binary (-2700 to 18200)
Scaling Value 16-bit signed binary
Thermocouple Compliance Standards JIS C1602-1995, IEC 60584-1 (1995),IEC60584-2 (1982)
Conversion Speed (*1) 320ms/8 channels 640ms/8 channels
Output Monitor
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature Coefficient (*3) 160ppm / C (0.016% / C)
Insulation
Resistance
Between thermocouple input channel and
programmable controller power supply
Transfer Isolation
500VACrms for
1min 500VDC 10M
or more
Between thermocouple input channels Transfer Isolation
1000VACrms for
1min
Between cold junction compensation channel and
programmable controller power supply
No Isolation - -
Connected Terminal 18 point terminal block
Connector Type A6CON4 (*4)
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) 0.49A 0.65A
Weight (kg) 0.18 0.22
Isolated Thermocouple Input Modules
Notes:
1. The conversion speed indicates the maximum time from when the input temperature changes until the measured temperature value of buffer memory is batch-updated.
2. To satisfy with the accuracy, a warm-up (power distribution) period of 30 minutes is required.
3. Calculate the accuracy in the following method. (Accuracy) = (conversion accuracy) + (temperature characteristic) (operating ambient temperature variation) + (cold junction temperature compensation
accuracy) An operating ambient temperature variation indicates a deviation of the operating ambient temperature from the 25 5C range. Example: When using the thermocouple B (refer to User Manual)
with the operating ambient temperature of 35C and the measured temperature of 1000C, the accuracy is as follows. (2.5C)+(0.4) (35 -30 C)+(1C)= 5.5C
4. Dedicated cable and terminal block available; FA-CBL05Q68TDG and FA-LTB40TDG (non-stock)
40
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number Q64TDV-GH
Stocked Item S
Certification CE
Number of Channels 4 channels
Output
Temperature
Conversion Value
16-bit, signed binary (-2700 to 18200: Value to the first decimal place x 10 times)
Micro Voltage
Conversion Value
16-bit, signed binary (-25000 to 25000)
Scaling Value 16-bit, signed binary
Standard With Which Thermocouple
Conforms
JIS C1602-1995
Usable Thermocouples B, R, S, K, T, E, J, N
Cold Junction Temperature
Compensation Accuracy
1.0 C
Micro Voltage Input Range -100mV to +100mV (input resistance 2M or more)
Micro Voltage Input Accuracy 0.2mV (at 25C ambient) 0.8 mV (0-55C ambient)
Resolution
Thermocouple Input B: 0.7C R,S: 0.8C K,T: 0.3C E: 0.2C J: 0.1C N: 0.4C
Micro Voltage Input 4V
Sampling Period 20ms/channel (*1)
Conversion Speed Sampling period x 3 (*2)
Number of Analog Input Points 4 channels + Pt100 connection channel/module
Wire Break Detection Yes (Each channel independent)
Connection Terminals 18-point terminal block
Applicable Crimping Terminals R1.25-3 R1.25-3 (A solderless terminals with sleeves cannot be used)
Weight (kg) 0.25
Notes:
1. A period until a thermocouple input value/micro voltage input value is converted into a temperature measurement micro/value voltage conversion value.
2. A period until a thermocouple input value/micro voltage input value is converted into a temperature measurement value/micro voltage conversion value and the resultant value is stored into the buffer memory.
The conversion speed is a delay time that occurs during sampling processing. It is independent of averaging processing. Example: When two channels are enabled for conversion (Conversion speed) = (sampling
period) x 3 = (20ms x 2 channels) x 3 = 120 ms.
SH(NA)080141
Thermocouple Input Module Channel Isolated
Thermocouple/Micro Voltage Input Module Users Manual
Q64TD Q64TDV-GH GX Configurator-TI
Covers Q64TD, Q64TDV-GH and
GX Configurator-TI
Supplied as PDF with GX Configurator-TI -
IB(NA)080155
Thermocouple Input Module Channel Isolated
Thermocouple/Micro Voltage Input Module Users Manual
(Hardware) Q64TD, Q64TDV-GH
Basic information Q64TD, Q64TDV-GH Yes -
Key Features:
Fully isolated inputs prevent interference between input signals
Microvolt input capability for compatibility with load cell applications
16 bit resolution
4 channels
Supports K, E, J, T, B, R, S and N type thermocouples
Set channel thermocouple type individually
Disconnection detection
Increase conversion speed by disabling unused channels
Three data processing methods
Offset/gain setting
Out of range warning
Pt100 cold junction compensation
High Resolution Isolated Input Thermocouple Module
Q64TDV-GH
RUN
ERROR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
R
T
D
CH1+
CH2+
1-
2-
SLD
SLD
CH3+
CH4+
3-
4-
SLD
SLD
(FG)
Q64TDV
-GH
Thermocouple input modules are a specialized version of the more general-purpose analog input modules.
These modules are designed to accept the specialized voltage signals generated by a wide variety of
standard thermocouples. This allows the temperatures monitored by thermocouple sensors to be converted
into digital values for use in CPU programs.
Required Manuals
Notes:
1. The selection ranges and accuracies have the following relationships.

Ambient Temperature Pt100 and JPt100 : -20 to 120C Pt100 : -200 to 850C JPt100 : -180 to 600C
0 to 55C 0.3C 2.125C 1.5C
25 5C 0.096C 0.68C 0.48C
2. The conversion speed is a period from when a temperature is input and converted into a corresponding digital value until the value is stored into the buffer memory.
When two or more channels are used, the conversion speed is 40ms x number of conversion enabled channels.
3. At wire break detection, the temperature conversion value right before wire break occurrence is held.
RTD input modules offer an alternative to thermocouple input
modules. These work with platinum resistance temperature device
(RTD) sensors. Note that RTD sensors are typically a narrower
temperature range than that offered by thermocouples.
Key Features:
4 channels
Supports Pt100 and JPt100 devices
Increase conversion speed by disabling unused channels
Three data processing methods
Offset/gain setting
Out of range warning
Required Manuals
SH(NA)080142 Thermocouple Input Module Users Manual Covers Q64RD and GX Configurator-TI Supplied as PDF with GX Configurator-TI -
IB(NA)0800156
Thermocouple Input Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on Q64RD Yes -
RTD Input Module
Model Number Q64RD
Stocked Item S
Output
Value
16-bit, signed binary data (-2000 to 8500: Value to the rst decimal place x10 times);
32-bit, signed binary data (-200000 to 8500000: Value to the third decimal place x1000 times)
Usable Platinum Temperature-Measuring Resistors Pt100 (JIS C1604-1997, IEC 751 1983), JPt100 (JIS C1604-1981)
Measured Temperature
Range
Pt100 -200 to 850C
JPt100 -180 to 600C
Range Changing
Pt100 -20 to 120C / -200 to 850C
JPt100 -20 to 120C / -180 to 600C
Accuracy (*1)
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C
0.25% (accuracy relative to full-scale value)
Ambient Temperature
25 5C
0.08% (accuracy relative to full-scale value)
Resolution 0.025C
Conversion Speed 40ms/channel (*2)
Number of Analog Input Points 4 channels/module
Temperature Detecting Output Current 1mA
Wire Break Detection Yes (each channel individually) (*3)
Applicable Crimping Terminals 1.25-3 R1.25-3 (Sleeved crimping terminals are not useable)
Weight (kg) 0.17
42
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Isolated RTD Input Modules
Model Number Q64RD-G
Stocked Item S
Output
Value
16-bit, signed binary data (-2000 to 8500: Value to the rst decimal place x10 times);
32-bit, signed binary data (-200000 to 8500000: Value to the third decimal place x1000 times)
Usable Platinum Temperature-Measuring Resistors Pt100 (JIS C1604-1997,IEC 751 1983), JPt100(JIS C1604-1981), Ni100 (DIN43760 1987)
Range
Pt100 -200 to 850C
JPt100 -180 to 600C
Range Changing
Pt100 -20 to 120C /0 to -200C / -200 to 850C
JPt100 -20 to 120C /0 to -200C / -180 to 600C
Accuracy (*1)
(Accuracy Relative to
Maximum Value of
Selection Range)
Pt100/JPt100 (-20 to 120 C) 70ppm/C (0.0070%/C)
Pt100/JPt100 (0 to 200C) 65ppm/C (0.0065%/C)
Pt100/JPt100 (-200 to
850C)
50ppm/C (0.0050%/ C)
Pt100/JPt100 (-60 to 180C) 70ppm/ C (0.0070%/ C)
Resolution 0.025C
Conversion Speed 40ms/channel (*2)
Isolation
Specic Isolated Area Isolation Method Dielectric Withstand Voltage Isolation Resistance
Between Temperature-Measuring
Resistor Input and Programmable
Photocoupler Isolation
1780VrmsAC/ 3 cycles
(Altitude 2000m)
10M or more using
500VDC isolation
resistance tester
Between Temperature-Measuring
Resistor Input Channels
Transformer Isolation
Temperature Detecting Output Current 1mA
Applicable Crimping Terminals 1.25-3 R1.25-3 (Sleeved crimping terminals are not useable)
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:

0 to 55C 0.3C 2.125C 1.5C
25 5C 0.096C 0.68C 0.48C
2. The conversion speed is a period from when a temperature is input and converted into a corresponding digital value until the value is stored into the buffer memory.
When two or more channels are used, the conversion speed is 40ms x number of conversion enabled channels.
3. For output in the case of disconnection detection, select any of Value immediately before disconnection, Up scale (maximum value of measured temperature range + 5% of measured temperature range),
Down scale (minimum value of measured temperature range 5% of measured temperature range) or Given value. Refer to User Manual.
Isolated RTD Input Modules
Model Number Q68RD3-G
Stocked Item S
Output
Temp. Conversion Value 16-bit, signed binary data (-2000 to 8500)
Usable Platinum Temperature-Measuring Resistors Pt100 (JIS C1604-1997,IEC 751 1983), JPt100 (JIS C1604-1981), Ni100 (DIN43760 1987)
Range (*1)
Pt100 -200 to 850C
JPt100 -180 to 600C
Ni100 -60 to 180C
Conversion Accuracy
(*1, *2)
Pt100 (-200 to 850C) 0.8C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C), 2.4C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
Pt100 (-20 to 120C) 0.3C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C ), 1.1C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
Pt100 (0 to 200C) 0.4C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C ), 1.2C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
JPt100 (-180 to 600C) 0.8C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C ), 2.4C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
JPt100 (-20 to 120C) 0.3C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C), 1.1C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
JPt100 (0 to 200C) 0.4C (Ambient temperature: 25v 5C ), 1.2C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
Ni100 (-60 to 180C) 0.4C (Ambient temperature: 25 5C), 1.2C (Ambient temperature: 0 to 55C)
Resolution 0.1C
Conversion Speed 320ms/8 channels (*3)
Number of Analog Input Points 8 channels
Isolation
Specic Isolated Area Isolation Method
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage
Isolation
Resistance
Between RTD Input and Programmable
Transformer
IsolatIon
500VACrms for 1min.
500VDC
10M or
more
Between RTD Input Channels 1000VACrms for 1min.
Connection Terminals 40-pin connector
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:

0 to 55C 0.300C 1.615C 1.140C
25 5C 0.090C 0.533C 0.390C

Ambient Temperature Pt100 and JPt100 : -0 to 200C Pt100 : -60 to 180C
0 to 55C 0.470C 0.450C
25 5C 0.145C 0.135C
2. Accuracy in ambient temperature and wire resistance when the offset/gain setting is set. Accuracy per 1-degree temperature change. Example: Accuracy for the case of changing
from 25 to 30C 0.04% (Reference accuracy) + 0.0070%/C (Temperature coefficient) x 5C (Temperature difference) = 0.075%
3. The conversion speed is a period from when a temperature is input and converted into a corresponding digital value until the value is stored into the buffer memory. When two or
more channels are used, the conversion speed is 40ms x number of conversion enabled channels.
4. For output in the case of disconnection detection, select any of Value immediately before disconnection, Up scale (maximum value of measured temperature range + 5% of
measured temperature range), Down scale (minimum value of measured temperature range -5% of measured temperature range) or Given value. Refer to User Manual.
44
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Temperature Controller modules are specialized modules that are
intended for closed loop control of temperature in process control
applications. They accept either thermocouple or RTD input devices.
The modules incorporate programmable PID algorithms to allow
the modules to maintain set temperatures independently of the CPU
programs. The modules also provide outputs that operate under
control of the PID algorithms to maintain control of heaters.
Key Features:
Auto-tuning PID capability simplifies configuration
Four PID loops per module
Reset Feedback (RFB) limiter to suppress
overshooting at startup or an increase in set value
Resolution of 0.1C or 0.1F
Sensor disconnection detection on certain modules
Required Manuals
Note: Use only URDs current sensors. In North America contact URD via www.urdamerica.com
SH(NA)080989 Temperature Control Module Users Manual
Covers Q64TCTTN, Q64TCTTBWN, Q64TCRTN,
Q64TCRTBWN and GX Configurator-TC
GX Configurator-TC
-
IB(NA)0800120
Q64TCTT and Q64TCTTBW Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on Q64TCTT and
Q64TCTTBW
Yes (Q64TCTT and
Q64TCTTBW only)
-
IB(NA)0800121
Q64TCRT and Q64TCRTBW Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on Q64TCRT and
Q64TCRTBW
Yes (Q64TCRT and
Q64TCRTBW only)
-
Temperature Control Modules
Model Number Q64TCTTN Q64TCRTN Q64TCTTBWN Q64TCRTBWN
Stocked Item S - - -
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Control Output Transistor output
Number of Temperature Input Points 4 channels/module
Usable Thermocouples/Platinum
Temperature-Measuring Resistors
R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, PLII,
W5Re/W26Re
Pt100, JPt100
R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, PLII,
W5Re/W26Re
Pt100, JPt100
Accuracy
Ambient Temp. 25C 5C Input range width x (0.3%)
Ambient Temp. 0C to 55C Input range width x (0.7%)
Cold Junction
Temperature
Accuracy
Compensation
Ambient Temp. 0C to 55C Within 1.0C - Within 1.0C -
Ambient Temp. -100C
to -150C
Within 2.0C - Within 2.0C -
Ambient Temp. -150C
to -200C
Within 3.0C - Within 3.0C -
Sampling Period 0.5s/4 channels (constant independently of the number of channels used)
Control Output Period 1 to 100s
Input Impedance 1M
Input Filter 0 to 100s (0: Input filter off)
Sensor Compensation Value Setting -50.00 to 50.00%
Operation at Sensor Input Disconnection Upscale processing
Temperature Control System PID ON/OFF pulse or 2-position control
PID Constant
Range
PID Constant Setting Setting can be made by auto tuning
Proportional Band (P) 0.0 to 1000.0% (0: 2-position control)
Integral Time (I) 0 to 3600s
Derivative Time (D) 0 to 3600s (set 0 for PI control)
Dead Band Setting Range 0.1 to 10.0%
Transistor
Output
Output Signal ON/OFF pulse
Rated Load Voltage 10 to 30VDC
Max. Load Current 0.1A/point, 0.4A/common
Max. Inrush Current 0.4A 10ms
Leakage Current at OFF 0.1mA or less
Max. Voltage Drop at ON 1.0VDC (TYP) 0.1A 2.5VDC (MAX) 0.1A
Response Time OFF-ON : 2ms or less, ON-OFF : 2ms or less
Heater
Disconnection
Detection
Specs.
Current Sensor (*) -
The following current sensors of URD, Ltd.: CTL-12-S36-8 (0.0
to 100.0A, CTL-6-P-H (0.00 to 20.00A)
Input Accuracy - Input range width (1.0%)
Number of Alert Delays - 3 to 255
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points/slot (I/O assignment: 16 intelligent points)
32 points/2 slots (Default I/O assignment:
16 free points + 16 intelligent points)
Connection Terminal 18-point terminal block Two 18-point terminal blocks
Applicable Crimping Terminal R1.25-3, 1.25-YS3, RAV1.25-3, V1.25-YS3A
Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.29 0.33
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.30
These modules provide a capability for the CPUs to sense high
frequency pulse trains as would be found in motion control and similar
applications. Typically these modules would be linked to encoders to
provide a closed loop of position sensing on a motion axis.
Key Features:
External selection of count function capability
Up to 0.5MHz count frequency (depending on model)
32 bit count range
Single phase and quadrature input
Preset count functions (linear, ring, sample, periodic)
Built-in outputs for direct actuation of external processes
CW/CCW detection
QD62
QD62
DEC.
FUNC.
CH1 CH2
FUSE
A
B
Required Manuals
Note:
1. Counting speed is affected by pulse rise and fall time. Possible counting speeds are shown in the following table. Note that a miscount may occur if the D62-H01 counts a pulse larger than t=50s. In
this case, use the QD62-H02.
SH(NA)080036 High Speed Counter Module Users Manual
Covers QD62, QD62E, QD62D and GX
Configurator-CT
Supplied as PDF with GX -
IB(NA)0800059
High Speed Counter Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on QD62, QD62E, QD62D Yes -
High Speed Counter Modules
Model Number QD62-H01 QD62-H02
Stocked Item - -
Number of Occupied I/O point 16 I/O points
Count Input
Signal
Phase 1-phase input, 2-phase input
ON / OFF
Characteristics
5/12/24VDC, 2 to 5mA
Counter
Counting Speed
(Max) (*1)
1-phase input 50kPPS; 2-phase input 50kPPS 1-phase input 10kPPS; 2-phase input 7kPPS
Counting Range 32-bit signed binary (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Type UP/DOWN Preset counter + Ring counter function
Minimum Count
Pulse Width
(Duty Ratio
50%)
50 50
100

(1-phase input)
71 71
142

(2-phase input)
(Unit:s) (Unit:s)
External
Input
Rated Input
Voltage
5/12/24VDC, 2 to 5mA
ON / OFF
Characteristics
Comparison
Output
Comparison
Range
32-bit signed binary
Comparison
System
Setting value < Count value
Setting value = Count value
Setting value > Count value
Number of
Points
2 points/channel
Output Rating Transistor (sink type)
External Supply
Power
12/24VDC 0.5A/point; 2A/common
5VDC Internal Current
Consumption (A)
0.30
Weight (kg) 0.11
46
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
QD62
QD62E
Counting Speed Switch Setting 200kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
Rise/Fall time Both Phases 1 and 2
t=1.25s or less 200kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
t=25s or less - 10kPPS 10kPPS
t=500s - - 500PPS
t=500s - - 500PPS
Notes:
1. Japan Texas Instruments product model Am26LS31 or equivalent.
2. Insure encoder output voltages are compatible with the modules input specifications.
3. TLL output type encoders cannot be used with the QD62, QD62E, and QD62D.
Model Number QD62 QD62E QD62D QD63P6
Stocked Item S S S -
Compatible Encoder Types (*2) (*3) Open collector type/CMOS Open collector type/CMOS Line driver type Open collector type/CMOS
Counting Speed Switch Setting
200k (100k to 200kPPS)
100k (10k to 100kPPS)
10k (10kPPS max.)
500k (200k to 500kPPS)
200k (100k to 200kPPS)
100k (10k to 100kPPS)
10k (10kPPS max.)
200k (100k to 200kPPS)
100k (10k to 100kPPS)
10k (10kPPS max.)
Number of Channels 2 channels 6 channels
Count Input
Signal
Phase 1 phase input, 2 phase input
Rated Input Voltage 5/12/24VDC (positive or negative common) EIA Standard RS-422-A
Differential line driver level (*1)
6.4 to 11.5 mA at 5VDC
ON / OFF Characteristics 5/12/24V; 2 to 5mA
Counting Range 32-bit designated binary (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Type UP/DOWN preset counter + ring counter functions
External Input
Rated Input Voltage 5/12/24VDC (positive or negative common) 5/12/24V (*2) 5V
ON / OFF Characteristics 5/12/24V; 2 to 5mA 6.4 to 11.5mA
Comparison
Output
Comparison Range 32-bit designated binary (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Comparison System Set value < count value, set value = count value, set value>count value
Number of Points 2 points/channel Internal I/O
Output Rating
Transistor (Sink)
12/24VDC 0.5A/point 2A/
common
Transistor (Source) 12/24VDC
0.1A/point 0.4A/common
Transistor (Sink)
12/24VDC 0.5A/point 2A/common
-
External Supply Power Voltage range: 10.2 to 30V, current consumption: 8mA (typ @24VDC) -
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 intelligent points)
32 points (I/O assignment: 32
intelligent points)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.30 0.33 0.38 0.59
Weight (kg) 0.11 0.12 0.15
QD62-H01
Counting Speed Switch Setting 1 Phase Input 2-Phase Input
t=5s or less 50PPS
t=50s 5kPPS
t=500s -
Counting Speed Switch Setting 1 Phase Input 2-Phase Input
t=5s or less 10kPPS 7kPPS
t=50s -
t=500s 500PPS 250PPS
QD62-H02
Note: Inputting a waveform with a long rise/fall time may cause a false input. Use a waveform
within the permissible rise/fall time.
QD62D
Counting Speed Switch Setting 500kPPS 200kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
t=0.5s or less 500kPPS 200kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
t=1.25s or less 200kPPS 200kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
t=2.5s or less - 100kPPS 100kPPS 10kPPS
t=25s or less - - 10kPPS 10kPPS
t=500s - - - 500PPS
QD63P6
t=500s - - 500PPS
Multi-Function Counter/Timer Module
Model Number
QD65PD2
Differential input DC Input
Stocked Item S
Number of Occupied I/O Points 32 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent, 32 points)
Counting
Speed Switch
Setting (*1)
1 Multiple 10kpps/100kpps/200kpps/500kpps/ 1Mpps/2Mpps
10kpps/100kpps/200kpps
2 Multiples 10kpps/100kpps/200kpps/500kpps/ 1Mpps/2Mpps/4Mpps
4 Multiples
10kpps/100kpps/200kpps/500kpps/ 1Mpps/2Mpps/
4Mpps/8Mpps
Count Input
Signal
Phase 1-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples), 2-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples/4 multiples), CW/CCW
Signal Level (A, B)
EIA Standards RS-422-A, differential line driver level
(AM26LS31 [manufactured by Texas Instruments] or equivalent)
5/12/24VDC, 7 to 10mA
Counter
Counting Speed (Max)
(*2, *3)
8Mpps (4 multiples of 2 phases) 200kpps
Format Count, subtraction count; Linear counter format, ring counter format; Preset/replace function, latch counter function
Minimum Count
Pulse Width (Duty
Ratio 50%)
1-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples), CW/CCW
(Minimum pulse width in
2 multiples of 1 phase: 0.25s)
0.25 s 0.25 s
0.5 s
1-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples), CW/CCW
2 multiples of 1 phase: 2.5s)
5 s
2.5 s 2.5 s
2-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples/4 multiples)
4 multiples of 2 phases: 0.125s)
0.5 s
0.25 s
0.125 s
0.25 s
2-phase input (1 multiple/2 multiples/4 multiples)
4 multiples of 2 phases: 5s)
20 s
10 s 10 s
5 s
Comparison
Output
Comparison Range 32-bit signed binary
Comparison System Setting value < Count value; Setting value = Count value; Setting value > Count value
In-Range Output Setting value (lower limit value) Count value Setting value (upper limit value)
Not-In-Range Output Count value < Setting value (lower limit value), Setting value (upper limit value) < Count value
Interrupt Equipped with a coincidence detection interrupt function
External Input
Phase Z
EIA Standards RS-422-A, differential line driver level (AM26LS31
[manufactured by Texas Instruments] or equivalent): 2 points
5/12/24VDC, 7 to 10mA: 2 points
Function 5/12/24VDC, 7 to 10mA: 2 points
Latch Counter 5/12/24VDC, 7 to 10mA: 2 points
General Input 24 VDC, High Speed: 7 to 10mA, 2 points, Low Speed: 3mA, 4 points
External
Output
Coincidence Output
(High Speed)
Transistor (sink type) output: 2 points 12/24VDC 0.1A/point, 0.8A/common
Coincidence output
(Low Speed)
Transistor (sink type) output: 6 points 12/24VDC 0.1A/point, 0.8A/common
General Output Transistor (sink type) output: 8 points 12/24VDC 0.1A/point, 0.8A/common
Pulse
Measurement
Measurement Item Pulse width (ON width/OFF width)
Measurement
Resolution
100ns
Measurement Points 2 points/channel
Cam Switch
Number of Output
Points
8 points (max. 16 steps/point)
Control Cycle 1ms
Difference Between
Each Output Duration
in a Channel
100s or less
PWM Output
Frequency
Range
Coincidence Output
(High Speed)
DC and up to 200kHz
Coincidence Output
(Low Speed)
DC and up to 2kHz
Duty Ratio Any ratio (Can be set by 0.1s)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.23
Applicable Wire Size 0.3mm (22 AWG) (A6CON1 and A6CON4), 0.088mm to 0.24mm (24 to 28 AWG) (A6CON2)
Applicable Connector for External
Wiring (Sold Separately)
A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON4
External Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 98 x 27.4 x 90
Weight (kg) 0.15
Notes:
1. Counting speed switch setting can be done using the switch setting.
2. Note that the count may be done incorrectly by inputting pulses whose phase difference is small between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse. To check the input waveform of the
phase A pulse and phase B pulse, or to check phase difference between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse, refer to Users Manual
3. The counting speed is affected by the pulse rise/fall time. The number of pulses that can be counted depending on the counting speed is listed below. Note that the count may be
done incorrectly by counting pulses with long rise/fall time.
48
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Isolated Interrupt Module
* Counting speed is affected by pulse rise and fall time. Note that if a pulse that has a large rise and/or fall time is counted, a miscount may occur.
SH(NA)080313
Channel Isolated Pulse Input Module
(QD60P8-G) Users Manual
Covers QD60P8-G Supplied as a PDF with GX Configurator-CT -
IB(NA)0800229
Channel Isolated Pulse Input Module Users
Manual (Hardware) QD60P8-G
Basic information on QD60P8-G Yes -
Manuals
Model Number QD60P8-G
Stocked Item S
Certication CE
Counting Speed Switch Settings 30kpps 10kpps 1kpps 100pps 50pps 10pps 1pps 0.1pps
Count Input
Signal
Phase 1-phase input
Signal Level 5VDC / 12 to 24VDC
Counter
Counting Speed (Max.) 30kpps 10kpps 1kpps 100pps 50pps 10pps 1pps 0.1pps
Count Range
Sampling pulse number: 16-bits binary values (0 to 32767); Accumulating count value: 32-bits binary values (0 to 99999999)
Input pulse value: 32-bits binary values (0 to 2147483647)
Count Type Linear counter method, Ring counter method
Minimum Count Pulse
Width (Duty Ratio 50%)
Weight (kg) 0.17
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
QI60
NC
24VDC
6mA
+ -
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 A B C D E F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Although Q Series I/O modules are designed to offer very
fast responses to input signals, some applications need a
shorter response than these modules can offer. In these
cases, use the QI60 interrupt module. This offers response
times as rapid as 50 microseconds for very fast event
capture. For more sophisticated applications, the QD60P8-G
offers isolated input capability together with averaging,
scaling and sampling functions.
Key Features:
16 input points
Response time adjustable over the range 0.05ms to 1ms
24VDC positive common connection
Required Manuals:
The QI60 is covered in the Q Series CPU manuals
Note: Set via software.
Interrupt Modules
Model Number QI60
Stocked Item S
Number of Input Points 16 points
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Rated Input Current Approx. 6mA
ON Voltage/ON Current 19V or higher/3mA or higher
OFF Voltage/OFF Current 11V or lower/1.7mA or lower
Response Time
(ms)
Set Value (*) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1
ON-OFF
Typ 0.05 0.15 0.30 0.55 1.05
Max 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.60 1.20
OFF-ON
Typ 0.15 0.20 0.35 0.60 1.10
Max 0.20 0.30 0.50 0.70 1.30
Common Terminal Arrangement 16 points/common (common terminal: TB17)
External Connections 18-point terminal block (M3 x 6 screws)
Applicable Crimping Terminal R1.25-3 (sleeved crimping terminals cannot be used)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption (mA) 60 (TYP. all points ON)
Weight (kg) 0.20
Positioning Control Modules
Model Number QD75P1N (*1) QD75D1N QD75P2N (*1) QD75D2N QD75P4N (*1) QD75D4N
Stocked Item - S S
Number of Control Axes 1 axis 2 axes 4 axes
Interpolation Function No
2-axis linear interpolation;
2-axis circular interpolation
2-, 3-, or 4-axis linear
interpolation 2-axis circular
interpolation
Control Unit mm, inch, degree, pulse
Backup
Parameters, positioning data, and block start data can be saved on flash ROM
(battery-less backup).
Positioning
Positioning System
PTP control: Incremental system/absolute system
Speed-position switching control: Incremental system/absolute system (*2)
Position-speed switching control: Incremental system
Path control: Incremental system/absolute system
Position Range
In absolute system
-214748364.8 to 214748364.7( m)
-21474.83648 to 21474.83647(inch)
0 to 359.99999(degree)
-2147483648 to 2147483647(pulse)
In incremental system
-214748364.8 to 214748364.7( m)
-21474.83648 to 21474.83647(inch)
-21474.83648 to 21474.83647(degree)
-2147483648 to 2147483647(pulse)
In speed-position switching control (INC mode) / position-speed switching control
0 to 214748364.7( m)
0 to 21474.83647(inch)
0 to 21474.83647(degree)
0 to 2147483647(pulse)
In speed-position switching control (ABS mode)
0 to 359.99999(degree)
Speed Command
0.01 to 40000000.00(mm/min); 0.001 to 2000000.000(inch/min);
0.001 to 2000000.000(degree/min); 1 to 4000000(pulse/s)
Acceleration/Deceleration Process Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 to 8388608 (ms) Four patterns can be set for each of acceleration time and deceleration time
Sudden Stop Deceleration Time 1 to 8388608 (ms)
Protective Degree IP2X
External Wiring Connection System 40-pin connector
Applicable Wire Size 0.3mm
2
(AWG#22) or less (for A6CON1, A6CON4), AWG #24 (for A6CON2)
Applicable Connector for External Devices A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON4 (Sold separately)
Max. Output Pulse QD75D1N, QD75D2N, QD75D4N: 4Mpps
Max. Connection Distance Between Servos QD75P1, QD75P2, QD75P4: 2m; QD75D1, QD75D2,QD75D4: 10m
Online Module Change Disabled
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points/slot (I/O assignment: intelligent)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption
QD75P1N: 0.29A
QD75D1N: 0.43A
QD75P2N: 0.30A
QD75D2N: 0.45A
QD75P4N: 0.36A
QD75D4N: 0.66A
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.16
Notes:
1. QD75P represents the open-collector output system, and QD75D represents the differential driver output system.
2. In speed-position switching control (ABS mode), the control unit available is degree only.
One of Q Series strengths is the ability to integrate positioning directly onto your system. If a Q Series motion CPU is not
required, the following modules provide a range of alternative positioning control capabilities in a range of formats.
Required Manuals
SH(NA)080172 GX Configurator-QP Version 2 Operating Manual
Covers GX Configurator-QP for all Q Series
motion control modules (P/D/M)
Supplied as PDF with GX Configurator-QP -
IB(NA)0800063 QD75P/D1N, 2N and 4N Users Manual (Hardware) Basic information on QD75P/D1, 2 and 4 Supplied with QD75P/D1, 2 and 4 -
SH(NA)080058 QD75PN/QD75DN Positioning Module Users Manual Covers QD75P/D 1, 2 and 4 No (purchase separately) -
Positioning Modules
Key Features:
One, two and four axis versions available
Open collector, differential driver and SSCNET versions available
4MHz output capability
4 axis linear interpolation
Circular interpolation
Variety of control schemes (point to point, fixed feed, speed,
speed/position and position/speed)
QD75P2N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
AX2
AX2
QD75P4N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
AX2
AX3
AX4
AX2
AX3
AX4
QD75P1N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
QD75D1N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
QD75D2N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
AX2
AX2
QD75D4N
RUN
ERR
AX1
AX1
AX2
AX3
AX4
AX2
AX3
AX4
50
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Positioning Module with Built-in Counter Function
Model Number QD72P3C3
Stocked Item -
Number of Control Axes 3 axes
Interpolation Function No (Artificial linear interpolation by concurrent start is available.)
Control Unit Pulse
Backup No
Positioning
Positioning System PTP (Point to Point) control, speed control
Position Range -1073741824 to 1073741823 pulses
Speed Command 1 to 100000 pulses/s (*1)
Acceleration/Deceleration Process Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration
Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 to 5000 ms
Applicable Connector for External Devices A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON4 (Sold separately)
Max. Output Pulse 100 kpps
Weight (kg) 0.16
Note:
1. When the speed limit value setting is 100000 (pulse/s) (25-pulse units), set the speed command value in multiples of 25. If other values are set, the value will be change to a multiple of 25.
Model Number Q64DAH
Stocked Item -
Number of Occupied I/O Points 48 points (I/O assignment: empty 16 points and intelligent 32 points)
Number of Control Axes 1 axis
Positioning Data
Capacity 1 data
Setting Method Sequence program
Positioning
Mode Position control mode; Speed-position control switch mode
System
Position control mode: Selectable from absolute system or incremental system; Speed-position control switch mode:
Incremental system
Position Command -2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse) (signed 32-bit binary)
Speed Command 1 to 4000000 (pulse/s)
Acceleration Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration
Automatic Acceleration/
Deceleration Time
Acceleration time: 2 to 9999 (ms); Deceleration time: 2 to 9999 (ms)
In-Position Range 1 to 20479 (pulse)
Backlash Compensation None
Error Correction Function None
Speed Command Output 0 to 10VDC (Adjustable to set in the range of 5 to 10VDC)
Positioning
Feedback Pulse
Input
Pulse Frequency Open collector: 200kpulse/s; TTL: 200kpulse/s; Differential output: 1Mpulse/s
Connectable Encoder Type Open collector, TTL, or differential output
Multiplication Setting The number of input feedback pulses can be multiplied by 4, 2, 1, or 1/2
OPR Control
With OPR address change; An OPR method and OPR direction can be set through the intelligent function module
switch setting
JOG Operation JOG operation can be started by inputting a JOG start signal
M Function None
External Supply Voltage/Current Terminal Block No external power supply
External Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 98 x 55.2 x 90
Weight (kg) 0.20
Starting Time
(From a Start Request to Analog Output Start)
Absolute system: 1.2ms (same for two-phase trapezoidal positioning); Incremental system: 1.2ms (same for two-phase
trapezoidal positioning); JOG operation: 1.2ms; OPR (near-point dog method): 1.2ms; OPR (count method): 1.2ms
Positioning Module with Deviation Counter and D/A Counter
QD70P8
CON1
RUN
ERR.
AX2
AX1
AX4
AX3
CON2
AX6
AX5
AX8
AX7
QD70P8
QD70P4
CON1
RUN
ERR.
AX2
AX1
AX4
AX3
QD70P4
For applications not requiring the level of sophistication offered by our QD75P/D/M modules, consider the
QD70P4 and P8 modules. These modules offer four and eight axis control from a single module. All basic
motion control capabilities for non-coordinated axes are offered.
Key Features:
Multiple axes controlled by a single module to minimize slot occupancy on the rack
Multiple modules may be installed on a Q Series rack, giving control over dozens of axes
Start 8 axes simultaneously, with very short (0.1ms) delay
Variety of axis control schemes (point to point, speed/position switching control)
Required Manuals
SH(NA)080171 QD70 Positioning Module Users Manual Covers QD70P4, QD70P8 and GX Configurator-PT Included with GX Configurator PT as PDF -
IB(NA)0800169 QD70P Users Manual (Hardware) Basic information on QD70P4 and QD70P8 Supplied with QD70P4 and P8 -
Basic Positioning Control Modules
Model Number QD70P4 QD70P8
Stocked Item S S
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Number of Control Axes 4 axes 8 axes
Interpolation Function No
Control Method PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (linear only), speed-position switching control
Control Unit Pulse
Data Backup No
Positioning
Control
Positioning Control Method
PTP control : Incremental system/absolute system
Speed-position switching control : Incremental system
Path control : Incremental system/absolute system
Positioning Control Range
Absolute system: -2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse)
Incremental system: -2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse)
Speed-position switching control: 0 to 2147483647 (pulse)
Speed Command 0 to 200000 (pulse/s)
Acceleration/Deceleration Processing Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration
Accel./Decel. Time 0 to 32767 (ms)
External Device Connection Connector A6CON1, A6CON2 (option), A6CON4
Pulse Output Method Open collector output
Max. Output Pulse 200kpps
Max. Connection Distance Between QD70 and Drive Unit 2m (6.56 feet)
External 24V Current Consumption (24VDC) 0.065A 0.12A
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent function module 32 points)
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.17
Model Number EQ-V680D1 EQ-V680D2
Stocked Item - -
Manufactured by Omron Corporation Connectable Antenna
V680-HA63A+V680-HSoo; V680-HA63B+V680-HSoo
V680-H01-V2
V680-HA63A+V680-HSoo; V680-HA63B+V680-HSoo
No. of Connectable Antennas 1 antenna 2 antennas
No. of Occupied IO Points 32 points (IO assignments: 32 intelligent module points)
Data Transfer Volume 2,048 bytes, maximum
Internal Power Supply Current Consumption 5VDC
(Supplied From Inside the Programmable Controller)
0.42A 0.52A
External Power Supply Current Consumption 24VDC
(20.4 to 26.4VDC)
0.25A 0.37A
External Power Supply Connection Terminal 2-point terminal block
Wiring
Recommendations
Wire Standard Heat Resistant PVC Insulated Wire; JIS C 3316 HKIV,JIS C 3317 HIV, UL 758 Style No.1007or1015
Temperature Rating Minimum 75C
Voltage Rating 300V to 600V
Conductors Wire Size AWG18 (0.75mm, 0.9mm)
Conductors Metal Stranded copper
Compatible Crimp Contact Lugs 1.25-3, R1.25-3
Outer Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 98 x 27.4 x 106.5
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2
Q Series / V680 Series RFID Interface Module
The RFID interface module is mounted on a Q Series platform enabling communication with Omron V680 Series RFID systems.
52
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Serial communication modules provide a way to link the Q Series system to third party systems that offer
standard serial RS-232 or RS-422/485 communication ports. Examples of typical connections include
modems, scales, bar code readers, printers and marquee displays. The modules can be regarded as
communication co-processors, as they support a variety of dedicated communication functions that are
accessed via special CPU instructions. These functions reduce the amount of specialist communications
programming required.
Key Features:
Module set up via software without programming
Many pre-made protocols built-in to the configuration software
Protocol function block allows complex communication protocols to be configured without any
programming. Library of preset function blocks available to communicate with third party devices
Debugging function allows communication signals to be monitored and packet data to be examined
230,400 bps communication speed; run both serial ports on the module at 115,200 bps simultaneously
Use as a duplicate CPU programming port (offers full CPU port capabilities, including program upload/
download, device monitoring, etc)
Use preset MC (MELSEC Communications) or user defined protocols
Two communications ports per module, each operable independently
Remote system management and maintenance via third party modems
Multi-drop communications between multiple systems via RS-422/485 ports
Available with two RS-232 ports, or RS-232 + RS-422/485 ports
Note: The Q Series Ethernet communication modules (QJ71E71, QJ71E71-B2 and QJ71E71-100) also use the MC protocol.
Required Manuals
IB(NA)0800008
Serial Communication Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on QJ71C24N and
QJ71C24N-R2 modules
Supplied with QJ71C24N and QJ71C24N-R2 -
SH(NA)080006
Q Corresponding Serial Communication Module
Users Manual (Basic)
Covers basic programming information
for QJ71C24N, QJ71C24N-R2 and GX
Configurator-SC
Included with GX Configurator-SC as PDF -
SH(NA)080007
Q Corresponding Serial Communication Module
Users Manual (Application)
Covers using the QJ71C24N and
QJ71C24N-R2 module in various practical
applications
SH(NA)080008
Q Corresponding MELSEC Communication Protocol
Reference Manual
Reference guide to the MC Protocol used by
the QJ71C24N and QJ71C24N-R2 (and also
used by Q Series Ethernet modules)
SH(NA)080393 GX Configurator-SC Version 2 Operating Manual
Guide to using the GX Configurator-SC utility
software
Included with GX Configurator-SC -
Serial Communication Modules
Compatible Modem Specifications
* When using a cellular phone, it is recommended to use a modem whose error correction function supports MNP class 10.
Note that communications may not be made depending on the line status.
Model Number QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 QJ71C24N-R4
Stocked Item S S S
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Interface
CH1 RS-232-compliance (D-sub 9P) RS-232-compliance (D-sub 9P)
RS-422/485-compliance
(2-piece plug-in connector socket block)
CH2
(2-piece terminal block)
RS-232-compliance (D-sub 9P)
(2-piece plug-in connector socket block)
Communication Method Full duplex communication/half duplex communication
Synchronization Method Start-up synchronization method
Transmission Speed
50 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600
14400 19200 28800 38400 57600 115200 230400
Transmission speed 230400 bps is available for only CH1. (Not available for CH2)
Total transmission speed of two interfaces is available up to 230400 bps
Transmission speed of up to 115200 bps for each interface is available when two interface are used simultaneously
Data Format
Start Bit 1
Data Bit 7/8
Parity Bit 1 (vertical parity) or none
Stop Bit 1/2
Access Cycle
MC Protocol
Communication
Processes one request during installed PLC CPU END processing. Number of scans that must be processed/number of link scans
depends on the contents of the request
Nonprocedural Protocol
Communication
Bidirectional Protocol
Communication
Sends each time a send request is issued. Can receive at any time.
Error Detection
Parity Check For all protocol, select odd/even by the parameter when there is an error
Sum Check Code Select by the parameter for MC protocol/Bidirectional protocol. Select by the user frame for non-procedure protocol.
Transmission Control
RS-232 RS-422/485
DTR/DSR (ER/DR) Control -
RS/CS Control -
CD Signal Control -
DC1/DC3 (Xon/Xoff) Control, DC2/
DC4 Control

DTR/DSR signal control and DC code control are selected by the user
Line Configuration
RS-232 1:1 1:1 -
RS-422/485 1:1, 1:n, n:1, m:n - 1:1, 1:n, n:1, m:n
Max. Transmission
Distance (Overall
Distance)
RS-232 15m (49.2 ft.) 15m (49.2 ft.) -
RS-422/485 1200m (4592.4 ft.) (overall distance) - 1200m (4592.4 ft.) (overall distance)
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points per slot (I/O assignment: Intelli: 32 points)
Applicable Connector for External Wiring 9 pin D-sub (male) screw type -
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.31A 0.26A 0.39A
Weight kg (lbs) 0.20 (0.44)
Telephone Line Public Line/Private Line/Cellular Phone ISDN
Connection Line Analog 2-wire type ISDN line
Initialization Hayes AT command-compatible product Hayes AT command-compatible product
Communication Standard V.34/V.32bis/V.32/V.22bis/V.22/V.21V.fc, 212A/103
V.110 (B-channel circuit exchange, D-channel packet switching) Error Correction Class 4, class 10 compatible, V.42 compatible
Data compression Class 5 compatible, V.42bis compatible
Others Should be able to exercise flow control (RS/CS control) and have independent control of DR (DSR) signal.
54
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Required Manuals
The modules offer a higher-level alternative to the QJ71C24 and QJ71C24-R2. The QD51 and QD51-R24 can
run their own BASIC programs, allowing complex communications based tasks to be handled separately of
the other CPUs on a Q Series system.
Key Features:
Runs AD51H-BASIC
Can run two tasks simultaneously
Can use external hard disks of connected peripherals
Range of communications options supported
IB(NA)0800130
QD51/QD51-R24 Corresponding Intelligent Communications
Module Users Manual (Hardware)
Basic information on QD51 and QD51-R24
Supplied with QD51 and
QD51-R24
-
SH(NA)080089
Q Corresponding Intelligent Communication Module
Users Manual
Covers the QD51 and QD51-R24 No (purchase separately) -
SH(NA)080090 AD51H-BASIC Programming Manual (Command Manual) Covers AD51H-BASIC commands No (purchase separately) -
SH(NA)080091
AD51H-BASIC Programming Manual
(Program Manual, Compilation Manual)
Covers debugging, multi-tasking and
compilation features of AD51H-BASIC
Intelligent Communication Modules
Model Number QD51 QD51-R24
Stocked Item - -
Programming Language AD51H-BASIC
Internal Memory
Program memory: 64 kB/2 tasks (Capacity of task 1 + capacity of task 2 64 kB); Common memory: 8 kB;
Buffer memory: 6 kB; Expanded register: 1024 points (2 kB); Expanded relay: 1024 points
I/O to / From PLC CPU Input 26 points, output 23 points
Memory Protection Yes, (Flash ROM write protectable)
Communication Port QD51 : RS-232 2ch; QD51-R24 : RS-232 1ch, RS-422/485 1ch
Communication System Full-duplex
Synchronization System Synchronous
Transmission Speed (bps)
300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400;
Usable when the total transmission speed of two channels is within 38400bps.
Data Format Start bit: 1; Data bit: 7 or 8; Parity bit: Even, odd, none; Stop bit: 1 or 2
DTR/DSR (ER/DR) control: Available for RS-232 only; RS/CS control: Available for RS-232 only;
CD signal control: No; DC1/DC3 (Xon/Xoff) control: Yes; DC2/DC4 control: No
Clock Function No
Power Failure Compensation No
Storage of User Program onto ROM No (only program area data is stored onto flash ROM)
Console IBM PC/AT personal computer
Multi-Task Debugging Possible (using debugger)
Line Configuration RS-232:1:1; RS-422/485:1:1, 1:n, n:1, m:n
Transmission Distance RS-232: Max. 15m (49.18 ft.); RS-422/485: Max. 1200m (3934.43 ft.) (overall distance)
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points (1 slot occupied) (I/O assignment: Intelligent)
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) (A) 0.26 0.31
Weight (kg) 0.2
Enterprise Level
Device Level
Sensor Level
Note: MELSECNET/H is backwards compatible with MELSECNET/10. CC-Link IE was formerly known as MELSECNET/G.
When choosing a network solution a number of criteria may come into play.
Topology, bus speed, communications distance, redundancy, data transfer
capabilities, the number of nodes the network can support, deterministic
capabilities, cost, ease-of-use, third party support to name just a few.
But most importantly, will it work well within your specific application?
When developing our family of network products, weve taken all these
factors into consideration - assuring users, all the necessary features and
capabilities are packaged into the network product they have selected.
From top to bottom in the network hierarchy, from open architecture
protocols to seamless engineered systems, from sensor to enterprise level,
we offer a host of powerful network solutions for users to choose from.
The one common denominator with all Mitsubishi Electric network products
is unmatched performance. In relative performance data comparisons,
all our network solutions meet, exceed or dramatically outperform most
competitive networks available on the global market today.
PC - Controller Enterprise Level
Control Level
Device Level
Sensor
Level
PC - Controller
Controller - Controller
Controller - Device
(HMI, I/O, VFD, Servo, etc.)
Sensors,
Valves,
etc.
Specifications CC-Link DeviceNet PROFIBUS-DP MODBUS/TCP MODBUS/RTU
Network Level Device Device Device Device Device
Architecture Bus Bus Bus Star (via hub) Bus
Communications Media STP Thick/thin trunkline STP Cat. 5 (UTP/STP) STP
Transmission Speed 10Mbit/s (all devices) 0.5Mbit/s
12Mbit/s (depends on
devices used)
100Mbit/s 115kbps
Number of Stations 64 64 60 64 64
Maximum Distance (m)
1200/segment (extend up to
13.2km with repeaters)
500 1200 100 1200
Remote I/O Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
While bus speed is a critical factor in measuring performance,
there are several other reasons why Mitsubishi Electric network
solutions excel over others. Easy connectivity, seamless
integration, synergistic performance characteristics of a
Mitsubishi Electric controlled network and above all else -
maximum levels of uptime without sacrificing performance or
productivity. Whether you have an entire factory floor or just an
individual machine to network, youll find Mitsubishi Electrics
expansive range of network options to be the superior choice.
Control Level
Specifications CC-Link IE Control CC-Link IE Field MELSECNET/H
Network Level Control Control and Device Control
Architecture Loop Bus/Loop/Star (via hub) Bus/Loop
Communications Media Fiber Cat. 5 Fiber/Coax
Transmission Speed 1Gbit/s 1 Gbit/s
10/25Mbit/s (depends on
module used)
Number of Stations 120 120 64 (fiber)/32 (coax)
Maximum Distance (m) 66,000 12,000 30,000 (fiber)/500 (coax)
Remote I/O No Yes Yes
Specifications CC-Link/LT AS-i
Network Level Sensor Sensor
Architecture Bus Star, bus or tree
Communications Media Dedicated mechanically keyed cable
Transmission Speed 2.5Mbit/s 172kbit/s
Number of Stations 64 31
Maximum Distance (m) 700 100
Remote I/O Yes Yes
Overview of Networks
Specifications Ethernet (100base-TX) Ethernet (10base-T) Ethernet (10base-5) Ethernet (10base-2)
Network Level Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise
Architecture Star (via hub) Star (via hub) Bus Bus
Communications Media Cat. 5 (UTP/STP) Cat. 5 (UTP/STP) via AUI transceiver Coax
Transmission Speed 100Mbit/s 10Mbit/s 10Mbit/s 10Mbit/s
Number of Stations
Two levels of cascade connections
via hubs
Four levels of cascade connections
via hubs
100/segment 30/segment
Maximum Distance (m) 100/segment 100/segment 500/segment 185/segment
Remote I/O N/A N/A N/A N/A
56
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Typically Ethernet is used to link shop-floor systems to higher level IT systems for SCADA
(Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) monitoring, maintenance, and similar functions. The
Q Series Ethernet modules provide a method of linking automation systems to existing standard LAN
infrastructures throughout a plant.
Key Features:
GX Works2 provides complete support for configuration and maintenance of Ethernet connections
including programming, monitoring, email and FTP capabilities for remote system monitoring and
maintenance via Ethernet connection
Compatible with existing LANs via range of physical connection formats (10base-T, 100base-TX,
10base-5, 10base-2)
Peer-to-peer communication
Multiple ports
Acts as a gateway into lower level networks for access to individual stations on large networks
Keep Alive function allows the status of external equipment to be monitored via TCP/IP
QJ71E71-100
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
RUN
INIT.
OPEN
SD RD
COM.ERR.
ERR.
QJ71E71-100
100M
QJ71E71-B5 EXT. POWER
10BASE 5
ERR.
COM.ERR.
RD SD
OPEN
INIT.
RUN
12V
QJ71E71-B5
+ 12
12G
QJ71E71-B2
ERR.
COM.ERR.
RD SD
OPEN
INIT.
RUN
QJ71E71-B2
10BASE5,10BASE2

Segment length
Node
Transceiver
Terminator
S
e
g
m
e
n
t

l
e
n
g
t
h
Node
Node
Repeater
Max. inter-node
distance
S
e
g
m
e
n
t

l
e
n
g
t
h
Node
Node
10BASE-T,100BASE-TX
Hub
Hub
Q
J
7
1
E
7
1
10BASE5:QJ71E71-B5
E
7
1
DC
Power
supply
N-type terminator Coaxial cable for 10BASE5 Transceiver
External device
AUI cable
10BASE-T:QJ71E71-100
E
7
1
External device
Hub
Twisted pair cable
Up to 4 levels are allowed
for cascade connection.
10BASE2:QJ71E71-B2
E
7
1
T-Type connector
External device
Terminator
RG58A/U coaxial cable
or RG58C/U coaxial cable
100BASE-TX:QJ71E71-100
E
7
1
External device
Twisted pair cable
Hub
Up to 2 levels are allowed
for cascade connection.
Required Manuals
IB(NA)0800009
Ethernet Interface Module Users Manual
(Hardware) QJ71E71-100, QJ71E71,
QJ71E71-B2
Basic information on QJ71E71-100, QJ71E71 and QJ71E71-B2 Yes -
SH(NA)080009
Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module
Users Manual (Basic)
Covers programming and using the Ethernet modules No (purchase separately) -
SH(NA)080010
Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module
Users Manual (Application)
Covers higher level functions, such as email, FTP, and integra-
tion with other networks
SH(NA)080008
Q Corresponding MELSEC Communication
Protocol Reference Manual
Reference guide to the MC Protocol used by the Q Series
Ethernet modules (Also used by the QJ71C24 and QJ71C24-R2 )
SH(NA)080180
Manual (Web Function) Q Corresponding
Ethernet Interface Module Users
Guide to using the Ethernet modules with an Internet connection No (purchase separately) -
Ethernet Enterprise Level Network Modules
Ethernet Enterprise Level Network Modules
Model Number QJ71E71-100 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-B2
Stocked Item S - -
Ethernet Transition Speed 100BASE-TX 10BASE-T 10BASE5 10BASE2
Transmission
Specifications
Data Transmission Speed 100Mbps 10Mbps
Communication Mode Full-duplex/Half-duplex Half-duplex
Maximum Node-to-Node Distance - 2500 m (8202.10 ft.) 925 m (3034.77 ft.)
Maximum Segment Length 100 m (328.08 ft.) (*1) 500 m (1640.42 ft.) 185 m (606.96 ft.)
Maximum Number of Modes/Connection
Cascade connection
Maximum 2 stages
Cascade connection
Maximum 4 stages
100 units/ segment 30 units/ segment
Interval Between the Minimum Nodes - 2.5 m (8.20 ft.) 0.5 m (1.64 ft.)
Transmission Data
Storage Memory
No. of Simultaneously Open
Connections Allowed
16 connections (Connections usable by the sequence program)
Fixed Buffer 1 k words x 16
Random Access Buffer 6 k words x 1
E-mail
Attached File 6 k words x 1
Attached File Format
Binary, ASCII or CSV can be selected.
File name: XXXX.bin (binary), XXXX.asc (ASCII), XXXX.csv (CSV) (CSV: Comma Separated Value)
Main Text 960 words x 1
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.50A 0.50A 0.60A (*3)
12VDC External Power Supply Capacity (Transceiver) - (*2) -
Weight kg (lb) 0.11 (0.24) 0.12 (0.26) 0.13 (0.29) (*3)
Notes:
1. Length between the Hub and node.
2. It is necessary to apply a transceiver, or a device that meets AUI cable specifications.
3. The product with first 5 digits of serial number 05049 or earlier is different as follows:
5VDC internal current consumption: 0.70A
Weight: 0.14kg (0.31lb.)
58
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Note: Many of these manuals are available by free download from our website, www.meau.com.
QG-_M-B-LL CC-Link IE cordset, where _ represents length 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or 50 meters S
Belden Belden part numbers. Ordered directly through Belden. -
Required Manuals
IB(NA)0800364E CC-Link IE Network Module Users Manual (Hardware)
Basic information on QJ71GP21-SX and QJ71GP21S-
SX
Yes -
SH(NA)080668
CC-Link IE Network System Reference Manual
(Controller Network)
Reference guide to the CC-Link IE network technology
No (purchase
separately)
-
CC-Link IE Optical Fiber Cordsets
CC-Link IE is an industry leading alternative for open control level
networking. Originally introduced as MELSECNET/G, it introduces
an unprecedented 1Gbit/s Ethernet physical layer fiber topology
for system performance surpassing any other network technology.
MELSECNET/G has been turned over to the open administration
of the CC-Link Partner Association (CLPA), and is now known as
CC-Link IE. Mitsubishi offers full support for CC-Link IE via the
Q Series Automation Platform and the iQ Platform system.
Key Features:
Practically unlimited bandwidth (1Gbit/s)
Noise immune, fault tolerant dual loop optical fiber media
Uses industry standard 1000base-SX optical fiber and LC type
connectors
Variety of Reliability, Availability and Serviceability
(RAS) functions to allow network operation to continue
despite broken media, power failures, etc
Extensive diagnostic functions and tools to monitor
network operation and quickly troubleshoot faults
Up to 120 stations per network
Up 550 meters between stations
Connect up to 239 networks
Program free parameter based configuration for
cyclic communications
CC-Link IE Control Level Master/Local Network Modules
Model Number QJ71GP21-SX QJ71GP21S-SX
Stocked Item S -
Network Common Memory 256 kB
Transient Transmission Capacity 960 bytes
Communication Speed 1GB
Number of Stations Per Network
When Universal model QCPU is used for control station: 120; (Control station: 1, Normal station: 119); When High Performance model
QCPU is used for control station: 64 (Control station: 1, Normal station: 63)
Connection Cable Optical fiber cable (Multi-mode fiber)
Overall Cable Distance 66000m (When 120 stations are connected)
Max. Station-To-Station Distance 550m
Max. Number of Networks 239
Max. Number of Groups 32
I/O Device Points Occupied 32
48 (I/O assignment: Empty first half: 16 points,
Latter half: 32 points for intelli.)
External Power
Supply
Voltage
No external power supply function
20.4V to 31.2VDC
Current 0.28A
Terminal Screw Size M3
Applicable Solderless
Terminal
R1.25-3
Allowable Momentary
Power Failure Time
1ms (Level PS1)
Weight (kg) 0.18 0.28
Base Unit Slots Occupied 1 2
Model Number QJ71GF11-T2 (*1)
Stocked Item S
Network Common Memory 32 kB
Ethernet
Communication Speed 1Gbps
Connection Cable An Ethernet cable that meets the 1000BASE-T standard (Category 5e or higher, shielded RJ45)
Maximum Station-to-
Station Distance
100m max. (Compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B (Category 5e))
Total Distance
Line topology: 12000m (when connected to 1 master station and 120 slave stations)
Star topology: Depends on the system configuration
Number of Cascade
Connections
Up to 20
Transmission Path Line topology, star topology, ring topology and mix of both line topology and star topology is possible
Number of Connected
Stations in One
Network
Master Station 1 station
Local Station 120 stations (Local station or Remote I/O) (*2)
Maximum Number of Networks 239
Communication Method Token passing method
Weight (kg) 0.18
CC-Link IE Field brings 1 Gigabit speed for cyclic, acyclic and transient data transmission to RJ45 and Cat 5e cabling
infrastructure. Create mixtures of line and star topology, and maintain control over up to 120 controller or remote I/O
stations simultaneously on the same network.
iQ Platform CC-Link IE Field Control and Remote I/O Network Module
Notes:
1. Must be used with QnU Universal CPUs with Serial Numbers starting with 12012 or higher.
2. For CC-Link IE Field Remote I/O stations, refer to the LJ72GF15-T2 CC-Link IE Field Slave Head station.
Use MELSECNET/H to link Q Series systems together on a control level network for the coordinated operation of
multiple controllers on a production line or large machine. MELSECNET/H also supports the direct connection
of PCs onto the network for SCADA or maintenance applications. MELSECNET/H was designed to offer similar
performance benefits to most industrial Ethernet systems, while offering the high degree of performance
required in an automation environment.
Key Features:
MELSECNET/H configuration and maintenance is supported by GX Works2 with no need for
accessory plug-ins
High-speed communications at up to 25Mbit/s (depending on modules used)
Backwards compatible with existing MELSECNET/10 installations
Guaranteed determinism via token passing scheme
Scalable to exceed the needs of the largest installations (over 15,000 stations in one system)
Up to 30km loop circumference via fiber connections
Loop topology optical fiber media offers maximum speed and dual redundancy
Single bus coax offers many performance benefits with economical media
No programming required to establish cyclic network communications; just set parameters in GX Works2
Transient communications permit asynchronous peer to peer messaging
Loop topology offers recovery from media breaks via automatic loop back
Floating master maintains network operation by allowing any station to take over after the original master
goes offline
Offline stations return to the network automatically when able
Extensive diagnostic functions to monitor network operation and status
Program and monitor across the network
Transmit up to 35 kB of uninterrupted data for increased performance and simpler programming
(S/N 06092x, Version D units or later)
MELSECNET/H Control Level Master/Local Network Modules
60
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Required Manuals
MELSECNET/H Optical Fiber
Optical fiber media cable is available for connecting MELSECNET/H networks.
AS-1000M-B Optical fiber cable, sold by the meter S
DL-72ME AS-1000M-B connector, MEAU offers the service to provide pre-terminated cables as required S
PA7003 Splice connector for joining pre-terminated AS-1000M-B cable -
CAK-0068ME Optional termination tool kit for AS-1000M-B and DL-72ME for on-site termination work -
IB(NA)0800144
MELSECNET/H Network Module Users Manual
(Hardware) QJ71LP21-25, QJ71LP21G, QJ71BR11
Basic information on QJ71LP21-25, QJ71LP21G
and QJ71BR11 (MELSECNET/H master modules)
Yes -
SH(NA)080049
MELSECNET/10H for Q Network System Reference
Manual (PLC to PLC network)
General reference to MELSECNET/H
(MELSECNET/H and MELSECNET/10H are
equivalent terms)
Notes:
1. 25 Mbps is available for the MELSECNET/H mode only.
2. Other types of fiber cables can be used, see Station-to-station distance. To order pre-assembled AS-1000M-B cables, specify cable length, two DL-72ME connectors, and labor-TSS surcharge.
Model Number QJ71LP21-25 QJ71LP21S-25 QJ71LP21G QJ71LP21GE
Stocked Item S - - -
Certification UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Connection Form Duplex loop type
Max. Number of Link Points Per Network
MELSECNET/H Mode MELSECNET/10 Mode
LX/LY 8192 points (8k bits) 8192 points (8k bits)
LB 16384 points (16k bits) 8192 points (8k bits)
W 16384 points (16k words) 8192 points (8k words)
Max. Number of Link Points Per Station [LW+LB+LY<=2000 bytes (cyclic communication)]+[LW+LB+LY<=2000 bytes (low-speed cyclic communication)]
Transient Transmission Capacity Max. 1920 bytes/frame
Transmission Speed 10Mbps/25Mbps (depending on switch setting) (*1) 10Mbps 10Mbps
Cable Type
Optical (AS-1000M-B
(SI, 200/250)) (*2)
Optical (AS-1000M-B
(SI, 200/250)) (*2)
Optical (GI-50/125) Optical (GI-62.5/125)
Number of Stations Connected 64 stations (1: control station, 63: normal station)
Overall Distance 30km (98360.67 ft.)
Station to Station Distance
Cable Type
Transmission Speed
10Mbps 25Mbps
SI 500m (3278.69 ft.) 200m (1312.33 ft.)
H-PCF 1km (3278.69 ft.) 400m (1312.33 ft.)
Broadband
H-PCF
1km (3278.69 ft.) 1km (3278.69 ft.)
QSI 1km (3278.69 ft.) 1km (3278.69 ft.)
2km (6557.38 ft.)
Distance Extension Repeater -
48 points (I/O assignment: first
16 points as empty, 1st 32 points
as intelligent)
32 points
External
Power Supply
Voltage - 20.4 to 31.2VDC - -
Current - 0.20 A - -
Terminal Screw Size - M3 Screw - -
Applicable Solderless
Terminal
- R1.25-3 - -
Applicable Wire Size - 0.3 to 1.25 mm
2
- -
Tightening Torque - 42 to 58N cm - -
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) (A) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
Weight (kg) 0.11 0.20 0.11 0.11
Base Unit Slots Occupied 1 2 1
Notes:
1. Mode selection is performed using network parameters.
2. The number of LY points of the stations set in the I/O master station is the sum total of the LY points for output to all stations within the block.
3. This value is set as default of the communication speed.
4. For details of cable specifications, refer to the user manual.
Model Number QJ71BR11 QJ71NT11B
Stocked Item S S
Connection Form Simplex bus type Token bus
Max. Number of Link Points Per Network
MELSECNET/H Mode MELSECNET/10 Mode
LX/LY 8192 points (8k bits) 8192 points (8k bits)
LB 16384 points (16k bits) 8192 points (8k bits)
W 16384 points (16k words) 8192 points (8k words)
MELSECNET/H Mode,
MELSECNET/H Extended Mode (*1)
LX/LY 8192 points
LB 16384 points
W 16384 points
Max. Number of Link Points Per Station
[LW+LB+LY<=2000 bytes (cyclic
communication)]+[LW+LB+LY<=2000 bytes
(low-speed cyclic communication)]
MELSECNET/H mode: {(LY+ LB) /8 + (2 LW)} 2000 bytes (*2)
MELSECNET/H Extended mode: {(LY+ LB) /8 + (2 LW)} 35840
bytes (*2)
Transmission Speed 10Mbps
156kbps/312kbps/625kbps/1.25Mbps/2.5Mbps/5Mbps/10Mbps
(Switched by network parameters)
Cable Type Coaxial 75; RG-59B/U RG-11A/U Twisted pair cable or CC-Link Ver.1.10-compatible cable(*4)
Number of Stations Connected 32 stations (1: control station, 31: normal station)
Overall Distance
500m (1639.34 ft.)
RG-11A/U) / 300m
(983.61 ft.) (RG-59B/U)
Station to Station Distance
Communication Speed Twisted Pair Cable CC-Link Ver. 1.10-Compatible Cable
156kbps (*3) 1200m 1200m
312kbps 600m 900m
625kbps 400m 600m
1.25Mbps 200m 400m
2.5Mbps
(Not applicable)
200m
5Mbps 150m
10Mbps 100m
Distance Extension Repeater
Up to 2.5km (8196.72 ft.) by connection of max. four repeaters.
Use A6BR10/ A6BR10-DC repeaters.
-
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points 32 points
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) (A) 0.75 0.6
Weight (kg) 0.11 0.13
62
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
These modules form a complimentary solution to the master/local
modules. The master/local modules allow CPUs to be linked for
information exchange. The remote I/O modules fit on a base rack in
place of the CPU, and allow this rack of I/O to be operated under the
control of a remote Q Series CPU over a MELSECNET/H link.
Key Features:
Fiber loop and coax bus versions available
Place complex I/O combinations on a remote
network link
Most I/O and special function modules (analog,
motion, communications, etc) can be installed on
a remote I/O rack
Remote I/O modules offer a communication port
on the I/O rack when local access is required
Required Manuals
Note: 1. Other types of fiber can be used. See Interstation distance. AS-1000M-B is purchased by the meter and can be ordered pre-assembled with DL-72ME connectors and LaborTSS surcharge.
IB(NA)0800145
MELSECNET/H Network Module Users Manual
(Hardware) QJ72LP25-25, QJ72LP25G
Basic information on QJ72LP25-25, QJ72LP25G,
QJ72BR15, QJ72BR15 (MELSECNET/H remote I/O station
modules)
Yes -
SH(NA)080124
Q Corresponding MELSECNET/H Network System
Reference Manual (Remote I/O network)
General reference to MELSECNET/H remote I/O network No (purchase separately) -
MELSECNET/H Remote I/O Network Modules
Model Number QJ72LP25-25 QJ72LP25G QJ72LP25GE QJ72BR15
Stocked Item S - - S
Certication UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE UL cUL CE
Connection Form Duplex loop type Simplex bus type
Max. Number of Link Points Per Station Remote I/O station to remote master station ((LY+LB)/8 + (2 LW)) </- 1600 bytes
Transmission Speed
10Mbps/25Mbps (depending on
switch setting)
10Mbps
Cable Type
Optical (AS-1000M-B
(SI, 200//250)) (*1)
Optical (GI-50/125) Optical (GI-62.5/125)
Coaxial 75 (RG-59B/U,
RG-11A/U)
Number of Stations 65 stations (1:remote master station, 1:remote I/O station)
33 stations (1:remote master
station, 32:remote I/O station)
Overall Distance 30km (98360.66 ft.)
500m (1639.34 ft.) (RG-11A/U);
300m (983.61 ft.) (RG-59B/U)
Distance Extension Repeater - - -
Up to 2.5km (8196.72 ft.) 4
repeaters max. Use A6BR10/
A6BR10-DC
Max. Distance
Between Stations
Communication
Speed: 10Mbps
SI type optical cable: 500m
(3278.69 ft.); H-PCF type
optical cable: 1km (3278.69 ft.);
Broadband H-PCF cable: 1km
(3278.69 ft.); QSI type optical
cable: 1km (3278.69 ft.)
2km (6557.38 ft.) 2km (6557.38 ft.) -
Communication
Speed: 25Mbps
SI type optical cable: 200m
(1312.33 ft.); H-PCF type optical
cable: 400m (1311.48 ft.);
Broadband H-PCF cable: 1km
(3278.69 ft.); QSI type optical
cable: 1km (3278.69 ft.)
- - -
5VDC Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.89 0.89 0.89 1.1
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.16
PC Network Cards
Many of our larger scale controller systems are typically integrated into large-scale plant wide networks
that require integration with PC based systems. Mitsubishi Electric addresses this requirement with a range
of PC compatible network cards that allow a PC to be directly connected to a number of our networks.
These boards are typically used as the physical network interface for a PC system written in third party
applications such as Microsoft
Visual Basic , Visual C++, etc.

Model Number
Q80BD-
J71GP21-SX
Q80BD-
J71GP21S-SX
Q80BD-
J71LP21-25
Q81BD-
J71LP21-25
Q80BD-
J71LP21G
Q80BD-
J71LP21GE
Q80BD-
J71BR11
Q80BD-
J61BT11N
Q81BD-J61BT11
(*1)
Stocked Item - - S - - - S S -
Certification UL cUL CE CE UL cUL CE
Network Type CC-Link IE Control MELSECNET/H CC-Link
Media Type Optical Fiber (62.5 micron)
Optical Fiber
(200 micron)
Multi-mode
Optical Fiber
Optical Fiber
(50 micron)
Optical Fiber
(62.5 micron)
Coax Twisted Pair
Configuration Type Dual loop Bus
Station Type Master/local
External Power
Supply
No Yes No
Device level networks typically link a controller to the physical
components of a system that it controls. CC-Link represents the
next level down from MELSECNET/H in the networking hierarchy
and allows devices such as I/O modules, VFDs, HMIs and servos
to be connected to the controller in a very cost effective, high
performance way via a single network cable.
Key Features:
QJ61BT11N module supports CC-Link V2.0
V2.0 increases I/O capacity to 8192 points and data capacity
to 4096 words (up from 2048 and 512 respectively)
V2.0 permits more efficient use of network station
address space
CC-Link configuration and maintenance is supported by
GX Works2 with no need for accessory plug-ins
Control up to 64 CC-Link networks from a single
Q Series system
Open device network with over 200 vendors
Eliminates costly wiring harnesses with a single
economical cable
Adds device diagnostic capabilities
All devices on the network support high performance
10Mbit/s communications speed
Up to 13.2km bus length with repeaters
Redundant master station capability
Fully supported by all Mitsubishi automation products
Very wide array of products available
Please see the CC-Link part of the Distributed I/O section for a
full listing of the CC-Link I/O products available.
Required Manuals
Model Number QJ61BT11N
Stocked Item S
Transmission Rate Selectable 156 kbps/ 625 kbps/ 2.5 Mbps/ 5 Mbps/ 10 Mbps
Maximum Overall Cable Distance (Maximum
Transmission Distance)
Varies according to the transmission rate (156 kbps: 1200m; 10Mbps: 100m)
Maximum Number of Connected Stations
(Master Station)
64
Number of Occupied Stations (Local Station) 1 to 4 stations; The number of stations can be switched using the GX Works2 parameter setting
Maximum Number of Link Points Per System Remote I/O (RX, RY): 8192 points; Remote write register (RWw): 2048 words. Remote read register (RWr): 2048 words
Remote Station/Local Station/Intelligent Device
Station/Standby Master Station Maximum
Number of Link Points Per Station
Remote I/O (RX, RY): 128 points; Remote write register (RWw): 32 words (master station - remote device station/local station/
intelligent device station/standby master station); Remote register (RWr): 32 words (remote device station/local station/intelligent
device station/standby master station - master station)
RAS Function Automatic return function; Slave station cut-off function; Error detection by the link special relay/register
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.46 A
IB(NA)0800250
CC-Link System Master/Local Module Users
Manual (Hardware) QJ61BT11N
Covers basic information on QJ61BT11N
Yes
-
SH(NA)080394
CC-Link System Master/Local Module Users
Manual QJ61BT11N
Covers programming a CC-Link system No (purchase separately) -
CC-Link Device Level Master/Local Network Module
Note:
1. Supports PCI Express bus.
0 5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
0 5
0 8
1
2
7
6
5
4
3
STATION NO.
X10
X1
MODE
QJ61BT11
RUN
ERR.
SD
MST
L RUN
L ERR.
RD
S MST
NC
DA
DB
NC
SLD
DG
(FG)
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
F
7
E
6
D
5
C
4
B
3
A
2
9
1
64
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
CC-Link Device Level Master/Local Network Module (continued)
Model Number QJ61BT11N
Max. Overall Cable
Length and Interstation
Cable Length (Ver. 1.10
or later)
Same Specications
Regardless of System
Conguration
Master
station
Local
station or
Intelligent
device
station
Local
station or
Intelligent
device
station
Remote I/O
station or
Remote device
station
Remote I/O
station or
Remote device
station
Inter-station cable length
Max overall cable length
Ver. 1.10-Compatible CC-Link Dedicated Cable (Terminating Resistor 110 Used)
Transmission Speed Interstation Cable Length Max. Overall Cable Length
156kbps
20 cm (7.88 inch) or more
1200m (3934.43 ft.)
625kbps 900m (2950.82 ft.)
2.5Mbps 400m (1311.48 ft.)
5Mbps 160m (524.59 ft.)
10Mbps 100m (327.87 ft.)
Connection Cable BA1SJ61-S (signal only) / BA1SJ61-P (signal and power)
Weight (kg) 0.12
PROFIBUS-DP V1 and V2 Device Level Network Master Module
The QJ71PB92V supports the more recent PROFIBUS-DPV1 and V2 advanced function set.
Key Features:
PROFIBUS-DPV1 functions:
- Acyclic slave communications
- Slave alarm acquisition
PROFIBUS-DPV2 functions:
- Slave station clock control
General functions:
- Up to 125 slave stations
- Support for slave configuration with CommDTM/FDT
- Program using GX Configurator DP V7.0
Model Number QJ71PB92V
Stocked Item S
PROFIBUS-DP Station Type Class 1 master station
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
s

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
External Standard and Characteristics EIA-RS485 compatible
Communication Cable Shielded twisted pair cable
Network Configuration Bus type (tree type if repeater is used)
Transmission Rate (*1) Maximum
Transmission Distance (*2)
Transmission Rate Transmission Distance
Max. Transmission Distance
when Using Repeater (*2)
9.6kbps
1200m/segment 4800m/network 19.2kbps
93.75kbps
187.5kbps 1000m/segment 4000m/network
500kbps 400m/segment 1600m/network
1.5Mbps 200m/segment 800m/network
3Mbps
100m/segment 400m/network 6Mbps
12Mbps
Max. No. of Repeaters In a Path 3 repeaters
Max. No. of Stations 32 stations per segment (including repeaters)
Max. No. Slave Stations 125 slaves per single QJ71PB92V master
I/O Data Size Max. 8192 words (4096 input words, 4096 output words)
Weight (kg) 0.13
PROFIBUS-DP Master Module Performance Specifications
Required Manuals
Notes:
1. Transmission rate control is within 0.2% (compatible with IEC 61158-2).
2. The maximum transmission distance in the above table is an example which assumes that 3 repeaters are being used. If more repeaters are used to extend
the distance, the maximum transmission distance would be calculated as follows: [Maximum transmission distance (m/network)] = [Number of repeaters +1]
x [transmission distance (m/segment)]
IB(NA)0800324
Profibus-DP Master Module Users
Manual (Hardware)
Covers basic information on
QJ71PB92V
Yes -
SH(NA)080572
Profibus-DP Master Module Users
Manual
Covers using the QJ71PB92V No -
66
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number QJ71PB93D
Stocked Item -
PROFIBUS-DP Station Type Slave station (EN50170 Volume 2 (Parts 1-4, 8) compliant)
Station Number Setting Range 0 to 125 (*3)
Max. Communication Data Size Number of I/O data is 192 words in total ( Number of input or output data is up to 122 words)
Transmission
Specifications
Electrical Standards Complies with EIA-RS485
Network Cable Dedicated PROFIBUS DP cable
Network Configuration Bus (tree type when a repeater is used)
Transmission Speed / Maximum
Transmission Distance (*1, *2)
Transmission Speed Transmission Distance [m/segment]
Max. Transmission Distance
with 3 Repeaters [m]
9.6 [kbps]
1200 4800
19.2 [kbps]
45.45 [kbps]
93.75 [kbps]
187.5 [kbps] 1000 4000
500 [kbps] 400 1600
1500 [kbps] 200 800
3 [Mbps]
100 400 6 [Mbps]
12 [Mbps]
Max. Number of Repeaters / Network 3 units (*2)
Max. Number of Stations / Segment 32 stations (including repeaters)
Number of Connection Nodes / Segments 32
5VDC Internal Power Consumption 0.44
Weight (kg) 0.11
Notes:
1. Transmission speed control within 3% (Compliant with EN50170 Volume 2)
2. Distance that the transmission distance can be expanded by (m/network) using repeaters.
Maximum transmission distance (m/network) = (number of repeaters + 1) x transmission distance (m/segment)
3. Factory set to 126 (EN50170 Volume 2 compliant)
Set the station number by using sequence program or GX Configurator-DP 4.03D or later.
Set communication parameters on the master station side.
GSD (DDB) file may be required without GX Configurator-DP Version 4.03D or later. Please contact your local Mitsubishi representative for the GSD (DDB file).
The QJ71PB93D allows a Q Series system to be connected to a third party PROFIBUS-DP network
as a slave controller. This allows distributed processing systems to be built where local control of
the application can be given to the Q Series, which then supplies information back to a supervisory
controller. This could be another Q Series system, fitted with the QJ71PB92D. Configure the QJ71PB93D
using the GX Configurator-DP plug in for GX Developer.
PROFIBUS-DP Device Level Network Slave Module
SH(NA)080318 Profibus-DP Slave Module type QJ71PB93D Users Manual Covers QJ71PB93D and GX Configurator-DP No -
IB(NA)0800230 Profibus-DP Slave Module Users Manual (Hardware) QJ71PB93D Basic information on QJ71PB93D Yes -
Required Manuals
The QJ71MT91 module offers a full MODBUS/TCP network communications facility to any Q Series system. Use this
module to establish control of a MODBUS/TCP network of devices from a Q Series based system.
Key Features:
Easily configured with Intelligent Function Module utilities in GX Developer or GX Works2 (requires plug-in)
GX Configurator-MB or GX Configurator2-MB reduce setup and maintenance time
Master communication function supports both automatic communications or communication under program
control if required
Also supports slave communication functions including automatic response and MODBUS device assignment
Both slave and master functions can operate concurrently
100Mbit Ethernet capability with KeepAlive and router relay functions
Required Manuals
IB(NA)0800280
MODBUS/TCP Interface Module Users Manual
(Hardware) QJ71MT91
Basic information on QJ71MT91 Yes -
SH(NA)080446 MODBUS/TCP Interface Module Users Manual Covers QJ71MT91 and GX Configurator MB Included with GX Configurator MB as PDF -
Model Number
QJ71MT91
10BASE-T 100BASE-TX
Stocked Item S
Transmission
Specifications
Data Transmission Rate 10Mbps 100Mbps
Maximum Node-To-Node Distance 200m
Maximum Segment Length (*1) 100m
Number of Cascade Connection Stages Max. 4 stages Max. 2 stages
Maximum Number of Connections (*2) 64 connections
Number of Routers That Can Be Set 1 default router + any 8 routers
Cable
Cable compliant with the IEEE802.3 10BASE-T
Standard (unshielded twisted pair cable
(UTP cable), Category 3, 4, 5)
Cable compliant with the IEEE802.3 100BASE-TX
Standard (shielded twisted pair cable
(STP cable), Category 5)
Connector Applicable For External Wiring RJ45
Master
Function
Automatic
Communication
Function
Number of Slaves (*3) 64 slaves
Input Area Size 4k words
Output Area Size 4k words
Dedicated Instruction
Number of Instructions That Can
Be Executed Concurrently (*4)
Up to 8 instructions
Input Area Size Max. 253 bytes per instruction
Output Area Size Max. 253 bytes per instruction
Slave Function
MODBUS
Device Size
Coil 64k points
Input 64k points
Input Register 64k points
Holding Register 64k points
Extended File Register Max. 4086k points
No. of Simultaneously Acceptable Request Messages 64
Number of Simultaneously Connectable MELSOFT PCs Max. 8
Weight (kg) 0.11
Notes:
1. Length between a hub and a node.
2. Indicates the number of TCP connections that can be established simultaneously.
3. Indicates the maximum number of slaves that can be communication targets.
4. Indicates the maximum number of dedicated instructions that can be started simultaneously from a sequence program.
MODBUS/TCP Network Module
68
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
The QJ71MB91 module adds Modbus RTU capability to a Q Series system. Use this module to communicate with
and control any of a wide variety of third party Modbus compatible products.
Key Features:
Easily configured with Intelligent Function Module utilities in GX Developer or GX Works2 (requires plug-in)
GX Configurator-MB or GX Configurator2-MB reduce setup and maintenance time
Supports master communication with automatic communication
Dedicated instructions are available for communications
Supports slave communications with automatic response and device assignment function
Link operation function; allows a third party Modbus device to communicate with Modbus slaves connected to
the Q Series controller via the QJ71MB91 module
115.2kbps communication speed
Model Number QJ71MB91
Stocked Item S
Transmission
Specifications
Number of Interfaces RS-232 1 channel; RS-422/485 1 channel
Transmission Speed (bps)
Total transmission speed of two interfaces must be 115200 bps or less

300 600 1200 2400
4800 9600 14400 19200
28800 38400 57600 115200
Transmission Distance
(Overall Distance)
RS-232 Max. 15m (49.2 ft.)
RS-422/485 Max. 1200m (3936.9 ft.) (Overall distance)
Master
Function
Automatic
Communication
Function
Number of Slaves (*1) 32 per channel
Input Area Size 4k words
Output Area Size 4k words
Dedicated Instruction
Number of Instructions That Can Be
Executed Concurrently (*2)
1 per channel
Input Area Size Max. 253 bytes per instruction
Output Area Size Max. 253 bytes per instruction
Slave Function
MODBUS
Device Size
Coil 64k points
Input 64k points
Input Register 64k points
Holding Register 64k points
Extended File Register Max. 4086k points
Number of Simultaneously Acceptable Request Messages 1 request per channel
Station Number 1 to 247
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:
1. Indicates the maximum number of slaves that can be communication targets.
2. Indicates the maximum number of dedicated instructions that can be activated simultaneously from a sequence program.
Note: Many of these manuals are available by free download from our website, www.meau.com. Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
IB(NA)0800329 Modbus Interface Module Users Manual (Hardware) Basic information on the QJ71MB91 Yes -
SH(NA)080578 Modbus Interface Module Users Manual Covers QJ71MB91 and GX Configurator MB No -
Required Manuals
MODBUS
RTU Master Module

The EIP4CCPU is an EtherNet/IP Scanner for the iQ Platform. It allows the iQ Platform to talk with other Ethernet/IP connected
third party CPUs such as ControlLogix or CompactLogix to share data, and to directly control EtherNet/IP distributed devices such
as I/O (Block or Point), drives, and other devices. The scanner is configured using the EIP4CCPU Scanner Configuration Utility
(a free utility that can be downloaded at meau.com). The EIP4CCPU Scanner Configuration Utility discovers and configures the
network settings of a scanner regardless of its network parameters, making it very easy to setup a new module or reconfigure an
existing module.
EtherNet/IP
TM
Scanner
Required Manual
ICC-#10816 EIP4CCPU Users Manual Covers EIP4CCPU Yes -
Model Number EIP4CCPU
Stocked Item -
Number of Client TCP Connections 32 (*1)
Number of Server TCP Connections 8
PLCs Supported on Backplane 1 to 3
Changing Configuration During Operation Yes (*2)
Client Class 1 Implicit (I/O)
Messaging
CIP Connections 60 (*3)
Total Combined Input and
Output Data Size
Up to 14KB (high speed shared memory limitation)
Max Data Size 511 bytes
Connection Type (Target to Originator) Multicast (*4)
Transport Trigger Cyclic
Data Type SINT, USINT
RPI 1 to 8388ms
Minimum Timeout Time 128ms (timeout multiplier is adjusted according to the RPI)
Client Explicit Messaging
Class 3 CIP Connections (Connected) 16 (*3, *5)
UCMM (Unconnected) 16 outstanding requests (*5)
Max Data Size 120 words
Connection Type (Target to Originator) Point-to-Point
Cache Type Un-cached
Transport Trigger Application
Data Type INT, UINT
RPI 7500ms
Timeout Multiplier 4x
Tag Access Methods Data table read/write, Typed read/write, CIP generic
PLC Implementation Based on populating internal PLC registers with a predefined messaging structure
Server Class 3 Explicit
Messaging
CIP Connections 16
Max Data Size 250 words
Connection Type (Target to Originator) T->O Point-to-Point
Transport Trigger Application
Data Type INT, UINT
RPI 1 to 8388ms
Timeout Multiplier 4x to 512x
Tag Access Methods Data table read/write, Typed read/write, CIP generic
PLC Implementation Predefined device mappings
Notes:
1. The client TCP and CIP connections share a common resource pool. The number of TCP and CIP connections is dependent upon one another and must satisfy the following formulas:
1. (Number of TCP connections * 4) + (Number of CIP connections) <= 160
2. (Number of CIP connections) <= 60
2. If configuration is changed via EtherNet/IP by editing the Connection Configuration objects (RSNetWorx for EtherNet/IP method), the configuration will take effect immediately without rebooting the device. If the
configuration is transferred as an XML file via FTP to the device (Windows
Configuration Utility method), a reboot is required for the configuration to take effect.
3. The number of simultaneous class 1 connections lists the total number of simultaneous I/O connections that can be made to remote devices, regardless of whether or not those devices are being served by a
single adapter at one IP address (modular devices such as Flex I/O and Point I/O will consume one class 1 connection for each module attached to the chassis/adapter). Because the scanner supports up to
128 TCP connections (sockets), up to 128 simultaneous physical remote devices (adapters) can be attached to. At the same time, the scanner contains a pool of 256 class 1 CIP connections and 16 class 3 CIP
connections. So, for example, if the scanner is configured to target one Flex I/O adapter with three modules on the chassis, then it will use the following internal resources: one TCP connection and three class
1 CIP connections. Additionally, if the user wants a connected explicit messaging request to target (for example) module #2 on the chassis, then this will consume one of the 16 class 3 CIP connections (so in
total, one TCP connection, three class 1 CIP connections, and one class 3 CIP connection will be in use). During configuration, the user can keep adding connections until they run out of either TCP connections
or 17 ICC class 1 connections. For example, if the network contains a large number of modular devices with multiple modules on each adapter, then it is likely that the pool of class 1 CIP connections will be
exhausted first. On the other hand, if the network does not contain any modular devices, then only one class 1 CIP connection will be required for each TCP connection, and it is therefore likely that the number
of TCP connections will be exhausted first.
4. Up to 20 unique multicast addresses are supported per TCP connection.
5. Both connected and unconnected explicit messaging requires the use of interrupts. Each interrupt can only service one outstanding explicit message at any given time. Since there are only 16 interrupts, the total
number of outstanding connected and unconnected explicit messages cannot exceed 16.
70
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
The DeviceNet master module allows the Q Series to control systems that require integration of third
party DeviceNet products. The QJ71DN91 module is configured by use of the GX Configurator-DN
plug-in for GX Developer or GX Configurator2-DN in GX Works2. Note that this module is also capable of
functioning as a DeviceNet slave if required.
Combined Distance of Thick and Thin Cables
* The maximum cable length complies with that in the DeviceNet specification (release 2.0) volumes 1 and 2.
Required Manuals for DeviceNet
DeviceNet is a trademark of ControlNet International, Ltd. under license by Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.
IB(NA)0800149 QJ71DN91 Users Manual (Hardware) Covers basic information on QJ71DN91 Yes -
SH(NA)080143 DeviceNet Master-Slave Module Users Manual
Covers programming of the QJ71DN91 module and
GX Configurator-DN
Included as PDF with
GX Configurator-DP
-
DeviceNet Device Level Network Master Module
Model Number QJ71DN91
Stocked Item S
Node Type DeviceNet master (Group 2 only client)
Node Number Which Can be Set 0 to 63
Functioning
as Master
Number of
Connections that
Can be Created
Message Connection 63
I/O Connection 63 (polling, bit strobe, change of state, cyclic)
Amount of
Communication
Data
I/O Communication
Send Max. 4096 points (512 bytes), max. 256 bytes per 1 node
Receive Max. 4096 points (512 bytes), max. 256 bytes per 1 node
Message
Communication
Send Max. 240 bytes
Receive Max. 240 bytes
Functioning
as Slave
Node Type DeviceNet slaves (Group 2 server)
Setting Possible Node Number 0 to 63
Number of
Connections that
Can be Created
I/O Connection 1 (polling)
Amount of
Communication
Data
I/O Communication
Send Max. 1024 points (128 bytes)
Receive Max. 1024 points (128 bytes)
Transmission Speed One speed can be selected from 125, 250 and 500kbit/s
Maximum Cable Length*
Communications
Speed
Maximum Transmitting Distance of Trunk Line Length of Drop Line
Thick Cables
Thin
Cables
Thick and
Thin Cables
Coexist
Maximum Total
125kbaud 500m (1640 ft.)
100m
(328 ft.)
See table
below
6m (20 ft.)
156m (511 ft.)
250kbaud 250m (820 ft.) 78m (256 ft.)
500kbaud 100m (328 ft.) 39m (128 ft.)
Current Consumption Required on the Network (A) 0.03
Weight (kg) 0.11
Transmission Speed Max, Combined Distance of Thick and Thin Cables
125kbaud Thick cable length + 5 x Thin cable length 500m (1640 ft.)
250kbaud Thick cable length + 2.5 x Thin cable length 250m (820 ft.)
500kbaud Thick cable length + Thin cable length 100m (328 ft.)
IB(NA)0800232
QJ61CL12 CC-Link / LT Master Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on QJ61CL12 Yes -
SH(NA)080351 CC-Link / LT Master Module Users Manual QJ61CL12 Covers QJ61CL12 and CC-Link/LT No -
The QJ61CL12 allows the Q Series to control a CC-Link/LT
network segment. Key features of CC-Link/LT are:
Connect network devices with no cutting or stripping of cable
I/O is addressed like it was on the rack; no special
programming required
Control up to 1024 I/O per master
Compatible with CC-Link
Fine granularity of I/O allows placement of small groups
of I/O where required
Required Manuals
RUN
ERR. L ERR.
RD SD
L RUN
QJ61CL12
LINK
ON
QJ61CL12
TEST
MODE
B RATE
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SW
POINTS
I/O
CC-Link/LT Sensor Level Network Master Module
Model Number QJ71AS92
Stocked Item S
Certification CE
Max. Number of AS-i System Slaves 62 (Group A: 31, Group B: 31)
Max. Number of I/O Points
(1 Point = 16 Bits)
Input 248 points
Output 248 points
Max. Number of Analog I/O
Points (1 Point = 1 Bit)
Input 124 points
Output 124 points
I/O Refresh Time Approx. 5 ms (without I/O slave grouping); Approx. 10 ms (with I/O slave grouping); Approx. 35 ms (per analog slave channel)
Communication Speed 167 kbps
Transmission Distance Max. 100m (Max. 300m by use of two repeaters)
Connection Cable Dedicated AS-i cable
External Power Supply
Voltage TYP. 30.5VDC (supplied by AS-i power supply)
Current Consumption 46mA (TYP 30.5VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.12
The AS-i module allows Q Series to control systems that require integration of third party AS-i sensor level
network products. The GX Configurator-AS plug in for GX Developer configures the QJ71AS92 module.
Model Number
QJ61CL12
4-Point Mode 8-Point Mode 16-Point Mode
Stocked Item -
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Max. Number of Link Points [When The Same I/O
Address Is Used]
256 points (512 points) 512 points (1024 points) 1024 points (2048 points)
Number of Link Points Per Station [When The Same
I/O Address Is Used]
4 points (8 points) 8 points (16 points) 16 points (32 points)
Link Scan
Time (ms)
When 32 Stations
Are Connected
Number of Points 128 points 256 points 512 points
2.5Mbps 0.7 0.8 1.0
625kbps 2.2 2.7 3.8
156kbps 8.0 10.0 14.1
When 64 Stations
Are Connected
Number of Points 256 points 512 points 1024 points
2.5Mbps 1.2 1.5 2.0
625kbps 4.3 5.4 7.4
156kbps 15.6 20.0 27.8
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
sTransmission Rate (bps) 2.5M / 625k / 156k
Number of Connected Units 64
Remote Station Numbers 1 to 64
RAS Function Network diagnostics, internal loopback diagnostics, station detach function automatic return to system
Connection Cable Dedicated flat cable (0.75mm x 4) CL9-FL4-18
I/O Device Points Occupied (*1) 16, 32, 48, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.13 A
24VDC Power
Supply (*2)
Voltage 20.4 to 28.8VDC
Current Consumption 0.028 A
Current on Startup 0.070 A
Weight (kg) 0.09
Notes:
1. Set by module switches
2. External supply
AS-i Sensor Level Network Master Module
SH(NA)080291 AS-i Master Module Users Manual
Covers QJ71AS92 and GX
Configurator-AS
Supplied as a PDF with GX
Configurator-AS
-
IB(NA)0800225 AS-i Master Module Users Manual (Hardware) QJ71AS92 Basic information on QJ71AS92 Yes -
72
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
e-F@ctory
Model Number QD81DL96
Stocked Item S
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

(
*
1
)

1
0
B
A
S
E
-
T

1
0
0
B
A
S
E
-
T
X
Data Transmission Rate 10BASE-T 10Mbps 100BASE-TX 100Mbps
No. of Cascaded Stages Maximum 4 stages Maximum 2 stages
Max. Segment Length (*2) 100m
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
l
a
s
h

C
a
r
d
Supply Power Voltage 3.3 V5%
Supply Power Capacity Maximum 150mA
Card Size TYPE I card
Number of Card Slots 1 card
Number of Occupied I/O Points 32 points/slot
D
a
t
a

S
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

(
*
3
)
Number of Access Target CPUs Maximum of 64 CPUs
Data Sampling
Interval (Point)
High Speed Data
Sampling
Sequence scan time synchronization; 1 to 32767 ms (for trigger logging) 3 to 32767 ms (for continuous logging)
General Data
Sampling
0.1 to 0.9 seconds; 1 to 32767 seconds
Amount of
Sampled
Data (*4, *5,
*6)
High Speed Data
Sampling
Overall amount of data: maximum of 8192 (per setting: 256);Overall number of device points: maximum of 8192 (per setting: 256)
General Data
Sampling
Overall amount of data: maximum of 16384 (per setting: 256);
Overall numbe number of device points: maximum of 262144 (per setting: 4096)
Data Type (*7)
Bit, Word (signed), Double word (signed), Word (unsigned), Double word (unsigned), Float (single precision),
Float (double precision), 16 bit BCD, 32 bit BCD, String: 1 to 8192 characters, Raw: 1 to 8192 bytes
Data Output Format (CSV File) (*8) Bit, Decimal format, Exponential format, Hexadecimal format, String, Raw
Scaling (*9) Basic arithmetic operations: calculations combining (, ) and (+, -)
D
a
t
a

L
o
g
g
i
n
g
Number of Settings Maximum of 64 settings (*10)
Logging Type Continuous logging, Trigger logging
File Format CSV le (extension: CSV), Binary le (extension: BIN) (*11)
Period
Specify applicable period or exclusion period, Data condition, Date range, Time range, Day of week/week condition, AND or OR
combination of the above: up to 8 conditions (*12)
Trigger Logging
Trigger
Conditions
Data condition: bit ON/OFF, compare data to constant value, compare data to data, Data change, Fixed cycle: 1 to 86400 seconds, Time of
day specication: specify month/day/hour/minute/second, At module startup, AND or OR combination of the above: up to 8 conditions
(*12), Condition execution count: 3 conditions (*12), Condition execution order (order and/or time conditions): up to 4 conditions (*12)
Number of
Logging Rows
Before trigger occurs: 0 to 32767 lines; After trigger occurs: 1 to 32767 lines
File Switching Timing
Number of lines (number of records) specication: 100 to 65535 lines, File size specication, Data condition, compare data to data,
Data change, Fixed cycle, Time of day specication, At module startup, Trigger logging unit
Max. Number of Files Saved 65535
E
v
e
n
t

L
o
g
g
i
n
g
Number of Events Maximum of 64 events per single event logging setting
File Format CSV le (extension: CSV); Binary le (extension: BIN)
Event Conditions
Data condition, compare data to data, Data change, AND or OR combination of the above: up to 4 conditions, Condition execution
count: 3 conditions, Condition execution order (order and/or time conditions): up to 4 conditions
Period Data condition, Date range, Time range, Day of week/week condition, AND or OR combination of the above: up to 8 conditions (*13)
File Switching Timing No. of rows (no. of records), File size specication, Data condition, Data change, Fixed cycle, Time of day, at module startup
Number of Files Saved 65535
R
e
p
o
r
t
File Format Excel format (extension: xls)
Output Data Type Data inside data logging le (*14), Current value data, Creation time
Amount of Output Data 64 layouts per single report setting, 65535 cells in total
Creation Trigger Conditions
Data condition, Data change, Fixed cycle, Time of day specication, At module startup, AND or OR combination of the above: up to
8 conditions (*12), Condition execution count: 3 conditions (*12), Condition execution order (order and/or time conditions): up to
4 conditions (*12), At the time of the data logging le is switched
Period Data condition, Date range, Time range, Day of week/week condition, AND or OR combination of the above: up to 7 conditions (*12)
Layout File Size Maximum of 10MB (total of all report settings)
Max. Number of Files Saved 65535
High Speed Data Logger Module
Note: Continued on next page.
The High Speed Data Logger can manipulate and store large amounts of CPU data in multiple formats on a CF card for access later
via FTP, E-mail, or direct. Dedicated software utilities available for download directly from the modules built-in FTP server allow for
easy logging setup as well as data analysis.
Model Number QD81DL96
E
-
M
a
i
l
Subject User specied; automatically created
Body User specied; automatically created
Attachment Saved le transmission e-mail: Saved le (CSV, binary, or Excel le); Maximum of 512KB
Attachment Format MIME 1.0
Communications
with Mail Server
Port No. 25, 587, other (1 to 65535)
Authentication
Method
No authentication, SMTP-AUTH (PLAIN, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5), POP before SMTP
Target Address 16 groups max.
Operability Veried E-Mail Client
Software
Microsoft
Outlook
Express 6.0, Microsoft Windows
Mail 6.0
F
T
P

S
e
r
v
e
r

(
*
1
5
)
Application Read and delete saved les
Operability Veried FTP Client
Software
Microsoft Internet Explorer
6.0; Windows Internet Explorer 7.0

Session Count (*16) 10
F
T
P

C
l
i
e
n
t

(
*
1
7
)Application Transfer saved les
Operability Veried FTP Server
Software
Microsoft Internet Information Services
D
a
t
a

V
i
e
w
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Displayable Data
Data sampled with the data logging function (realtime display, historical display), Data sampled with the event logging function
(realtime display, historical display)
Number of Displayable Windows Maximum of 4 windows (*18)
Number of Windows Which Can Be
Monitored in Real Time
Maximum of 2 windows for 1 high speed data logger module (*19)
Graph Lines Maximum of 32 lines per trend window
Realtime Trend Data Maximum of 10000 plots
Realtime Event Data Maximum of 2000
Weight (kg) 0.15
High Speed Data Logger Module (continued)
CompactFlash Specifications
Model Number QD81MEM-512MBC QD81MEM-1GBC QD81MEM-2GBC QD81MEM-4GBC QD81MEM-8GBC
Stocked Item S S - - -
Memory Capacity 512MB 1GB 2GB 4GB 8GB
Number of Insertions / Ejections 10,000 cycles
External Dimensions (W x W x D) mm 43 x 36 x 3.3
Weight (g) 12
Notes:
1. The high speed data logger module distinguishes 10BASE-T from 100BASETX depending on the device on other end. For connection with a hub not having the auto-negotiation function, set the hub side to half-
duplex auto communication mode.
2. Distance between a hub and node.
3. The specification for target data sampling with the data logging function, event logging function, and report function.
4. The number of device points available for 1 piece of data depends on the data type.
5. The total number of data logging, event logging, and report data.
Data logging : logging target data, trigger condition data, period condition data, file switching condition data, saved file name data
Event logging: monitoring data, period condition data, file switching condition data, saved file name data
Report : current value data, creation trigger condition data, period condition data, saved file name data
6. The amount of sampled data per single setting is as follows only when the creation trigger and current value data are not synchronized with the report setting. Amount of data (per single setting): maximum of
65535, number of device points (per single setting): maximum of 65535.
7. The data type when reading data from the programmable controller CPUs device memory.
8. The format when outputting data to a CSV file with data logging or event logging. Binary files are output in the binary format. Reports are output in Excel cell format.
9. A function to perform data scaling and offset calculations.
10. Up to 64 settings can be configured for data logging, event logging, and report function combined. Of these, up to 32 settings can be configured for data logging, event logging, and report function when high
speed data sampling is specified.
11. By using the report function, data can be re-output in the Excel file format.
12. When high speed data sampling is specified, period and trigger conditions combined up to 4 conditions. When general data sampling is specified, period and trigger conditions combined up to 8 conditions.
13. When high speed data sampling is specified, up to 4 conditions.
14. Only binary format data logging can be output to report function.
15. A function to access the high speed data logger module (FTP server) from a personal computers FTP client software. For details of supported FTP commands, refer to Appendix 9.
16. The upper limit of the number of simultaneous connections to the high speed data logger module from FTP client software. FTP client software may use multiple connections per single access session.
17. A function to access a personal computers FTP server software from the high speed data logger module (FTP client).
18. Up to 4 windows can be displayed, consisting of the realtime trend window, historical trend window, realtime event window, and historical event window.
19. Up to 2 windows can be displayed, consisting of the realtime trend window and realtime event window.
74
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
As part of Mitsubishis e-F@ctory technology, the QJ71MES96 module allows a direct connection from a
Q Series Automation Platform controller on the shop floor to high level IT MES (Manufacturing Execution Systems)
infrastructure. This offers the following benefits:
No need for intermediate PC infrastructure to interface shop floor controllers to front office IT systems
Significantly reduced cost of ownership as no PC maintenance issues apply
Improved security; prevents access by unauthorized personnel
Improved productivity; industrially hardened architecture is immune to typical PC reliability issues
High speed Ethernet connection from shop floor to front office IT systems
Convenient installation; module simply mounts in a spare Q Series slot and configures with dedicated software
tool (MX-MESIF-STD-C1)
IB(NA)0800354
QJ71MES96 MES Interface Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Basic information on QJ71MES96 module Yes -
SH(NA)080644 QJ71MES96 MES Interface Module Users Manual
Complete information on how to use the MES interface
module and associated software
No
(purchase separately)
-
RD
SD/
100
M
100BASE-TX
10BASE-T/
QJ71MES96
CF CARD
PULL
RUN
ERR.
QJ71MES96
Model Number QJ71MES96
Stocked Item S
Ethernet
Interface (*1) 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX
Data Transmission Rate 10 Mbps 100 Mbps
Number of Cascaded Stages Maximum 4 stages Maximum 2 stages
Max. Segment Length (*2) 100 m
I/O Device Points Occupied 32 points/slots
Weight (kg) 0.16
Required Manuals for QJ71MES96
Performance Specifications
Notes:
1. The MES interface module distinguishes 10BASE-T from 100BASE-TX depending on the device on other end. For connection with a hub not having the auto-negotiation
function, set the hub side to half-duplex auto communication mode.
2. Distance between a hub and node.
Standard MES Interface Module
The MES Interface IT and e-F@ctory technology solves the difficult
challenge of efficiently linking factory and IT systems to enable
comprehensive data collection and distribution. It achieves system
standardization security, and high data reliability for any system from
individual machines to large scale production lines.
Access to accurate and reliable production information
Dramatically simplified system architecture
Reduced integration time and effort
Improved security and standardization
Achieves lean and agile operation at the lowest cost of ownership

The MES Interface IT module is a communication interface between IT
assets and plant floor equipment.
Each MES Interface IT system should have a minimum of one module
and one transport. A transport is added to the module so the module
knows how to talk to a database or message queue system. Additional
transports can be purchased at anytime.
Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC drivers are included with the purchase
of the module. Other drivers are available as options if the module
needs to share information with legacy MELSEC or third party
controllers.
Device connections refer to the number of controllers or other
devices the MES Interface IT module will communicate with. The
example to the left has four controllers (one is the local CPU and
the other three are networked). The module comes with five device
connections. Additional connections can be purchased at anytime.
MES Interface IT Module
Included items
QJ71MES96IT
Q Series C Language CPU, 128MB
S
MES IT DeviceWise Core
MES IT 2GB CF Memory Card
MES IT 5 Device Connections
MES IT Mitsubishi (EZ Socket) Driver
Extra Device
Connections
MESITDVC-5 MES IT 5 Device Connections S
MESITDVC-10 MES IT 10 Device Connections S
Transports /
Databases
MESITLCLDTBS MES IT Local Database S
MESITTRNSORCL MES IT Oracle Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSSQL MES IT SQL Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSDB2 MES IT DB2 Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSMQTT MES IT MQTT Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSSIB MES IT SIB Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSWMQ MES IT WMQ Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSPSQL MES IT Postgre SQL Transport + Local Database S
MESITTRNSRDM MES IT RDM Transport + Local Database S
Drivers
MESITDRVMMC MES IT Mitsubishi (MC Protocol) Driver S
MESITDRVRAPLC MES IT Rockwell Driver (SLC, PLC5, MicroLogix) S
MESITDRVRALGXTG MES IT Logix Tag Driver S
MESITDRVSMNSS7 MES IT Siemens S7 Driver S
MESITDRVHWKEYE MES IT Siemens HAWKEYE Driver S
MESITDRVOMRON MES IT OMRON Driver S
MESITDRVALIEN MES IT ALIEN Driver S
MESITDRVBANNR MES IT BANNER Driver S
MESITDRVEMS MES IT EMS Driver S
MESITDRVMBUS MES IT Modbus Driver S
Spare Parts MESIT2GBCF Spare MES IT 2GB CF Memory Card S
76
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Data Transport Method
Databases Oracle 10g, 11g; Microsoft SQL Server 2000, 2005, 2008; IBM DB2 8,9; IBM DB2/400 V5R3; Local DB
Messages MSMQ; WMQ; WMQTT; WebSphere MQ; JMS; SAP; SMTP (e-mail); TCP; HTTP
Data Transport Map
SQL Commands Supported
by the Database Interface
Function
Insert; Batch Insert; Update; Select; Delete; Select with Delete; Select with Update; Stored Procedure; CountRows
Message Style ASCII (delimited format, free format), XML
Character Code UTF-8
Max. Store and Forward
Capacity
10,000MB/transport. However, the volume actually used does not exceed the capacity of a CompactFlash card (512MB)
Trigger
Trigger Conditions
Fixed cycle (Schedule-Periodic); Fixed time (schedule); Value monitoring (Data); Listener (Listener); Manual operation (On
Demand); Boot from separate trigger (Sub Trigger); MES Interface IT event (Internal); Top management communication
event (Enterprise); Event from separate system with multiple CPUs (GINT command)
Actions
Numerical processing (referencing other numerical operations) (Expression); Standby (Wait); Device writing (Set);
Array operation (Array); Bit operation (Bit); Device control (Device); Communication from top management (Enterprise
Communication); Setting display (Hardware); Correction of internal data (internal); PING operation (Ping); Job control
(Routing); File operation (Staging File System); Character string operation (String); Boot trigger (Trigger)
Operations
Four arithmetic operation (+, -, x. /); abs (absolute value); acos (inverse cosine); asin (inverse sine); atan (inverse
tangent); avg (average); cos (cosine); cosh (hyperbolic cosine function); exp (exponential function); ln (natural logarithm);
log (logarithmic function); log10 (common logarithm); max (maximum value); min (minimum value); sin (sine); sinh
(hyperbolic sine function); sqrt (square root); sum (total); tan (tangent); tanh (hyperbolic tangent function)
Performance Specifications
Depending on the CPU type being used, either a serial or USB connection can be made to a CPU from a PC as follows:
F. Accessories
Required Manuals
Q Series memory cards are optional memory expansions. Use these cards to expand the CPU memory up to 32Mb. Memory
cards may be used for storage of programs, data and system documentation. Note these are only used with sequence CPUs.
Program memory is not increased by adding memory cards.
SH(NA)080484
QCPU(Q Mode) Users Manual
(Function Explanation, Program
Fundamentals)
CPU specifications, system configuration, Programming basics, I/O
assignments, memory organization, CPU functions, communication
with intelligent function modules, parameters and devices, program up/
downloads, overview of multiple program architecture, programming basics
No
(purchase separately)
-
Q Series Programming Cables
CPU Connections Available Cable to Use
Q00J, Q00, Q01, Q02 Serial RS-232 SC-Q (serial connection)
Q02H, Q06H, Q12H, Q25H, Q12PH, Q25PH Serial RS-232 and USB (Type B) SC-Q (serial connection) or third party USB cable (Type B)
Q00UJ, Q00U, Q01U,Q02U,Q03U, Q04U, Q06U,
Q10U, Q13U, Q20U, Q26U, Q50U, Q100U
USB (Mini-B) and RS-232/Ethernet
GT09-C30USB-5P, Third party USB (Mini-B) or
Ethernet SC-Q / Cat5e (RJ45 connector)
Memory Cards
In some cases it is not possible to fill all the slots on a rack. Where unused slots exist, there is a risk of system damage caused
by extraneous material entering the backplane or system modules via the unused slot positions. The QG60 module is an empty
single slot module case that fits in an unused slot to protect from possible contamination. Since the QG60 contains no electronic
components, it does not affect the system configuration, power consumption or programming.
Q Series Slot Filler Module
Drive No.
Memory Card
(RAM)
Memory Cards (ROM)
File Name and
Extension
SRAM Card Flash Card ATA Card
Q2MEM-1MBS
Q2MEM-2MBS
Q3MEM-4MBS
Q3MEM-8MBS
Q2MEM-2MBF
Q2MEM-4MBF
Q2MEM-8MBA
Q2MEM-16MBA
Q2MEM-32MBA
Parameter X X X PARAM.QPA
Intelligent Function Module
Parameter
X X X IPARAM.QPA
Program X (*1) X (*1) X (*1) ***.QPG
Device Comment X (*2) X (*2) X (*2) ***.QCD
Device Initial Value X X X ***.QDI
Device Data - - - ***.QST
File Register X X (*3) - ***.QDR
Local Device X - - ***.QDL
Sampling Trace File X - - ***.QTD
Failure History Data X - - ***.QFD
PLC User Data - - X ***.***
Memory Cards Supported Data and Compatibility
For program storage only.
Does not increase program memory.
Notes:
1. To execute the program stored in the standard ROM or memory
card, adjusting the program memory boot settings is required in
the PLC parameter dialog box. Note that the Universal model QCPU
cannot boot data from the standard ROM to the program memory.
2. Read from a sequence program requires several scans.
3. Read only from a sequence program.
Memory Card
CPU Module
Base Q CPUs
High
Performance
CPUs
Process CPUs
Redundant
CPUs
Universal
QnU CPUs
SRAM
Card
Q2MEM-1MBS - X X X X
Q2MEM-2MBS - X X X X
Q3MEM-4MBS - - - - X
Q3MEM-8MBS - - - - X
Flash
Card
Q2MEM-2MBF - X X X X
ATA
Card
Q2MEM-8MBA - X X X X
Note: Only one memory card can be installed for each CPU module.
Use these batteries to maintain the contents of SRAM memory cards after power down.
Model Number Q2MEM-BAT Q3MEM-BAT
Stocked Item S -
Classification Graphite fluoride lithium primary battery Manganese dioxide lithium primary battery
Initial Voltage 3.0V 3.0V
Nominal Current 48mAh 550mAh
Storage Life 5 years (room temperature)
Lithium Content 0.014g 0.150g
Application Power failure backup for SRAM card (for Q2MEM-1MBS/Q2MEM-2MBS) Power failure backup for SRAM card (for Q3MEM-4MBS/Q3MEM-8MBS)
The Q2MEM-ADP adapter allows a Q Series memory card (Q2MEM-_MB_) to be installed in a standard PC Card (PCMCIA) slot
for reading and writing to the card. Non-Stock product.
Note: Both the linear flash ROM and ATA flash ROM are rewritable non-volatile memories. For replacement memory card back-up batteries, please see the Accessories section.
For certain sequence CPU functions to be enabled, specific types of memory card are required. Please refer to the relationship between memory cards and supported data type to
select the memory card that best meets your needs.
Type Memory Type Capacity Write Count (Times) Certification Stocked Items
Q2MEM-1MBS SRAM 1,011kb No restriction UL cUL CE S
Q2MEM-2MBS SRAM 2,034kb No restriction UL cUL CE S
Q2MEM-2MBF Linear flash ROM 2,032kb 100,000 UL cUL S
Q2MEM-4MBF Linear flash ROM 4,080kb 100,000 UL cUL -
Q3MEM-4MBS SRAM 4,078kb No restriction UL cUL CE -
Q3MEM-4MBS-SET Set consisting of Q3MEM-4MBS and protective cover N/A N/A UL cUL CE -
Q2MEM-8MBA ATA flash ROM 7,940kb 1,000,000 UL cUL S
Q3MEM-8MBS SRAM 8,172kb No restriction UL cUL CE -
Q3MEM-8MBS-SET Set consisting of Q3MEM-8MBS and protective cover NA N/A UL cUL CE -
Q2MEM-16MBA ATA flash ROM 15,932kb 1,000,000 UL cUL -
Q2MEM-32MBA ATA flash ROM 31,854kb 1,000,000 UL cUL -
Q Series Memory Card Adapter
Q Series Memory Card Replacement Battery
78
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
All Q Series CPUs employ RAM based memory. To insure this is preserved after power down, use
the Q6BAT or Q7BAT. Note these are not compatible with the A6BAT. Any RAM based memory cards
installed in the CPU use the Q2MEM-BAT for back-up and are independent of the Q6BAT. One Q6BAT is
shipped with each CPU.
Model Number Q6BAT
Stocked Item S
Battery Lifetime
CPU Type Min. Back-Up Time Typical Back-Up Time
Back-Up Time After Battery
Error ON
Basic Q CPUs 5,433 hours 13,120 hours 120 hours
Q02H, Q06H 2,341 hours 6,435 hours 120 hours
Q12H, Q25H, Q12PH, Q25PH 1,260 hours 4,228 hours 48 hours
Model Number Q7BAT/Q7BAT-SET
Stocked Item S
Battery Lifetime
CPU Type Min. Back-Up Time Typical Back-Up Time
Back-Up Time After Battery
Error ON
Q02 13,000 hours 31,000 hours 240 hours
Q02H, Q06H 5,000 hours 14,000 hours 240 hours
Q12H, Q25H, Q12PH, Q25PH 2,900 hours 9,700 hours 96 hours
Q Series CPU Memory Replacement Battery
The Q6TA32 allows some I/O modules to offer an IDC (insulation displacement connector) type wiring con-
nection. This makes wiring less expensive and faster, as wires do not need to be stripped or have a lug fit-
ted. Wire is simply pushed into the receptacles on the adapter, and held firmly by the IDC connection.
Model Number Q6TA32
Stocked Item -
Required Manuals IB(NA)0800228 Included
Use the Q6TA32-TOL to fit wires into the IDC receptacles of the Q6TA32.
Model Number Q6TA32-TOL
Stocked Item -
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Q6TE
-18S
Q Series Spare Parts
Model Number Description Stocked item
BKO-C8834H12 Spare CC-Link terminating resistors 2 x 110, 2 x 130, fitted with insulated lugs -
BKO-C10798H02 QJ61BT11N CC-Link network master module network connection terminal block -
K08H07500150
QXn0/QYn0 I/O block complete terminal block assembly (screw terminal block, hinged
cover and label) (Fits QX10, QY10, etc.)
-
K08H07500151 Hinged cover and label only from K08H07500150 -
The Q6TE-18S fits most Q Series 16 point (or less) I/O modules and allows terminations to be made via a
spring clamp. This offers the benefit of making wiring connections without using wiring lugs.
Model Number Q6TE-18SN
Stocked Item S
The Q6HLD-R2 is a clamp that fixes a cable securely to the RS-232 port of a Q Series CPU to prevent
accidental disconnection. It is adjustable to accommodate different cable designs and does not block
access to the USB port, where available
Model Number Q6HLD-R2
Stocked Item -
Q Series Connector Disconnection Prevention Holder
Q Series Spring Clamp Terminal Block
Q Series IDC Terminal Block Adapter
Q Series IDC Insertion Tool
The EQLDR-01 program loader provides a convenient handheld device that can be used to upload, store,
transfer and download programs for Basic Q CPUs that do not have a memory card slot. The EQLDR-01
also accepts standard off the shelf compact flash memory cards for inexpensive transfer of programs
from one loader to another.
Model Number EQLDR01
Stocked Item -
Interface
Transmission Speed 115.2Kbps
Cable Length 0.2m
Power Supply Received from CPU (5VDC)
Current Consumption (5VDC) 0.31A
Weight (kg) 0.14
External Dimensions (Excluding Cable) W x H x D mm (in) 75 x 110 x 27.5 (2.95 x 4.33 x 1.08)
Maximum Processing Time of Each Mode
Q00JCPU Q00CPU QO1CPU
CPU WR
Internal Memory about 37s about 93s
Compact Flash Card about 36s about 96s
CPU RD
Internal Memory about 24s about 58s
Compact Flash Card about 21s about 54s
MEM.-CF about 2s about 3s
CF-MEM. about 5s about 7s
MEM.CLR. about 6s
CF CLR.* about 2s (The processing time differs according to capacity.)
*With Compact Flash card capacity of 32 MB
50EM8508-A EQLDR01 Users Manual -
CPU Connection
Q Series Program Loader EQLDR01
Required Manuals
80
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
A
Battery for
QCPU (Q6BAT)
E
Safety power supply module
* Minimum requirements
Communication / Networking modules
B
D
Base unit
C
QS Safety CPU
F
*
*
*
*
System Configuration
MELSEC QS Safety
The MELSEC Safety lineup provides innovative solutions to
applications requiring accident-free user operation. For Category
4 Safety control, the QS Safety PLC uses TV certified function
block programming and CC-Link Safety to integrate both safety and
non-safety assets into a single seamless system. Safety rated Light
Curtains, Electromechanical Switches, and Laser Scanners can all be
incorporated to minimize danger to the operator. Another way to add
safety control to a non-safety system is by using the Safety Relay
Modules, which provide independent Category 3 Safety I/O control and
can be monitored via the Q Bus or standard CC-Link.
Key Features:
QS PLC is TV certified to IEC61508 SIL 3 and ISO13849-1 Category 4
Safety Function Blocks included with standard GX Developer
programming software for easy failsafe programming
Reduced wiring costs using CC-Link Safety device level network for
both Safety and Non-Safety I/O
Built-in User Management to the programming environment for
different levels of user access
QS PLCs have Test Mode and Safety Mode for easy
pre-commission trouble-shooting
Safety Relay Modules are easily integrated with existing
control systems
Safety Relay Modules require no programming and an optional
partial system shutdown feature
A. QS Safety CPU ........................................................................................................................................... 81
B. Base Unit .................................................................................................................................................... 82
C. Safety Power Supply Module ..................................................................................................................... 82
D. Communication / Networking Modules ...................................................................................................... 82
E. Battery (Compatible with Q Series) ............................................................................................................ 77
F. Safety Relay Modules ................................................................................................................................. 85
QS Safety PAC
A. MELSEC QS Safety CPU Specifications
Model Number QS001CPU
Stocked Item S
Processing Speed (Sequence
Instruction)
LD XO 0.10 s
MOV D0 D1 0.35 s
Program Capacity (*1) 14k steps (56 kB)
Memory Capacity (*1 )
Program Memory (Drive 0) 128 kB
Standard ROM (Drive 4) 128 kB
Max. Number of Files Stored
Program Memory 3 (*2)
Standard ROM 3 (*2)
Maximum I/O Device Points 6144 points (X/Y0 to 17FF)
Maximum Physical I/O points 1024 points (X/Y0 to 3FF)
Maximum Expansion 4 Communication / Networking modules
Communication Ports USB (B-Type), RS-232
Weight (kg) 0.29
Protection Of Degree IP2X
Notes:
1. The maximum number of executable sequence steps is as follows. (Program capacity) - (File header size (default: 34 steps)) For the details, refer to the QSCPU Users
Manual (Function Explanation, Program Fundamentals)
2. Parameter, sequence program, SFC program, and device comment files can be stored.
SH(NA)080626
QSCPU Users Manual (Hardware
Design, Maintenance and Inspection)
Overview, system configuration, general specifications, CPU module,
power supply module, base unit, battery, startup, EMC and LVD,
loading and installation, maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting
SH(NA)080627
QSCPU Users Manual (Function
Explanation, Program Fundamentals)
Overview, performance specifications, sequence program execution,
I/O assignment, memory and file handling, functions, communication
with IFM, parameters, devices, procedures for writing programs to
CPU
SH(NA)080628
QSCPU Programming Manual
(Common Instructions)
General description, instruction tables, configuration of instructions,
how to read instructions, sequence instructions, basics instructions,
application instructions, QSCPU dedicated instructions, error codes
IB(NA)0800340
QSCPU Module Users Manual
(Hardware)
Overview, specifications, EMC and LVD, loading and installation, error
codes, transportation precautions
Yes -
SH(NA)080613 Safety Application Guide
Overview, application example, risk assessment and safety level,
precautions for the use of safety PLCs, safety application example
IB(NA)0800344E
CC-Link Safety System Master Module
Users Manual (Hardware)
Overview, specifications, mounting and installation, part names and
settings, external wiring, external dimensions
Yes -
SH(NA)080600
CC-Link Safety System Master Module
Users Manual
Overview, system configuration, specifications, functions, data
link processing time, parameter setting, procedure before starting,
programming specifications, troubleshooting
IB(NA)0800345E
CC-Link Safety System Remote I/O
Module Users Manual (Hardware)
Overview, specifications, part names and settings, mounting and
installation, wiring, external dimensions
Yes -
SH(NA)080612
CC-Link Safety System Remote I/O
Module Users Manual
Overview, system configuration, specifications, functions, parameter
setting, procedures and settings, programming, maintenance and
inspection, troubleshooting
Required Manuals
82
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number QS061P-A1 QS061P-A2
Stocked Item S -
Applicable Base Unit QS034B-E
Input Power Supply 100 to 120VAC +10% -15% 200 to 240VAC +10% -15%
Input Frequency 50/60Hz 5%
Input Voltage Distortion Factor Within 5%
Max. Input Apparent Power 125VA
Inrush Current 20A within 8ms (*2)
Rated Output Current 5VDC 6A
Allowable Momentary Power Failure Period (*1) Within 20ms
Operation Indication LED indication (Normal: ON (green), Error: OFF)
Weight (kg) 0.40
C. MELSEC QS Safety Power Supply Specications
B. MELSEC QS Safety Base Unit Specications
Notes:
1. Allowable momentary power failure period
An instantaneous power failure lasting less than 20ms will cause AC down to be detected, but operation will continue.
An instantaneous power failure lasting in excess of 20ms may cause the operation to continue or initial start to take place depending on the power supply load.
2. Inrush current. When power is switched on again immediately (within 5 seconds) after power-off, an inrush current of more than the specified value (2ms or less) may flow. Reapply
power 5 or more seconds after power-off. When selecting a fuse and breaker in the external circuit, take account of the blowout, detection characteristics and above matters.
Model Number QS034B
Stocked Item S
Expansion Slots (Excluding CPU Slot) 4
Applicable Intelligent Function Modules QS and Q Series communication/networking modules (*1)
Weight (kg) 0.28
External Dimensions W x H x D mm (in) 245 x 98 x 44.1 (9.65 x 3.86 x 1.74)
OUT
5V
FG
I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 CPU POWER
SG
b1 a1
BD992C202H01
80M1 IND.CONT.E Q.
SERIAL
MODEL
MADE IN JAPAN
PASSED
Note: 1. Only CC-Link Safety, CC-Link IE, MELSECNET/H and Ethernet modules can be connected.
MELSEC QS CC-Link Safety Network Master Specifications
Model Number QS0J61BT12
Stocked Item S
Transmission Rate Select from 156kbps/625kbps/2.5Mbps/5Mbps/10Mbps
Maximum Overall Cable Distance
(Maximum Transmission Distance)
1200 meters at 156kpp, 100 meters at 10Mbps
Maximum No. of Connectable Modules 64 modules
Maximum No. of Link Points Per System
Remote I/O (RX, RY) : 2048 points Remote register (RWr) : 256 points (remote device stationmaster station)
Remote register (RWw): 256 points (master remote device station)
Link Points Per
Remote Station
Station Type Safety remote station Standard remote station
Number of Occupied
Stations
1 Station 1 Station 2 Stations 3 Stations 4 Stations
RX 32 points 32 points 64 points 96 points 128 points
RY 32 points 32 points 64 points 96 points 128 points
RWr 0 points 4 points 8 points 12 points 16 points
RWw 0 points 4 points 8 points 12 points 16 points
Recommended Connection Cable Version 1.10 compatible CC-Link dedicated cable (*1)
Weight (kg) 0.12
Note:
1. Use BA1SJ61-S or -P certified CC-Link cable and appropriate terminating resistors.
D. Intelligent Function Modules
The QS Safety PLC can be used with the CC-Link Safety Master, MELSECNET/H, CC-Link IE Field and Ethernet intelligent
function module.
Model Number QS0J65BTB2-12DT
Stocked Item S
Input Specifications Output Specifications
No. of Input Points 8 points (Input terminals: 16 points) (*2) No. of Output Points
4 points (source + sink) or 2 points
(source + source)
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC Rated Load Voltage 24VDC
Rated Input Current Approx. 4.6mA Operating Load Voltage Range
19.2V to 28.8VDC
(Ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Operating Voltage Range 19.2V to 28.8VDC (Ripple ratio: 5% or less) Max. Load Current 0.5A/point
ON Voltage / ON Current 15VDC/2mA or more Leakage Current at OFF 0.5mA or less
OFF Voltage / OFF Current 5VDC/0.5mA or less Max. Voltage Drop at ON 1.0VDC or less
Input Type Negative common (source) Output Type Source + sink type; Source + source type
Response Time
OFF - ON 0.4ms or less (at 24VDC)
Response Time
OFF-ON 0.4ms or less (at 24VDC)
ON - OFF 0.4ms or less (at 24VDC) ON-OFF 0.4ms or less (at 24VDC)
Safety Remote Station
Input Response Time
32ms or less + filtering time
(1ms, 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 50ms)
Safety Remote Station Output
Response Time
32ms or less
External Power
Supply
Voltage 19.2V to 28.8VDC (Ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Current 60mA (24VDC, with all points ON, excepting for external load current)
Points / Common 16 input points/common, 4 output points/common (Terminal block 2-wire type)
Common Current Max. 4A (Total of inputs and outputs)
No. of Stations Occupied 1 station
Safety Refresh Response Processing Time 38ms
Module Power (*1)
Voltage 19.2V to 28.8VDC (Ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Current 140mA or less (24VDC, with all points ON)
Momentary Power
Failure Period
10ms or less
Level of Protection IP2X
Connection Type Screw Terminal
Weight (kg) 0.67
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 197 x 65 x 74.5
QS CC-Link Safety Remote I/O Module Specifications
Notes:
1. The power supply connected to the QS0J65BTB2-12DT must satisfy the following conditions: (1) Reinforced insulation SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage): Hazardous potential part (48V or more) (2)
Compliance with the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) (3) Output voltage within 19.2V to 28.8VDC (Ripple ratio: 5% or less.)
2. Two inputs terminals are assigned for each input since redundant wiring is supported.
CC-Link IE Field Safety Interface
Model Number QS0J71GF11-T2
Stocked Item S
Number of Connectable
Stations per Network
Master Station (Safety Station) 1 station (Up to 120 slave stations can be connected to the master station (safety station))
Local Station (Standard Station) 120 stations
Number of Connectable Safety Stations per Network 32 stations
Maximum Number of
Safety Connections per
Station
Asynchronous Mode 31 connections
Synchronous Mode 8 connections
Number of Safety Inputs/
Outputs per Safety
Connection
Input 8 words
Output 8 words
Ethernet
Communication Speed (*1) 1Gbps
Network Topology Line topology, star topology (Coexistence of line topology and star topology is possible), and ring topology
Connection Cable
An Ethernet cable that meets the 1000BASE-T standard: Category 5e or higher (double shielded, STP),
straight cable
Maximum Station-to-Station Distance 100m max. (Compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B (Category 5e))
Overall Cable Distance
Line topology: 12000m (when cables are connected to 1 master station and 120 slave stations)
Star topology: Depends on the system configuration.
Ring topology: 12100m (when cables are connected to 1 master station and 120 slave stations)
Number of Cascade Connections Up to 20
External Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 27.4 x 98 x 115
Weight (kg) 0.18
84
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Model Number QS0J65BTS2-8D QS0J65BTS2-4T
Stocked Item S S
Number of I/O Points Input: 8 points (input terminals: 16 points) (*2) Output: 4 points (source + sink), or 2 points (source + source)
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC -
Rated Input Current Approx. 5.9 mA -
Rated Load Voltage - 24VDC
Operating Load Voltage Range 19.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less)
ON Voltage / ON Current 15VDC or more / 2mA or more -
OFF Voltage / OFF Current 5VDC or less / 0.5 mA or less -
Max. Load Current - 0.5 A/point
Leakage Current at OFF - 0.5 mA or less
Max. Voltage Drop at ON - 1.0VDC or less
Input Type Negative common (source type) -
Output Type - Source + sink type, Source + source type
Response
Time
OFF - ON 0.4 ms or less (at 24VDC)
ON - OFF 0.4 ms or less (at 24VDC)
Safety Remote Station Input Response Time
11.2 ms or less + time of noise removal filter
(1 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, 20 ms, 50 ms)
10.4 ms or less (ON to OFF), 11.2 ms or less (OFF to ON)
External Power
Supply
Voltage 19.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Current 40 mA (at 24VDC, all points ON, not including external load current) 45 mA (at 24VDC, all points ON, not including external load current)
Points / Common 16 input points/common (spring clamp terminal block 2-wire type) 4 output points/common (spring clamp terminal block 2-wire type)
Common Current - Max. 2 A
Number of Occupied Stations 1 station
Safety Refresh Response Processing Time 9.6 ms
Module Power
(*1)
Voltage 19.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Current 120 mA or less (24VDC, all points ON) 95 mA or less (24VDC, all points ON)
Momentary Power Failure
Period
10 ms or less
Degree of Protection IP2X
Connection Type Screw Terminal
Weight (kg) 0.46 0.45
Applicable DIN Rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (JIS C 2812 compliant)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 163 x 98 x 85 197 x 65 x 74.5
Notes:
1. The power supply connected to the QS0J65BTB2-8D and QS0J65BTS2-4T must satisfy the following conditions:
(1) SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage): Reinforced insulation from hazardous potential part (48 V or more) required.
(2) Compliance with the LVD (Low Voltage Directive).
(3) Output voltage must be 19.2 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: 5% or less).
2. Two input terminals are assigned for each input since dual wiring is supported. Do not insert two or more wires into one terminal.
MELSEC QS CC-Link Safety Remote I/O Module Specifications
Model Number
Q Series Safety Relay Module CC-Link Safety Relay Module Extension Safety Relay Module
QS90SR2SP-Q QS90SR2SN-Q QS90SR2SP-CC QS90SR2SN-CC QS90SR2SP-EX QS90SR2SN-EX
Applicable Safety Standard EN954-1 Category 4, ISO13849-1 PL e
Number of Safety Input Points 1 point (2 inputs)
Number of Start-Up Input Points 1 point
Number of Safety Output Points 1 point (3 outputs)
Rated Load Current Category 4: 3.6 A/point or less, Category 3: 5.0 A/point or less (250VAC/30VDC)
Response
Time
Time Until Output OFF 20 ms or less (safety input OFF to safety output OFF)
Time Until Output ON 50 ms or less (safety input ON to safety output ON)
Module Power Supply 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less) 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Supplied from Q Series safety relay module
or CC-Link safety relay module.
Safety Power Supply 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less) 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio: 5% or less)
Supplied from Q Series safety relay module
or CC-Link safety relay module.
Number of Extension Modules Max. 3 extension safety relay modules Max. 3 extension safety relay modules N/A
External Connections Two-piece spring clamp terminal block
Relay Life
Mechanical 5,000,000 times or more
Electrical 100,000 times or more
Input Type
P type
(dual input with
positive commons)
N type
(dual input with
positive common and
negative common)
P type
(dual input with
positive commons)
N type
(dual input with
positive common and
negative common)
P type
(dual input with
positive commons)
N type
(dual input with
positive common and
negative common)
Safety Relay Module Specifications
Safety Relay Module Extension Cables
Model Number QS90CBL-SE01 QS90CBL-SE15
Stocked Item S S
Cable Length (m) 0.1 1.5
PULL
POWER Q61P ST. N O.
100 10 1
RUN MODE SD ERR.
PRM D LINK RD
QJ71GP21 -SX QJ71E71-100 RUN INIT OPEN SD
ERR COM.ERR 100M RD
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
ZX10 X1 PW ERR.
QS90SR2SN-Q
K1 K2 S PW
PULL
POWER Q61P
QJ61BT11N
STATION NO.
X10
X1
MODE
NC
DA
DB
DG
1
3
5
7
6
4
2
RUN MODE SD ERR.
PRM D LINK RD
CC-Link
F. Safety Relay Modules
Function Description
Dual Input Function
Prevents damage of the safety functions due to a single failure by doubling inputs.
Input N type: Dual input with positive common and negative common
Input P type: Dual input with positive commons
In the case of input N type, when a short circuit occurs between the dual inputs, a short circuit occurs between the power supply and
grounding. Therefore, power goes off by the electric fuse.
Start-Up/Off Check Function Checks that status of the safety relay module and external device are normal.
Start-Up Method Selection Function Checks that status of the safety relay module and external device are normal.
Monitor Function
Allows to check operating status of the whole safety relay modules including extension safety relay modules by connecting to the
programmable controller using programming tool.
Partial Shutdown Function With
Extension Module
Allows to shut off outputs of a certain module by using safety inputs of extension module.
86
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R

/

P
A
C
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Distributed I/O 87
Distributed I/O
Enterprise Level
Control Level
Device Level
Sensor
Level
CC-Link IE Field
CC-Link
CC-Link Safety
MELSECNET
CC-Link IE Control
CC-Link/LT
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances
when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked
Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks apply,
product is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales
and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
CC-Link IE ....................................................................................................................................................... 89
CC-Link ........................................................................................................................................................... 94
CC-Link/LT .................................................................................................................................................... 119
CC-Link Safety .............................................................................................................................................. 127
Distributed I/O
88
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Distributed I/O allows you to place I/O points close to where they are required on your machine or line. Mitsubishi Electric offers three main
approaches to putting networked I/O into a system:
Control Level:
CC-Link IE Control
CC-Link IE Control is an industry leading alternative for open control level networking. Originally introduced as MELSECNET/G, it introduces
an unprecedented 1Gbit/s Ethernet physical layer dual-loop fiber topology for system performance, surpassing any other network technology.
MELSECNET/G has been turned over to the open administration of the CC-Link Partner Association (CLPA), and is now known as CC-Link IE
Control. Also see CC-Link IE Field for Control and Device level communication; for Control the difference being share data volume and cabling.
MELSECNET/H, NET/10, NET/II, NET/B
These Mitsubishi Electric control level networks allow controller to controller networking, plus the ability to place regular rack based I/O on a
network link that operates at up to 25Mbit/s. A network node of remote I/O uses a standard controller base with a remote I/O network adapter
in place of a CPU. As a standard base unit is used, any type of regular rack based I/O or special function module may be used. This gives
tremendous flexibility for configuring remote I/O nodes. For more details on modules available, please refer to the Q Series controller section.
Note that in general, a remote I/O network is a separate network segment to a controller network.
Device Level:
CC-Link IE Field
CC-Link IE Field follows the same 1Gbit Industrial Ethernet technology as CC-Link IE Control, but uses shielded Cat5e cables and standard
RJ45 connectors for both Control and Device level communication on a single network. The flexible topology allows for both star and line
networks, or a combination of the two. The differences between CC-Link IE Control and CC-Link IE Field are share data volume, cabling, and
only CC-Link IE Field supports Device level communication.
CC-Link and CC-Link Safety
The original Control and Communication Link (CC-Link) is a high performance, open device level network that operates at up to 10Mbit/s.
Mitsubishi Electric offers extensive support for this network, with a wide variety of I/O and special function modules that sit directly on the
network, under the control of a Q, QnA, AnS/QnAS, A or FX Series controller. This section presents the I/O and special function modules
available, divided into device types. For information on other Mitsubishi Electric automation products that support CC-Link, please refer to the
other controller, HMI, VFD and Servo sections of this publication.
CC-Link also addresses the needs of critical safety systems with the addition of CC-Link Safety, a fully EC61508 SIL 3 and ISO13849-1
category 4 certified safety network when used with the MELSEC QS Safety PLC.
Profibus-DP
Profibus-DP is an alternative open device level network also widely supported by Mitsubishi Electric. This section presents the I/O choices
available. For information on other Mitsubishi Electric automation products that support Profibus, please refer to the other controller, HMI and
VFD sections of this publication.
Sensor Level:
CC-Link/LT
CC-Link/LT is a sensor level version of CC-Link. It offers a way to simply connect discrete I/O to a controller with minimum installation and
labor costs. CC-Link/LT uses a special vampire style connection technology to make device connections with no cutting or stripping of cable.
CC-Link IE is an open 1Gbit Industrial Ethernet automation network consisting of two parts; CC-Link IE Control, and CC-Link IE Field.
CC-Link IE Control communicates over dual-loop fiber between PLCs, HMIs, and PCs with an extremely large cyclical data-sharing capacity.
CC-Link IE Field has a smaller cyclical data-sharing capacity, but communicates with both PLCs and Remote I/O stations over shielded Cat5e
cables with standard RJ45 connectors in a star, line, or combination topology. CC-Link IE Field uses L Series Slave Head Stations for remote
I/O. Adding an Ethernet Adapter to the CC-Link IE Field network allows full access to the network from standard TCP/IP devices like PCs, HMIs,
and sensors.
CC-Link IE
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

S
i
t
e
O
f
f
i
c
e
Seamless
data
communication
PLC engineering software
MELSOFT GX Works2
USB
PULL
MODE RUN ERR USER BAT BOOT PULL
C L 1 X 2 - D 1 D 3 S
Remote I/O
module
Simple motion
module
Wireless LAN Adapter
(Access point)
* New-generation optical
network for SSCNET.
NEW
Remote I/O
module NEW
Analog input
module NEW
Analog output
module NEW
Extension
module NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Bridge
module
High-speed counter
module
Remote I/O
module
QY42P QY42P QX42-S1
Q61P Q03UDECPU
USB
PULL
MODE RUN ERR USER BAT BOOT
USB
PULL
MODE RUN ERR USER BAT BOOT PULL
LAN (Ethernet)
PLC
PLC
MES (Manufacturing Execution System)
HMI
HMI
HMI HMI
PC Interface board
MES
Safety
remote
I/O
Safety
remote
I/O
Remote
I/O
Emergency
stop
Robot Warning
light
Servo amplifier
Servo
amplifier
Servo
amplifier
Servo
amplifier
Servo
amplifier
PC
Vision sensor
PC
Inverter
Inverter
Inverter
Remote
I/O
Remote
I/O
CC-Link
CC-Link/LT
bridge
Ethernet
adapter
Remote I/O PC
Interface
board
General
I/O
Analog
I/O
Sensor
connection
PLC
PLC
Safety
PLC
Safety
PLC
Industrial switching hub
Industrial switching hub
PULL
USB
PULL
PULL
USB
PULL
CC-Link-AnyWire
DB A20 bridge module
CC-Link-AnyWire
Bitty bridge module
sensor
Anywire DB A20
Anywire Bitty
ADDRESS No.
ALT27XB-02G-P
CC-Link IE Products
Product Model Number Description Stocked Item
CC-Link IE Control
Master/Slave
QJ71GP21-SX Interface for iQ Platform (QnU CPU) S
QJ71GP21S-SX Interface for iQ Platform (QnU CPU), w/ redundant power -
Q80BD-J71GP21-SX PCI interface card -
Q80BD-J71GP21S-SX PCI interface card, w/ redundant power -
IE Control Interface GT15-J71GP23-SX Interface for GOT1000 HMI (GT16/GT15) S
Fiber Optic Cordset
(Cable with Connectors)
QG-_M-B-LL
Pre-made cordset. _ = 1m, 2m, 3m, 5m, 10m, 15m, 20m, 25m,
30m, 35m, 40m, 50m length
S
CC-Link IE Field
Master/Slave
QJ71GF11-T2 Interface for iQ Platform (QnU CPU) S
LJ71GF11-T2 Interface for L Series S
QS0J71GF11-T2 Interface for QS Safety -
Slave Head Station LJ72GF15-T2 Remote I/O head station for L Series S
IE Field Interface GT15-J71GF13-T2 Interface for GOT1000 HMI (GT16/GT15) S
Fiber Optic Cordset
(Cable with Connectors)
FR-A7NCE Interface for A700 Series Inverters S
MR-J3-T10 Interface for MR-J3 Servo Amplifiers S
Ethernet Adapter NZ2GF-ETB SLMP interface to standard TCP/IP products -
Ethernet Switch
NZ2EHG-T8 Industrial Ethernet switch, 1Gbps S
NZ2EHF-T8 Industrial Ethernet switch, 100Mbps S
Remote I/O NZ2GF2B1-16_ Digital remote I/O products S
Analog I/O NZ2GF2B-60_ Analog remote I/O products S
High-Speed Counter NZ2GFCF-D62PD2 High-speed counter module -
Extension I/O NZ2EX2B1-16_ Extension remote I/O modules S
CC-Link Bridge NZ2GF-CCB CC-Link IE Field to CC-Link bridge module S
90
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
CC-Link IE Field Remote I/O
Directly connectable on a CC-Link IE Field network
One extension module max. can be added to a Remote I/O, Analog, or High-Speed Counter Module
Fast logic function performs logic locally in the module
Certifications: UL, cUL, CE
Type Model Number
Input
Type
Output
Type
Number
of Input
Points
Rated
Input
Voltage
Number
of Output
Points
Rated
Load
Voltage
Maximum Load
Current
External
Connection
Wire Type
Common
Connection
Internal
Current
Consumption
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
mm
Stocked
Item
1 Point
1
Common
Standard
I/O Block
NZ2GF2B1-16D
DC
input
- 16 24VDC - - - -
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
180mA 133 x 50 x 68 S
NZ2GF2B1-16T -
Transistor
Sink
- - 16 12/24VDC 0.5A 4A
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
190mA 133 x 50 x 68 S
NZ2GF2B1-16TE -
Transistor
Source
- - 16 12/24VDC 0.5A 4A
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
190mA 133 x 50 x 68 S
Extension
I/O Block
NZ2EX2B1-16D
DC
input
- 16 24VDC - - - -
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
20mA 84.5 x 50 x 68 S
NZ2EX2B1-16T -
Transistor
Sink
- - 16 12/24VDC 0.5A 4A
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
30mA 84.5 x 50 x 68 S
NZ2EX2B1-16TE -
Transistor
Source
- - 16 12/24VDC 0.5A 4A
One wire
type
16 points
1 common
30mA 84.5 x 50 x 68 S
CC-Link IE Field Analog Modules
A/D and D/A module have 4 channels (voltage/current)
Switchable ranges
Handles analog ranges 10VDC and 0~ 20mA
Averaging can be set to be triggered by extension I/O
module
Model Number NZ2GF2B-60AD4
Stocked Item S
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to +10VDC (input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20mA DC (input resistance 250)
Digital Resolution 16 bit + sign (-16384 to 16383)
Input/Output Characteristics Accuracy
(Accuracy Relative to the Maximum Digital
Output Value)
Input Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Accuracy
Maximum
Resolution
Voltage
-10 to +10V
-16000 to 16000
0.2% (20mA)
0.625mV
User range setting 1 (-10 to +10V) 0.5mV
User range setting 2 (-5 to +5V)
0.2% (10mA)
0.25mV
0 to 5V
0 to 16000
0.3125mV
1 to 5V 0.25mV
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 16000
0.2% (40A)
1.25A
4 to 20mA 1A
User range setting 2 (-20 to +20mA) -16000 to 16000 1A
Input Range Switching Yes
Offset/Gain Setting Yes, function keys on module
Maximum Conversion Speed 400s/channel
Station Type Remote device station
Isolation Method
Between communication system terminal and all analog input terminals: Photocoupler isolation/ Between power supply system
terminal and all analog input terminals: Transformer insulation/ Between input channels: Non-insulation
External Connection Method RJ45 connector (communication), terminal block (power supply), 18-point terminal block (analog input area)
Applicable Wire Size Power supply: core: 0.5 to 1.5mm2 (20 to 16 AWG) I/O: core: 0.3 to 2.0mm
2
(22 to 14 AWG)
Internal Current Consumption (24VDC) 230mA
Weight (kg) 0.3
External Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 133 x 50 x 68
Analog Input
Analog Output
Model Number NZ2GF2B-60DA4
Stocked Item S
Digital Resolution 16 bit + sign (-16384 to 16383, -288 to 12287, -12288 to 12287)
Analog Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (external load resistance value: 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (external load resistance value: 0 to 600)
(Accuracy Relative to the Maximum Digital
Output Value)
Input Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
Ambient Temp.
0 to 55C
Ambient Temp.
25 5C
Voltage
-10 to +10V
-16000 to 16000
0.625mV
0.3% (30mA)
0.2%
(20mA)
0.3% (15mA) 0.2% (10mA) 0 to 5V
0 to 16000
0.3125mV
1 to 5V 0.25mV
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 16000
1.25A
0.3% (60A) 0.2% (40A) 4 to 20mA 1A
User range setting 2 (-20 to +20mA) -16000 to 16000 1A
Output Range Switching For each channel
Offset/Gain Setting Yes, function keys on module
Output Short-Circuit Protection Protected
Maximum Conversion Speed 100s/channel
Isolation Method
Between communication system terminal and all analog input terminals: Photocoupler isolation/ Between power supply system
terminal and all analog input terminals: Transformer insulation/ Between input channels: Non-insulation
External Connection Method RJ45 connector (communication), terminal block (power supply), 18-point terminal block (analog output area)
Applicable Wire Size Power supply: core: 0.5 to 1.5mm2 (20 to 16 AWG) I/O: core: 0.3 to 2.0mm2 (22 to 14 AWG)
RAV1.25-3 (compliant with JIS C 2805), V2-MS3 (JST Mfg. Co., Ltd), RAP2-3SL (Nippon Tanshi Co., Ltd.), TGV2-3N
(Nichifu Co., Ltd.)
Internal Current Consumption (24VDC) 325mA
Weight (kg) 0.3
92
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
CC-Link IE Field High-Speed Counter Module
32 bit counter
5/24VDC (2 to 5 mA input) or differential input
Switchable counting speed up to 8Mpps
PWM output function
Model Number NZ2GFCF-D62PD2
Stocked Item -
Counting Speed Selector Switch Setting Differential input DC input
Counting Input Signal
Phase 1-phase input (1 multiple / 2 multiples), 2-phase input (1 multiple / 2 multiples / 4 multiples), CW/CCW
Signal Level
(A, B)
(AM26LS31 [Texas Instruments] or equivalent)
5/24VDC, 4 to 8mA
Counter
Counting
Speed
(Maximum)
1 Phase Input 4Mpps 200kpps
2 Phase Input 8Mpps 200kpps
Model Count, subtraction count, Linear counter format, ring counter format, Preset/replace function, latch counter function
Minimum Count Pulse Width
1-phase input (1 multiple/
2 multiples), CW/CCW
2 multiples/4 multiples)
2 multiples), CW/CCW
2 multiples/4 multiples)
Coincidence Output
Comparison Range 32-bit signed binary
Comparison Result Setting value < count value, setting value = count value, setting value > count value
External Input
Phase Z
(AM26LS31 [Texas Instruments] or equivalent): 2 points
5/24VDC, 4 to 8mA: 2 points
Function Start 5/24VDC, 7 to 12mA: 2 points
Latch Counter 5/24VDC, 7 to 12mA: 2 points
External Output Coincidence Output Transistor (sink type) output: 4 points 5 to 24VDC 0.1A/point, 0.4A/common
Power Supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4VDC
Current Consumption (at 24VDC) 220mA
Applicable Connector for External Wiring A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON4 (sold separately)
External Device 0.3mm (22 AWG) (A6CON1 and A6CON4), 0.088 to 0.24mm (28 to 24 AWG) (A6CON2)
Power Supply Core: 0.5 to 1.5mm (20 to 16 AWG)
TE 0.5-10 (Nichifu Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 0.5mm2], TE 0.75-10 (Nichifu Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 0.75mm],
TE 1.0-10 (Nichifu Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0mm], TE 1.5-10 (Nichifu Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 1.25
to 1.5mm], AI 0.5-10WH (Phoenix Contact Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 0.5mm], AI 0.75-10GY (Phoenix Contact Co.
Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 0.75mm], AI 1-10RD (Phoenix Contact Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 1.0mm], AI 1.5-10BK
(Phoenix Contact Co. Ltd.) [Applicable wire size: 1.5mm]
Weight (kg) 0.25
Dimension (W x H x D) mm 133 68 50
CC-Link Bridge Module
Enables simple access to CC-Link deivces on a CC-Link IE Field network
Connect up to 64 CC-Link Ver. 1 modules
Model Number NZ2GF-CCB
Stocked Item S
CC-Link IE Field Station Type Intelligent device station
Compatible CC-Link Version Ver. 1.10
Number of Connected CC-Link Modules
Up to 64 modules connectable with the following conditions
Condition 1 {(1 x a) + (2 x b) + (3 x c)+ (4 x d)} 64
a: Number of modules occupying 1 station
b: Number of modules occupying 2 stations
c: Number of modules occupying 3 stations
d: Number of modules occupying 4 stations
Condition 2 (16 x A) + (54 x B) 2304
A: Number of remote I/O stations 64
B: Number of remote device stations 42
Transmission Speed Selectable among 156kbps/625kbps/2.5Mbps/5Mbps/10Mbps
External Power Supply 24VDC (20.4 to 28.8VDC), Current consumption: 290mA
Weight (kg) 0.38
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 160 x 69.5 x 68
CC-Link IE Field Supported L Series I/O Modules
CC-Link IE Field Ethernet Adapter
Product Model Number Description Stocked Item
Power Supply (REQUIRED)
L61P L Series PSU, 100-240VAC, 5VDC 5A S
L63P L Series PSU, 24VDC, 5VDC 5A S
Digital Inputs
LX10 L Series 16pt 100-240VAC Input, Screw Terminals S
LX28 L Series 8pt 100-240VAC Input, Screw Terminals S
LX40C6 L Series 16pt 24VDC Input, Sink/Source, Screw Terminals S
LX41C4 L Series 32pt 24VDC Input, Sink/Source, 40 pin Connector S
LX42C4 L Series 64pt 24VDC Input, Sink/Source, 40 pin Connector x2 S
Digital Outputs
LY10R2 L Series 16pt Relay Output, Screw Terminals S
LY20S6 L Series 16pt 264VAC Triac Input, Screw Terminals S
LY40NT5P L Series 16pt 12-24VDC Sink Transistor Output, Screw Terminals S
LY40PT5P L Series 16pt 12-24VDC Source Transistor Output, Screw Terminals S
LY41NT1P L Series 32pt 12-24VDC Sink Transistor Output, 40 pin Connector S
LY41PT1P L Series 32pt 12-24VDC Source Transistor Output, 40 pin Connector S
LY42NT1P L Series 64pt 12-24VDC Sink Transistor Output, 40 pin Connector x2 S
LY42PT1P L Series 64pt 12-24VDC Source Transistor Output, 40 pin Connector x2 S
Analog I/O
L60AD4 L Series 4ch Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Scaling, Error History S
L60DA4 L Series 4ch Analog Output, Voltage/Current, Scaling, Error History S
Temperature Control
L60TCTT4 L Series 4ch Temperature Control (Thermocouple) S
L60TCRT4 L Series 4ch Temperature Control (PT100) S
L60TCTT4BW L Series 4ch Temperature Control (Thermocouple) with Wire Break S
L60TCRT4BW L Series 4ch Temperature Control (PT100) with Wire Break S
High-Speed Counter
LD62 L Series 2ch High-Speed Counter, 5/12/24VDC Input, 200KHz S
LD62D L Series 2ch High-Speed Counter, Differential Driver Input, 500KHz S
Positioning Module (*1)
LD75D4 L Series 4-axis Pulse Positioning, 200Kpps, Positioning Data S
LD75P4 L Series 4-axis Differential Driver Positioning, 4Mpps, Positioning Data S
Motion Module (*1)
LD77MH4 L Series 4-axis SSCNETIII Motion, Positioning Data Table, Cam, Encoder, Phase Compensation S
LD77MH16 L Series 16-axis SSCNETIII Motion, Position Data Table, Cam, Encoder, Phase Compensation S
CC-Link Interface LJ61BT11 L Series CC-Link Ver.2 Master/Local Station S
Serial Communication
LJ71C24 L Series 2ch Serial Communication, RS-232, RS-422/485 S
LJ71C24-R2 L Series 2ch Serial Communication, RS-232 x2 S
End-Cover (Accessory) (*2) L6EC-ET L Series End-Cover with Error Output Relay S
Note: See L Series PLC section for more information. CC-Link IE Field Remote I/O Head Station must be setup using GX Works2 version 1.31H or later. See Software section for more information.
1. Requires LJ72GF15-T2 with Serial Number starting with 12081 or higher.
2. The LJ72GF15-T2 Head Station is supplied with a standard End-Cover without an Error Output Relay.
The Ethernet Adapter is used to add standard Ethernet TCP/IP devices onto a CC-Link IE Field network, like PCs,
GOT1000 HMIs, and 3rd party devices. These Ethernet TCP/IP devices are bridged into the control network using
Seamless Message Protocol (SLMP), which also enables use of standard MC Protocol and MELSOFT programming
port protocol. The Ethernet Adapter is DIN-rail mounted, separate from other controllers or hardware.
Model Number NZ2GF-ETB
Stocked Item S
Input Power Supply 24VDC (-35% to +30%)
Communication Speed 1Gbps or 100Mbps
Network Topology Star, Line, Mixed Star and Line, and Ring
Communication Port CC-Link IE Field network port x2, Ethernet TCP/IP
Maximum Stations per Network 121
Maximum Station-to-Station Distance 100m
Maximum Ethernet TCP/IP Devices Per
Ethernet Adapter
Up to 32
Connection Cable Ethernet cable (Category 5e or higher, with shielded RJ45 connectors)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 135 x 90 x 109
Weight (kg) 0.7
94
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Control and Communication Link (CC-Link) is an open network administered as a fully open architecture by the CC-Link Partner Association
(CLPA). Currently over 1000 products are CC-Link certified.
CC-Link was designed from the outset as a flat network. This means it offers both high speed response of I/O performance, but also high
volumes of data communication as required in more complex distributed systems. CC-Link guarantees a full 10Mbit/s performance across the
whole network, regardless of device type, eliminating hidden bottle necks, common with other open systems. While configuration software is
not mandatory, GX Configurator-CC offers an intuitive, graphical network configuration tool for setting up and troubleshooting a system. Both
standard GX Developer and GX Works2 include built-in configuration tools for CC-Link.
CC-Link offers you the freedom to integrate a wide variety of automation components into a single, seamless automation system, including any
of the following items on the network:
Master or local controllers (Q, L, FX)
HMIs
VFDs
Discrete I/O (in a wide variety of types and configurations)
Analog I/O
High speed counters
Motion controllers
RTD/Thermocouple modules
PC stations via PC-link cards
Robots
Energy Monitor
CC-Link
E700 Series
AC Drives
Supervisory PC
L Series PLC
FX Series Micro PLC
Third Party Products:
Sensors, Valves, Etc.
Legacy
A/QnA Series Controller
MR-J3/Motor
Servo Amp
D75 Dual Axis
Motion
Controller
Q Series
Automation
Platform
iQ Platform
GOT1000 HMI
EnergyPAQ
Robot
Laptop PC
Remote Modules:
I/O, Analog, High-
Speed Controllers,
RTD, Etc.
Remote Program
Interface
3rd Party Intelligent Devices
ST Slice IO
EnergyPAQ
3rd Party
Solution
L
e
v
e
l
D
e
v
i
c
e
ST Series Slice Type Remote I/O
The ST Series Remote I/O solution, where ST stands for Slice Terminal after their extremely slim profile (~0.5in), places easily-expandable
remote I/O devices on decentralized head stations. This allows users to mix-and-match between digital and analog I/O types on a single
network node. This product promotes ease of design flexibility and ease of maintenance, including online I/O module replacement. The ST
Series has dedicated software which is used for system configuration, commissioning, and online troubleshooting and diagnostics. Supporting
both CC-Link and PROFIBUS/DP, this product is perfect for applications with modular remote I/O requirements.
A. Head Stations
The head station is the network interface that connects the remote I/O node to its network master.
Head stations are the only ST Series modules that do not require a separate base module.
Model Number ST1H-BT ST1H-PB
Stocked Item S S
Certification CE CE
Communication Protocol CC-Link PROFIBUS/DP
Communication Interface CC-Link RS-485 (D-SUB 9-pin)
Operation Modes Remote Device Station Synch mode, Freeze mode
Max. Network Distance 1200m 4800m (with 3 repeaters)
Programming Interface RS-232 Mini-DIN
Modules Per Head Station 63 Slices Max.
Internal Power Consumption 410mA 530mA
External Power Supply ST1PSD
Weight (kg) 0.11 0.10
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 50.5 x 114.5 x 74.5
Network Head Stations for CC-Link and PROFIBUS/DP
Mix-and-match I/O types: Digital and Analog
I/O-count expansion as low as 2-point up to 16-point;
63 slices max
Online Module Change without rewiring
Selectable Spring or Screw clamp terminals
Single software: GX Configurator-ST
DIN Rail mounting
Key Features:
Head module
DIN rail
Base module
Slice module
A. Head Stations ................................................................................................................................................ 95
B. Power Supply Modules .................................................................................................................................. 96
C. Digital I/O Modules ........................................................................................................................................ 96
D. Analog I/O Modules ....................................................................................................................................... 97
E. Base Modules and Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 98
Head Station
16 Pt Digital
Input Module
16 Pt Digital
Output Module
1 Ch Analog Output Module
2 Ch Analog Output Module
Power Supply Module
2 Pt Digital Input Module
Power Supply Module
2 Ch Analog Input Module
Power Feeding Module
2 Pt Digital Output Module
A B
C
D D
E
96
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
B. Power Supply Modules
There are two lines of power to consider; 5VDC for the back-plane communication, and 24VDC for the Head Station and I/O modules.
The ST Series is run off of 24VDC power, but may require more than one power supply module and/or type depending on the size and
contents of the system configuration.
Model Number ST1PSD ST1PDD
Stocked Item S S
Certification CE CE
Occupied Slices 2 1
Power Supply 24VDC (20%)
Internal Power Consumption (5VDC) - 60mA
Max. Output Current (5VDC) 2.0A -
Max. Output Current (24VDC) 8A 8A
Weight (kg) 0.06 0.03
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 25.2 x 55.4 x 74.1 12.6 x 55.4 x 74.1
Applicable
Base Modules
24VDC
Module Power
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4P2-H-SET ST1B-S4P2-D
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4P2-H-SET ST1B-E4P2-D
5VDC Bus
Refresh
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4P2-R-SET -
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4P2-R-SET -
C. Digital I/O Modules
The ST Series Digital Input/Output modules come in various sizes and capacities, with counts as low as 2 points and as high as 16 points.
These modules can be assembled in any order and mixed with analog I/O modules as well. Each I/O module requires a corresponding base
module, which will be individually keyed to that type of I/O module after the first use. This prevents spare modules to be placed in incorrect
position during maintenance such as Online Module Change.
Model Number ST1X2-DE1 ST1X4-DE1 ST1X16-DE1 ST1X1616-DE1-S1
Certification CE CE CE CE
Occupied Slices 1 1 8 8
Number of Input Points 2 4 16 32
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%)
Rated Input Current 4mA 4mA 4mA 5mA
Minimum Input Response Speed 0.5/1.5ms or less
5VDC Internal Power Consumption 85 95 120 200
Weight (kg) 0.03 0.03 0.11 0.11
Applicable Base Modules
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4X2 ST1B-S6X4 ST1B-S4X16 ST1B-S6X32
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4X2 ST1B-E6X4 ST1B-E4X16 ST1B-E6X32
Digital Input Modules
Digital Output Modules
Model Number ST1Y2-TE2 ST1Y16-TE2 ST1Y2-TPE3 ST1Y16-TPE3 ST1Y2-TE8 ST1Y2-R2
Certification CE CE CE CE CE CE
Occupied Slices 1 8 1 8 1 1
Number of Output Points and Type 2 Transistor 16 Transistor 2 Transistor 16 Transistor 16 Transistor 2 Relay
Rated Load Voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%)
24VDC (+20/-
15%), 240VAC
Maximum Load Current 0.5A/pt, 1A/com 0.5A/pt, 4A/com 1A/pt, 2A/com 1A/pt, 4A/com 2A/pt, 4A/com
24VDC 2A or
240VAC 2A / point,
4A/com
Response Time
OFF-ON 1ms or less 0.5ms or less 1ms or less 10ms or less
ON-OFF 1ms or less 1.5ms or less 1ms or less 12ms or less
Protection Function - - Thermal and Short Circuit Protection - -
5VDC Internal Power Consumption 90mA 150mA 95mA 160mA 95mA 90mA
Weight (kg) 0.03 0.11 0.03 0.11 0.04 0.04
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 12.6 x 55.4 x 74.1 100.8 x 55.4 x 74.1 12.6 x 55.4 x 74.1 100.8 x 55.4 x 74.1 12.6 x 55.4 x 74.1
Spring Clamp ST1B-S3Y2 ST1B-S3Y16 ST1B-S3Y2 ST1B-S3Y16 ST1B-S3Y2 ST1B-S4IR2
Screw Clamp ST1B-E3Y2 ST1B-E3Y16 ST1B-E3Y2 ST1B-E3Y16 ST1B-E3Y2 ST1B-E4IR2
D. Analog I/O Modules
The ST Series Analog Input/Output modules add 1 to 2 channels of analog-to-digital or digital-to-analog conversion per slice. These modules
can be assembled in any order and mixed with digital I/O modules as well. Each I/O module requires a corresponding base module, which
will be individually keyed to that type of I/O module after the first use. This prevents spare modules to be placed in incorrect position during
maintenance such as Online Module Change.
Model Number ST1AD2-V ST1AD2-I ST1TD2 ST1RD2
Certification CE CE CE CE
Occupied Slices 1 1 1 1
Number of Input Channels 2 2 2 2
Analog Input
-10 to +10V, 0 to +10V, 0 to
5V, 1 to 5V
0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Thermocouple Input:
K,T:0.3C; E:0.2C; J:0.1C;
B:0.7C; R,S:0.8C; N:0.4C
PT100/PT1000
Absolute Maximum Input 15V 30mA 4V, 80V
Resolution 12bit+sign 4V 0.1C
Conversion Speed 0.1ms per channel
Cold junction temperature
compensation setting not set:
30ms/ch, set: 60ms/ch
80ms per channel
5VDC Internal Power Consumption 110mA 95mA 80mA
Weight (kg) 0.04
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4IR2 ST1B-S4TD2
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4IR2 ST1B-E4TD2
Model Number ST1DA2-V-F01 ST1DA1-I-F01
Stocked Item S S
Certification CE CE
Occupied Slices 1 1
Number of Output Channels 2 1
Analog Output Range -10 to +10V, 0 to +10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Absolute Maximum Input 15V 30mA
Resolution 12bit+sign
Conversion Speed 0.1ms per channel
5VDC Internal Power Consumption 95mA
Weight (kg) 0.04
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4IR2
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4IR2
Absolute Encoder Input Module
Model Number ST1SS1
Stocked Item S
Certification CE
Occupied Slices 2
Counting Range 31-bit binary (0 to 2147483647)
Resolution 2 to 31bits
SSI Baud Rate 125kHz, 250kHz, 500kHz, 1MHz, 2MHz
External Input 1pt, 24VDC, 12mA
5VDC Internal Power Consumption (mA) 80
Weight (kg) 0.04
Spring Clamp ST1B-S4IR2
Screw Clamp ST1B-E4IR2
98
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
E. Base Modules and Accessories
The ST Series Slice I/O system requires a base module for each slice that mounts to the DIN Rail and houses the wiring and I/O module.
With the signicant system size reduction, the ST Series also has optional markers which can be used to improve ease-of-understanding for
maintenance and future system service. All base modules and accessories are STOCK items.
Product Model Number Description
Required Base Module (Choose Spring/Screw) Optional Accessories (*1)
Spring Clamp Screw Terminal Extra Coding Element
Head Stations
ST1H-BT CC-Link Head Station - - -
ST1H-PB PROFIBUS Head Station - - -
Power Modules
Bus Refresh Module ST1PSD
Head Station Power Supply ST1B-S4P2-H-SET ST1B-E4P2-H-SET
ST1A-CKY-06 Expansion Power Supply ST1B-S4P2-R-SET ST1B-E4P2-R-SET
Service Power Module ST1PDD I/O Module Power Supply ST1B-S4P2-D ST1B-E4P2-D
Digital I/O
Modules
Input Modules (Source)
ST1X2-DE1 2pt, 24VDC ST1B-S4X2 ST1B-E4X2
ST1A-CKY-02
ST1X1616-DE1-S1 32pt, 24VDC ST1B-S6X32 ST1B-E6X32
Output Modules
ST1Y2-TE2 2pt SOURCE Trans, 24VDC, 0.5A
ST1B-S3Y2 ST1B-E3Y2
ST1A-CKY-08
ST1Y2-TPE3 2pt SOURCE Trans, 24VDC, 1A
ST1Y2-TE8 2pt SOURCE Trans, 24VDC, 2A
ST1Y16-TE2 16pt SOURCE Trans, 24VDC, 0.5A
ST1B-S3Y16 ST1B-E3Y16
ST1Y16-TPE3 16pt SOURCE Trans, 24VDC, 1A
ST1Y2-R2 2pt Relay, 240VAC / 24VDC, 2A
ST1B-S4IR2 ST1B-E4IR2
ST1A-CKY-17
Analog I/O
Modules
ST1AD2-V 2ch Voltage Input ST1A-CKY-13
ST1AD2-I 2ch Current Input ST1A-CKY-14
ST1DA2-V-F01 2ch Voltage Output ST1A-CKY-11
ST1DA1-I-F01 2ch Current Output ST1A-CKY-12
Temperature Input
Modules
ST1TD2 Thermocouple Input
ST1B-S4TD2 ST1B-E4TD2
-
ST1RD2 PT100, PT1000 Input -
Absolute Encoder Input Module ST1SS1 SSI Adapter ST1B-S4IR2 ST1B-E4IR2 -
The ST Series is made to be DIN Rail mounted. Use the brackets and plates included with the head stations to x the system in place. Spares are
available as follows.
Model Number Stocked Item Description
ST1A-EPL S Included with the head module (1 piece)
ST1A-EBR S Included with the head module (2 pieces)
Coding element (male and female parts)

Coding element (female part)
Coding element (male part)

Before shipment
mounted on base module
Once slice module is
After a base module is installed with a slice module the rst time, it is coded for that specic type of slice module. This is to ensure that
replacement slice modules are tted to the correct base module and wiring. Replacement Coding Elements are available.
Note: 1. Model numbers include 10 pieces.
Base module markers
Base module
ST1A-WMK-BL S Terminal mark, blue (-, DV, N)
ST1A-WMK-RD S Terminal mark, red (24VDC, 5VDC)
ST1A-WMK-GN S Terminal mark, green (Shield)
ST1A-WMK-BK S Terminal mark, black (Signal wire)
ST1A-WMK-BR S Terminal mark, brown (L1)
ST1A-WMK-RD/BL S Terminal mark, red/blue (Module driving power supply)
ST1A-WMK-GN/YL S Terminal mark, green/yellow (FG,(PF))
ST1A-WMK-WH S Terminal mark, white
Base module
Wiring marker
Wire Marker Color Wire Type
Black Signal wire
Red DC Power Supply (+24V; +15V)
Blue -, 0V, N
Red-Blue System power supply
Yellow-Green FG
Green Shield
Brown L1 phase
Base Module Marker
Base module markers and wiring markers also help prevent future mistakes during maintenance and service. They are available as shown below.

ST1A-BMK-50 S For No. 1 to 50
Note: Model numbers include 10pcs
Note: Model numbers include 10 pieces
100
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
This section presents the current line-up of CC-Link dedicated I/O blocks and special function modules. For network master modules, please
refer to the appropriate controller section. Before using this guide, please read the following guide to nomenclature:
Guide to CC-Link Dedicated I/O Block Nomenclature Generic Model Number Format
Note on 1-wire, 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire terminology
Throughout the CC-Link blocks, we reference these terms. These are concise definitions for the following ways to connect I/O devices:
1 wire: One side of the load is connected to the I/O module terminal block. The other side is connected to a common terminal shared by
all devices.
2 wire: One side of the load is connected to the I/O module terminal block. The other side is connected to a dedicated common terminal for
that load on the terminal block. Note that in some cases, the common terminals may be connected internally.
3 wire: The I/O block is configured to accept loads with three connections (such as various types of sensor, etc)
4 wire: As three wire, but configured for four connection devices.
Note on connector types
Various different types of connector styles are available on the CC-Link blocks, as follows:
NOTE: IN GENERAL, BLOCKS ARE NOT SUPPLIED WITH CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES (IF REQUIRED).
PLEASE ENSURE YOU HAVE ALL NECESSARY CONNECTORS BEFORE BEGINNING AN INSTALLATION.
Screw terminals: These are conventional screw terminals. Note that all wiring will require cutting, stripping, and terminating with a
crimped spade or ring type lug to insure a reliable connection.
FCN connector: These are 40 pin connectors that allow fast connection and disconnection of a whole group of I/O in one action.
The following types of FCN connector are available:

Model Number Certification Number of Pins Wiring Type Connector Type Stocked Item
A6CON1 UL cUL 40 Solder FCN S
A6CON2 UL cUL 40 Crimp FCN S
A6CON3 UL cUL 40 IDC FCN S
One Touch Connector (OTC): OTCs offer significant installation and maintenance benefits as follows:
IDC (insulation displacement connector) type connection avoids need for stripping or terminating wiring with lugs. Simply cut wiring to
length, insert into connector and snap shut to make a reliable connection. These are available for I/O, network and power connections.
Easily connected and disconnected individually or in groups to assist maintenance
Compact design minimizes I/O block size
Available in a variety of wiring gauge sizes and colors for identification
Shipped in boxes of 20 connectors; divide quantity required by 20, then round up to next whole number for correct order quantity.

Model Number Gauge Size (AWG) Color Qty. Per Box Comments Stocked Item
A6CON-P214 26-24 Transparent 20 For I/O S
A6CON-P220 26-24 Yellow 20 For I/O -
A6CON-P514 22-20 Red 20 For I/O -
A6CON-P520 22-20 Blue 20 For I/O -
Guide to CC-Link Dedicated I/O Blocks and Special Function Modules
AJ65 BT -
Symbol Module Type
F Waterproof (IP67)
S Compact type
V Vertical format
Symbol Points
None 1 Common
B
Symbol Connector Type
A
M12 waterproof (IP67)
threaded connector
B Screw terminal block
C
One touch connector f or
I/O connections
CF FCN connector
CU
One touch connector for
I/O, power and
network connections
Symbol
External Load
Connection Method
1 1 wire type
2 2 wire type
3 3 wire type
4 4 wire type
32
3 wire type on inputs,
2 wire type on outputs
42
4 wire type on inputs,
2 wire type on outputs
Symbol Number of I/O Points
8 8 points
16 16 points
32 32 points
Symbol Device Type
Inputs
A 120 VAC
D 24 VDC
Outputs
R Relay
S Triac / SSR
T Transistor
Combination DT
Transistor input /
transistor output
Symbol Sink or Source
Inputs
Sink (no symbol)
E Source
Outputs
Sink (no symbol)
E Source
Combination
Sink (no symbol)
E Source
Symbol Special Features
Inputs 1 Fast switching inputs
Outputs 1 Low leakage output current
Combination
1 Fast switching inputs
2 Low leakage output current
3
Fast switching inputs & low
leakage output current
2 Commons
Water resistant M12 connectors: Selected I/O blocks are available in an IP67 water resistant format. These use connectors that use an
M12 metric threaded connector to make all connections. Benefits include:
Water tight connections for installations where exposure to liquids is required
In some installations, these blocks may be mounted directly on a machine without the need for an enclosure, reducing system cost.
Miscellaneous accessories: The following accessories are also available: Note the quantity per box and calculate the correct order
quantity accordingly.

Model Number Quantity Per Box Comments Stocked Item
BA1SJ61-S N/A Three conductor, CLPA certified, signal only CC-Link cable. Sold by the meter. S
BA1SJ61-P N/A
Five conductor, CLPA certified, signal and power CC-Link cable.
Sold by the meter.
S
A6CON-L5P 10 OTC network connector S
A6CON-PW5P 10 OTC power connector S
A6CON-LJ5P 5 OTC Network on-line connector (*1) S
A6CON-PWJ5P 5 OTC Power on-line connector (*2) S
A6CON-TR11 1 Terminating resistor (*3) S
A6CAP-DC1 20 Dust cap to protect unused connectors on IP67 modules (*4) -
A6CAP-WP1 20 Metal waterproof cap to protect unused connectors on IP67 modules (*4) -
A6CAP-WP2 20 Plastic waterproof cap to protect unused connectors on IP67 modules (*4) -
A6PLT-J65V1 1 DIN rail mount for vertical format blocks (single width) -
A6PLT-J65V2 1 DIN rail mount for vertical format blocks (double width) -
BKO-C8834H12 2 x 110 ohm, 2 x 130 ohm CC-Link terminating resistors with insulating lugs S
BKO-C10798H02 1 QJ61BT11 network terminal block assembly S
Notes:
1. This connector accepts two A6CON-L5P and plugs into a CC-Link module. Its function is to allow a network connection to be connected/disconnected via a single operation, and maintains the
network connection. Note these are only used with VBT type modules.
2. Accepts two A6CON-PW5P and performs the same function as A6CON-LJ5P for power. Use only with VBT modules.
3. Required at the end of a network segment for reliable communication for VBT modules.
4. AJ65FBT and AJ65SBTW4 type modules
102
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Widest range of I/O types in CC-Link I/O product line
AJ65BTB_-_ equipped with removable terminal blocks
AJ65SBTB_-_ offer most efficient use of panel space
Certifications: UL cUL CE
Output Modules
Model Number AJ65SBTB1-8T AJ65SBTB1-8T1 AJ65SBTB1-16T AJ65SBTB1-32T AJ65SBTB1-16T1 AJ65SBTB1-32T1
Output Type Transistor output; Sink type
Stocked Item - - S S S S
Number of Output Points 8 8 16 32 16 32
Rated Load Voltage 12/24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A
1 Common 2.4A 3.6A 4.8A 3.6A 4.8A
External Connection
Wire Type
One wire type
Common Connection 8 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
35mA 35mA 50mA 65mA 50mA 65mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
87.3 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40
Model Number AJ65SBTB1-8TE AJ65SBTB1-16TE AJ65SBTB2-8T AJ65SBTB2-16T AJ65SBTB2-8T1 AJ65SBTB2-16T1 AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1 AJ65SBTB1-32TE1
Output Type Transistor output; Source type Transistor output; Sink type Transistor output; Source type
Stocked Item - S - - - - - -
Number of Output Points 8 16 8 16 8 16 16 32
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A 0.5A
1 Common 0.8A 1.6A 2.4A 3.6A 2.4A 3.6A 4A 4.8A
External Connection
Wire Type
One wire type Two wire type One wire type
Common Connection
8 points
1 common
16 points
1 common
8 points
1 common
16 points
1 common
8 points
1 common
16 points
1 common
8 points
1 common
32 points
1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
35mA 50mA 45mA 55mA 45mA 55mA 45mA 60mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
87.3 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE STATION NO.
ON
AJ65SBTB1-16DT DA DG +24V 24G DB SLD (FG)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F
YE YC YA Y8 X6 X4 X2 X0
COM+ X7 X5 X3 X1
Y9 9B YD YF COM-
Sprung screw
retracts to insert
wiring lug
Terminal block
Finger protector
Screw Terminals
CC-Link Remote I/O: Screw Terminal Block Type AJ65SBTB_-_/AJ65BTB_-_
Input Modules
Model Number AJ65SBT B2N-8A AJ65SBTB2N-16A AJ65SBTB1-8D AJ65SBTB1-16D AJ65SBTB1-16D1 AJ65SBTB1-32D AJ65SBTB1-32D1 AJ65SBTB1-32D5
Input Type AC input DC input; +COM/-COM common type
Stocked Item - S S S S S S -
Number of Input Points 8 16 8 16 16 32 32 32
Rated Input Voltage 100 to 120VAC 24VDC 5VDC
External Connection
Wire Type
Two wire type One wire type
Common Connection
8 points 1
common
16 points 1
common
8 points 1
common
16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 87.3 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40
Model Number AJ65SBTB3-8D AJ65SBTB3-16D AJ65BTB1-16D AJ65BTB2-16D AJ65SBTB3-16D5 AJ65SBTB3-16KD AJ65SBTB1-32KD
Input Type DC input: +COM/-COM common type
Stocked Item - - S S - - -
Number of Input Points 8 16 16 16 16 16 32
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC 5VDC 24VDC
External Connection
Wire Type
Three wire type One wire type Two wire type Three wire type One wire type
Common Connection 8 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
40mA 45mA 60mA 60mA 30mA 50mA 75mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 151.9 x 65 x 46 197.4 x 65 x 46 179 x 50 x 40
Output Modules (continued)
Model Number AJ65SBTB2N-8R AJ65SBTB2N-16R AJ65SBTB2N-8S AJ65SBTB2N-16S AJ65BTB1-16T AJ65BTB2-16R AJ65BTB2-16T
Output Type Relay output Triac output
Transistor output
(sink)
Relay output
Transistor output
(sink)
Stocked Item S S - - S S -
Number of Output Points 8 16 8 16 16 16 16
Rated Load Voltage 24VDC/240VAC 100 to 240VAC 12/24VDC 24VDC/240VAC 12/24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 2A 0.6A 0.5A 2A 0.5A
1 Common 4A 8A 2.4A 4.8A 4A 8A 4A
External Connection
Wire Type
Two wire type One wire type Two wire type
Common Connection 8 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 8 points 1 common 32 points 1 common 8 points 1 common 8 points 1 common 8 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
85mA 120mA 55mA 85mA 80mA 85mA 80mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40 151.9 x 65 x 46 197.4 x 65 x 46
Model Number AJ65SBTB32-8DT AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 AJ65SBTB1-16DT AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 AJ65SBTB32-16DT
I/O Type DC input/trans output / +COM type/sink type
Stocked Item - - S - - - -
Number of I/O Points 4 / 4 8 / 8
Input/Load Voltage 24VDC / 24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A
1 Common 1.2A 2.4A
Connection Wire Type
on Input/Output Sides
Three wire type /
Two wire type
Two wire type / Two wire type One wire type / One wire type
Two wire type /
Two wire type
Three wire type /
Two wire type
Internal Current
Consumption
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40 179 x 50 x 40
Combined I/O Modules
Model Number AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 AJ65SBTB32-16DR AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8 AJ65SBTB32-16KDR AJ65SBTB1-32DT AJ65SBTB1-32DT1
Stocked Item - - - - - S -
Input/Load Voltage 24VDC / 24VDC 24VDC / 24VDC 12VDC / 12VDC 24VDC / 24VDC 24VDC / 24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A 2A 0.5A
1 Common 1.2A 2.4A 4A / common 3.6A
Three wire type / Two wire type
Two wire type /
Two wire type
One wire type / One wire type
Internal Current
Consumption
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
179 x 50 x 40
Model Number AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 AJ65BTB1-16DT AJ65BTB2-16DT AJ65BTB2-16DR
I/O Type DC input/trans output / +COM type/sink type DC input/trans output / +COM type/sink type
DC input/relay
output / +COM/-
COM common
type/-
Stocked Item - - - - - - - S
Number of I/O Points 8 / 8 32 / 32 16 / 16 8 / 8
Input/Load Voltage 24VDC / 24VDC 12VDC / 24VDC 24VDC / 24VDC 12VDC / 12VDC 24VDC / 12/24VDC 24VDC / 240VAC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A 2A
1 Common 3.6A 4.8A 3.6A 4A 8A
One wire type / One wire type Two wire type / Two wire type
Internal Current
Consumption
60mA 15mA 65mA 15mA 70mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
179 x 50 x 40 151.9 x 65 x 46 197.4 x 65 x 46
104
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
One touch IDC type connector offers labor and material cost
savings; No stripping of cable or lugs required
Connectors available separately
CC-Link Remote I/O: One-Touch Connector Type AJ65SBTC_-_ / AJ65VBTCU_-_
Connector
One Touch Connectors
Press in
No need for soldering,
wire stripping
or screw tightening.
Wiring securely connected simply by pressing
the side of the plug inward after inserting the
wire into the connector.
For a detailed description of the connectors see introduction to this section.
Input Modules
Model Number AJ65SBTC1-32D AJ65SBTC1-32D1 AJ65SBTC4-16DN AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 AJ65SBTC4-16DE
Input Type DC input / +COM/-COM common type DC input / +COM type DC input / -COM type
Stocked Item S - S - - -
Number of Input Points 32 16 8 16 16
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC
External Connection
Wire Type
One wire type Four wire type Three wire type Four wire type
Common Connection 32 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 8 points 1 common 16 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
45mA 35mA 40mA 35 mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 41 x 115 x 93 60 x 115 x 93 118 x 50 x 40
Output Modules
Model Number AJ65SBTC1-32T AJ65SBTC1-32T1 AJ65VBTCU2-8T AJ65VBTCU2-16T
Output Type Transistor output / Sink type
Stocked Item - - - -
Number of Output Points 32 8 16
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 3.2A 0.8A 1.6A
External Connection
Wire Type
One wire type Two wire type
Internal Current
Consumption
60mA 35mA 40mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 41 x 115 x 93 60 x 115 x 93
Model Number AJ65SBTC4-16DT AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 AJ65SBTC1-32DT AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 AJ65SBTC1-32DT3
Stocked Item - - - - - -
Rated Input / Load Voltage 24VDC / 24VDC
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A 0.1A
1 Common 2.4A 1.6A
Leakage Current 0.25mA max. 0.1mA max. 0.25mA max. 0.1mA max.
External Connection
Wire Type
Four wire type / Four wire type One wire type / One wire type
Common Connection 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common
Internal Current
Consumption
40mA 50mA
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40
Note: +COM: Positive common (sink) -COM: Negative common (source)
Intended for OEM System Designers needing to embed a CC-Link network connection inside their own products
Each device offers differing amounts of discrete I/O to interface to the OEM device
PCB mounted device
CC-Link Remote I/O: Embedded I/O Adapters AJ65MBTL1N-_
Model Number
Input Adapter Output Adapter I/O Combination Adapter
AJ65MBTL1N-16D AJ65MBTL1N-32D AJ65MBTL1N-16T AJ65MBTL1N-32T AJ65MBTL1N-16DT
Stocked Item - - - - -
Input/Output Type
DC Input DC input Transistor output Transistor output DC input / Transistor output
+COM type +COM type Sink type Sink type +COM type / Sink type
Number of Input/
Output Points
16 32 16 32 8 / 8
Rated Input / Load
Voltage
24VDC 12/24VDC 24VDC / 24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point - - 0.1A
1 Common - - 1.6A 3.2A 0.8A
Leakage Current - - 0.1mA 0.1mA
External Connection
Wire Type
44 pins (2 rows) 62 pins (2 rows) 44 pins (2 rows) 62 pins (2 rows) 44 pins (2 rows)
Common Connection 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common 16 points 1 common 32 points 1 common 16 points 1 common
Current
Consumption
35mA 45mA 50mA 60mA 50mA
Dimensions
W x H x D (mm)
53 x 22 x 31.5 85 x 22 x 31.5 53 x 22 x 31.5 85 x 22 x 31.5 53 x 22 x 31.5
Water resistant I/O power and network connections certified to IP67
F Type modules can be replaced without disrupting the network
Standard M12 connections
F Type modules offer built-in terminating resistors, 55C operating temperature
W Type modules offer waterproof screw terminal connections for power and network connections
Connectors available from a variety of third party sources
Dustproof and waterproof connection caps are available to protect unused connectors. See the introduction to this section.
CC-Link Remote I/O: Water Resistant Connector Type AJ65FBTA_-16_ AJ65SBTW4-16_
Model Number
Input Module Output Module I/O Module
AJ65FBTA4-16D AJ65FBTA4-16DE AJ65SBTW4-16D AJ65FBTA2-16T AJ65FBTA2-16TE AJ65FBTA42-16DT AJ65FBTA42-16DTE AJ65SBTW4-16DT
Stocked Item S - - - - - - -
Input/Output Type
DC Input DC input DC input Transistor output Transistor output
DC input /
Transistor output
DC input /
Transistor output
DC input /
Transistor output
+COM: Positive
common (Sink)
-COM: Negative
common (Source)
+COM: Positive
common (Sink)
-COM: Negative
common (Source)
common type
Sink type Source type
+COM: Positive
common (Sink) /
sink type
-COM: Negative
common (Source) /
source type
+COM: Positive
common (Sink) /
sink type
Number of Input/
Output Points
16 16 16 16 16 8 / 8 8 / 8 8 / 8
Rated Input / Load
Voltage
24VDC 12/24VDC 24VDC / 24VDC
Maximum
Load
Current
1 Point - - - 0.5A 1.0A 0.5A 1.0A 0.5A
1 Common - - - 4.0A 4.0A 2.4A 4.0A 2.4A
External Connection
Wire Type
Four wire type Two wire type Four wire type / two wire type
Common Connection 16 points 1 common 16 points 1 common
8 points 1
common / 8
points 1 common
16 points 1 common / 16 points
1 common
Current
Consumption
Cable Diameter
Range for
Water Resistant
Compression Fitting
- -
Fitting cable size
f 4.0mm to 8.0mm
/ -
- - - -
Fitting cable size f
4.0mm to 8.0mm
/ -
Dimensions
W x H x D (mm)
60 x 200 x 48 (including
communication adapter)
184.7 x 48 x 72 60 x 200 x 48 (including communication adapter) 184.7 x 48 x 72
106
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
All I/O wiring terminates in a single 40 pin connector
Connectors available separately to facilitate wiring harness construction
CC-Link Remote I/O: FCN Connector Type AJ65SBTCF_-_ AJ65VBTCF_-_ AJ65BTC_-_
Model Number AJ65SBTCF1-32D AJ65BTC1-32D
Input Type DC input (sink/source common type) DC input (sink, source type)
Stocked Item - -
Number of Input Points 32
External Connection Wire Type One wire type
Common Connection 32 points / 1 common
Internal Current Consumption 45mA 70mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 118 x 50 x 40 118 x 50 x 40
Model Number AJ65SBTCF1-32T AJ65BTC1-32T
Output Type Transistor output / Sink type
Stocked Item - -
Number of Output Points 32
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 3.2A 2A
External Connection Wire Type One wire type
Model Number AJ65SBTCF1-32DT AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 AJ65VBTCFJ1-32DT1
I/O Type DC input (Sink / Source type) transistor output (Sink) DC input (Sink) / Transistor output (Sink)
Stocked Item - -
Number of I/O Points 16 / 16
Rated
Voltage
Input 24VDC
Load 12/24VDC
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 1.6A
External Connection Wire Type
One wire type
Common Connection 16 points / 1 common 32 point / 1 common
Internal Current Consumption 50mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 118 x 50 x 40 41 x 115 x 113 41 x 115 x 63.5
Input Modules
Output Modules
These I/O blocks enable cost savings through reduced labor and material costs. Spring clamps eliminate the need
for wiring lugs and avoid the need for periodic retightening of I/O terminals.
The e-CON terminals use the same I/O connection type as the existing CC-Link/LT I/O blocks
CC-Link Remote I/O: Spring Clamp and e-CON Type AJ65VBTS_-_ _ _ and AJ65VBTCE_-_ _ _
Model Number AJ65VBTS3-16D AJ65VBTS3-32D
Input Type DC input / +COM/Sink
Stocked Item - -
Number of Input Points 16 32
External Connection Wire Type Three wire type
Wire Gauge Size AWG 28 to 16
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 137 x 50 x 51.5 222 x 50 x 51.5
Model Number AJ65VBTCE3-8D AJ65VBTCE3-16D AJ65VBTCE3-16DE AJ65VBTCE3-32DE
Input Type DC input / +COM/Sink DC input / -COM/Source
Stocked Item - - - -
Number of Input Points 8 16 16 32
External Connection Wire Type Three wire type
Common Connection 8 points / 1 common 16 points / common 32 points / common
Internal Current Consumption 30mA 35mA 35mA 40mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 40 x 100 x 40.5 114 x 50 x 41.5 100 x 50 x 41.5 155 x 50 x 41.5
Model Number AJ65VBTS2-16T AJ65VBTS2-32T
Output Type Transistor / Sink
Stocked Item - -
Number of Output Points 16 32
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.5A
1 Common 4A
External Connection Wire Type Two wire type
Wire Gauge Size AWG 28 to 16
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 137 x 50 x 51.5 222 x 50 x 51.5
Model Number AJ65VBTS32-16DT AJ65VBTS32-32DT
I/O Type DC input/trans output / +COM/sink
Stocked Item - -
Number of I/O Points 8/8 16/16
Rated Voltage
Input 24VDC
Load 24VDC / 24VDC or 12VDC
Max. Output
Load Current
1 Point 0.5A
1 Common 4A
Connection Wire Type on Input/
Output Sides
Model Number AJ65VBTCE32-16DT
I/O Type DC input/trans output / +COM/sink
Stocked Item -
Number of I/O Points 8/8
Max. Output
Load Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 0.8A
Connection Wire Type on Input/
Output Sides
Model Number AJ65VBTCE2-8T
Stocked Item -
Max. Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 0.8A
External Connection Wire Type Two wire type
Input Modules
Output Modules
CON
C B A
D
40
1
20
2
10
4
8
1
42
B RATE STATION NO.L ERR. L RUN PW
6 5 4 3 2 1 7
0
E D C B A 9 F
8
ON
AJ65VBTS3-16D
COM1-
NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF
COM1-
COM1+
COM1+
108
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Compatible with CC-Link Version V2.0
Eight analog channels occupy only one station, instead of three with CC-Link V1.10
High precision analog to digital conversion
Switchable input ranges for each channel
Sampling or averaging processing
One touch connectors reduce installation time and cost (available separately)
Module can be replaced without disrupting the network (when on line network connector is used)
CC-Link Analog Modules: One-Touch Connector Type AJ65VBTCU-68ADVN AJ65VBTCU-68ADIN
Model Number AJ65VBTCU-68ADVN AJ65VBTCU-68ADIN
Stocked Item - -
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to +10VDC (input resistance 1m) -
Current - 0 to 20mA DC (input resistance 250)
Digital Resolution 12-bit +sign (-4096 to +4095)
Input/Output Characteristics
Accuracy (Accuracy Relative to the
Maximum Digital Output Value)
Analog Input Range Digital Value
Accuracy
Maximum
Resolution
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 50C
Ambient
Temperature
25 5C
AJ65VBTCU-68ADV
Voltage
-10 to +10V
-4000 to
+4000
0.3% ( 12 digit)
(*1)
0.2% ( 8 digit)
(*1)
2.5mV User range setting 1
(-10 to +10V)
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
1.25mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV
User range setting 2
(-10 to +10V)
1.25mV
AJ65VBTCU-68ADI
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
5A
4 to 20mA 4A
User range setting (0 to 20mA) 5A

Note 1: 1 digit refers to one digital unit.
Input Range Switching For each channel
Offset/Gain Setting Yes
Maximum Conversion Speed 1ms/channel
Number of Occupied Stations,
Expanded Cyclic Setting
Ver. 1 mode: 3 stations (RWr/RWw 12 words each, RS/RY 32 points)
Ver. 2 mode: 1 station (extended work (RWr/RWw) 16 words each, RX/RY 32 points), Quadruple
CC-Link Compatible Function Cyclic transmission, extended cyclic transmission, station-to-station cable length relaxation
Isolation Method
Between communication system and batch of analog inputs: Photocoupler isolation / Between power supply system and batch of analog
inputs: Photocoupler isolation; Between channels: No isolation / Communication interface: No isolation
External Connection Method
One-touch connector for communication [transmission circuit] (5-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
One-touch connector for power supply and FG [module power supply and FG] (5-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
One-touch connector for analog input (4-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
(Optional parts) Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P, online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
Applicable
Wire Size
One-Touch Connector
for Communication
Communication line: CC-Link dedicated cable compatible with Ver. 1.10, 0.5mm (AWG20) [f2.2 to 3.3mm]
Shielded power supply 0.5mm (AWG20)
One-Touch Connector
for Power Supply
0.66 to 0.98mm (AWG18) [f2.2 to 3.0mm], wire size 0.08mm or more
One-Touch Connector
for Analog I/O
f1.0 to 1.4mm (A6CON-P214), f1.4 to 2.0mm (A6CON-P220), [applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2mm]
External Power Supply 24VDC (20.4 to 26.4VDC with a ripple rate of 5% or less)
Inrush Current 4.2A, 1.2ms max.
Weight (kg) 0.17
AJ65SBT-64AD
Four channels (voltage input / current input)
Switchable input ranges
Handles analog ranges 10VDC and 0 ~ 20mA
Compact size
Perform channel averaging without affecting conversion speed
AJ65BT-64AD
CC-Link Analog Modules: Analog to Digital Converter Modules AJ65SBT-64AD AJ65BT-64AD
Model Number AJ65SBT-64AD AJ65BT-64AD
Stocked Item S S
Analog
Input
Voltage -10 to +10VDC (input resistance 1m) -10 to +10VDC (input resistance 1m)
Current 0 to 20mA DC (input resistance 250) -20 to +20mA DC (input resistance 250)
Digital Resolution 12 bit +sign (-4096 to +4095) 12 bit or 11 bit +sign (0 to 4000, or -2000 to +2000)
Input/Output
Characteristics
Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative to the
Maximum Digital
Output Value)
Analog Input Range
Digital
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 55C
Ambient
Temperature
25 5C
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
-10 to +10V
-4000 to
+4000
2.5mV
0.4%
( 16 digit)
(*1)
0.2%
( 8 digit)
(*1)
User range setting
1 (-10 to +10V)
0 to 5V
0 to 4000
1.25mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV
User range setting
2 (0 to +5V)
1.25mV
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
5A
4 to 20mA 4A
User range setting
3 (0 to +20mA)
5A
Analog Input Range
Digital
Value
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 55C
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
-10 to +10V
0 to +4000,
or -2000, to
+2000
5mV
1%
(40 digit)
(*1)
0 to +10V 2.5mV
0 to 5V 1.25mV
1 to 5V 1mV
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
-20 to 20mA
0 to +4000,
or -2000 to
+2000
20A
0 to 20mA 10A
0 to 20mA 5A
4 to 20mA 4A
Input Range Switching For each channel All channels in the batch
Maximum Conversion
Speed
1ms/channel
Number of Analog
Input Points
4 channels/module
Station Type 1 station (32 points each for RX/RY, 4 points each for RWr/RWw) Remote device station 2 stations (32 points each for RX/RY, 8 points each for RWr/RWw)
Isolation Method
Between power supply system and batch of analog inputs: Photocoupler isolation / Between communication system and batch of analog inputs:
Photocoupler isolation / Between channels: No isolation
External Connection
Method
7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission, power supply), directly mounted
18-point terminal block (analog output area)
27-point terminal block (M3.5)
Applicable Wire Size 0.3 to 0.75mm 0.75 to 2.00mm
Internal Current
Consumption (24VDC)
0.09A 0.12A
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.35
External Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 151.9 x 65 x 63
110
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Switchable input ranges
Compact size
Perform channel averaging without affecting conversion speed
CC-Link Analog Module: Analog to Digital Converter Module AJ65SBT2B-64AD
Model Number AJ65SBT2B-64AD
Stocked Item -
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to +10VDC (input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20mA DC (input resistance 250)
Digital Resolution 16 bit +sign (-16384 to +16383)
(Accuracy Relative to the Maximum
Digital Output Value)
Analog Input Range Digital Value
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy (*1)
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
-10 to +10V
-16000 to +16000
0.625mV
0.2%
( 32 digit) (*2)
User Range Setting 1 (-10 to +10V) 0.5mV (*2)
User Range Setting 2 (-5 to 5V) 0.25mV (*2)
1 to 5V
0 to 16000
0.3125mV
1 to 5V 0.25mV
C
u
r
r
e
n
t0 to 20mA
0 to 16000
1.25A
4 to 20mA 1A
User Range Setting 2 -16000 to 16000 1A (*2)
Conversion Speed 200s/channel
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V Current: 30mA (*3)
No. of Analog Input Points 4 channels
No. of Offset/Gain Setting Times (*4) Max. 10,000 times
CC-Link Version CC-Link Ver.1.10
CC-Link Station Type Remote device station
Number of Occupied Stations 1 station
Connection Cable CC-Link dedicated cable
Withstand Voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between all power supply and communication system terminals and all analog input terminals
Insulation Method
Between communication system terminal and all analog input terminals: Photocoupler isolation
Between power supply system terminal and all analog input terminals: Transformer insulation
Between input channels: Non-insulation
Noise Immunity Noise voltage 500Vp-p, noise width 1s, noise frequency 25 to 60Hz (DC type noise simulator condition)
Built-in Terminating Resistor Provided (110)
External
Connection
System
Communication Part,
Module Power Supply
Part
7-point two-piece terminal block M3 5.2 screw (tightening torque range: 0.59 to 0.88Nm) Applicable solderless terminal: 2 or less
I/O Part 18-point two-piece terminal block M3 5.2 screw (tightening torque range: 0.59 to 0.88Nm) Applicable solderless terminal: 2 or less
RAV1.25-3 (compliant with JIS C 2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25mm]
V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0mm]
Module Mounting Screw M4 screw 0.7mm 16mm or more (tightening torque range: 0.78 to 1.08 Nm) Mountable with a DIN rail
Applicable DIN Rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (compliant with IEC 60715)
External Power Supply
24VDC (20.4 to 28.8VDC)
Inrush current: 16A, 4.0ms or less
Current consumption: 0.12A (24VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.25
Notes:
2. These values indicate the maximum resolution with user range setting.
3. This value indicates a momentary input current value at which the built-in resistor will not be broken.
4. The number of times that the SELECT/SET switch is set to SET in test mode.
Compatible with CC-Link V2.0.
Eight analog channels occupy only one station, instead of three with CC-Link V1.10.
High precision digital to analog conversion.
Switchable output ranges for each channel.
Clear or retain analog output when the controller stops.
One-touch connectors reduce installation time and cost (available separately).
Module can be replaced without disrupting the network (when on-line network connector is used.)
CC-Link Analog I/O Modules: Digital To Analog Converter Module AJ65VBTCU-68DAVN
Model Number AJ65VBTCU-68DAVN
Stocked Item -
Digital Resolution 12 bit +sign (-4096 to +4095)
Analog Output -10 to +10VDC (external load resistance: 2k to 1M)
Input/Output Characteristics
Accuracy (Accuracy Relative to the
Maximum Analog Output Value)
Digital Analog
Accuracy
Maximum
Resolution
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C
Ambient Temperature
25 5C
Voltage
-4000 to +4000
-10 to +10V
0.3% ( 30mV) 0.2% ( 20mV)) 2.5mV User range setting 1
(-10 to +10V)
0 to 4000
0 to 5V
0.3% ( 15mV) 0.2% ( 10mV)
1.25mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV
User range setting 2 (0 to 5V) 1.0mV
Output Range Switching For each channel
Maximum Conversion Speed 1ms/channel
Output Short-Circuit Protection Yes
Number of Analog Output Points 8 channels/module
Number of Occupied Stations,
Expanded Cyclic Setting
Ver. 1 mode: 3 stations (RWr/RWw 12 words each, RS/RY 32 points)
Ver. 2 mode: 1 station (extended work (RWr/RWw) 16 words each, RX/RY 32 points), Quadruple
CC-Link Compatible Function Cyclic transmission, extended cyclic transmission, station-to-station cable length relaxation
Isolation Method
Between communication system and batch of analog Outputs: Photocoupler isolation
Between power supply system and batch of analog Outputs: Photocoupler isolation
Between channels: No isolation
External Connection Method
One-touch connector for communication [transmission circuit] (5-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
One-touch connector for power supply and FG [module power supply and FG] (5-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
One-touch connector for analog input (4-pin/solderless type. The connector plug is sold separately.)
(Optional parts) Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P, online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
Applicable
Wire Size
One-Touch Connector
for Communication
Communication line: CC-Link dedicated cable compatible with Ver. 1.10, 0.5mm (AWG20) [f2.2 to 3.3mm]
Shielded power supply 0.5mm (AWG20)
One-Touch Connector
for Power Supply
0.66 to 0.98mm (AWG18) [f2.2 to 3.0mm], wire size 0.16mm or more
One-Touch Connector
for Analog I/O
External Power Supply 24VDC (20.4 to 26.4VDC with a ripple rate of 5% or less)
Inrush Current 4.3A, 1.2ms max.
Internal Current Consumption 0.15A
Weight (kg) 0.16
112
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
AJ65SBT-62DA Analog Input
Two channels (voltage input / current input)
Switchable analog outputs
Compact size
AJ65BT-64DAV
Four channels (voltage output)
AJ65BT-64DAI
Four channels (current output)
Digital values from 0 to +4000 can be converted to analog values of 4 mA to +20 mA
CC-Link Analog Modules: Digital To Analog Converter Module
AJ65SBT-62DA AJ65BT-64DAV AJ65BT-64DAI
Model Number AJ65SBT-62DA AJ65BT-64DAV AJ65BT-64DAI
Stocked Item S S -
Digital
Resolution
Voltage 12 bit +sign (-4096 to +4095) 11 bit +sign (-2048 to +2047) -
Current 12 bit (0 to +4095) - 12 bit (0 to 4095)
Analog
Output
Voltage -10 to +10VDC (external load resistance: 2k to 1M) -10 to +10VDC (external load resistance: 2k to 1M) -
Current 0 to 20mA DC (external load resistance: 0 to 600) - 4 to 20mA DC (external load resistance: 0 to 600)
Input/Output
Characteristics
Accuracy
(Accuracy
Relative to the
Maximum Analog
Output Value)
Digital
Value
Analog Output
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
Ambient
temperature
0 to 55C
Ambient
temperature
25 5C
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
-4000 to
+4000
-10 to +10V 2.5mV
0.4%
( 40mV)
0.2%
( 20mV)) -4000 to
+4000
(-10 to +10V)
2.5mV
0 to 4000 0 to 5V 1.25mV
0.4%
( 20mV)
0.2%
( 10mV)
0 to 4000 1 to 5V 1.0mV
0 to 4000
(0 to 5V)
1.25mV
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
0 to 4000 0 to 20mA 5A
0.4%
( 80A)
0.2%
( 40A)
0 to 4000 4 to 20mA 4A
0 to 4000
(0 to 20mA)
5A
Digital
Value
Analog
Output
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
(overall)
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
+2000 +10V
5mV
1
( 0mV)
+1000 +5V
0 0
-1000 -5V
-2000 -10V
Digital
Value
Analog
Output
Maximum
Resolution
Accuracy
(overall)
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
4000 +20mA
4A
1
( 200mA)
2000 +12mA
0 +4mA
Output Range
Switching
For each channel None
Offset/Gain
Setting
Yes
Output Short-
Circuit Protection
Yes
Maximum
Conversion Speed
1ms/channel
Number of Analog
Output Points
2 channels/module 4 channels/module
Number of
Occupied
Stations
1 station (32 points each for RS/RY, 4 points each for RWr/RWw) 2 stations (32 points each for RS/RY, 8 points each for RWr/RWw)
Connection
Terminal Block
7 point 2 piece terminal block (transmission, power supply), directly
mounted 18 point terminal block (analog output area), M3 screw
27 point terminal block, M3.5 screws
Applicable Wire
Size
0.3 to 0.75mm 0.75 to 2.00mm
Applicable
Solderless Term.
RAV1.25 to 3.5 (compliant to JIS C 2805) RAV1.25 to 3.5, RAV2 to 3.5
Internal Current
Consumption
(24VDC)
0.16A 0.18A 0.27A
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.4
External
Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
118 x 50 x 40 151.9 x 65 x 63
AJ65BT-68TD
Eight thermocouple inputs per module
Compatible with K, E, J, T, B, R and S thermocouples
Assign any thermocouple type to each channel
Enable/disable conversion for each channel
Select either sampling or moving average processing for each channel
Automatic cold junction compensation for PT100 RTD
AJ65BT-64RD3 / 64RD4
Four RTD inputs per module
Enable/disable conversion for each channel
Offers moving average processing to reduce effects of noise
Accurate to 0.25% of full scale measurement
CC-Link Analog Modules: Temperature Input Modules AJ65BT-68TD AJ65BT-64RD3 AJ65BT-64RD4
Model Number AJ65BT-68TD AJ65BT-64RD3 AJ65BT-64RD4 AJ65SBT2B-64TD
Stocked Item S - - S
Measurement Method - Three wire type Four wire type -
Connectable Platinum Resistance
Temp. Sensors
- Pt100, JPt100 PT100
Connectable Thermocouples B, R, S, K, E, J, T - B, R, S, N, K, E, J, T
Temperature Input Range -200 to 1700C -180 to 600C -270 to 1820C
Temperature Detection Value
(-2000 to 17000: Value up to the rst
decimal place x 10)
(-1800 to 6000: Value up to the rst decimal place x 10)
(-80000 to 600000: Value up to the third decimal place x 1000)
(-2700 to 18200: value rounded to
one decimal place x 10)
Scaling Value 16-bit signed binary (0 to 2000) -
16 bit signed binary (-2700 to
18200)
Overall Accuracy (*1)
Ambient temperature
(20C or less, 30C or more)
0.1%
(accuracy relative to
the maximum value)
(*1)
0.25%
(accuracy relative to
the maximum value)
Cold-Junction Compensation System (C) 1.0 - 1.0C
Resolution (C) B, R, S, 0.3C K, E, J, T: 0.1C 0.025C B, R, S, N: 0.3C K, E, J, T: 0.1C
Conversion Speed (Sampling Time: ms/ch) 45ms/channel 40ms/channel 640ms/4 channels
Temperature Sensor Input Channel
8 channels + 1 channel for con-
necting the Pt100 sensor
4 channels/module
Number of Occupied Stations 4 stations (128 points each for RX/RY, 16 points each for RWr/RWw)
1 station (RX/RY: 32 points each,
RWr/RWw: 4 points each)
Isolation Method
Between thermocouple input and
CC-Link transmission system and
between channels: Transformer
isolation
Between platinum resistance temperature sensor input and CC-Link
transmission system: Photocoupler isolation / Between channels: No
isolation
Between all power supply systems
and all communication systems
and cold junction compensation
channels
Between thermocouple input
and all communication systems
and cold junction compensation
channels
Between thermocouple input chan-
nels: Transformer isolation
RAV1.25 to 3.5 (compliant to JIS C
2805), RAV 2-3.5
RAV1.25 to 3.5, RAV2 to 3.5 (compliant to JIS C2805)
RAV1.25-3(JIS C 2805 compliant)
V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
Connection Terminal Block 27-point terminal block (M3.5 x 7 screws) 18-point, 2-piece terminal block
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2.00mm 0.3 to 2.0mm
External Power Supply 24VDC (18 to 30VDC)
24VDC (20.4VDC to 28.8VDC);
Inrush current: 1.5A, 1.3ms
Internal Current Consumption (24VDC) 0.081A 0.17A 0.12A
Weight (kg) 0.40 0.38 0.3
External Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 151.9 x 65 x 63 122 x 50 x 54
Note:
1. The calculation of overall accuracy is as shown below
(Overall accuracy) + (Conversion accuracy) x (Temperature characteristic) + (Operating ambient temperature change) + (Cold-junction compensation accuracy). Here the operating ambient temperature change
denotes a value not within the operating ambient temperature range of 25 5C.
114
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
AJ65BT-D62/D62D/D62D-S1
24 bit counter
5/12/24VDC (2 to 5 mA input)
Switchable counting speed
Four counter functions:
- Latch-counter function
- Sampling counter function
- Periodic pulse-counter function
- Count-disable function
AJ65BT-D62
DC input/sink output type
Preset DC input
Maximum counting speed: 200 kpps
AJ65BT-D62D
Differential input/sink output type
Preset DC input
AJ65BT-D62D-S1
Differential input/sink output type
Preset differential input
CC-Link Special Function I/O: High-Speed Counter Modules
AJ65BT-D62 AJ65BT-D62D AJ65BT-D62D-S1
Model Number AJ65BT-D62 AJ65BT-D62D AJ65BT-D62D-S1
Stocked Item S - -
Counting Speed Selector Switch Setting HIGH (*2) LOW (*1) HIGH (*2) LOW (*1) HIGH (*2) LOW (*1)
Counting
Input Signal
Phase 1 phase input, 2 phase input
Signal Level (A, B) 5/12/24VDC, 2 to 5mA
EIA standard, RS-422-A differential type line driver level
[Equivalent to Am26L31 (Japan Texas Instruments, Inc.)]
Counter
Counting Speed
(Maximum)
1 Phase
Input
200kpps 10kpps 400kpps 10kpps 400kpps 10kpps
2 Phase
Input
200kpps 7kpps 300kpps 7kpps 300kpps 7kpps
Counting Range 24-bit binary 0 to 16777215
Model Preset up/down counter and ring counter functions
Minimum Count Pulse
Width
5s
2.5s 2.5s
(1 and 2 phase input)
100s 142s
50
s
50
s
71
s
71
s
(1 phase input) (2 phase input)
2.5s 3.3s
1.25
s
1.25
s
1.65
s
1.65
s
100s 142s
50
s
50
s
71
s
71
s
2.5s 3.3s
1.25
s
1.25
s
1.65
s
1.65
s
100s 142s
50
s
50
s
71
s
71
s
Coincidence
Output
Comparison Range 24-bit binary
Comparison Result Setting value < count value, setting value = count value, setting value > count value
External
Input
Preset 5/12/24VDC, 2 to 5mA
EIA standard, RS-422-A differential type line
driver level [Equivalent to Am26L31 (Japan
Texas Instruments, Inc.)]
Function Start 5/12/24VDC, 2 to 5mA 5/12/24VDC, 2 or 5mA
Response Time OFF-ON: 0.5ms max, ON-OFF: 3ms max.
External
Output
Coincidence Output 2A/1 common
Response Time 0.1ms max.
Number of Occupied Stations 4 stations
Power Supply Voltage 18 to 28.8VDC
Current Consumption (at 24VDC) 70mA 100mA 120mA
Connection Terminal Block 27-point terminal block (M3.5 x 7 screws)
Application Wire Size 0.75 to 2.00mm
Application Solderless Terminal RAV1.25 to 3.5, RAV2 to 3.5 (compliant to JIS C 2805)
Weight (kg) 0.41 0.42
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 151.9 x 65 x 63
Note:
1. The rise and fall time of the input signal should be 2s or less and have a duty cycle of 50%.
2. The rise and fall time of the input signal should be 0.1s or less and have a duty cycle of 50%.
Decentralized motion control - can be placed anywhere on a CC-Link network
Supports absolute positioning with Mitsubishis intelligent digital servo line
Differential driver supports pulse output to 400 kpps and 10m distance to amplifiers
A wide selection of positioning control functions including:
Seven types of home position return functions
Automatic trapezoid and S curve acceleration/deceleration methods
Point table for each axis (up to 600 points)
CC-Link Special Function I/O: Positioning Module AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
Model Number AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
Stocked Item S
Interpolation Function 2 axis linear interpolation, 2 axis circular interpolation (*1)
Control Method PTP (Point to Point) control, locus control (both linear and circular interpolation can be set), speed control, speed/position switch control
Control Unit mm, inch, degrees, pulse
Positioning Data It is possible to set 600 data points (positioning data No.: 1 to 600) per axis
Peripheral Device / Software
Package
GX Congurator-AP; A7HGP / SW1RX-AD75P or later; PC-9800 series / SW1NX-AD75P or later (*2); DOS/V PC (IBM PC/AT compatible PC) /
SW1VD-AD75P or later (*3)
Teaching Module AD75TU (software version D or later)
Backup Parameters and positioning data are stored in the ash memory (battery-less)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
Positioning Method PTP control: Incremental/absolute system; Speed/position switch control: Incremental/absolute system (*4); Locus control: Incremental/absolute system
Positioning Range
Absolute system: -214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m) / -13421772.8 to 13421772.7 (m) (*5); -21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch) / -1342.17728 to
1342.17727 (inch); 0 to 359.99999 (degree) / 0 to 359.99999 (degree); 2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse) / -134217728 to 134217727 (pulse)
Incrementation system: -214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m) / -13421772.8 to 13421772.7 (m); -21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch) / -1342.17728
to 1342.17727 (inch); -21474.83648 to 21474.8364.7 (degree) / -1342.17728 to 1342.17727 (degree); 2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse) /
-134217728 to 134217727 (pulse)
Speed/position switch control (increment system): 0 to 214748364.7 (m) / 0 to 13421772.7 (m); 0 to 21474.83647 (inch) / 0 to 1342.17727 (inch);
0 to 21474.83647 (degree) / 0 to 1342.17727 (degree); 0 to 2147483647 (pulse) / 0 to 134217727 (pulse)
Speed/position switch control (absolute system): 0 to 359.99999 (degree) / 0 to 359.99999 (degree)
Speed Command
0.01 to 6000000.00 (mm/min) / 0.01 to 375000.00 (mm/min) (*5); 0.001 to 600000.000 (inch/min) / 0.001 to 37500.000 (inch/min); 0.001 to
600000.000 (degree/min) / 0.001 to 37500.000 (degree/min); 1 to 1000000 (pulse/s) / 1 to 62500 (pulse/s)
Acceleration /
Deceleration Processing
Automatic trapezoid acceleration / deceleration and S-curve acceleration / deceleration (*6)
Acceleration /
Deceleration Time
It is possible to switch between 1 to 65535 (ms) and 1 to 8388608 (ms); It is possible to set 4 patterns for both acceleration and deceleration times.
Rapid Stop Deceleration
Time
It is possible to switch between 1 to 65535 (ms) and 1 to 8388908 (ms) (same ranges as for the acceleration / deceleration time)
Starting Time 20 ms or less (excluding link scan time)
Connector
10136-3000VE (soldering-type, accessory)
10136-6000EL (pressure connection type, sold separately)
In case of 10138-3000VE: AWG#24 to #30 (approximately 0.05 to 0.2 SQ)
In case of 10138-6000VE: AWG#28 (approximately 0.08 SQ)
Maximum Output Pulse When connected to differential driver: 400kbps; When connected to open collector: 200kbps
Maximum Connection Distance
Between Servos
When connected to differential driver: 10m; When connected to open collector: 2m
Station type Intelligent device station
Number of Occupied Stations 4 stations (128 points each for RX/RY, 16 points each for RWr/RWw)
External Power Supply 24VDC (20.4 to 26.4V)
Applicable Solderless Terminal RAV1.25 to 3.5, RAV2 to 3.5
24VDC Internal Current
Consumption
0.30A
Weight (kg) 0.50
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 170 x 63.5 x 80
Notes:
1. The circular interpolation function is not available when a stepping motor is used.
2. PC-9800 Series is a registered trademark of NET.
3. DOS/V is a registered trademark of IBM Japan, Ltd.
4. In the absolute method, the control unit of the speed/position switch control is degree only.
5. Indicates the setting range of standard mode/stepping motor mode.
6. The automatic S-curve acceleration/deceleration is not available when a stepping motor is used.
RS-422
116
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Remote I/O station
Remote I/O station
Remote I/O station
Local station
Remote
device station
Remote
device station
Repeater
(AJ65SBT-RPT)
Repeater (J65SBT-RPT) (*1)
Repeater(AJ65SBT-RPT) (*1)
Intelligent
device station
Intelligent
device station
Master station (*3)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
Terminal resistor
(mandatory)
[Segment] (*2)
IN OUT
IN OUT
IN OUT
[1st level]
[Segment(first level)]
[2nd level]
Allows distance of a CC-Link network to be extended up to 13.2 km with regular
BA1SJ61-S or BA1SJ61-P cable
Use a maximum of 10 repeaters per segment
Allows T-branch configurations
CC-Link Special Function I/O AJ65SBT-RPT
Model Number AJ65SBT-RPT
Stocked Item S
Maximum Number of Connected
Modules (Levels) per Segment
10
Maximum Transmission Distance of
Each Segment
Varies depending on the transmission speed. Same as the normal CC-Link system (a system consisting of one segment).
Number of Occupied Stations
(Stations)
None
Station Numbers that Can be Set No station number
Current Consumption 0.06A (at TYP 24VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.2
System Conguration
Notes:
1. The repeater is a module used to connect each segment and extend the CC-Link system.
2. In a CC-Link system using repeaters, a block of devices connected by wiring from one
terminal resistor to another terminal resistor is referred to as a segment. (A conventional
CC-Link system can be said to be a single-segment configuration.)
3. It is necessary to match the transmission speed of each segment to the transmission
speed of the master station.
Star topology wiring (T-branch) with 8 branch lines available in CC-Link system
Extended transmission distance in CC-Link system
Energy saving by adoption of a spring clamp terminal block
Improved maintenability by system separation.
CC-Link Special Function I/O AJ65BTS-RPH
Model Number AJ65BTS-RPH
Stocked Item -
Station Number -
Station Type -
Number of Occupied Stations 0
Transmission Speed Can select from 156 kbps / 625 kbps / 2.5 Mbps / 5 Mbps / 10 Mbps
Max. Number of Modules Connected to
the Trunk Line
64
Connection Position
Trunk line side: No restriction (compliant with the CC-Link specications)
Branch line side: Connect to the end of the branch line (segment end)
Max. Number of Stages Connected to
Congure Segment
AJ65BTS-RPH only: 2nd stage
Combination of AJ65BTS-RPH and AJ65SBT-RPT: 3rd stage
Combination of AJ65BTS-RPH and AJ65FRTA-RPH, AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG or AJ65BT-RPI: 2nd stage
Terminating Resistor
Trunk line side: 110 , or 130
Branch line side: 110
Connected
Terminal Block
Terminal Block Type Spring clamp terminal block
Applicable Wire
Sizes
AWG24 to 12, Single wire 0.5 to 1.78 mm2; stranded wire 0.2 to 2.5 mm2
Mounting Orientation No restriction (mountable in six orientations)
Module Fixing Screw M4 mounting screw
Applicable DIN Rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Power Supply
Voltage 24 V DC external power supply (20.4 to 26.4 V, ripple within 5%)
Current 0.36 A (TYP. 24 V DC)
Current Consumption 0.06A (at TYP 24VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.37
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 197.5 x 65 x 45.5
Wireless optical link is ideal for rotating machinery, to replace festoon cabling, etc.
Use A and B modules as a pair
Certifications: CE
Allows distance of a CC-Link network to be extended up to 7.8 km using optical fiber cable
Noise resistant
Use a maximum of 6 repeaters per segment
CC-Link Special Function I/O: Optical Repeater Modules AJ65SBT-RPS AJ65SBT-RPG
Model Number AJ65SBT-RPS AJ65SBT-RPG
Stocked Item - -
Common
Specication
Power Supply
Current 0.06A (at TYP 24VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.2
CC-Link
Communication
Specication
Levels in a System
3 levels 2 levels
Number of Occupied Stations None
Optical
Communication
Specication
Connection Cable SI-200/220 QSI-185/230 GI-50/125
Applicable Connector CA7003 CA9103S
Maximum Transmission Distance
of Optical Fiber Cable Between
Repeaters
500m 1000m 2000m
Remote I/O
station
Remote I/O station
Master station (*3)
Remote
device station
Intelligent
device station
Intelligent
device station
Remote
device station
Repeater (*1)
(AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG)
Remote I/O
station
Remote I/O station Remote I/O station
[Segment (*2)]
[Segment (first level)]
[Segment (first level)]
[Segment (second level)] (*4)
Repeater (*1)
(AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG)
Repeater (*1)
(AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG)
Repeater (*1)
(AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG)
Repeater (*1)
(AJ65SBT-RPS/RPG)
Terminal resistor (mandatory) Optical fiber cable CC-Link dedicated cable
Local station
CC-Link Special Function I/O: Wireless Optical Repeater Module AJ65B-RPI-10A AJ65BT-RPI-10B
Combinations of optical repeater module and optical ber cable to
be used. The optical repeater modules can be used in the following
combinations with optical ber cable.
Optical
Repeater
Module
Optical Fiber Cable
AJ65SBT-RPS
SI-type optical ber cable (maximum extension distance of cable: 500m)
QSI-type optical ber cable (maximum extension distance of cable: 1000m)
AJ65SBT-RPG GI-type optical ber cable (maximum extension distance of cable: 2000m)
1. The repeater is a module used to connect each segment and extend the CC-Link system.
2. In a CC-Link system using repeaters, a block of devices connected by wiring from one terminal resistor to
another terminal resistor is referred to as a segment. (A conventional CC-Link system can be said to be a
single-segment configuration.)
3. It is necessary to match the transmission speed of each segment to the transmission speed of the master
station.
4. Up to 3 levels can be used in one segment (up to 2 levels when AJ65SBT-RPG modules are used).
Model Number AJ65BT-RPI-10A / AJ65BT-RPI-10B
Stocked Item -
Common
Specication
Power Supply
Current 0.137A (at TYP 24VDC)
Weight (kg) 0.5
CC-Link
Communication
Specication
Transmission Speed 2.5M / 625k / 156kbps
Levels in a Segment
2 levels
When the monitoring function is used: 1 (remote I/O station), when the monitoring
function is not used: 0 (no station is occupied)
Optical
Communication
Specication
Optical Transmission Distance 0 to 100m
Angle of Beam Spread ()
When the optical transmission distance is 0 to 50m: Total angle 2
When the optical transmission distance is 50 to 100m: Total angle 1
Modulation Frequency Module A to module B: 36 3MHz; Module B to module A: 44 2.5MHz
Modulation Method FSK
Specially
Noted General
Specication
Ambient Illumination Must be 10000 lx or less (avoid direct sunlight)
118
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Provides a single RS-232 port directly on the CC-Link network
Allows general purpose RS-232 devices to be located remotely (Printer, barcode, reader, etc.)
Model Number AJ65BT-R2N
Stocked Item S
R
S
-
2
3
2
Interface RS-232 compliant (D-Sub 9P)
Communication Method Full-duplex communication method
Synchronization Method Asynchronous method
Transmission Speed 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 (*1), 115200 (*1) bps
Transmission Distance Up to 15m
Protocol Nonprocedural protocol MELSOFT connection (equivalent to AJ65BT-G4-S3 Q mode)
C
C
-
L
i
n
k
Transmission Path Bus (RS-485)
CC-Link Station Type Intelligent device station
CC-Link Version Ver.1
Connection Cable CC-Link dedicated cable/CC-Link high-performance cable/CC-Link Ver. 1.10-compatible cable
Number of Occupied Stations 1 station (RX/RY: 32 points each, RWw/RWr: 4 points each)
Insulation Resistance Between all external DC terminals and ground: 10M or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester
Noise Immunity By noise simulator of 500 Vp-p noise voltage, 1s pulse width, and 25 to 60 Hz noise frequency
Module Mounting Screw M4 x 0.7 mm x 16 mm or larger, also mountable with DIN rail
Applicable DIN Rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5AI, TH35-15Fe (conforms to IEC 60715)
External Power Supply 24VDC (20.4 to 26.4VDC, ripple ratio: within 5%) Current consumption: 0.11 A (TYP. 24VDC)
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

I
\
O
Rated Input Current Approx. 7 mA
Operating Voltage Range 19.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Input Resistance Approx. 3.3 k
Response Time
OFF-ON 10 ms or less
ON-OFF 10 ms or less
Wiring Method For Common 2 points/common, positive/negative common (sink/source)
Number of Output Points 2 points
Isolation Method Photocoupler
Rated Load Voltage 12 to 24VDC (+20/-15%)
Operating Load Voltage Range 10.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Output Type Sink
Response Time
OFF-ON 1 ms or less
ON-OFF 1 ms or less (resistance load)
External Power Supply For Output
Voltage 10.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current 10 mA (at 24VDC), (MAX all points ON)
Wiring Method For Common 2 points/common
Protection Function Yes
External Connections 7-point terminal block (M3.5 screw)
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2 mm
Applicable Crimping Terminal RAV1.25-3.5, RAV2-3.5 (conforms to JIS C 2805)
Weight (kg) 0.40
Note:
1. Unless data are sent concurrently from the AJ65BT-R2N and external-device sides in Nonprocedural protocol mode, communication at 57600 bps or 115200 bps is available.
In the event of concurrent transmission, an RS-232 receive overrun error (BB23H) may occur.
CC-Link Special Function I/O: RS-232 Interface Module AJ65BT-R2N
CC-Link/LT offers a cost effective way to network small groups of digital I/O for applications such as in-panel wiring and similar uses.
Key Features:
Attach wiring to I/O blocks with no cutting or stripping of cable: devices simply clip on to the cable, leading to
significant labor and material cost saving
Fast communication speed
Up to 1024 I/O per segment
Fine granularity of I/O allows placement of small quantities of I/O where required
Can be connected to an existing CC-Link network via the AJ65SBT-CLB bridge module
Provides a way to link a CC-Link/LT network to a CC-Link network
Model Number AJ65SBT-CLB
CC-Link
Stocked Item -
Selected between 2, 4 and 8 stations*
When 2 stations are selected: 64 points for each of RX/RY
(16 points used by the system), 8 words for each of RWr/RWw
CC-Link/LT
Number of CC-Link Occupied Stations 2 stations occupied 4 stations occupied 8 stations occupied
Maximum Number
of CC-Link/LT
Connected Stations
4-Points Mode 12 stations 28 stations 56 stations
Bridge Station Connection Position Connected at the end of the trunk line
*When 8 stations are occupied, set the parameters so that two 4-station occupying modules are connected consecutively.
CC-Link Special Function I/O: CC-Link - CC-Link / LT Bridge Module AJ65SBT-CLB
AJ 65S BT-CLB
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
PW L R UN L E R R .
S TATION NO. B R ATE NOS TS T MODE B RATE NC
ON
CC-Link
T L / k n i L - C C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CC-L n i k
L R UN L E R R . L E R R .
CC-Link L / T
CC-Link
CC-Link L / T
CC-Link/LT
This section presents the current line-up of CC-Link/LT I/O blocks. For the network master modules,
please refer to the appropriate controller section.
Before using this guide, please read the following guide to nomenclature:
Guide to CC-Link/LT I/O
CL
1 2 3 4 5 6
Connection form
B: Terminal block
C: Sensor connector
M: MIL connector
D: Cable type
5
6
7
Wire type
1: 1-wire type
2: 2-wire type
3: 2- or 3-wire type
5: Input 2 or 3-wire type, output 2-wire type
Shape
S: Ultracompact
V: Vertical type
None: Normal type
(horizontal type)
7 Unit for CC-Link/LT
:1 or 2
X: Input
Y: Output
XY: I/O hybrid
1
2 Unit type
2: 2 points
4: 4 points
8: 8 points
16: 16 points
I/O specifications
D1: 24VDC input
R1: Relay output 2A
T1: Transistor output 0.1A
TP1: Transistor output 0.1A
(with output protection)
DT1: 24VDC input/
transistor output 0.1A
DR1: 24VDC input/
relay output 2A
3
4
Total number of I/O points
120
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Product Model Number Description Quantity Per Box AWG Stocked Item
Dedicated Flat Cable CL9-FL4-18-_ _
Where _ _ = length (sold by the
meter)
10 m N/A S
Connector CL9-CNF-18 - 10 N/A S
Terminating Resistor CL9-TERM - 2 N/A -
Open Sensor Connector
A Type Plug (*1)
ECN-A014R Red 20 28 - 24 -
ECN-A004Y Yellow 20 24 - 22 -
ECN-A024BL Blue 20 22 - 20 -
A Type Receptacle
(*1)
ECN-A104 Panel / Wall mounting type 20 N/A -
ECN-A154 Relay connection type 20 N/A -
M Type Plug (*1)
ECN-M014R Red 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M024Y Yellow 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M034OR Orange 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M044GN Green 20 22 - 20 -
ECN-M054BL Blue 20 22 - 20 -
ECN-M064GY Gray 20 22 - 20 -
M Type Receptacle
(*1)
ECN-M114R Red 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M124Y Yellow 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M134OR Orange 20 26 - 24 -
ECN-M144GN Green 20 22 - 20 -
ECN-M154BL Blue 20 22 - 20 -
ECN-M164GY Gray 20 22 - 20 -
MIL Type (*2) - Available from 3rd parties - - -
Notes:
1. Use with CL_ _ _-_ _C_ _ _ type blocks
2. Use with CL_ _ _-_ _ _M_ _ _ type blocks
Note on 1-wire, 2-wire and 3-wire terminology
Throughout the CC-Link/LT blocks, we reference these terms. These are concise definitions for the following ways to connect I/O devices:
1 wire: One side of the load is connected to the I/O module terminal block. The other side is connected to a common terminal
shared by all devices.
2 wire: One side of the load is connected to the I/O module terminal block. The other side is connected to a dedicated common terminal for
that load on the terminal block. Note that in some cases, the common terminals may be connected internally.
3 wire: The I/O block is configured to accept loads with three connections (such as various types of sensor, etc)
CC-Link/LT Accessories
The following connectors and cable for CC-Link/LT are available:
NOTE: ALL CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES ARE SOLD SEPARATELY. PLEASE ENSURE YOU HAVE ALL NECESSARY
CONNECTORS BEFORE BEGINNING AN INSTALLATION.
CC-Link/LT requires 24VDC power to be supplied to the network. The two options for doing this are the
CL1PAD1 and the CL1PSU-2A. CL1PAD1 allows network power to be derived from a 24VDC supply,
whereas the CL1PSU-2A allows a 120VAC supply to be used.
The AJ65SBT-CLB allows a CC-Link/LT network segment to be connected to a CC-Link network.
The module uses the A6CON-L5P and A6CON-LJ5P network connectors.
Model Number CL1PAD1
Stocked Item -
Certification UL cUL
Maximum Input Voltage 28.8VDC
Maximum Input Current 5.0A
Insulation Resistance 10M across input-FG by 500VDC insulation resistance tester
External Connection System
CL1PAD1 to external PSU: screw terminals
CL1PAD1 to CC-Link/LT network: CL9-CNF-18 connectors to network cable.
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm (in) 66 x 85 x 90 (2.5 x 3.3 x 3.5)
CL1PSU-2A
24V
DB
DA
24G
DB
DA
+24V
LCNET/
POW ER
LINK
ACBS
-2S W L N
Model Number AJ65SBT-CLB
Stocked Item -
CC-Link
Selected between 2, 4 and 8 stations
*When 2 stations are selected: 64 points for each of RX/RY
CC-Link/LT
Number of CC-Link Occupied Stations 2 stations occupied 4 stations occupied 8 stations occupied
Maximum Number
of CC-Link/LT
Connected Stations
Bridge Station Connection Position Connected at the end of the trunk line
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm (inch) 87 x 49 x 40 (3.43 x 1.93 x 1.57)
Note: When 8 stations are occupied make parameter setting so that two 4-station occupying modules are consecutively connected.
AJ 65S BT-CLB
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
PW L R UN L E R R .
S TATION NO. B R ATE NOS TS T MODE B RATE NC
ON
CC-Link
T L / k n i L - C C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CC-L n i k
L R UN L E R R . L E R R .
CC-Link L / T
CC-Link
CC-Link L / T
Model Number CL1PSU-2A
Stocked Item S
Certification CE
Input
Rated Voltage 100, 120, 200, 230, and 240VAC
Rated Current 1.2A / 100V AC 0.7A / 200VAC
Power Fuse 3.15A
Inrush Current Max. 50A / 100V AC Max. 60A / 200
Output
Output Voltage 24VDC +10 % / -5 %
Output Current
0.01A to 2A Derating occurs according to the ambient temperature and
power voltage. [Use the module in a proper range so that the total current
consumption of each module does not exceed 2A (except the period
immediately after the power is turned on).]
Noise Resistance
By noise simulator of 1000Vp-p in noise voltage, 1s in noise width,
and 25 to 60Hz in frequency
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm (inch) 90 x 90 x 90 (3.55 x 3.55 x 3.55)
CC-Link/LT Power Supply Adapter
CC-Link/LT to CC-Link Bridge Module
122
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
CC-Link/LT: Screw Terminal Modules
CL2Y8-TP1B2
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
40 20 10 8 4 2 1
PW L R UN L E R R .
STATION NO. 0.5ms
1.5ms
ON
OUT
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
IN
X0
X1
X2
X3
0 1 2 3
PW L R UN L E R R .
STATION NO.
ON
Model Number CL1X4-D1B2 CL2X8-D1B2
Stocked Item S S
Input Type DC / +COM/-COM
External Connection Wire Type Two wire
Common Connection 4 points / common 8 points / common
Model Number CL1Y4-T1B2 CL1Y4-R1B2 CL1Y4-R1B1 CL2Y8-TP1B2
Output Type Transistor / Sink Relay Relay Transistor / Sink
Number of Output Points 4 4 4 8
Rated Load Voltage 12/24VDC 250VAC/30VDC 250VAC/30VDC 12/24VDC
Maximum Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A 2A 2A 0.1A
1 Common 0.4A 4A 2A 0.8A
External Connection Wire Type Two wire Two wire One wire Two wire
Common Connection 4 points / common 4 points / common 1 point / common 8 points / common
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 50 x 49 x 40 80 x 49 x 40 80 x 49 x 40 64 x 49 x 40
Model Number CL1XY4-DT1B2 CL1XY4-DR1B2 CL1XY8-DT1B2 CL1XY8-DR1B2
I/O Type
DC Input/Transistor Output /
+COM/-COM/sink
DC Input/Relay Output /
+COM /-COM
DC Input/Transistor Output /
+COM/-COM/sink
DC input /
relay output
Number of I/O Points 2 / 2 2 / 2 4 / 4 4 / 4
Input/Load Voltage 24VDC / 24VDC and 12VDC 24VDC / 250VAC and 30VDC 24VDC / 24VDC and 12VDC 24VDC / 250VAC and 30VDC
Maximum Output
Load Current
1 Point 0.1A 2A 0.1A 2A
1 Common 0.4A 4A 0.4A 4A
Leakage Current 0.1mA N/A 0.1mA N/A
Connection Wire Type on
Input / Output Sides
Two wire / two wire
Common Connection
2 points/common;
2 points/common
2 points/common;
2 points/common
4 points/common;
4 points/common
4 points/common;
4 points/common
Output Modules
Input Modules
I/O Modules
CC-Link/LT: Spring Clamp Modules
Model Number CL1X4-D1S2 CL2X8-D1S2
Stocked Item S S
Input Type DC / +COM/-COM
Model Number CL1Y4-T1S2 CL2Y8-TP1S2
Stocked Item S S
Number of Output Points 4 8
Maximum Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A 0.1A
1 Common 0.4A 0.8A
Leakage Current 0.1mA
Input Modules Output Modules
CL2Y8-TP1B2
DC24V DC24V Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7
DC24G DC24G COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1
PW L R UN L E R R .
STATION NO. HLD
ON
OUT
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 DC24V
COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24V
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 S TATION NO. HLD
ON
0 1 2 3
PW L RUN. L E R R .
LINK/PW
OUT
CL1Y4-T1S2
CC-Link/LT: e-CON (Sensor Connector Modules)
Model Number CL1X4-D1C3 CL2X8-D1C3V CL2X16-D1C3V
Stocked Item - - -
Input Type DC / +COM
Number of Input Points 4 8 16
External Connection Wire Type Two wire/three wire
Common Connection 4 points / common 8 points / common 16 points / common
Internal Current Consumption 35mA 40mA 45mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 69 x 49 x 23.6 24 x 85 x 39 48 x 85 x 39
Input Modules
Model Number CL1Y4-T1C2 CL2Y8-TP1C2V CL2Y16-TP1C2V
Stocked Item - - -
Number of Output Points 4 8 16
Rated Load Voltage 24VDC
Maximum Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A 0.1A 0.1A
1 Common 0.4A 0.8A 1.6A
External Connection Wire Type Three wire Two wire Two wire
Common Connection 4 points / common 8 points / common 16 points / common
Internal Current Consumption 60mA 55mA 55mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 69 x 49 x 23.6 24 x 85 x 39 48 x 85 x 39
Model Number CL2XY16-DTP1C5V
Stocked Item S
I/O Type
DC input/transistor
output / +COM/sink
Maximum Output
Load Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 0.8A
Connection Wire Type on Input /
Output Sides
Two wire or three wire
/ two wire
Common Connection
8 points/common;
8 points/common
Output Modules I/O Modules
CC-Link/LT: MIL Connector Modules
Model Number CL2X16-D1M1V
Stocked Item -
External Connection Wire Type One wire
Common Connection 16 points / common
Model Number CL2Y16-TP1M1V CL2Y16-TPE1M1V CL2Y16-TP1MJ1V
Stocked Item - - -
Output Type Transistor / sink Transistor / source Transistor / sink
Maximum Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 1.6A
External Connection Wire Type One wire
Input Modules Output Modules
PW
L R UN
L E R R .
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C DEF
CL2X16-D1M1V
S T. No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LINK/PW
IN
ON
PW
L R UN
L ER R .
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C DEF
CL2Y16-TP1M1V
S T. No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LINK/PW
OUT
ON
124
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Model Number CL2AD4-B
Stocked Item S
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (input resistance 250)
Digital Output 15-bit signed binary (-4096 to 4095)
I/O Characteristics, Maximum
Resolution, Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative To Maximum Value of
Analog Input
Range
Digital Output
Value
Accuracy
Max.
Resolution
Ambient
Temp.
25 5C (*1)
Ambient
Temp.
0 to 55C
Temperature
Coefficient (*3)
Voltage
-10 to 10V -4000 to 4000
0.2%
(8 digit) (*2)
4%
(8 digit) (*2)
80ppm / C
(0.0080% / C)
2.5mV
0 to 10V
0 to 4000 0 to 5V 1.25mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
5A
4 to 20mA 4A
Conversion Speed 200s / 4 channel (*4)
Absolute Maximum Output Voltage: 15V, current: 30mA
Analog Output 4 channels / 1 module
CC-Link/LT Station Type Remote device station
Number of Occupied Stations 16 point mode with four occupied stations (*5)
Isolation
Specific Isolated Area Isolation System
Dielectric
Withstand
Voltage
Insulation
Resistance
Between communication system terminals and all analog input terminals Photocoupler
isolated
Transformer
isolated
1 min. duration
of 500VAC
500VDC
10M or more
Between power supply system terminals and all analog input terminals
Between communication system terminals and power supply system terminals
Across channels Non-isolated - -
Connected Terminal Block Direct-coupled, 14-point terminal block (M3 screw)
Applicable Crimping Terminal RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C2805), V1.25-3 (manufactured by JST Mfg. CO., Ltd.), 1.25-3, TG1.25-3 (manufactured by NICHIFU CO., Ltd.)
Module
Power
Supply (*6)
Voltage 24VDC (20.4VDC to 28.8VDC, ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current Consumption 0.070A
Start Up Current 0.570A
Protection Degree IP2X
Weight (kg) 0.15
CC-Link/LT: CL2AD4-B Analog-Digital Converter Module
Notes:
1. Standard accuracy
2. Digital indicates the digital output value
3. Accuracy for each 1C temperature change
4. The conversion speed of the first order lag filter channel is 400s when a first order lag filter is used.
5. The number of I/O occupied points (occupied station count) differs depending on the final channel permitted for conversion.
6. A dedicated power supply/supply adaptor is used to supply power.
CC-Link/LT: Cable Type Modules
Model Number CL1X2-D1D3S
Stocked Item -
External Connection Wire Type Three wire
Model Number CL1Y2-T1D2S
Stocked Item -
Output Type Transistor / sink
Rated Load Voltage 24VDC
Maximum Load
Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 0.2A
Output Response
Time
OFF-ON 1.0 ms
ON-OFF 1.0 ms
Model Number CL1XY2-DT1D5S
Stocked Item -
I/O Type
DC input/transistor /
+COM/sink
Maximum Output
Load Current
1 Point 0.1A
1 Common 0.1A
Connection Wire Type on Input /
Output Sides
Three wire / two
wire
Common Connection
1 point/common; 1
point/common
Input Modules Output Modules I/O Modules
CC-Link/LT: CL2DA2-B Digital-Analog Converter Module
Model Number CL2DA2-B
Stocked Item S
Digital
Resolution
Voltage 12-bit signed binary (-4096 to 4095)
Current 12-bit signed binary (-96 to 4095)
Analog
Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (external load resistance: 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (external load resistance: 0 to 600)
I/O Characteristics, Maximum
Resolution, Accuracy (Accuracy
Relative To Maximum Value of
Analog Output
Range
Digital Input
Value
Accuracy
Max.
Resolution
Ambient
Temp.
25 5C (*1)
Ambient
Temp.
0 to 55C
Temperature
Coefficient (*2)
Voltage
-10 to 10V -4000 to 4000 0.2%
(20mV)
0.4%
(40mV)
80ppm /C
(0.0080% /C)
2.5mV
0 to 10V
0 to 4000 0 to 5V 0.2%
(10mV)
0.4%
(20mV)
1.25mV
1 to 5V 1.0mV
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 4000
0.2%
(40A)
0.4%
(80A)
5A
4 to 20mA 4A
Conversion Speed 200s / 2 channel
Output Short-Circuit Protection Provided
Absolute Maximum Output Voltage: 12V, current: +21mA
Analog Output Points 2 channels / 1 module
CC-Link/LT Station Type Remote device station
Number of Occupied Stations 16 point mode with two occupied stations (*3)
Isolation
Specific Isolated Area Isolation System
Dielectric
Withstand
Voltage
Insulation
Resistance
Between communication system terminals and all analog input terminals Photocoupler
isolated
Transformer
isolated
1 min. duration
of 500VAC
500VDC
10M or more
Between power supply system terminals and all analog input terminals
Between communication system terminals and power supply system terminals
Across channels Non-isolated - -
Connected Terminal Block Direct-coupled, 14-point terminal block (M3 screw)
Applicable Crimping Terminal RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C2805), V1.25-3 (manufactured by JST Mfg. CO., Ltd.), 1.25-3, TG1.25-3 (manufactured by NICHIFU CO., Ltd.)
Module
Power
Supply (*4)
Voltage 24VDC (20.4VDC to 28.8VDC, ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current Consumption 0.170A
Start Up Current 0.470A
Protection Degree IP2X
Weight (kg) 0.15
Notes:
1. Standard accuracy.
2. Accuracy for each 1C temperature change.
3. The number of I/O occupied points (occupied station count) differs depending on the final channel permitted for conversion.
4. A dedicated power supply/supply adaptor is used to supply power.
126
n

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E
D

I
/
O
Use these terminal blocks to increase the number of common terminals on a
CC-Link/LT I/O block in order to increase wiring convenience.
Use this holder to increase the convenience of mounting the cable type I/O
modules. Can be bolted down or DIN rail mounted. Non-stock item.
Model Number CL2TE-5 CL2TE-10S
Stocked Item - -
Model Number CL1-HLD
Stocked Item -
CC-Link safety is a fully IEC 61508 SIL 3 and ISO13849-1 Category 4 certified network for use in
connecting critical safety components such as emergency stop buttons and light curtains when used
with the MELSEC QS Safety PLC.
Remote I/O Module: QS0J65BTB2-12DT, QS0J65BTS2-8D, QS0J65BTS2-4T
Dual redundant DC inputs and outputs
Test pulse capability to sense I/O faults
Built in safety diagnostics
See the Programmable Automation Controller/PAC section of this PSG for detailed information and specifications.
CC-Link/LT Accessories
Common Terminal Blocks CL2TE-5 and CL2TE-10S
Cable Type I/O Module Holder CL1-HLD
CC-Link Safety
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Programmable Automation Controllers WS Safety 127
Item columns/rows.
Programmable Automation Controllers
WS Safety Series
A
B C D
SLD
L RUN/L ERR.
DG DB DA
GCC1
STATION No.
x10
x1
1
2 3
4
5
6
0
1
2 3
4
5
6
0
9
8 7
A. CPU Modules ............................................................................................................................................... 128
B. Networking Modules ................................................................................................................................... 129
C. Safety Input and I/O Combined Modules ..................................................................................................... 130
D. Safety Relay Module ................................................................................................................................... 130
WS Safety Controller
128
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

W
S

S
A
F
E
T
Y
Model Number WS0-CPU000200 WS0-CPU130202
Stocked Item S S
Category Category 4 (EN/ISO 13849-1) Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Safety Integrity Level (SIL) SIL3 (IEC 61508) SILCL3 (IEC 62061)
Performance Level (PL) PLe (EN/ISO 13849-1)
PFHd 1.0710
-9
1/h 1.6910
-
1/h
Enclosure Rating (EN/IEC 60529) Terminals: IP20, Housing: IP40
EMC EN61000-6-2, EN55011 (Class A) (*1)
Number of EFI Interfaces 0 2
EFI Connection - By spring clamp terminal block
Data Interface Backplane bus (FLEX BUS+)
Conguration Interface RS-232
Cross-Circuit of Connecting Wires
Single-core or nely stranded: 10.14 mm to 2.5 mm or 20.14 mm to 0.75 mm
Finely stranded with ferrules to EN 46228: 10.25 mm to 2.5 mm or 20.25 mm to 0.5 mm
Weight (g) 111 119
Supply Voltage 24VDC (16.8 to 30VDC)
Type of Supply Voltage
PELV or SELV (The current of the power supply unit that supplies the CPU module has to be limited to a maximum
of 4 A - either by the power supply unit itself or by a fuse.)
Power Consumption Max. 2.5 W
Switch-On Time Max. 18 seconds
Short-Circuit Protection 4 A gG (with tripping characteristics B or C)
A. CPU Modules
The WS Safety Controller provides FB-style programming for control of Safety assets, complying with ISO13849-1 PLe and IEC61508 SIL3
safety standards. The most suitable application for the MELSEC-WS is to ensure the safe operation of stand-alone machines. The safety
controller allows expansion of up to 144 points of I/O as well as an Ethernet communication interface. Easily congure a controller, adjust
parameters, and create programs using the WS Developer Setting and Monitoring Tool software, exclusively provided for the controller.
Operating Ambient Temperature -25 to 55C
Storage Ambient Temperature -25 to 70C
Operating Ambient Humidity 10 to 95 % RH, non-condensing (*4)
Storage Ambient Humidity 10 to 95 % RH, non-condensing (*4)
Vibration Resistance
Conforms to IEC
61131-2
Frequency Range
Constant
Acceleration
Half Amplitude Sweep Count
Under intermittent
vibration
5 to 8.4 Hz - 3.5 mm
10 times each in
X, Y, Z directions
8.4 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s -
Under continuous
vibration
5 to 8.4 Hz - 1.75 mm
8.4 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s -
Shock Resistance Conforms to IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s, 3 times each in X, Y, Z directions)
Operating Ambience No corrosive gases
Operating Ambience (*1) 2,000 m or less
Installation Location Inside control panel
Overvoltage Category (*2) II or less
Pollution Degree (*3) 2 or less
Equipment Category Class III
General Specications
WS0-CPU000200 WS SAFETY, CPU, 144I/O, RS-232 S
WS0-CPU130202 WS SAFETY, CPU, 144I/O, RS-232, EFI S
WS0-MPL000201 WS SAFETY, CPU Memory Plug S
WS0-XTDI80202 WS SAFETY, Input Module, 8IN S
WS0-XTIO84202 WS SAFETY, I/O Module, 8IN, 4OUT S
WS0-4RO4002 WS SAFETY, 4OUT Safety Relay Module S
WS0-C20R2 WS SAFETY, RS-232 Programming Cable S
WS0-UC-232A WS SAFETY, USB-RS-232 Converter S
WS0-GETH00200 WS SAFETY, Ethernet Module S
WSO-GCC100202 WS SAFETY, CC-Link Interface Module S
WS0-TBS4 WS SAFETY, Screw Terminal S
WS0-TBC4 WS SAFETY, Spring Terminal S
Max. Conguration
1 CPU module
12 safety I/O modules (max. 4 safety relay
output modules)
2 different network modules
Max. I/O 96 inputs and 48 outputs
Program Capacity
255 standard (i.e. AND, OR, NOT, XNOR, XOR,
etc.) or application-specic logic blocks (i.e.
emergency stop, two-hand, muting, pressing,
reset, restart, etc.)
Network Options Ethernet, CC-Link
EFI Interfaces 2 (WS0-CPU130202 only)
Flexi Link Up to 4 WS0-CPU130202
Max. Power Supply Current 4A (limited at Power Supply or Fuse)
*Required elements are CPU, Memory Plug, and I/O modules
WS Safety Controllers
WS Safety Controller Modules
Notes:
1. Do not store or use the programmable controller under the pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure of altitude 0 m.
2. This indicates the section of power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical power distribution network and the machinery within the premises.
Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The surge voltage withstand level for up to the rated voltage of 300 V is 2500 V.
3. This index indicates the degree to which conductive material is generated in the environment where the device is used. Pollution degree 2 is when only non-conductive pollution occurs.
However, temporary conductivity caused by condensation is to be expected.
4. Specifications of MELSEC-WS differ from MELSEC-Q/QS mainly in General specifications (Operating ambient temperature, storage ambient temperature, etc.) EMC standards:
MELSEC-WS - EN61000-6-2, EN55011MELSEC-Q/QS - IEC 61131-2
Note:
1. Specifications of MELSEC-WS differ from MELSEC-Q/QS mainly in General specifications (Operating ambient temperature, storage ambient temperature, etc.) EMC standards: MELSEC-WS - EN61000-6-2,
EN55011MELSEC-Q/QS - IEC 61131-2
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Programmable Automation Controllers WS Safety 129
Model Number WS0-GETH00200
Stocked Item S
Number of Modules Mountable to the Safety Controller Max. 2 modules (in total WS0-GETH and WS0-GCC1)
Communication
Network Type Ethernet (TCP/IP) 100Base-TX Ethernet (TCP/IP) 10Base-T
Transmission Rate 100Mbps 10Mbps
Connection Technique RJ45
Number of Connections Max. 4 connections + 1 connection (for Setting and Monitoring Tool only)
Enclosure Rating (EN/IEC 60529) IP20
Internal Power Consumption (W) Max. 2.4
Weight (g) 125
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 22.5 x 96.5 x 121
B. Networking Modules
Model Number WS0-GCC100202
Stocked Item S
Number of Modules Mountable to the Safety Controller Max. 2 modules (in total WS0-GETH and WS0-GCC1)
CC-Link Station Type Remote device station
CC-Link Version Ver.1.10
Data Transmission Speed 156kbps/625kbps/2.5Mbps/5Mbps/10Mbps (autosensing)
Station Number 1 to 64 (factory default: 0)
1 station (RX/RY 32 points each, RWw/RWr 4 points each)
2 stations (RX/RY 64 points each, RWw/RWr 8 points each)
(The last 16 points of RX/RY are for system use (reserved))
Cable Ver.1.10-compatible CC-Link dedicated cable (*1)
Housing Enclosure Rating / Terminals IP40/IP20 according to IEC 60529
Weight (g) 120
CC-Link Interface Module
Note:
1. Connect a terminating resistor (110).
Ethernet Interface Module
130
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

W
S

S
A
F
E
T
Y
Model Number WS0-4RO4002
Stocked Item S Certication UL cUL CE
Category Category 4
Floating
Contacts
Number of N/O Contacts 4
Safety Integrity Level (SIL) SIL3 Number of N/C Contacts 2
PFDd 1.610
-7
AC Switching Voltage 5 - 275VAC (250VAC Typical)
PFHd 110
-9
1/h DC Switching Voltage 5 - 275VDC (230VDC Typical)
Supply Voltage 24VDC (19.2 - 30VDC) Switching Current 10mA - 6A (12A max.)
Enclosure Rating (EN/IEC 60529) Terminals: IP20, Housing: IP40 Response Time 30ms
EMC EN61000-6-2,EN55011 (Class A)*
Non-Isolated
Current-Limited
N/O Contacts
Number of N/O Contacts 2
Power Consumption Max. 2 W Output Voltage 18 - 30VDC (24VDC Typical)
Impulse Resistance Voltage 4 kV Output Current 75 mA
Rated Voltage 300 VAC
Peeled Off Length of Wire 8 mm Weight (kg) 0.19
Max. Tension 0.6 Nm Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 22.5 x 106.5 x 120.8
D. Safety Relay Module
Used in tandem with the WS0-XTIO84202 for Safety Relay.
Specifications of MELSEC-WS differ from MELSEC-Q/QS mainly in:
General specifications (Operating ambient temperature, storage ambient temperature, etc.)
EMC standards: MELSEC-WS-EN61000-6-2, EN55011; MELSEC-Q/QS-IEC 61131-2
Model Number WS0-XTDI80202 WS0-XTIO84202 (*2)
Stocked Item S S
Category Category 4 (EN/ISO 13849-1), Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Safety Integrity Level (SIL) SIL3 (IEC 61508)
Performance Level (PL) PLe (EN/ISO 13849-1)
PFHd 0.410
-9
1/h 0.910
-9
1/h (double channel) 4.810
-9
1/h (single channel)
Enclosure Rating (EN/IEC 60529) Terminals: IP20, Housing: IP40
EMC EN61000-6-2,EN55011 (Class A) (*1)
Protection Class III (IEC 61140)
External Connection Method By spring clamp terminal block
Internal Power Consumption (W/O Test Pulse Output) Max. 1.4 W Max. 1.1 W
Cross-Circuit of Connecting Wires
Single-core or nely stranded: 10.14 mm to 2.5 mm or 20.14 mm to 0.75 mm
Finely stranded with ferrules to EN 46228: 10.25 mm to 2.5 mm or 20.25 mm to 0.5 mm
External Power
Specs
Supply Voltage
-
24VDC (16.8 to 30VDC)
Type of Supply Voltage
PELV or SELV (The current of the power supply unit that
supplies the CPU module has to be limited to a maximum of 4
A - either by the power supply unit itself or by a fuse.)
Power Consumption Max. 96 W (including Q1 to Q4)
Switch-On Time Max. 18 seconds
Short-Circuit Protection 4 A gG (with tripping characteristics B or C)
Input Specs
ON Voltage -13 to 30VDC
OFF Voltage -5 to +5VDC
ON Current 2.4 to 3.8 mA
OFF Current -2.5 to 2.1 mA
Redundancy Mismatch Time 4 ms to 30 s (Default: 3 s, Increase or decrease 4 ms by 4 ms)
Number of Inputs 8 points (Single), 4 points (Dual-channel)
Test Pulse Output
Specs
Number of Outputs 8 points (2 kinds) 2 points (2 kinds)
Output Type PNP
Output Voltage 15.6 to 30VDC
Output Current (DC) Max. 120 mA
Test Pulse Cycle 1 to 25 Hz (Changeable by settings)
Test Pulse OFF Time 1 to 100 ms (Changeable by settings)
Load Capacity 1 F for test pulse duration 4 ms, 0.5F for test pulse duration 1 ms < 100
Cable Resistance 100 or less
Output Specs
Output Points
-
4 points (Single), 2 points (Dual-channel)
Output Type PNP
Output Voltage 24VDC (15.6 to 30VDC)
Output Current (DC) 2 A
Total Output Current Max. 3.2 A
Test Pulse OFF Time 0.65ms
Test Pulse Cycle 0.8 Hz
Load Capacity 0.5 F
Cable Length 100m, 1.5mm
Response Time Changeable by logic conguration
Fast Shut Off Time 8ms
Weight (g) 139 164
C. Safety Input and I/O Combined Modules
Specifications of MELSEC-WS differ from MELSEC-Q/QS mainly in:
General specifications (Operating ambient temperature, storage ambient temperature, etc.)
1. EMC standards: MELSEC-WS-EN61000-6-2, EN55011; MELSEC-Q/QS-IEC 61131-2
2. WS0-XTIO84202 is required for use of WS0-4RO4002
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Programmable Logic Controllers L Series 131
Item columns/rows.
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
EXPANDABILITY
series
Programmable Logic Controllers
L Series
L Series CPU Modules .....................................................................................................................133
Power Supplies ................................................................................................................................135
Digital I/O Expansion .......................................................................................................................135
Connectors, Cables and Terminal Blocks .........................................................................................138
Analog I/O Modules .........................................................................................................................138
A/D Converter Module .....................................................................................................................139
Intelligent Function Modules ...........................................................................................................141
Networks .........................................................................................................................................146
Accessories .....................................................................................................................................148
L Series Programmable Logic Controllers
132
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Display unit
(optional)
e l u d o m U P C e l u d o m y l p p u s r e w o P
END cover
RS-232 adapter
(optional)
I/O modules or
intelligent function
modules
SD memory card
(optional)
*
1
END cover with
ERR terminal
(optional)
Extension cable
Branch module
Branch module
Extension block 1
Main block
Extension module
Extension cable
To Extension block 2
D D
D
C E F
D D
Connector/terminal block converter module
(optional)
Dedicated cable with connector
(relay terminal module)
(optional)
Relay terminal module
(optional)
Dedicated cable with connector
(connector/terminal block converter module)
(optional)
Connector
C E F
L Series System Configuration
A. L Series CPU Modules .................................................................................................................................. 133
B. Power Supplies ............................................................................................................................................. 135
C. Digital I/O Expansion .................................................................................................................................... 135
D. Connectors, Cables and Terminal Blocks ..................................................................................................... 138
E. Analog I/O Modules ...................................................................................................................................... 138
F. Intelligent Function Modules ......................................................................................................................... 141
G. Accessories .................................................................................................................................................. 148
The L Series is a powerful but compact modular controller with many features built-in to the CPU
itself. The rack-free design promotes high system flexibility with minimum form factor. Built-in
Mini-B USB and Ethernet allow for easy communication, along with a built-in SD/SDHC memory slot
for data logging and memory storage, and built-in digital I/O for simple high-speed counting and
positioning functions. The high-performance version CPU also includes a built-in CC-Link interface
for Master/Local Station networking. This highly flexible architecture makes the L Series ideal for
both stand-alone and networked machines.
CPU Specications
Standard Input
Rated Input Voltage 24VDC (+20%/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Rated Input Current 4.1mA TYP. (at 24VDC)
Minimum Input Response Speed 100s
Input Response Time Setting 0.1ms/1ms/5ms/10ms/20ms/70ms
High-Speed Input
Rated Input Voltage
24V input: 24VDC (+20%/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Differential input: EIA Standard RS-422-A differential type line driver level
Rated Input Current
24V input: 6.0mA TYP. (at 24VDC)
Differential input: EIA Standard RS-422-A differential type line driver level
Minimum Input Response Speed 10s
Input Response Time Setting 0.01ms/0.1ms/0.2ms/0.4ms/0.6ms/1ms
Model Number L02CPU/L06CPU L26CPU/L26CPU-BT L02CPU-P/L06CPU-P L26CPU-P/L26CPU-P
Output Type Sink Transistor Source Transistor
Rated Load Voltage 5 to 24VDC 0.1A
Response Time
OFF-ON 1s or less (rated load, resistive load)
ON-OFF 1s or less (rated load, resistive load)
Key Features:
Flexible rack-free modular design
All-in-one CPU with built-in Ethernet, and positioning I/O functions
Up to 260K Step memory
As low as 9.5ns instruction processing
24 points of built-in I/O
Built-in data logging capabilities
Commonly available SD/SDHC memory media
Expansion capabilities for I/O, Analog, Communication,
and Motion/Positioning
Integration into iQ Works and GX Works2 next generation software
A. L Series CPU Modules
Model Number L02CPU(-P) L06CPU(-P) L26CPU(-P) L26CPU-(P)BT
Certification UL-cUL-CE UL-cUL-CE UL-cUL-CE UL-cUL-CE
Processing Speed
LD Instruction 40ns 9.5ns
MOV Instruction 80ns 19ns
Program Capacity 20k steps 60k steps 260k steps
Memory Capacity
Program Memory (Drive 0) 80 kB 240 kB 1040 kB
Standard RAM (Drive 3) 128 kB 768 kB 768 kB
Standard RAM (Drive 4) 512 kB 1024 kB 2048 kB
Maximum Number
of Files
Program Memory 64 programs 124 programs 252 programs
Standard RAM 4 files (file register file, local device file, sampling trace file, and module error collection file)
Standard ROM 128 files 256 files 256 files
Memory Card Type SD/SDHC
Max. Number
of Intelligent
Function Module
Parameter
Settings
Initial Setting 2048 4096 4096
Refresh 1024 2048 2048
5VDC Internal
Current
Consumption
With Display Module 1.00A 1.06A 1.06A 1.43A
Without Display Module 0.94A 1.00A 1.00A 1.37A
Max. I/O Device Points 8192 points (X/Y0 to X/Y1FFF)
Max. Physical I/O Points
1024 points
(X/Y0 to X/Y3FF)
4096 points (X/Y0 to X/YFFF)
Built-in CC-Link No No No Yes
Weight (kg) 0.37 0.47
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 70 x 90 x 95 98.5 x 90 x 95
CPU Built-In Input Specications
CPU Built-In Output Specications
134
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Control Unit Pulse
Positioning Control
Positioning Control
Method
PTP Control (*1 ) INC system, ABS system
Speed-Position
Switching Control
INC system
Positioning Control
Range
PTP Control (*1 ) -2147483648 to 2147483647 pulse
Speed-Position
Switching Control
0 to 2147483647 pulse
Speed Command 0 to 200kpulse/s
Acceleration/Deceleration System
Selection
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration and S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
Acceleration/Deceleration Time 0 to 32767ms
Starting Time (1-Axis Linear Control)
Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration (1-axis start): 30s/axis
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration (1-axis start): 35s/axis
Command Pulse
Output
Pulse Output Method Open collector output (5 to 24VDC), sink or source logic
Maximum Output Speed 200kpulse/s
Maximum Connection Distance from
Drive Unit
2m
External Input
Zero Signal 24VDC 6mA Equivalent with differential driver 20mA
Speed-Position Switching Signal
DC24V 4.1mA
Near-Point Dog Signal
Upper and Lower Limit Signal
Drive Unit READY Signal
Minimum Input Response Time
Zero signal: 10s Speed-position switching signal, near-point dog signal: 100s
Upper and lower limit signal, drive unit READY signal: 2ms
External Output
Deviation Counter Clear Signal ADY signal: 2ms External output; Deviation counter clear signal, sink or source logic
Response Time
OFF-ON
1s or less (rated load, resistive load)
ON-OFF
CPU Built-In I/O - Positioning Function Specifications
CPU Built-In I/O - High Speed Counter Specifications
Number of Channels 2ch
Count Input Signal
Phase 1-phase input (multiple of 1/2), CW/CCW, 2-phase input (multiple of 1/2/4)
Signal Level
24V Input 24VDC 6mA
Differential Input
EIA Standard RS-422-A differential type line driver level
(Equivalent with AM26LS31 (manufactured by Texas Instruments Japan Limited))
Counter
Maximum Counting Speed 200kpulse/s (1-phase multiple of 2, 2-phase multiple of 4)
Counting Range Binary with 32-bit code (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Type UP/DOWN preset counter (+ ring counter function)
Minimum Count
Pulse Width (Duty
Ratio 50%)
Phase 1 5s
Phase 2 10s
Minimum Phase Differential for
2-Phase Input
5s
Coincidence Output
Comparison Range Binary with 32-bit code (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Comparison Result Set value < Count value; Set value = Count value; Set value > Count value
External Input
Phase Z (Preset)
24V Input Open collector; 24VDC 6mA
Differential Input
(Equivalent with AM26LS31 (manufactured by Texas Instruments Japan Limited))
Function Start
24VDC 4.1mA
Latch
Minimum Input Response Time Phase Z: 10s Function start, latch: 100s
External Output
Comparison Output 2 points/ch
Output Voltage/Current 5 to 24VDC 0.1A
Output Response
Time
OFF-ON
1s or less (rated load, resistive load)
ON-OFF
PWM Output
Output Frequency Range DC to 200kHz
Minimum ON Width 1s
Duty Ratio ON time can be set in increments of 0.1s.
Pulse Width
Measurement
Measurement Item Pulse width (ON width: 200s or more, OFF width: 200s or more)
Measurement Resolution 5s
Measurement Points 1 point/ch
Note:
1. The abbreviation for Point To Point, referring to position control.
CPU Built-In Ethernet Port Specifications
Transmission
Specication
Data Transfer Speed 100/10Mbps
Communication Mode Full-duplex/Half-duplex
Transmission Method Base band
Maximum Distance Between
Hub and Node
100m
Maximum Number
of Connectable
Nodes
10BASE-T Maximum of cascading hub connections
100BASE-TX Maximum of 2 cascading hub connections
Number of
Connections
TCP/IP
Total of 16 for socket communications, MELSOFT connections, and MC protocol (*1). One for FTP
UDP/IP
Cable to Use
(*2)
For 10BASE-T Connection Cables compliant to Ethernet standards, category 3 or higher (STP/UTP cables) (*3)
For 100BASE-TX Connection Cables compliant to Ethernet standards, category 5 or higher (STP cables)
The L Series has three Power Supply Units selectable according to AC/DC power requirements.
Power Supply Module Specifications
Model Number L61P (*1) L63P L63SP
Stocked Item S S S
Input Power Supply 100 to 240 VAC (-15% to +10%) 24 VDC (-35% to +30%) 24 VDC (-35% to +30%)
AC Supply Frequency 50/60Hz (-5% to +5%) - -
AC Supply Voltage Distortion Factor Within 5% - -
Maximum Input Apparent Power 130 VA - -
Maximum Input Power - 45W 45W
Inrush Current 8ms @ 20A 1ms @ 100A (for 24 VDC input) 100A within 1ms (24 VDC input)
Rated Output Current (5VDC) 5A
Allowable Momentary Power Failure Time 10ms 10ms (24 DC input) Within 10ms (24 VDC input)
Weight (kg) 0.32 0.29 0.19
Aside from the built-in I/O, the L Series has several I/O expansion options for Relay and
Transistor.
Model Number LX10 LX28 LX40C6 LX41C4 LX42C4
Stocked Item S S S S S
Number of Input Points 16 points 8 points 16 points 32 points 64 points
Rated Input Voltage
100 to 120VAC (+10%/
-15%), 50/60Hz (3Hz)
100 to 240VAC (+10%/
-15%), 50/60Hz (3Hz)
24VDC (+20/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Rated Input Current
8.2mA (100VAC, 60Hz),
6.8mA (100VAC, 50Hz)
16.4mA (200VAC, 60Hz),
13.7mA (200VAC, 50Hz)
8.2mA (100VAC, 60Hz),
6.8mA (100VAC, 50Hz)
6.0mA TYP.
(at 24VDC input)
4.0mA TYP.
(at 24VDC input)
4.0mA TYP.
(at 24VDC input)
Response Time
OFF-ON
15ms or less (100VAC
50Hz, 60Hz)
50Hz, 60Hz)10ms or less
(200VAC 50Hz, 60Hz) 1ms/5ms/10ms/20ms/70ms (Initial setting is 10ms.)
ON-OFF
50Hz, 60Hz)
20ms or less (100/200VAC
50Hz, 60Hz)
Common Terminal Arrangement
16 points/common
(common terminal: TB17)
8 points/common
(common terminal: TB17)
16 points, 1 common 32 points, 1 common 32 points, 1 common
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points (I/O assignment: input 16 points)
16 points (I/O assignment:
16 input points)
32 input points)
64 input point)
External Connections 18-point screw terminal block (M3 6 screw) 18-point terminal block 40-pin connector 40-pin connector x 2
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 90mA (TYP. all points ON) 80mA (TYP. all points ON) 90mA (TYP. all points ON)
100mA
(TYP. all points ON)
120mA
(TYP. all points ON)
Weight (kg) 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.11 0.12
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 28.5 x 90 x 117 28.5 x 90 x 95
Digital Input Module Specifications (AC / DC Input Module)
Notes:
1. Only 3E frames may be used.
2. Straight through cable. Also, CPU is connected directly with a GOT, a cross cable may be used.
3. The use of STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) cables is recommended in noisy environments.
Note:
1. AC Power Supply included in CPU sets; L02CPU-SET, L06CPU-SET, L26CPU-SET, and L26CPU-BT-SET
B. Power Supplies
C. Digital I/O Expansion
136
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Digital Output Module Specifications
Model Number LY10R2 (Relay) LY20S6 (Triac)
Stocked Item S S
Maximum Load Voltage 24VDC / 240VAC 264VAC
Maximum Load Current 2A/point, 8A/common 0.6A/point, 4.8A/common
Protection Function
Surge Suppressor - CR absorber
Fuse - -
Common Terminal Arrangement 16 points/common 16 points/common (common terminal: TB17)
Number of Occupied I/O points 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 input points) 16 points (I/O assignment: output 16 points)
External Connections 18-point terminal block 18-point screw terminal block (M3 6 screw)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 460mA (TYP. all points ON) 300mA (TYP. all points ON)
Weight (kg) 0.21 0.22
Digital Output Module Specifications (Sink Transistor Output Modules)
Model Number LY40NT5P LY41NT1P LY42NT1P
Stocked Item S S S
Number of Output Points 16 points 32 points 64 points
Rated Load Voltage 12 to 24VDC (+20%/-15%)
Maximum Load Current 0.5A/point, 5A common 0.1A / point, 2A / common
Response Time
OFF-ON 0.5ms or less
ON-OFF 1ms or less (rated load, resistive load)
Voltage 12 to 24VDC (+20%/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Current 9mA (at 24VDC) 13mA (at 24VDC)/common 9mA (at 24VDC)/common
Common Terminal Arrangement 16 points/common 32 points/common 32 points/common
Number of Occupied I/O points 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 output points) 32 points (I/O assignment: 32 output points) 64 points (I/O assignment: 64 output points)
External Connections 18-point terminal block 40-pin connector 40-pin connector x 2
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.11 0.12
Digital Output Module Specifications (Source Transistor Output Modules)
Model Number LY40PT5P LY41PT1P LY42PT1P
Stocked Item S S S
Number of Output Points 16 points 32 points 64 points
Rated Load Voltage 10.2 to 28.8VDC
Maximum Load Current 0.5A / point, 5A / common 0.1A / point, 2A / common
Response Time
ON-OFF 1ms or less (rated load, resistive load)
Voltage 10.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio within 5%)
Current 17mA (at 24VDC) 20mA (at 24VDC) 20mA (at 24VDC)/common
Common Terminal Arrangement 16 points/common 32 points/common 32 points/common
Number of Occupied I/O points
16 points
(I/O assignment: 16 output points)
32 points (
I/O assignment: 32 output points)
64 points
(I/O assignment: 64 output points)
External Connections 18-point screw terminal block 40-pin connector 40-pin connector
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.11 0.12
Branch and Extension Modules
Model Number L6EXB L6EXE
Stocked Item S S
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.08 0.08
Weight (kg) 0.12 0.13
Model Number LH42C4NT1P LH42C4PT1P
Stocked Item S S
Rated Input Voltage 24 VDC (ripple rate 5% or less)
Rated Input Current 4.0mA TYP (at 24 VDC)
Output Type Sink Source
Rated Load Voltage 10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum Load Current 0.1A/point, 2A / commom
Input Response Time
OFF-ON 1ms, 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 70ms, or less
ON-OFF 1ms, 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 70ms, or less
Output Response Time
OFF-ON 1ms or less
Voltage 12/24 VDC (ripple rate: 5% or less)
Current 9mA (at 24 VDC)/common 20mA (at 24 VDC) / common
Input Common Terminal Arrangement 32 points / common
Output Common Terminal Arrangement 32 points / common
Number of Occupied I/O points 32 points
External Connections 40-pin connector
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 160 mA (TYP all points ON) 150mA (TYP all points ON)
Weight (kg) 0.12 0.12
138
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Model Number L60AD4 (Analog Input Module) L60DA4 (Analog Output Module)
Stocked Item S S
Number of Analog I/O Points 4 points (ch)
Analog I/O
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (Input resistance value 1M) -10 to 10VDC (External load resistance value 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (Input resistance value 250) 0 to 20mADC (External load resistance value 0 to 600)
Digital Output
Output -20480 to 20479
When Using Scaling
Function
-32768 to 32767
I/O Characteristics, Resolution
Analog Input Range
Digital Output
Value
Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V
0 to 20000
500V
0 to 5V 250V
1 to 5V 200V
-10 to 10V
-20000 to
20000
500V
Users range
setting
307V (*1)
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 20000
1000nA
4 to 20mA 800nA
Users range
setting
-20000 to
20000
1230nA (*1)
Analog Output Range Digital Value Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 20000
250V
1 to 5V 200V
-10 to 10V
-20000 to
20000
500V
Users range
setting
333V (*1)
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 20000
1000nA
4 to 20mA 800nA
Users range
setting
-20000 to
20000
700nA (*1)
Accuracy
Ambient Temperature
25 5C
0.1% (20 digit) 0.1% (voltage: 10mA, current: 20A)
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C
0.2% (40 digit) 0.3% (voltage: 30mV, current: 60A)
Conversion Speed High speed: 20s/ch; Medium speed: 80s/ch; Low speed: 1ms/ch 20s/ch
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V, Current: 30mA (*2) -
Output Short Protection - Available
External Power Supply -
24VDC (+20%/-15%); Ripple, spike within 500mVp-p
Inrush current: 4.3A, 1000s or less; Current consumption: 0.18A
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 points for Intelligent function module)
External Connections 18-point terminal block
5VDC Internal Current Consumption 0.52A 0.16A
Weight (kg) 0.19 0.20
Analog input and output modules can be added on and configured easily in GX Works2 using built-in utilities.
Notes:
1. Maximum resolution in users range settings.
2. Maximum instantaneous current value that will not cause destruction of the internal components. The maximum constant input current value is 24mA.
E. Analog I/O Modules
For connector type I/O, all L Series and Q Series modules use the same FCN connector. Connectors, cables and terminal blocks are available for both.
Category Model Number Description Stocked Item Applicable Products (*1)
Connectors (For User-Made Cables)
A6CON1 FCN, 40 Pin, Solder Type S
L02CPU, L26CPU-BT, LX_, LY_,
LD75_, LD62_, QX_, QY_, QH42P,
QX41Y41P, Q66DA-G, Q68RD3-G,
QD75_, QD72P3C3
A6CON2 FCN, 40 Pin, Crimp Type S
A6CON3 FCN, 40 Pin, IDC Type S
A6CON4
FCN, 40 Pin, Solder Type, Low-
Profile
-
Direct-Wire Cables
LCBL40P-2M 2.0m I/O Pigtail Cable, 40 Pin S L02CPU, L26CPU-BT, LX_, LY_,
LD75_, LD62_, QX_, QY_, QH42P,
QX41Y41P, Q66DA-G, Q68RD3-G,
QD75_, QD72P3C3
LCBL40P-5M 5.0m I/O Pigtail Cable, 40 Pin S
LCBL40P-10M 10m I/O Pigtail Cable, 40 Pin S
Terminal Block Dedicated Cables
FA-SCBL05FMV-M 0.5m Terminal Block Cable S
FA-LTB40P
FA-SCBL15FMV-M 1.5m Terminal Block Cable -
AC_TB
Terminal Block Cable. _ = 0.5m,
1.0m, 2.0m, 3.0m, 4.0m, 5.0m,
8.0m, 10.0m length
S A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54
Terminal Blocks
FA-LTB40P Terminal Block, 40 Point S L02CPU, L26CPU-BT
A6TBXY36 Terminal Block, 32 Point S
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P,
LY42PT1P, QX41_, QX42_, QY41_,
QY42_, QH_, QX41Y41P
A6TBXY54 Terminal Block, 32 Point, 2-Wire -
Extension Cable
LC06E 0.6m Extension Cable S L6EXB
LC10E 1.0m Extension Cable S
L6EXE
LC30E 3.0m Extension Cable S
Note:
1. Applicable products are FCN connector type CPUs and Modules.
D. Connectors, Cables and Terminal Blocks
Model Number L60AD4-2GH
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog I/O Points 4 points (4 channels)
Analog I/O
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (Input resistance value 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (Input resistance value 250)
Digital Output
Output -32000 to 32000
When Using Scaling
Function
-32768 to 32767
I/O Characteristics, Resolution (*1)
Analog Input Range Digital Output Value Maximum Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V
0 to 32000
312.5V
0 to 5V 156V
1 to 5V 125V
-10 to 10V -32000 to 32000 312.5V
User range setting
(bi-polar: voltage)
-32000 to 32000 200V (*2)
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 32000
625nA
4 to 20mA 500nA
4 to 20mA (Extended mode) -8000 to 32000 500nA
User range setting
(uni-polar: current)
0 to 32000 400nA (*2)
Accuracy (Accuracy
for the Maximum
Value of the Digital
Output Value) (*3)
Reference Accuracy
(*4)
Temperature
Coefcient (*5)
40.1ppm/C or lower
Conversion Speed 40/2 channels
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage: 15V, Current: 30mA (*6)
Offset/Gain Setting Count (*7) Up to 100000 counts
Insulation Method
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: photocoupler isolation;
Between analog input channels: dual channel transformer insulation
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: 500VAC for 1 minute;
Between analog input channels: 1000VAC for 1 minute
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:
1. For details on the I/O conversion characteristic, refer the I/O Conversion Characteristic of A/D Conversion in Users Manual.
2. Maximum resolution in the user range setting.
4. Accuracy under the ambient temperature when the offset/gain setting is performed.
5. Accuracy when the temperature changes 1C EX: Accuracy when the temperature changes from 25C to 30C 0.05% + 0.00401%/C (temperature coefficient) 5C (temperature change) = 0.070%
6. A momentary input current value which does not cause damage to internal resistors of the module. The maximum input current value for constant application is 24mA.
7. If the number of offset/gain settings exceeds 100000 times, an error occurs. The error code (170) is stored in Latest error code (Un\G19), Error flag (XF) turns on, then the ERR. LED turns on.
A/D Converter Module
For connector type I/O, all L Series and Q Series modules use the same FCN connector. Connectors, cables and terminal blocks are available for both.
140
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Combination Analog Module
Model Number L60AD2DA2
Stocked Item S
Number of Analog Output Points 2 points (2 channels)
Digital Input
Input -16384 to 16383
With Scaling Function -32768 to 32767
Analog Output
Voltage -10 to 10VDC (external load resistance 1k to 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (External load resistance 0 to 600)
Analog Input
Voltage -10 to 10 VDC (input resistance 1M)
Current 0 to 20mADC (input resistance 250)
DIgital Output
Output -16384 to 16383
With Scaling Function -32768 to 32767
I/O Characteristics, Resolution (*1)
Analog Output Range Digital Input Value Resolution
Voltage
0 to 5V
0 to 12000
416V
1 to 5V 333V
-10 to 10V -16000 to 16000 625V
User Range Setting
(Bi-Polar: Voltage)
-12000 to 12000 319V (*2)
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 12000
166nA
4 to 20mA 1333nA
User Range Setting -12000 to 12000 696nA (*2)
Analog Input Range Digital Output Value Resolution
Voltage
0 to 10V 0 to 16000 625V
0 to 5V
0 to 12000
416V
1 to 5V 333V
-10 to 10V -16000 to 16000 625V
User Range Setting (Voltage) -1200 to 12000 321V
Current
0 to 20mA
0 to 12000
1666nA
4 to 20mA 1333nA
4 to 20mA (Extended mode) -3000 to 13500 1333nA
User Range Setting (Current) -12000 to 12000 1287nA (*2)
Accuracy (Accuracy for the Maximum Value of
the Analog Output Value) (*3)
Analog Output Range
Ambient Temperature
25 5 0 to 55
Voltage
0 to 5V
Within 0.2% (10mV) Within 0.4% (20mV)
1 to 5V
-10 to 10V Within 0.2% (20mV) Within 0.4% (40mV)
Current
0 to 20mA
Within 0.2% (40A) Within 0.4% (80A)
4 to 20mA
Analog Input Range
Ambient Temperature
255 C 0~55 C
Voltage
0 to 10V
0.2% (32 digit) 0.3% (48 digit)
-10 to 10V
0 to 5V
0.2% ( 24 digit) 0.3% ( 36 digit)
1 to 5V
1 to 5V (Extended mode)
Current
0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA
4 to 20 mA (Extended mode)
Conversion Speed 80/channel (*4)
Output Short Protection Protected
Offset/Gain Setting Count (Flash Memory
Write Count) (*5)
Up to 100000 counts
Insulation Method
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: photocoupler isolation; Between I/O channels: no isolation
Between the external power supply and analog I/O channels: transformer isolation
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply: 500VAC for 1 minute;
Between the external pwer supply and analog I/O: 500VAC for 1 minute
External Power Supply 24VDC +20%, -15%; Ripple, spike 500mVp-p or lower; Inrush current 3.5A, 1000 or shorter; Current consumption 0.12A
Weight (kg) 0.22
Notes:
1. For details on the I/O conversion characteristic, refer to the I/O Conversion Characteristic of A/D Conversion in Users Manual.
2. Maximum resolution in the user range setting.
4. For details on the conversion speed, refer to the enable/disable settings and conversion speed of A/D and D/A in the Users Manual.
5. If the number of offset/gain settings exceeds 100000 times, an error (error code 170) occurs.
Temperature I/O Modules
Model Number L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW
Control Output Transistor output
Number of Temperature Input Points 4 channels/module
Type of Usable Temperature Sensors, the Temperature
Measurement Range, the Resolution, and the Effect From
Wiring Resistance of 1
Thermocouple Resistive thermal device Thermocouple Resistive thermal device
Accuracy
Indication
Accuracy
Ambient Temperature:
25 5C
Full scale (0.3%)
Ambient Temperature:
0 to 55C
Full scale (0.7%)
Cold Junction
Temperature
Compensation
Accuracy:
(Ambient
Temperature:
0 to 55C)
Temperature Process
Value (PV): -100 C or
More
Within 1.0C
-
Within 1.0C
-
Temperature Process
Value (PV): -150 to
-100C
Within 2.0C Within 2.0C
Temperature Process
Value (PV): -200 to
-150C
Within 3.0C Within 3.0C
Sampling Cycle 250ms/4 channels, 500ms/4 channels
Control Output Cycle 0.5 to 100.0s
Input Impedance 1M
Input Filter 0 to 100s (0: Input filter OFF)
Sensor Correction Value Setting -50.00 to 50.00%
Operation at Sensor Input Disconnection Upscale processing
Temperature Control Method PID ON/OFF pulse or two-position control
PID Constants Range
PID Constants Setting Can be set by auto tuning
Proportional Band (P) 0.0 to 1000.0% (0: Two-position control)
Integral Time (I) 0 to 3600s (set 0 for P control and PD control)
Derivative Time (D) 0 to 3600s (set 0 for P control and PI control)
Set Value (SV) Setting Range Within the temperature range set in the thermocouple/platinum resistance thermometer to be used
Dead Band Setting Range 0.1 to 10.0%
Transistor Output
Output Signal ON/OFF pulse
Rated Load Voltage 10 to 30VDC
Max. Inrush Current 0.4A 10ms
Leakage Current at OFF 0.1mA or less
Max. Voltage Drop at ON 1.0VDC (TYP) at 0.1A 2.5VDC (MAX) at 0.1A
Response Time OFFON: 2ms or less, ONOFF: 2ms or less
Number of Accesses to Non-Volatile Memory Max. 10
12
times
Heater Disconnection Detection
Specifications
Current Sensor
-
See L Series Users Manual
Input Accuracy Full scale (1.0%)
Number of Alert Delay 3 to 255
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 intelligent points)
Number of Occupied Module 1 2
External Connection 18-point terminal block Two 18-point terminal blocks
Internal Current Consumption 0.30A 0.31A 0.33A 0.35A
Weight (kg) 0.18 0.33
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 28.5 x 90 x 117 57.0 x 9 x 117
F. Intelligent Function Modules
142
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Model Number LD77MH4 LD77MH16
Stocked Item S S
Number of Control Axes 4 16
Operation Cycle (ms) 0.88 0.88/1.77
Control System
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (both linear and arc can be set), speed control, speed-position switching
control, position-speed switching control, Speed-torque control
Control Unit mm, inch, degree, PLS
Positioning Data 600 data/axis. (Can be set with GX Works2 or sequence program)
Backup Parameters, positioning data, and block start data can be saved on flash ROM (battery-less backup)
Positioning System
PTP control: Incremental system/absolute system; Speed-position switching control: Incremental system/absolute
system (*1); Position-speed switching control: Incremental system; Path control: Incremental system/absolute system
Applicable Connector for External Input Signal LD77MHIOCON
SSCNET III Cable
MR-J3BUS_M [m (ft)] (*2)
LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_B MR-J3(W)-_B; Standard cord for inside panel; 0.15 (0.49), 0.3 (0.98),
0.5 (1.64), 1 (3.28), 3 (9.84)
MR-J3BUS_M-A [m (ft)] (*2)
LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_ MR-J3(W)-_B; Standard cable for outside panel; 5 (16.40), 10 (32.81),
20 (65.62)
MR-J3BUS_M-B [m (ft)] (*2,*3) LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_B MR-J3(W)-_B; Long distance cable; 30 (98.43 ), 40 (131.23), 50 (164.04)
5VDC Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.55 0.70
Flash ROM Write Count Max. 100000 times
Number of Occupied I/O Points (Points) 32 (I/O assignment: Intelligent function module 32 points)
Number of Applicable Modules Up to 5 modules
Outline Dimensions mm (inch) W x H x D 45.0 x 90.0 x 95.0 (1.77 x 3.54 x 3.74)
Weight (kg) 0.22
External Command Signal - Switching Signal DI signal (External start or speed-position switching can be selected by parameter.)
Simple Motion Modules
Notes:
2. _ = Cable length: (015: 0.15m (0.49ft.), 03: 0.3m (0.98ft.), 05: 0.5m (1.64ft.), 1: 1m (3.28ft.), 3: 3m (9.84ft.), 5: 5m (16.40ft.), 10: 10m (32.81ft.), 20: 20m (65.62ft.), 30: 30m (98.43ft.), 40: 40m (131.23ft.),
50: 50m (164.04ft.) )
3. For the cable of less than 30[m](98.43[ft.]), contact your nearest Mitsubishi sales representative.
P
U
L
S
E
R
CN1
LD77MH4
RUN
ERR.
AX
1
2
3
4
LD77MH16
RUN
ERR.
AX 1
9 10111213141516
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P
U
L
S
E
R
CN1
SSCNET III Head Module
Model Number LJ72MS15
Stocked Item S
Maximum Link Points Per
Network
RWr, RX 256 bytes in total
RWw, RY 256 bytes in total
Maximum Link Points Per
Station
RWr, RX 64 bytes in total
RWw, RY 64 bytes in total
Communication Speed 150Mbps
Maximum Connectable
Stations Per Network (*1)
Communication
Cycle:
888s: 4 stations
444s: 2 stations
222s: 1 station
Connection Cable SSCNET III cable (optical ber cable)
Maximum Station-to-Station Distance POF type: 20m; H-PCF type: 50m
Connection Method Daisy chain connection (Regenerative relay system with a servo amplier)
Transmission System Full-duplex communication (because of the separation of the channels for sending and receiving)
Encoding Method 8B10B + scramble
Transmission Format Original to SSCNET III/H
Synchronization Method Synchronization of the control cycle and communication cycle that synchronize with the data transmission of the Motion controller
Communication Cycle 222s/444s/888s
Error Control System CRC
Head Module
Number of I/O Points (*2)
X 4096 points, 512 bytes (Number of points accessible to the actual module)
Y 4096 points, 512 bytes (Number of points accessible to the actual module)
Number of Device Points
X 8192 points, 1KB (Number of usable points on programs); (RX0 is assigned from X0)
Y 8192 points, 1KB (Number of usable points on programs); (RY0 is assigned from Y0)
SB 8192 points, 1KB
SW 8192 points, 16KB
SM 2048 points, 256 bytes
SD 2048 points, 4KB
W 8192 points, 16KB; (RWw0 is assigned from W0, RWr0 is assigned from W1000)
Uoo\Goo Devices that directly access the buffer memory of intelligent function modules
Number of Writes to the Parameter Memory Up to 100000 times
Clock Function (For Displaying the Date and
Time of an Error)
Year, month, date, hour, minute, and second (automatic leap year detection) When connected to a network, the clock synchronizes
periodically with the clock in the Motion controller via the network. (Initial value: 2000/1/1 00:00:00) After the clock information has
been acquired from the Motion controller, when the head module is powered off then on, the clock resumes from the time when the
power was last turned off. (The clock pauses during power off.) Therefore, the data and time of an error that occurred during initial
processing may be different from the actual one.
Allowable Momentary Power Failure Time Depends on the power supply module used
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) A 0.55
Laser Classication (JIS C 6802, IEC 60825-1) Class 1
Weight (kg) 0.20
Notes:
1. This number includes only head modules. Servo amplifiers are not included.
2. This is the maximum number of points that can be assigned to the actual module in PLC Parameter - I/O Assignment of GX Works2.
144
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Model Number LD75P1/LD75D1 (*1) LD75P2/LD75D2 (*1) LD75P4/LD75D4 (*1)
Stocked Item S S S
Number of Control Axes 1 axis 2 axes 4 axes
Interpolation Function None
2-axis linear interpolation
2-, 3-, or 4-axis linear interpolation
Control System
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (both linear and arc can be set), speed control, speed position switching control,
position-speed switching control
Control Unit mm, inch, degree, pulse
Positioning Data 600 data/axis (Can be set with GX Works2 or program.)
Backup Parameters, positioning data, and block start data can be saved on ash ROM (battery-less backup)
Positioning
Control
Positioning
Control
System
PTP Control (*1) Incremental system/absolute system
Speed-Position
Switching Control
Incremental system/absolute system (*2)
Position-Speed
Switching Control
Incremental system
Path Control Incremental system/absolute system
Positioning
Control
Range
In Absolute System
214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m)
21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch)
0 to 359.99999 (degree)
2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse)
In Incremental
System
214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m)
21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch)
21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (degree)
2147483648 to 2147483647 (pulse)
In speed-Position
Switching Control
(INC Mode)/Position-
Speed Switching
Control
0 to 214748364.7 (m)
0 to 21474.83647 (inch)
0 to 21474.83647 (degree)
0 to 2147483647 (pulse)
In Speed-Position
Switching Control
(ABS Mode) (*2)
0 to 359.99999 (degree)
Speed Command
0.01 to 20000000.00 (mm/min)
0.001 to 2000000.000 (inch/min)
0.001 to 2000000.000 (degree/min)
1 to 4000000 (pulse/s)
Acceleration/Deceleration System
Selection
Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 to 8388608 (ms) Four patterns can be set for each of acceleration time and deceleration time
Starting Time (*3)
1-axis linear control 1.5ms
1-axis speed control 1.5ms
2-axis linear interpolation control (Composite speed) 1.5ms
2-axis linear interpolation control (Reference axis speed) 1.5ms
2-axis circular interpolation control 2.0ms
3-axis linear interpolation control (Composite speed) 1.7ms
3-axis linear interpolation control (Reference axis speed) 1.7ms
4-axis linear interpolation control 1.8ms
Factors in starting time extension. The following times will be added to the starting time in the described conditions:
S-curve acceleration/ deceleration is selected: 0.1ms; Other axis is in operation: 0.5ms; During continuous positioning control:
0.3ms; During continuous path control: 0.3ms
Applicable Wire Size 0.3mm (22AWG) (for A6CON1 or A6CON4), 0.088 to 0.24mm (28 to 24AWG) (for A6CON2)
Applicable Connector For External Device A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON4 (sold separately)
Max. Output Pulse LD75P1, LD75P2, LD75P4: 200kpulse/s; LD75D1, LD75D2, LD75D4: 4Mpulse/s
Max. Connection Distance Between Servos LD75P1, LD75P2, LD75P4: 2m; LD75D1, LD75D2, LD75D4: 10m
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) LD75P1: 0.44A; LD75D1: 0.51A LD75P2: 0.48A; LD75D2: 0.62A LD75P4: 0.55A; LD75D4: 0.76A
No. of Occupied I/O Points 32 points (I/O assignment: intelligent 32 points)
Weight (kg) 0.18
Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 45.0 x 95.0 x 90.0
Notes:
1. LD75P represents the open collector output system, and LD75D represents the differential driver output system.
2. In speed-position switching control (ABS mode), the control unit available is degree only. (For details, refer to Section 9.2.17 Speedposition switching control (ABS mode).
3. Using the Pre-reading start function, the virtual start time can be shortened. (For details, refer to Section 12.7.7 Pre-reading start function.
Positioning Modules
Open collector and differential line driver pulse positioning modules can be added on and configured in
GX Works2 using built-in utilities.
Model Number LD62 (DC Input) LD62D (Differential Input)
Stocked Item S S
Certications UL cUL CE
Number of Channels 2ch
Counting Speed Switch Setting 10kpulse/s, 100kpulse/s, 200kpulse/s 10kpulse/s, 100kpulse/s, 200kpulse/s, 500kpulse/s
Count Input
Signal
Phase 1-phase input (multiple of 1/2), CW/CCW, 2-phase input (multiple of 1/2/4)
Signal Level 5/12/24VDC 2 to 5mA
(Equivalent with AM26LS31)
Counter
Maximum Counting Speed 200kpulse/s 500kpulse/s
Counting Range Binary with 32-bit code (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Type UP/DOWN preset counter (+ ring counter function)
Minimum Count Pulse Width
(Duty Ratio 50%)
10kpulse/s 50s
100kpulse/s 5s
200kpulse/s 2.5s
10kpulse/s 50s
100kpulse/s 5s
200kpulse/s 2.5s
500kpulse/s 1s
Minimum Phase Differential for
2-Phase Input
10kpulse/s 25s
100kpulse/s 2.5s
200kpulse/s 1.25s
10kpulse/s 25s
100kpulse/s 2.5s
200kpulse/s 1.25s
500kpulse/s 0.5s
Comparison
Output
Comparison Range Binary with 32-bit code (-2147483648 to 2147483647)
Comparison Result Set value < Count value; Set value = Count value; Set value > Count value
External
Input
Preset
5/12/24VDC 2 to 5mA
5/12/24VDC 2 to 5mA (Differential type line drivers conform-
ing to EIA standard RS-422-A are also applicable.) Function Start
Minimum Input
Response Time
OFF-ON Function start: 0.5ms
ON-OFF Function start: 1ms
External
Output
Comparison Output 2 points/channel
Output Voltage/Current 12 to 24VDC 0.5A
Output Response
Time
OFF-ON
0.1ms or less (rated load, resistive load)
ON-OFF
I/O Device Points Occupied 16 points (I/O assignment: 16 points for intelligent function module)
External Connections 40-pin connector
Weight (kg) 0.13
Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 28.5 x 90 x 95
Model Number LJ71C24 LJ71C24-R2
Stocked Item S S
Interface
ch1 RS-232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female) RS-232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
ch2 RS-422/485-compliance (2-piece terminal block) RS-232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
Communication
System
Line Full duplex/half duplex
MC Protocol Half duplex
Pre-Dened Protocol
Full duplex/half duplex Nonprocedural Protocol
Synchronization Method Start-stop synchronization method
Transmission Speed
50bps/300bps/600bps/1200bps/2400bps/4800bps/9600bps/14.4kbps/ 19.2kbps/28.8kbps/38.4kbps/57.6kbps/115.2kbps/230.4kbps;
Transmission speed 230.4kbps is only available for channel 1. Total transmission speed of two interfaces is available up to 230.4kbps.
Total transmission speed of two interfaces is available up to 115.2kbps when the communication data monitoring function is used.
Access Cycle
MC Protocol
Processes one request during installed C24 CPU module END processing. (Number of scans that must be processed/number
of link scans depends on the contents of the request.)
Pre-Dened Protocol Sends or receives data when requested with the dedicated instruction (CPRTCL).
Nonprocedural Protocol
Sends data each time a send request is issued. Can receive at any time.
Error Detection
Parity Check All protocols and when ODD/EVEN is selected by parameter.
Sum Check Code
MC protocol/bidirectional protocol selected by parameter. For the pre-dened protocol, whether or not a sum check code is
needed depends on the selected protocol. Nonprocedural protocol selected by user frame.
RS-232 RS-422/485
DTR/DSR (ER/DR) Control Enabled Disabled
RS/CS Control Enabled Disabled
CD Signal Control Enabled Disabled
DC1/DC3 (Xon/Xoff) Control DC2/DC4 Control Enabled Disabled
DTR/DSR signal control and DC code control are selected by the user.
Transmission
Distance (Overall
Distance)
RS-232 Maximum 15m (overall distance)
RS-422/485 Maximum 1200m (overall distance) -
Weight (kg) 0.17 0.14
Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 28.5 x 90 x 118 28.5 x 90 x 99
High Speed Counting Modules
High-speed counter modules can be added on and configured in GX Works2 using built-in utilities.
Serial communication modules can be added on and configured in GX Works2 using pre-defined or user-defined protocols.

146
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Model Number LJ72GF15-T2 (*1)
Stocked Item S
Transmission Speed 1Gbps
Network Topology Star, Line, Mixed Star & Line, and Ring
Communication Method Deterministic (token passing)
Maximum Number of Mountable Modules 10 (120 when using extension and branch modules)
Communication Port CC-Link IE eld network port x 2, USB port (Mini-B terminal) x 1
RAS Function Network event logging, unit error logging, testing, monitoring, and error history preservation function
Connection Cable Ethernet cable (category 5 or higher)
CC-Link IE Field Slave Head Station
In place of an L Series CPU, CC-Link IE Field Slave Head Stations can be used to provide remote control over Digital I/O, Analog,
Motion, High-Speed Counter, Serial Communication, and CC-Link Master/Local Station modules via CC-Link IE Field.
Note:
1. CC-Link IE Field network requires CC-Link IE Field Master module.
Model Number LJ71GF11-T2
Stocked Item S
Network Common Memory 32k bytes
Ethernet
Communication Speed 1Gbps
Connection Cable An Ethernet cable that meets the 1000BASE-T standard (Category 5e or higher, shielded RJ45)
Maximum Station-to-
Station Distance
100m max. (Compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B (Category 5e))
Total Distance
Line topology: 12000m (when connected to 1 master station and 120 slave stations)
Star topology: Depends on the system configuration
Number of Cascade
Connections
Up to 20
Transmission Path Star, Line, Mixed Star & Line, and Ring
Number of Connected
Stations in One
Network
Master Station 1 station
Local Station 120 stations (Local station or Remote I/O) (*1)
Communication Method Token passing method
Weight (kg) 0.27
CC-Link IE Field Master/Slave
CC-Link IE Field brings 1 Gigabit speed for cyclic, acyclic and transient data transmission to RJ45 and Cat 5e cabling
infrastructure. Create mixtures of line and star topology, and maintain control over up to 120 controller or remote I/O
stations simultaneously on the same network.
Note:
1. For CC-Link IE Field Remote I/O stations, refer to the LJ72GF15-T2 CC-Link IE Field Slave Head station.
G. Networks
Model Number
LJ71E71-100
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T
Stocked Item S
Transmission
Specifications
Data Transmission Speed 100Mbps 10Mbps
Interface RJ45 (AUTO MDI/MDI-X)
Communication Mode Full-duplex / Half-duplex Half-duplex
Transmission Method Base band
Maximum Segment Length 100m (length between a hub and a node)
Maximum Number of Cascade
Connections
Cascade connection
(maximum of 2 levels)
Cascade connection
(maximum of 4 levels
Sending/
Receiving
Data Storage
Memory
Number of Simultaneous Open
Connections
16 connections (Connections usable on a program)
Fixed Buffer 1k word x 16
Random Access Buffer 6k Words 6k words x 1
E-Mail
Attachment 6k words x 1
Main Text 960k words x 1
Weight (kg) 0.18
External Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 28.5 x 95 x 90
Ethernet Module
Model Number LJ61BT11
Stocked Item S
Transmission Speed 156kbps/625kbps/2.5Mbps/5Mbps/10Mbps
Maximum Overall Cable Distance (Maximum
Transmission Distance)
1.2 km (without repeater, varies according to the transmission speed.)
Maximum Number of Connected Stations
(Master Station)
64
Number of Occupied Stations (Local Station) 1 to 4 stations (The number of stations can be switched using the GX Works2 parameter setting.)
Maximum Number
of Link Points Per
System (*1)
Remote I/O (RX, RY) 2048 points
Remote Register (RWw) 256 points (master station remote device station/local station/intelligent device station/standby master station)
Remote Register (RWr) 256 points (remote device station/local station/intelligent device station/standby master station master station)
Number of Link
Points Per Station
(*1)
Remote I/O (RX, RY) 32 points (local station is 30 points)
Remote Register (RWw) 4 points (master station remote device station/local station/intelligent device station/standby master station)
Remote Register (RWr) 4 points (remote device station/local station/intelligent device station/standby master station master station)
Transmission Path Bus (RS-485)
RAS Function Automatic return function; Slave station cut-off function; Error detection via link special relay/register
Connection Cable CC-Link dedicated cables compatible with Ver.1.10
Weight (kg) 0.15
Note:
1. Indicates the number of link points for Remote net Ver.1 mode.
CC-Link Master/Local Station
Additional CC-Link Master/Local Stations can be added on and configured in GX Works2.
IO Link Master
Model Number ME1IOL6-L
Stocked Item -
Number of Ports 6
Port Configuration IO-Link, Digital output (SIO mode), Digital input (SIO mode), Disabled
IO-Link Mode
Rated Voltage 24 VDC
Rated Output Current (C/Q) 15 mA
Rated Sensor/Actuator Supply Current (L+) 200 mA
SIO Mode
Digital
Input
Input Type Sink
Internal Pull-Down Current (C/Q) 5 mA
Input Filter (HW and SW) 200 s
Digital
Output
Rated Output Current (C/Q)
200 mA Max. current per port (sum of C and L+): 215 mA
Rated Sensor/Actuator Supply Current (L+)
Output Type Push-pull
Port Disabled
Communication Line (C/Q)
Switched OFF
Sensor/Actuator Supply Line Switched OFF (L+)
Protection
Functions
Communication Line (C/Q)
Over-current, over-load and short-circuit
Sensor/Actuator Supply Line (L+)
Insulation
Method
Between the I/O Terminals and PLC Power Supply Photocoupler isolation
Between Channels No isolation
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply:
500 V ACrms for 1 minute
Insulation Resistance
Between I/O terminals and programmable controller power supply:
500 VDC 10 M or more
Number of I/O Occupied Points 32 points (I/O assignment: Intelligent 32 points)
External Wiring Connection System 18-points terminal block
Cable Specification
Cable Type Unshielded cable
Maximum Length 20 m
Overall Loop Resistance 6
Effective Line Capacitance 3 nF
Applicable Solderless Terminals R1.25-3 (Solderless terminals with sleeves cannot be used)
Voltage
24 VDC (+20%, -15%); ripple, spike within 500mVP-P In order to keep the specified
IO-Link output voltage levels (L+ line) the external supply voltage must be higher than
22 VDC
Current (A) The sum current on the L- lines must not exceed 1.7
Inrush Current 8 A within 230 s
Internal Current Consumption (5 VDC) (A) 0.06
Online Module Change Not supported
Weight (kg) 0.18
148
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

L

S
E
R
I
E
S
Model Number L6DSPU (*1)
Stocked Item S
Number of Display Characters 16 characters x 4 lines
Language Selection English and Japanese
Backlight Display Green and red
Weight (kg) 0.03
Model Number L6ADP-R2
Stocked Item S
Maximum Data Transmission Speed 115.2kbps
Weight (kg) 0.10
RS-232 Adapter Specications
H. Accessories
Model Number Memory Card Stocked Item
L1MEM-2GBSD 2GB S
L1MEM-4GBSD 4GB S
Memory Cards
Mitsubishi provides industrial grade SD memory cards for the L Series. Commercially available SD/SDHC cards
supported up to 32GB.
Backup Batteries
Uses standard Q Series backup batteries. See Programmable Automation Controllers section for more details.
Display Module Specifications
Use the Display Module for on-site maintenance and troubleshooting, directly from the PLC without a computer or software. Monitor
devices, force devices and adjust intelligent function module parameters, all while using User Messages prompted by the program.
Note:
1. Display unit included in CPU sets, L02CPU-SET and L26CPU-BT-SET.
Model Number L6EC L6EC-ET
Stocked Item S S
Rated Switching Voltage, Current - 24VDC, 0.5A
Minimum Switching Load - 5VDC, 1mA
Response Time -
OFF to ON: 10ms or less;
ON to OFF: 12ms or less
Life -
Mechanical: 20 million or more Electrical: 100
thousand or more for rated switching voltage
and current
Surge Suppressor - None
Fuse - None
External Connection System - Spring clamp terminal block
Applicable Wire Size -
0.3 to 2.0mm (AWG22 to 14)
(Stranded wire/single wire)
Internal Current Consumption 0.04A 0.06A
Weight (kg) 0.06 0.11
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 13 x 90 x 95 28.5 x 90 x 95
End Cover and End Cover with Error Terminal
Note: L Series CPU modules and the CC-Link IE Field Slave Head Station are supplied with a standard End Cover included.
Model Number LJ61CL12
Stocked Item -
Transmission Speed 156kbps/625kbps/2.5Mbps
Network Topology T-branch
Communication Method Deterministic (CRC)
Number of Connectable Modules 64
Number of Occupied I/O Points 16 points (I/O assignment: 1024points for intelligent function module)
Weight (kg) 0.12
CC-Link/LT Master Module
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Programmable Logic Controllers FX Family 149
Programmable Logic Controllers
FX Family
The FX Family .................................................................................................................................150
Main Units Overview ........................................................................................................................152
Main Unit Configuration ...................................................................................................................155
Configuration Rules .........................................................................................................................159
Programming and Device Specifications .........................................................................................160
Environmental and Electrical Specifications .....................................................................................161
Main Unit Options ............................................................................................................................162
FX Input / Output Expansion Options ...............................................................................................166
FX Analog Options ...........................................................................................................................168
FX High-Speed I/O and Positioning Expansion ................................................................................171
FX Communications and Networking Expansion .............................................................................173
Networking Modules ........................................................................................................................173
FX Interfaces and Power Supplies ...................................................................................................175
Accessories ......................................................................................................................................176
Sequence Controllers - Alpha2 Series .............................................................................................178
Software ...........................................................................................................................................181
FX3U/FX3UC
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
I/ O
6-28
10-30
14-256
16-384
FX3G/FX3GE
FX3S
ALPHA
Compact Controllers
Sequence Controller
Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks apply, product
is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage.
All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
FX Family
150
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
The FX Family
The FX family of PLCs is highly flexible, enabling fast and efficient configuration for the application at hand. It is the ideal choice for simple
control systems requiring up to 30 I/O (FX3S), or a more complex system with up to 384 I/Os (FX3U).
High-Speed Control
All FX Series PLCs are equipped with built-in open collector high-speed counters. These high-speed inputs are connected to external
devices such as encoders and ultrasound sensors for system feedback control.
FX Control Solutions
FX PLCs have been designed to be used in a variety of industry areas with a focus on compact applications. With over 11,000,000 PLCs sold
world wide, the FX PLCs have been fitted to variety of applications in a range of different industry areas. Examples of a few industries where
FX PLCs are used include the timber industry, food industry, textile industry, plastics industry, printing industry, packaging industry and water
processing industry.
FX Standards Compliance: All FX products are manufactured under ISO 9000 quality assurance and 14001
environmental management standards. In addition, most FX PLC products are certified by internationally recognized
standards agencies. The Ratings section of the specifications tables lists the approvals for each product. The approval
agencies are as follows:
UL, cUL: Underwriters Laboratories and ABS: American Bureau of Shipping
corresponding Canadian approvals RINA: Registro Italiano Navale
CE: Complies to the European EMC and LVD directives BV: Bureau Veritas
DNV: Det Norske Veritas NK: Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
LR: Lloyds Register KC: Korea Certification
GL: Germanischer Lloyd
Model FX3S FX3G FX3GE FX3U FX3UC
Power Supply 100-240VAC 100-240VAC, 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC, 24VDC 24VDC
Maximum I/O 30 256* 256 384* 384*
Digital I/O DC/Relay/Transistor DC/Relay/Transistor DC/Relay AC/DC/Relay/Transistor/Triac DC/Relay/Transistor
Cycle Period / Logical
Instruction
0.21s 0.21s 0.21s 0.065s 0.065s
Memory 4k steps 32k steps 64k steps 64k steps 64k steps
Analog Input Analog Output Temperature Input
FX
Motor or
Inverter Control
Analog Output
Device
Temperature
Sensor
Analog Input
Device
FX
PT100/PT1000/Ni1000
Thermocouple
(Temperature Measurement Device)
Temperature Value
Read to PLC
A/D convert
Ammeter or
Pressure Sensor
Voltage or
Current Input
Analog Input
Device
FX
PLC Data
Processing
A/D convert Voltage or
Current Input
PLC Data
Processing
A/D convert
Open Collector Inputs Rotary Encoder or Sensor Gauge
FX3U / FX3UC
FX Integrated High-Speed Counter FX with High-Speed Input Adapter
Differential Line
Receiver Inputs
Rotary Encoder or Sensor Gauge
8ch max.
2ch max.
OR
1-phase 1-count up to 200kHz
FX3U-4HSX-ADP
2 Adapters max.
FX3U
Analog Control
Expanding the FX PLC with analog inputs and outputs is required when the system needs to handle voltage or current inputs/outputs,
temperature inputs, or temperature or PID control. The following expansion boards, special adapters, and special function blocks
support different ranges and combinations of these features.
* With remote I/O
OR
+ Analog Speed Control
(0-10V DC, 4-20mA)
Analog Board
Inverter
Motor
FX3S FX3G
Inverter Control
Parameters and commands between the PLC and Mitsubishi Inverters can be handled through serial communication using FREQROL protocol.
Another popular control method for these controllers include Analog Control.
Positioning
The built-in high-speed pulse outputs on all transistor-type FX Series
PLCs, are designed to satisfy simple independent-axis positioning
applications. For more advanced applications, the SSCNET Special
Function Block provides high performance positioning control.
Open Field Networks
Within an application, control devices can be made up from
equipment from different manufacturers, however sustaining reliable
communication between devices is essential. Supported networks:
Ethernet, CC-Link, PROFIBUS, DeviceNet, and Modbus.
100kHz
200kHz
200kHz
200kHz
200kHz
100kHz
100kHz
1st Axis
2nd Axis
3rd Axis
Transistor-type Output
Servo Amp,
Stepping Motor Driver
Pulse Output
2 Axes
2 Axes
ON (Forward Rotation)
Direction
OFF (Reverse Rotation)
FX3U
N:N Network
Connect up to 8 FX PLCs using N:N Networking to allow
data exchange between each station.
Communication between FX Series PLCs
8 FX PLCs Max. RS-485 Communication
RS-485 Communication
Station 0
Station 0
Master Station Slave Station
Note: The RS2 Instruction is only available for FX3U/FX3UC Series PLCs
1:N Computer to PLC Communication
The PC can communicate with a network of up to 16 FX, A,
and Q PLCs.
16 PLCs Max. RS-485Communication
Computer (PC)
Computer (PC)
Station n
PLC communication with Printers, Barcode Readers, etc.
Parallel Link
Auxiliary Relays (M) and Data Registers (D) are updated
automatically between two PLCs of the same series.
Communication between 2 FX Series PLCs of the same series
Non-Protocol Communication (RS/RS2 Instructions)
Serial communication is possible between a PLC and any
external equipment with an RS-232C or RS-485 (RS-422)
interface.
PC, Printer,
Barcode Reader,
etc.
1:1 RS-232C Communication Equipment to PLC
When communicating over an RS-232C interface, the PC
can communicate with one FX PLC.
RS-232C Communication
Computer Link (Dedicated Protocol)
Communication with a PC Communication with a PC
Using a modem connection, a PC can monitor/force
devices and perform program upload/download to a PLC
from remote locations.
Computer (with GX Developer)
Remote Maintenance
Phone Line
RS-485 Communication Equipment
RS-232C Communication Equipment
Station 1 Station n
Modem Modem
Multidrop networks, non-protocol communication, and remote maintenance are just some of the many uses.
RS-485
Communication Equipment
FX3U/FX3UC/FX3G/FX3S
* Applicable Inverters: F700/A700/E700/V500/F500/A500/E500/S500
DeviceNet
152
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Main Units Overview
The FX3U is the original dual system-bus, high-speed, fully
expandable compact PLC designed to seamlessly control
communication, networking, analog, and positioning systems.
3rd generation compact PLC
High efficiency with more speed, more performance,
more memory, and new functions
Built-in high-speed processing and positioning
Exchangeable communication expansion boards that mount
directly into the main unit (USB, RS-232C, RS-422, RS-485)
Simultaneous memory cassette and display module
mounting available
Integrated real-time clock
Easy programming with large instruction set and table
positioning configuration
Large programming memory
Programming with GX Works2 or GX Works2 FX
Product Details
All-in-one CPU, power supply and I/O. Includes many upgraded
features from the FX2N, including high expandability using
Expansion Boards and Special Adapters to add functionality.
Fast Instruction Times
Basic Instructions: 0.065 s / instruction (Contact Instruction)
Applied Instructions: 0.642 s / instruction (MOV Instruction)
Large Memory
64,000 steps of built-in program memory
Flash Memory Cassettes with loader functionality also available
Large Device Memory
Auxiliary Relays: 7,680 points
Timers: 512 points
Counters: 235 points
Data Registers: 8,000 points
Extension Registers: 32,768 points
Extension File Registers: 32,768 points
(with optional memory cassette)
Speed
Memory
Analog
Positioning Communication
Expandability
FX3UC - Slim Fit
Controllable I/O: 16 - 384 points with CC-Link or AS-i remote I/O
Main Unit I/O: 16/32/64/96 points
The FX3UC is the new ultra-compact high-speed, fully expandable
PLC. Based on 24VDC power and using connector-type transistor I/O,
the FX3UC is designed for space conscious and modular applications.
3rd generation Super-compact PLC
Reduced size and wiring using connector-type I/O
Built-in high-speed processing and positioning
Ultra-compact design featuring connector-type wiring for
installation space optimization
64k steps of internal program memory
Relay output
Product Details
Ultra-compact size main unit including many upgraded features from
the FX2NC, including high expandability using Special Adapters to
add functionality.
Basic Instructions: 0.065s / instruction (Contact Instruction)
Applied Instructions: 0.642s / instruction (MOV Instruction)
Large Memory
64,000 steps of built-in program memory
Flash Memory Cassettes with loader functionality also available
Large Device Memory
Timers: 512 points
(with optional memory cassette)
Speed
Memory
Analog
Expandability
FX3U - Top of the Line
Controllable I/O: 16 - 384 points with CC-Link or AS-i remote I/O
Main Unit I/O: 16/32/48/64/80/128 points
Speed
Memory
Analog
Expandability
Speed
Memory
Analog
Expandability
FX3G - Customized Control
Controllable I/O: 14 - 256 points (with CC-Link remote I/O)
The FX3G is an introductory compact PLC that is the latest addition
to the FX3 Series. With control of directly connected and networked
I/O, connectivity to the FX3 Series ADP bus and new expansion
boards makes the FX3G ideal for simple yet performance critical
applications.
Highly flexible
Dual bus architecture- 32k steps of internal program memory
Built-in USB port for the programming communication function to
enable high-speed communication at 12Mbps
Two built-in variable analog potentiometers available for adjusting
the timer set time
Product Details
All in one CPU, power supply and I/O. Includes many upgraded
features from the FX1N. Especially usage of the FX3 Series ADP bus
system and new expansion boards (BD).
Instruction Times
Large Memory
32,000 steps of built-in program memory. EEPROM memory cassette
with loader function is available.
Large Device Memory
Timers: 320 points
FX3GE - All-In-One Control
Controllable I/O: 24 - 256 points (with CC-Link remote I/O)
Main Unit I/O: 24/40 points
The FX3GE combines the powerful FX3G CPU with built-in Ethernet
communications and analog I/O to provide a cost-effective micro PLC
that can meet the needs of a wide variety of applications right out of
the box.
Highly flexible
Embedded Ethernet communications port
Embedded analog I/O (2 inputs, 1 output)
Dual bus architecture - 32k steps of internal program memory
Built-in USB port for the programming communication function to
enable high-speed communication at 12Mbps.
Two built-in variable analog potentiometers available for adjusting
the timer set time.
Product Details
All in one CPU, power supply and I/O. Also includes an Ethernet
communications port and analog inputs and outputs. Can use all the
same expansion options as FX3G.
Large Memory
32,000 steps of built-in program memory. EEPROM memory cassette
with loader function is available.
Large Device Memory
Timers: 320 points
154
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
The FX3S is the fit-and-forget PLC solution for space and cost
conscious applications requiring up to 30 I/O. This minimum-
expandability, battery-less maintenance free controller is perfect
for handling straightforward processes and can be hidden away in
locations without regular maintenance activities.
3rd generation basic compact PLC
High performance with minimal size
Integrated power supply (AC powered)
Maintenance-free EEPROM memory
Ample memory capacity (4000 steps) and device ranges
Built-in USB port for the programming communication function
to enable high-speed communication at 12Mbps
Built-in positioning control
Increased functionality using Expansion Boards and
Special Adapters
Product Details
All-in-one CPU, power supply and I/O. Expansion options includes
adapter and expansion boards for communication, analog control, or
temperature input.
Applied Instructions: 0.5s / instruction (MOV Instruction)
Large Memory
4,000 steps of built-in program memory. No battery, no maintenance.
Large Device Memory
Timers: 138 points
Counters: 88 points
Speed
Memory
Analog
Expandability
FX3S - Keeping it Simple
Controllable I/O: 10 - 30 points
Input/Output Extension Blocks
Input/Output Extension Units
Output Extension Blocks
6
7 8
Unpowered Extension Blocks
Powered Extension Units
Input Extension Blocks
Special Function Modules
Accessories
FX2N-8EX-ES/UL
FX2N-8EX-UA1/UL
FX2N-16EX-ES/UL
FX2N-8ER-ES/UL
FX2N-8EYR-S-ES/UL
Memory Cassettes n
FX3U-FLROM-64
FX3U-FLROM-16
FX3U-FLROM-64L
FX3U-FLROM-1M
FX3U-1PSU-5V
FX2N-8EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-8EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-16EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-16EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-16EYS
FX2N-32ER-ES/UL
FX2N-32ET-ESS/UL
FX2N-48ER-DS
FX2N-48ER-ES/UL
FX2N-48ER-UA1/UL
FX2N-48ET-DSS
FX2N-48ET-ESS/UL
FX3U-7DM FX3U-32BL
Display Modules n Extension Cables n
Battery n PLC Bus Connector n
FX2N-CNV-BC
IN
2
OUT
OUT
FX -1PSU-5V 3U
FX0N-30EC(30cm)
FX0N-65EC(65cm)
FX3U-7DM
Display Module Holder n
FX3U-7DM-HLD FX3U-FLROM-64L
FX3U-1PSU-5V
FX2N-16EYR
FX2N-48ER
FX2N-8EX
FX3U-1PG
FX2N-10PG
FX3U-20SSC-H
FX2N-1RM-E-SET
FX3U-16CCL-M
FX2N-32CCL
FX3U-64CCL
FX3U-ENET
FX3U-32DP
FX3U-64DP-M
FX2N-2AD
FX3U-4AD
FX2N-2DA
FX3U-4DA
FX2N-5A
FX2N-8AD
FX -20SSC-H 3U
FX3U-64CCL FX3U-20SSC-H FX0N-3A
Power Supply Unit
Analog Positioning Network
FX 3U-64CCL
RUN
L RUN
L ERR.
SD
RD
ERR.
FX0N-65EC

1
2
Special Adapters
Expansion Boards
FX3U-232-BD
FX3U-422-BD
FX3U-485-BD
FX3U-USB-BD
GOT n
Optional Equipment and Software
FX3U-CNV-BD
FX3U Main Units
Interface Converter n Software n
GOT1000
GT10/GT11/GT12/GT14/GT16 FX-232AWC-H
GX Developer
GX Works2
GX Works2 FX
FX3U-422-BD
FX3U-48MR/ES
FX3U-48MT/ES
FX3U-48MT/ESS
FX3U-48MR/DS
FX3U-48MT/DS
FX3U-48MT/DSS
FX3U-128MR/ES
FX3U-128MT/ES
FX3U-128MT/ESS
FX3U-32MR/ES
FX3U-32MT/ES
FX3U-32MT/ESS
FX3U-32MR/DS
FX3U-32MT/DS
FX3U-32MT/DSS
FX3U-16MR/ES
FX3U-16MT/ES
FX3U-16MT/ESS
FX3U-16MR/DS
FX3U-16MT/DS
FX3U-16MT/DSS
FX3U-80MR/ES
FX3U-80MT/ES
FX3U-80MT/ESS
FX3U-80MR/DS
FX3U-80MT/DS
FX3U-80MT/DSS
FX3U-64MR/ES
FX3U-64MT/ES
FX3U-64MT/ESS
FX3U-64MR/DS
FX3U-64MT/DS
FX3U-64MT/DSS
FX3U-32MR
FX3U Main Units 16-128 I/O n
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
FX3U-32MR/UA1 E AC R
FX3U-32MS/ES D AC TR
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
FX3U-64MT/DS
FX3U-64MT/DSS
D DC T1
D DC T2
FX3U-64MR/UA1
FX3U-64MS/ES
E AC R
D AC TR
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
R
AC
TR
T1
T2
E
AC Power supply
AC Input
DC
D
DC Power supply
DC Input (sink/source)
Relay output
Triac output
Transistor (sink)
Transistor (source)
Communication Interface Board
FX3U-8AV-BD
Analog Potentiometer
3
FX3U-4HSX-ADP FX3U-2HSY-ADP
SGB
Y5/7-
+
Y1/3
-
+
Y4/6
-
+
Y0/2
-
+
Y4/6 Y5/7
Y1/3 Y0 /2
PO WER
FX 3U -2HSY -ADP
FP.R P
PLS DIR
SGA
X1/4 X6/7
X2/ 5 X0/3
PO WER
FX 3U-4HSX-AD P
SG
SG
X6/7
X2/5
X1/4
X0/3
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
FX3U-4HSX-ADP
FX3U-2HSY-ADP
Positioning
1 3 4 5 6 7 8
H
ig
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

O
u
t
p
u
t

A
D
P
H
ig
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

I
n
p
u
t

A
D
P
F
X
2
N

I
/O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
F
X
3
U
/
F
X
2
N
S
p
e
c
ia
l F
u
n
c
tio
n
B
lo
c
k
s
FX3U
Main Unit
B
o
a
r
d
A
n
a
l
o
g

A
D
P
9
C
F
C
a
r
d
A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

A
D
P
2
F
X
3
U
P
o
w
e
r
S
u
p
p
ly

U
n
it
OR
Temperature
FX2N-232IF FX2N-2L
FX2N-4AD-TC
FX2N-4AD-PT
High Speed Counter Communication
FX3U-4LC
FX3U-2HC
FX-USB-AW
FX2N-1HC
4
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-ENET-ADP
Communication
High Speed Counter
5
Temperature
FX3U-4AD-ADP FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
24+
24-
L4-
J-type
L1+
L1-
L2+
L2-
L3+
L3-
L4+
PO WE R
FX3U -4AD -PTK-ADP
24+
24-
L4-
J-type
L1+
L1-
L2+
L2-
L3+
L3-
L4+
POWER
FX3U -4AD- PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4DA-ADP
FX3U-3A-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
Analog
FX3U-CF-ADP
FX3U-CF-ADP
Data Storage
9
Main Unit Conguration
156
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
4
5
6 7
8
Special Function Modules*
FX-16E-TB/UL
FX-16EYR-ES-TB/UL
FX-16EYS-ES-TB/UL
FX-16EYT-ESS-TB/UL
FX-32E-TB/UL
FX0N-30EC (30cm)
FX0N-65EC (65cm)
FX2C-16SW-C
FX2C-16SW-TB
FX2C-I/O-CON
FX2C-I/O-CON-S
FX2C-I/O-CON-SA
Connector Parts n
FX3U-32BL
Battery n
FX2N-CNV-BC
Input Switches n Terminal Blocks n
Extension Cables n
PLC Bus Connector n
FX2NC-100MPCB (1m)
FX2NC-100BPCB (1m)
FX2NC-10BPCB1 (0.1m)
Power Supply Cables n
FX0N-65EC
FX-16E-TB
* The special function Modules of FX3UC-**MT/DSS.
FX2NC-16EX-T-DS
FX2NC-16EX-DS
FX2NC-32EX-DS
FX2N-8EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-8EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-8EYR-S--ES/UL
FX2N-16EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-16EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-16EYS
FX2N-8EX-ES/UL
FX2N-8EX-UA1/UL
FX2N-16EX-ES/UL
FX2N-8ER-ES/UL
Special Function Blocks n
FX2NC-16EYR-T-DS
FX2NC-16EYT-DSS
FX2NC-32EYT-DSS
FX2NC-16EYR-T
FX3UC-4AD
FX2NC-4DA
FX3UC-1PS-5V
FX2NC-CNV-IF
OUT
OUT
IN
2
FX 3UC -1PS-5V
PO WER
POWERX0123 X4567 X0123 X4567
X0123 X4567 X0123 X4567
FX 2NC -32EX
-DS PW Y0123 Y4567 Y0123 Y4567
FX 2NC -16EYR-T-DS
FX3U C -4AD
FX3UC-1PS-5V
FX3UC-4AD
FX2NC-32EX
FX2N-8EX FX2N-16EYR
FX2NC-1HC
FX2N-32CCL
FX3U-64CCL
FX3U-16CCL-M
FX3U-ENET
FX3U-1PG
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-2AD
FX3U-4AD
FX2N-2DA
FX -4DA 3U
D / A
FX -20SSC-H 3U
FX3U-4DA FX 2N-2AD FX 3U-20SSC-H FX3U-64CCL
POWER
2N -2AD FX
FX2N-232IF
FX2N-2LC FX3U-4LC
FX2N-4AD-TC
FX2N-4AD-PT
Analog
High Speed Counter
I/O Extension Blocks n
Power Supply Unit
Interface Converter
Analog
Temperature
Network
Positioning
Communication
FX2N-1HC FX3U-2HC
High Speed Counter
FX 3U -64CCL
RUN
L RUN
L ERR.
SD
RD
ERR. FX3U-32DP
FX3U-64DP-M
FX3U-4DA
FX2N-5A
FX2N-8AD
FX2N-1RM-E-SET
FX3U-20SSC-H
OR
1 2 3
FX3UC Main Units
Memory Cassettes n
Accessories
I/O Cables n
FX3U-FLROM-64
FX3U-FLROM-16
FX3U-FLROM-64L
FX3U-FLROM-1M
FX3UC-16MT/D*
FX3UC-16MT/DSS
FX3UC-32MT/D*
FX3UC-32MT/DSS
FX3UC-64MT/D*
FX3UC-64MT/DSS
FX3UC-96MT/D*
FX3UC-96MT/DSS
FX-16E-150CAB (1.5m)
FX-16E-300CAB (3m)
FX-16E-500CAB (5m)
Connecting to Terminal Block n
General I/O cable
FX-16E-500CAB-S (5m)
Special Adapters
FX3UC Main Units 16-96 I/O n
FX3UC-64MT/DSS
FX-16E-150CAB-R (1.5m)
FX-16E-300CAB-R (3m)
FX-16E-500CAB-R (5m)
D1 DC T1
D2 DC T2
FX3UC-16MR/DS-T D2 DC R
D1 DC T1
D2 DC T2
D1 DC T1
D2 DC T2
D1 DC T1
D2 DC T2
T1
T2
DC DC Power supply
Transistor Output (sink)
Transistor Output (source)
R Relay
DC Input (sink) D1
D2
FX3U-4AD-ADP
24+
24-
L4-
J-type
L1+
L1-
L2+
L2-
L3+
L3-
L4+
PO WER
FX 3U -4AD-PTK-ADP
24+
24-
L4-
J-type
L1+
L1-
L2+
L2-
L3+
L3-
L4+
POWER
FX 3U -4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-232ADP-MB
POWER
FX3U -485ADP- MB
A DR
GS
RDB
SDA
SDB
RD
SD
110
330
OPEN
POWER
FX3U -232ADP-MB
RD
SD
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4DA-ADP
FX3U-3A-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
Analog Temperature
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-ENET-ADP
Communication
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP FX3U-485ADP-MB
1 2 3 4 5 8
F
X
2
N
C
I/O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
F
X
3
U
C
/F
X
2
N
C
S
p
e
c
ia
l F
u
n
c
tio
n
B
lo
c
k
s
FX3UC
MainUnit
A
n
a
lo
g
A
D
P
9
C
F
C
a
r
d
A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
tio
n
A
D
P
F
X
3
U
C
/F
X
2
N
S
p
e
c
ia
l F
u
n
c
tio
n
B
lo
c
k
s
6
F
X
3
U
C
-
1
P
S
-
5
V
o
r
F
X
2
N
C
-
C
N
V
-
IF
7
F
X
2
N

U
n
p
o
w
e
r
e
d
I/O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
GOT n
Interface Converter n Software n
GOT1000
GT10/GT11/GT12/GT14/GT16 FX-232AWC-H
GX Developer
GX Works2
GX Works2 FX
FX-USB-AW
9
FX3U-CF-ADP
Data Storage
FX3U-32BL
Battery
PLC Bus Connector
FX2N-CNV-BC
Extension Cables
FX0N-30EC(30cm)
FX0N-65EC(65cm)
FX0N-65EC
Display Module
FX3G-5DM
FX3G-5DM
Memory Cassette
FX3G-EEPROM-32L
Accessories Optional Equipment and Software
GOT
Interface Converter
Software
GOT1000
(GT10/GT11/GT12/GT14/GT16)
FX-232AWC-H
GX Developer
GX Works2
GX Works2 FX
GT14
2
Expansion Boards
FX3G-232-BD
FX3G-232-BD
FX3G-422-BD
FX3G-485-BD
FX3G-485-BD-RJ*
*Available 12/2013
Communication
FX3G-2AD-BD
FX3G-1DA-BD
Analog
FX3G-8AV-BD
Analog Setpoint
Special Adapters
5
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4DA-ADP
FX3U-3A-ADP
Analog
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
Temperature
4
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-ENET-ADP*
Communication
3
FX3G-CNV-ADP
Interface Converter
Input/Output Extension Units
FX2N-32ER-ES/UL
FX2N-32ET-ESS/UL
FX2N-48ER-DS
FX2N-48ER-ES/UL
FX2N-48ER-UA1/UL
FX2N-48ET-DSS
FX2N-48ET-ESS/UL
FX2N-48ER
FX2N-8ER-ES/UL
FX2N-8EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-8EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-8EYR-S-ES/UL
FX2N-16EYR-ES/UL
FX2N-16EYT-ESS/UL
FX2N-16EYS
FX2N-8EX-ES/UL
FX2N-8EX-UA1/UL
FX2N-16EX-ES/UL
IN
2
FX2N-8EX
6
8
FX -1PSU-5V 3U
FX3U-1PSU-5V
FX3U-1PSU-5V
Power Supply Unit
I/O Extension Blocks
7
FX -4DA 3U
D / A
FX3U-4DA
FX2N-2AD
FX3U-4AD
FX2N-2DA
FX3U-4DA
FX2N-5A
FX2N-8AD
Analog
FX2N-2LC
FX2N-4AD-TC
FX2N-4AD-PT
FX3U-4LC
Temperature
FX2N-32CCL
FX3U-64CCL
FX3U-ENET
FX3U-16CCL-M
FX3U-32DP
Network
Special Function Blocks
1
FX3G Main Units
FX3G-24MT/ES FX3G-40MT/ES
FX3G Main Units 14-60 I/O
FX3G-14MR/ES
FX3G-14MT/ES
FX3G-14MT/ESS
FX3G-14MR/DS
FX3G-14MT/DS
FX3G-14MT/DSS
FX3G-24MR/ES
D
AC R
T1
T2
DC
AC Power supply
DC Power supply
DC Input(sink/source)
Relay output
Transistor(sink)
Transistor(source)
FX3G-60MR/ES
FX3G-60MT/ES
FX3G-60MT/ESS
FX3G-60MR/DS
FX3G-60MT/DS
FX3G-60MT/DSS
FX3G-40MR/ES D AC R
FX3GE-40MR/ES D AC R
FX3G-40MT/ES D AC T1
FX3G-40MR/DS D DC R
FX3G-40MT/DS D DC T1
FX3G-40MT/DSS
D DC T2
FX3G-40MT/ESS D AC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
D AC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D DC R
D DC T1
D DC T2
D AC R
FX3GE-24MR/ES D AC R
D AC T2
1 3 4 5 6 7 1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 8
FX 3G Main Unit
40/60 I/OPoints
F
X
2
N

I
/
O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
F
X
3
U
/
F
X
2
N
S
p
e
c
ia
l
F
u
n
c
t
io
n

B
lo
c
k
s
A
n
a
lo
g

A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
t
io
n

A
D
P
FX 3G Main Unit
14/24 I/OPoints
F
X
2
N

I
/
O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
F
X
3
U
/
F
X
2
N
S
p
e
c
ia
l
F
u
n
c
t
io
n

B
lo
c
k
s
A
n
a
lo
g

A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
t
io
n

A
D
P
F
X
3
U
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
ly

U
n
it
F
X
3
U
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
ly

U
n
it
3
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r

A
D
P
BD1
2
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r

A
D
P
BD1 BD2
2
1
2
4 5 6 7 8
FX3GEMain Unit
F
X
2
N

I
/
O
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n
s
F
X
3
U
/

F
X
2
N
S
p
e
c
ia
l
F
u
n
c
t
io
n

B
lo
c
k
s
A
n
a
lo
g

A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
t
io
n

A
D
P
F
X
3
U
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
ly

U
n
it
BD1
2
* Not available for FX3GE main units
158
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Display Modules n
FX1S Main Units
Accessories
Memory Cassette n
FX1N-EEPROM-8L
FX1N-5DM
FX-10DM-E
MITSUBISHI
ES C - + OK
R W
T C E T O R P
W S
N O
F F O
C L P L 8
C L P L 8
D R
FX1N-5DM FX1N-EEPROM-8L
Special Adapters
Expansion Boards
GOT
GOT1000
(GT10/GT11/GT12/GT14/GT16)
n
Interface Converters
FX-USB-AW
FX-232AWC-H
n
Software
GX Developer
GX Works2 FX
n
0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
0 1 2 3
4 5
IN
OUT
POWER
FX1S-14MR
RUN
ERROR
MITSUBISHI
X7 X5 X3 X1 S/S X6 X4 X2 X0 N L 100-240
VA C
14MR -ES/UL Y4 Y2 Y1 Y0
COM0 COM1COM2 Y3 Y5
24V
0V
FX1S-14MR
D
AC
R
T1
T2
DC
AC Power supply
DC Power supply
DC Input(sink/source)
D1
Relay output
Transistor(sink)
Transistor(source)
D AC R
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T2
FX1S-10MR-ES/UL
D1 AC T1 FX1S-10MT
D1 AC T1 FX1S-14MT
D1 AC T1
D AC T2
D AC R
D AC T2
D AC R
FX1S-30MT
D1 AC T1 FX1S-20MT
FX1S-10MT-ESS/UL
FX1S-10MR-DS
FX1S-10MT-DSS
FX1S-14MR-ES/UL
FX1S-14MT-ESS/UL
FX1S-14MR-DS
FX1S-14MT-DSS
FX1S-20MR-ES/UL
FX1S-20MT-ESS/UL
FX1S-20MR-DS
FX1S-20MT-DSS
FX1S-30MR-ES/UL
FX1S-30MT-ESS/UL
FX1S-30MR-DS
FX1S-30MT-DSS
FX1S Main Units 10-30 I/O n
D AC R
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T2
D AC R
D AC T2
D DC R
D DC T2
POWER
LINK
ACT
FX2NC -ENET-ADP
SD
RD
FX2NC-ENET-ADP
FX1N-232-BD
FX1N-485-BD
FX1N-422-BD
FX1N-2AD-BD*
FX1N-1DA-BD*
FX1N-8AV-BD
FX1N-4EX-BD*
FX1N-2EYT-BD*
FX1N-CNV-BD
FX2NC-232ADP FX2NC-485ADP
POWER
RD
SD
FX2NC -485AD P
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
SG
POWER
RD
SD
FX 2NC -232ADP
FX1N-1DA-BD
FX1N-2AD-BD
FX1N-2AD-BD
FX1N-1DA-BD
FX2NC-232ADP
FX2NC-485ADP
FX2NC-ENET-ADP
Communication Boards
Analog Boards
Extension Boards
Interface Board
Communication Adapters
1 2 4
1 4
FX1N
Main Unit
F
X
2
N
C

C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
t
io
n

A
D
P
3
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
B
o
a
r
d
s
2
E
x
p
a
n
s
io
n

B
o
a
r
d
s
3
* Ver.2.00 or later
DC Input (sink)
1 3 4 5
A
n
a
lo
g
A
D
P
C
o
m
m
u
n
ic
a
t
io
n
A
D
P
FX3S Main Unit
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
A
D
P
BD1
2
Memory Cassette
FX3G-EEPROM-32L
Accessories Optional Equipment and Software
GOT
Interface Converter
Software
GOT1000
(GT10/GT11/GT12/GT14/GT16)
FX-232AWC-H
GX Developer
GX Works2
GX Works2 FX
GT14
2
Expansion Boards
FX3G-232-BD
FX3G-232-BD
FX3G-422-BD
FX3G-485-BD
FX3G-485-BD-RJ*
*Available 12/2013
Communication
FX3G-2AD-BD
FX3G-1DA-BD
Analog
FX3G-8AV-BD
Analog Setpoint
Special Adapters
5
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
FX3U-4AD-ADP
FX3U-4DA-ADP
FX3U-3A-ADP
Analog
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
Temperature
4
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-ENET-ADP
Communication
3
FX3S-CNV-ADP
Interface Converter
1
FX3G Main Units
FX3S-10MR/ES
FX3G Main Units 14-60 I/O
FX3S-10MR/ES
FX3S-10MT/ES
FX3S-10MT/ESS
FX3S-14MR/ES
D
AC R
T1
T2
AC Power Supply
Relay Output
Transistor (sink)
Transistor (source)
FX3S-30MR/ES
FX3S-30MT/ES
FX3S-30MT/ESS
FX3S-20MR/ES D AC R
FX3S-20MT/ES D AC T1
FX3S-20MT/ESS D AC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC T2
D AC R
D AC T1
D AC R
FX3S-14MT/ES D AC T1
D AC T2
FX3S-14MT/ESS D AC T2
Input/output
extension block
Input/output
powered
extension unit
Special function
block
Special function
unit
When an expansion board other than FX3U-CNV-BD is used, only 1 adapter can be connected.
Main unit
Expansion
board
Special adapter
(high-speed input)
Special adapter
(communication)
Special adapter
(analog)
Special adapter
(high-speed output)
Only 1 unit Up to 2 units Up to 2 units Up to 2 units Up to 4 units
Special adapter (up to 10 units (*1))
Special function unit/block (up to 8 units)
Up to 4 units
Special
adapter
(analog)
Special
adapter
(communication)
Main unit
Input/output
extension
block
Special
function
unit
Special
function
unit
Up to 2 units
Up to 8 units
Main unit
40/60 point type
Special adapter
(communication)
Up to 2 units Up to 2 units Up to 2 units
FX3G Main Units (40/60 Point Type)
FX3G Main Units (14/24 Point Type)
Only 1 unit Up to 2 units
Expansion
board
Special
adapter
(analog)
Input/output
powered
extension unit
Extension
power supply
unit
Special
function block
Up to 8 units
Main unit
14/24 point type
Only 1 unit Only 1 unit Only 1 unit Only 1 unit Up to 2 units
Expansion
board
Special
adapter
(analog)
Input/output
powered
extension unit
Extension
power supply
unit
Special
function block
Up to 8 units
Special adapter
(communication)
FX3U
FX3UC
FX3G
Conguration Rules
CAUTION: For full configuration details please refer to the respective hardware manuals.
1. Number of input/output points
FX3U/FX3UC: The total number of combined input/output points and remote I/O points on CC-Link or AS-i system must be 384 points
or less on the whole system, where the number of local I/O points and remote I/O points cannot exceed 256 points.
FX3G: The total number of combined input/output points and remote I/O points on CC-Link must be 256 points or less on the whole
system, where the maximum number of local I/O points and remote I/O points cannot exceed 128 points.
2. Number of connected special extension devices
3. Calculation of current consumption
FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G: The power is supplied to each connected device from the built-in power supply of the main unit, the input /
output powered extension unit or the extension power supply unit. There are three types of built-in power supplies; 24VDC service power,
5VDC power and internal 24VDC power. The power consumed varies depending on the type of product added.
Note: FX3S/FX1S controllers can generally be considered as standalone controllers so no explicit configuration requirements exist.
However, for configuration of adapters, boards, and memory cassettes, etc. please refer to the FX3S/FX1S hardware manual.
Power supply
from main unit
Power supply from
input/output powered
extension unit
Power supply from
extension power supply
unit*
Power supply
from main unit
Extension block
(some blocks can
be connected)
Extension block
(some blocks can
be connected)
Extension block
(some blocks can
be connected)
Main unit
Input/output
powered
extension
unit
Extension
power supply
unit
Expansion
board
Special
adapter
160
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Model Number FX1S FX3S FX3G/FX3GE FX3U/FX3UC
Programming
I/O Points 30 (+4 optional) 30
256 total (combined local and
CC-Link remote I/O)
384 total (combined local and
CC-Link remote I/O)
Address Range Max. 30 direct addressing Max. 30 direct addressing
Max. 128 direct addressing and
Max. 128 remote I/O
Max. 256 direct addressing and
Max. 256 remote I/O
Program Memory 2,000 steps EEPROM 4,000 steps EEPROM
32,000 steps EEPROM (internal),
exchangeable EEPROM memory
cassette
64,000 steps RAM (internal),
exchangeable FLROM memory
cassette
Instruction Time 0.55 s / contact instruction 0.21 s / contact instruction 0.21 s / contact instruction 0.065 s / contact instruction
Number of Instructions
27 sequence instructions,
2 step ladder instructions,
85 applied instructions
29 sequence instructions, 2 step
ladder instructions, 116 applied
instructions
Programming Language Step ladder, instruction list, SFC Step ladder, structured text, simple ladder, function block
Program Execution Cyclical execution, refresh mode processing
Program Protection
8 character keyword with 3
protection levels each (*1)
2 different keywords, maximum password length 16 characters
8 or 16-character keyword
protection with 3 protection
levels each (*1)
Devices
Auxiliary Relays
512 total, with 384 general
(M0 - M383) and 128 latched
(M384 - M511)
1,536 total, with 384 general
(M0 - M383), 128 EEPROM
latched (M384 - M511), 1,024
general (M512 - M1535)
(M0 - M384), 1152 EEPROM
latched (M384 - M1535), and
6,144 general/optional latched
(M1536 - M7679)
(M0 - M499), 524 optional
latched (M500 - M1023), and
6,656 latched (M1024 - M7679)
Special Auxiliary Relays 256 (M8000 - M8255) 512 (M8000 - M8511)
State Relays 128 all latched (S0 - S127)
256 total, with 128 EEPROM
latched (S0 - S127) and 128
general (S128 - S255)
4,096 total, with 1,000 EEPROM
latched (S0 - S999) and 3,096
general/optional latched (S1000
- S4095)
4,096 total, with 1,000 optional
latched (S0 - S999) and 3,096
latched (S1000 - S4095)
Timers
64 total, with 31 points partially
switchable between 100ms and
10ms (T32 - T62)
138 total, with 38 100 ms
(T0 - T31 and T132 - T137), 31
100ms/10ms switchable (T32 -
T62), and 65 1 ms (T63 - T127)
320 total, with 206 100ms
(T0 - T199 and T250 - T255),
46 10ms (T200 - T245), and
68 1ms (T246 - T249 and
T256 - T319)
512 total, with 206 100ms
(T0 - T191, T192 - T199 and
T250 - T255), 46 10ms
(T200 - T245), and 260 1ms
(T246 - T249 and T256 - T511)
External Setpoint Entry Via Potentiometer 2 0
Counters
32 total (16 - bit only), with
16 general (C0 - C15) and 16
latched (C16 - C31)
67 total (16-bit and 32-bit),
with 51 general (C0-C15 and
C200-C234) and 16 EEPROM
latched (C16-C31)
with 36 general (C0 - C16 and
C200 - C219) and 199 EEPROM
latched (C16 - C199 and C220
- C234)
with 120 general (C0 - C99 and
C200 - C219) and 115 latched
(C100 - C199 and C220 - C234)
High-Speed Counters
1 phase, 6 points max: 60 kHz /
2 points, 10 kHz / 4 points ;
2 phase, 2 points max: 30 kHz /
1 point, 5 kHz / 1 point
138 total, with 38 100 ms
(T0-T31 and T132-T137), 31
100ms/10ms switchable (T32-
T62), and 65 1 ms (T63-T127)
21 total, with 16 1-phase (C235 - C250) and
5 2-phase (C251 - C255)
High-Speed Counter Speed -
1 phase, 6 points max: 60 kHz/
2 points, 10 kHz / 4 points
4 points, 10 kHz / 2 points
2 points, 5kHz/1 point
6 points; 10 kHz / 2 points
2 points
Real-Time Clock - Year, month, day, hour, minute, second, day of the week
Data Registers
256 total, with 128 general
(D0 - D127) and 128 latched
(D128 - D255)
(D0-D127), 128 EEPROM
latched (D128-D255), 2,744
general (D256-D2999)
(D0 - D127), 972 EEPROM
latched (D128 - D1099), and
6,900 general/optional latched
(D1100 - D7999)
(D0 - D199), 312 optional
latched (D200 - D511), and
7,488 latched (D512 - D7999)
Extension Registers - - 24,000(R0~R23999) 32,768(R0~R32767)
Extension File Registers - -
24,000(ER0~R23999)
internal/optional memory
32,768(ER0~R32767)
optional memory
Index Registers 16
Special Data Registers 256 (D8000 - D8255) 512 (D8000 - D8511)
Pointers 64 256 2,048 4,096
Nestings 8
Interrupt Inputs 6
Constants 16-bit: K: -32,768 to +32,767; H: 0 to FFFF; 32-bit: K: -2,147,483,648 to +2,147,483,647; H: 0 to FFFF FFFF
Programming and Device Specications
Note:
1. 8-character keyword protection level depends on the keyword registered; 16-character keyword protection level is set within GX-Developer
Environmental Specications
Model Number FX1S FX3S FX3G / FX3GE FX3U FX3UC
Ambient Temperature
0 - 55 C (storage
temperature: -20 to +70 C)
0 - 55 C (storage temperature: -25 to +75 C)
Noise Durability 1000 Vpp with noise generator; 1 s at 30 - 100 Hz
AC PSU: 1500VAC, 1 min. /
DC PSU: 500VAC, 1 min.
AC PSU: 1500VAC, 1 min. AC PSU: 1500VAC, 1 min. / DC PSU: 500VAC, 1 min. 500VAC, 1 min.
Ambient Relative Humidity 35 - 85% (non-condensing) 5 - 95% (non-condensing)
Shock Resistance Complies to IEC 68-2-27: 147 m/s (3 times each in 3 directions for 11 ms)
Vibration Resistance Complies to IEC 68-2-6: 9.8 m/s (resistance to vibrations from 57 - 150 Hz for 80 minutes along all 3 axes); 4.9 m/s for DIN rail mounting
Insulation Resistance 500VDC, 5M
Ground Class D: Grounding resistance 100 or less
Fuse
AC models: 250V 1.0A;
DC models: 250V 0.8A
250V 1A
For FX3G-14M and
FX3G_-24M AC: 250V 1A;
DC: 250V 3.15A
For FX3G_-40M_ and
FX3G-60M_: 250V 3.15A
From FX3U-16M_ to
FX3U-32M_ 250V 3.15A;
From FX3U-48M_ to
FX3U-128M_: 250V 5A
125V 3.15A
Environment Avoid environments containing corrosive gases, install in a dust-free location
Electrical Specifications
Power Supply Specifications
FX1S
AC Powered
Models
(FX1S- M -
ES/UL)
FX1S
DC Powered
Models
(FX1S-_M_-
DS/-DSS)
FX3S AC
Powered
Models
(FX3S-_M_/
ES/ESS)
FX3GE AC
Powered
Models
(FX3GE-_M_/
ES/ESS)
FX3G
AC Powered
Models
(FX3G-_M_/
ES/ESS)
FX3G DC
Powered
Models
(FX3G-_M_/
DS/DSS)
FX3U
AC Powered
Models (FX3U-
_M_ES/ESS)
FX3U
DC Powered
Models
(FX3U-_M_/
DS/DSS)
FX3UC
Power Supply
100-240VAC
(+10% /
-15%), 50/60
Hz (10%)
24VDC
(+10% / -15%)
100-240VAC
(+10% /
-15%), 50/60
Hz
100-240VAC
(+10% /
-15%), 50/60
Hz
100-240VAC
(+10% / -15%),
50/60 Hz
24VDC
(+20% / -15%)
100-240VAC
(+10% / -15%),
50/60 Hz
24VDC
(+20% / -30%)
24VDC (+20%
/-15%) Ripple
Voltage (p-p)
5% or less
Inrush Current at ON
15A / 5 ms
(at 100VAC);
25A / 5 ms (at
200VAC)
10A / 0.1 ms
(at 24VDC)
15A / 5ms
(at 100VAC);
28A / 5ms (at
200VAC)
30A / 5ms
(at 100VAC);
50A / 5ms (at
200VAC)
30A / <5 ms
(at 100VAC);
50A / <5 ms
(at 200VAC)
30A / <1 ms
(at 24VAC)
30A / <5 ms
(at 100VAC);
65A / <5 ms (at
200VAC)
35A / <0.5 ms
(at 24VDC);
30A / < 0.5ms
(at 24VDC)
Allowable Momentary
Power Failure Time
10 ms 5 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 5ms 10 ms 5 ms 5 ms
External Service Power Supply
(24VDC)
400 mA - 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA -
FX3U-16/32MR/
ES: 400 mA
/ FX3U-48/
64/80/128MR/ES:
600 mA
- -
Output Specifications
FX1S Relay
Models
FX1S
Transistor
Models
FX3S Relay
Models
FX3S
Transistor
Models
FX3G /
FX3GE
Relay
Models
FX3G
Transistor
Models
FX3U Relay
Models
FX3U
Transistor
Models
FX3U Triac
Models
FX3UC
Relay
Models
FX3UC
Transistor
Models
Switching Voltage (Max.) (V)
<250VAC,
<30VDC
5 - 30VDC
<250VAC,
<30VDC
5 - 30VDC
<240VAC,
<30VDC
5 - 30VDC
<240VAC,
<30VDC
5 - 30VDC
85 -
242VAC
<240VAC,
<30VDC
5 - 30VDC
Max.
Output
Current
Per Output (A) 2 0.5 2 0.5 2 0.5 2 0.5 0.3 2
0.3A (Y0
- Y3), and
0.1A (Y4 or
higher)
Per Group (A) (*1) 8 0.8 8 0.8 8 0.8 8 0.8 0.8 8 0.8
Max. Switching Current
(Inductive Load)
80VA 12W 80VA 12W 80VA 12W 80VA 12W
15VA /
100VAC
30VA /
240VAC
80VA
12W (7.2W
per point
for Y0 - Y3
and 2.4W
per point
for Y4 or
higher)
Response Time (ms) 10 0.2 10 0.2 10
< 0.2
(< 5s for
Y0, Y1) (*4)
10
< 0.2
(< 5s for
Y0, Y2)
1 ms 10
< 0.2
(< 5s for
Y0, Y2)
Life of Contacts
(Switching Times)
3,000,000
at 20VA;
1,000,000
at 35VA;
200,000 at
80VA
-
3,000,000
at 20VA;
1,000,000
at 35VA;
200,000 at
80VA
-
3,000,000
at 20VA;
1,000,000
at 35VA;
200,000 at
80VA (*2)
-
3,000,000
at 20VA;
1,000,000
at 35VA;
200,000 at
80VA (*2)
- -
3,000,000
at 20VA;
1,000,000
at 35VA;
200,000 at
80kA
- (*3)
Notes:
1. This limitation applies to the maximum output current for each reference terminal (Common), each serving 1 to 4 relay or transistor outputs.
Please observe the reference terminal assignments for group identification.
2. Not guaranteed by Mitsubishi Electric.
3. Refer to the specifications of the Terminal Block being used.
4. The 40 and 60 I/O pints main units supports 0.5s for Y2.
162
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Model Number FX3U-16MR/DS FX3U-16MR/ES FX3U-16MT/DSS FX3U-16MT/DS FX3U-16MT/ESS FX3U-16MT/ES
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC)
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 16 16 16 16 16 16
Power Supply 24VDC 100-240VAC 24VDC 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
Integrated Inputs 8 8 8 8 8 8
Integrated Outputs 8 8 8 8 8 8
Output Type Relay Relay Transistor (Source) Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Transistor (Sink)
Power Consumption (W) 25 30 25 25 30 30
Weight (kg) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 130 x 90 x 86 130 x 90 x 86 130 x 90 x 86 130 x 90 x 86 130 x 90 x 86 130 x 90 x 86
FX3U Main Units with 32 I/O
Model Number FX3U-32MR/DS FX3U-32MR/ES FX3U-32MT/DSS FX3U-32MT/DS FX3U-32MT/ESS FX3U-32MT/ES FX3U-32MR/UA1 FX3U-32MS/ES
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Power Supply 24VDC 100-240VAC 24VDC 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
Integrated Inputs 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Integrated Outputs 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Output Type Relay Relay
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor (Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor (Sink) Relay Triac
Power Consumption (W) 30 35 30 30 35 35 35 35
Weight (kg) 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 150 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86 182 x 90 x 86 150 x 90 x 86
Weight (kg) 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
Model Number FX3U-64MR/DS FX3U-64MR/ES FX3U-64MT/DSS FX3U-64MT/DS FX3U-64MT/ESS FX3U-64MT/ES FX3U-64MR/UA1 FX3U-64MS/ES
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64
Power Supply 24VDC 100-240VAC 24VDC 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
Integrated Inputs 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Integrated Outputs 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor (Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor (Sink) Relay Triac
Power Consumption (W) 40 45 40 40 45 45 45 45
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 220 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86 285 x 90 x 86 220 x 90 x 86
Main Unit Options
FX3U
Stocked Item - S - S S S
Weight (kg) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Model Number FX3U-128MR/ES FX3U-128MT/ESS FX3U-128MT/ES
Stocked Item S - -
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 128 128 128
Power Supply 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
Integrated Inputs 64 64 64
Integrated Outputs 64 64 64
Output Type Relay Transistor (Source) Transistor (Sink)
Power Consumption (W) 65 65 65
Weight (kg) 1.8 1.8 1.8
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 350 x 90 x 86 350 x 90 x 86 350 x 90 x 86
FX3UC Main Units with 16 - 96 I/O
Model Number
FX3UC-
16MT/D
FX3UC-16MT/
DSS
FX3UC-16MR/
DS-T
FX3UC-
32MT/D
FX3UC-32MT/
DSS
FX3UC-
64MT/D
FX3UC-64MT/
DSS
FX3UC-
96MT/D
FX3UC-96MT/
DSS
Stocked Item - S S - S S - - S
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL
UL cUL CE
(EMC)
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 16 16 16 32 32 64 64 96 96
Integrated Inputs 8 8 8 16 16 32 32 48 48
Input Type Sink Sink / Source Sink / Source Sink Sink / Source Sink Sink / Source Sink Sink / Source
Integrated Outputs 8 8 8 16 16 32 32 48 48
Output Type
Transistor
(Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Relay
Transistor
(Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Transistor
(Source)
Power Consumption (W) 6 6 6 8 8 11 11 14 14
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.35 0.35
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 34 x 90 x 74 34 x 90 x 74 34 x 90 x 74 34 x 90 x 74 34 x 90 x 74 59.7 x 90 x 74 59.7 x 90 x 74 85.4 x 90 x 74 85.4 x 90 x 74
FX3UC
164
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
FX3G Main Units with 14 I/O
Model Number FX3G-14MR/DS FX3G-14MR/ES FX3G-14MT/DSS FX3G-14MT/DS FX3G-14MT/ESS FX3G-14MT/ES
Power Supply (V) 24VDC 100-240VAC 24VDC 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
Weight (kg) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Weight (kg) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
FX3G
Weight (kg) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
Weight (kg) 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
FX3GE Main Units with 24 I/O
Model Number FX3GE-24MR/ES
Stocked Item S
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 24
Integrated Inputs 100-240VAC
Input Type 14
Integrated Outputs 10
Output Type Relay
Power Consumption (W) 32
Weight (kg) 0.6
FX3GE
FX3GE Main Units with 40 I/O
Model Number FX3GE-40MR/ES
Stocked Item S
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 40
Integrated Inputs 100-240VAC
Input Type 24
Integrated Outputs 16
Output Type Relay
Weight (kg) 0.8
FX3S
FX3S Main Units with 10 - 14 I/O
Model Number FX3S-10MR/ES FX3S-10MT/ES FX3S-10MT/ESS FX3S-14MR/ES FX3S-14MT/ES FX3S-14MT/ESS
Power Supply (V) 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC
Output Type Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source)
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x75 60 x 90 x75 60 x 90 x75 60 x 90 x75 60 x 90 x75
Model Number FX3S-20MR/ES FX3S-20MT/ES FX3S-20MT/ESS FX3S-30MR/ES FX3S-30MT/ES FX3S-30MT/ESS
Power Supply (V) 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC
Output Type Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source)
Weight (kg) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.45 0.45 0.45
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 75 x 90 x 75 75 x 90 x75 75 x 90 x75 100 x 90 x75 100 x 90 x75 100 x 90 x75
166
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Model Number
FX1S-10MR-
DS
FX1S-10MR-
ES/UL
FX1S-10MT-
DSS
FX1S-10MT-
ESS/UL
FX1S-10MT
FX1S-14MR-
DS
FX1S-14MR-
ES/UL
FX1S-14MT-
DSS
FX1S-14MT-
ESS/UL
FX1S-14MT
Stocked Item - S S S - S S S S S
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 14
Power Supply 24VDC
100 -
240VAC
24VDC
100 -
240VAC
100 -
240VAC
24VDC
100 -
240VAC
24VDC
100 -
240VAC
100 -
240VAC
Integrated Inputs 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
Integrated Outputs 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Relay Relay
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Power Consumption (W) 6 19 6 19 19 6.5 19 6.5 19 19
Weight (kg) 0.22 0.3 0.22 0.3 0.3 0.22 0.3 0.22 0.3 0.3
Dimen. (W x H x D) mm 60 x 90 x 49 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x 49 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x 49 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x 49 60 x 90 x 75 60 x 90 x 75
Model Number
FX1S-20MR-
DS
FX1S-20MR-
ES/UL
FX1S-20MT-
DSS
FX1S-20MT-
ESS/UL
FX1S-20MT
FX1S-30MR-
DS
FX1S-30MR-
ES/UL
FX1S-30MT/
DSS
FX1S-30MT-
ESS/UL
FX1S-30MT
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL
Integrated Inputs/Outputs 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 30
Power Supply 24VDC 100 - 240VAC 24VDC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC 24VDC 100 - 240VAC 24VDC 100 - 240VAC 100 - 240VAC
Integrated Inputs 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16
Integrated Outputs 8 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14 14
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Relay Relay
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Source)
Transistor
(Sink)
Power Consumption (W) 7 20 7 20 20 8 21 8 21 21
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.35 0.45 0.35 0.45 0.45
Dimen. (W x H x D) mm 75 x 90 x 49 75 x 90 x 75 75 x 90 x 49 75 x 90 x 75 75 x 90 x 75 100 x 90 x 49 100 x 90 x 75 100 x 90 x 49 100 x 90 x 75 100 x 90 x 75
FX1S
Extension Boards
The FX1N Series extension boards are available for the FX1S main units and add 4 inputs or 2 outputs to the system
Model Number FX1N-4EX-BD FX1N-2EYT-BD
Stocked Item S S
Applicable PLCs FX1S FX1S
Integrated Inputs 4 2
Power Supply 5VDC (from main unit); 24VDC / 25 mA (S/S terminal) 5VDC (from main unit)
Integrated Outputs 4 -
Input Level
Voltage 24VDC (+20% / -15%) -
Current 5 mA (24VDC) -
Integrated Outputs - 2
Output Type - Transistor
Max. Switching Voltage - 5 - 30VDC
Weight (kg) 0.02 0.02
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 38.5 x 22 43 x 38.5 x 22
FX Input / Output Expansion Options
FX1N-2EYT-BD
B
Y
0
+
B
Y
0
-B
Y
1
+
B
Y
1
-
Model Number FX2N-32ER-ES/UL FX2N-32ET-ESS/UL FX2N-48ER-DS FX2N-48ER-ES/UL FX2N-48ER-UA1/UL
Stocked Item S S - S S
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC) CE UL cUL CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3G / FX3GE
Integrated Inputs / Outputs 32 32 48 48 48
Power Supply AC Range (+10%, -15%) 100-240VAC 100-240VAC 24VDC 100-240VAC 100-240VAC
External Service Power Supply (24VDC) mA 250 250 - 460 -
Power Supply Int. Bus (5VDC) mA 690 690 690 690 690
Integrated Inputs 16 (24VDC) 16 (24VDC) 16 (24VDC) 16 (24VDC) 24 (120VDC)
Integrated Outputs 16 16 24 24 24
Output Type Relay Transistor (Source) Relay Relay Relay
ON Voltage (Max.) Relay version: < 264VAC, < 30VDC; Transistor version: 5 - 30VDC
Max. Output
Current
Per Output (A) 2 0.5 2 2 2
Per 4 Outputs (A) 8 0.8 8 8 8
Weight (kg) 0.65 0.65 0.85 0.85 1.0
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 150 x 90 x 87 150 x 90 x 87 182 x 90 x 87 182 x 90 x 87 220 x 90 x 87
Model Number FX2N-48ET FX2N-48ET-DSS FX2N-48ET-ESS/UL
Stocked Item - - -
Rating - CE UL cUL CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3G / FX3GE
Integrated Inputs / Outputs 48 48 48
Power Supply 100-240VAC 24VDC 100-240VAC
External Service Power Supply (24VDC) mA 460 - 460
Power Supply Int. Bus (5VDC) mA 690 690 690
Integrated Inputs 24 (24VDC) 24 (24VDC) 24 (24VDC)
Output Type Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Transistor (Source)
Max. Output
Current
Per Output (A) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Per 4 Outputs (A) 0.8 0.8 0.8
Weight (kg) 0.85 0.85 0.85
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 182 x 90 x 87 182 x 90 x 87 182 x 90 x 87
The FX2N Series extension units are available with up to 48 integrated I/O with selectable relay or transistor
output models.
Model Number FX2N-8ER-ES/UL FX2N-8EX-ES/UL FX2N-8EX-UA1/UL FX2N-8EYR-ES/UL FX2N-8EYT
FX2N-8EYT-ESS/
UL
FX2N-8EY-S-ES/UL
Stocked Item S S S S S S S
UL cUL CE
(EMC)
- UL cUL UL
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
Integrated Inputs / Outputs 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Power Supply All modular extension units are powered by the base unit
Integrated Inputs 4 (24VDC) 8 (24VDC) 8 (100-120VAC) - - - -
Integrated Outputs 4 - - 8 8 8 8
Output Type Relay - - Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Relay
Max.
Output
Current
Per Output (A) 2 - - 2 0.5 0.5 2.0
Per 4 Outputs (A) 8 - - 8 0.8 0.8
Isolated
(commons)
5VDC Current Consumption (mA) 25 25 25 30 30 30 30
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 40 x 90 x 87
Unpowered Extension Units
The FX2N Series 8 - 16 integrated I/O extension blocks are selectable with relay, transistor or triac outputs.
IN
2
168
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Model Number FX2N-16EX-ES/UL FX2N-16EYR-ES/UL FX2N-16EYS FX2N-16EYT FX2N-16EYT-ESS/UL
Rating UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL - UL cUL
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
Integrated Inputs / Outputs 16 16 16 16 16
Integrated Inputs 16 (24VDC) - - - -
Integrated Outputs - 16 16 16 16
Output Type - Relay Triac (SSR) Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source)
ON Voltage (Max.) Relay version: < 240VAC, < 30VDC; Transistor version: 5 - 30VDC; Triac version: 85 - 242VAC
Max.
Output
Current
Per Output (A) - 2 0.3 0.5 0.5
Per 4 Outputs (A) - 8 0.8 0.8 1.6
5VDC Current Consumption (mA) 45 40 160 180 180
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 40 x 90 x 87 40 x 90 x 87 40 x 90 x 87 40 x 90 x 87 40 x 90 x 87
Model Number FX2NC-16EX-DS FX2NC-16EX-T-DS FX2NC-16EYR-T-DS FX2NC-16EYT-D/UL FX2NC-16EYT-DSS FX2NC-32EX-DS FX2NC-32EYT-D/UL
Stocked Item S S S S S - -
UL cUL CE
(EMC)
UL cUL CE UL cUL
Applicable PLCs FX3UC
Integrated Inputs / Outputs 16 16 16 16 16 32 32
Integrated Inputs 16 16 - - - 32 (24VDC) -
Integrated Outputs - - 16 16 16 - 32
Output Type - - Relay Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) - Transistor (Sink)
Max.
Output
Current
Per Output (A) - - 2 0.1 0.1 - 0.1
Per 4 Outputs (A) - - 4 0.8 0.8 - 0.8
5VDC Current Consumption (mA) 30 30 50 30 50 60 100
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.2 0.2
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 14.6 x 90 x 87 20.2 x 90 x 89 24.2 x 90 x 89 14.6 x 90 x 87 14.6 x 90 x 87 26.2 x 90 x 87 26.2 x 90 x 87
FX2NC Unpowered Extension Units
The FX2NC Series extension blocks are available with 16 or 32 integrated I/O with selectable relay or transistor 16-output models.
Model Number FX1N-8AV-BD FX3G-8AV-BD FX3U-8AV-BD
Stocked Item S S S
Rating CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX1S FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S FX3U
Power Supply 5VDC from main unit
Analog Channels (Inputs) 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit
Related I/O Points 0 0 0
Weight 0.02 0.02 0.02
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 38.5 x 22 35 x 51 x 12 19.7 x 46.1 x 53.5
FX Analog Options
Analog Setpoint
The analog setpoint boards provide 8 analog setpoint potentiometers to the FX system. Setpoints can be
polled by the PLC and used as default values for timers, counters and data registers.
FX1N-8AV-BD
Model Number FX2N-2AD FX2N-4AD FX2NC-4AD FX2N-8AD (*2)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE FX3UC
FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G /
FX3GE
Power Supply
5VDC / 20 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 50 mA
(from main unit)
5VDC / 30 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 55 mA
5VDC / 50 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 130 mA
5VDC / 50 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 80 mA
Analog Channels (Input) 2 4 4 8
Analog Range
0 to 10VDC / 0 to 5VDC /
4 to 20mA DC
-10 to 10VDC / -20 to
20mA DC / 4 to 20mA DC
-10 to 10VDC / -20 to
-10 to 10VDC / -20 to
Resolution
Voltage 2.5 mV (12 bit) 5 mV (11 bit + sign) 0.32 mV (15 bit + sign) 0.63 mV (14 bit + sign)
Current 4 A (12 bit) 20 A (10 bit + sign) 1.25 A (14 bit + sign) 2.5 A (13 bit + sign)
Overall Accuracy
for Fullscale
Voltage
1% 1%
0.3% - 0.5% (*1)
0.3 - 0.5% (*1)
Current 0.5 - 1.0% (*1)
Related I/O Points 8 8 8 8
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.3 0.13 0.4
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 20.2 x 90 x 89 75 x 90 x 75
Notes:
1. Dependent on the ambient temperature.
2. The FX2N-8AD can be configured to accept standard analog inputs as well as selected temperature inputs such as K, T or J type thermocouples.
Analog Input
Analog input modules can provide up to 8 analog inputs that are used to convert analog voltage or current
signals into digital values which can be used by the FX PLC.
Model Number FX1N-2AD-BD FX3G-2AD-BD FX3U-4AD-ADP FX3U-4AD FX3UC-4AD
Stocked Item S S S S -
Rating CE (EMC) UL cUL CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX1S FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S
FX3GE / FX3S
FX3GE
FX3UC
Power Supply 5VDC (from main unit) 5VDC (from main unit)
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 40 mA
5VDC / 110 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 90 mA
5VDC / 100 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 80 mA
Analog Channels (Input) 2 2 4 4 4
Analog Range 0 to 10VDC / 4 - 20 mA 0 to 10VDC / 4 - 20 mA 0 to 10VDC / 4 - 20 mA
-10 to 10VDC / -20 to
+20mA / 4 to 20 mA DC
-10 to 10VDC / -20 to
+20mA / 4 to 20 mA DC
Resolution
Voltage 2.5 mV (12 bit) 2.5 mV 2.5 mV (12 bit) 0.32 mV (15 bit + sign) 0.32 mV (15 bit + sign)
Current 8 A (11 bit) 8 A (11 bit) 10 A (11 bit) 1.25 A (14 bit + sign) 1.25 A (14 bit + sign)
Overall Accuracy for Fullscale 1% 1% 0.5% to 1% (*1) 0.3 to 1% fullscale (*1) 0.3 to 1% fullscale (*1)
Related I/O Points 0 0 0 8 8
Weight (kg) 0.02 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.13
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 38.5 x 22 35 x 51 x 29.2 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 55 x 90 x 87 20.2 x 90 x 89
POWER
FX3U-4AD-ADP
24+
24 -
V1+
COM4
I1+
COM1
V2+
I2+
COM 2
V3+
I3 +
C OM3
V4+
I4+
FX1N-2AD-BD
170
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Analog Output
Analog output modules provide up to 4 analog outputs that are used to convert digital values in the PLC
to voltage or current signals.
Model Number FX1N-1DA-BD FX3G-1DA-BD FX3U-4DA-ADP FX3U-4DA FX2N-2DA FX2N-4DA FX2NC-4DA
Stocked Item S S S S S S S
Rating CE (EMC) UL cUL CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX1S
FX3G /FX3GE /
FX3S
FX3U / FX3UC /
FX3G / FX3GE /
FX3S
FX3U / FX3UC /
FX3G / FX3GE /
FX3S
FX3U / FX3UC /
FX3G / FX3GE
FX3U / FX3UC /
FX3G / FX3GE
FX3UC
Power Supply
5VDC
(from main unit)
5VDC
(from main unit)
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 150 mA
5VDC / 120 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 160 mA
5VDC / 30 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 85 mA
(from main unit)
5VDC / 30 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 200 mA
5VDC / 30 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 130 mA
Analog Channels (Output) 1 1 4 4 2 4 4
Analog Output Range
0 to 10VDC /
4 to 20mA DC
0 to 10VDC /
4 to 20mA DC
0 to 10VDC /
4 to 20mA DC
-10 to 10VDC
/ 0 to 20mA /
4 to 20mA DC
0 to 10VDC /
0 to 5VDC /
4 to 20mA DC
0 to 10VDC /
0 to 20mA DC /
4 to 20mA DC
-10 to 10VDC /
0 to 20mA DC /
4 to 20mA DC
Resolution
Voltage 2.5 mV (12 bit) 2.5 mV (12 bit) 2.5 mV (12 bit)
0.32 mV
(15 bit + sign)
2.5 mV (14 bit)
5 mV
(11 bit + sign)
5 mV
(11 bit + sign)
Current 8 A (11 bit) 8 A (11 bit) 4 A (12 bit) 0.63 A (15 bit) 4 A (12 bit)
20 A
(10 bit + sign)
20 A
(10 bit + sign)
Overall Accuracy for Fullscale 1% 1% 5% - 1% (*1) 0.3% - 0.5% (*1) 1% (*1) 1% (*1) 0.5% -1% (*1)
Related I/O Points 0 0 0 8 8 8 8
Weight (kg) 0.02 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.13
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 43 x 38.5 x 22 35 x 51 x 29.2 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 55 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 24.2 x 90 x 89
Note: 1. Dependent on the ambient temperature.
Note:
1. When attaching the FX0N-3A or FX2N-5A analog modules to an FX3UC main unit, the FX2NC-CNV-IF interface adapter or the FX3UC-1PS-5V power supply unit is required.
Combination Analog Input / Output Modules
Combination analog input / output modules are used for both digital to analog and
analog to digital conversion.
Model Number FX0N-3A* FX2N-5A* FX3U-3A-ADP
Stocked Item S S S
Rating CE (EMC) UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S
Power Supply
5VDC / 30 mA (from main unit)
24VDC / 90 mA
24VDC / 90 mA
Analog
Channels
Input 2 4 2
Output 1 1 1
Analog
Input Range
(Resolution)
Voltage 0 to 10VDC (8 bit); 0 to 5VDC (8 bit)
-10 to 10 V (15 bit + sign)
-100 to 100 mV (11 bit + sign)
0 to 10VDC (12 bit)
Current 4 to 20 mA DC (8 bit)
-20 to 20 mVDC (14 bit + sign)
4 to 20 mA DC (14 bit)
4 to 20 mA DC (12 bit)
Analog
Output Range
(Resolution)
Voltage 0 to 10VDC (8 bit); 0 to 5VDC (8 bit) -10 to 10VDC (12 bit) 0 to 10VDC
Current 4 to 20 mA DC (8 bit) 0/4 to 20 mA DC (10 bit) 4 to 20 mA DC
Overall Accuracy for Fullscale 1% 0.3 - 1% 0.5 - 1%
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.3 0.1
Dimensions (W x H x D) (mm) 43 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 17.6 x 90 x 89.5
POWER
FX3U-4DA-ADP
24+
24-
V1+
COM4
I1+
CO M1
V2+
I2+
COM2
V3+
I3+
COM3
V4+
I4+
FX1N-1DA-BD
FX -5A 2N
24 V
AD / DA
High-Speed Counters and Pulse Train Output
These high-speed modules provide additional counting and pulse output features to the PLC.
Model Number FX2N-1HC FX2NC-1HC FX3U-2HC FX3U-4HSX-ADP FX3U-2HSY-ADP
Stocked Item S - S S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX3UC FX3U / FX3UC FX3U FX3U
Signal Level 5, 12, 24VDC / 7 mA 5VDC -
Power Supply
5VDC 90 mA (from main unit) 245 mA (from main unit) 30 mA (from main unit)
24VDC - - 30 mA (from main unit) 60 mA (from main unit)
Maximum Connectivity - - 2 2
Counter
Inputs
1 phase (1 input or 2 input);
2 phase (1 edge, 2 edge or 4 edge count)
4 -
Outputs - - 2
Max Counter
Frequency
Input 50 kHz 200 kHz
1 phase: 200kHz;
2 phase: 100kHz
-
Output - 200 kHz
Input Format Differential line receiver and open collector
Differential line receiver
(equivalent to AM26C32)
photocoupler isolation on
inputs
-
Type of Counter Up / down counter, ring counter -
Output Format -
Differential line driver
(equivalent to AM26C32)
pulse/direction or forward/
reverse rotation)
Counting Range
(Up/Down and
Ring Counter)
16 Bit 0 to 65,535 -
32 Bit -2147483648 to +2147483647 -
Output Type 2 x transistor (5 to 24VDC / 0.5A)
4 x transistor
(5 to 24VDC / 0.5A)
- less than 25 mA
Related I/O Points 8 4 (4 input)
4 (2 output points occupied
per high-speed output)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 55 x 90 x 87 20.2 x 90 x 89 55 x 90 x 87 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 17.6 x 90 x 89.5
Temperature Input Options
The analog temperature input modules are used for J and K type thermocouple and Pt100 temperature sensor input and
temperature control. 2 open collector transistor outputs are available with the FX2N-2LC, 4 with the FX3U-4LC.
Model Number
FX3U-4AD-PTW-
ADP
FX3U-4AD-PT-
ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-
ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-
ADP
FX2N-4AD-TC FX2N-4AD-PT FX2N-2LC FX3U-4LC
Stocked Item - S - S S S S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S FX3U / FX3UC FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
FX3G / FX3GE /
FX3U / FX3UC
Power Supply
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 50 mA
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 50 mA
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 50 mA
5VDC / 15 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 45 mA
5VDC / 40 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 60 mA
5VDC / 30 mA
(from main unit)
24VDC / 50 mA
5VDC / 70 mA
(from main
unit) 24VDC /
55 mA
5VDC / 160 mA
(from main
unit) 24VDC /
50 mA
Analog Inputs 4 (Pt100 sensors) 4 (Pt100 sensors)
4 (Pt1000 or
Ni1000)
4 (J or K type) 4 (J or K type)
4 (Pt100
sensors)
2 points
(Thermocouple
and Pt100
sensor)
4 points
(Thermocouple
and Pt100
sensor)
Compensated Temperature
Range (C)
-100 to +600 -50 to +250
-50 to +250
(Pt1000)
-40 to +110
(Ni1000)
-100 to +600
(J type)
-100 to +1000
(K type)
-100 to +600
(J type) -100 to
+1200 (K type)
-100 to +600 -200 to +1300 -200 to +1300
Digital Outputs -1000 to +6000 -500 to +2500
-500 to +2500
(Pt1000) -400 to
+1100 (Ni1000)
-1000 to +6000
(J type) -1000 to
+10000 (K type)
-1000 to +6000
(J type) -1000 to
+12000 (K type)
-1000 to +6000
2 transistor
output points
4 transistor
output points
Resolution (C) 0.2 to 0.3 0.1 0.1
0.3 (J type)
0.4 (K type)
0.3 (J type)
0.4 (K type)
0.2 - 0.3 0.1 or 1 0.1 or 1
Overall Accuracy
for Fullscale
0.5% - 1% (*1) 0.5% - 1% (*1) 0.5% - 1% (*1) 0.5% - 1% (*1) 0.5% - 1% (*1) 1.0%
0.3% - 0.7%
(1 digit) (*1)
0.3% - 0.7%
(1 digit) (*1)
Related I/O Points 0 0 0 0 8 8 8 8
Weight 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 55 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 90 x 90 x 80
Note: 1. Dependent on the ambient temperature.
FX High-Speed I/O and Positioning Expansion
FX -4AD-TC 2N
A / D
X1/4 X6/7
X2/5 X0/3
POWER
FX3U-4HSX-ADP
SG
SG
X6/7
X2/5
X1/4
X0/ 3
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
FX -1HC 2N
172
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Model Number FX3U-20SSC-H
Stocked Item S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC
Number of Controllable Axes 2 axes
Related I/O 8
Connectable Servo Amplifier
MELSERVO MR-J3-B/MR-J3W-B/MR-J3-BS maximum 2 amplifiers can be connected; Standard cord
length: Station-to-station maximum 20m, Long distance cord length: Station-to-station maximum 50m
Servo Bus SSCNET III
Scan Cycle 1.77 ms
Positioning
Method Increment / Absolute
User Units PLS, m, 10
-4
inch, mdeg
Unit Magnification 1, 10, 100, and 1,000-fold
Positioning Range -2,147,483,648 to -2,147,483,648 PLS
Speed Units Hz, cm/min, 10deg/min, inch/min
Acceleration /
Deceleration Process
Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration: 1 to 500 ms.
Only trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration is available for interpolation
Starting Time 1.6 ms or less
Interpolation Function 2-axis linear interpolation, 2-axis circular interpolation
Power Supply 24VDC + 20% -15% Ripple (p-p) within 5%
Power Consumption 5W
Weight (kg) 0.3
2-Axis Positioning
High-performance 2-axis positioning module featuring simultaneous and interpolated 2-axis positioning control. With its
dedicated setup, monitor and testing software, FX Configurator-FP, all aspects of the servo system can be controlled.
Cam Switch
The FX2N-1RM-E-SET is often called an electronic cam module. It can be used to replace a mechanical camming
system with a virtual electronic cam sequence using a resolver module.
Model Number FX2N-1RM-E-SET
Stocked Item S
Rating CE (EMC)
Number of Controllable Axes 1 using resolver F2-720RSV
Maximum Connectivity 3
Number of Cam Output I/O 48 outputs (32 may be ON at one time)
Control Resolution 1 revolution of 720 divisions (0.5 degrees) or 360 divisions (1 degree)
Response 415 rpm with 0.5 degrees or 830 rpm with 1 degree
ON/OFF Frequency 8 times per CAM profile
Resolver 3000 rpm
Maximum Cable Length up to 100 m
Power Supply 24VDC (-15% to +10%); 300 mA (400 mA when 32 outputs are ON)
Related I/O Points 8 (*1)
Weight (kg) 0.5
Note 1: The number of related I/O points will always be 8, regardless of how many units are attached.
1-Axis Positioning
The FX3U-1PG and FX2N-10PG positioning modules are extremely efficient single-axis positioning modules for
controlling either step drives or servo drives (by external regulator) with a pulse train.
Model Number FX3U-1PG FX2N-10PG
Stocked Item S S
Input Signal Level 24VDC / 40 mA 5VDC / 100 mA; 24VDC / 70 mA
Signal Level
Pulse Output 5 to 24VDC / 35 mA 5 to 24VDC / 25 mA
CLR Signal 5 to 24VDC / 20 mA 5 to 24VDC / 20 mA
Power Supply 5VDC / 150 mA (from main unit) 5VDC / 120 mA (from main unit)
Accessible Axes 1 1
Output Frequency Max. 100 kHz Max. 1 MHz
Related I/O Points 8 8
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 43 x 90 x 87 43 x 90 x 87
Function Servo / stepper pulse control Advanced servo / stepper control
2N-10PG FX
START
POWER
DOG
ERROR
X0 PGO
X1 FP
RP
CLR
FX -20SSC-H 3U
Model Number FX3U-ENET FX3U-ENET-ADP FX2NC-ENET-ADP
Stocked Item S S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3S FX1S
Max. Data Transmission 1023 words x 8 1023 words x 4 16 words
Power Supply 24VDC / 240 mA Supplied from PLC Supplied from PLC
Communication Cable Ethernet with RJ45 connector Ethernet with RJ45 connector Ethernet with RJ45 connector
Communication Protocol MC Protocol, TCP / IP / UDP MC Protocol, TCP / IP / UDP -
Communication With Mail Server SMTP / POP3 - -
Maximum Transfer Rate 100 Mbps / 10 Mbps 100 Mbps / 10 Mbps -
Maximum Segment Length 100 m 100 m -
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.1 0.1
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 55 x 90 x 87 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 19 x 90 x 78
Model Number FX3U-485ADP-MB FX3U-232ADP-MB
Stocked Item S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S
Power Supply 5VDC / 20 mA (from main unit) 5VDC / 30 mA (from main unit)
Interface RS-485 RS-232C
Communication Speed Max. 115.2 kbps Max. 115.2 kbps
Communication Distance 500m 15m
Weight (kg) 0.08 0.08
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 17.6 x 90 x 89.5 17.6 x 90 x 89.5
Modbus and Serial Communication Adapters
These communication special adapters support a wide range of serial communication standards including Modbus.
Ethernet
The FX3U-ENET communication module enables 8 ports of simultaneous Ethernet communication with features
such as peer-to-peer, email send/receive options, and program upload/download. (The FX2NC-ENET-ADP
communication special adapter is an Ethernet interface supporting 10BASE-T communication.)
Model Number FX2N-232IF FX1N-232-BD FX1N-422-BD FX1N-485-BD FX3G-232-BD FX3U-USB-BD FX3G-422-BD FX3G-485-BD
FX3G-485-BD-
RJ (*1)
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S
Rating CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX1S FX1S FX1S
FX3G / FX3GE
/ FX3S
FX3U
FX3G / FX3GE
/ FX3S
FX3G / FX3GE
/ FX3S
FX3G / FX3GE
/ FX1S
Interface
RS-232 with
9-pole D-SUB
connector
RS-232 with
9 pole D-SUB
connector
RS-422 with 8
pole mini DIN
connector
RS-485 with
terminal block
RS-232 with
9 pole D-SUB
connector
USB (Mini B)
RS-422 with 8
pole mini DIN
connector
RS-485
RS-485
with RJ-45
connector
Power Supply
5VDC / 40 mA
(from main
unit),
24VDC / 80
mA
5VDC / 60 mA
(from main
unit)
5VDC / 60 mA
(from main
unit)
5VDC / 60 mA
(from main
unit)
5VDC
(from main
unit)
5VDC / 15mA
(from main
unit), 30mA
(from PC USB
connectors)
5VDC
(from main
unit)
5VDC
(from main
unit)
5VDC (from
main unit)
Related I/O Points 8 - - - - - - - -
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.2
Dimensions (W x H x D) (mm) 55 x 90 x 87 43 x 38.5 x 22 43 x 38.5 x 20 43 x 38.5 x 22 35 x 51 x 17.2
19.6 x 46.1 x
53.5
35 x 51 x 14.9 35 x 51 x 29.2 35 x 51 x 29.2
These communication expansion boards allow their respective FX main units to communicate with external
devices and other FX main units over a variety of serial networks.
FX Communications and Networking Expansion
Networking Modules
RD
SD
110
330 OPEN
POWER
FX3U-485ADP-MB
SG
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
RD
SD
110
330
OPEN
POWER
FX3U-232ADP-MB
RD
SD
POWER
RUN
C1
INIT.
C2
100M
C3
SD
C4
RD
C5
ERR.
C6
COM.ERR.
C7
C8
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
POWER
LINK
ACT
FX2NC-ENET-ADP
SD
RD
Note 1: Available December, 2013
174
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
DeviceNet
Allows the FX system to be a Group 2 slave station on a DeviceNet network.
Model Number FX2N-64DNET
Stocked Item S
Master/Slave Slave
Power Supply 5VDC / Max. 12 mA (from main unit) 24VDC / 50 mA
I/O Points 8
Weight 0.2
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 43 x 90 x 87
Profibus
PROFIBUS-DP allows for the implementation of decentralized control with comprehensive data and alarm
processing capabilities. Easy setup is available by using the GX Configurator-DP software package.
CC-Link
CC-Link provides a deterministic network with communication speeds up to 10Mbps
Model Number FX3U-64DP-M FX3U-32DP
Stocked Item S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
Master/Slave Master Slave
Power Supply Internal 24VDC / Max. 155 mA Internal 24VDC / 145 mA
Version V 1.0 connector V 1.0 connector
Communication Speed Max. 12 Mbps Max. 12 Mbps
Maximum Distance (*1) 1,200 m 1,200 m
Maximum Number of Slaves 64 / Master -
Communication Distance (m) Max. 1200m (depends on communication speed)
Communication Cable Profibus cable with Profibus-DP connector
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 43 x 90 x 89 43 x 90 x 89
Model Number FX2N-32CCL FX3U-64CCL FX3U-16CCL-M
Stocked Item S S S
Rating CE (EMC) UL cUL CE (EMC) UL cUL CE (EMC)
Master/Slave Slave Intelligent device station (slave) Master (V2, V1)
Applicable PLCs
FX3U / FX3UC. Cannot use with
FX2N-32ASI-M AS-i
interface master block
FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
Power Supply
24VDC / 50 mA
24VDC / 220 mA 24VDC / N/A
Version V 1.00 V 2.00 / V 1.10 V 2.00 / V 1.10
I/O Points 8 8 8
Weight 0.3 0.3 0.4
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 43 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87 55 x 90 x 87
FX3U-64CCL
RUN
L RUN
L ERR.
SD
RD
ERR.
FX2N-16CCL-M CC-LINK
RUN
ERR.
MST
TEST 1
TEST 2
L RUN
L ERR.
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
SD
RD
2N FX -64DNET
POWER
/TO
MS
NS
Note:
1. Depends on communication speed.
Power Supply Modules
The FX Series power supply units are used to add power onto the 5V and 24V expansion buses
when the built-in service power supplies are not sufficient.
Power Supply Unit
The FX2N-20PSU 24VDC power supply unit is meant to provide a 24VDC power supply for DC
powered FX main units, FX special function modules, sensors connected to the FX main units, etc.
Model Number FX3U-1PSU-5V FX3UC-1PS-5V
Stocked Item S -
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3G FX3UC
Input Voltage 100 - 240VAC 24VDC +20% - 15%
Input Frequency 50 / 60 Hz -
Inrush Current
30A max. 5 ms or less / 100VAC
65A max. 5 ms or less / 200VAC
30A max. 0.5 ms / 24VDC
Power Consumption 20 VA max. 25 W max.
Output Current (Internal
for Supply)
24VDC 0.3A -
5VDC 1A 1A
Holding Time 10 ms / 100VAC 5 ms
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.15
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 55 x 90 x 87 24.2 x 90 x 74
Model Number FX2N-20PSU
Stocked Item S
Applicable PLCs FX1S / FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE
Ambient Temperature 0 - 55C (-20 - 70C storage temperature)
Ambient Relative Humidity
(Non-Condensing)
35 - 85% (35 - 90% storage humidity)
Input Voltage 100 - 240VAC
Input Frequency 50/60 Hz
Fuse Rating 3.15A (built-in)
Rush Current 60A / 200VAC max.
Output Power 24 DC 10% / 2A maximum; 0.2A minimum
Ripple Noise 500 mVp-p or less
Holding Time 10 ms / 100VAC
Protection Against Overcurrent Actuated when current becomes 110 - 160% or more, automatic recovery when voltage drop occurs
Protection Against Overvoltage Actuated when current becomes 110-140% or more, output shutdown, no automatic recovery (diode clamp)
Weight (kg) 0.3
Interface Boards and Modules
The FX Series interface boards enable connection of special adapters to the left side of the associated FX main
unit. The FX2NC-CNV-IF interface adapter allows FX3UC main units to connect with the standard FX0N / FX2N /
FX3U right side expansion bus.
Model Number FX3U-CF-ADP FX3S-CNV-ADP FX3G-CNV-ADP FX3U-CNV-BD FX1N-CNV-BD FX2NC-CNV-IF
Rating CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX3S FX3G FX3U FX1S FX3UC
Description
CF Card special
adapter
Analog and
communication
special adapter
Analog and
communication
special adaptor
Analog and
communication
special adaptor
Function expansion
board
Interface adapter
to connect with
standard FX0N /
FX2N / FX3U
Weight (kg) 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.3
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 45 x 90 x 74 14.6 x 90 x 74 14.6 x 90 x 74 19.6 x 46.1 x 53.5 43 x 38 x 14 90 x 14.6 x 74
FX Interfaces and Power Supplies
FX3UC-1PS-5V
POWER
FX -1PSU-5V 3U
FX2NC-CNV-IF
MITSUBISHI
POWER
FX2N-20PSU
176
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Interface Converter
Interface converter is necessary to bridge two different communication types.
Model Number FX-USB-AW FX-232AWC-H
Stocked Item S -
Rating CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs
FX1S / FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G /
FX3GE / FX3S
FX1S / FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G /
FX3GE /FX3S
Applications USB to RS-422 converter RS-422 to RS-232C converter
Memory Cassettes
The Loader functionality allows the memory cassette to upload and download programs from and to the
internal memory of the FX main units. When the memory cassette is attached to the FX main unit without
uploading or downloading, the program on the memory cassette is executed. With the FX3U-FLROM-1M,
1.3MB of additional capacity is provided for symbolic information.
Model Number FX3U-FLROM-16 FX3U-FLROM-64 FX3U-FLROM-64L FX3U-FLROM-1M FX1N-EEPROM-8L FX3G-EEPROM-32L
Rating CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC FX1S FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S
Size 16k steps 64k steps 64k steps
64k steps
+1.3MB Symbolic
2k / 8k steps 32k steps
Memory Type Flash Flash Flash Flash EEPROM EEPROM
Protect Switch Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided
Data Transfer Buttons Not Provided Not Provided Provided Not Provided Provided Provided
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 37 x 20 x 6.1 37 x 20 x 6.1 37 x 20 x 6.1 37 x 20 x 6.1 33 x 30 x 9 35 X 21 X 9.6
Backup Batteries
Backup batteries provide enough power to store relevant data within the FX
main units and modules when they are not powered.
Model Number FX3U-32BL FX1N-BAT
Stocked Item S S
Applicable PLCs FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE FX1S
Accessories
Terminal Blocks
Remote terminal blocks allow I/O modules to be placed at the point of control. The blocks are connected
with FX3UC main units using connector-type I/O cabling.
Model Number FX-16E-TB FX-16E-TB/UL FX-16EX-A1-TB FX-16EX-A1-TB/UL FX-16EYR-ES-TB/UL
Stocked Item - S - - S
Rating - UL cUL - - UL cUL
Applicable PLCs FX3UC
Max. Number of Inputs/Outputs 16 16 16 16 16 output
Integrated Inputs (Sink) 16 (24VDC) 16 (24VDC) 16 (120VAC) 16 (120VAC) -
Integrated Outputs - - - - 16
Output Type - - - - Relay
Switching Voltage (Max.) - - - - 240VAC / 30VDC
Max. Output
Current
Per Output (A) - - - - 2
Per 4 Outputs (A) - - - - 8
Model Number FX-16EYS-ES-TB/UL FX16EYT-TB FX-16EYT-ES-TB/UL FX-16EYT-ESS-TB/UL FX-32E-TB/UL FX-TB40MIN
Stocked Item - - - - - S
Rating UL cUL - UL cUL -
Applicable PLCs FX3UC FX3U-2HC
Max. Number of Inputs/Outputs 16 output 16 16 output 16 output 32 40
Integrated Inputs (Sink) - - - - 32 (24VDC) -
Integrated Outputs 16 16 16 16 - -
Output Type Triac (SSR) Transistor (Sink) Transistor (Source) Transistor (Sink) - -
Switching Voltage (Max.) 242VAC 30VDC 30VDC 30VDC - -
Max. Output
Current
Per Output (A) 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 - -
Per 4 Outputs (A) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 - -
Connection Cables
The cables listed in the following tables are used for FX Series PLC programming,
positioning applications block connections and interface conversion.
Connection Cables for FX3UC Remote Terminal Blocks
Model Number F2-RS-5CAB FX-232CAB-1 SC09 GT09-C30USB-5P
Stocked Item - S S S
Application FX2N-1RM to resolver PC (RS-232) to GOT (RS-232) PC (RS-232) to PLC (RS-422) PC (USB) to PLC (Mini USB)
Length (m) 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Model Number FX-16E-150CAB FX-16E-300CAB FX-16E-500CAB FX-16E-150CAB-R FX-16E-300CAB-R FX-16E-500CAB-R FX-40E-300CAB-R
Stocked Item S - - S S - S
Application FX3UC to remote FX terminal block
Connection cable to FX-TB40MIN
terminal block used with FX3U-4HC
Length (m) 1.5 3.0 5.0 1.5 3.0 5.0 3.0
Connection Cables for Extension Bus
Model Number FX0N-30EC FX0N-65EC FX2N-GM-65EC FX2N-GM-5EC
Stocked Item S S - -
Application PLC bus cable PLC bus cable GM bus cable GM bus cable
Length (m) 0.3 0.65 0.65 0.05
Connection Cables for FX3UC Main Units
Model Number FX2NC-100MPCB FX2NC-100BPCB FX2NC-10BPCB1
Stocked Item S - -
Application 24VDC power cable for main units 24VDC power cable for extension units
Power crossover cable for input
extension blocks
Length (m) 1 1 0.01
Display Modules
Display modules are attached to the front face of the main unit and enable monitoring and adjustment of PLC data services.
Model Number FX3G-5DM FX3U-7DM FX3U-7DM-HLD FX1N-5DM FX-10DM-E
Rating CE (EMC) CE (EMC) - CE (EMC) CE (EMC)
Applicable PLCs FX3G FX3U FX3U FX1S
FX1S / FX3U /
FX3UC
Display
LCD
(with backlight)
LCD
(with backlight)
-
LCD
(with backlight)
LCD
(with backlight)
Resolution
16 characters x
4 lines
16 characters x
4 lines
- -
2 x 16 characters
(80 x 16 pixels)
Power Supply (From Main Unit) - 5VDC / 20 mA -
5VDC 5% /
110 mA
5VDC 5% /
220 mA
Extension Cable - - Included - -
Weight 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 49.4 X 39.4 X12 48 x 35 x 11.5 66.3 x 41.8 x 13 40 x 32 x 17 96 x 62 x 32
MITSUBISHI
ESC - + OK
Hand-Held Programmer
A small, industrial programming and maintenance tool for the FX Series. This unit can perform program
uploads/downloads and store up to 15 programs in its internal memory. Keywords can be registered,
deleted or canceled in applicable PLCs. Program monitoring and data device adjustment functionality is also
available. To stay up to date the latest firmware can be downloaded on a PC then installed via the USB port.
PLC programs on the PC can also be transferred via USB, eliminating the need for peripheral devices.
Model Number FX-30P
Stocked Item S
Rating UL cUL CE
Applicable PLCs FX1S / FX3U / FX3UC / FX3G / FX3GE / FX3S
Power Supply 5VDC / 155mA
Display / Characters LED / 21 x 8 characters
178
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Sequence Controllers - Alpha2 Series
Controllable I/O: 14 - 28 points
Main Unit I/O: 14/24 points
The Alpha Class
The Alpha2 is a controller designed to address simple control
applications at the lower end of the industrial and commercial
control markets. With simple analog processing integrated, a
straightforward programming style and a built-in display, the
Alpha2 is a highly affordable control solution
Integrated analog processing
Simple programming style
Relay and Transistor output options
Analog input and output options
High-speed counters up to 1 kHz
Language support for 7 different languages
Display area for messages and function block data
Built-in LCD screen for programming panel or operator
interface functions
Programming with Alpha VLS
Product Details
All-in-one CPU, power supply, display and I/O. Expansion options
include expansion boards for communication, high-speed counting
or extra I/O.
Programming
Graphical function block style programming with drag and
drop icons creates an intuitive environment for the user. The
programming software also includes a simulation mode to
allow off-line program testing without any hardware connected
Full Featured calendar and clock
The Alpha family has a calendar and clock with automatic
summer and winter time switching.
Expansion
Four expansion boards are currently available 4 digital 24V
DC inputs with two integrated counters, 4 digital 240V AC/DC
inputs, 4 relay outputs and 4 transistor outputs.
Applications
The Alpha2 can be fitted to a range of lower end of the
industrial and commercial control markets. Typical applications
are listed below.
Lighting control
Heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)
Lighting
Pump controllers
Building automation
Alarms and security systems
Model Number AL2-10MR-A AL2-10MR-D AL2-14MR-A AL2-14MR-D AL2-24MR-A AL2-24MR-D
Digital Inputs 6 6 8 8 15 15
Analog Inputs - 6 - 8 - 8
Channels - 6 - 8 - 8
Max. Power Consumption (W) 4.9 4.0 5.5 7.5 7.0 9.0
Typical Power
Consumption
All I/O (W) 3.5 / 1.85 240VAC
2.5/0.75
4.5 / 2.0 240VAC
4.0 / 1.0
5.5 / 2.5 240VAC
5.0 / 1.0
ON / OFF (W) 3.0 / 1.55 120VAC 3.5 / 1.5 120VAC 4.5 / 2.0 120VAC
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.35 0.3
Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 71.2 x 90 x 52 71.2 x 90 x 52 124.6 x 90 x 52 124.6 x 90 x 52 124.6 x 90 x 52 124.6 x 90 x 52
Alpha Main Units
Environmental Specifications
General Specifications Alpha2
Ambient Temperature Display: -10 to 55C, Hardware: -25 to 55C (storage temperature: -30 to +70C)
Protection Rating IP20
Noise Immunity 1000 Vpp with noise generator; 1s at 30 - 100 Hz, tested by noise simulator
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 3750VAC, >1 min. according to EN60730
Allowable Relative Humidity 35 - 85% (no condensation)
Shock Resistance Complies to IEC 68-2-27: 147 m/s acceleration, 11 ms 3 x 3 directions
Vibration
Resistance
Direct Mounting Complies to IEC-2-6: 19.6 m/s acceleration, 80 min. in each direction
DIN Rail Mounting Complies to IEC-2-6: 9.8 m/s acceleration, 80 min. in each direction
Insulation Resistance 500VDC, 7 M Complies to EN60730-1
Ambient Conditions No corrosive gasses, no dust
Electrical Specifications
Programming Specifications
Output Specifications Alpha2
Type Relay
Switching Voltage (Max.) 250VAC, 30VDC
Rated Current
10M, 14M: 8A/com
24M (001-004): 8A/com
24M (005-009): 2A/point
Max. Switching Load -
Inductive Load
14M, 24M: 249 VA/250VAC, 373 VA/250
24M: 93 VA/125VAC, 93 VA/250VAC
Minimum Load 10mA, 5 V DC
Response Time <10 ms
System Specifications Alpha2
Programming Method Function block
Program Capacity 200 function blocks or 5000 bytes
Program Processing Cyclic processing of the stored program
Number of Available Instructions 38 different function blocks
Program Storage Integrated EEPROM and optional additional EEPROM cassette
Data Storage
At voltage loss the current status of values, running time meters, and real-time data are stored for up to 20 days
(at temperatures of 0 to 25 C) using capacitors
Processing Time 1 ms + 20s /logic instruction (complex commands 500/s instruction)
Real-Time Clock Seconds, minutes, hours, day of week, month, year (4-digit); accuracy: 5 s / day; automatic daylight savings time adjustment
Program Protection 3 levels using program and keys
Power Supply
Specifications
DC Powered Models
(AL2-_MR-D)
AC Powered Models
(AL2-_MR-A)
Power Supply
24VDC
(+20% / -15%)
100-240VAC
(+10% / -15%), 50/60 Hz
Inrush Current at ON 7.0A (at 24VDC) 6.5A (at 240VAC)
Allowable Momentary
Power Failure Time
5 ms 10 ms
Digital Inputs
Input Voltage
24VDC
(+20% / -15%)
100-240VAC
(+10% / -15%), 50/60 Hz
Input Current
Sink: 5.5mA, 24VDC
AL2-10MR-D (I01 - I06)
AL2-14MR-D/AL2-24MR-D
(I01 - I08/ I09 - I15)

Source: 6.0mA, 24VDC
AL2-10MR-D (I01 - I06)
(I01 - I08)

Source: 5.5mA, 24VDC
(I09 - I15)
I01-I08
0.13mA / 120VAC (*1)
0.25mA / 240VAC (*1)

I09 - I15
0.15mA / 120VAC (*1)
0.29mA / 240VAC (*1)
Response
Time
OFF - ON 10 - 20 ms
35-85 ms, 120VAC
25-55 ms, 240VAC
ON - OFF 10 - 20 ms
35-85 ms, 120VAC
50-130 ms, 240VAC
Analog Inputs 6 (10MR-D); 8 (14 & 24MR-D) -
Analog Input Range 0-500 -
Resolution 9 bit, (10 V/500) -
Conversion Speed 8 -
Input Voltage 0-10VDC -
Input Impedance 142 5% -
Accuracy 5% (0.5VDC) -
Note:
1. Current leakage from sensors connected to the inputs might provide enough current to turn the
controller ON. Do not use 2-wire sensors.
180
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Alpha AS-i Interface
The AL2-ASI-BD in combination with an Alpha2 controller facilitates the data communications via an AS
interface system. The AL2-ASI-BD is attached to an Alpha2 series module and forms a slave unit.
Model Number AL2-ASI-BD
Stocked Item S
Module Type Slave Module
Number of I/O Points 4 inputs; 4 outputs
External Power Supply 30.5VDC (AS-Interface power supply)
External Current Consumption Max. 40 mA
Communication Protocol AS-i standard
Weight 0.5
Dimensions 53.1 x 90 x 24.5
Model Number Descriptions Stocked Item Rating
AL2-4EX* 4 digital inputs (24VDC) with 2 selectable high-speed counter (1kHZ) S
UL cUL CE
AL2-4EX-A2* 4 digital inputs (240VAC) S
AL2-4EYR* 4 relay outputs (2A) -
AL2-4EYT* 4 transistor outputs (1A) -
AL2-2TC-ADP 2 Channel TC Input Adapter Module S
AL2-2PT-ADP 2 Channel PT Input Adapter Module S
AL2-2DA* 2 Channel Digital to Analog Expansion Module S
Alpha Expansion Options
Expansion/adapter modules significantly increase the range of applications for the Alpha2.
(Expansion modules are inserted directly into the Alpha2 and therefore do not take up any further
space. The AL-2TC-ADP and AL2-2PT-ADP adapters are connected externally to the AL2.)
Alpha Memory Cassette
The memory cassette allows the memory cassette to upload and download programs from and to the
internal memory of the Alpha2. When the memory cassette is attached to the Alpha2 without uploading
or downloading, the program on the memory cassette is executed.
*AL2 Expansion Cassettes cannot be used with AL2-10M** controllers due to size constraints.
Model Number AL2-EEPROM-2
Stocked Item S
Rating -
Memory Type EEPROM
Memory Size 5000 bytes
Number of Program Steps 200 function blocks
Non-Volatile Storage Yes
Write Protection Yes
Alpha2 Interface Cables
The AL-232CAB is an RS-232C interface cable. It connects the Alpha2 controller to a personal computer
running the programming software for the Alpha2 controller. The AL2-GSM-CAB is an RS-232C interface
cable that enables the Alpha2 to connect to a GSM modem or other equipment including personal
computer, graphic operator terminal, or other serial devices.
Model Number AL-232CAB AL2-GSM-CAB
Stocked Item S S
Rating - -
Connector 9-pin D-SUB female connector 9-pin D-SUB male connector
Application Alpha2 to PC GSM modem or other serial communication
Length (m) 2.5 1.5
POWER
24V DC
MITSUBISHI
POWER
V1+
SLD
+
K-type Thermocouple -50~450C AL2-2TC-ADP
L1+
-
L1-
V2+
L2-
V1-
L2+
V2-
SLD
OUTPUT CH1 CH2
0~10V
450C 450C CH1 CH2
-50C -50C Line Line
CH1 CH2
2DA
+ V1+ I1+ VI1- -
V2+ I2+ VI2-
POWER
24V DC
ANALOG
OUTPUT
ANALOG
OUTPUT
A
L
2
-
E
E
P
R
O
M
M
A
D
E
I N
JA
PA
N
ASI+ASI-
Note: The above cables cannot be used with the AL2-10MR-series.
AL-232CAB
AL2-GSM-CAB
FX PLC Configuration Software
Model Number Description Stocked Item Applicable For
GX-CONFIG-DP-C1 Profibus configuration tool (FX3U-64DP-M) Single User License S
Windows
95/98/ME/NT/ 2000/XP/Vista/
Windows
7 (32bit and 64bit)

GX-CONFIG-DP-C5 Profibus configuration tool (FX3U-64DP-M) 5 User License -
Software
Alpha Programming Software
AL-PCS/WIN is the standard programming and documentation software for all Alpha Series controllers and
provides an easy to use graphical programming environment. Program elements are placed on the function
block diagram with visible wires to connect them and the I/O terminals. Monitoring functions with optional
pictures of the uses application in the background are also available.
Model Number AL-PCS/WIN
Series Alpha Series
Language 7 languages (English/German/French/Italian/Spanish/Swedish/Russian)
Applicable For Windows
95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP/Vista/Windows 7 (32bit and 64bit)

USB and Serial Connection Options
Use the FX-USB-AW (USB option) and/or the GT09-C30USB-5P (USB), SC09 (RS-422), GT01-C30R2-9S (RS-232)
cables for programming controllers.
Type Model Number Description Stock Status Notes
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
GX-WORKS2-C1 Single User License of GX Works2 S
These are the part numbers to use if a customer wants to purchase the GX Works2
programming software only, without the full iQ Works suite.
GX-WORKS2-C5 5 User License of GX Works2 S
GX-WORKS2-C10 10 User License of GX Works2 -
GX-WORKS2-OEM OEM Site License of GX Works2 -
S
M
A
GX-WORKS2-C1-SMA SMA for GX-Works2-C1 -
These are the part number to order an SMA for the GX Works2 part numbers.
Updates will be provided electronically.
GX-WORKS2-OEM-SMA OEM-SMA Site License of GX Works2 -
GX Works2
GX Works2, as part of iQ Works, is the next generation configuration and programming software for FX, L and iQ Platform / Q Series controllers.
Following the goal of maximum efficiency, GX Works2 allows developers to mix and match between five different programming languages,
each conforming to a different programming style. Developers can select their preferred language which is best suited for the application. This
environment conforms to IEC1131-3 standards, also allowing parts of projects to be saved in Libraries for use within future applications.
GX Works2 FX
GX Works2 FX is a scaled down version of GX Works2 supporting FX Series PLCs. GX Works2 FX is completely compatible with the full version
of GX Works2 making it easy to share programs between the two software packages (limited to FX PLC programs). Customers who already have
GX Works2 or iQ Works do not need GX Works2 FX as all the functionality in GX Works2 FX is available in those software products.
FX Configurator-EN, FX Configurator-FP, and helpful function blocks are included on the CD.
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
GX-WORKS2-FX-C1 Single User License of GX Works2 FX S
GX Works2 FX only supports FX Series PLCs. Customers using FX in addition to
Q or L Series CPUs should select the full version of GX Works2 or iQ Works.
GX Works2 FX does not require an SMA, updates are available for all users for the
entire life of the software.
GX-WORKS2-FX-C5 5 User License of GX Works2 FX -
GX-WORKS2-FX-OEM OEM Site License of GX Works2 FX -
182
n

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
A
B
L
E

L
O
G
I
C

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S

F
X

F
A
M
I
L
Y
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Human Machine Interfaces 183
Human Machine Interfaces
S
C
R
E
E
N

S
I
Z
E
FUNCTIONALITY
Mid-range models
E1060, E1061, E1062, E1063, E1032, E1041, E1043
Premium models
E1151, E1100, E1101, E1170, E1071
Micro models
E1022, E1012
E Series HMIs
S
C
R
E
E
N

S
I
Z
E
FUNCTIONALITY
GT10 Compact models
Machine Level
GT11 Handy models
Machine Level
GT14 Standard models
Machine, Factory Level
GT12 Standard models
Machine, Factory Level
GT16 Advanced models
Machine, Factory, Enterprise Level
Graphical Operation Terminals (GOT)
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances when we are out of stock
due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks apply, product is non-returnable
and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated
in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Human Machine Interfaces
184
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
GOT1000 Family
/ GT12
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
PLCIO NCIO
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
PLCIO NCIO
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
PLCIO NCIO
Q172DLX
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
Q172DPX Q172DLX
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
Q172DPX
4
A. Base Units ..................................................................................................................................186
B. Communication Interfaces..........................................................................................................197
C. Options and Accessories ............................................................................................................197
D. Cables ........................................................................................................................................200
E. Screen Configuration Software and Programming Cable ...........................................................205
GT11 Handy GOT
GT16H-C-42P
External cable
PLC connection cable
Communication with PLC,
temperature controller,
inverter, servo amplifier, etc.
Wiring of power supply,
emergency stop switch,
operation switch, etc.
Controller
Handy GOT
GT16H-CNB-42S
Connector Conversion Box
GT16 Handy GOT
The GOT1000 Series of Graphical Operator Terminals is an all new
high performance line of panel mounted and pendant style touch
screen displays. Models in this family combine high resolution TFT
(Thin Film Transistor) and STN (Super Twist Nematic) displays with
a wide assortment of sizes and resolution to cover 5.7 inch QVGA to
15 inch XGA terminals. Terminals support a wide range of connection
types and vendors. GOT1000 terminals are congured with a single
easy to use programming environment.
GOT1000 Standard Hardware Features
Front panel mounted USB port
Compact Flash expansion slot
Embedded communications and option slots (RS-232 / 422 / 485 / Ethernet
/ USB) (built-in communication ports for GT16, GT14, GT12, GT11_ _ and
Handy models)
Built-in power supply (AC or 24VDC)
Ultra-thin design for todays compressed panel and installation space
requirements
Ultra-wide viewing angles combined with bright crystal clear
display characteristics
64bit RISC processor combined with Mitsubishi Graphics Accelerator for
high-speed processing and lightning quick touch operations
and data crunching
Expandable project memory and upgradeable OS
UL and CE environmental ratings
Advanced GOT1000 Maintenance Features
(Supported by Mitsubishi Controllers Only)
System Monitor - Direct access to devices in CPU
Ladder Monitor (*1) - Direct access to CPU Logic
Ladder and List Editor - Modify Logic without a PC
(supports A/AnS Series CPU)
Special Unit Monitor (*1) - Direct access to Special Function Modules
(SFM) and Buffer Memory (BFM) data locations through special pre-
programmed screens
Motion Monitor - Access to Q-Motion CPU (Q172/3CPUs) parameters/
monitoring data through special pre-programmed screens
Network Monitor - Direct access to CPU stations on Mitsubishis high-
speed networks (MNET10/II/B), CC-Link, CC-Link IE Field
Transparent Mode - Simultaneous communication of both HMI and
Mitsubishi controller from a PC through serial or high-speed MELSEC Bus
connections
Ladder Monitor function requires additional memory expansion board
GOT1000 Terminal Features Include
Multi-Channel Connections: simultaneous communications to
several devices
Scripting functions allow terminals the ability to run aux codes
Highly advanced alarm, messaging and recipe management
Graphical trending and data sampling
Multi language (Unicode 2.1) and True Type font support
Multilevel security protection (device, screen, system and project levels)
Advanced data sharing and gateway functions (FTP, email,
client/server functions)
Printing and report generation
Supports time action/time scheduling
Supports graphics, text and numerical data
Advanced GOT1000 Preventative Maintenance Features
(GT16oo Models Only)
Built-in preventative maintenance allows users to monitor/schedule
convenient times to replace or service GOT terminals
Display Screen Monitor: Tracks total hours terminal has been in operation
and number of touch presses
Backlight Monitor: Tracks total hours light has been in operation
Compact Flash Monitor: Tracks removable media write access
Note 1: Requires additional expansion memory.
Manuals
Model Number Manual Name Contents Included?
SH(NA)080866 GT Designer 3 Version 1 Screen Design Manual
Specifications and operations of GT Designer 3 and screen editing methods for
the novice GOT users
Yes with software title
SH(NA)080867
GT Designer 3 Version 1 Screen Design Manual
(Functions)
Specifications and setting details of various object functions used in GT
Designer 3
SH(NA)080898 GOT1000 Connection Manual (Mitsubishi products ELE)
Applicable system configurations and connection methods for GOT1000 series
to Mitsubishi products
SH(NA)080869 GOT1000 Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi products 1)
to Non-Mitsubishi products
SH(NA)080870 GOT1000 Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi products 2)
SH(NA)080871
GOT1000 Connection Manual (microcomputer, MODBUS
product and peripheral)
JY997D39201 GOT1000 Connection Manual (Alpha2 connection)
to Alpha2 Controllers
SH(NA)080858 GOT1000 Series Gateway Functions Manual
Specification, system configurations and settings methods of the gateways
functions
SH(NA)080859 GOT1000 MES Interface Function Manual Specification, system configurations and settings methods of the MES option
SH(NA)080860 GT SoftGOT1000 Operating Manual Screen configuration, functions and use for GT SoftGOT1000
SH(NA)080861 GT Simulator 3 Version 1 Operating Manual How to operate GT Converter 2
SH(NA)080862 GT Converter 3 Version 1 Operating Manual How to operate GT Simulator 2
SH(NA)080863 GOT1000 Users Manual (Extended Options Functions Manual )
Advanced GOT1000 functions including Ladder Monitor, System Monitor, etc.
(Sold separately)
SH(NA)080778 GT16 Users Manual Stored in CD-ROM
GT16 hardware - relevant content such as part names, external dimensions,
mounting, power supply wiring, specifications, and introduction to option
devices. (Sold separately)
JY997D44801 GT14 Users Manual
SH(NA)080864 GT12 Supplementary Description Stored in CD-ROM GT12 hardware and software functionality to the GT11 Series
IB(NA)0800448 GT12 General Description
JY997D17501 GT11 Users Manual Stored in CD-ROM
JY997D20101
Handy GOT Users Manual Stored in CD-ROM
GT11 Handy hardware - relevant content such as part names, external dimen-
sions, mounting, power supply wiring, specifications, and introduction to
option devices. (Sold separately)
JY997D20102
JY997D24701 GT10 Users Manual Stored in CD-ROM
186
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
General Specifications
Model Number GT16, GT14, GT12, GT11, GT10
Operating
Ambient Temp.
(*1)
Display 0 to 50C
Other Than Display 0 to 55C
Storage Ambient Temperature -20C to 60C
Operating Ambient Humidity (*2) 10 to 90%RH, no condensation
Storage Ambient Humidity (*2) 10 to 90%RH, no condensation
Vibration Resistance (*3)
Conforming to
JIS B 3502 and
IEC 61131-2
Frequency Acceleration Half Amplitude Sweep Count
Under intermittent
vibration
5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
10 times in each
of X, Y and Z
directions
9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s -
Under continuous
vibration
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s -
Impact Resistance Conforming to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147m/s, 3 times in each of X, Y and Z directions)
Operating Atmosphere No corrosive gas
Operating Altitude (*4) 2000m or less
Installation Location In control panel
Overvoltage Category (*5) II or lower
Contamination Level (*6) 2 or less
Cooling Method Self-cooling
Notes:
1. When an extension unit is mounted on the MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25 or GT15-J71BR13) or CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13), the operating ambient
temperatures are 5C lower than the maximum temperatures shown in the general specifications table.
2. Water bulb temperature for STN display type must be 39C or lower.
3. Refer to the Communication Unit Users Manual for vibration resistance specifications when using the MELSECNET/10 communication unit (GT15-75J71LP23-Z or GT15-75J71BR13-Z) or CC-Link
communication unit (GT15-75J61BT13-Z). (The specifications of communication units are different from those of the GOT main unit.)
4. Do not operate or store the GOT unit in pressurized environments where the pressure exceeds the 0m elevation atmospheric pressure, as this could result in abnormal operation.
5. Assuming that the device is connected at some point between a public power distribution network and local system equipment. Category II applies to devices that are supplied with power from
fixed equipment. The surge withstand voltage is 2500V for devices with ratings up to 3000V.
6. Index that indicates the level of foreign conductive matter in the operating environment of device. Contamination level 2 denotes contamination by non-conductive matter only, though momentary
conductivity may occur due to occasional condensation.
GT169 5 - XTBA
GT16
A variety of integrated functions, including Ethernet and multimedia
GT14
GT12 Standard model with built-in Ethernet
GT11 Standard model with enhanced basic functions for standalone use
GT10 Compact model packed with the functionality necessary for a HMI
Code Screen Size
9 15"
8 12.1"
7 10.4"
6 8.4"
5 5.7"
3 4.5"
2 3.7"
Code Display Colors
5 256 or more
2 16 colors
0 black & white
Code Mounting Type
V Applic. for Video/RGB
None Panel mount type
HS Handy type
M
Compatible with
multimedia &
Video/RGB
Code Resolution
X
XGA
1024 x 768 dots
S
SVGA
800 x 600 dots
V
VGA
640 x 480 dots
Q
QVGA
320 x 240 dots
None
288 x 96 dots
160 x 64 dots
Code Power Supply
A 100 to 240VAC
D 24VDC
L 5VDC
Code GT10 Backlight
W White Backlight
None Green Backlight
Code Main Unit Frame
B Black
W White
Code Communication Interface
Q (*1)
With built-in bus connection interface
for QCPU ( mode) / motion controller
CPU (Q Series)
A (*1)
With built-in bus connection interface
for QnA/ACPU/motion controller
CPU (A Series)
1. GT115 -Q BDQ and GT115 -
Q BDA only
2.
3. GT10 only
*For inquiries relating to products which
conform to UL, cUL and CE directives,
please contact your local sales office.
Code Display Device
T
TFT Color
high brightness,
wide viewing angle
N TFT Color
S STN Color
B
STN monochrome
(blue/white)
L STN Monochrome
2 (*3) With built-in RS-232
E (*2) With built-in Ethernet
None (*3) With built-in RS-422
Standard 6 model with built-in Ethernet
GT14 only
A. Base Units
Model Number
Screen Size
(Resolution)
Display
Display Colors
(Number of Colors)
Power
Supply
Memory
Size
Remarks
Stk.
Item
GT1695
GT1695M-XTBA
15"
1024 x 768 dots
TFT color LCD (high brightness,
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors
100-240VAC
15MB
-
S
GT1695M-XTBD 24VDC S
GT1685
GT1685M-STBA
12.1"
800 x 600 dots
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors
100-240VAC S
GT1685M-STBD 24VDC S
GT167_
GT1675M-STBA
10.4"
800 x 600 dots
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors
100-240VAC
-
S
GT1675M-VTBA
10.4"
640 x 480 dots
100-240VAC S
GT1675M-VTBD 24VDC S
GT1675-VNBA
10.4"
640 x 480 dots
TFT color LCD 4,096 colors
100-240VAC
11MB
- S
GT1675-VNBD 24VDC - S
GT1672-VNBA
TFT color LCD 16 colors
100-240VAC - S
GT1672-VNBD 24VDC
-
S
GT166_
GT1665M-STBA
8.4"
800 x 600 dots
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors
100-240VAC
15MB -
S
GT1665M-VTBA
8.4"
640 x 480 dots
100-240VAC S
GT1665M-VTBD 24VDC S
GT1662-VNBA
8.4"
640 x 480 dots
100-240VAC 11MB
-
S
GT1662-VNBD 24VDC 11MB
-
S
GT165_ GT1655-VTBD
5.7"
640 x 480 dots
TFT color LCD 65,536 colors 24VDC 15MB
-
S
Handy GT1665HS-VTBD
6.5" VGA
640 480 dots
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors 24VDC 15MB - S
GT16 - Base Units
Model Number
Screen Size
(Resolution)
Display
Display Colors
(Number of Colors)
Power
Supply
Memory
Size
Remarks Stk. Item
GT1455_ GT1455-QTBDE
5.7" QVGA
320 x 240 dots
wide viewing angle)
65,536 colors
24VDC 9MB -
S
GT1450_ GT1450-QLBDE STN monochrome LCD
Monochrome (black/
white) 16 gray scales
S
GT14 - Base Units
188
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
GT12 - GT11 - GT10 Base Units
Model Number
Screen Size
(Resolution)
Display
Display Colors
(Number of Colors)
Power
Supply
Memory
Size
Remarks
Stk.
Item
G
T
1
2
GT12_5
GT1275-VNBA
10.4" VGA
640 x 480 dots
100 to
240VAC
6MB
- S
GT1275-VNBD 24VDC S
GT1265-VNBA
8.4" VGA
640 x 480 dots
100 to
240VAC
- S
GT1265-VNBD 24VDC S
G
T
1
1
Handy
GOT
GT1155HS-QSBD
5.7 QVGA
320 x 240 dots
STN color LCD 256 colors
24VDC 3MB
- S
GT1150HS-QLBD STN monochrome LCD
Monochrome (b/w)
16 gray scales
- S
G
T
1
0
GT105_
GT1055-QSBD
5.7" QVGA
320 x 240 dots
24VDC 3MB -
S
GT1050-QBBD STN monochrome LCD
Mono (blue/white)
16 gray scales
S
GT104_
GT1045-QSBD
4.7" QVGA
320 x 240 dots
24VDC 3MB
- S
GT1040-QBBD STN monochrome LCD
Mono (blue/white)
16 gray scales
- S
GT1030
GT1030-HBD
4.5"
288 x 96 dots
STN monochrome LCD
Mono-
chrome
(black/
white)
3-color LED
(green,
orange, red)
24VDC
1.5MB
Dedicated to RS-422 connection S
GT1030-HBD2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection S
GT1030-HWD Dedicated to RS-422 connection -
GT1030-HWD2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1030-HBDW
3-color LED
(white, pink,
red)
Dedicated to RS-422 connection -
GT1030-HBDW2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1030-HWDW Dedicated to RS-422 connection -
GT1030-HWDW2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1030-HBL
green, orange,
red
5VDC
Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection S
GT1030-HWL
green, orange,
red
Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
GT1020
GT1020-LBD
3.7"
160 x 64 dots
STN monochrome LCD
Mono-
chrome
(black/
white)
3-color LED
(green,
orange, red)
24VDC
512KB
Dedicated to RS-422 connection S
GT1020-LBD2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection S
GT1020-LBL 5VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection S
GT1020-LWD 24VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
GT1020-LWD2 24VDC Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1020-LWL 5VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
GT1020-LBDW
3-color LED
(white, pink,
red)
24VDC
Dedicated to RS-422 connection -
GT1020-LBDW2 Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1020-LBLW 5VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
GT1020-LWDW 24VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
GT1020-LWDW2 24VDC Dedicated to RS-232 connection -
GT1020-LWLW 5VDC Dedicated to RS-422 FX connection -
Model Number GT1695M-XTBA
GT1685M-
STBA
GT1675M-STBA
GT1675M-VTBA
GT1675-VNBA
GT1672-VNBA
GT1665M-STBA
GT1665M-VTBA
GT1662-VNBA
GT1695M-
XTBD
GT1685M-
STBD
GT1675M-STBD
GT1675M-VTBD
GT1675-VNBD
GT1672-VNBD
GT1665M-STBD
GT1665M-VTBD
GT1662-VNBD
GT1665HS-
VTBD
GT1655-VTBD
Input Power Supply Voltage 100 to 240VAC (+10%, -15%) 24VDC (+25%, -20%)
24VDC
(+10%, -15%)
24VDC (+25%,
-20%)
Input Frequency 50/60Hz 5% - -
Input Maximum Voltampere
150VA (at max.
load)
110VA (at
max. load)
100VA (at max.
load)
-
-
Power Consumption 64W or less 46W or less 39W or less 60W or less 40W or less 38W or less 11.6W or less 16W
Power Consumption W/ Backlight Off 38W or less 32W or less 30W or less 30W or less 26W or less 27W or less 8.2W or less 14W
Inrush Current 28A or less (4ms, at max. load)
12A or less
(75ms, at max.
load)
12A or less (55ms, at max. load)
30A or less
(2ms, at max.
load)
67A or less (1ms,
at max. load)
Permissible Instant. Failure Time Within 20ms (100VAC or more) Within 10ms Within 5ms Within 10ms
Noise Resistance
Noise voltage 1500Vp-p, noise width 1s by noise
simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz
Noise voltage 500Vp-p, noise width 1s by noise
simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz
Noise voltage
1000Vp-p,
noise width
1ms by noise
simulator
with noise
frequency 30
to 100Hz
Noise voltage
500Vp-p, noise
width 1s by
noise simulator
with noise
frequency 25 to
60Hz
Withstand Voltage
1500VAC for 1 minute between power supply
terminal and ground for 1 minute
500VDC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and ground
Insulation Resistance 10M or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2 [mm] (*1)
Clamp Terminal Clamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A (*1)
Tightening Torque (Terminal Blocks
Terminal Screws)
0.5 to 0.8 [Nm] (*1)
GT16 Power Supply Specifications
Model Number GT1450-QLBDE GT1455-QTBDE
Input Power Supply Voltage 24VDC (+10% -15%), ripple voltage 200mV or less
Fuse (Built-in, Irreplaceable) 1.6A
Power
Consumption
Power Consumption 8.40W (350mA/24V) 8.40W (350mA/24V)
With Backlight Off 7.44W (310mA/24V) 7.44W (310mA/24V)
Inrush Current 30A or less (26.4VDC) 2ms
Permissible Instantaneous Failure Time Within 5ms
Noise Resistance Noise voltage: 1000Vp-p, Noise width: 1s (by noise simulator of 30 to 100Hz noise frequency)
Withstand Voltage 500VAC for 1 minute (across power supply terminals and earth)
Insulation Resistance 10M or higher with an insulation resistance tester (across power supply terminals and earth)
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 [mm] or more for power supply, 2 [mm] or more for grounding
Applicable Solderless Terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A
Note:
1. Excluding GT1665HS
190
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
GT16 Performance Specifications
Model Number
GT1695M-XTBA
GT1695M-XTBD
GT1685M-STBA
GT1685M-STBD
GT1675M-STBA
GT1675M-STBD
GT1675M-VTBA
GT1675M-VTBD
GT1675-VNBA
GT1675-VNBD
GT1672-VNBA
GT1672-VNBD
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

(
1
*
)
Type TFT color LCD (high-brightness, wide viewing angle) TFT color LCD
Screen Size 15" 12.1" 10.4"
Resolution (Dots) 1024 x 768 XGA 800 x 600 SVGA 640 x 480 VGA
Display Size (W x H) mm 304.1 x 228.1 246 x 184.5 211 x 158
Number of Displayed
Characters
16-dot standard font: 64
chars. x 48 lines (2-byte)
chars. x 64 lines (2-byte)
16-dot standard font: 50 chars. x 37 lines (2-byte)
Display Colors 65,536 4,096 colors 16 colors
View Angle (*2)
Right/left: 75, Up: 50,
Down: 60
Right/left: 80, Up:
60, Down: 80
Up/down/right/left: 88 Right/left: 45, Up: 30, Down: 20
Intensity (cd/m) 450 470 400 450 200
Intensity Adjustment 8-step adjustment 4-step adjustment
Life
Approx. 52,000 hours
(operating ambient temperature: 25C)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t

Backlight Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (replaceable), with backlight OFF detection function. Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.
Life (*3) Approx. 50,000 hours or more (Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25C)
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

(
*
1
0
)
Type Analog resistive type
Key Size (Dots) Min. 2 x 2 (per key)
No. of Simultaneous
Touch Pts.
Simultaneous touch prohibited (*4) (1 point only)
Life 1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)
H
u
m
a
n

S
e
n
s
o
r

Detection Distance (m) 1 -
Detection Range Right/left/up/down: 70 -
Detection Delay Time
(Sec)
0 to 4 -
Detection Temperature
Temperature difference between human body and
ambient air: 4C or higher
-
M
e
m
o
r
y

(
*
5
)

C Drive 15MB built-in flash memory (for saving project data, extended function OS/optional function OS) 11MB built-in flash memory
Life (No. Of Writings) 100,000 times
B
a
t
t
e
r
y

Battery GT15-BAT type lithium battery (optional)
Backed Up Data Clock data and maintenance time notification data, system log data
Life Approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25C)
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

RS-232 (*7)
RS-232, 1ch. Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps; Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male); Application: Communication
with connected devices, connection to personal computer; (project data upload/download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
RS-422/485
RS-422/485, 1ch. Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps; Connector shape: 14-pin (female); Application:
Communication with a controller
Ethernet
Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 1 ch.; Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack); Application: Communication with a controller, using the
gateway function, or connection to personal computer; (project data upload/download, OS installation, MES interface function) (*8)
USB
USB (full speed: 12 Mbps), host 1ch.; Connector shape: TYPE-AApplication: Data transfer, data storage
USB (full speed: 12 Mbps), device 1ch. Connector shape: TYPE Mini-B; Application: Connection to personal computer (project data upload/
download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
CF Card Compact flash slot, 1ch. Connector shape: TYPE I Application: Data transfer and storage, GOT start-up
Optional Function Board 1ch for optional function board installation
Extension Unit (*7) 2ch for communication unit/optional unit installation
Buzzer Output Single tone (tone length adjustable)
Protective Construction Outside the enclosure: IP67 Inside the enclosure: IP2X (*6)
External Dimensions (Without
USB Port Cover) (W x H x D) mm
397 x 296 x 61 316 x 242 x 52 303 x 214 x 49
Panel Cut Dimens (W x H) mm 383.5 x 282.5 302 x 228 289 x 200
Weight (Excluding Mounting
Brackets) (kg)
5.0 2.7 2.1 2.3
Application Software Package GT Works3 Version1.17T or later
Notes:
1. On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear. Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appearance of the
bright and black dots to zero. Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCDscreens, and it does not mean that the products are defective or damaged.
2. LCD panels have characteristics of tone reversal. Note that even within the indicated view angles, the screen display may not be clear enough depending on the display color.
3. Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends backlight life.
4. An analog resistive touch display is used. When 2 points on the screen are touched simultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will be activated. Therefore, avoid touching 2
points on the screen simultaneously.
5. The memory is ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.
6. With the USB environmentally protective cover is on, pressing firmly the portion marked [ makes it conform to IP67f (JEM1030). (The USB interface conforms to IP2X (JEM1030) when a USB cable or a USB
memory is connected.) However, this does not guarantee protection in all users environments. The unit may not be used in an environment where it is exposed to splashing oil or chemicals for a long time or it
is soaked with oil mist.
7. Where more than one extension unit, barcode reader, and RFID controller are used, the sum of their current consumptions should be within the current level which the GOT can supply. For the currents which the
extension units, barcode reader, and RFID controller consume and the current level which the GOT can supply, see Notes for use (page 67).
8. The function version A of GT1695/GT1685 is not compatible with 10BASE-T.
9. The degree of protection is not guaranteed under all users environmental conditions. If the interface protective cover or the rear face protective cover is removed, the specification does not apply.
10. If necessary, use a stylus pen meeting the following specifications. (excluding GT1665HS) Material: Polyacetal resin Pen point radius: 0.8mm or more
Model Number
GT1665M-STBA
GT1665M-STBD
GT1665M-VTBA
GT1665M-VTBD
GT1662-VNBA
GT1662-VNBD
GT1655-VTBD GT1665HS-VTBD
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

(
*
1
)
Type TFT color LCD (high-brightness, wide viewing angle) TFT color LCD TFT color LCD (high-brightness, wide viewing angle)
Screen Size 8.4 5.7 6.5
Resolution SVGA: 800 x 600 VGA: 640 480 VGA: 640 x 480
Display Size (W x H) mm 171 x 128 115 x 86 132.5 x 99.4
Number of Displayed
Characters
chars. 37 lines (2-byte)
chars. 50 lines (2-byte)
16-dot standard font: 40 chars. 30 lines (2-byte)
12-dot standard font: 53 chars. 40 lines (2-byte)
Display Colors 65,536 16 colors 65,535 65,536
View Angle (*2) Right/left: 80, Up: 80, Down: 60
Right/left: 45, Up/Down:
20
Up, Down: 80
Right/left: 80, Up: 60,
Down: 80
Intensity (cd/m) 450 470 400 350 450
Intensity Adjustment 8-step adjustment 4-step adjustment 8-step adjustment
Life
(operating ambient
temperature: 25C)
(operating ambient
temperature: 25C)
(operating ambient
temperature: 25C)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t

Backlight
Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (replaceable), with backlight OFF detection function.
Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.
LED Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.
Life (*3)
Approx. 50,000 hours or more Approx. 40,000 hours or more Approx. 70,000 hours or more Approx. 41,000 hours or more
(Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25C)
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

(
*
1
0
)

Type Analog resistive type
No. of Simultaneous
Touch Pts.
Simultaneous touch prohibited (*4) (1 point only)
H
u
m
a
n

S
e
n
s
o
r

Detection Distance (m) -
Detection Range -
Detection Delay Time
(Sec)
-
Detection Temperature -
M
e
m
o
r
y

(
*
5
)

C Drive
15MB built-in flash memory 11MB built-in flash memory 15MB built-in flash memory
For saving project data, extended function OS/optional function OS
Life (No. Of Writings) 100,000 times
B
a
t
t
e
r
y

Battery GT15-BAT type lithium battery (optional)
Backed Up Data Clock data, maintenance time notification data, system log data and SRAM user area (500KB)
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

RS-232 (*7)
RS-232, 1ch. Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps; Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin
(male); Application: Communication with connected devices, connection to personal computer; (project data upload/
download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
RS-232, RS-422/485, 1ch,
each (When using, select
one of the channels.)
Transmission speed:
115200/57600/ 38400/
19200/9600/4800bps
Connector shape: Square,
42-pin (male) Application:
Communication with
connected devices
RS-422/485
RS-422/485, 1ch. Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps; Connector shape: 14-pin
(female); Application: Communication with a controller
Ethernet
Data transfer system: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, 1ch; Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack); Application:
Communication with connected devices, gateway function, connection to personal computer (project data upload/
download, OS installation, MES interface function)
Data transfer system:
100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T,
1ch; Connector shape:
Square, 42-pin (male)
Application: Communication
with connected devices,
gateway function,
connection to personal
computer (project data
upload/download, OS
installation)
USB
USB (full-speed 12Mbps), host 1ch Connector shape: TYPE-A; Application: Data transfer and storage
USB (full-speed 12Mbps), device 1ch Connecter shape: TYPE Mini-B; Application: Connection to personal computer (project data upload/down-
load, OS installation, FA transparent function)
CF Card Compact flash slot, 1ch Connector shape: TYPE 1; Application: Data transfer, data storage, GOT startup
Optional Function Board 1ch for optional function board installation
Extension Unit (*7) 2ch for communication unit/optional unit installation
Protective Construction JEM1030 Front: IP67f In panel: IP2X (*6)
JEM1030 IP65f (when
external connecting cable is
fitted) (*9)
External Dimensions (Without
USB Port Cover) (W x H x D) mm
241 x 190 x 52 167 x 135 x 60 201 x 30 x 97
Panel Cut Dimen (W x H) mm 227 x 176 155 x 121 -
Brackets) (kg)
1.7 1.8 1.0 1.2
Application Software Package GT Works3 Version 1.17T or later GT Works3 V 1.26C or later
GT Works3 Version 1.17T
or later
Notes: See previous page.
192
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Notes:
1. Bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (unlit) may appear on a liquid crystal display panel due to its characteristics. It is impossible to completely avoid this symptom, as the liquid crystal display comprises of a
great number of display elements. Flickers may be observed depending on the display color. Please note that these dots appear due to its characteristic and are not caused by product defect. Flickers and partial
discoloration may be generated on the liquid crystal display panel due to the display contents or the contrast adjustment. However, please note that these phenomena appear due to its characteristic and are
not caused by product defect. There is a difference in the display brightness and the color tones between liquid crystal display panels. When using multiple liquid crystal display panels, please note that there is
an individual difference between them. A crosstalk (shadow as an extension of the display) may appear on the liquid crystal display panel. Please note that it appears due to its characteristic. When the display
section is seen from the outside of the display angle, the display color seems like it has changed. Please note that it appears due to its characteristic. Especially, the response time of a STN liquid crystal display
is slower in the lower temperature due to its characteristic. Please use the display after checking the response time. Please note that the response time, brightness and color of the liquid crystal display panel
may vary depending on the usage environmental temperature. When the same screen is displayed for a long time, an incidental color or partial discoloration is generated on the screen due to heat damage, and it
may not disappear. To prevent the heat damage, the screen saver function is effective. For details on the screen saver function, refer to the following.
2. Gradation inversion is a characteristic of liquid crystal display panel. Please be forewarned that depending on the displayed color, the visualization may be difficult even within the described view angle.
3. The GOT screen saving/backlight off function prevents images from becoming permanently etched on the display screen and increases the backlight life.
4. The touch panel is analog resistive film-type. If you touch the panel simultaneously in 2 points or more, the switch that is located around the center of the touched point, if any, may operate. Do not touch the
panel in 2 points or more simultaneously. Do not press the GOT display section with a pointed material as a pen or driver. Doing so can result in a damage or failure of the display section. An analog resistive
film-type touch panel does not require adjustment usually. However, misalignment between object position and actual touched position may be caused as usage time passes. If misalignment between object
position and actual touched position may occur, adjust the touch panel position. Misalignment between object position and actual touched position may operate an unintended object, which causes unintended
operation by mis-output and mis-operation.
5. ROM in which new data can be written without deleting the written data
6. Set the terminating resistor selector switch of the GOT in accordance with the connection type when adopting GOT multidrop connection.
7. Note that this does not guarantee all users operation environment. The protection is not applied when the interface environment protection cover is removed. In addition, the product may not be used in
environments under exposition of oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or in environments filled with oil-mist.
Model Number GT1455-QTBDE GT1450-QLBDE
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
Type TFT color LCD Monochrome (black/white) LCD
Screen Size 5.7
Resolution (Dots) 320 x 240 dots
Display Size (W x H) mm (in) 115 x 86 (4.53 x 3.39) (Horizontal format)
Number of Displayed
Characters
16-dot standard font: 20 characters 15 lines (Horizontal format)
12-dot standard font: 26 characters 20 lines (Horizontal format)
Display Colors 65536 colors Monochrome (black/white) 16 scales
View Angle (*5) Left/Right: 80, Top: 80, Bottom: 60 (Horizontal format) Left/Right: 45, Top: 20, Bottom: 40 (Horizontal format)
Contrast Adjustment - 32-level adjustment
Intensity of Liquid Crystal
Display Only
400 [cd/m
2
] 300 [cd/m
2
]
Intensity Adjustment 8-level adjustment
Life Approx. 50,000h. (Time for contrast to become 1/5 at operating ambient temperature of 25)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
Backlight LED type (irreplaceable) Backlight off/screen saving time can be set.(*3)
Life (*1) Approx. 70,000h or longer. (Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25C)
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l
Type Analog resistive film
Key Size (Dots) Minimum 2 x 2 dots (per key)
No. Of Simultaneous
Touch Points
Simultaneous presses not allowed. (Only 1 point can be touched)
Life 1 million times (operating force 0.98N max.)
M
e
m
o
r
y

(
*
3
)C Drive Built-in flash memory, 9 Mb (for storing project data and OS), Life (Number of write times): 100,000 times
D Drive SRAM (internal), 512 kB (battery backup)
B
a
t
t
e
r
yBattery GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Backed Up Data Clock data, alarm history, recipe data, time action setting value, advanced alarm, advanced recipe, logging, hard copy and SRAM user area
Life Approx. 5 years (Operating ambient temperature of 25C)
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
RS-422/485
RS-422/485, 1ch; Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bps; Connector shape: D-Sub 9pin (Female); Application: For
communicating with a controller; Terminating resistor: Open/110 /330 (Switched by terminating resistor selector switch)(*6) (At factory shipment: 330)
RS-232
RS-232, 1ch; Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bps; Connector shape: D-Sub 9pin (Male); Application: For communicating
with a controller, connecting a bar code reader/RFID, connecting a PC (project data upload/download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
Ethernet (Only for Models
Equipped with Ethernet)
Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, 1ch; Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack); Application: For communicating with a controller,
using the gateway function, connecting a PC (project data upload/download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
USB
USB (Full Speed 12Mbps), Host, 1ch; Connector shape: TYPE-A; Application: For transferring data, storing data
USB (Full Speed 12Mbps), device, 1ch; Connector shape: Mini-B; Application: For connecting a PC (project data upload/download,
OS installation, FA transparent function)
SD Card
SD standard, 1ch; Supported memory card: SDHC memory card, SD memory card; Application: For uploading/downloading project data,
OS installation, storing logging data
Protective Construction (*7) IP67f (front section of the panel only)
External Dims. (Without USB Port
Cover) (W x H x D) mm (in)
164 x 135 x 55 (6.46 x 5.32 x 2.17)
Panel Cut Dimensions (W x H) mm 153 x 121
Brackets) (kg)
Approx. 0.7 (Excluding mounting fixtures)
Compatible Software Package
(GT Designer3 Version)
GT Simulator2 Version 2.58L or later
Model Number GT1155HS-QSBD GT1150HS-QLBD
Input Power Supply Voltage 24VDC (+10%, -15%), ripple voltage of 200mV or less
Input Frequency -
Input Maximum Voltampere -
Power Consumption 9.84W or less (410mA/24VDC) 9.36W or less (390mA/24VDC)
With Backlight Off 4.32W or less (180mA/24VDC)
Inrush Current 15A or less (2ms, at max. load)
Permissible Instantaneous
Failure Time
Within 5ms
Noise Resistance Noise voltage 1000Vp-p, noise width 1s by noise simulator with noise frequency 30 to 100Hz
Withstand Voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and ground for 1 minute
Insulation Resistance 10M or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2 [mm] (*1)
Clamp Terminal Clamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A (*1)
Tightening Torque (Terminal
Blocks Terminal Screws)
0.5 to 0.8 [Nm] (*1)
Grounding -
Model Number GT1055-QSBD GT1050-QBBD
GT1040-QBBD
GT1045-QSBD
GT1030-HBD
GT1030-HWD
GT1030-HBD2
GT1030-HWD2
GT1030-HBDW
GT1030-HWDW
GT1030-HBDW2
GT1030-HWDW2
GT1020-LBD
GT1020-LWD
GT1020-LBD2
GT1020-LWD2
GT1020-LBDW
GT1020-LWDW
GT1020-LBDW2
GT1020-LWDW2
GT1020-LBL
GT1020-LWL
GT1020-LBLW
GT1020-LWLW
Input Power Supply Voltage 24VDC (+10% -15%) 24VDC (+10% -15%)
24VDC (+10%, -15%),
ripple voltage of 200mV or less
5VDC (5%),
supplied from PLC
communication cable
Input Frequency -
Maximum Input Voltage -
Fuse 1.0A
0.5A (built-in, not
exchangeable)
0.4A (built-in, not
exchangeable)
1.0A (built-in, not
exchangeable)
Power Consumption
9.84W or less
(410mA /24VDC)
9.36W or less
(390mA/24VDC)
3.6W or less
(150mA/ 24VDC)
2.2W or less
(90mA/24VDC)
1.9W or less
(80mA/24VDC)
1.1W or less
(220mA/5VDC)
With Backlight Off 4.32W or less (180mA/24VDC)
2.9W or less
(120mA/ 24VDC)
1.7W or less
(70mA/24VDC)
1.2W or less
(50mA/24VDC)
0.6W or less
(120mA/5VDC)
Inrush Current 15A or less (26.4VDC) 2ms
15A or less (26.4VDC)
2ms
18A or less (26.4DCV)
1ms
13A or less (26.4DCV)
1ms
-
Permissible Instantaneous
Failure Time
Within 5ms -
Noise Resistance Noise voltage 1000Vp-p, noise width 1s by noise simulator with noise frequency 30 to 100Hz
Withstand Voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and ground for 1 minute -
Insulation Resistance 10M or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground) -
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2 [mm]
1-wire
terminal
0.14 to 1.5mm, AWG26 to AWG16 (single wire),
0.14 to 1.0mm, AWG26 to AWG16 (stranded wire)
0.25 to 0.5mm, AWG24 to AWG20 (bar terminal with insulation sleeve)
0.14 to 0.5mm, AWG26 to AWG20 (single wire),
0.14 to 0.2mm, AWG26 to AWG24 (stranded wire)
2-wire
terminal
Clamp Terminal
Clamp terminals for M3 screw
RAV1.25-3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A
AI2.5-6BU, AI0.34-6TQ, AI0.5-6WH (made by Phoenix Contact)
0.5 to 0.8 [Nm] 0.22 to 0.25 [Nm]
Grounding Class D grounding (100 or less) When the unit cannot be grounded, ground it to the panel
Note: Excluding GT115_HS
Model Number GT1275-VNBA GT1265-VNBA GT1275-VNBD GT1265-VNBD
Input Power Supply Voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+10%, 15%) 24VDC (+25%, -20%)
Input Frequency 50/60Hz 5% -
Input Maximum Voltampere 44 VA (at max. load) -
Power Consumption 18 W or less 11W or less
With Backlight Off 15 W or less 6W or less
Inrush Current 40 A or less (4 ms, at max. load) 29A or less (10 ms, at max. load)
Permissive Instantaneous
Failure Time
Within 20 ms (100 VAC or more) Within 10 ms
Noise Resistance
Noise voltage 1,500 Vp-p, and noise width 1s, by noise simulator with
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz
Noise voltage 500 Vp-p, and noise width 1s, by noise simulator
with noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz
Withstand Voltage 1,500 VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminals and ground 500 VDC for 1 minute between power supply terminals and ground
Insulation Resistance 10 M or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500 VDC between power supply terminals and ground)
Applicable Wire Size 0.75 to 2 [mm]
Clamp Terminal Clamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A and FV2-N3A
0.5 to 0.8 [Nm]
194
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Model Number
GT1275-VNBA
GT1275-VNBD
GT1265-VNBA
GT1265-VNBD
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

(
*
1
)
Type TFT color LCD
Screen Size 10.4" 8.4"
Resolution (Dots) 640 x 480 VGA
Display Size (W x H) mm 211.2 x 158.4 170.9 x 128.2
Number of Displayed
Characters
Display Colors 256
View Angle (*2) Right/left: 45, Up/down: 20
Intensity 200 [cd/m]
Intensity Adjustment 4-step adjustment
Life Approx. 52,000 hours (Operating ambient temperature: 25C)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
Backlight Cold-cathode uorescent tube (replaceable), 1 CCFL light
Life (*3)
50,000 hours or more 40,000 hours or more
Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25C
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
lType Analog resistive type
No. of Simultaneous Touch
Points
Simultaneous touch prohibited (1 point touch only) (*4)
M
e
m
o
r
y

(
*
5
)
C Drive 6 Mb built-in ash memory (for saving project data and function OS)
Life (No. of Writings) 100,000 times
Built-In SRAM 512 kB
B
a
t
t
e
r
yBattery GT11-50BAT type lithium battery
Backed Up Data Clock data, alarm history, and recipe data
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
RS-232
RS-232, 1 ch, Transmission speed: 115,200/57,600/38,400/19,200/9,600/4,800 bps, Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male),
Application: communication with PLC and other FA devices, communication with personal computer (*2)
RS-422/485
RS-422/485, 1 ch, Transmission speed: 115,200/57,600/38,400/19,200/9,600/4,800 bps, Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female),
Application: Communication with PLC and other FA devices
Ethernet
Data transmission system: 100BASE-TX, 1 ch, Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular connector),
Application: communication with connected devices
USB
USB (Full Speed 12 Mbps), device 1 ch, Connector shape: Mini-B, Application: connection to personal computer
(Project data upload/download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
CF Card Compact ash slot 1ch., Connector shape: Type I, Application: data transfer, data storage
Protective Construction JEM1030, Front: IP67f (*6)
External Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 303 x 214 x 53 241 x 190 x 58
Panel Cut Dimensions (W x H) mm 289 x 200 227 x 176
Weight (Excluding Mounting Brackets) kg 2.3 1.7
Applicable Software Packages GT Designer3 Version 1.01B or later (*7)
Notes:
1. On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear. Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appear-
ance of the bright and black dots to zero. Flickering may occur depending on the display colors. Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCD screens, and it does
not mean that the products are defective or damaged.
2. LC panels have characteristics of tone reversal. Note that even within the indicated view angles, the screen display may not be clear enough depending on the display color.
3. Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends the backlight life.
4. An analog resistive touch display is used. When 2 points on the screen are touched simultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will be activated. Therefore, avoid
touching 2 points on the screen simultaneously.
5. The memory is a ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.
6. This does not guarantee protection in all users environments. The unit may not be used in an environment where it is exposed to splashing oil or chemicals for a long time or it is soaked with full of oil mist.
7. iQ Works will be supported in the next version (except for GT12).
Model Number GT1155HS-QSBD GT1150HS-QLBD
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
Type STN color LCD STN monochrome (B&W) LCD
Screen Size 5.7"
Resolution (Dots) QVGA: 320 x 240
Display Size (W x H) mm 115 x 86
No. of Displayed
Characters
16-dot standard font: 20 chars. x 15 lines (2-byte) 12-dot standard font: 26 chars. x 20 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal display mode)
Display Colors 256 Monochrome (B&W) 16 gray scale
View Angle Right/left: 50, Up: 50, Down: 60 Right/left: 45,Up: 20, Down: 40
Contrast Adjustment 16-step adjustment
Intensity (cd/m) 350 220
Intensity Adjustment 8-step adjustment
Life Approx. 50,000 hours (operating ambient temperature: 25C)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
Backlight
Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (not replaceable), with backlight OFF detection function
Backlight off time and screen save time can be set
Life (*1)
Approx. 75,000 hours or more Approx. 54,000 hours or more
Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25C
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l
Type Matrix resistive type
Number of Touch Keys 300 keys/screen (matrix consisting of 15 lines x 20 columns)
No. of Simultaneous
Touch Points
Max. 2 points
M
e
m
o
r
yC Drive (*2) 3 Mb built-in flash memory (for saving project data, OS)
Life (No. of Writings) 100,000 times
D Drive Built-in SRAM, 512 kB (battery backup)
B
a
t
t
e
r
y
Battery GT11-50BAT type lithium battery
Backed Up Data Clock data, alarm history and recipe data
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
Bus -
RS-422 -
RS-422/232
RS-422/232, 1ch, (Select one when using) Transmission speed: 115200/ 57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps, Connector shape:
Round type, 32-pin (male) Application: Communication with connected devices
RS-232
RS-232, 1ch, Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps, Connector shape: Mini-DIN 9-pin (female)
Application: Connection to personal computer (project data upload/download, OS installation, FA transparent function)
USB (*3)
USB (full speed: 12 Mbps), device 1ch Application: Connection to personal computer (project data upload/download, OS installation,
FA transparent function)
CF Card Compact flash slot, 1ch; Connector shape: TYPE I; Application: Data transfer and storage
Optional Function
Board
1ch for optional function board installation
Protective Construction JEM1030 Front: IP65f (*4)
External Dims. (Without USB
Port Cover) (W x H x D) mm
176 x 220 x 93
Panel Cut Dims. (W X H) mm -
Weight (kg) 1.0 (main unit only)
Applicable
Software
Packages
Screen Design
Software
GT Designer2 Version 2.58L or later
Simulation
Software
GT Simulator2 Version 2.58L or later
Notes:
1. Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends the backlight life.
2. The built-in memory is a ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.
3. Conforms to the IP67f (JEM1030) standard when the USB port cover is installed. (The USB interface conforms to IP2X (JEM1030) when a USB cable is connected.) However, this does not guarantee
protection in all users environments.
4. This does not guarantee protection in all users environments. The specification is not applied when the interface protective cover and rear face protective cover are removed.
196
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Model Number
GT1020-LBD
GT1020-LBL
GT1020-LBDW
GT1020-LBLW
GT1020-LBD2 GT1020-LBDW2
GT1030-HBD
GT1030-HBL
GT1030-HBDW
GT1030-HBLW
GT1030-HBD2 GT1030-HBDW2 GT1040-QBBD GT1045-QSBD GT1050-QBBD GT1055-QSBD
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
Type STN monochrome (B&W) LCD
STN mono-
chrome (white/
blue) LCD
STN color
LCD
STN mono-
chrome (white/
blue) LCD
STN color
LCD
Screen Size 3.7" 4.5" 4.7" 5.7"
Resolution (Dots) 160 x 64 288 x 96 320 x 240 (Horizontal format)
Display Size (W x H) mm 86.4 x 34.5 109.42 x 35.98 96 x 72 115 x 86
Number of
Displayed
Characters
16-dot standard font: 20 chars. x 4 lines
(1-byte) or 10 chars. x 4 lines (2-byte)
(in horizontal display mode)
16-dot standard font: 36 chars. x 6 lines (1-byte) or 18
chars. x 6 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal mode. 12-dot
standard font: 48 chars. x 8 lines (1-byte) or 24 chars. x
8 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal mode)
16-dot standard font:
40 characters x15 lines,
12-dot standard font:
53 characters x 20 lines
(horizontal mode)
chars. x15 lines (2-byte),
chars. x 20 lines (2-byte) (in
horizontal display mode)
Display Colors Monochrome (B&W)
Monochrome
(white/blue),
16 scales
256
Monochrome
(white/blue),
16 scales
256
View Angle Right/left: 30, Up: 20, Down: 30 (in horizontal display mode)
Right/left:
45, Up: 20,
Down: 40
(in horizontal
display mode)
Right/left:
50, Up: 40,
Down: 70
(in horizontal
display mode)
Right/left:
45, Up: 20,
Down: 40
(in horizontal
display mode)
Right/left:
55, Up: 65,
Down: 70
(in horizontal
display mode)
Contrast Adjustment 16-step adjustment
Intensity (cd/m) 200 (in green) 300 (in white) 200 (in green) 300 (in white) 200 (in green) 300 (in white) 200 (in green) 300 (in white) 300 150 260 380
Intensity Adjustment - 8-step -
Life (*1) Approx. 50,000 hours (Time after which display contrast reaches 20% at operating ambient temperature of 25C)
B
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
Color
3-color LED
(green, orange
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(white, pink
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(green, orange
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(white, pink
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(green, orange
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(white, pink
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(green, orange
and red)
(replacement
not needed)
3-color LED
(white, pink and
red) (replace-
ment not
needed)
LED Backlight off/screen saving time can be set
Function Status (on/blinking/off) control is possible. Screen save time can be set.
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l
Type Analog resistive type Matrix resistive type
Number of Touch
Keys
Max. 50 keys/screen Max. 50 keys/screen (matrix resistive film touch panel)
Key Size (Dots) Min. 2 x 2 (per key) Min. 16 x 16 (per key) Min. 16 x 16 (per key)
No. of Simultaneous
Touch Points
Simultaneous pressing of more than one key is impossible
(If there is a switch near the center of the pressed keys, the
switch may function.)
Max. 2 points Max. 2 points
M
e
m
o
r
y
User Memory
Built-in flash ROM for saving project data
(512 kB or less), OS, alarm history, recipe data
(1.5 Mb or less), OS
(3 MB or less), OS
Life (No. of
Writings)
100,000 times
B
a
t
t
e
r
y
Battery - GT11-50BAT type lithium battery GT11-50BAT type lithium battery
Backed Up Data - Clock data, alarm history and recipe data Clock data, alarm history and recipe data
Life - Approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25C) Approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25C)
B
u
i
l
t
-
i
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
For Communication
With PLC
RS-422, 1ch, Transmission
speed: 115200/57600/
38400/19200/9600/480
0 bps. Connector shape:
Connector terminal
block, 9-pin Application:
Communication with PLC
speed: 115200/57600/
38400/19200/9600/480
0 bps. Connector shape:
Connector terminal
RS-422, 1ch,
Transmission speed:
115200/57600/38400
/19200/9600/ 4800
bps. Connector shape:
Connector terminal
speed: 115200/57600/384
00/19200/9600/4800 bps.
Connector shape: Connector
terminal block, 9-pin
Application: Communication
with PLC
RS-422/485, 1ch Transmission speed:
115200/57600/38400/ 19200/9600/ 4800 bps.
Connector shape: D-sub, 9-pin (Female) Application:
For Communication
With Personal
Computers
RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800 bps; Connector shape: Mini DIN
6-pin (female); Application: Communication with personal computer (project data upload/download, OS
installation, transparent function)
RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed:
115200/57600/38400/ 19200/9600/ 4800 bps.;
Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (Male); Application:
Communication with PLC, bar code reader, PC
(Project data upload/download, OS installation,
Transparent function)
USB -
USB (Full Speed 12Mbps) 1ch Connector shape:
Mini-B (Receptacle); Application: PC communication
(Project data upload/download, OS installation,
transparent function)
GT10-50FMB - Connection to GT10-50FMB memory board
Buzzer Output Single tone (tone length adjustable/none)
Protective Construction (*4) Conforming to IP67f (JEM1030) (front panel)
External Dimensions
(W x H x D) mm
113 x 74 x 27 145 x 76 x 29.5 139 x 112 x 41 164 x 135 x 56
Panel Cut Dimensions
(W x H) mm
137 x 66 130 x 103 153 x 21
Weight (kg) 0.2 (excl. fittings) 0.3 (excl. fittings) 0.45 (excl. fittings) 0.7 (excl. fittings)
Screen Design Software GT Designer2 Version 2.58L or later GT Designer2 Version 2.85P or later
General Note:
On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear. Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appearance of the
bright and black dots to zero. Flickering may occur depending on the display colors. Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCD screens, and it does not mean that the
products are defective or damaged.
Notes: Refer to notes on previous page.
Optional Units
Notes:
1. The unit cannot be used stacked on other units. Physically occupies 2 slots.
2. The unit may not be able to be used depending on the connection destination. See List of Connectable Models.
3. The unit cannot be used when connecting to temperature controllers/indicating controllers via RS-485 (2-wire type).
B. Communication Interfaces
Product Name Model Number Specifications
Applicable Model
Stk.
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
Bus Connection
Unit
GT15-QBUS Bus connection (1ch) unit standard model for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series) X - - - - - S
GT15-QBUS2 Bus connection (2ch) unit standard model for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series) X - - - - - S
GT15-ABUS Bus connection (1ch) unit standard model for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series) X - - - - - S
GT15-ABUS2 Bus connection (2ch) unit standard model for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series) X - - - - - S
GT15-75QBUSL Bus connection (1ch) unit thin model for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series) (*1) X - - - - - S
GT15-75QBUS2L Bus connection (2ch) unit thin model for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series) (*1) X - - - - - S
GT15-75ABUSL Bus connection (1ch) unit thin model for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series) (*1) X - - - - - S
GT15-75ABUS2L Bus connection (2ch) unit thin model or QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series) (*1) X - - - - - -
Serial
Communication
Unit
GT15-RS2-9P RS-232 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin (male)) X - - - - - S
GT15-RS4-9S RS-422/485 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin (female)) (*2,*3) X - - - - - S
GT15-RS4-TE
RS-422/485 serial communication unit (terminal block). Usable only when connecting
to temperature controllers/indicating controllers via RS-485 (*2)
X - - - - - S
RS-422
Conversion Unit
GT15-RS2T4-9P
RS-232 - RS-422 conversion unit
RS-422 connector: 9-pin X - - - - - S
GT15-RS2T4-25P RS-422 connector: 25-pin X - - - - - S
RS-485
Conversion
Adapter
GT14-RS2T4-9P RS-232-RS-485 conversion unit - X - - - - S
MELSECNET/H
Communication
Unit
GT15-J71LP23-25 Optical loop unit X - - - - - -
GT15-J71BR13 Coaxial bus unit X - - - - - S
CC-Link IE
Control
GT15-J71GP23-SX Optical loop unit X - - - - - S
CC-Link IE Field GT15-J71GF13-T2 CC-Link IE Field Interface X - - - - - S
CC-Link
Communication
Unit
GT15-J61BT13 Intelligent device station unit (supporting CC-Link version 2) X - - - - - S
Ethernet
Communication
Unit
GT15-J71E71-100 Ethernet (100Base-TX/10Base-T) unit X - - - - - S
Serial Multidrop GT01-RS4-M Multidrop Interface Master Station X X X X X - S
Conversion
Adapters
GT10-9PT5S Conversion Adapter D-sub 9-pin to terminal block 5-pin - X - - X - S
C. Options and Accessories
Applicable Model
Stock
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
Printer Unit GT15-PRN
USB slave (PictBridge) for printer connection, 1ch. Cable for printer
connection (3m) included
X - - - - - S
Video Input Unit GT16M-V4 For NTSC/PAL input, 4ch X - - - - - S
RGB Input Unit GT16M-R2 For analog RGB input, 2ch X - - - - - S
Video/RGB Input Unit GT16M-V4R1 For NTSC/PAL (4ch) and RGB X - - - - - S
RGB Output Unit GT16M-ROUT For analog, RGB output X - - - - - S
Multimedia Unit GT16M-MMR For multimedia functions X - - - - - S
CF Card Unit GT15-CFCD For additional CF card port (B drive) on the back of the GOT X - - - - - S
CF Card Extension Unit GT15-CFEX-C08SET For additional CF card port (B drive) at the front of the control panel (*1) X - - - - - -
Sound Output Unit GT15-SOUT For sound output X - - - - - S
External Input/Output Unit
GT15-DIOR
For external input/output
(Negative common input/ source output)
X - - - - - -
GT15-DIO
For external input/output
(Positive common input / source output)
X - - - - - -
Note:
1. Includes unit to be installed on the control panel, unit to be installed on the GOT, and connection cable (0.8m).
198
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Options and Accessories
Applicable Model
Stock
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
Backlight
GT16-90XLTT
Backlight
For GT1695M-XTB_ X - - - - - S
GT16-80SLTT For GT1685M-STB_ X - - - - - S
GT16-70SLTT For GT1675M-S X - - - - - S
GT16-70VLTT For GT1675M-V X - - - - - S
GT16-70VLTN For GT1675M-_VN, GT1672-VN X - - - - - S
GT16-60SLTT For GT16665M-S X - - - - - S
GT16-60VLTT For GT1665M-V X - - - - - S
GT16-60VLTN For GT1662-VN X - - - - - S
GT12-70VLTN For GT1275-VNBA_ - - X - - - S
GT12-60VLTN For GT1265-VNBA_ - - X - - - S
Optional
Function Board
GT11-50FNB Optional function board + 48MB expansion memory - - - - - X S
Memory Loader GT10-LDR GT1020/1030 OS data transfer - - - X - - S
Memory Board GT10-50FMB GT10 OS and project data transfer - - - - X - S
Protective
Sheet
GT16-90PSCB
Protective sheet for 15" screen
Clear, 5 sheets X - - - - - S
GT16-90PSGB Antiglare, 5 sheets X - - - - - S
GT16-90PSCW Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets X - - - - - -
GT16-90PSGW Antiglare (frame: white), 5 sheets X - - - - - -
GT16-80PSCB
Protective sheet for 12.1" screen
GT16-70PSCB
Protective sheet for 10" screen
GT16-60PSCB
GT16-50PSCB
GT16H-60PSC Protective sheet for GT16HS Clear Sheets - - - - - X S
GT14-50PSCB
(for GT14)
Clear, 5 sheets - X - - - - S
GT14-50PSGB Antiglare, 5 sheets - X - - - - S
GT14-50PSCW Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets - X - - - - -
GT14-50PSGW Antiglare (frame: white), 5 sheets - X - - - - -
GT11-70PSCB Protective sheet for 10.4" (GT12) Clear, 5 sheets - - X - - - S
GT11-60PSCB Protective sheet for 8.4" (GT12) Clear, 5 sheets - - X - - - S
GT11-50PSCB
(for GT11)
Clear, 5 sheets - - - - X - S
GT11-50PSGB Antiglare, 5 sheets - - - - X - S
GT11-50PSCW Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets - - - - X - -
GT11-50PSGW Antiglare (frame: white), 5 sheets - - - - X - -
GT11H-50PSC
(for Handy GOT)
Clear, 5 sheets - - - - - X S
GT10-50PSCB
(for GT1050)
Clear, 5 sheets - - - X - - S
GT10-50PSGB Antiglare, 5 sheets - - - X - - S
GT10-50PSCW Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets - - - X - - -
GT10-50PSGW Antiglare (frame: white), 5 sheets - - - X - - -
Options and Accessories (continued)
Notes:
1. GT1030 only
2. Check if the oil resistant cover can be used in an actual use environment before use. When using the oil resistant cover, the front USB interface and human sensor cannot be used.
3. Including the GP250_ and GP260_ manufactured by Pro-face.
4. We recommend specifying CF cards with part number CF-_ _ MB when possible. CF cards cannot be used with GT1040/1050.
Applicable Model
Stock
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
Protective
Sheet
GT10-40PSCB
(for GT1040)
GT10-30PSCB
(for GT1030)
GT10-20PSCB
(for GT1020)
USB
Environmentally
Protective
Cover
GT16-UCOV
Environmentally-protective cover
for USB interface on main unit
front panel (for replacement)
For 15", 12.1", 10.4" and 8.4" X - - - - - S
GT11-50UCOV For 5.7" - X - - X - S
Protective
Cover For Oil
(*2)
GT05-90PCO Protective cover for oil for 15" screen X - - - - - S
GT05-80PCO Protective cover for oil for 12.1" screen X - - - - - S
GT05-70PCO Protective cover for oil for 10.4" screen X - X - - - S
GT05-60PCO Protective cover for oil for 8.4" screen X - X - - - S
GT05-50PCO Protective cover for oil for 5.7" screen X X - - X - S
GT05-30PCO Protective cover for oil for 4.5" screen - - - X - - S
GT05-20PCO Protective cover for oil for 3.7" screen - - - X - - S
Cover for
Food and
Beverage
GT16-90PSCB-012 Protection Cover For F&B 15" screens No access to Front USB (5 Sheets) X - - - - - S
GT16-60PSCB-012 Protection Cover For F&B 8.4" screens No access to Front USB (5 Sheets) X - - - - - S
GT16-50PSCB-012 Protection Cover For F&B 5.7" screens No access to Front USB (5 Sheets) X X - - - - S
Emergency
Stop Switch
Guard
GT16H-60ESCOV For misoperation prevention of emergency stop switch - - - - - X S
GT11H-50ESCOV For misoperation prevention of emergency stop switch - - - - - X -
Stand
GT15-90STAND Stand for 15" type X - - - - - -
GT15-80STAND Stand for 12.1" type X - - - - - -
GT15-70STAND Stand for 8.4"/10.4" type X - X - - - -
GT15-50STAND Stand for 5.7" type X X - X X - -
CF Card (*4)
GT05-MEM-512MC 512MB flash ROM X - X X - X -
GT05-MEM-_GC 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, 8MB, 16GB flash ROM X - X X - X -
CF-_GB 1GB OR 4GB Compact Flash Card X - X X - X -
SD Card
L1MEM-2GBSD 2GB SD Card - X - - - - S
L1MEM-4GBSD 4GB SDHC Card - x - - - - S
Memory Card
Adapter
GT05-MEM-ADPC CF card - memory card (TYPE II) conversion adapter X X X - X X -
CF-ADAPTER Compact Flash (CF) Adapter (TYPE II) Sub CF adapter when possible X X X - X X -
Attachment
GT15-70ATT-98
Attachment
for 10.4" type
A985GOT (*3)
GT157_
X - X - - - -
GT15-70ATT-87
A870GOT-SWS
A870GOT-TWS
A8GT-70GOT-TW
A8GT-70GOT-TB
A8GT-70GOT-SW
A8GT-70GOT-SB
X - X - - - S
GT15-60ATT-97
Attachment
for 8.4" type
A97_GOT
GT156_
X - X - - - S
GT15-60ATT-96 A960GOT X - X - - - S
GT15-60ATT-87
A870GOT-EWS
A8GT-70GOT-EW
A8GT-70GOT-EB
A77GOT-EL-S5
A77GOT-EL-S3
A77GOT-EL
X - X - - - S
GT15-60ATT-77
A77GOT-CL-S5
A77GOT-CL-S3
A77GOT-CL
A77GOT-L-S5
A77GOT-L-S3
A77GOT-L
X - X - - - -
GT15-50ATT-95W
Attachment
for 5.7" type
A956WGOT
GT155_
GT115_
X X - - X - S
GT15-50ATT-85 A85_GOT X X - - X - S
Battery
GT15-BAT Battery for backup of clock data and maintenance time notification data X - - - - - S
GT11-50BAT Battery for backup of clock data, alarm history and recipe data (for replacement) - X X X (*1) X X S
Misc.
D808D197G51 GT16/15/12 Series mounting hardware (4 pieces) X X X - - - S
GT11/F900 H/W KIT GT11/F94 Series mounting hardware (4 pieces) - - - - X - S
GT10 Mounting H/W GT10 Mounting hardware (10 clips, gasket, terminal block) - - - X - - S
GT115 Option Cover GT1500 option cover (1 pcs) X X - - - - S
GT15 RS-232 Cover GT1500 RS-232 cover (1 pcs) X X - - - - S
200
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
D. Cables
Product Name Model Number
Cable
Length
Third
Party
Products
(*1)
Application
Applicable Model (*2)
Stock
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
Bus
Connection
Cable
For QCPU
(Q Mode)
QCPU Extension
Cable GOT-to-GOT
Connection Cable
GT15-QC06B 0.6m
X
For connection between QCPU and GOT
For connection between GOT and GOT
X - - - - -
-
GT15-QC12B 1.2m S
GT15-QC30B 3m S
GT15-QC50B 5m S
GT15-QC100B 10m S
Long-Distance
Connection Cable
for QCPU GOT-to-
GOT Long-Distance
Connection Cable
GT15-QC150BS 15m
X
For long-distance (13.2m or more)
connection between QCPU and GOT (A9GT-
QCNB required)
For long-distance connection between GOT
and GOTP
X - - - - -
S
GT15-QC200BS 20m -
GT15-QC250BS 25m -
GT15-QC300BS 30m S
GT15-QC350BS 35m -
Bus Extension Connector Box A9GT-QCNB - -
Used for QCPU long-distance (13.2m or
more) bus connection
X - - - - - S
Bus
Connection
Cable For
QnA/ACPU/
Motion
Controller
CPU
(A Series)
Large CPU
Extension Cable
GT15-C12NB 1.2m
X
For connection between QnA/ACPU/motion
controller CPU (A Series, extension base)
and GOT
X - - - - -
-
GT15-C30NB 3m S
GT15-C50NB 5m S
GT15-AC06B 0.6m
X
For connection between QnA/ACPU/motion
controller CPU (A Series, extension base)
and A7GT-CNB
X - - - - -
S
GT15-AC12B 1.2m S
GT15-AC30B 3m -
GT15-AC50B 5m -
GT15-A370C12B-S1 1.2m
X
For connection between motion controller
CPU (A Series, main base) and GOT
X - - - - -
-
GT15-A370C25B-S1 2.5m -
GT15-A370C12B 1.2m
X
For connection between motion controller
CPU (A Series, main base) and A7GT-CNB
X - - - - -
-
GT15-A370C25B 2.5m -
Small CPU
Extension Cable
GT15-A1SC07B 0.7m
X
For connection between QnAS/AnSCPU/
motion controller CPU (A Series) and GOT
X - - - - -
-
GT15-A1SC12B 1.2m -
GT15-A1SC30B 3m S
GT15-A1SC50B 5m X
For connection between QnAS/AnSCPU
and GOT
X - - - - - -
Small CPU
Extension Cable
GT15-A1SC05NB 0.45m
X
For connection between QnAS/AnSCPU/
motion controller CPU (A Series) and
A7GT-CNB
X - - - - -
-
GT15-A1SC07NB 0.7m -
GT15-A1SC30NB 3m -
GT15-A1SC50NB 5m X
For connection between QnAS/AnSCPU and
A7GT-CNB
X - - - - - -
Small CPU
Long-Distance
Connection Cable
GT15-C100EXSS-1 10.6m
X
For long-distance (13.2m or more) connection
between QnAS/AnSCPU/motion controller CPU
(A Series) and GOT; For long-distance (13.2m
or more) connection between A7GT-CNB and
GOT *Set of GT15-EXCNB and GT15-C_BS
X - - - - -
-
GT15-C200EXSS-1 20.6m -
GT15-C300EXSS-1 30.6m S
GOT-to-GOT
Connection Cable
GT15-C07BS 0.7m
X For connection between GOT and GOT X - - - - -
-
GT15-C12BS 1.2m S
GT15-C30BS 3m S
GT15-C50BS 5m S
GOT-to-GOT
Long-Distance
Connection Cable
GT15-C100BS 10m
X For connection between GOT and GOT X - - - - -
-
GT15-C200BS 20m -
GT15-C300BS 30m -
A0J2HCPU
Connection Cable
GT15-J2C10B 1m X
For connection between power supply unit
(A0J2-PW) for A0J2HCPU and GOT
X - - - - - -
Bus Connector Conversion Box A7GT-CNB - -
Used for QnA/ACPU long-distance (13.2m or
more) bus connection
X - - - - - S
Buffer Circuit Cable GT15-EXCNB 0.5m X
Usable as GT15-C_EXSS-1 in combination with
GT15-C_BS
X - - - - - S
Ferrite Core Set for Q Bus Cable
(Two-Pack)
GT15-QFC - X
Ferrite cores for replacing existing GOT-A900 bus
cable with bus cable for GOT1000
X - - - - -
S
Ferrite Core Set for A Bus Cable
(Two-Pack)
GT15-AFC - X S
RS-422 Conversion Cable
GT16-C02R4-9S 0.2m X
For connection between RS-422/485 (connector)
and RS-422 cable (D-sub 9 pins)
X - - - - - S
GT16-C02R4-25S 0.2m X
and RS-422 cable (D-sub 25 pins)
X - - - - - S
RS-485 Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
FA-LTBGTR4CBL05 0.5m
X
and terminal block conversion cable
X - - - - -
-
FA-LTBGTR4CBL10 1m S
FA-LTBGTR4CBL20 2m -
Notes:
1. Items listed above are developed by Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., LTD., and sold through your local sales office.
2. The applicable connection configuration and cable vary depending on the GOT main unit. For more details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.
Cable
Length
Third
Party
Products
(*1)
Application
Stock
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
RS-422
Cable
QnA/A/FXCPU
Direct Connection
Cable Computer
Link Connection
Cable
GT01-C30R4-25P 3m
-
For connection between QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU
(A Series)/FXCPU (D-sub 9-pin connector) and GOT
For connection between FA-CNV_CBL and GOT
For connection between serial communication unit and GOT
For connection between AJ65BT-G4-S3 and GOT
X X X - X
(*3)
S
GT01-C100R4-25P 10m -
GT01-C200R4-25P 20m
-
-
GT01-C300R4-25P 30m -
GT10-C30R4-25P 3m
-
For connection between QnA/FXCPU
(D-sub 25-pin connector) and GOT
For connection between serial communication unit
(AJ71QC24(N)-R4) and GOT
- - - X - -
S
GT10-C100R4-25P 10m S
GT10-C200R4-25P 20m -
GT10-C300R4-25P 30m -
Computer Link
Connection Cable
GT09-C30R4-6C 3m
X
For connection between serial communication unit and GOT
For connection between computer link unit and GOT
X X X - X -
S
GT09-C100R4-6C 10m -
GT09-C200R4-6C 20m -
GT09-C300R4-6C 30m -
FXCPU Direct
Connection Cable
FX Communication
Function Extension
Board Connection
Cable
(Model Numbers
Ending in C
Include a Terminal
Block Connector)
GT01-C10R4-8P 1m
-
For connection between FXCPU (MINI-DIN 8-pin
connector)and GOT
For connection between FXCPU communication
function extension board and GOT
X X X - X -
S
GT01-C30R4-8P 3m S
GT01-C100R4-8P 10m S
GT01-C200R4-8P 20m -
GT01-C300R4-8P 30m -
GT10-C10R4-8P 1m
- - - X - -
S
GT10-C10R4-8PC 1m S
GT10-C30R4-8P 3m S
GT10-C30R4-8PC 3m S
GT10-C100R4-8P 10m S
GT10-C100R4-8PC 10m S
GT10-C200R4-8P 20m -
GT10-C200R4-8PC 20m S
GT10-C300R4-8P 30m -
GT10-C300R4-8PC 30m S
VFD PU Port Direct
Connection
GT01-C30R4-VFD 3m VFD (RJ45-pin) to GOT (D-Sub 9-pin, male) X X X - X - S
RS-232
Cable
QCPU Direct
Connection Cable
Data Transfer
Cable
GT01-C30R2-6P 3m -
For connection between QCPU and GOT/personal
computer (GT SoftGOT1000) (D-sub 9-pin)
X X X - X - S
For connection between personal computer (screen
design software) (D-sub 9-pin, female) and GOT
(MINI-DIN 6-pin, female)
- - - X - X S
GT10-C30R2-6P 3m -
For connection between QCPU and GOT. For
connection between GOT and GOT
- - - X - - S
GT11H-C30R2-6P 3m -
For connector conversion box between QCPU and
Handy GOT
- - - - - X -
FX Communication
Function Extension
Board Connection
Cable, FX
Communication
Function Adapter
Connection Cable,
Data Transfer
Cable
GT01-C30R2-9S 3m -
function extension board (D-sub 9-pin connector)
and GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000)
(D-sub 9-pin). For connection between FXCPU
communication function adapter (D-sub 9-pin
connector) and GOT. For connection between personal
computer (screen design software) (D-sub 9-pin,
female) and GOT (D-sub 9-pin, female)
X X X - X - S
FX Communication
Function Adapter
Connection Cable,
Data Transfer
Cable
GT01-C30R2-25P 3m -
function adapter (D-sub 25-pin connector) and
GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000) (D-sub
9-pin).For connection between personal computer
(screen design software) (D-sub 25-pin, male) and
GOT (D-sub 9-pin, female)
X X X - X - -
Computer Link
Connection Cable
GT09-C30R2-9P 3m
X
For connection between serial communication unit
and GOT. For connection between computer link unit
and GOT
X X X - X -
-
GT09-C30R2-25P 3m -
Connector Conversion Box For
Handy GOT
GT16H-CNB-42S - -
Converts Handy GOT connector to RJ-45 for
terminal block, D-sub connector or Ethernet for
each signal type
- - - - - X S
GT11H-CNB-37S - -
Converts D-sub 37-pin connector to terminal block
and D-sub 9-pin connector
- - - - - X S
Notes:
3. The RS-422 cables less than 10m and the RS-232 cable less than 3m can be used when the connector conversion box for the Handy GOT is used.
Cables (continued)
202
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Cables (continued)
Cable
Length
Third Party
Products
(*1)
Application
Stk.
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
External
Connection
Cable
FA Device, Power
Supply and
Operation Switch
Connection Cable
GT16H-30-42P 3m
-
For connection between connector conversion
box and Handy GOT
- - - - - X S
GT16H-60-42P 6m - - - - - X -
GT16H-100-42P 10m - - - - - X -
GT16H-C30-32P 3m
-
For connection between CC-Link interface unit
and Handy GOT
- - - - - X -
GT16H-C50-32P 5m - - - - - X -
GT16H-C80-32P 8m - - - - - X -
GT16H-C130-32P 13m - - - - - X -
GT11H-C30-37P 3m
-
For connection between FA device connection
relay cable and GOT
- - - - - X
S
GT11H-C60-37P 6m S
GT11H-C100-37P 10m S
GT11H-C30 3m
-
For connection between FA device, power supply
and operation switches and GOT
- - - - - X
S
GT11H-C60 6m S
GT11H-C100 10m S
FA Device
Connection
Relay Cable
RS-422, Power
Supply and
Operation Switch
Connection Cable
GT11H-C15R4-8P 1.5m -
For connection between FXCPU and GOT
For connection between power supply and
operation switches and GOT
- - - - - X S
GT11H-C15R4-25P 1.5m -
For connection between A/QnACPU and GOT
- - - - - X S
RS-232, Power
Supply and
Operation Switch
Connection Cable
GT11H-C15R2-6P 1.5m -
For connection between QCPU and GOT
- - - - - X S
External I/O Unit Connection
Conversion Cable
GT15-C30HTB 0.3m X
For connection between GOT1000 (external I/O
unit) and GOT-A900 external I/O A interface unit
connection cable (A8GT-C05TK/A8GT-C30TB/user-
fabricated cable)
X - - - - - -
GT15-C03H50TB 0.3m
For connection between GOT1000 (external I/O
unit) and other 3rd party products (D-sub 50 pin
to open leads)
X - - - - - -
Analog RGB cable GT15-C50VG 5m X
For connection between external monitor,
personal computer and vision sensor and GOT
X - - - - - -
USB Cable
RS-232/USB
Conversion Adapter
For Data Transfer
GT10-RS2TUSB-5S - -
For connection between personal computer (USB)
and GOT (RS-232) (Adapter and personal computer
are connected with GT09-C30USB-5P)
- - - X - - S
Panel Mount USB
Extension
GT10-C10EXUSB-
5S
1m -
For panel mounting USB connection. For extending
rear mounted USB port on GT1040/1050 to control
panel
- X - - X - -
Data Transfer Cable GT09-C30USB-5P 3m X
For connection between personal computer and GOT
For connection between QCPU (USB miniB) and
personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000)
X X X X X X S
For connection between printer and GOT (printer unit) X - - - - - S
Notes:
Cables For Other Brand PLCs
Cable
Length
Third Party
Products
(*1)
GOT Connection Destination
Stk.
Item
GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
RS-232
Cable
Cable For
OMRON PLC
GT09-C30R20101-9P 3m
X
PLC CPU: CQM1/CQM1H/CS1/CJ1/CV500/CV1000/
CV2000/CVM1.
Serial communication unit: CS1W-SCU21/CJ1W-SCU41.
Communication board: C200HW-COM02/COM05/COM06
Serial communication board: CQM1-SCB41/
CS1W-SCB41/CS1W-SCB21
X X X - X (*3)
-
GT09-C30R20102-25S 3m Connection cable: CQM1-CIF01 -
GT09-C30R20103-25P 3m Base mount type host link unit: C500H-LK201-V1 -
Cable For
KEYENCE PLC
GT09-C30R21101-6P 3m PLC CPU: KV-700/1000 -
GT09-C30R21102-9S 3m Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/L20R port 1 -
GT09-C30R21103-3T 3m Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/L20R port 2 -
Cable For
SHARP PLC
GT09-C30R20601-15P 3m PLC CPU: JW-22CU/70CUH/100CUH/100CU -
GT09-C30R20602-15P 3m PLC CPU: JW-32CUH/33CUH -
Cable For JTEKT
(Former Toyoda
Machine Works)
PLC
GT09-C30R21201-25P 3m RS-232/RS-422 converter: TXU-2051 -
Cable For Shinko
Technos Digital
Indicating
Controller
GT09-C30R21401-4T 3m
Digital indicating controller: FCR-100/FCD-100/
FCR-23A/PC-900/FIR series
-
Cable For
TOSHIBA PLC
GT09-C30R20501-9P 3m PLC CPU: T2E -
GT09-C30R20502-15P 3m PLC CPU: T2N -
Cable For
Hitachi Industrial
Equipment Systems
PLC
GT09-C30R20401-15P 3m
PLC CPU: H-4010/H Series board type/EH-150 Series
Intelligent serial port module: COMM-H/COMM-2H
-
GT09-C30R20402-15P 3m PLC CPU: H-4010/EH-150 Series -
Cable For Hitachi
PLC
GT09-C30R21301-9S 3m Communication module: LQE560/LQE060/LQE160 -
Cable for Fuji
Electric FA
Components &
Systems PLC
GT09-C30R21003-25P 3m
RS-232C interface card: NV1L-RS2RS-232C/485
Interface capsule: FFK120A-C10
General interface module: NC1L-RS2/FFU120B
-
Cable For
Matsushita Electric
Works PLC
GT09-C30R20901-25P 3m RS-422-232 conversion adapter: AFP8550 -
GT09-C30R20902-9P 3m
PLC CPU: FP2/FP2SH/FP10(S)/FP10SH/FP-M
Computer communication unit: AFP2462/AFP3462/
AFP5462
-
GT09-C30R20903-9P 3m PLC CPU: FP1-C24C/C40C -
GT09-C30R20904-3C 3m PLC CPU: FP1-C16CT/C32CT -
Cable For Yaskawa
Electric PLC
GT09-C30R20201-9P 3m PLC CPU: PROGIC-8/MP-920/MP-930 -
GT09-C30R20202-15P 3m PLC CPU: PROGIC-8 -
GT09-C30R20203-9P 3m
PLC CPU: CP-9300MS
MEMOBUS module: CP-217F
(when connected to CN1)
-
GT09-C30R20204-14P 3m PLC CPU: MP-940 -
GT09-C30R20205-25P 3m
MEMOBUS module: CP-217IF (when connected
to CN2)
Yokogawa Electric personal computer module:
LC01-0N/LC02-0N
-
Cable For
Yokogawa Electric
PLC
GT09-C30R20301-9P 3m CPU port/D-sub 9-pin conversion cable: KM10-0C -
GT09-C30R20302-9P 3m
Personal computer module: F3LC11-1N/
F3LC11-1F/F3LC12-1F/F3LC11-2N
-
GT09-C30R20304-9S 3m Converter: ML2-_ -
Cable For
Allen-Bradley PLC
GT09-C30R20701-9S 3m PLC CPU: SL500 Series Converter: 1761-NET-AIC S
Cable For SIEMENS
PLC
GT09-C30R20801-9S 3m HMI adapter -
Notes:
204
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Notes:
Cable
Length
Third Party
Products
(*1)
GOT Connection Destination
Stock
Item GT16 GT14 GT12
GT1020/
1030
GT1040/
1050
Handy
GOT
RS-422
Cable
Cable For
OMRON PLC
GT09-C30R40101-9P 3m
X
PLC CPU: CV500/CV1000/CV2000/CVM1
Serial communication unit: CJ1W-SCU41
Serial communication board: CQM1-SCB41/
CS1W-SCB41
X X X - X (*3) -
GT09-C100R40101-9P 10m
GT09-C200R40101-9P 20m
GT09-C300R40101-9P 30m
GT09-C30R40102-9P 3m
Base mount type host link unit: C200H-LK202-V1/
C500H-LK201-V1
Communication board: C200HW-COM03/COM06
GT09-C100R40102-9P 10m
GT09-C200R40102-9P 20m
GT09-C300R40102-9P 30m
GT09-C30R40103-5T 3m
Communication board: CP1W-CIF11
GT09-C100R40103-5T 10m
GT09-C200R40103-5T 20m
GT09-C300R40103-5T 30m
Cable For
KEYENCE PLC
GT09-C30R41101-5T 3m
Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/L20R port 2
GT09-C100R41101-5T 10m
GT09-C200R41101-5T 20m
GT09-C300R41101-5T 30m
Cable For
SHARP PLC
GT09-C30R40601-15P 3m
PLC CPU: JW-22CU/70CUH/100CUH/100CU
GT09-C100R40601-15P 10m
GT09-C200R40601-15P 20m
GT09-C300R40601-15P 30m
GT09-C30R40602-15P 3m
PLC CPU: JW-32CUH/33CUH
GT09-C100R40602-15P 10m
GT09-C200R40602-15P 20m
GT09-C300R40602-15P 30m
GT09-C30R40603-6T 3m
Link unit: JW-21CM/10CM/ZW-10CM
GT09-C100R40603-6T 10m
GT09-C200R40603-6T 20m
GT09-C300R40603-6T 30m
Cable For JTEKT
(Former Toyoda
Machine Works)
PLC
GT09-C30R41201-6C 3m
PLC CPU: PC3J/PC3JL Communication module:
PC/CMP2-LINK
GT09-C100R41201-6C 10m
GT09-C200R41201-6C 20m
GT09-C300R41201-6C 30m
Cable For TOSHIBA
PLC
GT09-C30R40501-15P 3m
PLC CPU: T2/T3/T3H/ model 3000 (S3)
GT09-C100R40501-15P 10m
GT09-C200R40501-15P 20m
GT09-C300R40501-15P 30m
GT09-C30R40502-6C 3m
PLC CPU: T2E/model2000(S2)
GT09-C100R40502-6C 10m
GT09-C200R40502-6C 20m
GT09-C300R40502-6C 30m
GT09-C30R40503-15P 3m
PLC CPU: T2N
GT09-C100R40503-15P 10m
GT09-C200R40503-15P 20m
GT09-C300R40503-15P 30m
Cable For
Hitachi Industrial
Equipment Systems
PLC
GT09-C30R40401-7T 3m
Intelligent serial port module: COMM-H/COMM-2H
GT09-C100R40401-7T 10m
GT09-C200R40401-7T 20m
GT09-C300R40401-7T 30m
Cable For Hitachi
PLC
GT09-C30R41301-9S 3m
PLC CPU: LQP510
Communication module: LQE565/LQE165
GT09-C100R41301-9S 10m
GT09-C200R41301-9S 20m
GT09-C300R41301-9S 30m
Cable For Fuji
Electric FA
Components &
Systems PLC
GT09-C30R41001-6T 3m
RS-232C/485 interface capsule: FFK120A-C10
General interface module: NC1L-RS4/FFU120B
GT09-C100R41001-6T 10m
GT09-C200R41001-6T 20m
GT09-C300R41001-6T 30m
Cable For Yaskawa
Electric PLC
GT09-C30R40201-9P 3m
MEMOBUS module: JAMSC-120NOM27100/
JAMSC-IF612
GT09-C100R40201-9P 10m
GT09-C200R40201-9P 20m
GT09-C300R40201-9P 30m
GT09-C30R40202-14P 3m
PLC CPU: MP940
GT09-C100R40202-14P 10m
GT09-C200R40202-14P 20m
GT09-C300R40202-14P 30m
Cable For Yokogawa
Electric PLC
GT09-C30R40301-6T 3m
Personal computer link module: F3LC11-2N
GT09-C100R40301-6T 10m
GT09-C200R40301-6T 20m
GT09-C300R40301-6T 30m
GT09-C30R40302-6T 3m
Personal computer link module: LC02-0N
GT09-C100R40302-6T 10m
GT09-C200R40302-6T 20m
GT09-C300R40302-6T 30m
Cable For
Yokogawa Electric
Temperature
Controller
GT09-C30R40303-6T 3m
Temperature controller: GREEN Series
GT09-C100R40303-6T 10m
GT09-C200R40303-6T 20m
GT09-C300R40303-6T 30m
GT09-C30R40304-6T 3m
Temperature controller: UT2000 Series
GT09-C100R40304-6T 10m
GT09-C200R40304-6T 20m
GT09-C300R40304-6T 30m
5 9 6 1 T G
2
9
6
320
6
1
6
382 0 1 0 1
1
0
2
8
1
1
0
397
320
1
0
1
7
5

(
6
.
8
9
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)

(
0
.
3
9
)
226 (8.90)
6
5
2

(
2
.
0
5
)
5
8

(
2
.
2
8
)

(
0
.
2
4
)
1
0
1
9
9

(
7
.
8
3
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)

(
0
.
3
9
)
288 (11.34) 5
3

(
2
.
0
9
)
6
5
1

(
2
.
0
1
)

(
0
.
2
4
)
GT1275 GT1265
303 (11.93)
252 (9.92)
222 (8.74)
2
1
4

(
8
.
4
3
)
241 (9.49)
175.5 (6.91)
1
9
0

(
7
.
4
8
)
175.5 (6.91)
316
240
2
4
2
1
0
1
0
2
2
7
301
5
6
5
2
6
240
GT1685
GT1665
GT145_
GT1655-V GT16 Handy
GT1675
303
252
2
1
4
222
1
0
1
9
9
1
0
6
5
6
288
4
9
175.5
241
1
9
0
175.5
1
0
1
0
1
7
5
116
116
152
167
1
3
5
6
0
1
2
0
1
0
6 1
0
2
3
0
201 21 50 47
164
22 120
1
3
5
23
152
4
7
6
5
5
1
0
1
0
1
2
0
2~4mm
#4-40UNC
(inchscrewtype)
M2.6
(Metric screwtype)
Unit : mm (inch)
E. Screen Conguration Software and Programming Cable
Included Products
Remarks
Screen Design
Software GT
Designer3
Ver. 1.x
Simulation Software
GT-Simulator3
Ver. 1.x
Simple Data
Conversion Function
GT-Converter2
Ver. 2.x
SoftGOT Function (*1)
GT SoftGOT
GT-WORKS3-C1 GT WORKS3 Version 1.x X X X X English Version
License Key For
GT SoftGOT1000 (*1)
GT15-SGTKEY-U For USB port -
Programming Cable GT01-C30R2-9S, GT01-C30R2-6P, GT10-RS2TUSB-5S, and GT09-C30USB-5P. See cable table for further selection information -
Note: 1. To use GT SoftGOT1000, a license key for GT SoftGOT1000 is necessary for each personal computer.
GT16-PCRAKEY-1 GOT1000 PC Remote Operator License - 1 User S
GT16-PCRAKEY-5 GOT1000 PC Remote Operator License - 5 User -
GT16-VNCSKEY-1 GT16 VNC Server License Key 1 User -
GT16-VNCSKEY-5 GT16 VNC Server License Key 5 User -
GT16-VNCSKEY-10 GT16 VNC Server License Key 10 User S
GT16-VNCSKEY-20 GT16 VNC Server License Key 20 User S
GT14-VNCSKEY-1 GT14 VNC Server License Key - 1 User
s
-
-
-
Note: This license is required for GT16 Series terminals using the VNC (Virtual Network Computer) client function for the purposes of remote PC access.
Remote Access License
Dimensional Diagrams
GT16 GT14 GT12 Base Units
206
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Screen Size GOT Type A B
15" GT1695 383.5 282.5
12.1" GT1685 302 228
10.4" GT127_ 289 200
8.4" GT126_ 227 176
5.7"
GT14_ (*2)
GT115_ (*2)
GT105_
153 121
4.7" GT104_ 130 103
4.5" GT1030 137 66
3.7" GT1020 105 66
Notes:
1. Same dimensions as A975/970GOT(-B)
2. Same dimensions as F940GOT
Panel Cutout
With CF Card Extension Unit
Type A B
GT15-CFEX-C08SET 94.0 33.0
A
+2
0
B
+2
0
Panel opening
(*1)
(*1)
(unit: mm)
1
3
6
2
176
1
6
2
0
4
2
0
9
168
3.5
74
62
72
50
75 18
GT104_
Handy GOT GT1020 GT1030
GT105_
145
84 10 10
4.5
80 or more
10
2
5
2
9
.
5
10 21 84
Panel
thickness:
1 to 4mm
8
4
6
5
7
6
113
10 76 10 7.5 80 or more
6
5
2
7
2
3
7
4
8
4
5
9.5
Panel
thickness:
1 to 4mm
76 10 10
120
152
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
3
5
4
7
5
6
5
3
6
Panel
thickness:
5mm
164
120
MITSUBISHI GOT1000
Panel thickness: 5mm(0.2") or less
9
.5
(
0
.
3
7
"
)
9
.
5
(
0
.
3
7
"
)
1
0
2
(
4
.0
1
"
)
129 (5.07")
4
1

(
1
.
6
1
"
)
5
(
0
.1
9
"
)
10
(0.39") 86 (3.38")
139 (5.47")
10
(0.39")
15.5
(0.61")
10
(0.39")
86 (3.38") 10
(0.39")
17.5
(0.68")
1
1
2

(
4
.
4
"
)
Unit : mm (inch)
Dimensional Diagrams
GT11 GT10 Base Units
Bus Connections Cables
Cable Cable Length External Dim.
GT16-C02R4-9S 0.2m Fig. 11
GT01-C30R4-25P 3m Fig. 12
GT01-C_R4-25P 10, 20, 30m Fig. 13
GT01-C_R4-8P 1, 3, 10, 20, 30m Fig. 14
GT10-C_R4-8P 1, 3, 10, 20, 30m Fig. 15
GT10-C_R4-25P 3, 10, 20, 30m Fig. 16
GT10-C10R4-8PL 1m Fig. 17
RS-422 Cables
GT01-C30R2-6P 3m Fig. 18
GT01-C30R2-9S 3m Fig. 19
GT01-C30R2-25P 3m Fig. 20
GT10-C30R2-6P 3m Fig. 21
RS-232 Cables
FA-LTBGTR4CBL_ 0.5, 1, 2m Fig. 22
RS-485 Terminal Block Conversion Unit
(Unit: mm)
Fig.1 Fig.6
Fig.2 Fig.7
Fig.3 Fig.8
Fig.4 Fig.9
Fig.5 Fig.10
Ferrite core, approx. 35 40,
green holder tube
A0J2-PW side
GOT side
Cable approx. 8.0
1000
70
33 12.4
4
9
.
9
100
12.4
33
4
9
.
9C
O
N
1
1000
FG cable
500
Cable approx. 9.0 e d i s T O G e d i s C L P
C
O
N
2
G
O
T
side6
0
75
20.5
12.4 33
110
L
50
60 20
4
9
.
9
5
8
green holder tube
Motion controller
e d i s B N C - T G 7 A e d i s
Cable approx. 8.0
12.4 33
110
4
9
.
9
L
Cable approx. 8.0
green holder tube
50
20 60 L
50
Cable approx. 17.0
70
green holder tube
5
8
12.4
4
9
.
9
33
160
L
Cable approx. 8.0
110
green holder tube
20 60
5
8
70
Cable approx. 8.0
green holder tube
PLC side
GOT side
50
33
12.4
4
9
.
9
L
12.4
4
9
.
9
L 3 3
Cable approx. 9.0
FG cable
Ferrite core, approx. 35 x 40,
blue holder tube
110 160
12.4
33
110
Cable approx. 8.0
L
50
60 20
4
9
.9
green holder tube
PLC side
A7GT-CNB side
5
8
red holder tube
10
4
2
145
L
95 34.2
Cable approx. 10
Note 1: GT15-C_EXSS-1 is a set consisting of GT15-EXCNB and GT15-CMBS. (See Fig. A.)
GT15-EXCNB (Fig. 8) GT15-CMBS (Fig. 9)
Fig. A
e d i s T O G e d i s C L P
CON1
CON2
GOT side
(Unit: mm)
Fig.12 Fig.18
Fig.19 Fig.13
Fig.14
Fig.15
Fig.16 Fig.22
Fig.17 Fig.11
Fig.20
Fig.21
50 16
3
5
53 16
5
5
3000
7
16 50 53 L
3
5
5
5
7
16
25 33
6
50 40 16
3
5
13
1
3
L
16 50 53 3000
3
5
16
5
5
6
16 50 50 3000
3
5
16
3
5
6
16 50 40 13
1
3
3000
3
5
7
20 28
30 L 40
250
7 25 33
13
3 5 L 0 3
7
55
16
25 33
250
0 4 0 0 0 3 0 3
200
Approx. 48
7
13
Approx. 30
16 8 45 38 200
3
3
2
1
5
8 3 0 0 0 1 0 3
13
25 33 7
30
250
50
47
18
4
29
1
1
5
8.1
35
9
3
2
1
L 8
GT15-QC_B 0.6, 1.2, 3, 5, 10m Fig. 1
GT15-QC_BS 15, 20, 25, 30, 35m Fig. 1
GT15-C_NB 1.2, 3, 5m Fig. 2
GT15-AC_B 0.6, 1.2, 3, 5m Fig. 3
GT15-A370C_B-S1 1.2, 2.5m Fig. 4
GT15-A370C_B 1.2, 2.5m Fig. 5
GT15-A1SC_B 0.7, 1.2, 3, 5m Fig. 6
GT15-A1SC_NB 0.45, 0.7, 3, 5m Fig. 7
GT15-C_EXSS-1 (*1) 10.6, 20.6, 30.6m Fig. 8 & 9
GT15-EXCNB 0.5m Fig. 8
GT15-C_BS
0.7, 1.2, 3, 5, 10, 20,
30m
Fig. 9
GT15-J2C10B 1m Fig. 10
208
n

H
U
M
A
N

M
A
C
H
I
N
E

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
S
Item Model Number
External
Dim.
Printer Unit GT15-PRN Fig. 14
Multimedia Unit GT16M-MMR Fig. 15
Video Input Unit
GT16M-V4 Fig. 16
GT15V-75V4 Fig. 17
RGB Input Unit
GT16M-R2 Fig. 16
GT15V-75R1 Fig. 17
Video/RGB Input Unit
GT16M-V4R1 Fig. 16
GT15V-75V4R1 Fig. 17
RGB Output Unit
GT16M-ROUT Fig. 18
GT15V-75ROUT Fig. 18
CF Card Unit GT15-CFCD Fig. 19
CF Card Extension Unit GT15-CFEX-C08SET Fig. 20
Audio Output Unit GT15-SOUT Fig. 21
External Input/Output Unit
GT15-DIOR Fig. 22
GT15-DIO Fig. 22
Handy GOT Connector Conversion Box GT11H-CNB-37S Fig. 23
Model
Number
A B C D
GT15-QBUS 2.5 12 31.5 -
GT15-QBUS2 2.5 11 29 33.5
GT15-ABUS 4.5 15 29.5 -
GT15-ABUS2 4.5 11 31 31
1st 2nd 3rd
15" 19.5 41 62.5
12.1" 18 39.5 61.5
1st 2nd 3rd
15" 33.5 55 76.5
12.1" 32 53 75
Model Number A
GT15-75QBUSL 2.5
GT15-75QBUS2L 2.5
GT15-75ABUSL 4
GT15-75ABUS2L 4
(*1)The connector shape varies depending on the model.
(*2) Dimensions A-D for each communication unit.
CC-Link IE controller network
communication unit and multimedia unit
(*3) Dimension A for each communication unit.
Optional Units
For GT16
Communication Units
Item Model Number
External
Dim.
Bus
Connection
Unit
Standard Model of Bus
Connection Unit for QCPU
(Q mode)/ Motion Controller CPU
(Q Series)
GT15-QBUS (1 ch) Fig. 1
GT15-QBUS2 (2 ch) Fig. 2
Standard Model of Bus
Connection Unit for QnA/ACPU/
Motion Controller CPU (A Series)
GT15-ABUS (1 ch) Fig. 1
GT15-ABUS2 (2 ch) Fig. 2
Thin model of Bus Connection
Unit for QCPU (Q Mode)/Motion
Controller CPU (Q Series)
GT15-75QBUSL (1 ch) Fig. 3
GT15-75QBUS2L (2 ch) Fig. 3
Thin Model of Bus Connection
Unit for QnA/ACPU/Motion
Controller CPU (A Series)
GT15-75ABUSL (1 ch) Fig. 3
GT15-75ABUS2L Fig. 3
Serial
Comm. Unit
RS-232 Serial Communication
Unit (D-sub 9-pin (Male))
GT15-RS2-9P Fig. 4
RS-422/485 Serial Communication
Unit (D-sub 9-pin (Female))
GT15-RS4-9S Fig. 4
RS-422/485 Serial Communication
Unit (Terminal Block)
GT15-RS4-TE Fig. 5
RS-422
Conversion
Unit
RS-232-->RS-422 Conversion Unit
(9-pin)
GT15-RS2T4-9P Fig. 6
RS-232-->RS-422 Conversion Unit
(25-pin)
GT15-RS2T4-25P Fig. 6
Bus Extension Connector Box A9GT-QCNB Fig. 7
Bus Connector Conversion Box A7GT-CNB Fig. 8
MELSECNET/H
Comm. Unit
Optical Loop Unit GT15-J71LP23-25 Fig. 9
Coaxial Bus Unit GT15-J71BR13 Fig. 10
CC-Link IE Controller Network Comm. Unit GT15-J71GP23-SX Fig. 11
CC-Link Comm. Unit: Intelligent Device Station Unit GT15-J61BT13 Fig. 12
Ethernet Communication Unit GT15-J71E71-100 Fig. 13
(Unit of measure: mm)
Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3
Fig.4 Fig.5 Fig.6
Fig.7 Fig.8 Fig.9
Fig.11 Fig.12 Fig.10
Fig.13
GOT main unit
GOT main unit GOT main unit
63 3
7
9
8
2.5
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
1
0
7
A
C
B
A
133
1
0
7
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
2.5
9
8
3
C
B
D *1
*2
*1
*2
*1 *1
*1
*3
7
9
8
1
1
2
2.5
3
0
.
5
31.5
2
1
.
5
3 63
9
63 3
1
2
9
8
2.5
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
1
1
7
29.5
1
1
.5
8
.5
29
3
0
.5
2
1
.5
2.5 1
2
3
1
1
7
9
8
7
133
3
137
1
0
2
A
1
7
.5
2
0
.
5
3
8
4
8
57
RS-232
RS-422
20 89.7
6
4
.
2
4
6
.
7
48
39.5 4.25
20 155
8
0
7
1
.
5
4
.
2
5
Mounting hole
From base
unit
To bus
connection unit
3
0
.5
73
133
5 . 2
2
1
.5
9
.5
1
0
8
9
8
3
40.5 49.5
1
1 31.5
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
2.5 32
0
1
0
8
9
8
7
133
3
2.5
21
3
63
9
8
1
1
2
7
8
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
133
3
2
1
2
0
4
4
3
5
2
3
.5
9
8
1
5
3
2.5
11.5 15.5 When F type connector is fitted
When connector
is fitted
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
Units other than CC-Link IE controller
network communication unit and
multimedia unit
3
r
d

s
t
a
g
e
2
n
d

s
t
a
g
e
1
s
t

s
t
a
g
e
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
(Unit of measure: mm)
Fig.18
Fig.20
Fig.21
Fig.22 Fig.23
Fig.16
Fig.14
Fig.17
Fig.19
*1 *1 This figure shows GT15V-75V4R1. This figure shows GT16M-V4R1.
3
18
6
0
9
1
1
1
3
2
5
18 82 37.5
18 19.5
4 drilled holes
3.5
28
Panel cut
Unit: mm
63
2.5
29
1
1
2
9
8
7
3
0
.
5
2
1
.
5
1
0
.
5
3
2.5
133
1
0
5
9
8
3
8
1
9
.5
3
0
.5
2
1
.5
18 18 34 26 19 8
.5
93
114.5
9
60
62.5
1
4
3
2
5
2
1.3
1.8
6
9
8
5
8
2
9
.5
63
1
0
5
30
8
63
1.8
4
3
6
3 1
0
5
1.3
2.5
18
22
3
0
.
5
1
3
2
1
.
5
63
3
9
8
5
1
1
0
1
0
1
2
8
.
5
1
3 3
0
.
5
2
1
.5
1
3
6
2.4
13.5
3 63
Fig.15
1
0
5
3
0
.5
2
1
.5
9
8
1
9
.5
8
.5
8
8
133
2.5
18 18 34 26 19
3
1
0
5
3
0
.5
9
8
2
1
.5
8
8
.5
133
3
2.5
19
133
24
1
2
89
8
9
1
4
8
2
6
3
8
2
3
4
4
3
5
111
86
46
32
Control panel side GOT side
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
GOT main unit
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Motion Controllers 209
Motion Controller
F
U
N
C
T
I
O
N

/

P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
CONTROL AXES
QD77MS/
LD77MH Modules
2 to 16 axes per CPU
Mark Detection
CAM
Interpolation
PTP
QD/QDS Series Motion CPUs
iQ Platform
8 to 32 axes per CPU
Registration & Following
CAM
Interpolation
PTP
Q170MCPU
1 to 16 axes per unit
USB, Serial, Ethernet
I/O Expandable
CAM
QD75MH Modules
1 to 4 axes per CPU
Interpolation
PTP
QD75M4
QD75M4
D 4 5 7
D 4 5 7
DD 44 55 7

DDDD 44 555 7
Q7D
STOP RUN
SW
2
CAUTION
EMI
CN1
CN2
FRONT
BAT
24VDC
PERIPHERAL I/F
RESET STOP RU
POER
ETIO
C1
C1
PULL
MITSUBISHI MRMQ100
MRMQ100
15 axes per CPU
CAM
PTP
MITSUBISHI Q170MCPU
MODE
RU
ERR
USER
BAT
BOOT PULL
PERIPHERAL I/F
C1
POER
EMI
ETIO
24VDC
RESET STOP RU
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be
instances when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by
an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks
apply, product is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject
to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item
columns/rows.
Motion Controllers
QD Series Motion Controllers for the iQ Platform ...........................................................................211
QD75MH Positioning Modules for QH Series Automation Platform ................................................217
LD77MH and QD77MS Simple Motion Modules .............................................................................220
MR-MQ100 Single Axis Motion Controller ......................................................................................225
Q170MCPU Stand-Alone Motion Controller .....................................................................................228
210
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
The performance of the Q172D/Q173D Motion CPUs is twice as fast as the previous generation systems resulting in shorter system times.
Shared memory capacity has been increased 3.5 times, Motion SFC processing time is reduced by three-quarters, in-position signal response
time has been decreased by half and program read and write times have been increased three times when compared with previous motion
CPU models.
QD Series Motion Controllers for the iQ Platform
Q172DLX Q172DLX
Q172DLX
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
Q172DLX
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q172DPX
Q173DPX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q172DPX
Software
Servo External Signal
Motion CPU Input/Output
External Interrupt Input
Battery Unit
MR-J3-B Safety
MR-J3-B Safety
SSCNET III
SSCNET III
Linear
Servomotor
Q172DEX
A. iQ Series Base Units ...................................................................................................................211
B. Motion Controller CPU Modules ................................................................................................211
C. External Signal Interface Module................................................................................................213
D. QD Series Serial Absolute Synchronous Encoder and Interface Module ...................................213
E. QD Series Manual Pulse Generator and Interface Module ..........................................................214
F. QD Miscellaneous Parts, Cables and Connectors........................................................................215
G. Operating and Programming Software ......................................................................................216
B. Motion Controller CPU Modules
A. iQ Series Base Units
Model Number Q38DB Q312DB Q63B Q65B Q68B Q612B
Type Base Unit Extension Base Unit
Specifications and Extension
Connection Cables
See iQ section of this PSG for detailed information and specifications
Model Number Q61P-A1 Q61P-A2 Q61P Q62P Q63P Q64P
Specifications See iQ section of this PSG for detailed information and specifications
Sequence CPU Modules
Model Number Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU Q06UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU
Model Number Q173DCPU Q172DCPU
Stocked Item S S
Number of Control Axes Up to 32 axes Up to 8 axes
Operation Cycle
(Default)
SV13
0.44ms / 1 to 6 axes
0.88m / 7 to 18 axes
1.77ms / 19 to 32 axes
SV22
0.88ms / 5 to 12 axes
1.77ms / 13 to 28 axes
3.55ms / 29 to 32 axes
Interpolation Functions Linear interpolation (Up to 4 axes), Circular interpolation (2 axes), Helical interpolation (3 axes)
Control Modes
PTP(Point to Point) control, Speed control, Speed-position control, Fixed-pitch feed, Constant speed control,
Position follow-up control, Speed control with fixed position stop, Speed switching control, High-speed oscillation
control, Synchronous control (SV22)
Acceleration/ Deceleration Control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Compensation Backlash compensation, Electronic gear, Phase compensation (SV22)
Programming Language Motion SFC, Dedicated instruction, Mechanical support language (SV22)
Servo Program Capacity 16k steps
Number of Positioning Points 3200 points (Positioning data can be designated indirectly)
Peripheral I/F Via PLC CPU (USB/RS-232)
Home Position Return Function
Proximity dog type (2 types), Count type (3 types), Data set type (2 types), Dog cradle type, Stopper type (2 types),
Limit switch combined type (Home position return retry function provided, home position shift function provided)
JOG Operation Function Provided
Function
Possible to connect 3 modules
Synchronous Encoder Possible to connect 12 modules (SV22) Possible to connect 8 modules (SV22)
M-Code Function M-code output function provided; M-code completion wait function provided
Limit Switch Output Function Number of output points 32 points; Watch data: Motion control data/Word device
Absolute Position System
Made compatible by setting battery to servo amplifier.
(Possible to select the absolute data method or incremental method for each axis)
Q172DLX : 4 modules usable
Q172DEX : 6 modules usable
Q173DPX : 4 modules usable (*2)
Q172DLX : 1 module usable
Q172DEX : 4 modules usable
Q173DPX : 3 modules usable (*2)
Internal Current 1.14 1.25
Dimensions W x D x H mm (in) 27.4 x 98 x 119.3 (1.08 x 3.86 x 4.70)
Weight (kg) 0.33 0.33
Notes:
1. The MR-J2S-B servo amplifiers for SSCNET cannot be used.
2. When using the incremental synchronous encoder (SV22), you can use above number of modules. When connecting the manual pulse generator, you can use only 1 module.
Cables for CPU to Extension Base Unit or Extension Base Unit to Extension Base Unit
Model Number QC05B QC06B QC12B QC30B QC50B QC100B
iQ Series Base Information
212
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Motion Controller CPU Modules
Model Number Q173DSCPU Q172DSCPU
Stocked Item S S
Number of Control Axes 32 axes (Up to 16 axes / system) 16 axes
Operation Cycle
(Operation Cycle Setting)
0.2ms, 0.4ms, 0.8ms, 1.7ms, 3.5ms, 7.1ms
Control Modes
PTP (Point to Point) control, Speed control, Speed-position control, Fixed-pitch feed, Constant speed control,
Control Modes
PTP(Point to Point) control, Speed control, Speed-position control, Fixed-pitch feed, Constant speed control,
Acceleration/ Deceleration Control Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration, Advanced S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Number of Positioning Points 3200 points (Positioning data can be set indirectly)
Peripheral I/F Via PLC CPU (USB, RS-232, Ethernet)
Proximity dog type (2 types), Count type (3 types), Data set type (2 types), Dog cradle type, Stopper type (2 types),
Limit switch combined type, Scale home position signal detection type (Home position return re-try function
provided, home position shift function provided)
Function
Possible to connect 3 modules (Q173DPX use), Possible to connect 1 module (Internal I/F use) (*5)
Speed-Torque Control Speed control without positioning loops, Torque control without positioning loops, Tightening & Press-fit control
Synchronous Encoder Possible to connect 12 modules (SV22 use)
M-Code Function M-code output function provided, M-code completion wait function provided
Limit Switch Output Function Number of output points 32 points, Watch data: Motion control data, Word device
ROM Operation Function Provided
High-Speed Reading Function 8 points (Via Input module, Via tracking of Q172DEX/Q173DPX), 4 points (Via Q17nDSCPUs Internal I/F)
Mark
Detection
Function
Function Continuous Detection mode, Specified Number of Detections mode, Ring Buffer mode
Mark Detection Signal 4 points (Via Q17nDSCPUs Internal I/F), Bit device, Q172DLX (DOG / CHANGE)
Mark Selection Setting 32
Torque limit Value Change Function Forward new torque value, Reverse new torque value
Target Position Change Function Provided
Servo Parameter Change Function Provided
Servo Amplifier Control Mode
Switching Function
Gain switching function, PI-PID control, Control loop changing (semi closed loop control, fully closed loop control)
Optional Data Monitor Function 6 setting/axes (MR-J4-Bs SSCNETIII/H use)
Forced Stop Function Motion controller forced stop (EMI terminal, System setting), Forced stop terminal of servo amplifier
Number of Input/Output Points Total 256 points (Q17nDSCPUs Internal I/F 4 points + I/O module)
Clock Function Provided
Security Function Password registration, Password for every motion SFC programs, Software security key function
All Clear Function Delete all user data in Motion CPU
Remote Operation Remote RUN/STOP, Remote latch clear
Digital Oscilloscope Function Bit data: 16 channels, Word data: 16 channels (*4)
Amplifier-less Operation Function Provided
Made compatible by setting battery to servo amplifier.
Q172DLX: 4 modules usable
Q172DEX: 6 modules usable (*2)
Q172DLX: 1 module usable
Q172DEX: 6 modules usable (*2)
Internal Current
Q173DS: 1.75A (*6)
Q173D: 1.25A
Q173D-S1: 1.30A
Q172DS: 1.44A (*6)
Q172D: 1.25A
Q172D-S1: 1.30A
Dimensions W x D x H mm (in) 27.4 x 120.3 x 120.5 (1.08 x 4.74 x 4.74)
Weight (kg) 0.38
Notes:
1. The SSCNETIII compatible servo amplifier can be used, but the SSCNET compatible servo amplifier cannot be used.
2. Q172DEX cannot be used in SV13.
3. When using the incremental synchronous (SV22 use), you can use the number of modules in the specification. When connecting the manual pulse generator, you
can use only 1 module.
4. 8CH word data and 8CH bit data can be displayed in real time.
5. When the manual pulse generator is used with the Q17_ DSCPUs internal I/F, do not set the Q173DPX in the System Settings.
6. The current consumption (0.2A) of manual pulse generator/incremental synchronize encoder connected to the internal I/F connector is not contained.
Serial Absolute Synchronous Encoder Input
Note: Use these cables when the tracking enable signal is not used. Customer must make a cable when the
tracking enable signal is used.
Tracking Enable Signal Input
Model Number Q172DEX
Stocked Item S
Number of Inputs Tracking enable signal: 2 points
Input Method Sink/Source type
Rated Input Voltage 12/24VDC
Rated Input Current 12VDC 2mA/24VDC 4mA
Operating Voltage Range
10.2 to 26.4VDC
(12/24VDC +10 / -15%,
ripple ratio 5% or less)
ON Voltage/Current 10VDC or more/2.0mA or more
OFF Voltage/Current 1.8VDC or less/0.18mA or less
Input Resistance Approx. 5.6K
Response
Time
OFF to ON 0.4ms/0.6ms/1ms
(CPU parameter setting, Default 0.4ms) ON to OFF
Common Terminal
Arrangement
1 point/common
(Common terminal: TREN.COM)
Display ON indication (LED)
Model Number Q172DEX
Applicable Signal Types Differential-output type : (SN75C1168 or equivalent)
Transmission Method Serial communications
Synchronous Method Counter-clock-wise (viewed from end of shaft)
Communication Speed 2.5 Mbps
Applicable Types Q170ENC
Position Detection Method Absolute (ABS) method
Resolution 262144 PLS/rev (18bit)
Number of Modules 2/module
External Connector Type 20 pin connector
Applicable Connector for the
External Connection
Q170ENCCNS (Optional)
Applicable Wire MB14B0023 12 Pair
Recommended Cables
Q170ENCCBL_M: _= cable length 2m (6.56 ft.),
5m (16.4 ft.), 10m (32.81 ft.), 20m (65.62 ft.),
30m (98.43 ft.), 50m (164.04 ft.) (Note)
Cable Length Up to 50m (164.04 ft.)
Back up the Absolute Position Depends on A6BAT/MR-BAT
Battery Service Life Time
(Value in Actual)
12000 (h), (Example of encoders x 2, ambient temperature
40C (104F) ) 24000 (h), (Example of encoders x 1,
ambient temperature 40C (104F) )
Memory of Data Exchange None
Number of I/O Occupying Points 32 points (I/O allocation: Intelligent, 32 points)
Internal Current Consumption
(5VDC) (A)
0.19
Dimensions W x H x D mm (in) 27.4 x 98 x 90 (1.08 x 3.86 x 3.54)
Weight (kg) 0.15
C. External Signal Interface Module
D. QD Series Serial Absolute Synchronous Encoder and Interface Module
Model Number Q172DLX
Stocked Item S
Number of Inputs
Servo external signals: 32 points (Upper stroke limit, Lower stroke limit, Stop input, Proximity DOG/
Speed-position switching signal) (4 points x 8 axes)
Operating Voltage Range 10.2 to 26.4VDC (12/24VDC +10/ -15%, ripple ratio 5% or less)
ON Voltage/Current 10VDC or more/2.0mA or more
OFF Voltage/Current 1.8VDC or less/0.18mA or less
Response time of the Upper/Lower
Stroke Limit and STOP Signal
OFF - ON
1ms
ON - OFF
Response Time of the Proximity DOG,
Speed-Position Switching Signal
OFF - ON
0.4ms/0.6ms/1ms (CPU parameter setting, Default 0.4ms)
ON - OFF
Common Terminal Arrangement 32 points/common (common terminal: B1, B2)
Indicates to Display ON indication (LED)
Applicable Connector for the External Connection A6CON1 (Attachment), A6CON2, A6CON3 (Optional)
Applicable Connector/Terminal Block Converter Module A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54, A6TBXY70 (Optional)
Weight (kg) 0.15
Dimensions (mm (inch)) W x H x D 27.4 x 98 x 90 (1.08 x 3.86 x 3.54)
Note: Signal No. 1 to 8 can be assigned to the specified axis. To make the assignment, use the system settings of the positioning software package.
Servo External Signal Application Number of Points
Upper Stroke Limit Input (FLS)
For detection of upper and lower stroke limits
32 points
(4 points/8 axes)
Lower Stroke Limit Input (RLS)
Stop Signal Input (STOP) For stopping under speed or positioning control
Proximity DOG/Speed-Position Switching Input
(DOG/CHANGE)
For detection of proximity DOG at proximity DOG or
count type home position return or for switching from
speed to position switching control.
214
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
QD Series Synchronous Encoder (Optional)
Notes:
1. If an o-ring is required, please purchase separately.
2. If it exceeds a permitted speed at power OFF, a position displacement is generated.
Model Number Q170ENC
Stocked Item S
Resolution 262144 PLS/rev
Transmission Method Serial Communications (Connected to Q172EX-S2/S3)
Direction on Increase Counter clockwise (viewed from end of shaft)
Protective Construction (*1)
IP65 (dust proof, waterproof)
except for the shaft-through portion
Permitted Speed at ON 3600 r/min
Permitted Speed at OFF (*2) 500 r/min
Permitted Axis Load Radial load: Max 19.6N; Thrust load: Max 9.8N
Runout at Input Shaft Tip 0.02 mm (0.00079 in) or less; 15 mm (0.59 in) from tip
Recommended Coupling Bellows coupling
Permissible Angular Acceleration 40,000 rad/s
Internal Current Consumption (A) 0.2
Connecting Cable
Q170ENCCBL_M: _= cable length 2m (6.56 ft.),
5m (16.4 ft.), 10m (32.8 ft.), 20m (65.6 ft.),
30m (98.4 ft.), 50m (164.04 ft.)]
Communication Method Differential driver/receiver conforming to RS-422A
Transmission Distance Up to 50m (164.04 ft)
Operating Temperature -5C to 55C (23 to 131F)
Tracking Enable Signal Input
Model Number Q173DPX
Stocked Item S
Number of Inputs Tracking enable signal: 3 points
Operating Voltage
Range
10.2 to 26.4VDC (12/24VDC +10/ -15%,
ripple ratio 5% or less)
ON Voltage/Current 10VDC or more / 2.0 mA or more
OFF Voltage/Current 1.8VDC or less / 0.18 mA or less
Common Terminal
Arrangement
1 point/common
(Common terminal: TREN.COM)
Display ON indication (LED)
Serial Absolute Synchronous Encoder I/F
Model Number Q173DPX
Number of Modules (Max.) 3 per module
Voltage-output/
Open Collector
High Voltage 3.0 to 5.25VDC
Low Voltage 0 to 1.0VDC
Differential-
Output Type
(26LS31 or
Equivalent)
High Voltage 2.0 to 5.25VDC
Low Voltage 0 to 0.8VDC
Input Frequency Max. 200kpps (After magnification by 4)
Applicable Types
Voltage-output type/Open-collector type (5VDC),
Recommended product: MR-HDP01; Differential-output
type: (26LS31 or equivalent)
Applicable Connector for the
External Connection
A6CON1 (Attachment) A6CON2, A6CON3 (Optional)
Applicable Connector/
Terminal Block Converter Module
A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54, A6TBXY70 (Optional)
Cable Length
Voltage-Output/
Open Collector
Output Type
30m (98.43 ft.)
(Open collector output type: 10m (32.81 ft.) )
Differential-Output
Type
Internal Current Consumption 0.38
Weight (kg) 0.15
E. QD Series Manual Pulse
Generator and Interface Module
Note: 1. If using an external power supply, it needs to be 5VDC.
Manual Pulse Generator (Optional)
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
06
0
7
0
8
0
9
0
5 0
+
+
3.6 (0.14)
Packing t = 2.0
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
27.0
(1.06)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
0
.
5
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
1
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
7
0

(
2
.
7
6
)
N
P
+
+ +
+ + +
7.6
(0.3)
3 6
8.89
(0.35)
3 t(410)
P72 iac
+5 t
120
+
+ +
+
34.8 (0 t 19)
iac
72 (2.83)0.2
6
2
(2
.4
4
)
2
0
nit (inc)
0.5
Model Number MR-HDP01
Stocked Item S
Pulse Resolution 25 PLS/rev (100 PLS/rev at magnification of 4)
Output Method
Voltage - output (power supply voltage - 1V or more),
Output current = Up to 20 mA
Power Supply Voltage 4.5 to 13.2VDC (*1)
Consumption Current 60
Life 1,000,000 revolutions at 200 r/min
Permitted Axis Load Radial load : Max. 19.6N; Thrust load : Max. 9.8N
Pulse Signal Status 2 signals: A phase, B: phase, 90 phase difference
Friction Torque 0.06N/m (at 20C (68F))
Operating Temperature -10C to +60C (14F to 140F)
Connection between Q173DCPU and
MR-J3-B Safety Series Servo Amplifiers
Connection between Q172DCPU and MR-J3-B Safety
Series Servo Amplifiers
Miscellaneous Parts
Cables for Q172DCPU/Q173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifiers
HMI Please select the HMI from the GOT1000 Series in this Product Selection Guide N/A
Q170DBATC Battery holder for Q6BAT (Battery not included) S
Q6BAT Battery for memory data backup of SRAM built-in Motion CPU S
A6BAT Battery for data backup of the Q170ENC S
Q170DBATCBL05M Cable between Q170DBATC holder and Motion CPU (0.5M) S
MR-J3USBCBL3M USB cable from PC to PLC CPU (3M) S
SC-Q RS-232 cable from PC to PLC CPU S
MR-J3BUS015M 0.15M SSCNET III (plastic) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS1M 1M SSCNET III (plastic) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS3M 3M SSCNET III (plastic) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS5M-A 5M SSCNET III (plastic) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS30M-B 30M SSCNET III (glass) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS40M-B 40M SSCNET III (glass) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier -
MR-J3BUS50M-B 50M SSCNET III (glass) cable from Q172D/173DCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier -
F. QD Miscellaneous Parts, Cables and Connectors
Q173SXY 24VDC Q173SXY 24VDC
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q172DCPU
Motion CPU Module
CN1
Cap
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
CN1A CN1A
CN1B
CN1B
SSCNET III Cable Length
MR-J3BUS_M use
3m (9.84 ft)
MR-J3BUS_M-A use
20m (65.62 ft)
MR-J3BUS_M-B use
50m (164.04 ft)
Q173SXY 24VDC Q173SXY 24VDC
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q172DLX
PLS. A PLS. B TREN
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q173DCPU
Motion CPU Module
CN1 CN2
Cap
CN1A CN1A
CN1B CN1B
SSCNET III Cable Length
MR-J3BUS_M use
3m (9.84 ft)
MR-J3BUS_M-A use
20m (65.62 ft)
MR-J3BUS_M-B use
50m (164.04 ft)
Cap
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
Servo Amplier
MR-J3-B Safety
CN1A CN1A
CN1B CN1B
SSCNET III System 1
SSCNET III System 2
Attach cap to connectors
of system not being used.
Manuals
IB(NA)0300133 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Users Manual MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300134 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Programming Manual (Common) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300135 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Programming Manual (Motion SFC) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300136 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Programming Manual (Real Mode) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300137 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Programming Manual (Virtual Mode) MEAU.com
SH(NA)030084 MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual MEAU.com
SH(NA)030041 MR-J3 Servo Motor Instruction Manual MEAU.com
216
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Q170DEMICBL05M 0.5M cable for EMI connector on CPU S
Q170DEMICBL1M 1M cable for EMI connector on CPU S
Cables and Connectors for Special Function Modules
A6CON1
Q173DPX connector to use the manual pulse generator and incremental synchronous encoder or
Q172DLX connector to use the servo external input signals
S
QD75MCBL-2M 2M I/O pigtail cable to use in place of the A6CON1 connector S
A6TBXY36 Q172DLX terminal block conversion module - Sink Type I/O (Standard type) S
A6TBXY54 Q172DLX terminal block conversion module - Sink Type I/O (2-wire type) -
A6TBXY70 Q172DLX terminal block conversion module - Sink Type I/O (3-wire type) -
AC05TB 0.5M cable from Q172DLX to A6TBXY_ _ terminal block conversion module S
AC10TB 1M cable from Q172DLX to A6TBXY_ _ terminal block conversion module S
AC80TB 8M cable from Q172DLX to A6TBXY_ _ terminal block conversion module -
AC100TB 10M cable from Q172DLX to A6TBXY_ _ terminal block conversion module -
Q170ENCCNS Connector set for the Q170ENC absolute synchronous encoder S
Q170ENCCBL2M 2M cable from the Q172DEX to the Q170ENC absolute synchronous encoder S
Q170ENCCBL20M 20M cable from the Q172DEX to the Q170ENC absolute synchronous encoder -
Q Series Integrated Start-up Support Software Packages
Model Number Stocked Item Description Details
MT-WORKS2-C1 S
SW1DNC-MTW2-E
(Integrated start-up support software)
Conveyor assembly software; Automatic machinery software; Cam data creation
software; Digital oscilloscope software; Document print software; Help section
QD Series Q172DCPU (SSCNET III)
Operating Software (OS)
SW8DNC-SV13QD: For conveyor assembly
SW8DNC-SV22QC: For automatic machinery
QD Series Q173DCPU (SSCNET III)
Operating Software (OS)
SW8DNC-SV13QB: For conveyor assembly
SW8DNC-SV22QA: For automatic machinery
Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time; Installation manual included
MT-WORKS2-C5 - 5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time
Motion SFC compatible
Conveyor assembly use
Dedicated language
Automatic machinery use
Mechanical support language
Electronic component assembly,
Inserter, Feeder, Molder, Conveying
equipment, Paint applicator, Chip
mounting, Wafer slicer, Loader/Unloader,
Bonding machine, X-Y table
Linear interpolation (1 to 4 axes), Circular interpolation,
Constant-speed, Fixed-pitch feed, Speed control with
fixed position stop, Speed switching, Speed control,
Speed/position switching
Press feeder, Food processing, Food
packaging, Winding machine, Spinning
machine, Textile machine, Printing
machine, Book binder, Tire molder,
Paper-making machine
Synchronous control, Electronic shaft,
Electronic clutch, Electronic cam, Draw
control
SW8DNC-SV13QB (Q173DCPU)
SW8DNC-SV13QD (Q172DCPU)
SW8DNC-SV22QA (Q173DCPU)
SW8DNC-SV22QC (Q172DCPU)
G. Operating and Programming Software
MT WORKS2
Cables for Forced Stop Input Connector (EMI)
One of Q Series strengths is the ability to integrate motion control directly onto your system. If a Q Series motion CPU is not required,
the QD75MH positioning modules provide a range of alternative motion control capabilities. The QD75MH is connected to MR-J3-B Safety
servo amplifiers by means of the Servo System Control Network (SSCNET III). This allows compatibility with absolute position systems,
between the QD75MH and servo amplifiers (overall distance of 30 meters). Key features include: one, two and four axis versions available;
1MHz output capacity; Support up to 256 axes; 4 axis linear interpolation; Circular interpolation; variety of control schemes (point to point,
fixed feed, speed, speed/position and position/speed).
Note: Please refer to the Servomotor and Amplifiers Section in this Product Selection Guide to select servo amplifier and motor model numbers.
QD75MH Parts List
QD75MH1 SSCNET III single axis motion controller for Q Series Automation Platform S
QD75MH2 SSCNET III dual axis motion controller for Q Series Automation Platform S
QD75MH4 SSCNET III 4 axis motion controller for Q Series Automation Platform S
GX-CONFIG-QP-C1 Programming software for QD75M and QD75MH motion modules (optional) S
MR-HDP01 Optional manual pulse generator S
Cables and Accessories
A6CON1 Spare I/O connector, solder type S
A6CON2 Spare I/O connector, crimp type S
A6CON3 Spare I/O connector, IDC type S
A6CON4 Spare I/O connector, low profile type -
QD75MCBL-2M I/O cable - pigtail (order 2 for QD75M4 or QD75MH4) 2M S
MR-J3BUS015M SSCNET III (plastic) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 0.15M S
MR-J3BUS1M SSCNET III (plastic) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 1M S
MR-J3BUS3M SSCNET III (plastic) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 3M S
MR-J3BUS5M-A SSCNET III (plastic) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 5M S
MR-J3BUS30M-B SSCNET III (glass) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 30M S
MR-J3BUS40M-B SSCNET III (glass) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 40M -
MR-J3BUS50M-B SSCNET III (glass) cable (QD75MH to MR-J3-BS) and (MR-J3-BS to MR-J3-BS) 50M -
Manuals
IB(NA)66900 GX-CONFIG-QP-C1 Software Operating Manual MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300117 QD75MH User Manual (details) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300099 QD75MH User Manual (hardware) MEAU.com
QD75MH Positioning Modules for QH Series Automation Platform
MR-J3-B Safety
SSCNET III Cable
USB Cable
RS-232C Cable
Servo Motor
Manual Pulse
Generator
Machine System Inputs (Switches)
CPU QD75MH
QD75MH4
AX1
AX2
AX3
AX4
RUN
ERR AX4
AX3
AX2
AX1
QD75MH4
Software
218
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Notes:
2. Using the Pre-reading start function, the virtual start time can be shortened.
3. When Speed control 10 x multiplier setting for degree axis function is valid, this will be the setting range 0.01 to 20000000.00 (degree/min).
4. _ _ = Cable length. (015: 0.15m (0.49ft.), 03: 0.3m (0.98ft.), 05: 0.5m (1.64ft.), 1: 1m (3.28ft.), 3: 3m (9.84ft.), 5: 5m (16.40ft.), 10: 10m (32.80ft.), 20: 20m (65.62ft.), 30: 30m (98.43ft.),
40: 40m (131.23ft.), 50: 50m (164.04ft.) )
Model Number QD75MH1 QD75MH2 QD75MH4
No. of Control Axes 1 Axis 2 Axis 4 Axis
Interpolation Function None
2 axis linear interpolation
2 axis circular interpolation
2, 3, or 4 axis linear interpolation
2 axis circular interpolation
Control System
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (both linear and arc can be set), speed control, speed position switching control,
position-speed switching control
Positioning Data 600 data (positioning data Nos. 1 to 600)/axis (Can be set with peripheral device or PLC program.)
Positioning
Positioning System
PTP control: Incremental system/absolute system; Speed-position switching control: Incremental system/absolute system (*1);
Position-speed switching control: Incremental system; Path control: Incremental system/absolute system
In Absolute System
-214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m) -21474.83648 to 21474.83647
(inch)0 to 359.99999 (degree) -2147483648 to 2147483647 (PLS)
In incremental System
-214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (m) -21474.83648 to 21474.83647
(inch)-21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (degree) -2147483648 to 2147483647 (PLS)
In Speed-Position Switching
Control (INC mode) / Position-
Speed Switching Control
0 to 214748364.7 (m) 0 to 21474.83647 (inch)
0 to 21474.83647 (degree) 0 to 2147483647 (PLS)
In Speed-Position Switching
Control (ABS Mode) (*1)
Positioning Range
0 to 359.99999 (degree)
Speed Command 0.01 to 20000000.00 (mm/min) 0.001 to 2000000.000 (inch/min) 0.001 to 2000000.000 (degree/min) (*3) 1 to 50000000 (PLS/s)
Acceleration/ Deceleration
Process
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
Acceleration/ Deceleration Time 1 to 8388608 (ms): Four patterns can be set for each of acceleration time and deceleration time
Starting Time (ms) (*2)
1 axis linear control: 3.5
Factors in starting time extension. The
following times will be added to the starting
time in the described conditions:
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration is
selected: 0.5
Other axis is in operation: 1.5
During continuous positioning control: 0.2
During continuous path control: 1.0
1 axis speed control: 3.5
2 axis linear interpolation control (Composite speed): 4.0
2 axis linear interpolation control (Reference axis speed): 4.0
2 axis circular interpolation control: 4.0
3 axis linear interpolation control (Composite speed): 4.0
3 axis linear interpolation control (Reference axis speed): 4.0
4 axis linear interpolation control: 4.0
0.3 mm (when A6CON1 and A6CON4 are used), AWG#24 to 28 (when A6CON2 is used), AWG#28 (twisted)/AWG#30 (single wire)
(when A6CON3 is used)
Applicable Connector for External Device A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON3, A6CON4 (sold separately)
SSCNET III Cable
MR-J3BUS_ _M (*4)
Connection between QD75MH and MR-J3-_ _B Safety.
Connection between MR-J3-_ _B Safety and MR-J3-_ _B Safety.
Standard code for inside panel.
0.15m (0.49ft.), 0.3m (0.98ft.), 0.5m (1.64ft.), 1m (3.28ft.), 3m (9.84ft.)
MR-J3BUS_ _M-A (*4)
Connection between QD75MH and MR-J3-B Safety.
Standard code for outside panel.
5m(16.40ft.), 10m (32.81ft.), 20m (65.62ft.)
MR-J3BUS_ _M-B (*4)
Connection between QD75MH and MR-J3-_ _B Safety.
Long distance cable.
30m (98.43ft.), 40m (131.23ft.), 50m (164.04ft.)
SSCNET III Cable Overall Length (m) 50 50 50
Internal Current Consumption (5VDC) QD75MH1 : 0.60A QD75MH2 : 0.60A QD75MH4 : 0.60A
No. of Occupied I/O Points (Points) 32 (I/O assignment: 32 points for intelligent function module)
QD75MH Performance Specications
Note:
1. The pin arrangement of the axis 3 (AX3)/axis 4 (AX4) of QD75MH_ _ and QD75M_ _ is the same.
QD75MH Input/Output (X/Y) Comparisons
Input (X)
Name QD75MH
(QD75) READY X00
Axis 1 Start Complete X10
Axis 1 BUSY X0C
Axis 2 BUSY X0D
Axis 3 BUSY X0E
Axis 4 BUSY X0F
Axis 1 Positioning Complete X14
Axis 1 Error Detection X08
Axis 2 Error Detection X09
Axis 3 Error Detection X0A
Axis 4 Error Detection X0B
Axis 1 M Code ON X04
Synchronization Flag X01
Use Prohibited X02, X03, X18 to X1F
Output (Y)
Name QD75MH
Axis 1 Positioning Start Y10
Axis 1 STOP Y04
Axis 2 STOP Y05
Axis 3 STOP Y06
Axis 4 STOP Y07
All Axis Servo ON Y01
Axis 1 Forward Run JOG Start Y08
Axis 1 Reverse Run JOG Start Y09
Axis 2 Forward Run JOG Start Y0A
Axis 2 Reverse Run JOG Start Y0B
Axis 3 Forward Run JOG Start Y0C
Axis 3 Reverse Run JOG Start Y0D
Axis 4 Forward Run JOG Start Y0E
Axis 4 Reverse Run JOG Start Y0F
PLC READY Y00
Axis 1 Execution Prohibition Flag Y14
Use Prohibited Y02, Y03, Y18 to Y1F
QD75MH4
AX1
AX2
AX3
AX4
RUN
ERR AX4
AX3
AX2
AX1
QD75MH4
Pin Layout
Axis 2 (AX2) Axis 1 (AX1)
Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
Front view of
the module
1B20 PULSER B- 1A20 PULSER B+
1B19 PULSER A- 1A19 PULSER A+
1B18 No connect 1A18 No connect
1B15 5V 1A15 5V
1B14 SG 1A14 SG
1B8 EMI.COM 1A8 EMI
1B7 COM 1A7 COM
1B6 COM 1A6 COM
1B5 CHG 1A5 CHG
1B4 STOP 1A4 STOP
1B3 DOG 1A3 DOG
1B2 RLS 1A2 RLS
1B1 FLS 1A1 FLS
220
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
The LD77MH and QD77MS simple motion modules offer the flexibility to include or add motion to the L series PLC. A variety of controls
including positioning control, speed control, torque control, cam control and synchronous control can be achieved with simple parameter
settings and a sequence program. The LD77MH and QD77MS modules are capable of 2 axes and 16 axes of control and add the functionality
and convenience of using the MR-J3-B Safety amplifiers with Mitsubishis 50Mbps high-speed optical communication Servo System Control
Network (SSCNETIII).
LD77MH Parts List
LD77MH and QD77MS Simple Motion Modules
MR-J3-B Safety MR-J3-B Safety MR-J3W-B
SSCNET III Cable
USB Cable
RS-232C Cable
Cable
Manual Pulse
Generator
LD77MH / QD77MS
P
U
L
S
E
R
CN1
LD77MH4
RUN
ERR.
AX
1
2
3
4
Software
Model Number Description Stocked Items
LD77MH4 4 Axis Motion Controller for L Series PLC S
LD77MH16 16 Axis Motion Controller for L Series PLC S
GX-WORKS2-C1 PLC and Motion Programming Software S
MR-CONFIGURATOR2 Communication Software for MR-J3-B Safety Amplifiers S
MR-HDP01 Optional Manual Pulse Generator S
Cables and Accessories
MR-ECN1 External I/O Signal Connector. S
LD77DOCBL-2M Differential Output Type Cable for External I/O - 2 Meter S
LD77DOCBL-20M Differential Output Type Cable for External I/O - 20 Meter -
LD77DOCBL-30M Differential Output Type Cable for External I/O - 30 Meter -
LD77OCCBL-2M Voltage Output/Open Collector Cable for External I/O - 2 Meter S
MR-J3BUS015M 0.15 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS03M 0.3 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS05M 0.5 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable fromLD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS1M 1 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS3M 3 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS5M-A 5 meter SSCNET III (plastic) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS30M-B 30 meter SSCNET III (glass) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier S
MR-J3BUS40M-B 40 meter SSCNET III (glass) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier -
MR-J3BUS50M-B 50 meter SSCNET III (glass) cable from LD77MH to MR-J3-B Safety Amplifier -
MR-TBNATBL05M 0.5M cable used to make a connection to the LD77MH4 and LD77MH16 -
MR-TBNATBL1M 1M cable used to make a connection to the LD77MH4 and LD77MH16 -
MR-TB26A Junction terminal block S
Manuals
IB(NA)0300172 LD77MH Simple Motion Module Users Manual MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300163 MR Configurator2 (SW1DNC-MRC2-E) Installation Guide MEAU.com
Model Number LD77MH4 LD77MH16
Stocked Status S S
Number of Control Axes 4 16
Operation Cycle (ms) 0.88 0.88/1.77
Control System
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (both linear and arc can be set), speed control, speed-position switching
control, position-speed switching control, Speed-torque control
Positioning Data 600 data/axis. (Can be set with GX Works2 or sequence program.)
Positioning System
PTP control: Incremental system/absolute system
Speed-position switching control: Incremental system/absolute system (*1)
Position-speed switching control: Incremental system
Path control: Incremental system/absolute system
Applicable Connector for External Input Signal LD77MHIOCON
SSCNET III Cable
MR-J3BUS_M [m (ft)] (*2)
LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_B MR-J3(W)-_B; Standard cord for inside panel; 0.15 (0.49), 0.3 (0.98), 0.5
(1.64), 1 (3.28), 3 (9.84)
MR-J3BUS_M-A [m (ft)] (*2)
LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_ MR-J3(W)-_B; Standard cable for outside panel; 5 (16.40), 10 (32.81), 20
(65.62)
MR-J3BUS_M-B [m (ft)] (*2,*3) LD77MH MR-J3(W)-_B/MR-J3(W)-_B MR-J3(W)-_B; Long distance cable; 30 (98.43 ), 40 (131.23), 50 (164.04)
Number of Occupied I/O Points) 32 (I/O assignment: Intelligent function module 32 points)
Number of Applicable Modules Up to 5 modules
Outline Dimensions W x H x D mm (in) 45.0 x 90.0 x 95.0 (1.77 x 3.54 x 3.74)
Weight (kg) 0.22
External Command Signal - Switching Signal DI signal (External start or speed-position switching can be selected by parameter.)
LD77MH Performance Specications
Notes:
2. _ = Cable length: (015: 0.15m (0.49ft.), 03: 0.3m (0.98ft.), 05: 0.5m (1.64ft.), 1: 1m (3.28ft.), 3: 3m (9.84ft.), 5: 5m (16.40ft.), 10: 10m (32.81ft.), 20: 20m (65.62ft.), 30: 30m (98.43ft.), 40: 40m (131.23ft.), 50:
50m (164.04ft.) )
3. For the cable of less than 30(m)(98.43(ft.)), contact your nearest Mitsubishi sales representative.
222
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Notes:
1. Input type from manual pulse generator/incremental synchronous encoder is switched in Pr.89 Manual pulse generator/
Incremental synchronous encoder input type selection. (Only the value specified against the axis 1 is valid.)
0: Differential-output type (Default value)
1: Voltage-output/open-collector type
2. Set the signal input form in Pr.24 Manual pulse generator/Incremental synchronous encoder input selection.
3. Voltage-output/open-collector type - Connect the A-phase/PLS signal to HA, and the B-phase/SIGN signal to HB.
4. Differential-output type - Connect the A-phase/PLS signal to HAH, and the A-phase/PLS inverse signal to HAL. Connect the
B-phase/SIGN signal to HBH, and the B-phase/SIGN inverse signal to HBL.
5. Do not connect to any of the terminal is explained as No connect.
6. Set the external command signal (DI) in Pr.95 External command signal selection at LD77MH16 use.
7. COM is the common terminal of DI1, DI2, DI3 and DI4.
Pin Layout Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
14
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
Front view of
the module
13
1 5V 14 5V
2 SG 15 SG
3 HA (*1, *2, *3) 16 HB (*1, *2, *3)
4 HAH (*1, *2, *4) 17 HBH (*1, *2, *4)
5 HAL (*1, *2, *4) 18 HBL (*1, *2, *4)
6
No connect (*5)
19
No connect (*5)
7 20
8 21
9 22
10 EMI 23 EMI, COM
11 DI1(*6) 24 DI2(*6)
12 DI3 (*6) 25 DI4 (*6)
13 COM (*7) 26 COM (*7)
LD77MH_ Input/Output (X/Y) Comparisons
Signal Direction: LD77MH4 - PLC CPU Signal Direction: PLC CPU - LD77MH4
Device No. Signal Name Device No. Signal Name
X0 LD77 READY Y0 PLC READY
X1 Synchronization flag Y1 All Axis Servo ON
X2
Use prohibited
Y2
Use prohibited
X3 Y3
X4 Axis 1
M code ON
Y4 Axis 1
Axis stop
X5 Axis 2 Y5 Axis 2
X6 Axis 3 Y6 Axis 3
X7 Axis 4 Y7 Axis 4
X8 Axis 1
Error
detection
Y8
Axis 1
Forward run
JOG start
X9 Axis 2 Y9
Reverse run
JOG start
XA Axis 3 YA
Axis 2
Forward run
JOG start
XB Axis 4 YB
Reverse run
JOG start
XC Axis 1
BUSY
YC
Axis 3
Forward run
JOG start
XD Axis 2 YD
Reverse run
JOG start
XE Axis 3 YE
Axis 4
Forward run
JOG start
XF Axis 4 YF
Reverse run
JOG start
X10 Axis 1
Start
complete
Y10 Axis 1
Positioning
start
X11 Axis 2 Y11 Axis 2
X14 Axis 1
Positioning
complete
Y14 Axis 1
Execution
prohibition
flag
X18
Use prohibited
Y18
Use prohibited
X19 Y19
X1A Y1A
X1B Y1B
X1C Y1C
X1D Y1D
X1E Y1E
X1F Y1F
Signal Direction: LD77MH16 - PLC CPU Signal Direction: PLC CPU - LD77MH16
Device No. Signal Name Device No. Signal Name
X0 LD77 READY Y0 PLC READY
X2
Use prohibited
Y2
Use prohibited
X3 Y3
X4 Y4
X5 Y5
X6 Y6
X7 Y7
X8 Y8
X9 Y9
XA YA
XB YB
XC YC
XD YD
XE YE
XF YF
X10 Axis 1
Busy
Y10 Axis 1
Positioning
start
X1A Axis 11 Y1A Axis 11
X1B Axis 12 Y1B Axis 12
X1C Axis 13 Y1C Axis 13
X1D Axis 14 Y1D Axis 14
X1E Axis 15 Y1E Axis 15
X1F Axis 16 Y1F Axis 16
P
U
L
S
E
R
CN1
LD77MH4
RUN
ERR.
AX
1
2
3
4
Simple Motion Module QD77MS Parts List
QD77MS16 Up to 16 axes control S
MR-HDP01
Manual pulse generator, Pulse resolution: 25PLS/rev(100PLS/rev after magnification by 4). Permitted speed: 200r/min
(Normal rotation)
S
GX Works2 SW1DNC-GXW2-E, Sequence program creation, QD77MS setting S
MR Configurator2 SW1DNC-MRC2-E, Servo amplifier MR-J4 series setting and adjustment S
Cables and Accessories (*1)
MR-J3BUS_M SSCNET III cable, Standard cord for inside panel (_ = available lengths in meters: 0.15, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3) S
MR-J3BUS_M-A SSCNET III cable, Standard cord for outside panel (_ = available lengths in meters: 5, 10, 20) S
MR-J3BUS_M-B (*2) SSCNET III cable, long distance cable (_ = available lengths in meters: 30, 40, 50) S
Manuals
IB(NA)-0300174-B(1202)MEE QD77MS/LD77MH Simple Motion Module Users Manual (synchronous control) MEAU.com
IB-(NA)-0300185-A(1202)MEE Melsec-Q QD77MS Simple Motion Module Users Manual (positioning control) MEAU.com
Notes:
1. Please contact your nearest Mitsubishi sales representative for the cable of 100m.
2. _=Cable length (015: 0.15m (0.49ft.), 03: 0.3m (0.98ft.), 05: 0.5m (1.64ft.), 1: 1m (3.28ft.), 3: 3m (9.84ft.), 5: 5m (16.40ft.), 10: 10m (32.81ft.), 20: 20m (65.62ft.), 30: 30m (98.43ft.), 40: 40m (131.23ft.),
50: 50m (164.04ft.))
QD77MS Input/Output (X/Y) Comparisons
Signal Direction: QD77MS2 -
PLC CPU
Signal Direction: PLC CPU -
QD77MS2
Device
No.
Signal Name
Device
No.
Signal Name
X0 QD77 READY Y0 PLC READY
X2
Use prohibited
Y2
Use prohibited
X3 Y3
X4 Axis 1
M code ON
Y4 Axis 1
Axis stop
X5 Axis 2 Y5 Axis 2
X6
Use prohibited
Y6
Use prohibited
X7 Y7
X8 Axis 1
Error
detection
Y8
Axis 1
Forward run
JOG start
X9 Axis 2 Y9
Reverse run
JOG start
XA
Use prohibited
YA
Axis 2
Forward run
JOG start
XB YB
Reverse run
JOG start
XC Axis 1
BUSY
YC
Use prohibited
XD Axis 2 YD
XE
Use prohibited
YE
XF YF
X10 Axis 1
Start
complete
Y10 Axis 1
Positioning
start
X12
Use prohibited
Y12
Use prohibited
X13 Y13
X14 Axis 1
Positioning
complete
Y14 Axis 1 Execution
prohibition
flag
X16
Use prohibited
Y16
Use prohibited
X17 Y17
X18 Y18
X19 Y19
X1A Y1A
X1B Y1B
X1C Y1C
X1D Y1D
X1E Y1E
X1F Y1F
Signal Direction:
QD77MS4 - PLC CPU
Signal Direction:
PLC CPU - QD77MS4
Device
No.
Signal Name
Device
No.
Signal Name
X2
Use prohibited
Y2
Use prohibited
X3 Y3
X4 Axis 1
M code ON
Y4 Axis 1
Axis Stop
X5 Axis 2 Y5 Axis 2
X6 Axis 3 Y6 Axis 3
X7 Axis 4 Y7 Axis 4
X8 Axis 1
Error
Detection
Y8
Axis 1
Forward run
JOG start
X9 Axis 2 Y9
Reverse run
JOG start
XA Axis 3 YA
Axis 2
Forward run
JOG start
XB Axis 4 YB
Reverse run
JOG start
XC Axis 1
Busy
YC
Axis 3
Forward run
JOG start
XD Axis 2 YD
Reverse run
JOG start
XE Axis 3 YE
Axis 4
Forward run
JOG start
XF Axis 4 YF
Reverse run
JOG start
X10 Axis 1
Start
Complete
Y10 Axis 1
Positioning
start
X14 Axis 1
Positioning
complete
Y14 Axis 1
Execution
Prohibition
Flag
X18
Use prohibited
Y18
Use prohibited
X19 Y19
X1A Y1A
X1B Y1B
X1C Y1C
X1D Y1D
X1E Y1E
X1F Y1F
Signal Direction:
QD77MS16 - PLC CPU
Signal Direction:
PLC CPU - QD77MS16
Device
No.
Signal Name
Device
No.
Signal Name
X1
Synchronization
flag
Y1 All Axis Servo ON
X2
Use prohibited
Y2
Use prohibited
X3 Y3
X4 Y4
X5 Y5
X6 Y6
X7 Y7
X8 Y8
X9 Y9
XA YA
XB YB
XC YC
XD YD
XE YE
XF YF
X10 Axis 1
Busy
Y10 Axis 1
Positioning
Start
X1A Axis 11 Y1A Axis 11
X1B Axis 12 Y1B Axis 12
X1C Axis 13 Y1C Axis 13
X1D Axis 14 Y1D Axis 14
X1E Axis 15 Y1E Axis 15
X1F Axis 16 Y1F Axis 16
224
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Model Number QD77MS16 QD77MS4 QD77MS2 (*3)
Stocked Item S S S
Number of Control Axes 16 axes 4 axes 2 axes
Operation Cycle 0.88 ms / 1.77 ms (*1) 0.88 ms 0.88 ms
Interpolation Function Linear interpolation (Up to 4 axes), Circular interpolation (2 axes)
Control System
PTP (Point To Point) control, Path control (both linear and arc can be set), Speed control, Torque control, Speed-position switching
control, Position-speed switching control
Acceleration/Deceleration Process Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
Compensation Function Backlash compensation, Electronic gear, Near pass function
Synchronous Control External encoder, Cam, Phase Compensation, Cam auto-generation function
Positioning Data 600 data (positioning data No. 1 to 600)/axis (Can be set with MELSOFT GX Works2 or PLC program)
OPR Control
Machine OPR Control Near-point dog method, Count method 1, Count method 2, Data set method, Scale origin signal detection method
Fast OPR Control Provided
Sub Functions OPR retry, OP shift
Positioning
Linear Control
1-axis linear control, 2-axis linear interpolation control, 3-axis linear interpolation control, 4-axis linear interpolation control (*4)
(Composite speed, Reference axis speed)
Fixed-Feed Control 1-axis fixed-feed control, 2-axis fixed-feed control, 3-axis fixed-feed control, 4-axis fixed-feed control
2-Axis Circular Interpolation
Control
Sub point designation, center point designation
Speed Control 1-axis speed control, 2-axis speed control, 3-axis speed control, 4-axis speed control
Speed-Position Switching
Control
INC mode, ABS mode
Position-Speed Switching
Control
INC mode
Current Value Changing Changing to a new current value using the positioning data, changing to a new current value using the start No.
NOP Instruction Provided
JUMP Instruction Unconditional JUMP, Conditional JUMP
LOOP, LEND Provided
High-Level Positioning Control Block start, Condition start, Wait start, Simultaneous start, Repeated start
Manual
Control
JOG Operation Provided
Inching Operation Provided
Operation
Possible to connect 1 module (Incremental) Unit magnification (1 to 10000 times)
Expansion
Control
Speed-Torque Control Speed control without positioning loops, Torque control without positioning loops, Tightening and Press-fit control
Absolute Position System Made compatible by setting battery to servo amplifier
Synchronous Encoder Interface Up to 4 channel (internal interface, servo amplifier, via the PLC CPU interface)
Internal Interface 1 channel (Incremental)
Functions
That Limit
Control
Speed Limit Function Speed limit value, JOG speed limit value
Torque Limit Function Torque limit value_same setting, torque limit value_individual setting
Forced Stop Function Valid/Invalid setting
Software Stroke Limit
Function
Movable range check with current feed value, movable range check with machine feed value
Hardware Stroke Limit
Function
Provided
Functions
That Change
Control
Details
Speed Change Function Provided
Override Function Provided
Acceleration/Deceleration
Time Change Function
Provided
Torque Change Function Provided
Target Position Change
Function
Target position address and target position speed are changeable
Other
Functions
M Code Output Function Provided
Step Function Deceleration unit step, Data No. unit step
Skip Function Via sequence CPU, Via external command signal
Teaching function Provided
Mark Detection Function Continuous Detection mode, Specified Number of Detections mode, Ring Buffer mode
Mark Detection Signal 4 points 2 points
Mark Detection Setting 16 4
Optional Data Monitor Function 4 points/axis
Amplifier-less Operation Function Provided
Digital Oscilloscope Function (*2)
Bit data:16 channels,
Word data: 16 channels
Bit data: 8 channels, Word data: 4 channels
Number of Occupied I/O Points 32 (I/O assignment: Intelligent function module 32 points)
Weight (kg) 0.16 0.15
Simple Motion Module QD77MS Performance Specications
Notes:
1. Default value is 1.77 ms. If necessary, check the operation time and change to 0.88 ms.
2. 8CH word data and 8CH bit data can be displayed in real time.
3. The maximum number of control axes for QD77MS2 is two axes. Use QD77MS4 or QD77MS16 to control three or more axes.
4. 4-axis linear interpolation control is effective only for the reference axis speed.
The MR-MQ100 was designed to be the performance leader for single axis and 1.5 axis control. Combined with the speed and accuracy of the
SSCNETIII fiber optic communication network as well as the power of the MR-J3-B Safety series servo amplifiers, machines can now perform
at higher production levels where applications involving rotary cut, flying saw, labeling operation and other high speed applications are
required. Intuitive software makes implementation of encoder following, CAM profiles, registration mark synchronization and even servo axis
tuning very easy and quick.
MR-MQ100 Single Axis Motion Controller
MR-MQ100
Hub
PC
24VDC Input
External I/O
GOT
GOT
Software
A
B
B
B
B
C
C
D
24VDC
+
P
E
R
IP
H
E
R
A
L
I/F
RESET STOP RUN
POWER
EXT.IO
CN1
PULL
MITSUBISHI MR-MQ100
MR-J3B
Safety MR-J3-D01
GT16
GT15
GT12
GT16
GT15
GT12
GT11
GT10
Manual
Pulse
Generator
Servo motor
Servo
Armature
Cable
Servo Feed
Back Cable
A. MR-MQ100 Motion Controller ....................................................................................................226
B. Peripheral Equipment .................................................................................................................226
C. Cables and Connectors ................................................................................................................227
D. Software ......................................................................................................................................227
226
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Single Axis Motion Controller (OS included)
24VDC
+
PER
IPH
ER
A
L I/F
RESET STOP RUN
POWER
EXT.IO
CN1
PULL
MITSUBISHI MR-MQ100
Model Number MR-MQ100
Stocked Item S
Power Supply 24VDC 10% (Required Current Capacity 400mA)
Digital Inputs* 20 Inputs (AI = 2, AO = 2)
Digital Outputs* 18
Synchronous
Encoder
Signal Type A/B Phase Pulse Train Input
Voltage-Output / Open
Collector Type (5VDC)
Up to 800kpps (After magnification by 4), up to 10m
Differential-Output Type Up to 4Mpps (after magnification by 4), up to 30m
Peripheral Interface 100 Mpbs/10Mpbs Ethernet (for programming and additional operation)
Number of Control Axes 1 axis
Operation Cycle 0.44ms
Servo Amplifier MR-J3B Safety Servo Amplifier
Programming Language Motion SFC, dedicated instruction, mechanical support language (SV22)
Memory Backup Q6BAT
CAM
Functions
Number of CAMs Up to 256 CAM profiles may be stored internally
Resolution Per Cycle 256, 512, 1024, 2048
Stroke Resolution 32767
Control Mode Two-way CAM, fed CAM
Weight kg (lb) 0.7 (1.54)
Note: If using an external power supply, it needs to be 5VDC.
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
06
0
7
0
8
0
9
0
5 0
+
+
3.6 (0.14)
Packing t = 2.0
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
27.0
(1.06)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
0
.
5
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
1
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
7
0

(
2
.
7
6
)
N
P
+
+ +
+ + +
7.6
(0.3)
3 6
8.89
(0.35)
3 t(410)
P72 iac
+5 t
120
+
+ +
+
34.8 (0 t 19)
iac
72 (2.83)0.2
6
2
(2
.4
4
)
2 0
nit (inc)
0.5
Stocked Item S
Pulse Resolution Method
25 PLS/rev (100 PLS/rev at magnification of 4)
Permitted Axis Load Radial load : Max. 19.6N; Thrust load : Max. 9.8N
Pulse Signal Status 2 signals: A phase, B phase, 90 phase difference
Notes:
1. 0.8A is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use.
2. A 24VDC power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-D01. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the
points of the input/output signals to be used.
3. P15R can be used as a power supply for TLA and VC. N12R can be used as a power supply for VC. Note that the power voltage varies between -12V to -15V.
Model Number MR-J3-D01
Stocked Item S
Power Supply For Interface 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.8A (*1, *2))
Digital Input 30 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible
Digital Output 16 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible
Analog Input 2ch, 0 to 10VDC (input impedance: 10 to 12k)
Analog Output 2ch, 0 to 12VDC
Power Supply for Analog Input Signal
P15R: DC+15V, permissible current: 30mA
N12R: DC12V, permissible current: 30mA (*3)
Structure Natural-cooling open (IP00)
Environment
Ambient Temperature 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non-freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non-freezing)
Ambient Humidity 90% RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90% RH maximum (non-condensing)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Elevation 1000m or less above sea level
Vibration 5.9m/s
or less at 10 to 55Hz (direction of X, Y and Z axes)

Weight g (lbs) 140 (0.31)
MR-J3-D01 Specifications (When used with MR-MQ100 Motion Module)
C
N
1
0
C
N
3
0
C
N
2
0
*When combined with MR-J3-DO1 card.
A. MR-MQ100 Motion Controller
B. Peripheral Equipment
Cables and Connectors for MR-MQ100
MR-J3BUS015M SSCNET III cable, 0.15M S
MR-J3BUS1M SSCNET III cable, 1M S
MR-J3BUS3M SSCNET III cable, 3M S
MR-J3BUS5M-A SSCNET III cable, 5M S
MR-J3BUS30M-B SSCNET III cable, 30M S
MR-J3BUS40M-B SSCNET III cable, 40M -
MR-J3BUS50M-B SSCNET III cable, 50M -
MR-MQEXT422CBL-3M Cable for EXT I/O - RS-422 connector on MR-MQ100, 3M S
MR-MQPWRCBL-3M Cable for 24VDC power to MR-MQ100, 3M S
Q170MIOCON 50 pin solder connector for the EXT I/O connector Included with MR-MQ100 Module
Q170MPWCON 24VDC connector and pins for the power input Included with MR-MQ100 Module
Q170MPWCBL2M-E Cable for 24VDC power with EMI terminal jumper S
MR-J3D01MQ20-3M 20 Pin Pigtail Cable for MR-MQ100/MR-J3-D01 Only - 3M S
MR-J3D01MQ50-3M 50 Pin Pigtail Cable for MR-MQ100/MR-J3-D01 Only - 3M S
Manual for MR-MQ100
IB(NA)0300150 MR-MQ100 Users Manual (Details) MEAU.com
MR-Configurator (MRZJW3-SETUP221E)
This software makes it easy to perform setup, tuning, monitor display, diagnostics, reading and writing of parameters, and test
operations with a personal computer. User-satisfying functions that enable the balance with the machine system, optimum control
and short start up time are available.
1. This software can set up and tune your servo system easily with a personal computer.
2. Multiple monitor functions: Graphic display functions are provided to display the servo motor status with the input signal triggers,
such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed.
3. Test operations with a personal computer: Test operation of the servo motors can be performed with a personal computer using
multiple test mode menus.
4. Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced functions.
Note: MR-Configurator CD Version 7.00A and higher or MRZJW3-SETUP221E Version C1 and higher
must be used with MR-J3-B series amplifiers when using MR-MQ100 motion controller.
Description Model Number Stocked Item
Windows Communication Software MR-CONFIGURATOR S
Communication Cable MR-J3USBCBL3M S
MT-Developer2-MQ Software (SW1DNC-MTW2MQ-E)
MT-DEV2-MQ-C1 Software for MR-MQ100 Only (1 User License) S
MT-DEV2-MQ-C5 Software for MR-MQ100 Only (5 User License) -
HMIs Available to Connect to the MR-MQ100
Note:
1. For more information on HMIs please refer to page Human Machine Interface section in this catalog.
Note:
1. For more information on Servo Systems please refer to the Servomotors and Amplifiers section in this catalog.
Model Description Stocked Item
GT16 Series Advanced Models (Machine, Factory, Enterprise Level) (*1)
GT15 Series Full-Spec Models (Machine, Factory, Enterprise Level) (*1)
GT12 Series Standard Models (Machine, Factory Level) (*1)
GT11 Series Standard Models (Machine Level) (*1)
GT10 Series Compact Models (Machine Level) (*1)
Servo Amplifiers Available to Connect to the MR-MQ100
MR-J3-B Safety Series Advanced SSCNETIII optical communication interface (*1)
MR-J3-B-RJ004 Series Linear Servo using SSCNETIII optical communication interface (*1)
Replacement Batteries for MR-MQ100
Q6BAT Battery, replacement for memory back-up S
Q7BAT Battery, high capacity replacement for memory back-up S
D. Software
C. Cables and Connectors
228
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
Q170MCPU Stand-Alone Motion Controller
The new Q170MCPU stand-alone motion controller offers high-performance control of positioning, speed, synchronous phase and torque,
and offers on-the-y mode switching and registration through electronic cam and gearing. This motion controller delivers a compact design,
side-by-side mounting with MR-J3B Safety servo drives (50W~55KW) for reduced panel space requirements, and the ability to operate
rotary and linear motors and fully closed loop systems. Quick release connectors reduce wiring and setup time and the ampliers are plug-
and-play. All operating parameters are instantly downloaded at power up, and servo axis tuning and in-plant replacement of servo drives are
quick and easy.
USB
POWER
STOP RESET RUN
P
E
R
IP
H
E
R
A
L
I/F
CN1
OUT
FRONT
C
A
R
D
RS-232
EMI
EJECT
MITSUBISHI Q170MCPU
MODE
RUN
ERR.
USER
BAT.
BOOT
PULL
Q170MCPU
24VDC
Input
MR-J3B
Safety
MR-J3B
Safety
MR-J3B
Safety
A
B
C
GOT or PC
D
E
C
E
E
E
F
Software
E
Note: Q170MCPU includes Q6BAT
battery, Q170DBATC battery holder,
Q170DEMICON emergency connector,
Q170MPWCON 24VDC connector,
and Q170MIOCON Ext. I/O connector
EXT.IO
24VDC
+
Q172DLX Q172DLX Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
A. Q170MCPU Motion Controller ....................................................................................................229
B. Manual Pulse Generator 25ppr (optional) ..................................................................................229
C. Peripheral Equipment .................................................................................................................230
D. Extension Base Unit and Modules ..............................................................................................230
E. Miscellaneous Parts, Cables and Connectors .............................................................................230
F. Software ......................................................................................................................................232
A. Q170MCPU Motion Controller
USB
POWER
STOP RESET RUN
PERIPHERAL I/F
CN1
OUT
FRONT
CARD
RS-232
EMI
EJECT
MITSUBISHI Q170MCPU
MODE
RUN
ERR.
USER
BAT.
BOOT PULL
EXT.IO
24VDC
+
Item Q170MCPU Q170MCPU-S1
Stocked Item S -
Number of Control Axes Up to 16 axes
Operation Cycle
(Default)
SV13 0.44ms / 1 to 6 axes 0.88ms / 7 to 16 axes
SV22 0.44ms / 1 to 4 axes 0.88ms / 5 to 12 axes 1.77ms / 13 to 16 axes
Control Modes
PTP (Point to Point) control, Speed control, Speed-position control (External input signal (DOG) of servo
amplier usable), Fixed-pitch feed, Constant speed control, Position follow-up control, Speed control with xed
position stop, Speed switching control, High-speed oscillation control, Synchronous control (SV22)
Acceleration/ Deceleration Control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
PLC Program Capacity 20k steps 30k steps
Number of Positioning Points 3200 points (Positioning data can be designated indirectly)
Peripheral I/F USB/RS-232 (PLC CPU area), PERIPHERAL I/F (Motion CPU area)
Proximity dog type (2 types), Count type (3 types, External input signal (DOG) of servo amplier usable),
Data set type (2 types), Dog cradle type, Stopper type (2 types), Limit switch combined type Home position
return re-try function provided, home position shift function provided
Manual Pulse Generator Operation Function Possible to connect 3 modules
Synchronous Encoder Operation Function Possible to connect 8 modules (SV22 use, Incremental only)
M-Code Function M-code output function provided M-code completion wait function provided
Limit Switch Output Function Number of output points 32 points Watch data: Motion control data / Word device
ROM Operation Function Provided
External Input Signal Q172DLX, External input signal (FLS/RLS/DOG) of servo amplier
High-Speed Reading Function Provided (Via input module, Via tracking of Q173DPX)
Forced Stop Motion controller forced stop (EMI terminal, System setting), Forced stop terminal of servo amplier
Number of I/O Points 512 points 4096 points
Clock Function Provided
Security Function Provided
All Clear Function Provided
Remote Operation Remote RUN/STOP, Remote latch clear
Digital Oscillation Function Provided
Made compatible by setting battery to servo amplier.
Number of SSCNET Systems (*1) 1 system
Motion Related Interface Module Q172DLX : 2 module usable Q173DPX : 3 modules usable (*2)
Stand-Alone Motion Controller (Connectors included)
Note: If using an external power supply, it needs to be 5VDC.
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
0
5 0
+
+
3.6 (0.14)
Packing t = 2.0
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
27.0
(1.06)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
0
.
5
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
1
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
7
0

(
2
.
7
6
)
N
P
+
+ +
+ + +
7.6
(0.3)
3 6
8.89
(0.35)
3 t(410)
P72 iac
+5 t
120
+
+ +
+
34.8 (0 t 19)
iac
72 (2.83)0.2
6
2
(2
.4
4
)
2
0
nit (inc)
0.5
Notes:
1. The servo amplifiers for SSCNET cannot be used.
2. When using the incremental synchronous encoder (SV22 use), you can use above number of modules. When connecting the manual pulse generator, you can use only 1 module.
Stocked Item S
Pulse Resolution 25 PLS/rev (100 PLS/rev at magnification of 4)
Output Method
Permitted Axis Load Radial load: Max. 19.6N; Thrust load: Max. 9.8N
Pulse Signal Status 2 signals: A phase, B phase, 90 phase difference
B. Manual Pulse Generator 25ppr (optional)
230
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
HMIs Available to Connect to the Q170MCPU
GT16 Series All models that are available (*1)
Note:
1. For more information on HMIs please refer to the HMI section in this catalog.
Servo Ampliers Available to Connect to the Q170MCPU
MR-J3-B Safety Series Advanced SSCNETIII optical communication interface (*1)
MR-J3-B-RJ004 Series Linear Servo using SSCNETIII optical communication interface (*1)
Note:
1. For more information on Servo Systems please refer to the Servo section in this catalog.
Extension Base Units and the Modules that can be used with the Q170MCPU
Model Description Applicable Model Stocked Item
Q52B 2 slot extension base unit
Q170MCPU(-S1)
S
Q55B 5 slot extension base unit S
Q63B (*3) 3 slot extension base unit
Q170MCPU-S1
-
Q65B (*3) 5 slot extension base unit S
Q172DLX External signal interface module (*1)
Q170MCPU(-S1)
S
Q173DPX Manual pulse generator interface module (*1) S
Other PAC Modules I/O Modules, Analog Output Modules, etc. (*2) S
Notes:
1. For specifications on these modules refer to the QD Series Motion Controllers section in this catalog.
2. For specifications on these modules refer to the iQ Platform section in this catalog.
3. Requires separate power supply.
Miscellaneous Parts for the System
Q6BAT Replacement battery for memory data backup of SRAM built-in Motion CPU S
Q7BAT
Large capacity battery for memory data backup of SRAM built-in Motion
CPU (includes Q170MBAT-SET)
S
Q170DBATC Replacement battery holder for Q6BAT (Battery not included) S
Q170MBAT-SET Battery holder for the Q7BAT (Battery not included) -
MR-J3USBCBL3M USB cable from PC to Q170MCPU S
SC-Q RS-232 cable from PC to Q170MCPU S
GT01-C30R2-6P RS-232 cable from GOT to Q170MCPU S
Cables for Forced Stop Input Connector (EMI)
Q170DEMICON Connector for emergency stop input cable (provided with Q170MCPU) -
Q170DEMICBL05M 0.5M cable for EMI connector on CPU S
C. Peripheral Equipment
D. Extension Base Unit & Modules
E. Miscellaneous Parts, Cables and Connectors
Cables and Connectors Q170MCPU to MR-J3-B Safety Servos
MR-J3BUS015M SSCNET III Cable, 0.15M S
MR-J3BUS1M SSCNET III Cable, 1M S
MR-J3BUS3M SSCNET IIICable, 3M S
MR-J3BUS5M-A SSCNET III Cable, 5M S
MR-J3BUS30M-B SSCNET III Cable, 30M S
MR-J3BUS40M-B SSCNET III Cable, 40M -
MR-J3BUS50M-B SSCNET III Cable, 50M -
Cables for Q170MCPU to the Extension Base Unit
QC05B 0.45M extension cable S
QC30B 3M extension cable S
Cable and Connectors for the Special Function Modules
A6CON1 Q172DLX connector to use the servo external input signals. S
A6TBXY36 Q172DLX Terminal Block Conversion Module - Sink Type I/O (Standard type) S
A6TBXY54 Q172DLX Terminal Block Conversion Module - Sink Type I/O (2-wire type) -
A6TBXY70 Q172DLX Terminal Block Conversion Module - Sink Type I/O (3-wire type) -
AC05TB 0.5M cable from Q172DLX to A6TBXY _ terminal block conversion module S
I/O and Power Cables and Connectors for the Q170MCPU
MR-MQEXTCBL-3M Cable for EXT I/O connector on Q170MCPU, 3 M S
MR-MQPWRCBL-3M Cable for 24VDC power to Q170MCPU, 3 M S
Q170MPWCBL2M-E
24VDC power cable with 2 meter EMI terminal with crimp terminal R1.25-3.5. Cable for
disabling the emergency stop input on the front of the Q170MCPU by short-circuiting the
EMI terminal to the 24VDC power supply.
S
Q170MIOCON 50 pin solder connector for the EXT I/O connector (Provided with Q170MCPU) -
Q170MPWCON 24VDC connector and pins for the power input (Provided with Q170MCPU) -
Manuals
IB(NA)0300156 Q170MCPU Motion Controller Users Manual MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300134 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Motion Controller Programming Manual (Common) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300135 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Motion Controller (SV13/22) Programming Manual (Motion SFC) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300136 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Motion Controller (SV13/22) Programming Manual (Real Mode) MEAU.com
IB(NA)0300137 Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU Motion Controller (SV22) Programming Manual (Virtual Mode) MEAU.com
SH(NA)030084 MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplier Instruction Manual MEAU.com
SH(NA)030041 MR-J3 Servo Motor Instruction Manual MEAU.com
232
n

M
O
T
I
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
MR-Configurator (MRZJW3-SETUP221E)
This software makes it easy to perform setup, tuning, monitor display, diagnostics, reading and writing of
parameters, and test operations with a personal computer. User-friendly functions that enable the balance
with the machine system, optimum control and short start up time are available.
1. This software can set up and tune your servo system easily with a personal computer.
2. Multiple monitor functions: Graphic display functions are provided to display the servo motor status with
the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed.
3. Test operations with a personal computer: Test operation of the servo motors can be performed with a
personal computer using multiple test mode menus.
4. Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced functions.
Note: MR-Configurator CD Version 7.00A and
higher or MRZJW3-SETUP221E Version C1
and higher must be used with MR-J3-B series
amplifiers when using MR-MQ100 motion
controller.
MT-WORKS2 Software
Q Series Integrated Start-up Support Software Packages
Model Number Stocked Item Description Details
MT-WORKS2-C1 S
SW1DNC-MTW2-E (Integrated start-up
support software)
Conveyor assembly software; Automatic machinery software; Cam data creation
software; Digital oscilloscope software; Document print software; Help section
SW8DNC-SV13QG (SV13 Operating Software (OS))
SW8DNC-SV22QF (SV22 Operating Software (OS))
Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time; Installation manual included
Conveyor assembly use
Dedicated language
Automatic machinery use
Mechanical support language
Electronic component assembly,
Inserter, Feeder, Molder, Conveying
equipment, Paint applicator, Chip
mounting, Wafer slicer, Loader/Unloader,
Bonding machine, X-Y table
Linear interpolation (1 to 4 axes), Circular interpolation,
Constant-speed, Fixed-pitch feed, Speed control with
fixed position stop, Speed switching, Speed control,
Speed/position switching
Press feeder, Food processing, Food
packaging, Winding machine, Spinning
machine, Textile machine, Printing
machine, Book binder, Tire molder,
Paper-making machine
Synchronous control, Electronic shaft,
Electronic clutch, Electronic cam, Draw
control
SW8DNC-SV13QG SW8DNC-SV22QF
F. Software
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Servomotors and Amplifiers 233
Servomotors and Amplifiers
Note: Refer to the Motion Controller section of this catalog for the MR-MQ100 Single Axis Motion Controller.
MR-J4 Series 0.1 - 7kW
Item columns/rows.
Servomotors and Ampliers
MR-J2-JR Servomotors and Amplifiers...........................................................................................234
MR-E Super Servomotors and Amplifiers .......................................................................................237
MR-JN Rotary Servomotors and Amplifiers ....................................................................................249
MR-J3 Servomotors and Amplifiers ................................................................................................263
MR-J3 Linear Servomotors and Amplifiers .....................................................................................325
MR-J3 Direct Drive Servomotors and Amplifiers ............................................................................339
MR-J4 Servomotors and Amplifiers ................................................................................................349
234
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
The ultimate servo system using the latest in servo technology operating at 24VDC input with: patented Real-Time Adaptive Tuning; RS-232C
serial interface for Windows based set-up speed, positioning, and torque modes; low acoustic noise and a built-in parameter unit.
MR-J2-JR Servomotors and Ampliers
MITSUBISHI
OPEN
CN1A CN1B
CNP1 CNP2
CNP3
MELSERVO
B
A
C
D
C
E
E
A. MR-J2-JR Servomotors .............................................................................................................235
B. MR-J2-JR Amplifiers ..................................................................................................................236
C. Cables ........................................................................................................................................236
D. Software .....................................................................................................................................236
E. System Options ..........................................................................................................................236
Notes:
1. When the power supply voltage drops, we cannot guarantee the output and rated speed.
2. 80% ED at low noise.
80% ED: Indicates the condition in which operation time at read torque accounts for 80% and the other no load time accounts for 20% in a single operation cycle.
3. When the servomotor is equipped with reduction gear or electromagnetic brake, refer to the corresponding outline dimension drawing. For the EN Standard and UL/cUL Standard compliant mod-
els, please contact Mitsubishi.
4. If the load inertia moment ratio exceeds the indicated value, please contact Mitsubishi.
5. When the equipment is to be used in places where it is subjected to oil and/or water, such as on machine field sites, optional features apply to the equipment.
6. Except for the shaft-through portion and connector end.
A. MR-J2-JR Servomotors
Servomotor Selection
HC-AQ0 35 D
Symbol Description
None No brake installed
B With an electromagnetic brake installed
Symbol Description
1 10 Watts
2 20 Watts
3 30 Watts
Model Number HC-AQ0135 HC-AQ0235 HC-AQ0335
Stocked Item - - S (Non-B only)
Continuous
Characteristics
(*1, *2)
Rated Output kW 0.01 0.02 0.03
Rated Torque Nm (ozin) 0.0318 (4.503) 0.0637 (9.021) 0.0955 (13.524)
Rated Speed (*1) r/min 3000
Maximum Speed r/min 5000 4500
Instantaneous Permissible Speed r/min 5750 5175
Maximum Torque Nm (ozin) 0.0955 (13.524) 0.191 (27.048) 0.287 (40.643)
Power at Continuous Rated Torque kW/s 2.0 5.6 9.7
Inertia Moment (*4)
J [x 10 kgm] 0.0050 0.0072 0.0094
WK [ozin] 0.027 0.039 0.051
Recommended Ratio of Load Inertia Moment to Servomotor
Shaft Inertia Moment
30 times or less
Power Supply Capacity Refer to Power supply capacity and generated loss of servo amplifier in the Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Rated Current (Maximum Current) (A) 2.4 (7.7) 2.4 (7.7) 2.3 (7.4)
Speed/Position Detector Encoder (resolution: 8192 pulses/rev)
Accessory Encoder
Insulation Class Class B
Structure Totally-enclosed self-cooling (protection type: IP55 (*6))
Environmental Conditions (*5) Refer to Section 2.1 in the Servomotor Instruction Manual
Weight kg (lb) (*3) 0.19 (0.419) 0.22 (0.485) 0.25 (0.551)
HC-AQ0135 (B)D HC-AQ0235 (B)D HC-AQ0335 (B)D
0.05
0.025
0
1000 5000
0.075
0.1
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
i
n
-
o
z
)
14. 1
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
10. 6
7.0
3.5
Rotation speed (rpm )
Short term operating range
Continuous operating range
2000 3000 4000
0.1
0.05
0
1000 5000
0.15
0.2
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
i
n
-
o
z
)
28. 3
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
21. 2
14. 1
7.0
2000 3000 4000
0.1
0
1000 4500
0.2
0.3
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
i
n
-
o
z
)
42. 5
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
28. 3
14. 1
2000 3000 4000
236
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Note: To comply with the low voltage directive, use a reinforced insulation stabilizing power supply.
C. Cables
D. Software
Communication Cable MR-JRPCATCBL3M S
Manuals
Motor Type Power/Encoder Cable Length Power/Encoder Cable Model Number Stocked Item
HC-AQ0135D or HC-AQ0135BD 2 Meter MR-JRCBL2M-H S
HC-AQ0135D or HC-AQ0135BD 5 Meter MR-JRCBL5M-H -
MR-J2-03A5 Instruction Manual SH(NA)3200 MEAU.com
MR-J2-03B5 Instruction Manual SH(NA)030005 MEAU.com
MR-J2-03C5 Instruction Manual SH(NA)3209 MEAU.com
Servomotor Instruction Manual SH(NA)3181 MEAU.com
E. System Options
Terminal Block MR-TB20 S
Terminal Block Cable 0.5M MR-J2TBL05M S
Terminal Block Cable 1.0M MR-J2TBL1M S
Encoder Connector Kit (instead of MR-JRCBL_M-H Cable) MR-JRCNM -
CN1-I/O Connector Kit (contains 2 connectors, one each for CN1A & CN1B) MR-J2CN1 S
CN1-I/O Pigtail Cables (one each optional for CN1A & CN1B)
MR-CCN1CBL-3M (3m length)
MR-CCN1CBL-5M (5m length)
S
B. MR-J2-JR Ampliers
Amplifier Selection
MR-J2-03 5
Symbol Description
A Analog Speed, Analog Torque and Pulse Train Position
B SSCNET high speed serial network
C Built-in motion control (point table)
Model Number MR-J2-03A5 MR-J2-03B5 MR-J2-03C5
Stocked Item S - -
Circuit Power
Supply (Note)
Voltage 21.6 to 30VDC (instantaneous permissible voltage 34V)
Power Supply
Capacity
HC-AQ0135D Continuous 0.8A, Max. 2.4A
Control Circuit Power Supply (Note) 24VDC+10% 200mA (400mA when using the servomotor equipped with electromagnetic brake)
System Sine-wave PWM control, current control system
Dynamic Brake Built-in
Protective Functions
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off, (electronic thermal relay),
servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage, instantaneous power failure
protection, overspeed protection, excessive error protection
Speed Frequency Response 250Hz or more
Structure Open (IP00)
Environment
Ambient
Temperature
Operation C (F) 0 to +55 (non-freezing) (32 to +131 (non-freezing))
Storage C (F) -20 to +65 (non-freezing) (-4 to +149 (non-freezing))
Ambient Humidity Operation (Storage) 90%RH or less (non-condensing)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight), Free from corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt
Altitude Max. 1000m (3280 ft) above sea level
Vibration m/s (ft/s) 5.9 or less (19.4 or less)
Weight kg (lb) 0.2 (0.44)
High performance and compact, the MR-E Super is an excellent choice for applications up to 2kW. The MR-E Super is available in pulse-train
position or analog speed/torque models. The amplifier features Mitsubishi Electrics legendary auto-tuning and vibration suppression functions,
a 400Hz analog frequency response, and accepts pulse commands up to 500kHz. The motors are low to medium inertia up to 4500rpm and are
equipped with a 131,072 pulse per revolution encoder. Set-up and diagnosis is made easy with the MR-Configurator Windows
based software.
MR-E Super Servomotors and Ampliers
A
E
D
D
E
C
B
C
A
C
C
B
(Order separately)
Not included with
amplifier
(Order separately)
Not included with
amplifier
A. MR-E Super Amplifiers ..............................................................................................................238
B. MR-E Super Servomotors ..........................................................................................................239
C. Cables and Connectors ..............................................................................................................242
D. Software and Manuals ...............................................................................................................245
E. Optional Accessories ..................................................................................................................245
238
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servo Standard Specifications
Amplifier Selection
Note:
1. Rated output and rated speed of a servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servomotor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified.
Servo Amplifier Model
MR-E-10A-KH003 MR-E-20A-KH003 MR-E-40A-KH003 MR-E-70A-KH003 MR-E-100A-KH003 MR-E-200A-KH003
MR-E-10AG-KH003 MR-E-20AG-KH003 MR-E-40AG-KH003 MR-E-70AG-KH003 MR-E-100AG-KH003 MR-E-200AG-KH003
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation
For 3-phase 200 to 230VAC: 3-phase 170 to 253VAC
For 1-phase 230VAC: 1-phase 207 to 253VAC
3-phase 170 to 253VAC
Permissible Frequency Fluctuation 5% maximum
Control System Sine-wave PWM control/current control system
Dynamic Brake Built-in
Built-In Regenerative Resistor None Installed
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), encoder fault protection,
regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
A

T
y
p
e

A
m
p
s
Position
Control
Mode
Maximum Input Pulse Frequency 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector)
Positioning Feedback Pulse Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev
Command Pulse Multiple Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 65535, B: 1 to 65535, 1/50 < A/B < 50
Positioning Complete Width
Setting
0 to 10000 pulses (command pulse unit)
Excess Error 2.5 rotations
Torque Limit Set by parameters
Speed
Control
Mode
Speed Control Range Internal speed command 1:5000
Speed Fluctuation Rate 0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation 10%)
A
G

T
y
p
e

A
m
p
s
Speed
Control
Mode
Speed Control Range Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
Analog Speed Command Input 0 to 10VDC / rated speed
Speed Fluctuation Rate
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%); 0% (power fluctuation 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25C10C [59F to 95F]), when using analog speed command
Torque Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC/maximum torque)
Torque
Control
Mode
Analog Torque Command Input 0 to 8VDC/maximum torque (input impedance 10 to 12k)
Speed Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to 10VDC/rated speed)
Structure Self-cooling open (IP00)
Fan cooling open
(IP00)
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t

Vibration 5.9m/s maximum
Weight kg (lb) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.0 (4.4)
A. MR-E Super Ampliers
Symbol
Compatible Motor
HF-KE (B)W1-S100 HF-SE (B)JW1-S100
10 13 -
20 23 -
40 43 -
70 73 52
100 - 102
200 - 152, 202
MR-E- -KH003
Mitsubishi E-Series
general purpose AC
Servo Amplier
Conforms to
the following
standards: EN,
UL, cUL
Super Series
Symbol Description
A General Pulse Train Interface
AG Analog Input Interface
Motor Series
Rated Speed
(Max. r/min)
Rated Output
Capacity (kW)
Servomotor
Brake (B)
EN
UL,
cUL
Protective Rating Features Application Examples
Small Capacity
HF-KE Super Series

3000 (4500)
4 Types
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.75
Yes Yes Yes
IP55
Excluding the shaft-
through portion and
connector
Stable control from
low speeds to high
speeds allows
compliance with a
variety of applications.
Belt Drive; Robots;
Mounters; Sewing
Machines; X-Y Tables;
Food Processing
Machines
Medium Capacity
HF-SE Super Series

2000 (3000)
4 Types
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0
Yes Yes Yes
IP65
Excluding the shaft-
through portion
Material Handling
Systems; Robots; X-Y
Tables
B. MR-E Super Servomotors
H F - K E 3 W1 - S 1 0 0
Rated Speed
3000 (r/min)
Encoder Resolution 131,072 ppr (Inc)
Super Series
Encoder Resolution 131,072 ppr (Inc)
Symbol Rated Output (W)
1 100
2 200
4 400
7 750
Note: Keyway only on 200W ~ 750W with key included.
Symbol Shaft Shape
None
Standard
(Straight Shaft)
K With Keyway (Note)
Symbol Electromagnetic Brake
None Without Brake
B With Brake
H F - S E 2 J W1 - S 1 0 0
Rated Speed
2000 (r/min)
Symbol Rated Output (W)
5 500
10 1000
15 1500
20 2000
Note: Key not included.
With Oil Seal
Standard
Conforms to the
following standards:
EN, UL, cUL
Conforms to the
following standards:
EN, UL, cUL
Symbol Shaft Shape
None
Standard
(Straight Shaft)
None Without Brake
B With Brake
Model Number
HF-SE52JKW1-S100
HF-SE52BJKW1-S100
HF-SE102JKW1-S100
HF-SE102BJKW1-S100
HF-SE152JKW1-S100
HF-SE152BJKW1-S100
HF-SE202JKW1-S100
HF-SE202BJKW1-S100
Stocked Motors
Model Number
HF-KE13W1-S100
HF-KE13BW1-S100
HF-KE23KW1-S100
HF-KE23BKW1-S100
HF-KE43KW1-S100
HF-KE43BKW1-S100
HF-KE73KW1-S100
HF-KE73BKW1-S100
Super Series
Stocked Motors
240
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-E HF-KE Super 3000 r/min Series Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HF-KE13W1-S100 HF-KE23W1-S100 HF-KE43W1-S100 HF-KE73W1-S100
Servomotor Model with Brake HF-KE13BW1-S100 HF-KE23BW1-S100 HF-KE43BW1-S100 HF-KE73BW1-S100
Compatible Servo Amplifier Model MR-E-10A-KH003 MR-E-20A-KH003 MR-E-40A-KH003 MR-E-70A-KH003
Compatible Servo Amplifier
with Analog Input Interface
MR-E-10AG-KH003 MR-E-20AG-KH003 MR-E-40AG-KH003 MR-E-70AG-KH003
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (W) 100 200 400 750
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184) 2.4 (340)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.95 (135) 1.9 (269) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (1020)
Rated Speed (r/min) 3000
Maximum Speed (r/min) 4500
Permissible Instantaneous Speed (r/min) 5175
Power Rate At Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 11.5 16.9 38.6 39.9
Rated Current (A) 0.8 1.4 2.7 5.2
Maximum Current (A) 2.4 4.2 8.1 15.6
Regenerative
Braking Frequency
(Times/Min.)
(*2, *3)
With No Options (*4) (*4) 249 140
MR-RB032 (30W) (*4) (*4) 747 210
MR-RB12 (100W) - (*4) 2490 700
MR-RB32 (300W) - - - 2100
Moment Of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kg m)
[J (oz in)]
Standard 0.088 (0.481) 0.24 (1.31) 0.42 (2.30) 1.43 (7.82)
With Electromagnetic Brake 0.090 (0.492) 0.31 (1.69) 0.50 (2.73) 1.63 (8.91)
Recommended Load/ Motor Inertia Moment Ratio Maximum of 15 times the servomotors inertia moment (*5)
Speed/ Position Detector Incremental encoder (resolution per servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev)
Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP55) (*6)
Environment
Ambient Temperature 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) (non-freezing), storage: -15 to 70C (5 to 158F) (non-freezing)
Elevation/ Vibration (*7) 1000m or less above sea level; X: 49m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 0.56 (1.3) 0.94 (2.1) 1.5 (3.3) 2.9 (6.4)
Notes:
1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supplys impedance.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected;
however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. When the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely
proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in
operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Refer to the section Optional Accessories
Regenerative Brake Options in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W or smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large.
4. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. However, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 15 times or less.
5. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table.
6. The shaft-through portion and connector for cable terminal are excluded.
7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the
bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.

X
Y
Notes:
1. : For 3-phase 200VAC.
3.0
1.0
2.0
4.0
0 0
280
140
420
560
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z

in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
HF-KE43(B)W1-S100 (*1, *2)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
1.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
0 0
140
70
210
280
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z

in
)
HF-KE23(B)W1-S100 (*1, *2)
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Speed (r/min)
0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0
560
280
840
1120
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z

in
)
HF-KE73(B)W1-S100 (*1, *2)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Speed (r/min)
Continuous running
range
Peak running range
0
0.75
0.5
0.25
1.0
0
70
35
105
140
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z

in
)
HF-KE13(B)W1-S100 (*1, *2)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
MR-E HF-SE Super 2000 r/min Series Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HF-SE52JW1-S100 HF-SE102JW1-S100 HF-SE152JW1-S100 HF-SE202JW1-S100
Servomotor Model With Brake HF-SE52BJW1-S100 HF-SE102BJW1-S100 HF-SE152BJW1-S100 HF-SE202BJW1-S100
Compatible Servo Amplifier Model MR-E-70A-KH003 MR-E-100A-KH003 MR-E-200A-KH003
Compatible Servo Amplifier with Analog
Input Interface
MR-E-70AG-KH003 MR-E-100AG-KH003 MR-E-200AG-KH003
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 2.39 (338) 4.77 (675) 7.16 (1010) 9.55 (1350)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 7.16 (1010) 14.3 (2020) 21.5 (3040) 28.6 (4050)
Power Rate At Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 9.34 19.2 28.8 23.8
Rated Current (A) 2.9 5.3 8.0 10
Maximum Current (A) 8.7 15.9 24 30
Regenerative
Braking Frequency
(Times / Min)
(*2, *3)
With No Options 120 62 152 71
MR-RB032 (30W) 180 93 - -
MR-RB12 (100W) 600 310 - -
MR-RB30 (300W) - - 456 213
MR-RB32 (300W) 1800 930 - -
MR-RB50 (500W) - - 760 355
Moment Of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kg m)
[J (oz in)]
Standard 6.1 (33.4) 11.9 (65.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (209)
With Electromagnetic Brake 8.3 (45.4) 14.0 (76.5) 20.0 (109) 47.9 (262)
Recommended Load / Motor Inertia Moment Ratio Maximum of 15 times the servomotors inertia moment (*4)
Speed / Position Detector Incremental encoder (resolution per servomotor: 131072 p/rev)
Attachments Oil seal
Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP65) (*5)
Environment
Vibration (*6) X, Y: 24.5m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 4.8 (11) 6.5 (15) 8.3 (19) 12 (27)
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.7 (15) 8.5 (19) 11 (25) 18 (40)
Notes:
1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supplys impedance
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however,
the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. When the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional
to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in operation. Provisions
must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Refer to the section Optional Accessories Regenerative Brake Options
in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W or smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large
4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table
5. The shaft-through portion is excluded.

X
Y
Notes:
0
420
840
1260
0
700
1400
2100
0
1120
2240
3360
0
1400
2800
4200
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

in
)
HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100 (*1, *2) HF-SE102(B)JW1-S100 (*1) HF-SE152(B)JW1-S100 (*1) HF-SE202(B)JW1-S100 (*1)
0 0 0 0
1000 2000 3000 1000 2000 3000
6
3
9
10
5
15
16
8
24
20
10
30
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000
Speed (r/min)
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
242
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
32
22
23
27 28
29 30
17
3
18
24
25
24
26
4
12 11
33
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
CN3
CN1
CN2
CNP2
CNP1
Servo amplier
Motor power supply cable
Motor electromagnetic brake cable
Encoder cable Encoder cable
Servomotor
HF-KE
(B)W1-S100
Servomotor
HF-KE
(B)W1-S100
When the cables are led out in direction of motor shaft When the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Cable protection
level IP65
compatible
Cable protection
level IP65
compatible
QD75P
QD75D
A1SD75P
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-1PG
FX3U
Analog Monitor
Analog Monitor
MR-Congurator
(Setup software)
32
22
23
27 28
29 30
17
20
24
25
24
26
6 7
8
8
7 5
19
13
14
33
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
CN3
CN1
CN2
CNP2
CNP1
Servo amplier
Servomotor
HF-KE
(B)W1-S100
Servomotor
HF-KE
(B)W1-S100
When the cables are led out in direction of motor shaft When the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Cable protection
level IP65 compatible
Cable protection
QD75P
QD75D
A1SD75P
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-1PG
FX3U
Analog Monitor
Analog Monitor
MR-Congurator
(Setup software)
Manufacture a relay cable.
Wire size 0.75mm
2
(AWG19)
Servo motor Servo motor
Wire size 0.5mm
2
(AWG20)
Wire size
0.5mm
2
(AWG20)
Wire size
0.75mm
2
(AWG19)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3) (*3)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
32
22
23
27 28
29 30
24
25
24
26
1
2
9
15 16
10 31
21
33
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
CN3
CN1
CN2
CNP2
CNP1
Servo amplier
Cable protection
QD75P
QD75D
A1SD75P
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-1PG
FX3U
Analog Monitor
Analog Monitor
MR-Congurator
(Setup software)
Motor power supply connector
Motor electromagnetic brake connector
Encoder cable
Servomotor
HF-KE_(B)W1-S100 Series: Encoder cable length 10M or shorter
HF-KE_(B)W1-S100 Series: Encoder cable length over 10M
HF-SE_(B)JW1-S100 Series
MR-E Super Cables and Connectors (refer to chart on previous page)
Item
Model Number
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10,
15, 20, 25, 30 Meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
1
Standard-Flex,
Unshielded Type
Cables (Straight Type
Connector Only)
HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100 (*1) MR-J3P1-_M (*2)
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HF-SE102(B)JW1-S100 (*1) MR-J3P2-_M (*2)
HF-SE152(B)JW1-S100 (*1) MR-J3P2-_M (*2)
HF-SE202(B)JW1-S100 (*1) MR-J3P4-_M (*2)
High-Flex, Shielded
Type Cables (Straight
Type Connector Only)
HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100 (*1) MR-J3PWS1-_M (*2)
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP67
Power Cables for HF-SE_(B)JW1-S100
Item
Model Number
15, 20, 25, 30 Meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
2
Standard-Flex, Unshielded Type Cables MR-J3BK-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
High-Flex, Shielded Type Cables MR-J3BRKS1-_M
2, 5, 10, 15,
20, 30
IP65
Brake Cables for HF-SE_BJW1-S100
Item
Model Number
(_ =cable length in meters)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
3
10m or Shorter (Di-
rect Connection Type)
Lead Out in Direction of Motor
Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Encoder
Side
Amplifier
Side
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
4
Lead Out in Opposite Direction
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
5
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L
cable length 0.3 (*1)
S IP20
Encoder
Side
Junction
Connector
6
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L
S IP20
7 Amplier-Side Cable
MR-EKCBL_M-H
_= 20, 30, 40, or 50 (*1)
20, 30 IP20
Use this in combination with 5 or 6.
MR-EKCBL_M-L
_= 20 or 30 (*1)
- IP20
8
Junction Connector,
Amplier-Side Connector
MR-ECNM S IP20
Encoder Cables for CN2 Connector for HF-KE_(B)W1-S100
Item
Model Number
(_ = cable length in meters)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
9 Encoder Cable
MR-ENECBL_M-H
(_= 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or
50 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP67
10 Encoder Connector Set MR-ENECNS S IP67
Encoder Side Amplifier Side
Encoder Cable for CN2 Connector for HF-SE_(B)JW1-S100
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
11
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Shaft (Non-shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Non-shielded
Shielded
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS_M-A1
_= 5 or 10
5 IP65
12
of Motor Shaft (Non-shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
of Motor Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS_M-A2
_= 5 or 10
5, 10 IP65
13
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Shaft (Non-shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
S IP55
Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS03M-A1
S IP65
14
of Motor Shaft (Non-shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
MR-J3PS03M-A2
S IP65
Motor Power Supply Cables for CNP2 for HF-KE_(B)W1-S100
Notes:
1. Must order separate brake cable for these motors.
2. Must order separate power connector 27 or 28 to connect to the power cable.
244
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item Model Number Stocked Item
Protection
Level
Diagram
15
Motors: HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100; HF-SE102(B)JW1-S100;
HF-SE152(B)JW1-S100
(see 1 for the power cable)
MR-PWCNS4
(straight type only)
S IP67
16
Motor: HF-SE202(B)JW1-S100
(see 1 for the power cable)
MR-PWCNS5
S IP67
Power Supply Connectors
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
17
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Lead Out in Direction of
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
18
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
19
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
S IP55
20
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
Motor Brake Cables for HF-KE_BW1-S100
Note:
1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H indicates a long bending life and -L indicates a standard bending life.
Protection
Level
Diagram
21 Brake Connector (see 2 for the brake cable)
MR-BKCNS1
S IP67
Brake Connector Set for HF-SE_BJW1-S100
Protection
Level
Diagram
22 CN1 Connector (26 pin) MR-ECN1 S -
Connector for CN1 on Amp
Protection
Level
Diagram
23 CN1 Pigtail Cable (26 pin)
MR-ECN1CBL-3M
(3 meter cable)
S -
Pigtail Cable for CN1 on Amp
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
24 Analog Monitor RS-232C Connector MR-ECN3 S -
25 Communication Cable
SC-Q
(3 meter cable)
S -
26 Analog Monitor RS-232C Branch Cable MR-E3CBL15-P S -
Connector and Cable Options for CN3 Connector on Amp
Protection
Level
Diagram
27 MR-E10 to 100A/AG-KH003 MR-ECNP2-B S -
28 MR-E200A/AG-KH003 Amp Only MR-ECNP2-B1 S -
CNP2 Power to Motor Connector
CNP1 Amp Power Input Connector
Protection
Level
Diagram
29 MR-E10 to 100A/AG-KH003 Amps MR-ECNP1-B S -
30 MR-E200A/AG-KH003 Amp Only MR-ECNP1-B1 S -
E. Optional Accessories
Regenerative Brake Options
AC Power Improving Reactor Options
Note: Always install a cooling fan when using MR-RB50.
Servo Amplifier
Model Number - Regenerative Power [W]
Built-In Regen.
Resistor
MR-RB032 [40] MR-RB12 [40] MR-RB30 [40] MR-RB32 [40] MR-RB50 [40] (Note)
Stocked Item N/A S S S S S
MR-E-10 - 30 - - - -
MR-E-20 - 30 100 - - -
MR-E-40 10 30 100 - -
MR-E-70 20 30 100 - 300 -
MR-E-100 20 30 100 - 300 -
MR-E-200 100 - - 300 - 500
Model Type Model Number Stocked Item
MR-E-10 to 40 MRL-00402 S
MR-E-70 MRL-00802 S
MR-E-100 MRL-01202 S
MR-E-200 MRL-01802 S
MR-Configurator Setup Software
This Windows
based software package is used to setup, program and test the amplifier. Initial
setup and programming is easy and quick with the user-friendly software, which has extensive help
functions and drop-downs. MR-Configurator also has many diagnostic functions such as a machine
simulator to aid in mechanical design, a machine analyzer to find resonant frequencies of the load
and set notch filters, an alarm monitor with history data, and the ability to assign and monitor I/O.
Features:
Can be set up using a personal computer. Works on Windows 95/98/NT/ME/2000 Professional,
XP Professional*.
Provides numerous monitor functions. Provides graph display function that enables display of
servomotor status upon input signal triggers such as command pulses, droop pulses, and r/min.
Allows servomotors to be tested easily from a personal computer.
* Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.
Manuals
Filters
Description Model Type Model Number Stocked Item
Line Noise Filter All MR-E Models FR-BSF01 S
Radio Noise Filter All MR-E Models FR-BIF S
EMC Filter MR-E-10 to 100 SF1252 S
EMC Filter MR-E-200 MF-3F480-025.230 -
Description Model Number
Stocked
Item
Windows Communication
Software
MR-CONFIGURATOR S
Communications Cable SC-Q S
Hardware Description Model Number
Stocked Item
MR-E Super SH(NA)030071 MEAU.com
EMC Guidelines (Servo) Manual IB(NA)67310 MEAU.com
Note: Many of these manuals are available for free download from our website, www.meau.com
D. Software and Manuals
CN2 Connector
Protection
Level
Diagram
31 CN2 Connector Only MR-J3CN2 S -
For CN1
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
32 Junction Terminal Block MR-TB26A S -
33 Junction Terminal Block Cable
MR-TBNATBL_M
(_ =cable length: 0.5, 1m)
05, 1 -
246
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Model Number (*1, *2)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
HF-SE52(B)JKW1-S100
HF-SE102(B)JKW1-S100
HF-SE152(B)JKW1-S100
24h6 55 50 8 36 5 4 4
M8 screw
Depth: 20mm
HF-SE202(B)JKW1-S100 35 79 75 10 55 5 5 5
M8 screw
Depth: 20mm
+0.01
+0
+0.2
+0
+0.2
+0
+0
+0.036
+0
+0.036
MR-E Super Shaft Detail
HF-KE13(B)DW1-S100: D-cut (100W) (*1)
Optional Keys Available (Order Separately)
HF-KE_(B)W1-S100: With key (200, 400, 750W)
Model Number (*1)
Variable Dimensions
T S R Q W QK QL U Y
HF-KE23(B)KW1-S100
HF-KE43(B)KW1-S100
5 14h6 30 27 5 20 3 3
M4 screw
Depth: 15mm
HF-KE73(B)KW1-S100 6 19h6 40 37 6 25 5 3.5
M5 screw
Depth: 20mm
Motor Model Model Number Key Dimensions Stocked Item
HF-SE52~152(B)JKW1-S100 MTR KEY 8-7-28 8 x 7 x 28 S
HF-SE202(B)JKW1-S100 MTR KEY 10-8-45 10 x 8 x 45 S
HF-SE_(B)JW1-S100: Key way - Key not included
Notes:
1. Motors with keyway shaft (with/without key) and D-cut shaft cannot be used in frequent start/stop
applications. Loose keys may damage the motor shaft.
2. A key is not supplied with the motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
A-A
W
U
T
Y
S
A
A
R
Q
QK QL
(Unit: mm)
8h6
1
(Unit: mm)
25
21.5
20.5
(Unit: mm)
A-A
S
U
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
Note:
Note:
(Unit: mm)
Power supply connector
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (*3)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
Encoder
connector
Power supply
connector
Brake
connector
(*3)
2-4.5
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
<When the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft>
Encoder
connector
Brake connector (*3)
40
6.4 13.9
27.5
8
h
6
3
0
h
7
25
2.5 5
3
6
4.9
27.4
3
8
.
8

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
9
9.5
11.7 11.7
13.7
20.7 20.5
2
1
3
7
.
1
21.5
2
0
.
7
58.3(*3)
19.2
21.5
7
10.1
18.4
(*3)
1
3
82.4 (123.5)
40.5
58.3(*3)
21.5
11.7 11.7
18.4
9.5
2
1
4
6
4
5
(*3)
(*3)
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (*3)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
8 3
9
0
5
7
.
1
1
9
h
6
7
0
h
7
40
14 12
27.8
5
6
27.4
11.5 13.7
21.4
11.8
11.7
9.5
19.2
72.3
65.5 (*3)
Encoder
connector
80
4
5
(*3)
113.8 (157)
4-6.6
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
7
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
11.8
11.7
9.5
18.4
21.4
65.5 (*3)
(*3)
Encoder
connector
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
39.3 HF-KE23(B)W1-S100
76.6
(116.1)
61.2 HF-KE43(B)W1-S100
98.5
(138)
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (*3)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
7
5
0
h
7
11.8 19.2
10.1
7
0
1
4
h
6
9.5
5.9
4
7
.
1
13.9
13.7
21.5
28.4
27.8
11.7
Encoder
connector
Power supply
connector
Brake
connector (*3)
4-5.8
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
4
5
60
9
(*3)
4
7
.
1

(
*
3
)
57.8 (*3)
L
1
3
.
5
3
30
10
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
11.8
21.5
9.5
11.7
18.3
Encoder
connector 57.8
(*3)
7
KL
(*3)
HF-KE Super Series
HF-KE13(B)W1-S100
HF-KE23(B)W1-S100, HF-KE43(B)W1-S100
HF-KE73(B)W1-S100
Notes:
1. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
2. Dimensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake.
3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.
248
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Model
Variable dimensions
HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100
HF-SE102(B)JW1-S100
HF-SE152(B)JW1-S100
(*3)
(Unit: mm)
120 (154.5)
142 (176.5)
164 (198.5)
57.8
79.8
101.8
KL L
B
C
A
D
Brake
Earth
W
U V
pin assignment
Motor flange
direction
Brake connector
pin assignment
Motor flange
direction
130
1
6
5
1
1
2
.
5
1
4
5
13.5
58
12 3
L
39.7 (45)
55
50
1
1
0
h
7
2
4
h
6
60.5 (*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
) *3 (
(*3)
7
9
.
9

(
*
3
)
29
45
20.9
8
1
.
5
19.5
KL
MS3102A18-10P
Brake connector
CM10-R2P (*3)
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap head bolts.
(*3)
(*3)
Oil seal
(*3)
(*3)
Oil seal
Brake
Earth W
U
V
A B
C D
pin assignment
Motor flange
direction
Brake connector
pin assignment
Motor flange
direction
45
1
4
0
.
9
82
24.8
44
145 (194.5)
79.8
79
9
6
.
9

(
*
3
)
68 (*3)
2
0
0
2
3
0
176
18
75
3
40 (47)
8
1
.
5
19.5
4-13.5 mounting hole
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
Brake connector
CM10-R2P (*3)
MS3102A22-22P
1
1
4
.
3

0
-
0
.
0
2
5
+
0
.
0
1
0

0
3
5
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(* 3) (*3)
(* 3)
HF-SE Super Series
HF-SE52(B)JW1-S100, HF-SE102(B)JW1-S100, HF-SE152(B)JW1-S100
HF-SE202(B)JW1-S100
Notes:
3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
MR-JN Rotary Servomotors and Ampliers
PC
D
A
B
E
C
Servo Motor
Servo Amplier
Control circuit
power supply
24VDC
L1
L2
P
C
U
V
W
Software
C
A. MR-JN Rotary Amplifiers ...........................................................................................................250
B. MR-JN Super Servomotors ........................................................................................................251
C. Cables and Connectors ..............................................................................................................254
D. Software .....................................................................................................................................257
E. System Options ..........................................................................................................................257
250
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servo Amplifier Specifications
Amplifier Selection
Note:
1. Rated output and speed of a servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servomotor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply
voltage is below the specified value.
2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to Servomotor Torque Characteristics in this catalog.
3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software.
4. Refer to Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (W).
5. 0.2A is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-JN-_A INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
6. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-JN-_A INSTRUCTION MANUAL for the permissible load to motor inertia moment ratio.
7. The servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within 0 to 45C (32 to 113F), or use the servo amplifier at 75% or less of the effective load rate.
8. Servo amplifier with software version B0 or above is required for the positioning function.
Servo Amplifier Model MR-JN-10A MR-JN-20A MR-JN-40A MR-JN-10A1 MR-JN-20A1
Output
Rated Voltage 3-phase 170VAC
Rated Current (A) 1.1 1.6 2.8 1.1 1.6
Main
Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2) 1-phase 200VAC to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 100VAC to 120VAC 50/60Hz
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.4 4.5 3.0 5.0
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 1-phase 170VAC to 253VAC 1-phase 85VAC to 132VAC
Control
Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage 24VDC
Rated Current (A) 0.5
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 10% maximum
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.2A (*5))
Tolerable regenerative Power of Built-In
Regenerative Resistor (W) (*3, *4)
- 10 10 - 10
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*6)
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat
protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed
protection, excess error protection
Position
Control
Mode
Maximum Input Pulse Frequency 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200kpps (when using open collector)
Positioning Feedback Pulse Encoder resolution: 131072 p/rev
Positioning Complete Width Setting 0 to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
Excess Error 3 rotations
Internal
Speed
Control
mode
Speed Control Range Internal speed command 1:5000
Speed Command Input Set by parameters
Speed Fluctuation Rate 0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%); 0% (power fluctuation 10%)
Internal
Torque
Control
Mode
Torque Command Input Set by parameters
Speed Limit Set by parameters
Positioning Mode (*8) Point table method, Program method
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t

Ambient Temperature 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non-freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non-freezing) (*7)
Vibration 5.9m/s or less at 10 to 55Hz (direction of X, Y, and Z axes)
Weight kg (lb) 0.6 (1.3) 0.6 (1.3) 0.7 (1.5) 0.6 (1.3) 0.6 (1.3)
A. MR-JN Rotary Ampliers
Symbol
Compatible Motor 200VAC Class
HF-KN HF-KP (with reducer)
10
20
40
MR-JN-
Mitsubishi JN-Series
general purpose AC
Servo Amplier
Conforms to
the following
standards: EN,
UL, cUL
Symbol Description
None 1-Phase 200VAC
1 1-Phase 100VAC (Note)
Note: MR-JN-10A1and -20A1 are available.
A
053, 13
23
43
053, 13
23
43
B. MR-JN Super Servomotors
H F - K N 3
Rated Speed
3000 (r/min)
Symbol Rated Output (kW)
05 0.05
1 0.1
2 0.2
4 0.4
05 0.05
1 0.1
2 0.2
4 0.4
Note: Refer to Special Shaft End Specifications in this
guide for the available models and detailed specifications.
Symbol Shaft Shape
None Standard (Straight Shaft)
K
D
With Keyway (Note)
D-Cut (Note)
Note: Refer to Geared Servo Motor Specifications in this guide for the available model and detailed specifications.
Symbol Reducer
G1 For general industrial machines
G5
G7
Flange output type for precision application, flange mounting
Shaft output type for precision application, flange mounting
Note: Refer to Special Shaft End Specifications in this
guide for the available models and detailed specifications.
Symbol Shaft Shape
None Standard (Straight Shaft)
None Without Brake
B With Brake
H F - K P 3
Rated Speed
3000 (r/min)
Low inertia,
small capacity.
Conforms to
the following
standards:
EN, UL, cUL
None Without Brake
B With Brake
Low inertia,
small capacity.
Conforms to
the following
standards:
EN, UL, cUL
Model Number
HF-KN053
HF-KN053B
HF-KN13
HF-KN13B
HF-KN23K
HF-KN23BK
HF-KN43K
HF-KN43BK
Stocked Motors
252
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HF-KN_ HF-KN053(B) HF-KN13(B) HF-KN23(B) HF-KN43(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ MR-JN-10A (1) MR-JN-20A (1) MR-JN-40A
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9
Continuous Running Duty
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) (*8) 0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.48 (68.0) 0.95 (135) 1.9 (269) 3.8 (538)
Power Rate Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 4.87 11.5 16.9 38.6
Rated Current (A) 0.9 0.8 1.4 2.7
Regenerative Braking Freq. (times/min) (*2) (*3) (*3) 470 261
Moment of inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm) [J
(ozin)]
Standard 0.052 (0.284) 0.088 (0.481) 0.24 (1.31) 0.42 (2.30)
Recommended Load / Motor Inertia Moment Ratio (*4) 15 times maximum 24 times maximum 22 times maximum
Speed/Position Detector Incremental 17-bit encoder (resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Structure Totally enclosed non-ventilated (protection level: IP65) (*5)
Environment
Ambient Temperature (*7) 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) (non-freezing), storage: -15 to 70C (5 to 158F) (non-freezing)
Elevation / Vibration (*6) 1000m or less above sea level X: 49m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 0.4 (0.89) 0.5 (1.1) 1.0 (2.2) 1.4 (3.1)
HF-KN Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
1. The power supply capacity varies depending on the power supplys impedance.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and an optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected; how-
ever, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=load inertia moment/motor inertia moment. When the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to
the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in operation. Provisions
must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W).Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selec-
tion software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
3. When the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range. When the motor decelerates to a stop from the
maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range and if the load to motor inertia moment is 8 times or less for HF-KN053(B) or 4 time or less for
HF-KN13(B).
4. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table.
6. The vibration direction is shown in the diagram to the right. The value indicates the maximum value of the component (normally the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing
occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.
7. In the environment where the servomotor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification servomotor may not be usable. Contact your local sales office for more details.
8. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, it is recommended that the unbalanced torque of the machine be kept under 70% of the motors rated torque.

X
Y
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
Continuous running range
Notes: 1. : For 1-phase 230VAC.
0
0.4
0.2
0.6
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
3.0
1.5
4.5
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
0.8
0.4
1.2
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
1.4
0.7
2.1
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
The line is drawn only where
differs from the other two lines.
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
56
28
84
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
112
56
168
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
196
98
294
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
420
210
630
HF-KN053(B) (*1, *2, *3) HF-KN13(B) (*1, *2, *3) HF-KN23(B) (*1, *2, *3)
HF-KN43(B) (*1, *3)
Servomotor Model HF-KP_ HF-KP053(B)G_ HF-KP13(B)G_ HF-KP23(B)G_ HF-KP43(B)G_
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ MR-JN-10A (1) MR-JN-20A (1) MR-JN-40A
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin])
(*8, *11)
0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.48 (68.0) 0.95 (135) 1.9 (269) 3.8 (538)
Rated Speed (r/min) (*9) 3000
Maximum Speed (r/min) (*9) 4500 (*6)
Permissible Speed (r/min) Refer to HF-KP Series Geared Servomotor Dimensions in this guide
Power Rate Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) (*8) 4.87 11.5 16.9 38.6
Rated Current (A) 0.9 0.8 1.4 2.7
Regenerative Braking Frequency (times/min) (*2, *6) (*3) (*3) 474 276
Moment of inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm) [J
(ozin)]
Standard
Refer to HF-KP Series Geared Servomotor Dimensions in this selection guide
With Electromagnetic Brake
Permissible Load to Motor Inertia Moment Ratio Refer to Geared Servomotor Specifications in this selection guide
Speed/Position Detector Absolute/incremental 18-bit encoder (resolution 262144 p/rev) (*10)
Environment (*7)
Elevation / Vibration (*5, *8) 1000m or less above sea level X: 49m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard
Refer to HF-KP Series Geared Servomotor Dimensions in this selection guide
With Electromagnetic Brake
HF-KP Geared Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and an optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected;
however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=load inertia moment/motor inertia moment. When the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely propor-
tional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in operation.
Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W).Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the
capacity selection software. Refer to the section Options Optional Regeneration Unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
3. When the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range. When the motor decelerates to a stop from the
maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range and if the load to motor inertia moment is 8 times or less for HF-KP053(B)G_ or 4 time or less
for HF-KP13(B)G_.
5. The vibration direction is shown in the diagram to the right. The value indicates the maximum value of the component (normally the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing
occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.
6. The values are applicable when combining with MR-JN servo amplifier series.
7. In the environment where the servomotor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification servomotor may not be usable. Contact your local sales office for more details.
8. The values are applicable for the servomotor without reducer.
9. The values are applicable at the reducer input shaft.
10. When combined with MR-JN servo amplifier series, the detector performance is equivalent to an incremental 17-bit encoder.
11. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, it is recommended that the unbalanced torque of the machine be kept under 70% of the motors rated torque.

X
Y
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
Notes: 1. For the servo motor without reducer.
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
0.4
0.2
0.6
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
3.0
1.5
4.5
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
1.4
0.7
2.1
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
Peak running range
0
0.8
0.4
1.2
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N

m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
The line is drawn only where
differs from the other two lines.
0
56
28
84
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
112
56
168
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
196
98
294
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z

i
n
)
0
420
210
630
HF-KP053(B) (*2, *3, *4) HF-KP13(B) (*2, *3, *4) HF-KP23(B) (*2, *3, *4)
HF-KP43(B) (Note *2, *4)
C
a
u
t
i
o
n
s
254
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HF-JN Cables and Connectors
CNP1
CN3
CNP2
CN1
CN2
Controller
Operation
cabinet
Servo amplifier
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Manual pulse
generator
MR-HDP01
QD75D
QD75P
QD70D
QD70P
FX3UC
FX3G
FX3U
LD75D
LD75P
20 24
20
21
22
19
23
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Servo motor
Encoder cable
To CN2
To CNP1
For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft (*4) For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft (*4)
1
15
11
12
16
2
For encoder cable length 10M or shorter
(*1) (*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*3)
(*1)
Wire size 0.75mm
2
(AWG19)
Servo motor Servo motor
Manufacture a relay cable. Manufacture a relay cable.
Wire size 0.5mm
2
(AWG20)
Wire size 0.5mm
2

(AWG20)
(*2)
Wire size
0.75mm
2

(AWG19)
To CN2
To CNP1
For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft (*4) For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft (*4)
3 5 5
6
4
18
14
(*1) 8
6
10
25
10
25
9 9 7
13
17
For encoder cable length over 10M
Notes:
1. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using.
2. If the length exceeds 10m, relay a cable using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L/-A2-L cable. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-JN-_A INSTRUCTION
MANUAL for details on manufacturing the relay cable.
3. If the length exceeds 10m, relay a cable using MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L/-A2-L cable . This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-JN-_A INSTRUCTION
MANUAL for details on manufacturing the relay cable.
4. Cables for leading two different directions may be used for one servomotor.
MR-JN Rotary Cables and Connectors (refer to chart on previous page)
Motor Power Supply Cables
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level (*2)
Diagram
1
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Encoder
Side
Amplifier
Side
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
2
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
3
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L
S IP20
Encoder
Side
Junction
Connector
4
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L
S IP20
5 Amplier-Side Cable
MR-EKCBL_M-H
_= 20, 30, 40, or 50 (*1)
20, 30 IP20
Use this in combination with 5 or 6.
MR-EKCBL_M-L
_= 20 or 30 (*1)
- IP20
6
Junction Connector,
MR-ECNM S IP20
7
Motor Side Encoder Cable
Lead Out In Direction of
Motor Shaft
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L
Cable length 0.3m
(*1)
S IP65
Use this in combination of cable numbers 9 or 10 8
Motor Side Encoder Cable
Lead Out In Opposite Direction
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L
Cable length 0.3m
(*1)
S IP67
9 Amplier-Side Encoder Cable
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10,
20, 30, 40, 50m (*1)
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP67
Use this in combination of cable numbers 7 or 8
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10,
20, 30m (*1)
2, 5 IP67
10 Junction Connector Set MR-J3SCNS S IP67
Encoder Cables
Notes:
2. The IP rating indicated is for the connectors protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs from that of
these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
15
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
16
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
17
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
S IP55
18
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
Motor Brake Cables
Note:
Notes:
1. Must order separate power connector 27 or 28 to connect to the power cable.
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
11
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Shaft (Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Non-shielded
Shielded
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS_M-A1
_= 5 or 10
5 IP65
12
of Motor Shaft (Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1, *2)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-J3PS_M-A2
_= 5 or 10
5, 10 IP65
13
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Shaft (Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
S IP55
Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS03M-A1
S IP65
14
of Motor Shaft (Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
MR-J3PS03M-A2
S IP65
256
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
CNP1 and CNP2 Connectors
Item Model Number Stocked Item Protection Level Description
19
CNP1 Connector (Comes with Amplier) N/A (Comes with amplier) - -
CNP2 Connector (Comes with Amplier) N/A (Comes with amplier) - -
CN1 Connector
Item Model Number Stocked Lengths Protection Level Description
20 CN1 Connector Set MR-J2CMP2 S -
MR-TBNATBL_M
(_ = cable length: 0.5, 1M)
05, 1 -
CN3 Connector
23 USB Cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
(Cable length 3M)
S -
Item Model Number Stocked Lengths Protection Level Diagram
24 CN1 Pigtail Cable (26 pin)
MR-ECN1CBL-3M
(Cable length 3M)
S -
Pigtail Cable for CN1 on Amp
CN2 Connector
Item Model Number Stocked Item Protection Level Diagram
MR Configurator
This software makes it easy to perform setup, tuning, monitor display,
diagnostics, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations with a
personal computer. User-friendly functions that enable the balance with the
machine system, optimum control and short start up time are available.
This software can set up and tune your servo system easily with a
personal computer.
Multiple monitor functions. Graphic display functions are provided to
display the servomotor status with the input signal triggers, such as the
command pulse, droop pulse and speed.
Test operations with a personal computer. Test operation of the
servomotors can be performed with a personal computer using multiple
test mode menus.
Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced functions.
D. Software
E. System Options
Servo Amplifier Type Model Number Stocked Item Description
All MR-JN Models MR-HDP01 S
Line Noise Filter
Radio Noise Filter
EMC Filter
All MR-JN Models FR-BSF01 S
All MR-JN Models FR-BIF S
Servo Amplifier Type Model Number
Stocked
Item
Description
All MR-JN Models MF3F480-010.233MF -
Note: Contact MEAU for additional filter options.
Servo Amplier
Model
Tolerable
Regenerative Power of
Built-in Regenerative
Resistor (W)
Tolerable Regenerative Power of
Optional Regeneration Unit (W)
MR-RB032 (40) MR-RB12 (40)
Stocked Item - S S
MR-JN-10A (*1) - 30 -
MR-JN-20A (*1) 10 30 100
MR-JN-40A 10 30 100
Optional Regeneration Resistors
Note:
1. The power values in this table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers.
Model Number Applicable Servo Amplier Stocked Item
MRL-00204 MR-JN-10A (1), MR-JN-20A -
MRL-00401 MR-JN-40A, MR-JN-20A1 -
Power Factor Improvement AC Reactor
258
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
T S R Q W QK QL U Y
HF-KN_K 200, 400
5
(0.20)
14h6
(0.554)
30
(1.18)
27
(1.06)
5
(0.20)
20
(0.79)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
M4 Depth
15 (0.59)
HF-KN Series
D-Cut Shaft (50W & 100W Motors Only) (*1)
HF-KN Series
Keyway with Key Included (200W, 400W) (*1)
MR-JN Rotary Motor Shaft Details and Servomotor Dimensions
8h6 (0.3150 )
1

(
0
.
0
3
9
)

21.5 (0.85)
25 (0.98)
20.5 (0.81)
-0.009
0
Unit: mm (inch)
(Unit: mm)
Cross Section
A-A
W
U
T
Y
S
A
A
R
Q
QK QL
Motor Model
Reduction
Ratio
Variable Dimensions
S Q W QK U T Y
HF-KP053G7K
1/5
16 28 5 25 3 5
M4 Screw
Depth 8mm
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
HF-KP13G7K
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/33
25 42 8 36 4 7
M6 Screw
Depth 12mm 1/45
HF-KP23G7K
1/5
16 28 5 25 3 5
M4 Screw
Depth 8mm 1/11
1/21
25 42 8 36 4 7
M6 Screw
Depth 12mm
1/33
1/45
HF-KP43G7K
1/5 16 28 5 25 3 5
M4 Screw
Depth 8mm
1/11
25 42 8 36 4 7
M6 Screw
Depth 12mm
1/21
1/33
40 82 12 70 5 8
M10 Screw
Depth 20mm
1/45
Q
QK
W
T

S
h
7
U
Y
HF-KP Series
Keyway with Key Included (200W, 400W) (*1, 2, 3)
Notes:
1. The servomotor with the keyway shaft or the D-cut shaft cannot be used in frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key (single-point key) is supplied.
3. The dimensions not mentioned in the drawings are the same as those of the straight shaft of HF-KP_G7. Refer to HF-KP Series Geared Servomotor Dimensions HF-KP_(B)G7 in this guide.
Note:
Note:
HF-KN Series
HF-KN053(B), HF-KN13(B)
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
72
(108.9)
87
(123.9)
(*3)
25.4 HF-KN053 (B)
40.4 HF-KN13 (B)
40
45
3
7
.
1
6.4
27.5
4
6
25
2.5
27.4
4.9
9.9
11.7

8
h
6

3
0
h
7
11.7 13.9 13.7
21.5
7

19.2
10.1
21.5
9

KL
11.7 11.7 9.9
21.5
5
58.8 (*3) 18.4
1
3

58.8 (*3)
18.4
3
6
20.7 20.5
2
0
.
7
2
1
L
3
8
.
8

(
*
3
)
Encoder
connector
(*3)
Brake connector
(*3)
Power supply
connector
2- 4.5 mounting
hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
Encoder
connector
(*3)
Brake connector (*)
Power
supply
connector
2
1
HF-KN23(B), HF-KN43(B)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
88.2
(116.8)
110.2
(138.8)
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
(*3)
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
40 HF-KN23 (B)
62 HF-KN43 (B)
21.5
9

7

L 30
7 3
KL
11.7 11.8
10.1
19.2
9.5

5
0
h
7

1
4
h
6
60
45
7
0
4
7
.
1
27.8
13.9 5.9
28.4
13.7 10
9.5
11.8 11.7
21.5
1
3
.
5

57.8 (*3)
57.8 (*3)
18.3
4
7
.
1

(
*
3
)
4
6
(*3)
Encoder
connector
Brake connector (Note 3)
Encoder
connector
Power supply
connector
4- 5.8
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
260
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
1
3
2
4
Power supply
connector
1
2
Brake connector
LP (*3)
Encoder connector
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (*3)
LT
LT Power supply connector
LG

L
E
LD
4
5

LH
4- M

L
A
Q

S

L
C
L
LK
LR
Brake connector
Encoder connector
LP (*3)
K
A
K
B
KL
Rotation direction
For forward rotation command
For reverse rotation command
(*3)
(*3)
(*6)
(*3)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
HF-KP_(B)G1
The actual shapes of the mounting screws may differ.
MR-JN Rotary HF-KP Series Geared Servomotor Dimensions
Model
Reduction
Ratio (Actual
Reduction
Ratio)
Moment of Inertia Variable Dimensions Weight
J(x10
-4
kgm) J(ozin) L LA LC LD LE S LH LK KL LG Q LR M KA KB LT LP kg lb
HF-KP053(B)G1
1/5 (9/44) 0.089 (0.091) 0.487 (0.498)
110.9
(152)
75 60h7 65 50 16h6 6.5 8
69
34.5 25 60.5 7 36
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
-
(58.3)
1.4
(1.7)
3.1
(3.8)
1/12 (49/576) 0.111 (0.113) 0.607 (0.618) 128
(170)
87
1.8
(2.1)
4.0
(4.7) 1/20 (25/484) 0.093 (0.095) 0.508 (0.519)
HF-KP13(B)G1
1/5 (9/44) 0.125 (0.127) 0.683 (0.694)
126.9
(168)
85
1.6
(1.9)
3.6
(4.2)
1/12 (49/576) 0.147 (0.149) 0.804 (0.815) 144.9
(186)
103
2.0
(2.3)
4.4
(5.1) 1/20 (25/484) 0.129 (0.131) 0.705 (0.716)
HF-KP23(B)G1
1/5 (19/96) 0.400 (0.470) 2.19 (2.57)
130.1
(169.6)
100 82h7 90 73 25h6 8
10
92.8
38 35 74
9 46
47.1
(47.1)
11.8
-
(57.8)
3.3
(3.9)
7.3
(8.6)
1/12 (25/288) 0.450 (0.520) 2.46 (2.84) 150.1
(189.6)
112.8
3.9
(4.5)
8.6
(10) 1/20 (253/5000) 0.420 (0.490) 2.3 (2.68)
HF-KP43(B)G1
1/5 (19/96) 0.570 (0.650) 3.12 (3.55)
152
(191.5)
114.7
3.9
(4.4)
8.6
(9.7)
1/12 (25/288) 0.620 (0.700) 3.39 (3.83)
172
(211.5)
134.7
4.5
(5.0)
10
(11)
1/20 (253/5000) 0.930 (1.01) 5.08 (5.52)
175.5
(215)
115 95h7 100 86 32h6 10 138.2 39 50 90
5.6
(6.1)
13
(14)
Notes:
2. Dimensions inside ( ) are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
4. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
5. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. The actual dimensions may be 1mm to 3mm larger than the dimensions listed since the outer frame of the reducer is made by
casting. Design a machine in order to make allowances.
6. Lead out the power supply cable in opposite direction of the motor shaft for the following servomotors: All gear ratios for HF-KP053(B)G1 and HF-KP13(B)G1
HF-KP_(B)G5
The actual shapes of the mountig screws may differ.
L
Brake connector
LT
Encoder connector
LP (*2)
K
A
KL
LM
L
B
T
LK LH
LG

L
F

L
E

L
C
4- M N-P screw depth: R
LD
4
5

L
A
1
3
2
4
Power supply
connector
1
2
Brake connector
LP
(*2)
Encoder connector
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (*2)
LT
K
B
Rotation direction
(*2)
(*5)
(*2)
(*2)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
Notes:
5. Lead out the power supply cable in opposite direction of the motor shaft for the following servomotors: All gear ratios for HF-KP053(B)G5 and HF-KP13(B)G5; Gear ratios of 1/21, 1/33 and 1/45 for
HF-KP23(B)G5
Model
Reduction
Ratio (Actual
Reduction
Ratio)
J(x10
-4
kgm) J(ozin) L LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LK LM KL T N P R M KA KB LT LP kg lb
HF-KP053(B)G5
(*5)
1/5 0.120 (0.122) 0.656 (0.667)
130.4
(171.5)
70 30 56h7 60 40 14H7 21
-0.5
+0.4
3 8 56
88.5
5 6
M4 7 5.5
36
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
-
(58.3)
1.1
(1.4)
2.5
(3.1)
1/11 0.112 (0.114) 0.612 (0.623)
1.2
(1.5)
2.7
(3.3)
1/21 0.103 (0.105) 0.563 (0.574)
1/33 0.097 (0.099) 0.53 (0.514)
1/45 0.097 (0.099) 0.53 (0.514)
HF-KP13(B)G5
(*5)
1/5 0.156 (0.158) 0.853 (0.864)
146.4
(187.5)
104.5
1.3
(1.6)
2.9
(3.6)
1/11 0.148 (0.150) 0.809 (0.82) 1.4
(1.7)
3.1
(3.8) 1/21 0.139 (0.141) 0.76 (0.771)
1/33 0.150 (0.152) 0.82 (0.831) 148.9
(190)
105 45 85h7 90 59 24H7 27
-0.5
+0.4
8 10 56.5 107 M6 10 9
2.6
(2.9)
5.8
(6.4) 1/45 0.149 (0.151) 0.815 (0.826)
HF-KP23(B)G5
(*5)
1/5 0.411 (0.511) 2.41 (2.79)
140.6
(180.1)
70 30 56h7 60 40 14H7 21
-0.5
+0.4
3 8 56 103.3 M4 7 5.5
46
47.1
(47.1)
11.8
-
(57.8)
1.8
(2.4)
4.0
(5.3)
1/11 0.443 (0.513) 2.42 (2.80)
1.9
(2.5)
4.2
(5.6)
1/21 0.738 (0.808) 4.03 (4.42)
147.6
(187.1)
105 45 85h7 90 59 24H7 27
-0.5
+0.4
8 10 61 110.3 M6 10 9
3.4
(4.1)
7.5
(9.1)
1/33 0.692 (0.762) 3.78 (4.17)
1/45 0.691 (0.761) 3.78 (4.16)
HF-KP43(B)G5
1/5 0.621 (0.701) 3.4 (3.83)
162.5
(202)
70 30 56h7 60 40 14H7 21
-0.5
+0.4
3 8 56 125.2 M4 7 5.5
2.3
(2.9)
5.1
(6.4)
1/11 0.996 (1.08) 5.45 (5.90) 169.5
(209)
105 45 85h7 90 59 24H7 27
-0.5
+0.4
8 10 61 132.2 M6 10 9
4.0
(4.6)
8.9
(11) 1/21 0.918 (0.998) 5.02 (5.46)
1/33 0.970 (1.05) 5.3 (5.74) 181.5
(221)
135 60 115h7 120 84 32H7 35
-0.5
+0.4
13 13 70 144.2 M8 12 11
6.1
(6.7)
14
(15) 1/45 0.964 (1.04) 5.27 (5.69)
262
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HF-KP_(B)G7
The actual shapes of the mounting screws may differ.
4
5

4- M
LD
L
A

S

L
E

L
C
LG
LH
LK Q
LR L
Brake connector
LT Encoder connector
LP (*3)
K
A
KL
LM
1
3
2
4
Power supply
connector
1
2
Brake connector
LP (*3)
Encoder connector
Power supply connector pin assignment
Brake connector pin assignment (*3)
LT
K
B
(* 3)
(*6)
(*3)
(*3)
Pin No.
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No.
B1 1
2 B2
Signal name
Signal name
Rotation direction
Notes:
6. Lead out the power supply cable in opposite direction of the motor shaft for the following servomotors: All gear ratios for HF-KP053(B)G7 and HF-KP13(B)G7; Gear ratios of 1/21, 1/33 and 1/45 for
HF-KP23(B)G7
Model
Reduction
Ratio
(Actual
Reduction
Ratio)
J(x10
-4
kgm) J(ozin) L LA LC LD LE S LG LH Q LR LK LM KL M KA KB LT LP kg lb
HF-KP053(B)G7
(*6)
1/5 0.126 (0.128) 0.689 (0.70)
130.4
(171.5)
70 56h7 60 40 16h7 21 3 28 58 8 56
88.5
5.5
36
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
-
(58.3)
1.2
(1.5)
2.7
(3.3)
1/11 0.113 (0.115) 0.618 (0.629)
1.3
(1.6)
2.9
(3.6)
1/21 0.103 (0.105) 0.563 (0.574)
1/33 0.097 (0.099) 0.53 (0.514)
1/45 0.097 (0.099) 0.53 (0.514)
HF-KP13(B)G7
(*6)
1/5 0.162 (0.164) 0.886 (0.897)
146.4
(187.5)
104.5
1.4
(1.7)
3.1
(3.8)
1/11 0.149 (0.151) 0.815 (0.826) 1.5
(1.8)
3.3
(4.0) 1/21 0.139 (0.141) 0.76 (0.771)
1/33 0.151 (0.153) 0.826 (0.837) 148.9
(190)
105 85h7 90 59 25h7 27 8 42 80 10 56.5 107 9
3.0
(3.3)
6.7
(7.3) 1/45 0.149 (0.151) 0.815 (0.826)
HF-KP23(B)G7
(*6)
1/5 0.447 (0.517) 2.44 (2.83)
140.6
(180.1)
70 56h7 60 40 16h7 21 3 28 58 8 56 103.3 5.5
46
47.1
(47.1)
11.8
-
(57.8)
1.9
(2.5)
4.2
(5.6)
1/11 0.443 (0.513) 2.42 (2.80)
2.0
(2.6)
4.4
(5.8)
1/21 0.740 (0.810) 4.05 (4.43)
147.6
(187.1)
105 85h7 90 59 25h7 27 8 42 80 10 61 110.3 9
3.8
(4.5)
8.4
(10)
1/33 0.693 (0.763) 3.79 (4.17)
1/45 0.691 (0.761) 3.78 (4.16)
HF-KP43(B)G7
1/5 0.627 (0.707) 3.43 (3.87)
162.5
(202)
70 56h7 60 40 16h7 21 3 28 58 8 56 125.2 5.5
2.4
(3.0)
5.3
(6.7)
1/11 1.00 (1.08) 5.47 (5.90) 169.5
(209)
105 85h7 90 59 25h7 27 8 42 80 10 61 132.2 9
4.4
(5.0)
9.7
(11) 1/21 0.920 (1.00) 5.03 (5.47)
1/33 0.976 (1.06) 5.3 (5.80) 181.5
(221)
135 115h7 120 84 40h7 35 13 82 133 13 70 144.2 11
7.5
(8.1)
17
(18) 1/45 0.967 (1.05) 5.29 (5.74)
With a capacity range of 50W to 55kW, the size of both the amplifier and motor are reduced. A high resolution encoder, advanced auto-tuning and
vibration control have been added. The J3s high torque motor can operate at up to 6000 rpm with a speed frequency response of 2100Hz. Twenty
percent smaller than its predecessor, the J3s high resolution 262,144ppr encoder is mounted as standard to provide stability even at low speeds.
Mitsubishi Electric Automations original model adaptive control and ever-evolving automatic tuning function makes precise tuning easy and the J3s
advanced vibration control suppresses vibrations automatically. Set-up, diagnostics, and tuning are easy with MR-Configurator, a Windows -based
software package. MR-Configurator has many improved diagnostic functions, such as an advanced machine analyzer, software oscilloscope, and
high speed monitor. A parameter setting window makes start-up easy, and a USB interface enables high-speed sampling and long-term wavelength
measurement. The MR-J3 supports the following control methods: Position, Speed, Torque, SSCNET III Network, CC-Link, RS-485 Multi-Drop and
Turret Index.
MR-J3 Servomotors and Ampliers
MR-J3-A
MR-J3-A-RJ070 (Indexer)
MR-J3-A-RJ158 (EtherCAT)
MR-J3-T
CN5
CN3
CN2
CN2L
Servo amplifier
MR Configurator
Personal
computer
Servo motor
Load side encoder
Junction
terminal
block
CN1A
Servo system
controller or Front axis
servo amplifier CN1B
CN1B Rear servo amplifier
CN1A or Cap
MR-J3W-B
MR-J3-B Safety
A
A
D
C
E
F
E
A
A
E E
F
F
D
D
C
C
C
F
D
C
CN5
MR Configurator
CN3
CN8 To MR-J3-D05
safety logic unit
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L
W
U
V
Servo amplifier
Personal
computer
Servo motor
Load side encoder
Junction
terminal
block
Servo system
Rear servo amplifier
CN1A or Cap

A. MR-J3 Amplifiers .......................................................................................................................264
B. Converter Unit (Required for 30KW ~ 55KW 200/400V Amplifiers) ...........................................277
C. MR-J3 Servomotors ...................................................................................................................278
D. Cables and Connectors ..............................................................................................................295
E. Software and Manuals ................................................................................................................311
F. System Options ...........................................................................................................................311
264
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Notes:
1. Capacity selection software MSIZE (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111) can be downloaded for free from www.meau.com.
2. Please use the manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01).
3. Please use the extended IO unit (MR-J3-D01).
4. Please use the interface module MR-J3-T04.
Amplifier Types
A. MR-J3 Ampliers
Type
Interface Control Mode
S
e
t
u
p

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
M
o
d
e
l
P
o
w
e
r
S
o
u
r
c
e

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

(
*
1
)
Compatible Motor Series
P
u
l
s
e

T
r
a
i
n
A
n
a
l
o
g
D
I
O
S
S
C
N
E
T

I
I
I
R
S
-
4
2
2

M
u
l
t
i
-
D
r
o
p
C
C
-
L
i
n
k
E
t
h
e
r
C
A
T

(
*
4
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
p
e
e
d
T
o
r
q
u
e
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
F
u
l
l
y

C
l
o
s
e
d

L
o
o
p

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
T
u
r
r
e
t

I
n
d
e
x
H
F
-
K
P
H
F
-
M
P
H
F
-
S
P
H
F
-
J
P
H
C
-
L
P
H
C
-
R
P
H
C
-
U
P
H
A
-
L
P
A
-
T
y
p
e
General
Purpose
Interface

x x - - x - x x x x - - x x
MR-J3_A
3-Phase
200VAC
0.05 ~ 37kW x x x x x x x x
MR-J3-_A1
1-Phase
100VAC
0.05 ~ 0.4kW x x - - - - - -
MR-J3-_A4
3-Phase
400VAC
0.5 ~ 55kW - - x x - - - x
B

S
a
f
e
t
y

T
y
p
e
Advanced High-
Speed Serial
Bus SSCNETIII
- - - x - - - x x x - x - x
MR-J3-_BS
3-Phase
200VAC
0.05 ~ 37kW x x x x x x x x
MR-J3-_BS1
1-Phase
100VAC
0.05 ~ 0.4kW x x - - - - - -
MR-J3-_BS4
3-Phase
400VAC
0.5 ~ 55kW - - x x - - - x
B

D
u
a
l

A
x
i
s
- - - x - - - x x x - - - x MR-J3W-_B
3-Phase
200VAC
0.05 ~
0.75kW
x x - - - - - -
T
-
T
y
p
e
Built-in CC-Link
Positioning
Function
x
(*2)
-
x
(*3)
- x x - x - - x - - x
MR-J3-_T
3-Phase
200VAC
0.05 ~ 25kW x x x x x x x x
MR-J3-_T1
1-Phase
100VAC
0.05 ~ 0.4kW x x - - - - - -
MR-J3-_T4
3-Phase
400VAC
0.5 ~ 22kW - - x x - - - x
Symbol
Compatible Motors
HF-SP HF-JP HA-LP
60 524 -
100 1024 -
200 1524, 2024 -
350 3524 -
500 5024 -
700 7024 6014, 7014
11K - 8014, 12K14, 11K1M4, 11K24
15K - 15K14, 15K1M4, 15K24
22K - 20K14, 22K1M4, 22K24
DU30K (*1, *2) - 25K14, 30K14, 30K1M4, 30K24
DU37K (*1, *2) - 37K14, 37K1M4, 37K24
DU45K (*1, *2) - 45K1M4, 45K24
DU55K (*1, *2) -
534
734, 1034
1534, 2034
3534
5034
7034
9034, 11K1M4 (*4)
15K1M4 (*4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
534 (*3)
734, 1034 (*3)
1534, 2034 (*3)
3534 (*3)
5034 (*3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 50K1M4, 55K24
Symbol Power Supply
None Standard J3 Amplifier
U1_ _ 400% Maximum Torque (*2)
RJ070 Turret Index (*1)
RJ158 EtherCAT
Notes:
1.
2.
Available on MR-J3-A type only.
JP motors only.
MR-J3- 4 -
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplifier
A: General Purpose Interface
BS: SSCNET III Interface
T: CC-Link Interface (up to 22kW only)
400VAC Amplier
Symbol
Compatible Motors
HF-KP HF-MP HF-SP HC-LP HF-JP HC-RP HC-UP HA-LP
10 053, 13 053, 13 - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53 (*3)
73, 103 (*3)
153, 203 (*3)
353 (*3)
503 (*3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - - -
20 23 23 - - - - -
40 43 43 - - - - -
60 - - 51, 53 52
73
103
153, 203
353
503
703
903, 11K1M (*6)
15K1M (*6)
-
-
-
-
-
-
52 - - -
70 73 73 - - - 72 -
100 - - 81, 102 102 - - -
200 - - 121, 201, 152, 202 152 103, 153 152 -
350 - - 301, 352 202 203 202 -
500 - - 421, 502 302 353, 503 352, 502 502
700 - - 702 - - - 601, 701M, 702
11K - - - - - - 801, 12K1, 11K1M, 11K2
15K - - - - - - 15K1, 15K1M, 15K2
22K - - - - - - 20K1, 25K1, 22K1M, 22K2
DU30K (*1,*2) - - - - - - 30K1, 30K1M, 30K2
DU37K (*1, *2) - - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
37K1, 37K1M, 37K2
-
-
-
Symbol Special Types
None Standard J3 Amplifier
U1_ _ 400% Maximum Torque (*1)
RJ070 Turret Index (*2)
RJ158
Notes:
1. JP motors only.
2. Available on MR-J3-A type only.
Symbol Special Types
None Standard
W Dual Axis (*1)
Note:
1. B type only. Available for 200, 400, 750Wonly.
Safety option not available.
Symbol Power Supply
None 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (*1)
1 1-phase 100VAC (*2)
Notes:
1.The 1-phase 200VAC is available on MR-J3-70 or smaller.
2.The 1-phase 100VAC is available on MR-J3-40 or smaller.
MR-J3 -
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplifier
A: General Purpose Interface
AN: General Purpose Interface
For 2kW-200V amplifiers only
BS: SSCNET III Interface
B: MR-J3W Type Amplifiers Only
T: CC-Link Interface
TN: CC-Link Interface
For 2kW-200V amplifiers only
22
44
77
053, 13, 23
053(*4, *5),
13(*4, *5), 23, 43
43(*4, *5), 73
053, 13, 23
053(*4, *5),
13(*4, *5), 23, 43
43(*4, *5), 73 51(*4, *5), 52(*4, *5) 52 (*2, *3) 72 (*2, *3)
-
D
u
a
l

A
x
i
s
EtherCAT
100V/200V Amplifier Selection: (Example Part No. = MR-J3-10BS)
Notes:
1. Converter Unit MR-J3-CR55K is required for 30kW and 37kW amplifiers.
2. Available for MR-J3-A and B Safety types only.
3. Use this servomotor with a dedicated servo amplifier MR-J3-_A(4)/BS(4)/T(4)-U1_ _ when increasing the maximum torque.
4. These motors can be used by setting parameter No. Po04 to _ _1_.
5. These motors are not compatible with FX3U-20SSC-H controller.
6. Use a dedicated servo amplifier MR-J3-_A(4)/BS(4)/T(4)-LR/-LW for HF-JP11K1M(4) and HF-JP15K1M(4). These servomotors cannot be used with any other servo amplifiers
without -LR.
400V Amplifier Selection: (Example Part No. = MR-J3-60A4)
Notes:
1. Converter Unit MR-J3-CR55K4 is required for 30kW to 55kW amplifiers.
2. Available for the MR-J3-A and B Safety types only.
3. These motors can be used by setting parameter No. Po04 to _ _1_.
4. Use a dedicated servo amplifier MR-J3-_A(4)/BS(4)/T(4)-LR/-LW for HF-JP11K1M(4) and HF-JP15K1M(4).
These servomotors cannot be used with any other servo amplifiers without -LR.
266
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Specifications 100/200V 22kW or Smaller
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200AN 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA 10A1 20A1 40A1
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2)
3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or
1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (*10)
3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
For 3-phase 200 to 230VAC: 3-phase
170 to 253VAC
For 1-phase 200 to 230VAC: 1-phase
170 to 253VAC
3-phase 170 to 253VAC 1-phase 85 to 132VAC
Control
Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (*10) 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 1-phase 85 to 132VAC
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 300mA (*7))
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
(*3, *4)
Built-in Regenerative Resistor - 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - - - 10 10
External Regenerative Resistor
(Standard Accessory) (*5, *6)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
- - -
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*8, *13) External option Built-in (*8, *13)
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat
protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed
protection, excess error protection
Position
Control
Mode
Maximum Input Pulse Frequency 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200kpps (when using open collector), (4Mpps) (*11)
Positioning Feedback Pulse R esolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 262144 p/rev
Speed
Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 to 10VDC/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 10V using the parameter No. PC12.) (*12)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation 10%) 0.2% maximum (ambient temperature
25C10C (59F to 95F)), when using analog speed command
Torque Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC/maximum torque) (*12)
Torque
Control
Mode
Analog Torque Command Input 0 to 8VDC/maximum torque (input impedance 10 to 12k) (*12)
Structure Self-cooling open (IP00) Fan cooling open (IP00)
Self-cooling open
(IP00)
Environment
Ambient Temperature (*6, *9) 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non-freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non-freezing)
Weight kg (lb)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
1.0
(2.2)
1.4
(3.1)
1.4
(3.1)
2.1
(4.6)
2.3
(5.1)
4.6
(10)
6.2
(14)
18
(40)
18
(40)
19
(42)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servomotor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the
power supply voltage is below the specified value.
2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to the section Servomotor torque characteristics in this catalog.
4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (W).
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KA-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
6. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 x 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m/min). Note that change in the
parameter No. PA02 is required.
7. 300mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_A -ED and MR-J3-_A1-ED, are also available for 7kW or smaller servo amplifier.
9. The MR-J3-350A or smaller servo amplifier can be installed close together. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within 0 to 45C (32 to 113F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective
load rate.
10. The special specification model, MR-J3-_A-U004, is also available for 1-phase 200 to 240 VAC.
11. 4Mpps compatible servo amplifier (MR-J3-_A(1)-KE) is also available.
12. High resolution analog speed command and analog torque command is available with a set of MR-J3-_A(1)-RJ040 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-D01.
13. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.
MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Specifications: 200VAC, 30kW or Larger
Drive Unit Model MR-J3-DU30KA MR-J3-DU37KA
Stocked Item - -
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1)
The drive units main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit Permissible Voltage Fluctuation
Permissible Frequency Fluctuation
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 1-phase 170 to 253VAC
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 300mA) (*3)
Dynamic Brake External option
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection,
encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection,
excess error protection
Position
Control Mode
Speed Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 to 10VDC/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 10V using the parameter No. PC12.)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation 10%) 0.2% maximum (ambient
temperature 25C10C (59F to 95F)), when using analog speed command
Torque Control
Mode (*2)
Structure Fan cooling open (IP00)
Weight kg (lb) 26 (57)
Environment
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a servomotor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servomotor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. When all of the input/output points are used, 300mA is required for the drive unit, and 130mA is required for the
converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
268
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Specifications, 400VAC, 22kW or Smaller
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4 15KA4 22KA4
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2) 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Power Consumption (W) 30 45
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
(*3, *4)
Built-in Regenerative Resistor 15 15 100 100 130 (*9) 170 (*9) - - -
- - - - - - 500 (800) 850 (1300) 850 (1300)
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*8, *10) External option
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor
overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage
protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Position
Control Mode
Speed Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 to 10VDC/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 10V using the parameter No. PC12.) (*11)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation 10%) 0.2% maximum (ambient temperature
25C10C (59F to 95F)), when using analog speed command
Torque Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC/maximum torque) (*11)
Torque Control
Mode
Analog Torque Command Input 0 to 8VDC/maximum torque (input impedance 10 to 12k) (*11)
Environment
Ambient Temperature (*6) 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non-freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non-freezing)
Weight kg (lb) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.6) 4.6 (10) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servomotor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when
the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (W).
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KA4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
6. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 x 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m/min). Note that change in
the parameter No. PA02 is required.
7. 300mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_A4 -ED, are also available for 7kW or smaller servo amplifier.
9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. Contact
Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.
10. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.
11. For the servo amplifier 11kW to 22kW, high resolution analog speed command and analog torque command is available with a set of MR-J3-_A4-RJ040 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-D01. Servo
amplifier 7kW or smaller, compatible with high resolution analog speed torque command, will be available.
MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Specifications, 400VAC, 30kW or Larger
Drive Unit Model MR-J3-DU30KA4 MR-J3-DU37KA4 MR-J3-DU45KA4 MR-J3-55KA4
Stocked Item -
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Position Control
Mode
Speed Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 to 10VDC/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 10V using the parameter No. PC12.)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation 10%) 0.2% maximum
(ambient temperature 25C10C (59F to 95F)), when using analog speed command
Torque Control
Mode (*2)
Weight kg (lb) 18 (40) 26 (57)
Environment
Vibration 5.9m/s
2
maximum
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a servomotor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servomotor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque
drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. When all of the input/output points are used, 300mA is required for the drive unit, and 130mA is required for the converter
unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
270
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-A-RJ070 Servo Amplifier Specifications 200VAC, 22kW or Smaller (Indexer)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-RJ070 10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200AN 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA 10A1 20A1 40A1
Stocked Item S S S S S - S S S S - - - - - -
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
For 1-phase 230VAC: 207 to 253VAC
For 3-phase 200 to 230VAC:
170 to 253VAC
Control
Circuit
Power
Supply
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
Inrush Current Refer to MR-J3-_A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (300mA) (*1)
Dynamic Brake Built-in External option Built-in
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder
fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Indexer
Positioning
(Turret)
Max. No. of Stations MR-J3-_A-RJ070 only: 15 stations, With MR-J3-D01: 255 stations
Number of Gears on Servomotor /
Machine (Electronic Gears)
1/9999<MCX/CDV<9999, CDVx STN<32767, CMX x CDV<100000
In-Position Range Setting 0 to 10000 pulses (command pulse unit)
Error Excessive 3 rotations
Structure Self-cooling open (IP00) Forced-cooling open (IP00)
Self-cooling open
(IP00)
Environment
Weight kg (lb)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
1.0
(2.2)
1.4
(3.1)
1.4
(3.1)
2.1
(4.6)
2.3
(5.1)
4.6
(10)
6.2
(14)
18
(40)
18
(40)
19
(42)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
MR-J3-A-RJ070 Servo Amplifier Specifications 400VAC, 22kW or Smaller (Indexer)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-RJ070 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4 15KA4 22KA4
Stocked Item -
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Power Supply Equipment Capacity Refer to MR-J3-_A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (300mA) (*1)
Dynamic Brake Built-in External option
Safety Features
Indexer
Positioning
(Turret)
Maximum Number of Stations MR-J3-_A-RJ070 only: 15 stations, With MR-J3-D01: 255 stations
Number of Gears on Servomotor/
Machine (Electronic Gears)
1/9999<MCX/CDV<9999, CDV x STN<32767, CMX x CDV<100000
In-Position Range Setting 0 to 10000 pulses (command pulse unit)
Structure Self-cooling open (IP00) Forced cooling open (IP00)
Environment
Weight kg (lb) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.6) 4.6 (10) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Note: 1. 300mA is the value when all I/O signals are used. The current capacity can be decreased by reducing the number of I/O points.
Notes:
1. 300mA is the value when all I/O signals are used. The current capacity can be decreased by reducing the number of I/O points.
2. When closely mounting the servo amplifiers of 3.5kW or less, operate them at the ambient temperatures of 0 to 45C or at 75% or smaller effective ratio loads.
MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifier Specifications 100V/200VAC, 22kW or Smaller
MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifier Specifications: 200VAC, 30kW or Larger
Notes:
1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the drive unit and the converter unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when
the power supply voltage is less than specified.
unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_B Safety SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
Drive Unit Model MR-J3-DU30KBS MR-J3-DU37KBS
Stocked Item -
Main Circuit Power
Supply
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Environment
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 10BS 20BS 40BS 60BS 70BS 100BS 200BS 350BS 500BS 700BS 11KBS 15KBS 22KBS 10BS1 20BS1 40BS1
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency
(*1, *2)
1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (*10)
50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Permissible Frequency
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Control Circuit
Power Supply
50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
(*3, *4)
Resistor
- 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - - - 10 10
External Regenerative
Resistor (Standard
Accessory) (*5, *6)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
- - -
Control System Sine-wave PWM Control/Current Control System
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*8, *11) External option Built-in (*8, *11)
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Structure Self-Cooling Open Self-cooling open (IP00) Fan cooling open (IP00) Self-cooling open (IP00)
Environment
Ambient Temp. (*9) 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non-freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non-freezing)
Weight kg (lb)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
1.0
(2.2)
1.4
(3.1)
1.4
(3.1)
2.1
(4.6)
2.3
(5.1)
4.6
(10)
6.2
(14)
18
(40)
18
(40)
19
(42)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
Notes:
1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply
voltage is less than specified.
2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to the section Servomotor torque characteristics in the MR-J3 manual.
4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in the MR-J3 manual for the tolerable regenerative power (W).
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KB-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
7. 150mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_B Safety SERVO AMPLIFIER
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_BS-ED and MR-J3-_B1-ED, are also available.
9. The MR-J3-350BS or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within 0 to 45C (32 to 113F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.
10. The special specification model, MR-J3-_BS-U004, is also available for 1-phase 200 to 240VAC.
11. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-_B Safety SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.
272
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifier Specifications: 400VAC, 22kW or Smaller
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 60BS4 100BS4 200BS4 350BS4 500BS4 700BS4 11KBS4 15KBS4 22KBS4
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2) 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
(*3, *4)
Built-In Regenerative Resistor 15 15 100 100 130 (*9) 170 (*9) - - -
- - - - - - 500 (800) 850 (1300) 850 (1300)
Safety Features
Environment
Vibration 5.9m/s
2
maximum
Weight kg (lb) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.6) 4.6 (10) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Notes:
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KB4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
6. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 X 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m/min). Note that change in the
7. 150mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_B SAFETY SERVO AMPLIFIER
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_B4-ED, are also available.
9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. Contact Mitsubishi if the
operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.
10. For the servo amplifier 5kW or 7kW, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2000r/min.
MR-J3-B Safety Servo Amplifier Specifications: 400VAC, 30kW or Larger
Notes:
unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_B SAFETY SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
Drive Unit Model MR-J3-DU30KBS4 MR-J3-DU37KBS4 MR-J3-DU45KBS4 MR-J3-DU55KBS4
Stocked Item -
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection,
undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Weight kg (lb) 18 (40) 26 (57)
Environment
Vibration 5.9m/s
2
maximum
MR-J3-DO5 Safety Logic Unit Specifications (*4)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- MR-J3-D05
Stocked Item S
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage 24VDC
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 24VDC10%
Required Current Capacity 500mA (*1, *2)
Compatible System 2 systems (A-axis, B-axis independent)
Shut-off Input 4 points (2 points x 2 systems) SDI_ : source/sink compatible (*3)
Shut-off Release Input 2 points (1 point x 2 systems) SRES_ : source/sink compatible (*3)
Feedback Input 2 points (1 point x 2 systems) TOF_ : source compatible (*3)
Input Method Photocoupler insulation, 24VDC (external supply), internal limited resistance 5.4k
Shut-off Output
8 points (4 points x 2 systems) STO_: source compatible (*3)
SDO_: source/sink compatible (*3)
Output Method Photocoupler insulation, Open collector. Permissible current: 40mA or less per output, Inrush current: 100mA or less per output
Response Performance
(When Delay Time is Set to 0s)
20ms or less (STO input OFF - shut-off output OFF)
Delay Time Setting A-axis: select from 0s, 1.4s, 2.8s, 5.6s, 9.8s or 30.8s; B-axis: select from 0s, 1.4s, 2.8s, 9.8s or 30.8s; Accuracy: 2%
Safety Function STO, SS1 (EN IEC 61800-5-2), EMG STOP, EMG OFF (EN IEC 60204-1)
Safety Performance EN ISO 13849-1 PL d (Category 3), IEC/EN 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2
Environment
Vibration 5.9m/s or less at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight kg (lb) 0.2 (0.44) (including CN9 and CN10 connectors)
Notes:
1. Inrush current of approximately 1.5mA flows instantaneously when turning the control circuit power supply on. Select an appropriate capacity of a power supply considering the inrush current.
2. Power-ON duration of the safety logic unit is 100,000 times.
3. _ in signal name represents a symbol which indicates a system number and axis name.
4. MR-J3B Safety amplifiers have STO built-in, the MR-J3-D05 is needed for the SS1 function.
MR-J3W-B Servo Amplifier Specifications
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- MR-J3W-22B MR-J3W-44B MR-J3W-77B
Stocked Item S S S
Rated Output Capacity A-axis 200W B-axis 200W A-axis 400W B-axis 400W A-axis 750W B-axis 750W
Output
Rated Voltage 3-phase 170VAC
Rated Current (A) 1.5 1.5 2.8 2.8 5.8 5.8
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
Rated Current (A) 3.5 6.1 10.4
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.25A) (*2)
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power of
Regenerative
Resistor (W)
Built-In Regenerative Resistor 10 100
Optional
Regeneration
Unit
MR-RB14 100 -
MR-RB34 - 300
Safety Features
Environment
Vibration 5.9m/s
2
maximum, 10 55Hz (X, Y, Z axes)
Weight kg (lb) 1.4 2.3
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servomotor; and rated thrust and speed of a linear servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servomotors or the linear servomotors, is operated
within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
3. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3W-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for permissible load inertia moment ratio.
4. MR-J3W-_B servo amplifiers can be mounted closely. In the case of MR-J3-44B, however, operate them at 90% or less of the effective load ratio.
274
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-T Servo Amplifier Specifications 100VAC/200VAC
MR-J3-T Servo Amplifier Specifications 400VAC
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 10T 20T 40T 60T 70T 100T 200TN 350T 500T 700T 11KT 15KT 22KT 10T1 20T1 40T1
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S - - - S S S
Main Circuit Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2)
1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (*10)
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Permissible Freq. Fluctuation 5% maximum
Control Circuit
Power Supply
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Permissible Freq. Fluctuation 5% maximum
Interface Power Supply 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 150mA (*7))
Regenerative
Resistor/ Tolerable
Regenerative Power
(W) (*3, *4)
Built-In Regenerative Resistor - 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - - - 10 10
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
- - -
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*8) External option Built-in (*8)
Safety Features
Self-cooling open
(IP00)
Environment
Weight kg (lb)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
1.0
(2.2)
1.4
(3.1)
1.4
(3.1)
2.1
(4.6)
2.3
(5.1)
4.6
(10)
6.2
(14)
18
(40)
18
(40)
19
(42)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3- 60T4 100T4 200T4 350T4 500T4 700T4 11KT4 15KT4 22KT4
Stocked Item S S S S S S - - -
Main Circuit Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, 2) 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Regenerative
Resistor/ Tolerable
Regenerative Power
(W) (*3, 4)
Built-in Regenerative Resistor 15 15 100 100 130 (*9) 170 (*9) - - -
- - - - - - 500 (800) 850 (1300) 850 (1300)
Safety Features
Environment
Weight kg (lb) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.6) 4.6 (10) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Notes:
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KT4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
6. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-M, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 x 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m/min). Note that change in the
7. 150mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_T SERVO AMPLIFIER
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_T4-ED are also available.
9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. Contact Mitsubishi if the
operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.
10. For the servo amplifier 5kW or 7kW, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2000r/min.
Notes:
5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-_KT-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.
7. 150mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_T SERVO AMPLIFIER
8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-_T-ED and MR-J3-_T1-ED, are also available.
9. The MR-J3-350T or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within 0 to 45C (32 to 113F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.
10. The special specification model, MR-J3-_T-U004, is also available for 1-phase 200 to 240VAC.
MR-J3-A-RJ158 Servo Amplifier Specifications 200V and 100V Class (EtherCAT)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_A-RJ158 10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200A(N) 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA 10A1 20A1 40A1
Stocked Item S S S S S - S S S S - - - - - -
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency
3-phase 200 to 230VAC, 50/60Hz
1-phase 230VAC, 50/60Hz
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
For 1-phase 230VAC: 207 to 253VAC
For 3-phase 200 to 230VAC: AC170 to
253V170 to 253VAC
Power Supply Capacity Refer to the MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Inrush Current Refer to the MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Control
Circuit
Power
Supply
1-phase 100 to
120VAC 50/60Hz
Inrush Current Refer to the "MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual"
Interface
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency 24VDC 10% (300mA)
Power Supply Capacity 300mA (*1)
Dynamic Brake Built-in External option Built-in
Safety Features
Position
Control
Mode (CSP)
EtherCAT Position Command By absolute position command for target position object
In-Position Range Setting 0 ~ 65535 pulse
Torque Limit Set via Parameters (Parameter No.PA11,PA12,PC35) or set Positive/Negative torque limit value object
Speed
Control
Mode (CSP)
EtherCAT Speed Command By speed command for Target velocity object. Unit is 0.001r/min (last column is invalid)
Speed Fluctuation Ratio 0.01% or less (Load fluctuation 0 to 100%); 0% (Power supply fluctuation 10%)
Torque Limit Set via Parameters (Parameter No.PA11,PA12,PC35); or set Positive/Negative torque limit value object
Structure Natural-cooling, open (IP00) Forced-cooling, open (IP00)
Natural-cooling, open
(IP00)
Environment
Weight kg (lb)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
1.0
(2.2)
1.4
(3.1)
1.4
(3.1)
2.1
(4.6)
2.3
(5.1)
4.6
(10)
6.2
(14)
18
(40)
18
(40)
19
(42)
0.8
(1.8)
0.8
(1.8)
1.0
(2.2)
Notes:
2. When closely mounting the servo amplifier of MR-J3-350A or less, operate them at the ambient temperatures of 0 to 45C or at 75% or smaller effective load ratio.
276
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3-D01 Specifications
Model MR-J3-D01
Stocked Item S
Power Supply for Interface 24VDC 10% (required current capacity: 800mA) (*1, *2)
Digital Input 30 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible
Digital Output 16 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible
Analog Input 2ch, 0 to 10VDC (input impedance: 10 to 12k)
Analog Output 2ch, 0 to 12VDC
Power Supply for Analog Input Signal (*3) P15R: DC+15V, permissible current: 30mA; N12R: DC-12V, permissible current: 30mA (*3)
Environment
Weight kg (lb) 140 (0.31)
Notes:
2. A 24VDC power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-D01. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the points of the input/output signals to be used.
3. P15R can be used as a power supply for TLA and VC. N12R can be used as a power supply for VC. The power voltage varies between -12V to -15V.
MR-J3-A-RJ158 Servo Amplifier Specifications 400V Class (EtherCAT)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_A-RJ158 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4 15KA4 22KA4
Stocked Item S S S S S S - - -
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Power Supply Capacity Refer to MR-J3-_A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Control
Circuit
Power
Supply
Inrush Current Refer to the MR-J3-A Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
Interface
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency 24VDC 10%
Power Supply Capacity 300mA (*1)
Dynamic Brake Built-in External
Safety Features
Position
Control
Mode (CSP)
EtherCAT Position Command By absolute position command for target position object
In-Position Range Setting 0 ~ 65535 pulse
Torque Limit Set via Parameters (Parameter No.PA11,PA12,PC35) Or set Positive/Negative torque limit value object
Speed
Control
Mode (CSP)
EtherCAT Speed Command By speed command for Target velocity object. Unit is 0.001r/min (last column is invalid)
Speed Fluctuation Ratio 0.01% or less (Load fluctuation 0 to 100%); 0% (Power supply fluctuation 10%)
Torque Limit Set via Parameters (Parameter No.PA11,PA12,PC35); Or set Positive/Negative torque limit value object
Structure
Natural-cooling, open
(IP00)
Forced-cooling, open (IP00)
Environment
Weight kg (lb) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.6) 4.6 (10) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Notes:
2. When closely mounting the servo amplifiers of 3.5kW or less, operate them at the ambient temperatures of 0 to 45C or at 75% or smaller effective ratio loads.
Functions Connecting to MR-J3-_T_
Functions Connecting to MR-J3-_A_-RJ040
Digital Input
Point table No. selection 1 to 8 (DI0 to DI7), Servo-on (SON), Reset (RES), External torque limit selection (TL), Internal torque limit selection (TL1), Manual pulse
generator multiplication 1 and 2 (TP0, TP1), Override selection (OVR), Automatic/manual selection (MD0), Temporary stop/restart (TSTP), Proportional control
(PC), Forward rotation start (ST1), Reverse rotation start (ST2), Position data input 1 to 12 (POS00 to POS03, POS10 to POS13, POS20 to POS23), Position data
input symbol+ (POSP), Clear (CR), Position data input symbol- (POSN), Strobe (STRB), Speed selection 1 to 3 (SP0 to SP2), Gain changing (CDP) (*1)
Digital Output
Alarm code (ACD0 to ACD3), M code (MCD00 to MCD03, MCD10 to MCD13), Temporary stop (PUS), Positioning complete (MEND), Phase match (CPO),
In-position (INP), Position data request 1 and 2 (PRQ1, PRQ2), Zero speed (ZSP), Torque limit in effect (TLC), Warning (WNG), Electromagnetic brake interlock
(MBR), Dynamic brake interlock (DB), Battery warning (BWNG), Positioning range output (POT), Variable gain selection (CDPS), Command speed reached (SA),
Point table No. output 1 to 8 (PT0 to PT7) (*1)
Analog Input Override (VC) (-10 to +10VDC/0 to 200%) Analog torque limit (TLA) (0 to 10VDC/maximum torque)
Analog Output Analog monitor output (MO1, MO2) (*2)
Position Control
Mode
Electric Gear Numerator Digital Input The electric gear numerator can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit BCD or 16-bit binary.
High Resolution Analog Torque Limit
The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. TLAP: 0 to +10VDC/maximum torque; Resolution: 12-bit
(Standard: 10-bit) TLAN: 0 to -10VDC/maximum torque; Resolution: 12-bit (Standard: 10-bit)
Speed Control
Mode
Digital Speed Command Input The speed command can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit BCD or 12-bit (16-bit) binary.
High Resolution Analog Torque Limit
The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. TLAP: 0 to +10VDC/maximum torque; Resolution: 16-bit
(Standard: 14-bit) TLAN: 0 to -10VDC/maximum torque; Resolution: 16-bit (Standard: 14-bit)
Torque Control
Mode
Digital Speed Limit Input The speed limit can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit BCD or 12-bit (16-bit) binary.
High Resolution Torque Command Input External analog torque command (OTC) 0 to 8VDC/maximum torque; Resolution: 12-bit (Standard: 10-bit)
Notes:
1. The signal assignment can be changed by setting the parameters. Refer to MR-J3-_T MR-J3-D01 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
2. Analog monitor output can be selected by setting the parameter. Refer to MR-J3-_T MR-J3-D01 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
Converter Unit Model MR-J3-CR55K (For 200VAC Only) MR-J3-CR55K4 (For 400VAC Only)
Stocked Item - -
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1, *2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz
Safety Features
Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal),
undervoltage/sudden power outage protection
B. Converter Unit (Required for 30KW ~ 55KW 200/400V Ampliers)
Notes:
unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-_A/B SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details.
MR-J3-T04 Specifications (EtherCAT)
Model MR-J3-T04
Stocked Item S
Input / Output EtherCAT I/F
Structure Natural-cooling, open (IP00)
Environment
Vibration 5.9 [m/s] or less at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight (g) 150
278
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Motor Series
Rated Speed
(Max. r/min)
Rated Output
Capacity (kW)
Electromagnetic
Brake Available
Standards
Protective
Degree
Features Application Examples
EN UL / cUL
Small
Capacity
HF-KP
3000 (6000)
5 Types (200V)
0.05, 0.1, 0.2,
0.4, 0.75
x (*1) x x IP65 (*2)
Low inertia:
perfect for
general industrial
machines
Belt Drive
Robots
Mounters
Sewing Machines
X-Y Tables
Food Processing Machines
Semiconductor
manufacturing devices
Knitting and embroidery
machines
HF-MP
Ultra-low inertia:
well suited for
high frequency
operation
Inserters
Mounters
Medium
Capacity
HF-SP
1000 (1500)
6 Types (200V)
0.5, 0.85, 1.2,
2.0, 3.0, 4.2
x x x IP67 (*2)
Medium
inertia: suitable
for variable
applications three
models from low
to high-speed are
available
Material Handling Systems
Robots
X-Y Table
2000 (3000)
7 Types (200V)
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0
7 Types (400V)
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0
x x x IP67 (*2)
HC-LP
2000 (3000)
5 Types (200V)
0.5, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 3.0
x x x IP65 (*2)
Low inertia:
perfect for
general industrial
machines
Roller feeder
Loader and unloader
High frequency material
handling systems
HC-RP
3000 (4500)
5 Types (200V)
1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
x x x IP65 (*2)
Ultra-low inertia:
well suited for
high-frequency
Ultra-high frequency material
handling systems
Flat, Small/
Medium
Capacity
HC-UP
2000
(3000: 0.75
~ 2kW; 2500:
3.5, 5kW)
5 Types (200V)
0.75, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
x x x IP65 (*2)
Flat type: well
suited for
situations where
the installation
space is restricted
Robots
Food processing machines
Medium/
Large
Capacity
HF-JP
3000 (6000)
7 Types (200V)
0.5, 0.75, 1.0,
1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0
7 Types (400V)
0.5, 0.75, 1.0,
1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0
x - - IP67
Low inertia:
well suited for
high-throughput
and high-
acceleration/
deceleration
operations
Food processing machines
Printing machines
3000 (5000)
2 Types (200V)
7.0, 9.0
2 Types (400V)
7.0, 9.0
X - - IP67
1500 (3000)
2 Types (200V)
11, 15
2 Types (400V)
11, 15
x - - IP67
Injection molding machines
Large press machines
HA-LP
1000 (1200)
8 Types (200V)
6.0, 8.0, 12, 15,
20, 25, 30, 37
8 Types (400V)
6.0, 8.0, 12, 15,
20, 25, 30, 37
x
(6.0 ~ 12kW only)
x (*4) x (*4) IP44 (*2)
Low inertia:
suitable
for variable
applications three
models from low
to medium-speed
are available.
As a standard,
30kW and larger
capacities are
compatible with
flange mounting
or foot mounting
(*3)
Injection molding machines
Semiconductor
manufacturing devices
Large material handling
systems
1500 (2000)
6 Types (200V)
7.0, 11, 15, 22,
30, 37
8 Types (400V)
7.0, 11, 15, 22,
30, 37, 45, 50
x
(7.0 ~ 15kW only)
x (*4) x (*4) IP44 (*2)
2000 (2000)
7 Types (200V)
5.0, 7.0, 11, 15,
22, 30, 37
7 Types (400V)
11, 15, 22, 30,
37, 45, 55
x
(11 ~ 22kW only)
x (*4) x (*4)
IP44
(HA-LP
502/702 =
IP65) (*2)
Third Party
Motor
Exlar Actuator models GSX20, GSX30, GSX40, GSX50, GSX60. Order directly through Exlar Corporation www.exlar.com Select Amplifiers and Cables
from Mitsubishi
Notes:
1. x indicates the available product range.
3. Some motors from 15 to 25kW capacities can be mounted with the feet. Refer to the Motor Dimensions of this catalog.
4. Some motors are under application for EN, UL, and cUL standards. Contact MEAU for more details.
C. MR-J3 Servomotors
200V Motor Selection: (Example Part# = HF-SP102BK)
Not all options are available for every motor.
400V Motor Selection: (Example Part# = HF-SP524BK)
Not all options are available for every motor.
Symbol Shaft Shape
None Standard (Straight)
K With Keyway (*1)
D D-Cut (*1)
Note:
1. Refer to Motor Shaft Detail in this section for
Note:
1. Standard with MR-J3-B Safety 11kW and 15kW.
compatible models and specifications.
Symbol Oil Seal
None None
J Oil Seal Installed (*1, *2)
Symbol Special Specication
LR
LW
Note:
1. Dimensions for HF-KP/MP motors with oil seals
are different than standard models. Contact
Mitsubishi for details.
2. Oil-Seal not available for the 0.05kW motors.
None None
B With Brake
Symbol Rated Speed (r/min)
1 1000 (*1)
1M 1500 (*1)
2 2000 (*1)
3 3000 (*1)
Note:
1. Refer to motor specifications in this catalog for correct
symbol to use for each servo motor.
Symbol Motor Series
HF-KP
Low inertia,
small capacity
HF-MP
Ultra-low inertia,
small capacity
HF-SP
HF-JP
Medium inertia,
medium capacity
HC-LP
Low inertia,
medium capacity
HC-RP
Ultra-low inertia,
medium capacity
Ultra-low inertia,
medium capacity
HC-UP
Flat type
Small/medium
capacity
HA-LP
Low inertia
Medium/large
capacity
05 0.05
1 to 8 0.1 to 0.85
10 to 90 1.0 to 9.0
11K to 37K 11.0 to 37.0
H - - P -
With enclosed regeneration resisitor (*1)
Without enclosed regeneration resisitor
Symbol Shaft Shape
None Standard (Straight)
K With Keyway (*1)
Note:
1. Refer to Motor Shaft Detail in this section for
compatible models and specifications.
None None
B With Brake
1 1000 (*1)
1M 1500 (*1)
2 2000 (*1)
Note:
5 0.5
10 to 90 1.0 to 9.0
11K to 55K 11.0 to 55.0
Note:
Symbol Motor Series
HF-SP
HF-JP
Medium inertia, medium capacity
Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity
HA-LP Low inertia, medum/large capacity
H - - P- 4
400
VAC
Symbol Oil Seal
None None
J Oil Seal Installed (*1)
Note:
Oil-Seal not available for the 0.05kW motors. 1.
Note:
1. Standard with MR-J3-B Safety 11kW and 15kW.
LR
LW
With enclosed regeneration resisitor (*1)
Without enclosed regeneration resisitor
Model Number
HA-LP11K1MBK
HA-LP11K2BK
HA-LP11K2K
HA-LP15K2BK
HA-LP15K2K
HA-LP22K2BK
HA-LP22K2K
Model Number
HC-RP103BK
HC-RP103K
HC-RP153K
HC-RP353BK
HC-RP353K
HC-RP503K
Model Number
HC-UP72BK
HC-UP72K
HC-UP152BK
HC-UP152K
HC-UP202BK
HC-UP202K
HC-UP352BK
HC-UP352K
HC-UP502BK
HC-UP502K
Model Number
HF-JP53BK
HF-JP53K
HF-JP73BK
HF-JP73K
HF-JP103BK
HF-JP103K
HF-JP153B
HF-JP153BK
HF-JP153K
HF-JP203BK
HF-JP203K
HF-JP353BK
HF-JP353K
HF-JP503BK
HF-JP503K
HF-JP703BK
HF-JP703K
HF-JP903BK
HF-JP903K
Model Number
HF-KP053
HF-KP053B
HF-KP13
HF-KP13B
HF-KP13D
HF-KP23
HF-KP23BK
HF-KP23K
HF-KP43BK
HF-KP43K
HF-KP73BK
HF-KP73K
Model Number
HF-MP053
HF-MP053B
HF-MP13
HF-MP13B
HF-MP23BK
HF-MP23K
HF-MP43BK
HF-MP43K
HF-MP73BK
HF-MP73K
Model Number
HF-SP51BK
HF-SP51K
HF-SP52BK
HF-SP52K
HF-SP81BK
HF-SP81K
HF-SP102BK
HF-SP102K
HF-SP121BK
HF-SP121K
HF-SP152BK
HF-SP152K
HF-SP202BK
HF-SP202K
HF-SP352BK
HF-SP352K
HF-SP502BK
HF-SP502K
HF-SP702BK
HF-SP702K
Model Number
HA-LP701M4BK
HA-LP701M4K
HA-LP11K1M4K
HA-LP11K24BK
HA-LP11K24K
HA-LP15K1M4BK
HA-LP15K1M4K
HA-LP15K24BK
HA-LP15K24K
HA-LP22K1M4K
HA-LP22K24BK
HA-LP22K24K
Model Number
HF-JP534BK
HF-JP534K
HF-JP734BK
HF-JP734K
HF-JP1034BK
HF-JP1034K
HF-JP1534BK
HF-JP1534K
HF-JP2034BK
HF-JP2034K
HF-JP3534BK
HF-JP3534K
HF-JP5034BK
HF-JP5034K
HF-JP7034BK
HF-JP7034K
HF-JP9034BK
HF-JP9034K
HF-JP11K1M4K
HF-JP15K1M4BK
HF-JP15K1M4K
Model Number
HF-SP524BK
HF-SP524K
HF-SP1024BK
HF-SP1024K
HF-SP1524BK
HF-SP1524K
HF-SP2024BK
HF-SP2024K
HF-SP3524BK
HF-SP3524K
HF-SP5024BK
HF-SP5024K
HF-SP7024BK
HF-SP7024K
Stocked Motors
Stocked Motors
280
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HF-MP_ 053(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 10A(1)(-RJ070)/ BS(1)/T(1)/W-22B
20A(1)(-RJ070)/ BS(1)/
T(1)/W-22B/W-44B
40A(1)(-RJ070)/ BS(1)/
T(1)W-44B/W-77B
70A(-RJ070)/BS/
T/W-77B
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400 750
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184) 2.4 (340)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.48 (68) 0.95 (135) 1.9 (269) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (1020)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 13.3 31.7 46.1 111.6 95.5
Rated Current (A) 1.1 0.9 1.6 2.7 5.6
Maximum Current (A) 3.2 2.8 5.0 8.6 16.7
Regen Braking Frequency (*2) (times/min) Refer to Manual Refer to Manual 1570 920 420
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 0.019 (0.104) 0.032 (0.175) 0.088 (0.481) 0.15 (0.82) 0.60 (3.28)
With Electromagnetic Brake 0.025 (0.137) 0.039 (0.213) 0.12 (0.656) 0.18 (0.984) 0.70 (3.83)
Recommended Load / Motor Inertia Moment Ratio 30 times the servomotors inertia moment maximum (*3)
Speed / Position Detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 262144p/rev)
Attachments - - Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-MP_J)
Environment
Elevation / Vibration 1000m or less above sea level / X, Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 0.35 (0.78) 0.56 (1.3) 0.94 (2.1) 1.5 (3.3) 2.9 (6.4)
HF-MP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating the motor without a load and the optional regeneration unit from the rated speed to a stop.
Servomotor Model HF-KP_ 053(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 10A(1)(-RJ070)/BS(1)/T(1)/W-22B
20A(1)(-RJ070)/BS(1)/
T(1)/W-22B/W-44B
40A(1)(-RJ070)/BS(1)/
T(1)/W-44B/W-77B
70A(-RJ070)/
BS/T/W-77B
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400 750
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184) 2.4 (340)
Rated Current (A) 0.9 0.8 1.4 2.7 5.2
Regenerative Braking Frequency (*2) (times/min) Refer to Manual Refer to Manual 448 249 140
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 0.052 (0.284) 0.088 (0.481) 0.24 (1.31) 0.42 (2.30) 1.43 (7.82)
Recommended Load / Motor Inertia Moment Ratio (*3) 15 times maximum 24 times maximum 22 times maximum 15 times maximum
Speed/Position Detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 262144p/rev)
Attachments - Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-KP_J)
Environment
Elevation / Vibration 1000m or less above sea level/ X,Y:49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 0.35 (0.78) 0.56 (1.3) 0.94 (2.1) 1.5 (3.3) 2.9 (6.4)
HF-KP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0.75
0.5
0.25
1.0
0
70
35
105
140
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
N(
e
u
qr
o
T
m
)
HF-KP13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
1.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
0
140
70
210
280
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-KP23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
Peak running
range
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0.4
0.2
0.6
0
28
56
84
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-KP053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
3.0
2.0
1.0
4.0
0
280
140
420
560
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-KP43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
6.0
4.0
2.0
8.0
0
560
280
840
1120
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
)
m
HF-KP73 (B) (Note 1, 3)
Speed (r/min)
Peak running range
Notes:
1. : For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC.
This line is drawn only where differs from the
other two lines.
Servomotor Model HF-SP_ 51(B) 81(B) 121(B) 201(B) 301(B) 421(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_
60A(-RJ070)/
60BS/T (*6)
100A(-RJ070)/
BS/T (*6)
200A(-RJ070)/BS/T
350A(-RJ070)/
BS/T (*6)
500A(-RJ070)/
BS/T (*6)
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.5 2.1 3.5 4.8 6.3
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.85 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.2
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 4.77 (675) 8.12 (1150) 11.5 (1630) 19.1 (2700) 28.6 (4050) 40.1 (5679)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 14.3 (2030) 24.4 (3460) 34.4 (4870) 57.3 (8110) 85.9 (12200) 120 (17000)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 19.2 37.0 34.3 48.6 84.6 104
Rated Current (A) 2.9 4.5 6.5 11 16 24
Maximum Current (A) 8.7 13.5 19.5 33 48 72
Regenerative Braking Frequency (Times/Min) (*2) 36 90 188 105 84 75
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 11.9 (65.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (290) 75.0 (410) 97.0 (530) 154 (842)
With Electromagnetic Brake 14.0 (76.5) 20.0 (109) 47.9 (262) 84.7 (463) 107 (585) 164 (897)
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Moment Ratio 15 times the servomotors inertia moment maximum (*3)
Attachments Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SP_J)
Insulation Class Class F
Environment (*6)
Elevation / Vibration (*5)
1000m or less above sea level
X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 49m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 29.4m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 6.5 (15) 8.3 (19) 12 (27) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71)
With Electromagnetic Brake 8.5 (19) 10.3 (23) 18 (40) 25 (56) 28 (62) 38 (84)
HF-SP 1000r/min Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
6. To use MR-J3-200A or smaller with the HF-SP 1000r/min series, the servo amplifiers software version must be A4 or above.

X
Y
0
28
56
84
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-MP053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0.4
0.2
0.6
Peak running range
0
70
35
105
140
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
N(
e
u
qr
o
T
m
)
HF-MP13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0.75
0.5
0.25
1.0
Peak running range
0
140
70
210
280
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-MP23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
1.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
Peak running
range
0
280
140
420
560
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
m
)
HF-MP43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
3.0
2.0
1.0
4.0
Peak running
range
0
560
280
840
1120
T
o
rq
u
e
(o
z
in
)
T
o
rq
u
e
(N
)
m
HF-MP73 (B) (Note 1, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
6.0
4.0
2.0
8.0
Peak running range
Notes:
1. : For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC.
other two lines.
HF-MP Series 200V Servomotor Speed Torque Curves
Notes:
other two lines.
0
700
1400
2100
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP51 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
) n i m / r ( d e e p S
0
500 1000 1500
10
5
15
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
2800
5600
8400
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP201 (B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
0
500 1000 1500
40
20
60
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
1400
2800
4200
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
) n i m / r ( d e e p S
0
500 1000 1500
20
10
30
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
) n i m / r ( d e e p S
0
500 1000 1500
20
10
40
30
0
2800
1400
4200
5600
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
4200
8400
12600
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP301(B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
0
500 1000 1500
60
30
90
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
7000
14000
21000
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP421(B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
0
500 1000 1500
100
50
150
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
282
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HF-SP_ 52(B) 102(B) 152(B) 202(B) 352(B) 502(B) 702(B)
60A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
100A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
200A(-RJ070)/BS/T
350A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
500A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
700A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 2.39 (338) 4.77 (675) 7.16 (1010) 9.55 (1350) 16.7 (2360) 23.9 (3380) 33.4 (4730)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 7.16 (1010) 14.3 (2020) 21.5 (3040) 28.6 (4050) 50.1 (7090) 71.6 (10100) 100 (14200)
Power Rate Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 9.34 19.2 28.8 23.8 37.2 58.8 72.5
Rated Current (A) 2.9 5.3 8.0 10 16 24 33
Maximum Current (A) 8.7 15.9 24 30 48 72 99
Regenerative Braking Frequency (times/min) (*2) 60 62 152 71 33 37 31
Moment of inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm) [J (ozin)]
Standard 6.1 (33.4) 11.9 (65.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (209) 75.0 (410) 97.0 (530) 154 (842)
With Electromagnetic Brake 8.3 (45.4) 14.0 (76.5) 20.0 (109) 47.9 (262) 84.7 (463) 107 (585) 164 (897)
Speed/Position Detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 262144 p/rev)
Environment
X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 49m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 29.4m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 4.8 (11) 6.5 (15) 8.3 (19) 12 (27) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71)
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.7 (15) 8.5 (19) 10.3 (23) 18 (40) 25 (56) 28 (62) 38 (84)
Notes:

X
Y
Notes:
This line is drawn only where differs
from the other two lines.
0
420
840
1260
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP52 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Speed (r/min)
0
1000 2000 3000
6
3
9
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
2800
5600
8400
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
40
20
60
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000 2000 1000
0
3500
7000
10500
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
50
25
75
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000 2000 1000
0
5600
11200
16800
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
3000 2000 1000
80
40
120
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
700
1400
2100
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
10
5
15
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000 2000 1000
0
1120
2240
3360
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
16
8
24
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000 2000 1000
0
1400
2800
4200
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
0
20
10
30
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000 2000 1000
Servomotor Model HF-SP_ 524(B) 1024(B) 1524(B) 2024(B) 3524(B) 5024(B) 7024(B)
60A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
100A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
200A4(-RJ070)/BS4/T4
350A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
500A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
700A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 2.39 (338) 4.77 (675) 7.16 (1010) 9.55 (1350) 16.7 (2360) 23.9 (3380) 33.4 (4730)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 7.16 (1010) 14.3 (2020) 21.5 (3040) 28.6 (4050) 50.1 (7090) 71.6 (10100) 100 (14200)
Power Rate Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 9.34 19.2 28.8 23.8 37.2 58.8 72.5
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.9 4.1 5.0 8.4 12 16
Regenerative Braking Freq. (times/min) (*2) 90 46 154 72 37 34 28
Moment of inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm) [J
(ozin)]
Standard 6.1 (33.4) 11.9 (65.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (209) 75.0 (410) 97.0 (530) 154 (842)
With Electromagnetic Brake 8.3 (45.4) 14.0 (76.5) 20.0 (109) 47.9 (262) 84.7 (463) 107 (585) 164 (897)
Environment
X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 49m/s
X: 24.5m/s Y: 29.4m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 4.8 (11) 6.7 (15) 8.5 (19) 13 (29) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71)
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.7 (15) 8.6 (19) 11 (25) 19 (42) 25 (56) 28 (62) 38 (84)
Notes:

X
Y
Notes:
0
420
840
1260
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP524 (B) (Note 1, 2)
0
Speed (r/min)
6
3
9
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
5600
11200
16800
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP7024 (B) (Note 1, 2)
Speed (r/min)
80
40
120
Continuous running
range
0
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
3500
7000
10500
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP5024 (B) (Note 1, 2)
Speed (r/min)
50
25
75
Continuous running
range
0
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
700
1400
2100
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP1024 (B) (Note 1, 2)
0
Speed (r/min)
10
5
15
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
1120
2240
3360
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP1524 (B) (Note 1, 2)
0
Speed (r/min)
16
8
24
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
1400
2800
4200
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP2024 (B) (Note 1, 2)
0
Speed (r/min)
20
10
30
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
0
2800
5600
8400
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HF-SP3524 (B) (Note 1, 2)
Speed (r/min)
40
20
60
Continuous running
range
0
Peak
running range
3000 2000 1000
284
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HC-LP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HC-LP_ 52(B) 102(B) 152(B) 202(B) 302(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 60A(-RJ070)/BS/T 100A(-RJ070)/BS/T 200A(-RJ070)/BS/T 350A(-RJ070)/BS/T 500A(-RJ070)/BS/T
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 2.39 (338) 4.78 (677) 7.16 (1010) 9.55 (1350) 14.3 (2020)
Power Rate At Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 18.4 49.3 79.8 41.5 56.8
Rated Current (A) 3.2 5.9 9.9 14 23
Maximum Current (A) 9.6 18 30 42 69
Regenerative Braking Frequency (Times/Min) (*2) 115 160 425 120 70
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm) [J (ozin)]
Standard 3.10 (16.9) 4.62 (25.3) 6.42 (35.1) 22.0 (120) 36.0 (197)
With Electromagnetic Brake 5.20 (28.4) 6.72 (36.7) 8.52 (46.6) 32.0 (175) 46.0 (252)
Environment
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 24.5m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 19.6m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 6.5 (15) 8.0 (18) 10 (22) 21 (47) 28 (62)
With Electromagnetic Brake 9.0 (20) 11 (25) 13 (29) 27 (60) 34 (75)
Notes:
bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value

X
Y
Notes:
other two lines.
N
(

e
u
q
r
o
T
m
)
HC-LP102(B) (Note 1)
2800
2100
700
1400
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
10
5
15
20
Peak running range
0
3000 2000 1000
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HC-LP052 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
1120
840
280
560
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
4
2
0
6
8
Peak running
range
3000 2000 1000
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
4480
3360
1120
2240
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
16
8
24
32
Peak running range
0
3000 2000 1000
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
5600
4200
1400
2800
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
20
10
30
40
Peak running range
0
3000 2000 1000
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
)
m
7840
5880
1960
3920
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
28
14
42
56
Peak running range
0
3000 2000 1000
HC-RP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HC-RP_ 103(B) 153(B) 203(B) 353(B) 503(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 200A(-RJ070)/BS/T 350A(-RJ070)/BS/T 500A(-RJ070)/BS/T
Rated Output (kW) 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0
Power Rate At Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 67.4 120 176 150 211
Rated Current (A) 6.1 8.8 14 23 28
Maximum Current (A) 18 23 37 58 70
Regenerative Braking Frequency (times/min) (*2) 1090 860 710 174 125
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm) [J (ozin)]
Standard 1.50 (8.20) 1.90 (10.4) 2.30 (12.6) 8.30 (45.4) 12.0 (65.6)
Environment
Elevation/Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level X, Y: 24.5m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 3.9 (8.6) 5.0 (11) 6.2 (14) 12 (27) 17 (38)
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.0 (14) 7.0 (16) 8.3 (19) 15 (33) 21 (47)
Notes:
3. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table

X
Y
Notes:
HC-RP103(B) (Note 1)
1260
840
420
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
4500 4000 3000 2000 1000
Speed (r/min)
3
6
9
Peak running range
0
2100
1400
700
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
0
Speed (r/min)
5
10
15
Peak running range
4500 4000 3000 2000 1000
2520
1680
840
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
6
0
12
18
Peak running range
4500 4000 3000 2000 1000
4200
2800
1400
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
10
20
30
Peak running range
0
4500 4000 3000 2000 1000
6300
4200
2100
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
0
Speed (r/min)
15
30
45
Peak running range
4500 4000 3000 2000 1000
286
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HC-UP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HC-UP_ 72(B) 152(B) 202(B) 352(B) 502(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 70A(-RJ070)/BS/T 200A(-RJ070)/BS/T 350A(-RJ070)/BS/T 500A(-RJ070)/BS/T
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.75 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0
Maximum Speed (r/min) 3000 2500
Permissible Instantaneous Speed (r/min) 3450 2875
Rated Current (A) 5.4 9.7 14 23 28
Regeneration Braking Frequency (times/min) (*2) 53 124 68 44 31
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 10.4 (56.9) 22.1 (121) 38.2 (209) 76.5 (418) 115 (629)
With Electromagnetic Brake 12.5 (68.3) 24.2 (132) 46.8 (256) 85.1 (465) 124 (678)
Environment
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level X, Y: 24.5m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 8.0 (18) 11 (25) 16 (36) 20 (44) 24 (53)
With Electromagnetic Brake 10 (22) 13 (29) 22 (49) 26 (58) 30 (67)
Notes:
5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft).
Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.

X
Y
Notes:
other two lines.
HC-UP72(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
1680
1120
560
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
3000 2000 1000
Speed (r/min)
8
12
Peak
running range
4
0
HC-UP152(B) (Note 1)
3360
2240
1120
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
8
16
24
Peak running range
0
3000 2000 1000
4200
2800
1400
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
10
20
30
Peak running
range
0
3000 2000 1000
8400
5600
2800
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
20
40
60
Peak running range
0
2500 2000 1000
11200
5600
8400
2800
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
20
40
80
60
Peak running range
0
2500 2000 1000
HF-JP Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop.
3. Contact Mitsubishi if the load to motor inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table.
5. The vibration direction is shown in the diagram to the right. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft).
X
Y

6. In the environment where the servomotor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification servomotor may not be usable. Contact Mitsubishi for more details.
7. Value indicated in < > is when connected to servo amplifier MR-J3-500A/B/T-U105.
8. Use servo amplifier MR-J3-_A/B/T-U_ for maximally increased torque.
9. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-o (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92x92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m
3
/min). Note that change
in parameter No. PA02 is required.
Servomotor Model HF-JP_ 53(B) 73(B) 103(B) 153(B) 203(B) 353(B) 503(B) 703(B) 903(B) 11K1M(B) 15K1M(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 60A/BS/T 70A/BS/T 100A/BS/T 200A/BS/T 350A/BS/T 500A/BS/T
700A/B
(-RJ006)/T
11KA/B
(-RJ006)/T
11KA/B/T-
LR
15KA/B/T-LR
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10 13 16 22
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0
3.3 <3.5>
(*7)
5.0 7.0 9.0 11 15
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
1.59 (225) 2.39 (338) 3.18 (450) 4.77 (675) 6.37 (902)
10.5 (1490)
(*7) <11.1
(1570)>
15.9 (2250) 22.3 (3160) 28.6 (4050) 70 (9910) 95.5 (13500)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 4.77 (675) 7.16 (1010) 9.55 (1350) 14.3 (2020) 19.1 (2700) 32.0 (4530) 47.7 (6750) 66.8 (9460) 85.8 (12100) 210 (29700) 286 (40500)
Rated Speed (r/min) 3000 3000 1500
Maximum Speed (r/min) 6000 5000 3000
Permissible Instantaneous Speed
(r/min)
6900 5750 3450
Power Rate at Continuous Rated
Torque (kW/s)
16.7 27.3 38.2 60.2 82.4 83.5 133 115 147 223 (204) 290 (271)
Rated Current (A) 3.0 5.6 5.6 10.6 10.6
16.6
<17.6>
27 34 41 60 76
Maximum Current (A) 9.0 17 17 32 32 51 81 103 134 200 246
Regenerative Braking Frequency
(times/min) (*2)
67 98 76 271 206 73 68 56 204 (*9) 143 162
Moment of
Inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard
1.52
(8.31)
2.09 (11.4) 2.65 (14.5) 3.79 (20.7) 4.92 (26.9) 13.2 (72.2) 19.0 (104) 43.3 (237) 55.8 (305) 220 (1200) 315 (1720)
With Electromagnetic
Brake
2.02 (11.0) 2.59 (14.2) 3.15 (17.2) 4.29 (23.5) 5.42 (29.6) 15.4 (84.2) 21.2 (116) 52.9 (289) 65.4 (358) 240 (1310) 336 (1840)
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia
Moment Ratio
Maximum of 10 times the servomotor's inertia moment (*3)
Structure Totally enclosed non-ventilated (IP code: IP67) (*4)
Environment
(*6)
Ambient Temperature 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) (non freezing), storage: -15 to 70C (5 to 158F) (non freezing)
Ambient Humidity 80% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 90% RH maximum (non condensing)
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level
Vibration X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 29.4m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 3.0 (6.7) 3.7 (8.2) 4.5 (10) 5.9 (13) 7.5 (17) 13 (29) 18 (40) 29 (64) 36 (80) 62 (140) 86 (190)
Brake
4.4 (9.7) 5.1 (12 ) 5.9 (13) 7.3 (16) 8.9 (20) 15 (33) 20 (44) 35 (78) 42 (93) 74 (165) 97 (215)
Maximally
Increased
Torque (*8)
Compatible
Servo Amplifier
Model
MR-J3-
100A/
B/T-U100
MR-J3-
200A/
B/T-U101
MR-J3-
200A/
B/T-U102
MR-J3-
350A/
B/T-U103
MR-J3-
350A/
B/T-U104
MR-J3-
500A/
B/T-U105
MR-J3-
700A/
B/T-U106
- - - -
Maximum
Torque (Nm [ozin])
6.37 (902) 9.55 (1350) 12.7 (1800) 19.1 (2700) 25.5 (3610) 44.6 (6320) 63.7 (9020) - - - -
Maximum Current (A) 12 23 23 43 43 71 108 - - - -

0
4200
8400
12600
HF-JP703(B)(*1)
(*1, *2, *3) (*1)
(*1) (*1) HF-JP903(B)(*1) (*1)
(*1)
(*4) (*4)
(*4)
(*4)
(*4)
(*4)
(*4)
(*1) (*1)
(*1)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
0
75
25
50
Continuous running
range
Continuous running
range
2000 4000 5000
Speed (r/min)
2000 4000 5000
Speed (r/min)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
0
90
30
60
288
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S

0
90
30
60
HF-JP Series 400V Servomotor Specifications
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop.
3. Contact Mitsubishi if the load to motor inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table.

X
Y

6. In the environment where the servomotor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification servomotor may not be usable. Contact Mitsubishi for more details.
7. Value indicated in < > is when connected to servo amplifier MR-J3-500A/BS/T-U105.
8. Use servo amplifier MR-J3-_A/BS/T-U_ for maximally increased torque.
Servomotor Model HF-JP_ 534(B) 734(B) 1034(B) 1534(B) 2034(B) 3534(B) 5034(B) 7034(B) 9034(B) 11K1M4(B) 15K1M4(B)
60A4/BS4/
T4
100A4/BS4/T4 200A4/BS4/4T
350A4/
BS4/T4
500A4/
BS4/T4
00A4/B4
(-RJ006)/T4
11KA4/B4
(-RJ006)/T4
11KA4/B4/
T4-LR
15KA4/B4/
T4-LR
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10 13 16 22
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.3 <3.5> 5.0 7.0 9.0 11 15
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
1.59 (225) 2.39 (338) 3.18 (450) 4.77 (675) 6.37 (902)
10.5
(1490)
<11.1
(1570)>
15.9
(2250)
22.3
(3160)
28.6
(4050)
70 (9910)
95.5
(13500)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 4.77 (675)
7.16
(1010)
9.55
(1350)
14.3
(2020)
19.1
(2700)
32.0
(4530)
47.7
(6750)
66.8
(9460)
85.8
(12100)
210
(29700)
286
(40500)
Rated Speed (r/min) 3000 3000 1500
Maximum Speed (r/min) 6000 5000 3000
(r/min)
6900 5750 3450
Power Rate At Continuous Rated
Torque (kW/s)
16.7 27.3 38.2 60.2 82.4 83.5 133 115 147 223 (204) 290 (271)
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 2.8 5.4 5.4 8.3 <8.8> 14 17 21 32 38
Maximum Current (A) 4.5 8.4 8.4 17 17 26 41 52 67 100 123
(times/min) (*2)
99 72 56 265 203 75 68 56 205 (*9) 143 162
Moment of
Inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 1.52 (8.31) 2.09 (11.4) 2.65 (14.5) 3.79 (20.7) 4.92 (26.9) 13.2 (72.2) 19.0 (104) 43.3 (237) 55.8 (305) 220 (1200)
315
(1720)
Brake
2.02 (11.0) 2.59 (14.2) 3.15 (17.2) 4.29 (23.5) 5.42 (29.6) 15.4 (84.2) 21.2 (116) 52.9 (289) 65.4 (358) 240 (1310) 336 (1840)
Moment Ratio
Maximum of 10 times the servomotor's inertia moment (*3)
Structure Totally enclosed non-ventilated (IP code: IP67) (*4)
Environment
(*6)
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level
Vibration X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 29.4m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 3.0 (6.7) 3.7 (8.2) 4.5 (10) 5.9 (13) 7.5 (17) 13 (29) 18 (40) 62 (140) 86 (190)
Brake
4.4 (9.7) 5.1 (12 ) 5.9 (13) 7.3 (16) 8.9 (20) 15 (33) 20 (44) 74 (165) 97 (215)
Maximally
Increased
Torque (*8)
Compatible
Servo Amplifier
Model
MR-J3-
100A4/B4/
T4-U110
MR-J3-
200A4/B4/
T4-U111
MR-J3-
200A4/B4/
T4-U112
MR-J3-
350A4/B4/
T4-U113
MR-J3-
350A4/B4/
T4-U114
MR-J3-
500A4/B4/
T4-U115
MR-J3-
700A4/B4/
T4-U116
- -
Maximum
Torque (Nm [ozin])
6.37 (902)
9.55
(1350)
12.7
(1800)
19.1
(2700)
25.5
(3610)
44.6
(6320)
63.7
(9020)
- -
Maximum Current (A) 6 12 12 22 22 36 34 - -
HA-LP 1000r/min Series 200V Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 601(B) 801(B) 12K1(B) 15K1 20K1 25K1 30K1 37K1
700A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
11KA(-RJ070)/BS/T
15KA(-RJ070)/
BS/T
22KA(-RJ070)/BS/T
DU30KA
(-RJ070)/BS
DU37KA
(-RJ070)/BS
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 8.6 12 18 22 30 38 48 59
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 6.0 8.0 12 15 20 25 30 37
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
57.3 (8110) 76.4 (10800) 115 (16300) 143 (20200) 191 (2700) 239 (33800) 286 (40500) 353 (50000)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 172 (24400) 229 (32400) 344 (48700) 415 (58800) 477 (67500) 597 (84500) 716 (101000) 883 (125000)
(r/min)
1380
Torque (kW/s)
313 265 445 373 561 528 626 668
Rated Current (A) 34 42 61 83 118 118 154 188
Maximum Current (A) 102 126 183 249 295 295 385 470
Regen Braking Frequency
(times/min) (*2)
158 354 (*6) 264 (*6) 230 (*6) 195 (*6) 117 (*6) - -
Moment of
Inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550) 1080 (5900) 1310 (7160) 1870 (10200)
With
Electromagnetic
Brake
113 (618) 293 (1600) 369 (2020) - - - - -
Recommended Load / Motor Inertia
Moment Ratio
10 times the servomotors inertia moment maximum (*3)
Structure Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (*4)
Environment
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 40C (32 to 104F) (non-freezing), storage: -15 to 70C (5 to 158F) (non-freezing)
Elevation/ Vibration
(*5)
X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s
1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400) 230 (510) 250 (555) 335 (740)
With
Electromagnetic
Brake
70 (155) 130 (290) 150 (335) - - - - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency
1-phase 200 to
220VAC/50Hz
1-phase 200 to
230VAC/60Hz
Input (W)
42 (50Hz)/
54 (60Hz)
62 (50Hz) / 76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz) / 85 (60Hz) 120 (50Hz) / 175 (60Hz)
Cooling Fan Rated Current (A)
0.21(50Hz)/
0.25 (60Hz)
0.18 (50Hz) / 0.17 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz) 0.65 (50Hz) / 0.80 (60Hz)
Notes:

X
Y
6. This applies when the GRZG400-_ regeneration resistors are used as a standard accessory and parameter PA02 is changed with cooling fan (1.0m/min, the _92x2 unit) installed.
Notes:
HA-LP601 (B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
1200 1000 500
180
120
60
0
Peak
running range
25200
16800
8400
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
Continuous running
range
HA-LP801 (B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
300
200
100
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
HA-LP12K1 (B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
400
300
200
100
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
56000
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
HF-LP15K1 (B) (Note 1)
Speed (r/min)
450
300
150
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
63000
42000
21000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
Speed (r/min)
800
600
400
200
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
112000
84000
28000
56000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
800
600
400
200
0
112000
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
900
600
300
0
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
Speed (r/min)
126000
84000
42000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e

(
N
m
)
1200 1000 500
290
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 6014(B) 8014(B) 12K14(B) 15K14 20K14 25K14 30K14 37K14
700A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
11KA4(-RJ070)/BS4/T4
15KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4(-RJ006)/ T4
22KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
DU30KA4(-RJ070)/BS4
DU37KA4
(-RJ070)/BS4
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 8.6 12 18 22 30 38 48 59
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 6.0 8.0 12 15 20 25 30 37
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
57.3 (8110) 76.4 (10800) 115 (16300) 143 (20200) 191 (27000) 239 (33800) 286 (40500) 353 (50000)
(r/min)
1380
Torque (kW/s)
313 265 445 373 561 528 626 668
Rated Current (A) 17 20 30 40 55 70 77 95
(times/min) (*2)
169 354 (*6) 264 (*6) 230 (*6) 195 (*6) - - -
Moment of
Inertia J (x10
-
4
kgm) [J
(ozin)]
Standard 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550) 1080 (5900) 1310 (7160) 1870 (10200)
Brake
113 (617.7) 293 (1601.7) 369 (2017.2) - - - - -
Moment Ratio
Environment
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400) 230 (510) 250 (555) 335 (740)
Brake
70 (155) 130 (290) 150 (335) - - - - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency
1-phase 200 to
220VAC/50Hz
1-phase 200 to
230VAC/60Hz
3-phase 380 to 440VAC 50Hz
3-phase 380 to 480 VAC 60Hz
3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50Hz; 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 60Hz
Input (W)
42 (50Hz)/
54 (60Hz)
62 (50Hz)/76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz)/85 (60Hz) 110 (50Hz)/150 (60Hz)
0.21 (50Hz)/
0.25 (60Hz)
0.14 (50Hz)/0.11 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/0.14 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz)/0.22 (60Hz)
Notes:

X
Y
6. This applies when the GRZG400- _ regeneration resistors are used as a standard accessory and parameter PA02 is changed with cooling fan (1.0m/min, the _92 x 2 unit) installed.
HA-LP6014 (B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP8014 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HA-LP12K14 (B) (Note 1, 2)
HA-LP20K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP25K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP30K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP37K14 (B) (Note 1, 2)
HA-LP15K14 (B) (Note 1, 2)
Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min)
500 1000 1200
300
200
100
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
300
400
200
100
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
450
300
150
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
900
600
300
0
800
600
400
200
0
800
600
400
200
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
180
120
60
0
Peak
running range
Continuous running
range
25200
16800
8400
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
56000
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
112000
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
112000
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
126000
84000
42000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Notes:
3. The torque characteristics are
anticipated values.
63000
42000
21000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
500 1000 1200 500 1000 1200 500 1000 1200
500 1000 1200 500 1000 1200 500 1000 1200 500 1000 1200
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 701M(B) 11K1M(B) 15K1M(B) 22K1M 30K1M 37K1M
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J3-_-_ 700A(-RJ070)/BS/T 11KA(-RJ070)/BS/T 15KA(-RJ070)/BS/T 22KA(-RJ070)/BS/T DU30KA(-RJ070)/BS DU37KA(-RJ070)/BS
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 10 16 22 33 48 59
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 7.0 11 15 22 30 37
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
44.6 (6320) 70.0 (9910) 95.5 (13500) 140 (19800) 191 (27000) 236 (33400)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 134 (19000) 210 (29700) 286 (40500) 350 (49600) 477 (67500) 589 (83400)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque
(kW/s)
189 223 309 357 561 514
Rated Current (A) 37 65 87 126 174 202
Maximum Current (A) 111 195 261 315 435 505
Regen Braking Frequency (times/min)
(*2)
70 158 (*6) 191 (*6) 102 (*6) - -
Moment of
inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550) 1080 (5900)
Brake
113 (618) 293 (1600) 369 (2020) - - -
Moment Ratio
Environment
Elevation / Vibration (*5) 1000m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400) 230 (510)
Brake
70 (155) 130 (290) 150 (335) - - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency
1-phase 200 to
220VAC / 50 Hz
1-phase 200 to
230VAC / 60Hz
Input (W) 42 (50Hz) / 54 (60Hz) 62 (50Hz) / 76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz) / 85 (60Hz) 120 (50Hz) / 175 (60Hz)
0.21 (50Hz) /
0.25 (60Hz)
0.18 (50Hz) / 0.17 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz)
0.65 (50Hz) /
0.80 (60Hz)
Notes:
X
Y

6. This applies when the GRZG400-_ regeneration resistors are used as a standard accessory and parameter PA02 is changed with cooling fan (1.0m/min, the _92 x 2 unit) installed.
21000
14000
7000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
1000 500 2000 1500
150
100
50
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
1500
240
160
80
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
33600
22400
11200
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
300
200
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
750
500
250
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
105000
70000
35000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
56000
42000
14000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
400
200
300
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP701M(B) (Note 1) HA-LP11K1M(B) (Note 1)
Notes:
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP15K1M(B) (Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP22K1M (Note 1) HA-LP30K1M (Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP37K1M (Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
1000 500 2000 1000 500 2000 1500
1000 500 2000 1500 1000 500 2000 1500 1000 500 2000 1500
292
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 701M4(B) 11K1M4(B) 15K1M4(B) 22K1M4 30K1M4 37K1M4 45K1M4 50K1M4
700A4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
11KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
15KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
22KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
DU30KA4
(-RJ070)/BS4
DU37KA4
(-RJ070)/BS4
DU45KA4
(-RJ070)/BS4
DU55KA4
(-RJ070)/BS4
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 10 16 22 33 48 59 71 80
Continuous
Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 7.0 11 15 22 30 37 45 50
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
44.6 (6320) 70.0 (9910) 95.5 (13500) 140 (19800) 191 (27000) 236 (33400) 286 (40500) 318 (45000)
(r/min)
2300
Torque (kW/s)
189 223 309 357 561 514 626 542
Rated Current (A) 18 31 41 63 87 101 128 143
(times/min) (*2)
75 158 (*6) 191 (*6) 102 (*6) - - - -
Moment
of Inertia
J (x10
-4

kgm) [J
(ozin)]
Standard 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550) 1080 (5900) 1310 (7100) 1870 (10200)
Brake
113 (618) 293 (1600) 369 (2020) - - - - -
Moment Ratio
Insulation class Class F
Environment
Elevation / Vibration
(*5)
1000m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg
(lb)
Standard 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400) 230 (510) 250 (555) 335 (740)
Brake
70 (154.2) 130 (290) 150 (335) - - - - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency
1-phase 200 to
220VAC/50Hz
1-phase 200 to
230VAC/60Hz
Input (W)
42 (50Hz)/
54 (60Hz)
62 (50Hz) / 76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz) / 85 (60Hz) 110 (50Hz) / 150 (60Hz)
0.21 (50Hz)/
0.25 (60Hz)
0.14 (50Hz) / 0.11 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz) / 0.14 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz)
Notes:

X
Y
Speed (r/min)
900
600
300
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
126000
84000
42000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
21000
14000
7000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
500 1000 2000 1500
150
100
50
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
240
160
80
0
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
33600
22400
11200
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
300
200
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
750
500
250
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
105000
70000
35000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
112000
84000
28000
56000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
800
400
600
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
56000
42000
14000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
400
200
300
100
0
Continuous running
range
Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Peak running
range
Notes:
HA-LP50K1M4 (Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP701M4(B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP11K1M4(B) (Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP15K1M4(B) (Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
500 1000 2000 1500 500 1000 2000 1500 500 1000 2000 1500
500 1000 2000 1500 500 1000 2000 1500 500 1000 2000 1500 500 1000 2000 1500
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 502 702 11K2(B) 15K2(B) 22K2(B) 30K2 37K2
500A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
700A(-RJ070)/
BS/T
11KA(-RJ070)/
BS/T
15KA(-RJ070)/
BS/T
22KA(-RJ070)/
BS/T
DU30KA(-RJ070)/
BS
DU37KA(-RJ070)/
BS
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 7.5 10.0 16 22 33 48 59
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 5.0 7.0 11 15 22 30 37
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
23.9 (3380) 33.4 (4730) 52.5 (7430) 71.6 (10100) 105 (14900) 143 (20200) 177 (25100)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 71.6 (10100) 100 (14200) 158 (22400) 215 (30400) 263 (37200) 358 (50700) 442 (62600)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 77.2 118 263 233 374 373 480
Rated Current (A) 25 34 63 77 112 166 204
Maximum Current (A) 75 102 189 231 280 415 510
Regen Braking Frequency (times/min) (*2) 50 50 186 (*6) 144 (*6) 107 (*6) - -
Moment of
Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 74.0 (405) 94.2 (515) 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550)
Brake
- - 113 (618) 293 (1600) 369 (2020) - -
Moment Ratio
Structure
Totally enclosed non-ventilated
(protection level: IP65) (*4)
Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (*4)
Environment
Elevation / Vibration 1000m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s
X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 28 (62) 35 (78) 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400)
Brake
- - 70 (155) 130 (290) 150 (335) - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency (*5) - -
1-phase 200 to
220 VAC/50Hz
1-phase 200 to
230 VAC/60Hz
Input (W) - -
42 (50Hz) /
54 (60Hz)
62 (50Hz) / 76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz) / 85 (60Hz)
Cooling Fan Rated Current (A) - -
0.21 (50Hz)/
0.25 (60Hz)
0.18 (50Hz) / 0.17 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz)
Notes:

X
Y
Speed (r/min)
16800
11200
5600
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
HA-LP502 (Note 1) HA-LP702 (Note 1)
Notes:
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP11K2(B) (Note 1) HA-LP15K2(B) (Note 1)
HA-LP22K2(B) (Note 1) HA-LP30K2 (Note 1) HA-LP37K2 (Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
11200
8400
2800
5600
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
28000
21000
7000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
33600
25200
8400
16800
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
56000
42000
14000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
1000 2000
80
60
40
20
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
120
80
40
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
300
200
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
600
400
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
200
150
100
50
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
240
180
120
60
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
400
300
200
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
1000 2000 1000 2000 1000 2000
1000 2000 1000 2000 1000 2000
294
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HA-LP_ 11K24(B) 15K24(B) 22K24(B) 30K24 37K24 45K24 55K24
11KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
15KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
22KA4(-RJ070)/
BS4/T4
DU30KA4/BS4 DU37KA4/BS4 DU45KA4/BS4 DU55KA4/BS4
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) (*1) 16 22 33 48 59 71 87
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (kW) 11 15 22 30 37 45 55
Rated Torque
(Nm [ozin])
52.5 (7430) 71.6 (10100) 105 (14900) 143 (20200) 177 (25100) 215 (30400) 263 (37200)
Maximum Torque (Nm [ozin]) 158 (22400) 215 (30400) 263 (37200) 358 (50700) 442 (62600) 537 (76000) 657 (93000)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque
(kW/s)
263 233 374 373 480 427 526
Rated Current (A) 32 40 57 83 102 131 143
Maximum Current (A) 96 120 143 208 255 328 358
(times/min) (*2)
186 (*6) 144 (*6) 107 (*6) - - - -
Moment of
Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
[J (ozin)]
Standard 105 (574) 220 (1200) 295 (1610) 550 (3010) 650 (3550) 1080 (5900) 1310 (7160)
Brake
113 (618) 293 (1600) 369 (2020) - - - -
Moment Ratio
Environment
Elevation / Vibration
(*5)
1000m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s Y: 29.4m/s 1000m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s Y: 9.8m/s
Weight kg (lb)
Standard 55 (125) 95 (210) 115 (255) 160 (355) 180 (400) 230 (510) 250 (555)
Brake
70 (155) 130 (290) 150 (335) - - - -
Cooling Fan
Power
Voltage, Frequency
1-phase 200 to
220 VAC / 50Hz
1-phase 200 to
230 VAC / 60Hz
Input (W)
42 (50Hz) /
54 (60Hz)
62 (50Hz) / 76 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz) / 85 (60Hz) 110 (50Hz) / 150 (60Hz)
0.21 (50Hz) /
0.25 (60Hz)
0.14 (50Hz) / 0.11 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz) / 0.14 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz)
Notes:

X
Y
6. This applies when the GRZG400-_ regeneration resistors are used as a standard accessory and parameter PA02 is changed with cooling fan (1.0m/min, the _92x2 unit) installed.
Speed (r/min)
300
200
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
42000
28000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
HA-LP11K24(B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP15K24(B) (Note 1, 2) HA-LP22K24(B) (Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP30K24 (Note 1, 2)
HA-LP37K24 (Note 1, 2) HA-LP45K24 (Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
HA-LP55K24 (Note 1, 2)
Notes:
Speed (r/min)
1000 2000
28000
21000
7000
14000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
200
100
150
50
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
33600
25200
8400
16800
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
240
120
180
60
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
56000
42000
14000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
400
200
300
100
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
600
400
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
84000
56000
28000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
Speed (r/min)
112000
84000
28000
56000
0
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
o
z
in
)
800
400
600
200
0
Peak running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
(
N
m
)
1000 2000 1000 2000 1000 2000
1000 2000 1000 2000 1000 2000
MR Congurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
To servo motor encoder
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN1
CN2
Drive unit Converter unit
CN6
CN3
CN40
CNP1 CN1
CN40A
CN40B
These connectors are
included with
converter unit.
13
12
14
QD70D
QD70P
A1SD75P
FX2N-20GM
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-1PG
QD75D
QD75P
D. Cables and Connectors
MR-J3-A Type Ampliers Cables and Connectors
MR-J3-_A/A1/A4 3.5kW or smaller (200V) and 2kW or smaller (400V)
MR-J3-_A/A4 5kW to 22kW (200V) and 3.5kW to 22kW (400V)
MR Congurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN1
CN2
Servo amplier
QD70D
QD70P
A1SD75P
FX2N-20GM
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-1PG
QD75D
QD75P
CNP1
CN5
CN6
CNP2
CNP3
CN3
CN1
CN2
Positioning
unit
Operation
panel
Servo amplier
QD70D
QD70P
A1SD75P
FX2N-20GM
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-1PG
QD75D
QD75P
MR Congurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
To servo motor power supply
MR-J3-DU_A/A4

MR-J3-A-RJ158
MR-J3-T04
CN7
Port A connector (CN10A) for RJ45 EtherCAT
communication. CATSE Supplied by Customer.
Port B connector (CN10B) for RJ45 EtherCAT
communication
Do not use this part. (CN3)
Input/output signal connector (CN1)
Do not use this part. (CN2L)
To Servo Motor Encoder
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN1
CN2
CN2L
CN10A
CN10B
10
5
1
2
3
4
6 7 8
11
MR-J3-_A-RJ158
296
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item Model Number Stocked Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
1
CNP1 Connector 1kW or Less (200VAC) 54928-0670 S -
CNP1 Connector 2kW - 3.5kW (200VAC)* PC4/6-STF-7.62 S -
CNP1 Connector 2kW (200V)
(Manufactured after January 2008)
721-207/026-000 S -
CNP1 Connector 2kW or Less (400VAC)
2
CNP2 Connector up to 3.5kW (200VAC)* 54927-0510 S -
721-205/026-000 S -
3
721-203/026-000 S -
4
CNP1-2-3 Insertion Tool (200VAC) 54932-0000 S -
* Use this model for amplifiers manufactured prior to January 2008.
Protection
Level
Description
5 CN1 Connector (50 Pin) MR-J3CN1 S -
6 CN1 Pigtail Cable (50 Pin)
MR-J3CCN1CBL-_M
_ = cable length 3, 5m
3, 5 -
7
Junction Terminal Block Cable
(With Ground Clamp)
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M (_ = cable
length 0.5, 1m) (For use with
MR-TB50 and MR-TB50MIN
Junction Terminal Block)
05, 1 -
(Without Ground Clamp)
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M-G
(_ = cable length 0.4, 1m)
(For use with MR-TB50 and
MR-TB50MIN Junction Terminal
Block)
04, 1 -
8 Junction Terminal Block
MR-TB50 S -
MR-TB50MIN (reduced size
- width = 145mm (5.71 in))
S -
For CN1
For CN5
Protection
Level
Description
10 Personal Computer Communication Cable - USB
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Cable length 3m
S -

For CN6A
Protection
Level
Description
11 Monitor Cable
MR-J3CN6CBL1M
Cable length 1m
S -
Protection
Level
Description
12 Protection Coordination Cable MR-J3CDL05M - -
13 Connector Set MR-J2CN1-A - -
14 Terminal Connector MR-J3-TM - -

For CN40 (A/B)
MR-J3-A Type Cables and Connectors (Refer to Chart on Previous Page)
For CN3
Protection
Level
Description
9 RS-232 to RS-485 Converter PC to CN3 (3M) SC-FRPC (Cable length 3m) S -

CNP_ Connectors (Comes with J3 Amp Standard)
Servo amplifier Servo amplifier
Controller
Attach a cap to the unused
connector. To servo motor encoder
QD75MH
LD77MH
Q170MCPU
FX3U-20SSC-H
Q172DCPU
Q173DCPU
MR-MQ100 CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CNP1
CNP3
CNP2
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CNP1
CNP3
CNP2
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
9
5 6 7
5 6 7
1
2
3
4
10
11
12
13
17 19
18 19
17 19
18
8
19
MR-J3-B Type Amplifier Cables and Connectors
connector.
Controller
QD75MH
LD77MH
Q170MCPU
FX3U-20SSC-H
Q172DCPU
Q173DCPU
MR-MQ100
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
9
5 6 7
5 6 7
10 11 12 13
17 19
18 19
17 19
18
8
19
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
connector.
Drive unit Drive unit
CN40A
CN40B
CN40A
CN40B
Controller
Converter unit
CN6
CN3
CN40
CNP1 CN1
Converter unit
CN6
CN3
CN40
QD75MH
QD74MH
Q170MCPU
FX3U-20SSC-H
Q172DCPU
Q173DCPU
CNP1 CN1
MR-MQ100
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
These connectors
are included with the
converter unit.
These connectors
are included with the
converter unit.
Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
9
5 6 7
5 6 7
14
14
15
16
16
15
10 11 12 13
17
20
19
17 19
8
18 19
18 19
MR-J3-DU_BS/BS4
MR-J3-_BS/BS4 5kW to 22kW (200V) and 3.5kW to 22kW (400V)
MR-J3-_BS/BS1/BS4 3.5kW or smaller (200V) and 2kW or smaller (400V)
298
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection Level Description
5 SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cord For Inside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M
_ = cable length 0.15, 0.3,
0.5, 1, 3m
015, 03, 05,
1, 3
-

6 SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cable For Outside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M-A
_ = cable length 5, 10, 20m
5, 10, 20 -
7 SSCNET III Cable (Long Distance Cable)
MR-J3BUS_M-B
_ = cable length 30, 40, 50m
30 -
For Controller, CN1A, CN1B B Safety Type Only
1
721-207/026-000 S -
2
721-205/026-000 S -
3
721-203/026-000 S -
4
For CN1B
8 Connector Cap for SSCNET III
Connector comes with
amplier standard
- -
For CN5
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Cable length 3m
S -

Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
14 Protection Coordination Cable
MR-J3CDL05M
Cable length: 0.5m
- -

15 Connector Set MR-J2CN1-A - -
For CN40
MR-J3-B Safety Type Cables and Connectors (Refer to Chart on Previous Page)
For CN3
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
10 CN3 Signal Connector (20 Pin) MR-J2CN1 S -
MR-CCN1CBL-_M
3, 5 -
12 Cable for PS7DW-20V14B-F Terminal Block
MR-J2HBUS_M
_ = Cable length 05, 1, 3, 5m
05, 1, 3, 5 -
13
20 Pin Terminal Block For J3-B Safety
(TB20 Cannot be Used)
PS7DW-20V14B-F S -
Item
Model Number
(_=cable length in meters)
Stocked Lengths Protection Level Diagram
17 STO Cable (for MR-J3-D05)
MR-D05UDL_M
_ = cable length: 0.3, 1, 3m
03, 1, 3 -
18
STO Cable For Safety Control Device Other than
MR-J3-D05) (*2)
MR-D05UDL3M-B S -
19
STO Connector to make Cables 17 and 18 for Custom
Lengths (customer supplied cable)
MR-D05CON S -
20
Short-Circuit Connector (CN8A) 1971153-1 S -
I/O Connector (CN9) Included with Amplier - -
I/O Connector (CN10) Included with Amplier - -
For CN8 and D05
Connectors
16 Terminal Connector for CNB40 MR-J3-TM - -
300
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
1
721-207/026-000 S -
2
721-205/026-000 S -
3
721-203/026-000 S -
4
MR-J3-T Type Amplier Cables and Connectors
MR-J3-_T/T1/T4 3.5kW or smaller (200V) and 2kW or smaller (400V)
MR-J3-_T/T4 5kW to 22kW (200V) and 3.5kW to 22kW (400V)
MR-J3-D01 extension IO unit
Options for the servo amplifier are same as when the MR-J3-D01 is not used. Refer to the above illustrations.
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
Servo amplier
CN1
CN6
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
Servo amplier
CN1
CN6
MR Congurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Manual pulse
generator
MR-HDP01
CC-Link
master unit
(Programmable
controller)
CN1 Connector
included with
amplier
CN1 Connector
included with
amplier
10
5
4 3 2 1
6
8
11
7
9
CN5
CN3
CN2
CN1
CN6
CN5
CN3
CN2
CN1
CN6
CC-Link
master unit
(Programmable
controller)
CN1 Connector
included with
amplifier
CN1 Connector
included with
amplifier
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Manual pulse
generator
MR-HDP01
10
5
8
11
6 7
9
D01 I/O Servo amplifier
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
CN1
CN6
CN20
CN10
CN30
14
18
20
15
19
22
21
12 13
16 17
For CN5
MR-J3USBCBL3M
(Cable length 3m)
S -

For CN6
6 CN6 Connector (26 Pin) MR-ECN1 S -
7 CN6 Pigtail Cable (26 Pin) MR-ECN1CBL-3M S -
MR-TBNATBL_M
(_ = Cable Length: 0.5, 1M)
05, 1 -
For CN20
12 CN20 Signal Connector (20 Pin) CN1 S -
MR-CCN1CBL-_M
(_ = cable length 3, 5m)
3, 5 -
MR-J2HBUS_M
(_ = cable length 05, 1, 3, 5m)
05, 1, 3, 5 -
15 20 Pin Terminal Block For J3-B (TB20 Cannot be Used) PS7DW-20V14B-F S -
16 CN10 Connector (50 Pin) MR-J3CN1 S -
MR-J3CCN1CBL-_M
3, 5 -
18
(With Ground Clamp)
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M (_ = cable
length 0.5, 1m) (For use with
MR-TB50 and MR-TB50MIN
Junction Terminal Block)
05, 1 -
(Without Ground Clamp)
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M-G
(For use with MR-TB50 and
MR-TB50MIN Junction Terminal
Block)
04, 1 -
MR-TB50 (reduced size -
width = 244mm (9.61 in))
S -

MR-TB50MIN (reduced size -
width = 145mm (5.71 in))
S -
For CN10
MR-J3-T Type Cables and Connectors (Refer to Chart on Previous Page)
Digital Switch Cables
20
Digital Switch Cable
(for between MR-DS60 and MR-J3-D01)
MR-DSCBL_M-G
(_=cable length: 3, 5, 10m)
- -
21
Digital Switch Cable
(for between each MR-DS60)
MR-DSCBL_
(_ =cable length: 25,
100cm)
- -
22 Digital Switch to Use Together With MR-J3-D01 MR-DS60 - -
For CN1 and CN3
10 CN1 CC-Link Replacement Connector 1781014 - -
11 RS-232 to RS-485 Converter PC to CN3 (3M) SC-FRPC (Cable length 3m) S -
302
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3W-B Type Amplifier Cables and Connectors
Notes: 1.
2.
These connector sets are not included with the servo amplifier. Please purchase them separately.
Battery case (MR-BTCASE) and batteries (MR-BAT) are not required when configuring absolute position detection system with linear servo motor.
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Attach a cap to the
unused connector.
Servo amplifier
To B-axis rotary/linear servo motor
To A-axis rotary/linear servo motor
Servo amplifier Controller
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3A
CNP3B
CN2A
CN2B
CN4
CN1A
CN1B
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3A
CNP3B
CN2A
CN2B
CN4
CN1A
CN1B
(Note 2)
Battery case: MR-BTCASE
Battery: MR-BAT 8 pieces
Q173DCPU
Q172DCPU
Q170MCPU
QD75MH
QD74MH
FX3u-20SSC-H
To Servomotor
Power Supply
7 8
11 12
9
7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
16
10
13
14
15
CNP1, CNP2-B(Y), CNP2-A(X) Cables
1 CNP1 Main Circuit Power Supply Cable
SC-EMP01CBL_M-L
(_= cable length: 2, 5m)
(*1, *2)
2, 5 -
Terminal processing type: cut
L1
L2
L3
2 CNP2-B(Y) Control Circuit Power Supply Cable
SC-ECP01CBL_M-L
(*1, *2)
2, 5 -
L11
L21
3
CNP2-A(X) Built-In Regenerative Resistor Short
Connector
SC-ERG02CBL01M-L S -
P+
D
4 CNP2-A(X) Optional Regeneration Unit Cable
SC-ERG01CBL_M-L
(*1, *2)
2, 5 -
P+
C
7 SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cord For Inside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M
_ = cable length 0.15,
0.3, 0.5, 1, 3m
015, 03, 05, 1, 3 -

8 SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cable For Outside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M-A
_ = cable length 5, 10,
20m
5, 10, 20 -
9 SSCNET III Cable (Long Distance Cable)
MR-J3BUS_M-B
_ = cable length 30,
40, 50m
30 -
For Controller, CN1A, CN1B
For CN5
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Cable length 3m
S -

CNP1/CNP2,CNP3A/B Connectors
5
CNP1/CNP2 Main Circuit Power Supply Connector Set
(Crimp Type)
MR-J3WCNP12-DM S -
6 CNP3A/B Connector (Crimp Type) MR-J3WCNP3-DL S -
CNP1/CNP2/CNP3A/B Connector Set
(Spring Clamp Type with Open Tool included)
MR-J3WCNP123-SP S -
Note:
1. Unlisted length is also available per meter: up to 10m for servo amplifier power supply cable and up to 30m for motor power supply cable.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
5
6
For CN1B
15 Connector Cap for SSCNET III
Connector comes with
amplier standard
- -
For CN4
16 Battery Connection Cable
MR-J3BT1CBL_M
_=cable length: 0.3, 1m
03, 1 -
17 Battery Connection Relay Cable (*1)
MR-J3BT2CBL_M
03, 1 -
MR-J3W-B Type Cables and Connectors Continued (Refer to Chart on Previous Page)
For CN3
11 CN3 Connector (26 Pin) MR-ECN1 S -
MR-TBNATBL_M
05, -
Note:
1. Up to 4 units (8 axes) of MR-J3W-_B servo amplifiers are connectable by using this cable.
304
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3 Motor Cables and Connectors
HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length 10m or shorter
Servo motor
Servo motor
For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft
For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft
Battery connection
relay cable
Battery connection
relay cable
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
To servo amplifiers CN2 connector
To servo amplifiers CNP3 connector
(MR-J3W-B only)
(MR-J3W-B only)
14
18
29
13
13
20
3
19 21
15
29
4
HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over 10m
(*2)
(*3)
Motor power supply cable (Wire size 0.75mm
2
(AWG19))
(User supplied cable.)
Motor electromagnetic brake cable (Wire size 0.5mm
2
(AWG20))
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Motor power supply cable (Wire size 0.75mm
2
(AWG19))
Motor electromagnetic brake cable (Wire size 0.5mm
2
(AWG20))
(*1)
(*1)
For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft
Battery connection
relay cable
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
Servo motor
(*1)
(*1)
For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft
Battery connection
relay cable
(*2)
(*3)
16
30
5
5
17
30
6
6
7
8
13
9
7
9
13
10 11 12
10 11 12
HF-SP servo motor series
Battery connection
relay cable
To servo amplifiers CNP3 connector (for 200V 3.5kW or smaller and 400V 2kW or smaller)
To servo amplifiers TE1 terminal (for 200V 5kW or 7kW and 400V 3.5kW to 7kW)
Encoder cable
Servo motor
(MR-J3W-B only)
1 24 25 26
22 23
2 31
32
13
10
11 12
9
Notes:
1. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using.
2. If the length exceeds 10m, relay a cable using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L/-A2-L cable. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3 SERVO AMPLIFIER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details on manufacturing the relay cable.
3. If the length exceeds 10m, relay a cable using MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L/-A2-L cable. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3 SERVO AMPLIFIER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL for details on manufacturing the relay cable.
Servo motor
HF-JP servo motor series 5kW or smaller
Encoder cable
Battery connection
relay cable
Motor power supply connector set
Motor electromagnetic brake connector set
1 24 25
2 31
13
32
9
10
11 12
MR-J3 Motor Cables and Connectors (continued)
Notes:
1. HA-LP502 and 702 are excluded.
2. Servomotors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 12kW or smaller for HA-LP 1000r/min series, 15kW or smaller for HA-LP 1500r/min series and 11kW to 22kW for HA-LP 2000r/min series.
HF-JP servo motor series 11kW and 15kW
Servo motor
To servo amplifiers TE terminal
Encoder cable
Battery connection
relay cable
1 26
2 33
27
13
9
10 12
Notes:
1. An electromagnetic brake connector set is not required for HC-RP series and 1.5kW or smaller of HC-LP/HC-UP series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals.
Battery connection
relay cable
HC-LP/HC-RP/HC-UP servo motor series or HA-LP502/702
Encoder cable
Servo motor
(*1)
(MR-J3W-B only)
1 26 28
2 33
22 23
13
9
10
11 12
27
Battery connection
relay cable
HA-LP servo motor series (*1)
Encoder cable
Servo motor
(*2)
2
13
9
10
11 12
27
GSX Exlar actuator series
Encoder cable
Battery connection
relay cable
1 24 25
2 31
13
32
9
10
11 12
306
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item Motor Model Number
Cable Number ( _ =
cable length 2, 5, 10, 15,
20, 25, 30 meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
1
Standard-Flex,
Unshielded Type
Cables (Straight
Type Connector
Only) (*2)
HA-LP502 MR-J3HC5S-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HA-LP702 MR-J3P7-_M
HA-LP ALL OTHERS
Hard Wired By
Customer
N/A N/A
HC-LP52 MR-J3HC1S-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HC-LP52B MR-J3HC1SB-_M
HC-LP102~152 MR-J3HC2S-_M
HC-LP102B~152B MR-J3HC2SB-_M
HC-LP202(B) (*1) MR-J3HC4S-_M
HC-LP302(B) (*1) MR-J3HC5S-_M
HC-RP103~153 MR-J3HC2S-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HC-RP103B~153B MR-J3HC2SB-_M
HC-RP203 MR-J3HC3S-_M
HC-RP203B MR-J3HC3SB-_M
HC-RP353~503 MR-J3HC5S-_M
HC-RP353B~503B MR-J3HC5SB-_M
HC-UP72 MR-J3HC1S-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HC-UP72B MR-J3HC1SB-_M
HC-UP152 MR-J3HC2S-_M
HC-UP152B MR-J3HC2SB-_M
HC-UP202(B) (*1) MR-J3HC4S-_M
HC-UP352(B)~502(B) (*1) MR-J3HC5S-_M
HF-SP51, HF-SP51B, HF-SP52, HF-SP52B, HF-SP524,
HF-SP524B, HF-SP1024, HF-SP1024B (*1)
MR-J3P1-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HF-JP53, HF-JP53B, HF-JP534, HF-JP534B, HF-JP73, HF-
JP73B, HF-JP734, HF-JP734B, HF-JP1034, HF-JP1034B (*1)
MR-J3P1-_M
HF-SP81, HF-SP81B, HF-SP102, HF-SF102B, HF-SP152,
HF-SP 152B, HF-SP1524, HF-SP1524B, HF-JP103, HF-
JP103B, HF-JP153, HF-JP153B, HF-JP1534, HF-JP1534B,
GSX20, GSX30 (*1)
MR-J3P2-_M
HF-SP121, HF-SP121B, HF-201, HF-SP201B, HF-SP202,
HF-SP202B, HF-SP2024, HF-2024B (*1)
MR-J3P4-_M
HF-SP502, HF-SP502B, HF-5024, HF-SP502B,
GSX40, GSX50 (*1)
MR-J3P6-_M
HF-SP421, HF-SP421B, HF-SP702, HF-SP702B,
HF-SP7024, HF-SP7024B, HF-JP703, HF-JP703B,
HF-JP7034, HF-JP7034B, HF-JP9034, HF-JP9034B,
HF-JP11K1M4, HF-JP11K1M4B, GSX60 (*1)
MR-J3P7-_M
HF-JP3534, HF-JP3534B (*1)
MR-J3P8-_M
HF-SP301, HF-SP301B, HF-SP352, HF-352B, HF-SP3524,
HF-SP3524B, HF-JP353, HF-JP353B (*1)
MR-J3P9-_M
HF-JP503, HF-JP503B (*1) MR-J3P10-_M
HF-JP5034, HF-JP5034B (*1) MR-J3P11-_M
HF-JP903, HF-JP903B, HF-JP11K1M, HF-JP11K1MB,
HF-JP15K1M4, HF-JP15K1M4B (*1)
MR-J3P12-_M
-
HF-JP15K1M, HF-JP15K1MB (*1) MR-J3P13-_M
Servo motor
HF-JP servo motor series 7kW and 9kW
Encoder cable
Battery connection
relay cable
1 26
2 31
13
32
9
10
11 12
MR-J3 Cables and Connectors (Refer to Charts on Previous Page)
Power Cables for HA-LP, HC-LP, HC-RP, HC-UP, HF-SP and HF-JP Series Motors A-, B Safety & T-Type Amplifiers
Note:
2. Standard-flex cables listed on previous page.
Cable Number ( _ =
20, 25, 30 meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
1
High-Flex,
Shielded Type
Cables (Straight
Type Connector
Only) (*2)
HA-LP502 MR-J3HC5S-SH-_M
- IP65
HA-LP702 MR-J3PWS7-_M
HA-LP ALL OTHERS
Hard Wired By
Customer
N/A N/A
HC-LP52 MR-J3HC1S-SH-_M
- IP65
HC-LP52B MR-J3HC1SB-SH-_M
HC-LP102~152 MR-J3HC2S-SH-_M
HC-LP102B~152B MR-J3HC2SB-SH-_M
HC-LP202(B) (*1) MR-J3HC4S-SH-_M
HC-LP302(B) (*1) MR-J3HC5S-SH-_M
HC-RP103~153 MR-J3HC2S-SH-_M
- IP65
HC-RP103B~153B MR-J3HC2SB-SH-_M
HC-RP203 MR-J3HC3S-SH-_M
HC-RP203B MR-J3HC3SB-SH-_M
HC-RP353~503 MR-J3HC5S-SH-_M
HC-RP353B~503B MR-J3HC5SB-SH-_M
HC-UP72 MR-J3HC1S-SH-_M
- IP65
HC-UP72B MR-J3HC1SB-SH-_M
HC-UP152 MR-J3HC2S-SH-_M
HC-UP152B MR-J3HC2SB-SH-_M
HC-UP202(B) (*1) MR-J3HC4S-SH-_M
HC-UP352(B)~502(B) (*1) MR-J3HC5S-SH-_M
HF-SP524B, HF-SP1024, HF-SP1024B (*1)
MR-J3PWS1-_M
2, 5 10, 15,
20, 30
IP67
HF-JP53, HF-JP53B, HF-JP534, HF-JP534B, HF-JP73,
HF-JP73B, HF-JP734, HF-JP734B, HF-JP1034, HF-JP1034B (*1)
MR-J3PWS1-_M
HF-SP81, HF-SP81B, HF-SP102, HF-SF102B, HF-SP152,
HF-SP152B, HF-SP1524, HF-SP1524B, HF-JP103, HF-JP103B,
GSX20, GSX30 (*1)
MR-J3PWS2-_M
HF-SP121, HF-SP121B, HF-201, HF-SP201B, HF-SP202,
HF-SP202B, HF-SP2024, HF-2024B (*1)
MR-J3PWS4-_M
HF-SP502, HF-SP502B, HF-5024, HF-SP502B,
GSX40, GSX50 (*1)
MR-J3PWS6-_M
HF-SP7024B, HF-JP703, HF-JP703B, HF-JP7034, HF-JP7034B,
HF-JP9034, HF-JP9034B, HF-JP11K1M4, HF-JP11K1M4B,
GSX60 (*1)
MR-J3PWS7-_M
HF-JP203, HF-JP203B, HF-JP2034, HF-JP2034B, HF-JP3534,
HF-JP3534B (*1)
MR-J3PWS8-_M
HF-SP301, HF-SP301B, HF-SP352, HF-352B, HF-SP3524,
HF-SP3524B, HF-JP353, HF-JP353B (*1)
MR-J3PWS9-_M
HF-JP503, HF-JP503B (*1) MR-J3PWS10-_M
HF-JP5034, HF-JP5034B (*1) MR-J3PWS11-_M
HF-JP903, HF-JP903B, HF-JP11K1M, HF-JP11K1MB,
HF-JP15K1M4, HF-JP15K1M4B (*1)
MR-J3PWS12-_M
HF-JP15K1M, HF-JP15K1MB (*1) MR-J3PWS13-_M
-
HF-JP15K1M(B) (*1) MR-J3PWS13-_M
Cable Number ( _ = cable length
2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Meter)
Stocked Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
2
Standard-Flex,
Unshielded Type
Cables
HA-LP ALL (B) SIZES
MR-J3HCBKS-_M
2, 5, 10, 20, 30
IP65

HC-LP202B, 302B
HC-UP202B, 352B, 502B
HF-JP11K1M(4)B~HF-JP15K1M(4)B
HF-SP(4) ALL (B) SIZES
MR-J3BK-_M IP67 HF-JP53B~HF-JP9034B
GSX Actuators
High-Flex, Shielded
Type Cables
HA-LP ALL (B) SIZES
MR-J3HCBKS-SH-_M - IP65

HC-LP202B, 302B
HC-UP202B, 352B, 502B
HF-JP11K1M(4)B~HF-JP15K1M(4)B
HF-SP(4) ALL (B) SIZES
MR-J3BRKS1-_M
2, 5, 10, 15,
20, 30
IP67 HF-JP53B~HF-JP9034B
GSX Actuators
Brake Cables for - A-, B Safety & T-Type Ampliers
308
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item Model
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
3
10m or
Shorter (Direct
Connection Type)
Encoder Cable For HF-MP/HF-KP
Series Motor Lead Out In Direction
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Encoder
Side
Amplifier
Side
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
4
Series Motor Lead Out In Opposite
Direction Of Motor Shaft
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
5
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Series Motor Lead Out In Direction
of Motor Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L
Cable length 0.3m (*1)
S IP20
Encoder
Side
Junction
Connector
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L
Cable length 0.3m (*1, *3)
S IP67
6
Series Motor Lead Out In Opposite
Direction Of Motor Shaft
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L
S IP20
Encoder
Side
Junction
Connector
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L
S IP67
7
Amplier-Side Cable For HF-MP/
HF-KP Series Motor
MR-EKCBL_M-H
_ = cable length 20, 30, 40,
50m (*1)
20, 30 IP20
Use this in combination of 5 or 6.
MR-EKCBL_M-L
_ = cable length 20, 30m (*1)
- IP20
8
Junction Connector, Amplier-Side Connector (*2)
For HF-MP/HF-KP Series Motor
MR-ECNM S IP20
9
Encoder Cable For HF-SP, HC-RP, HC-UP, HC-LP, HA-LP,
HF-JP53(B)~HF-JP9034(B) Series Motor,
GSX Actuators
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10, 20,
30, 40, 50m (*1)
2, 5, 10, 20, 30 IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m (*1)
2, 5 IP67
Encoder Cable for HF-JP11K1M, 15K1M, 11K1M4,
15K1M4, GSX Actuators
MR-ENECBL_M-H
_= 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50
(*1)
2, 5, 10 IP67
MR-ENECBL_M-L
_= 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50
(*1)
- IP67
10
Encoder Connector Set for HF-SP/HC-LP/HC-RP/
HC-UP/HA-LP Series HF-JP53, 73, 103, 153, 203, 353,
503, 703, 903534, 734, 1034, 1534, 2034, 3534, 5034,
7034, 9034, GSX Actuators
MR-J3SCNS S IP67
Encoder Connector Set for HF-JP11K1M, 15K1M,
11K1M4, 15K1M4, GSX Actuators
MR-ENECNS S IP67
11
90 Encoder Connector Set for HF-SP/HC-LP/HC-RP/
HC-UP/HA-LP Series HF-JP53, 73, 103, 153, 203,
353, 503, 703, 903534, 734, 1034, 1534, 2034, 3534,
5034, 7034, 9034, GSX Actuators
MR-J3SCNSA S IP67

12 CN2 or CN2L Connector, GSX Actuators MR-J3CN2 S IP20
13 Battery Connection Relay Cable, GSX Actuators
MR-J3BTCBL03M
Cable length 0.3m
S -
Encoder Cables for A-, B Safety and T-Type
Notes:
2. The IP rating indicated is for the connectors protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs from that of these
connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
3. The encoder cable is rated IP65 while the junction connector is rated IP67.
MR-J3 Cables and Connectors Continued (Refer to Chart on Previous Page)
Item Model (*1)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
14
10m or
Shorter (Direct
Connection
Type
Power Supply Cable For HF-MP/
HF-KP Series Motor. Lead Out In
Direction of Motor Shaft (Non-
Shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Non-shielded
Shielded
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m _
2, 5, 10 IP65
Direction of Motor Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS_M-A1
5 IP65
15
Opposite Direction of Motor Shaft
(Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L
2, 5, 10 IP65
(Shielded)
MR-J3PS_M-A2
5, 10 IP65
16
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
HF-KP Series Motor Lead Out In
Shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
Direction of Motor Shaft (Shielded)
MR-J3PS03M-A1
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
17
(Non-Shielded)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
(Shielded)
MR-J3PS03M-A2
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
Motor Power Supply Cables For CNP3 - A-, B Safety and T-Type
Power Supply Cable for HF-KP/HF-MP Rotary Servomotor Series (Direct Connection Type)
Item Model (*1)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
18
Lead Out in Direction of Motor Shaft
Standard Bending Life
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-L
(_= cable length: 2, 5, 10m)
- -
19
Lead Out in Opposite Direction of Motor Shaft
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-L
- -
20
Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-H
2, 5, 10 -
21
Lead out in Opposite Direction of Motor Shaft
Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-H
2, 5, 10 -
Power Supply Cable for HF-SP/HC-LP/HC-UP Rotary Servomotor Series
Item Model (*1)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
22 Standard Bending Life
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-L
(_= cable length: 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m)
- -
23 Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-H
(_= cable length: 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m)
2, 5, 10 -
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
24
Power Supply Connector Set for HF-SP51, 81, 52,
102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524, HF-JP53, 73, 103, 153,
203, 534, 734, 1034, 1534, 2034, 3534, 5034,
GSX20, GSX30
MR-PWCNS4
S IP67
25
Power Supply Connector Set for HF-SP121, 201,
301, 202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024, HF-JP353,
503, GSX40, GSX50
MR-PWCNS5
S IP67
26
Power Supply Connector Set for HF-SP421, 702,
7024, HF-JP703, 903, 7034, 9034, HF-JP11K1M,
15K1M,11K1M4, 15K1M4, HA-LP702, GSX60
MR-PWCNS3
(Straight type only)
S IP67
27
Power Supply Connector Set for HC-LP52, 102, 152,
HC-RP103, 152, 153, 203
MR-PWCNS1 (Straight type) S IP67
28
Power Supply Connector Set for HC-LP202, 302,
HC-RP353, 503, HC-UP202, 352, 502, HA-LP502
MR-PWCNS2 (Straight type) S IP67
Power Supply Connectors
Note:
1. A separate motor-side power supply connector (listed below) is required for HF-SP/HC-LP/HC-UP rotary servomotors.
Note:
Note:
310
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
29
Brake Cable for
HF-KP/HF-MP Series
10m or Shorter
(Direct Connection
Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
- IP65
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
30
Brake Cable for
HF-KP/HF-MP Series
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
(cable length 0.3) (*1)
S IP55
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
Motor Brake Cables
Note:
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level (*1)
Diagram
31
Brake Connector Set for HF-SP Series,
HF-JP53B, 73B, 103B, 153B, 203B, 353B, 503B,
534B, 734B, 1034B,1534B, 2034B, 3534B,
5034B, 7034B, 9034B, GSX Actuators
MR-BKCNS1
S IP67
32
Brake Connector Set for HF-SP Series,
HF-JP53B, 73B, 103B, 153B, 203B,353B, 503B,
534B, 734B, 1034B, 1534B, 2034B, 3534B,
5034B, 7034B, 9034B, GSX Actuators
MR-BKCNS1A (Angled type) S IP67
33
Brake Connector Set for HF-JP11K1MB, 15K1MB,
11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, HC-LP202B, 302B, HC-UP202B,
352B, 502B, HA-LP601B, 801B, 12K1B, 6014B,
8014B, 12K14B, 701MB,11K1MB, 15K1MB, 701M4B,
11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, 11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B,
15K24B, 22K24B
MR-BKCN S IP65
Brake Connector Set
Note:
1. The IP rating indicated is for the connectors protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs from that of these
MR-CONFIGURATOR2 (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E)
personal computer.
test mode menus.
Extension I/O Unit
Manuals
F. System Options
20 Pin Terminal Block (*1)
I/O Digital Switch
RS-422 Distributor (For Multidrop)
Note: 1. MR-TB20 terminal block cannot be used for MR-J3-B Safety.
Heat Sink Mounting Attachment
Windows Communication Software MR-CONFIGURATOR2 S
E. Software and Manuals
Hardware Description Model Number Stocked Item
MR-J3-A Instruction Manual SH(NA)030038 MEAU.com
MR-J3-B Safety Instruction Manual SH(NA)030051 MEAU.com
MR-J3-T Instruction Manual SH(NA)030058 MEAU.com
MR-J3-T / MR-J3-D01 Instruction Manual SH(NA)030061 MEAU.com
Servomotor Manual Volume 2 SH(NA)030041 MEAU.com
MR-J3-T Only MR-J3-D01 S
MR-J3-B Safety Only MR-J3-D05 S
MR-J3-T Only MR-HDP01 S
MR-J3-D01 Only MR-DS60 -
MR-J3-B Safety Only PS7DW-20V14B-F S
MR-J3-A/B Safety/T BMJ-8 S
MR-J3-11K to 22KA/B
Safety /T Only
MR-J3ACN -
MR-J3-A-RJ158 (EtherCAT)
MR-J3-A Only MR-J3-T04 S
312
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Battery
Line Noise Filter Radio Noise Filter
External Dynamic Brake
Power Regeneration Converter
EMC Filter
Brake/Resistor Units (Must be used in conjunction with each other)
Brake Unit
Model Number
Stocked
Item
Resistor Unit
Model Number
Stock
Item
MR-J3-500A/BS/T to 700A/BS/T FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S
MR-J3-11KA/BS/T to 15KA/BS/T FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S
MR-J3-22KA/BS/T FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL -
MR-J3-500 ~ 700A4/BS4/T4 FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S
MR-J3-11K ~ 15KA4/BS4/T4 FR-BU2-H30K S FR-BR-H30K-UL S
MR-J3-22KA4/BS4/T4 FR-BU2-H55K - FR-BR-H55K-UL S
Power Regeneration Common Converter/Stand-Alone Reactor
(Must be used in conjunction with each other). Up to six servo
amplifiers can be connected to one FR-CV, refer to manuals for details.
Common Converter
Model Number
Stocked
Item
Reactor Model
Number
Stock
Item
MR-J3-350A/B/T FR-CV-7.5K - FR-CVL-7.5K -
MR-J3-500A/B/T FR-CV-11K - FR-CVL-11K -
MR-J3-700A/B/T FR-CV-15K - FR-CVL-15K -
MR-J3-11KA/B/T FR-CV-22K - FR-CVL-22K -
MR-J3-15KA/B/T
FR-CV-30K - FR-CVL-30K -
MR-J3-22KA/B/T FR-CV-55K - FR-CVL-55K -
Item Number Model Number Description Stocked Item Description
Battery MR-J3BAT
The servomotors absolute value can be maintained by installing the battery
in the servo amplifier. The battery is not required when the servo system is
used in an incremental mode.
S
Battery Connection
Relay Cable
MR-J3BTCBL03M
Use this relay cable to hold the absolute value when shipping the product
with the machine and servo amplifier removed. The servomotor HF series
does not have a super capacitor (for holding an absolute value for short time)
in the encoder. When this optional cable is used, the absolute value can be
held even when the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier,
making it easy to do maintenance on the servo amplifier.
S
Diagnostic Cable
Only For MR-J3-A Type
MR-J3ACHECK
This cable is required when using the amplifier diagnostic function of MR
Configurator (Setup software).
S
CN6 CN1 CN2
MR-J3-200A/B
Safety/T(4) or
Smaller
FR-BSF01 S
MR-J3-350A/B Safety/
T(4) or Larger
FR-BLF S
All 200VAC J3 Models FR-BIF S
All 400VAC J3 Models FR-BIF-H -
Stock
Item
MR-J3-100A/BS/T and less MF3F480-010.233MF S
MR-J3-200A/BS/T MF3F480-015.230MF3 S
MR-J3-350A/BS/T MF3F480-025.230MF3 S
MR-J3-500A/BS/T ~ 700A/BS/T MF3F480-050.230MF3 S
MR-J3-11KA/BS/T ~ 22KA/BS/T HF3100A-UN -
MR-J3-DU30 ~ 37KA/BS HF3200A-UN -
MR-J3-100A4/BS4/T4 and less MF3F480-010.233MF S
MR-J3-200A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-015.230MF3 S
MR-J3-350A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-015.233MF S
MR-J3-500A4/BS4/T4 ~ 700A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-025.230MF3 S
MR-J3-11KA4/BS4/T4 ~ 15KA4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-035.230 -
MR-J3-22KA4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-050.230MF3 S
MR-J3-DU30 ~ 55KA4/BS4 TF3150C-TX -
Stocked
Item
Description
MR-J3-11KA/BS/T DBU-11K -
MR-J3-11KA4/BS4/T4 DBU-11K-4 -
MR-J3-15K ~ 22KA4/BS4/T4 DBU-22K-4 S
MR-J3-DU30KBS ~ DU37KBS DBU-37K -
MR-J3-DU30KBS4 ~ DU55KBS4 DBU-55K-4 -
Stocked
Item
Description
MR-J3-500A/BS/T FR-RC-15K -
MR-J3-700A/BS/T ~ 15KA/BS/T FR-RC-30K -
MR-J3-22KA/BS/T FR-RC-55K -
MR-J3-500A4/BS4/T4 FR-RC-H15K -
MR-J3-700 ~ 15KA4/BS4/T4 FR-RC-H30K -
MR-J3-22KA4/BS4/T4 FR-RC-H55K -
200VAC Optional Regeneration Resistors
400VAC Optional Regeneration Resistors
Servo
Amplifier
Model MR-J3-
_
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
Standard Resistors Supplied with
Amplifiers
Optional Regeneration Resistors/Tolerable Regenerative Power (W)
GRZG400- MR-RB
1.5X4
(*2)
0.8X4
(*2)
0.9X5
(*2)
0.6X5
(*2)
032
(40)
12
(40)
30
(13)
31
(6.7)
32
(40)
50
(13)
(*1)
51
(6.7)
(*1)
5E
(6)
(*2)
5R
(3.2)
(*2)
9P
(4.5)
(*2)
9F
(3)
(*2)
139
(1.3)
137
(1.3)
(*3)
Stocked Item - - - - S S S - S S S - - - - -
10A(1)/
BS(1)/T(1)
- - - - - 30 - - - - - - - - - - - -
20A(1)/
BS(1)/T(1)
10 - - - - 30 100 - - - - - - - - - - -
40A(1)/
BS(1)/T(1)
10 - - - - 30 100 - - - - - - - - - - -
60A/BS/T 10 - - - - 30 100 - - - - - - - - - - -
70A/BS/T 20 - - - - 30 100 - - 300 - - - - - - - -
100A/BS/T 20 - - - - 30 100 - - 300 - - - - - - - -
200A/BS/T 100 - - - - - - 300 - - 500 - - - - - - -
350A/BS/T 100 - - - - - - 300 - - 500 - - - - - - -
500A/BS/T 130 - - - - - - - 300 - - 500 - - - - - -
700A/BS/T 170 - - - - - - - 300 - - 500 - - - - - -
11KA/BS/T -
500
(800)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
- - - - -
11KA/BS/T-LR - -
500
(800)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
- - - -
15KA/BS/T - - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- - -
15KA/BS/T-LR - - - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- -
22KA/BS/T - -- - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- -
DU30KA/BS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
DU37KA/BS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
Servo Amplifier
Model MR-J3-_
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
Standard Resistors Supplied with
Amplifiers
GRZG400- MR-RB
5X4
(*2)
2.5X4
(*2)
2.5X5
(*2)
2X5
(*2)
1H-4
(82)
3M-4
(120)
(*1)
3G-4
(47)
(*1)
34-4
(26)
(*1)
5G-4
(47)
(*1)
54-4
(26)
(*1)
5K-4
(10)
(*2)
6B-4
(20)
(*2)
60-4
(12.5)
(*2)
6K-4
(10)
(*2)
136-4
(5)
138-4
(5)
(*3)
Stocked Item - - - - - S S S S S S - - - -
60A4/BS4/T4 15 - - - - 100 300 - - - - - - - - - -
100A4/BS4/T4 15 - - - - 100 300 - - - - - - - - - -
200A4/BS4/T4 100 - - - - - - 300 - 500 - - - - - - -
350A4/BS4/T4 100 - - - - - - 300 - 500 - - - - - - -
500A4/BS4/T4 130 (*4) - - - - - - - 300 - 500 - - - - - -
700A4/BS4/T4 170 (*4) - - - - - - - 300 - 500 - - - - - -
11KA4/BS4/T4 -
500
(800)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
- - - -
11KA4/BS4/
T4-LR
- -
500
(800)
- - - - - - - -
500
(800)
- - - - -
15KA4/BS4/T4 - - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- - -
15KA4/BS4/
T4-LR
- - - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- -
22KA4/BS4/T4 - - - -
850
(1300)
- - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
- -
DU30KA4/BS4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
DU37KA4/BS4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
DU45KA4/BS4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
DU55KA4/BS4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1300 3900
Notes:
1. Be sure to install cooling fans.
3. MR-RB137 is three resistance values combined.
4. MR-RB138-4 is three resistance values combined.
MR-J3-_
MR-RB14 (26) MR-RB34 (26)
MR-J3W-22B
MR-J3W-44B
100 -
MR-J3W-77B - 300
Dual Axis Optional Regeneration Resistors
314
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
DC Power Improvement Reactor AC Power Factor Improvement Reactor
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
T S R Q W QK QL U Y
HF-KP_K
HF-MP_K
200, 400
5
(0.20)
14h6
(0.554)
30
(1.18)
27
(1.06)
5
(0.20)
20
(0.79)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
M4 Depth
15 (0.59)
750
6
(0.24)
19h6
(0.7480)
40
(1.57)
37
(1.46)
6
(0.24)
25
(0.98)
5
(0.20)
3.5
(0.14)
M5 Depth
20 (0.79)
HF-KP / HF-MP Series: D-Cut Shaft (50W & 100W Motors Only)
Keyway With Key Included
Servo Amplifier Type Model Number Stock Item Description
MR-J3-10 ~ 20A/B/T DCA000402 -
MR-J3-40A/B/T
DCA000902
-
MR-J3-60 ~ 70A/B/T -
MR-J3-100A/B/T DCA001202 -
MR-J3-200A/B/T DCA001802 -
MR-J3-350A/B/T DCA003202 -
MR-J3-500A/B/T DCA005001 -
MR-J3-60A4/B4/T4 DCA000402 -
MR-J3-100A4/B4/T4
DCA000903
-
MR-J3-200A4/B4/T4 -
MR-J3-350A4/B4/T4 DCA001803 -
MR-J3-500A4/B4/T4 DCA002503 -
MR-J3-700 ~ 11KA/B/T DCA008002 -
MR-J3-15KA/B/T DCA011003 -
MR-J3-22KA/B/T DCA012502 -
MR-J3-700 ~ 11KA4/B4/T4 DCA003202 -
MR-J3-15KA4/B4/T4 DCA005004 -
MR-J3-22KA4/B4/T4 DCA008005 -
MR-J3-DU30KA/B MR-DCL30K -
MR-J3-DU37KA/B MR-DCL37K -
MR-J3-DU30KA4/B4 MR-DCL30K-4 -
MR-J3-10A1/B1/T1
MRL-00204
-
MR-J3-10 ~ 20A/B/T -
MR-J3-20A1/B1/T1
MRL-00401
-
MR-J3-40A/B/T -
MR-J3-40A1/B1/T1
MRL-00801
-
MR-J3-60 ~ 70A/B/T -
MR-J3-100A/B/T MRL-01201 -
MR-J3-200A/B/T MRL-01801 S
MR-J3-350A/B/T MRL-03501 -
MR-J3-500A/B/T MRL-04501 -
MR-J3-700 ~ 11KA/B/T MRL-05501 -
MR-J3-15KA/B/T MRL-08001 -
MR-J3-22KA/B/T MRL-10001 -
MR-J3-60A4/B4/T4
MRL-00402 S
MR-J3-100A4/B4/T4
MR-J3-200A4/B4/T4 MRL-00802 S
MR-J3-350A4/B4/T4 MRL-01802 S
MR-J3-500A4/B4/T4 MRL-02502 S
MR-J3-700 ~ 11KA4/B4/T4 MRL-03502 S
MR-J3-15KA4/B4/T4 MRL-04502 S
MR-J3-22KA4/B4/T4 MRL-05502 -
MR-J3 Motor Shaft Details and Servomotor Dimensions
8h6 (0.3150 )
1

(
0
.
0
3
9
)

21.5 (0.85)
25 (0.98)
20.5 (0.81)
-0.009
0
Unit: mm (inch)
(Unit: mm)
Cross Section
A-A
W
U
T
Y
S
A
A
R
Q
QK QL
Keyway With No Key Supplied (Customer must supply key or order key part separately below)
HF-SP / HF-JP / HC-LP / HC-RP/ HC-UP / HA-LP Series
Motor Model
(HA-LP_K)
Variable Dimensions mm (in)
Fig. Key Model Number
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
601, 6014, 701M, 701M4,
502, 702, 11K2, 11K24
42h6
(1.6535
-0.0006
0
)
85
(3.35)
80
(3.15)
12
-0.04
0

(0.47
-0.002
0
)
70
(2.76)
5
(0.20)
5
+0.2
0
(0.2
+0.008
0
)
6
(0.24)
Same as
Standard
motors
straight
shaft.
A
(N/A) Key to
be supplied by
customer.
801, 12K1, 8014, 12K14,
11K1M, 15K1M, 11K1M4,
15K1M4, 15K2, 22K2,
15K24, 22K24
55m6
(2.1654
-0.0006
+0.0012
)
110
(4.33)
100
(3.94)
16
-0.04
0

(0.63
-0.002
0
)
90
(3.54)
5
(0.20)
6
+0.2
0
(0.24
+0.008
0 )
8
(0.31)
15K1, 20K1, 15K14,
20K14, 22K1M, 30K1M,
22K1M4, 30K1M4, 30K2,
37K2, 30K24, 37K24
60m6
(2.3622
-0.0006
+0.0012
)
140
(5.51)
140
(5.51)
18
-0.04
0

(0.71
-0.002
0
)
128
(5.04)
6
(0.24)
7
+0.2
0
(0.28
+0.008
0
)
9
(0.35)
B
25K1, 30K1, 25K14,
30K14, 37K1M, 37K1M4,
45K1M4, 45K24, 55K24
65m6
(2.5591
-0.0006
+0.0012
)
140
(5.51)
140
(5.51)
18
-0.04
0

(0.71
-0.002
0
)
128
(5.04)
6
(0.24)
7
+0.2
0
(0.28
+0.008
0
)
9
(0.35)
37K1, 37K14, 50K1M4
80m6
(3.1496
-0.0006
0
)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
22
-0.04
0

(0.87
-0.002
0
)
147
(5.79)
11
(0.43)
9
+0.2
0
(0.35
+0.008
0 )
11
(0.43)
Note: Not all key sizes are available to order from MEAU. If a key part is not listed, customer must supply.
Keyway With No Key Supplied (Customer must supply key)
Motor
Model
Capacity
(kW)
Variable Dimensions mm (in)
Fig.
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked Item
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
HF-SP_K
HC-LP_K
0.5~1.5
24h6
(0.9449
-0.0005
0
)
55
(2.17)
50
(1.91)
8
-0.036
0

(0.315
-0.001
0
)
36
(1.42)
5
(0.20)
4
+0.2
0
(0.16
+0.008
0
)
4
(0.16)
M8
Depth 20
(0.79)
A
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
2.0~7.0
35h6
+0.01
0
(1.3780
+0.0004
0
)
79
(3.11)
75
(2.95)
10-0.036
0

(0.394
-0.001
0
)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
5
+0.2
0
(0.20
+0.008
0
)
5
(0.20)
10x8x45
MTR KEY
10-8-45
S
HC-RP_K
1.0, 1.5,
2.0
24h6
(0.9449
-0.0005
0
)
45
(1.77)
40
(1.57)
8-0.036
0

(0.315
-0.001
0
)
25
(0.98)
5
(0.20)
4
+0.2
0
(0.16
+0.008
0
)
4
(0.16)
8x7x16
MTR KEY
8-7-16
S
3.5, 5.0
28h6
(1.1024
-0.0005
0
)
63
(2.48)
58
(2.28)
8
-0.036
0

(0.315
-0.001
0
)
53
(2.09)
3
(0.12)
4
+0.2
0
(0.16
+0.008
0
)
4
(0.16)
8x7x45
MTR KEY
8-7-45
S
HC-UP_K
0.75
22h6
(0.8661
-0.0005
0
)
55
(2.17)
50
(1.97)
6
-0.036
0

(0.236
-0.001
0
)
42
(1.65)
3
(0.12)
3.5
+0.1
0

(0.14
+0.008
0
)
3
(0.12)
6x6x36
MTR KEY
6-6-36
S
1.5
28h6
(1.1024
-0.0005
0
)
55
(2.17)
50
(1.97)
8
-0.036
0

(0.315
-0.001
0
)
40
(2.09)
3
(0.12)
4
+0.2
0

(0.16
+0.008
0
)
4
(0.16)
8x7x36
MTR KEY
8-7-36
S
2.0, 3.5,
5.0
35
+0.1
0
(1.3780
+0.0004
0
)
65
(2.56)
60
(2.36)
10
-0.036
0

(0.394
-0.001
0
)
50
(1.97)
5
(0.20)
5
+0.2
0

(0.20
+0.008
0
)
5
(0.20)
10x8x45
MTR KEY
10-8-45
S
HF-JP_K
0.5~2.0 16h6
40
(1.57)
30
(1.18)
5-0.030
0
25
(0.98)
2
(0.08)
3
+0.1
0
2.5
(0.10)
M4 - - -
3.5, 5
28h6
(1.1024 -0.0005
0
)
55
(2.17)
50
(1.97)
8
-0.036
0

(0.315
-0.001
0
)
36
(1.42)
5
(0.20)
4
+0.2
0
(0.16
+0.008
0
)
4
(0.16)
M8
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
7, 9
35
+0.1
0
(1.3780
+0.0004
0
)
79
(3.11)
75
(2.95)
10
-0.036
0

(0.394
-0.001
0
)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
5
+0.2
0
(0.20
+0.008
0
)
5
(0.20)
- - -
11, 15
55M6
(2.1654
-0.0006
+0.0012
)
116
(4.57)
110
(4.33)
16-0.04
0

(0.63 -0.002
0
)
90
(3.54)
5
(0.20)
6
+0.2
0
(0.24
+0.008
0 )
8
(0.31)
M10 - - -
A-A
S
U
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
(Unit: mm) Figure A
(Unit: mm)
Q
R
QK
A
A
r
QL
W
A-A
S
U
Y
Figure B
316
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HF-KP / HF-MP Series
HF-KP053(B), HF-KP13(B)
HF-MP053(B), HF-MP13(B)
pin assignment
Brake connector
pin assignment (Note 3)
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
24.5
HF-KP053(B)
HF-MP053(B)
66.4
(107.5)
40.5
HF-KP13(B)
HF-MP13(B)
82.4
(123.5)
(Unit: mm)
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
4
6
6.4 13.9
27.5
8
h
6
3
0
h
7
25
2.5
4.9
27.4
13.7
L
2
1
3
7
.
1
21.5
5
2
0
.
7
2
1
20.5 20.7
3
8
.
8

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
3
6
2-4.5
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
M40
4
5
(Note 3)
1
3
9.5
11.7
10.1
11.7 18.4
21.5
Encoder
connector
Brake
connector
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
58.3 (Note 3)
19.2
KL
9.5
11.7 11.7
58.3
21.5
18.4
Encoder
connector
Power supply
connector
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
39.3
HF-KP23(B)
HF-MP23(B)
76.6
(116.1)
61.2
HF-KP43(B)
HF-MP43(B)
98.5
(138)
pin assignment
Brake connector
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
(Unit: mm)
7
5
0
h
7
11.8 19.2
10.1
7
0
1
4
h
6
9.5
5.9
4
7
.
1
13.9
13.7
21.5
28.4
27.8
11.7
Encoder
connector
Power supply
connector
Brake
connector (Note 3)
4-5.8
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
4
5
M60
9
(Note 3)
4
7
.
1

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
57.8 (Note 3)
L
1
3
.
5
3
30
10
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
11.8
21.5
9.5
11.7
18.3
Encoder
connector 57.8
(Note 3)
7
KL
(Note 3)
pin assignment
Brake connector
Pin No. Signal name
Earth 1
2
3
4
U
V
W
Pin No. Signal name
B1 1
2 B2
(Unit: mm)
8 3
9
0
5
7
.
1
1
9
h
6
7
0
h
7
40
14 12
27.8
5
6
27.4
11.5 13.7
21.4
11.8
11.7
9.5
19.2
72.3
65.5 (Note 3)
Encoder
connector
M80
4
5
(Note 3)
113.8 (157)
4-6.6
mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
7
4
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
11.8
11.7
9.5
18.4
21.4
65.5 (Note 3)
(Note 3)
Encoder
connector
Notes:
3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have the polarity.
5. Dimensions for motors with an oil seal (HF-MP_J and HF-KP_J) are different from the above. Contact Mitsubishi for details.
HF-KP23(B), HF-KP43(B)
HF-MP23(B), HF-MP43(B)
HF-KP73(B)
HF-MP73(B)

HF-SP Series
HF-SP51(B), HF-SP81(B)
HF-SP52(B) to HF-SP152(B), HF-SP524(B) to HF-SP152(B)
HF-JP Series
HF-JP53(B), HF-JP73(B), HF-JP103(B), HF-JP153(B), HF-JP203(B)
s n o i s n e m i d e l b a i r a V l e d o M
L KL
79.8
143.5
(193)
183.5
(233)
(Unit: mm)
Brake connector
pin assignment
pin assignment
Motor flange direction Motor flange direction
66.5
5
0
.
9
L
(45.5)
13
82
4
5
KA
MS3102A22-22P (for 3.5kW or smaller and 5kW)
MS3102A32-17P (for 4.2kW and 7kW)
3
2
4
1
9
6
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
44
Brake connector
CM10-R2P (Note 3)
79
18 3
75
M176

Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
(Note 3)
(Note 3) (Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
4
2
3
1
(Note 3)
1
1
4
.
3
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0
0
38.5
200
2
3
0
1, 2, 3 and 4 are screw holes for hanging bolt.
For HF-SP201(B), HF-SP301(B), HF-SP352(4)(B),
HF-SP502(4)(B): 3, 4
For HF-SP421(B), HF-SP702(4)(B): 1, 2, 3, 4

0
-
0
.0
2
5
KL
K
B
(Note 3)
KA KB
Brake
(Note 3)
Earth W
V U
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
191.8
263.5
(313)
32 149.1
139.8
203.5
(253)
119.8 24.8 140.9
HF-SP121(B)
1000r/min
HF-SP201(B)
HF-SP301(B)
HF-SP421(B)
HF-SP202(4)(B)
HF-SP352(4)(B)
HF-SP502(4)(B)
HF-SP702(4)(B)
2000r/min
Model Variable dimensions
L KL
57.8
118.5
(153)
79.8
140.5
(175)
101.8
162.5
(197)
(Unit: mm)
1
6
5
1
4
5
13.5
1
1
0
h
7
2
4
h
6
5
0
.
9
20.9
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Brake connector
CM10-R2P (Note 3)
MS3102A18-10P
KL
13
38.2 (43.5)
55 L
50
12 3
M130
4
5
4-9 mounting hole

Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
1
1
2
.
5
Brake
Brake connector
pin assignment
pin assignment
Earth W
V U
(Note 3)
) 3 e t o N ( ) 3 e t o N (
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
7
9
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
58
29 (Note 3)
Motor flange direction Motor flange direction
59 (Note 3)
2000r/min
HF-SP52(4)(B)
HF-SP102(4)(B)
HF-SP152(4)(B)
1000r/min
HF-SP51(B)
HF-SP81(B)
Notes:
3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have the polarity.
HF-SP121(B) to HF-SP421(B)
HF-SP202(B) to HF-SP702(B), HF-SP2024(B) to HF-SP7024(B) HF-MP73(B)
318
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S

Notes:
(Unit: mm)

HF-JP353(B), HF-JP503(B)
HF-JP534(B), HF-JP734(B), HF-JP1034(B), HF-JP1534(B), HF-JP2034(B)
HF-JP3534(B), HF-JP5034(B)
HC-LP Series
HC-LP52(B) to HC-LP152(B) (Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
77
144
(177)
97
164
(197)
124.5
191.5
(224.5)
HC-LP52(B)
HC-LP102(B)
HC-LP152(B)
13
5
0
.
9
CE05-2A22-23P
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
50
55 L
2
4
h
6
38
12 3
(Note 3)
1
1
0
h
7
KL
Oil seal
S30457B
1
1
1
M130
44
4
5
1
6
5
1
4
5
(Note 3)
Brake
C
B
U
V
W
Earth
E
D
A
G
H
F
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
pin assignment
Motor flange direction
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
HF-JP11K1M(B), HF-JP15K1M(B), HF-JP11K1M4(B), HF-JP15K1M4(B)
HF-JP703 (B), HF-JP903 (B), HF-JP7034 (B), HF-JP9034 (B)
Model
Model Brake static friction torque (Nm [ozin])
44 (6230)
HF-JP703(4) B
HF-JP903(4) B
<Electromagnetic brake static friction torque>
HF-JP703(B)
HF-JP7034(B)
HF-JP903(B)
HF-JP9034(B)
L
263.5 (313)
303.5 (353)
KL
285.4
325.4
Variable Dimensions
Note: For detailed specification of the
electromagnetic brake, refer to
MELSERVO-J3 catalog
(L(NA)03017-G).
Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic
brake terminals do not have polarity.
5. For shaft end key way, and optional cables and connectors, refer to
MELSERVO-J3 catalog (L(NA)03017-G).
3 18
13
66.5
1
4
*4
2
3
*3
28.5
W V
U
A
B
D
C
Brake
(Note 3)
45
44
1
3
3
.5
KL
92.1
1
6
3
.3
9
6
.9
5
0
.9
38.5
(45.5)
L 79
75
*2
*1
M176
44
102.3
(Note 3) (*3)
(*3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
1
1
4
.3
0
0
.0
2
5
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
MS3102A32-17P
CM10-R2P
2
3
0
200
(*3)
Brake connector
pin assignment
pin assignment
Motor flange direction (View from front of the connector)
Earth Key
Main key
position mark
(Note 3) Oil seal
*1, *2, *3 and *4 are
screw holes (M8) for
eyebolt.
320
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HC-RP Series
HC-RP103(B) to HC-RP203(B) (Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
69.5
145.5
(183.5)
94.5
170.5
(208.5)
119.5
195.5
(233.5)
HC-RP103(B)
HC-RP153(B)
HC-RP203(B)
38
5 4 L
40
3 10
M100
9
6
44
4
5
5
0
.
9
KL
13
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
CE05-2A22-23P
9
5
h
7
2
4
h
6
Oil seal
S30457B
B
D
C A
F
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
1
3
5
1
1
5
G H
E
Earth
W
(Note 3)
Brake
U
V
pin assignment
(Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
148
215.5
(252.5)
205
272.5
(309.5)
HC-RP353(B)
HC-RP503(B)
1
1
0
h
7
58
63
1
2
0
4
5
46
M130
2
8
h
6
12 3
W
Earth
V
U
B
F E
A
KL
L
13
5
0
.
9
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
38
CE05-2A24-10P
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
C
D
G
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Oil seal
S30457B
1
4
5
1
6
5
(Note 3)
Brake
pin assignment
Notes:
HC-RP353(B), HC-RP503(B)
(Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
123.5
198.5
(246.5)
173.5
248.5
(296.5)
HC-LP202(B)
HC-LP302(B)
pin assignment
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Oil seal
S40608B
KL
3 18
75
79 L
13
5
0
.
9
38
CE05-2A24-10P
1
2
1
1
7

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
67.5
Brake connector
MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3)
Brake
(Note 3)
Earth
W
A
1
4
2
M176
46
4
5
U
V
A
D
F
B
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
3
0
2
0
0
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
B C
E
G
1
2
1 and 2 are screw holes (M8) for hanging bolt. Only for HC-LP302(B).
Brake connector
pin assignment
1
1
4
.
3

0
-
0
.0
2
5
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0
0
Notes:
HC-LP202(B), HC-LP302(B)
HA-LP Series
HA-LP502
(Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
42.5
116.5
(159.5)
66.5
140.5
(183.5)
90.5
164.5
(207.5)
HC-UP202(B)
HC-UP352(B)
HC-UP502(B)
47
M220
1
6
5
4
5
37.5
2-M8 screw
38
L
16 4
65
60
2
0
0
h
7
KL
5
0
.
9
13
Oil seal
S40608B
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
CE05-2A24-10P
42
1
3
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
53.5
(Note 3)
Brake connector
W
Earth
V
U
Brake
B
A
C
D
A
F E
G
B
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
7
0
2
5
0
2
3
5
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
(Note 3)
pin assignment
(Note 3)
Brake connector
pin assignment
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0
0
Notes:
(Unit: mm)
A
E
D
F
G
B
C
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
M8 screw
19.8 5.2
4
2
h
6
CE05-2A24-10P
5
0
.
9
20 3
80
85
225
298
4
5
1
8
0
h
7
2
1
5
2
5
0
1
4
6
60
M200
Oil seal
S50689B
Hanging bolt
1
3
4
U
V W
Earth
A
E
D
F
G
B
C
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
13
pin assignment
Notes:
2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance
HC-UP202(B) to HC-UP502(B)
HC-UP Series
HC-UP72(B), HC-UP152(B)
(Unit: mm)
Model
Variable dimensions
L KL
38
109
(142.5)
47.5
118.5
(152)
HC-UP72(B)
HC-UP152(B)
S
22
28
M176
1
4
4
5 5 L
50
13 3
KL
S
h
6
1
1
4
.
3
0
0
.0
2
5
4
5
40
44
Oil seal
S30457B
2-M6 screw
CE05-2A22-23P
F
B
U
V W
Earth
(Note 3)
Brake
38
5
0
.
9
13
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
E
G
A
C
D H
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
2
1
5
2
3
0
2
0
0
pin assignment
322
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
(Unit: mm)
206
146 12
6 6
1
7
1
3
0
1
Cooling fan
rotating direction
(
N
o
t
e

6
)
4
4

h
o
l
e
20
85
80
3
5.2 19.8 Suction air
Exhaust air
Brake connector
Brake
(Note 4)
480 (550)
426 (498)
262 (334)
1
0
2
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Oil seal
S50689B (standard)
S45629B (with electromagnetic brake)
3-hanger*1
93 (Note 4)
(Note 5)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
M8 screw
1
8
0
h
7
4
2
h
6
4
5
55
M200
215
2
5
0
Hanger screw hole
Bolt: M10 20 (Note 4)
4-14.5
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
A
B
(Note 4)
Brake connector
pin assignment
Notes:
1. When using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M10 X 20 or shorter.
2. The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M6 screws for the motor power supply
(U, V, W), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (BU, BV) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2).
(Unit: mm)
Cooling fan
rotating direction
(
N
o
t
e

6
)
4
4

h
o
l
e
6 6
180
250
12
3
7
6
2
0
5
Brake
(Note 4)
Oil seal
S709513B (standard)
S60829B (with electromagnetic brake)
4-14.5
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
6
0
M250
265
Hanger screw hole
4
5
6
0
3
0
0
Hanger screw hole
M10 screw
2
3
0
h
7
5
5
m
6
6.6 20.4
100
5 25
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
111.5
3-hanger *1
Exhaust air
Brake connector
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Suction air
(Note 5)
LT KL L 2000r/min 1500r/min 1000r/min
495 (610)
555 (670)
449 (560)
509 (620)
286 (397)
346 (457)
HA-LP801(B)
HA-LP8014(B)
HA-LP11K1M(B)
HA-LP11K1M4(B)
HA-LP15K1M(B)
HA-LP15K1M4(B)
HA-LP15K2(B)
HA-LP15K24(B)
HA-LP22K2(B)
HA-LP22K24(B)
HA-LP12K1(B)
HA-LP12K14(B)
1
4
5
L
KL
LT
110
A
B
Brake connector
pin assignment
Notes:
1. When using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole
with a bolt of M12 X 20 or shorter.
2. The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8
screws for the motor power supply (U, V, W), and M4 screws
for the cooling fan (BU, BV, BW) and for the thermal protector
(OHS1, OHS2).
Notes:
5. Leave a clearance of at least 100mm between the motors suction side and wall.
6. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.
7. Contact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifiers software version.
HA-LP601(B), HA-LP6014(B)
HA-LP701M(B), HA-LP701M4(B)
HA-LP11K2(B), HA-LP11K24(B)
HA-LP801(B), HA-LP12K1(B), HA-LP8014(B) (*7), HA-LP12K14(B)
HA-LP11K1M(B), HA-LP15K1M(B), HA-LP11K1M4(B) (*7), HA-LP15K1M4(B)
HA-LP15K2(B), HA-LP22K2(B), HA-LP15K24(B), HA-LP22K24(B)
(Unit: mm)
A B
D C
A B
D C
W
V U
Earth
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
5.2
4
2
h
6
CE05-2A32-17P
5
0
.
9
13
3
80
85
267
340
4
5
1
8
0
h
7
1
4
6
60
M200
Oil seal
S50689B
Hanging bolt
1
4
6
Use hexagonal
cap head bolts.
2
1
5
2
5
0
19.8
M8 screw
20
pin assignment
Notes:
2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance
HA-LP702
(Unit: mm)
Model
2000r/min
HA-LP30K24
1500r/min
HA-LP22K1M
HA-LP22K1M4
1000r/min
HA-LP15K1
HA-LP15K14
HA-LP37K24
HA-LP20K1
HA-LP20K14
Variable dimensions
FA
105
127
L
605
650
KL
426
471
LT
386
431
FB
260
304 HA-LP30K1M4
6 6
12 220
286
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Cooling fan
rotating direction
0 4 1 L
L K 8 2 1
LT
25 5 1-hanger
(Note 4)
(Note 5)
51 hole
1
5
2
2
5
0
h
7
140
1
7
9
Suction air
FA
FB
108 FA
25 8
6
0
m
6
Exhaust air
2
3
0
310
127 127
55
M280
3
5
0
3
0
0
45
(Note 3)
Oil seal
S659013B
2
0
1
6
0

0
-
0
.
5
4-19
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
4-15 mounting hole
M12 screw
* The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8 screws
for the motor power supply (U, V, W), and M4 screws for the cooling
fan (BU, BV, BW) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2).
(Unit: mm)
Model
2000r/min
HA-LP45K24
1500r/min
HA-LP37K1M
HA-LP37K1M4
1000r/min
HA-LP25K1
HA-LP25K14
HA-LP55K24 HA-LP45K1M4
HA-LP30K1
HA-LP30K14
Variable dimensions
L
640
LT
399
KL FA FB
439 101.5 262
685 444 484 120.5 300
121
FB
25
L
KL
LT
2
1
6
1
8
4
6 6
FA FA
266
352
138 12
4
5
4
0
0
350
2
8
0
3
0
0
h
7
6
5
m
6
140
140
2
2
30 9
349
139.5 139.5
5
M350
70
Cooling fan
rotating direction
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
Suction air
(Note 3)
(Note 5)
63 hole
(Note 4)
1-hanger
Exhaust air
M16 screw
4-19 mounting hole
4-19
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
1
8
0

0
-
0
.
5
Oil seal
S709513B
* The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M10
screws for the motor power supply (U, V, W), and M4 screws for the
cooling fan (BU, BV, BW) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2).
Notes:
3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall.
6. When mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the feet or the flange, keeping the feet downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the feet to support the motor.
7. Contact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifiers software version.
HA-LP15K1, HA-LP20K1, HA-LP15K14, HA-LP20K14
(*7)
HA-LP22K1M, HA-LP22K1M4 (*7), HA-LP30K1M4
HA-LP30K24, HA-LP37K24
HA-LP25K1, HA-LP30K1, HA-LP25K14, HA-LP30K14
HA-LP37K1M, HA-LP37K1M4, HA-LP45K1M4
324
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
(Unit: mm)
s n o i s n e m i d e l b a i r a V l e d o M
L
615
660
1500r/min
HA-LP30K1M
2000r/min
HA-LP30K2
HA-LP37K2
LT
381
426
KL
421
466
FA
105
127
FB
260
304
2
5
0
h
7
140 1
9
2
140
1
6
0
6 6
FA
FB
108 FA
25 8
6
0
m
6
12 266
286 L
LT
KL 138
25 5
2
6
0
310
127 127
2
0
M280
4
5
3
0
0
3
5
0
55
Cooling fan
rotating direction
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
63 hole
(Note 5)
1-hanger
(Note 4)
4-15 mounting hole
M12 screw
1
6
0

0
-
0
.
5
4-19
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
Exhaust air
Suction air
(Note 3)
Oil seal
S659013B
* The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M10 screws for the motor power supply (U, V, W),
and M4 screws for the cooling fan (BU, BV, BW) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2).
(Unit: mm)
(Note 3)
121
412
25
785
584
544
2
1
6
1
8
4
6 6
178 178
266
352
138 12
4
5
4
0
0
350
2
8
0
3
0
0
h
7
8
0
m
6
170
2
5
30 9
349
139.5 139.5
5
M350
170
Suction air
Exhaust air
Encoder connector
CM10-R10P
1-hanger
(Note 4)
4-24 mounting hole
M16 screw
Oil seal
S8511013B
70
4-19
mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
Cooling fan
rotating direction
(Note 5)
63 hole
1
8
0

0
-
0
.
5
* The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M10 screws for the
motor power supply (U, V, W), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (BU, BV, BW)
and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2).
Notes:
3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall.
6. When mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the feet or the flange, keeping the feet downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the feet to support the motor.
HA-LP30K1M
HA-LP50K1M4
MR-J3 Linear Servomotors and Ampliers
CN5
CN3
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L
Servo amplifier
MR Configurator
(Servo
configuration
Personal
computer
Servo system
CN1A or Cap
Junction terminal
block
Linear servo motor
Linear encoder
Encoder cable
Thermistor
E
F
D
D
A
B
C
Note:
Please consult product marketing
for all linear amplier and motor
opportunities.
A. MR-J3 Linear Amplifiers ............................................................................................................326
B. MR-J3 Linear Servomotors ........................................................................................................328
C. Linear Encoder ...........................................................................................................................334
D. MR-J3-Linear Cables and Connectors .......................................................................................335
E. Software and Manuals ................................................................................................................337
F. Optional Accessories ...................................................................................................................337
326
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Combination of Linear Servomotor and Servo Amplifier
Amplifier Selection (*1)
A. MR-J3 Linear Ampliers
Linear Servomotor
Servo Amplifier
Primary Side (Coil)
Stocked
Item
Secondary Side (Magnet)
L
M
-
H
2

S
e
r
i
e
s
LM-H2P1A-06M-4SS0 - LM-H2S10-288-4SS0, LM-H2S10-384-4SS0, LM-H2S10-480-4SS0, LM-H2S10-768-4SS0 MR-J340BRJ004U500
LM-H2P2A-12M-1SS0 -
LM-H2S20-288-1SS0, LM-H2S20-384-1SS0, LM-H2S20-480-1SS0, LM-H2S20-768-1SS0
MR-J340BRJ004U501
LM-H2P2B-24M-1SS0 - MR-J370BRJ004U502
LM-H2P2C-36M-1SS0 - MR-J3200BRJ004U503
LM-H2P2D-48M-1SS0 - MR-J3200BRJ004U504
LM-H2P3A-24M-1SS0 -
LM-H2S30-288-1SS0, LM-H2S30-384-1SS0, LM-H2S30-480-1SS0, LM-H2S30-768-1SS0
MR-J370BRJ004U505
LM-H2P3B-48M-1SS0 - MR-J3200BRJ004U506
LM-H2P3C-72M-1SS0 - MR-J3350BRJ004U507
LM-H2P3D-96M-1SS0 - MR-J3500BRJ004U508
L
M
-
F

S
e
r
i
e
s
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0 -
LM-FS20-480-1SS0, LM-FS20-576-1SS0
MR-J3200BRJ004U518 (for self-cooling)
MR-J3200BRJ004U519 (for liquid-cooling)
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0 -
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0 -
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0 -
LM-FS40-480-1SS0, LM-FS40-576-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0 -
MR-J3700BRJ004U526 (for self-cooling
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0 -
MR-J311KBRJ004U528 (for self-cooling)
MR-J311KBRJ004U529 (for liquid-cooling)
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0 -
MR-J315KBRJ004U530 (for self-cooling)
MR-J315KBRJ004U531 (for liquid-cooling)
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0 - LM-FS50-480-1SS0, LM-FS50-576-1SS0
MRJ322KB4RJ004U532 (for self-cooling) (*1)
MRJ322KB4RJ004U533 (for liquid-cooling) (*1)
L
M
-
U
2

S
e
r
i
e
s
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0 -
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0, LM-U2SA0-300-0SS0, LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0
MR-J320BRJ004U512
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0 - MR-J340BRJ004U513
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0 - MR-J340BRJ004U514
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0 -
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0, LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0, LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0
MR-J320BRJ004U515
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0 - MR-J360BRJ004U516
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0 - MR-J370BRJ004U517
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0 -
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0, LM-U2S20-480-2SS0
MR-J3200BRJ004U509
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0 - MR-J3350BRJ004U510
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0 - MR-J3500BRJ004U511
Note 1: Servo amplifiers MR-J3-22KB4-RJ004U_, are rated 400VAC. 200VAC class is not available.
MR-J3 B RJ004 U
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplifier
SSCNET III Interface
Compatible with Linear Servo Motor
Symbol Power Supply
None 3-phase 200VAC
4 3-phase 400VAC
Servo Amplier Model
20, 40, 60, 70, 200, 350, 500, 700, 11K, 15K, 22K (*1)
Note 1: Only 22K is compatible with 3-phase 400VAC.
Refer to table below for proper motor-amp pairing.
Compatible Motors
500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511,
512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523,
524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 533
Note:
Please consult product marketing for all linear
amplier and motor opportunities.
Amplifier Specifications
Electrical wires, circuit breakers, magnetic contactors (example of selection)
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires with a length of 30m are used.
Servo Amplifier Circuit Breaker
Magnetic
Contactor
Electrical Wire Size (mm)
L1, L2, L3 L11, L21 U, V, W P, C THM1, THM2
MR-J3-20B-RJ004U_ 30A frame 5A
S-N10
2 (AWG14)
1.25 (AWG16)
1.25 (AWG16
2 (AWG14)
0.2 (AWG24)
MR-J3-40B-RJ004U_ 30A frame 10A
MR-J3-60B-RJ004U_
30A frame 15A
MR-J3-70B-RJ004U_
MR-J3-200B-RJ004U_ 30A frame 20A S-N18 2 (AWG14)
MR-J3-350B-RJ004U_ 30A frame 30A S-N20 3.5 (AWG12) 3.5 (AWG12)
MR-J3-500B-RJ004U_ (*1) 50A frame 50A S-N35 5.5 (AWG10) 5.5 (AWG10)
MR-J3-700B-RJ004U_ (*1) 100A frame 75A S-N50 8 (AWG8) 8 (AWG8) 3.5 (AWG12)
MR-J3-11KB-RJ004U_ (*1) 100A frame 100A S-N65 14 (AWG6) 22 (AWG4)
5.5 (AWG10) MR-J3-15KB-RJ004U_ (*1) 225A frame 125A S-N95 22 (AWG4) 30 (AWG2)
MR-J3-22KB4-RJ004U_ (*1) 225A frame 125A S-N65 14 (AWG6) 22 (AWG4)
Note:
1. When connecting the wires to the terminal screws, be sure to use the screws attached to the terminal blocks.
MR-J3-_-RJ004U_
20B-
RJ004U_
40B-
RJ004U_
60B-
RJ004U_
70B-
RJ004U_
200B-
RJ004U_
350B-
RJ004U_
500B-
RJ004U_
700B-
RJ004U_
11KB-
RJ004U_
15KB-
RJ004U_
22KB4-
RJ004U_
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
3-phase 380
to 480VAC
50/650/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
For 3-phase 200 to 230VAC: 3-phase 170 to
253VAC For 1-phase 200 to 230VAC: 1-phase 170
to 253VAC
3-phase 323
to 528VAC
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
1-phase 380
to 480VAC
50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
1-phase 323
to 528VAC
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Linear
Encoder
Interface
Serial Interface Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
Pulse
Train
Interface
Input Signal ABZ phase differential input signal
Minimum Phase
Difference
200ns
Regenerative
Resistor /
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
(*4, *5)
Built-In Regenerative
Resistor
10 10 10 20 100 100 130 170 - - -
External Regenerative
Resistor (*6)
- - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Dynamic Brake Built-in External option
Safety Features
Environment
Weight kg (lb) 0.8 (1.8) 1.0 (2.2) 1.0 (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 2.3 (5.1) 2.3 (5.1) 4.6 (10) 6.2 (14) 18 (40) 18 (40) 19 (42)
Notes:
1. Rated thrust and speed of a linear servomotor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the linear servomotor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Thrust drops
when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
2. The MR-J3-350B-RJ004U_ or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within 0 to 45C (32 to 113F), or use them with 75% or less of the effective load rate.
3. 150mA is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use.
4. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system.
5. Refer to the section Selecting linear servo 3. Selecting optional regenerative unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (W).
6. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-MW, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92x92mm, minimum air flow: 1.0m
3
/min). Note that change in the parameter
No. PA02 is required.
328
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
LM-H2 Linear Servomotor Selection
LM-F Linear Servomotor Selection
B. MR-J3 Linear Servomotors
LM-H2P - M-
Symbol Length (Nominal Dimension)
A 128 mm
B 224 mm
C 320 mm
D 416 mm
Symbol Rated Thrust
06 60N
12 120N
24 240N
36 360N
48 480N
72 720N
96 960N
Symbol Maximum Speed
M 2m/s
Symbol Width (Nominal Dimension)
1 50 mm
2 70 mm
3 110 mm
LM-H2S 0- - (Secondary side: Magnet) (Primary side: Coil)
Symbol Motor Model
4SS0
LM-H2P10-288
LM-H2P10-384
LM-H2P10-480
LM-H2P10-768
1SS0
LM-H2P20-288
LM-H2P20-384
LM-H2P20-480
LM-H2P20-768
LM-H2P330-288
LM-H2P30-384
LM-H2P30-480
LM-H2P30-768
288 288 mm
384 384 mm
480 480 mm
768 768 mm
1 42 mm
2 65 mm
3 105 mm
Symbol Motor Model
4SS0 LM-H2P1A-06M
1SS0
LM-H2P2A-12M
LM-H2P2B-24M
LM-H2P2C-36M
LM-H2P2D-48M
LM-H2P3A-24M
LM-H2P3B-48M
LM-H2P3C-72M
LM-H2P3D-96M
M 2m/s
L M- FP - M- 1SS0
B 290 mm
D 530 mm
F 770 mm
H 1010 mm
2 120 mm
4 200 mm
5 240 mm
L M- FS 0 - - 1SS0
(Primary side: Coil)
(Secondary side: Magnet)
2 120 mm
4 200 mm
5 240 mm
480 480 mm
576 576 mm
Symbol
Rated Thrust
Self-Cooling Liquid Cooling
06 300N 600N
12 600N 1200N
18 900N 1800N
24 1200N 2400N
36 1800N 3600N
48 2400N 4800N
60 3000N 6000N
LM-U2 (Medium Thrust) Linear Servomotor Selection
LM-U2 (Large Thrust) Linear Servomotor Selection
M 2m/s
L M- U 2 P 2 - M -
Symbol Rated Thrust
40 400N
60 600N
80 800N
B 286 mm
C 406 mm
D 526 mm
L M- U2S20- -
(Primary side: Coil)
(Secondary side: Magnet)
300 300 mm
480 480 mm
Symbol Motor Model
2SS0
LM-U2S20-300
LM-U2S20-480
Symbol Motor Model
2SS0
LM-U2P2B-40M
LM-U2P2C-60M
LM-U2P2D-80M
L M - U 2 P - M-
B 130 mm
D 250 mm
F 370 mm
Symbol Rated Thrust
05 50N
07 75N
10 100N
15 150N
22 225N
M 2m/s
A 66.5 mm
B 86.5 mm
LM-U2S 0- - (Secondary side: Magnet) (Primary side: Coil)
Symbol Motor Model
0SS0
LM-U2SA0-240
LM-U2SA0-300
LM-U2SA0-420
1SS0
LM-U2SB0-240
LM-U2SB0-300
LM-U2SB0-420
240 240 mm
300 300 mm
420 420 mm
A 62 mm
B 82 mm
Symbol Motor Model
0SS0
LM-U2PAB-05M
LM-U2PAD-10M
LM-U2PAF-15M
1SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M
LM-U2PBD-15M
LM-U2PBF-22M
330
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Types
Motor Series
LM-H2 Series
Laminated core
Molded
resin
Motor coil
Permanent
magnet
Mounting plate
Thrust Range (N) Features
C
o
r
e

T
y
p
e
Structure
The motor consists of the primary side (lam-
inated core + motor coil) and the secondary
side (permanent magnets + mounting plate).
The primary side has slots on the lami-
nated core. The motor coil is wound on
this laminated core, and the entire section
is molded by resin.
The secondary side has flat permanent mag-
nets positioned and fixed on the mounting
plate. The entire section is molded by resin.
Features
The thrust/volume ratio can be increased,
allowing space-savings. (High thrust density)
The attraction force functions as the pre-load on
the guide, allowing high-rigidity to be attained.
LM-F Series Structure
The basic structure is the same as the
LM-H2 series. However, LM-F series has a
liquid-cooling pipe in the primary side to
suppress heat generation.
Features
By circulating cooling liquid at 5 liter/min,
the continuous thrust can be twice as
much as that of self-cooling.
Laminated
core
Mounting plate
Permanent magnet
Motor coil
Liquid-cooling pipe
Molded
resin
C
o
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
y
p
e
Structure
The motor consists of the primary side
(motor coil) and the secondary side (per-
manent magnets + mounting plate).
The primary side does not have a laminated
core. The motor coil is accurately positioned
on the base and molded by resin.
On the secondary side, permanent magnets
are accurately positioned and fixed to face
each other in a U-shaped like mounting plate.
Features
Speed fluctuations are very small due to
elimination of magnetic attraction force
and cogging.
The guide life can be extended as there is
no attraction force.
Mounting plate
Permanent
magnet
LM-U2 Series
Motor coil Molded resin
100 1000 10000
60 960
150 2400
1800 18000
300
600 6000
3000
150 3200
50 800
Continuous
(self-cooling)
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Continuous
(self-cooling)
Continuous
(liquid-cooling)
Continuous
(self-cooling)
Applications
Semiconductor mounting system
Wafer cleaning system
LCD assembly system (multi-head use)
Applications
NC machine tools
Material handling
Applications
Screen printing system
Scanning exposure system
Inspection system
LM-H2 Linear Motor Specifications
Linear Servomotor Model
LM-H2
P1A-06M-
4SS0
P2A-12M-
1SS0
P2B-24M-
1SS0
P2C-36M-
1SS0
P2D-48M-
1SS0
P3A-24M-
1SS0
P3B-48M-
1SS0
P3C-72M-
1SS0
P3D-96M-
1SS0
Compatible Amplifier Model
MR-J3-
40B-
RJ004U500
40B-
RJ004U501
70B-
RJ004U502
200B-
RJ004U503
200B-
RJ004U504
70B-
RJ004U505
200B-
RJ004U506
350B-
RJ004U507
500B-
RJ004U508
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) 0.9 0.9 1.3 3.5 3.5 1.3 3.5 5.5 7.5
T
h
r
u
s
t
Continuous (N) 60 120 240 360 480 240 480 720 960
Maximum (N) 150 300 600 900 1200 600 1200 1800 2400
Maximum Speed (m/s) (*1) 2.0
Magnetic Attraction Force (N) 500 1000 1900 2700 3500 2000 3700 5300 7000
W
e
i
g
h
t

k
g

(
l
b
)
Primary Side (Coil) 0.9 (2.0) 1.4 (3.1) 2.5 (5.6) 3.6 (8.0) 4.7 (11) 2.4 (5.3) 4.3 (9.5) 6.2 (14) 8.1 (18)
Secondary Side (Magnet)
288mm / piece:
0.6 (1.4)
384mm / piece:
0.8 (1.8)
480mm / piece:
1.0 (2.2)
768mm / piece:
1.6 (3.6)
288mm / piece: 1.1 (2.5)
384mm / piece: 1.4 (3.1)
480mm / piece: 1.8 (4.0)
768mm / piece: 2.9 (6.4)
288mm / piece: 3.2 (7.1)
384mm / piece: 4.3 (9.5)
480mm / piece: 5.3 (12)
768mm / piece: 8.5 (19)
Secondary Side Model LM-H2 S10-_-4SS0 S20-_-1S20 S30-_-1SS0
Recommended Load / Motor
Mass Ratio
Maximum of 30 times the mass of the linear servomotors primary side
Structure Open (protection level: IP00)
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Vibration 49m/s maximum
Notes: 1. The linear servomotors maximum speed or linear encoders rated speed, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit value of the linear servomotors speed.
LM-H2P1A-06M-4SS0(*1) LM-H2P2A-12M-1SS0(*1)
LM-H2P3A-24M-1SS0(*1)
LM-H2P3B-48M-1SS0(*2)
LM-H2P2B-24M-1SS0(*1)
LM-H2P2C-36M-1SS0(*2)
LM-H2P3C-72M-1SS0(*2) LM-H2P3D-96M-1SS0(*2)
LM-H2P2D-48M-1SS0(*2)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
150
100
50
60
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
300
200
100
120
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
600
400
200
240
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
900
600
300
360
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
1200
800
400
480
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
600
400
200
240
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
1200
800
400
480
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
1800
1200
600
720
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
2400
1600
800
960
0
1 2
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
Notes:
1. For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 200VAC.
2. For 3-phase 200VAC.
332
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Linear Servomotor Model LM-F P2B-06M-1SS0 P2D-12M-1SS0 P2F-18M-1SS0 P4B-12M-1SS0 P4D-24M-1SS0 P4F-36M-1SS0 P4H-48M-1SS0 P5H-60M-1SS0 (*2)
Compatible
Amplifier
MR-J3
Self-Cooling 200BRJ004U518 500BRJ004U520 700BRJ004U522 500BRJ004U524 700BRJ004U526 11KBRJ004U528 15KBRJ004U530 22KB4RJ004U532
Liquid-Cooling 200BRJ004U519 500BRJ004U521 700BRJ004U523 500BRJ004U525 700B-RJ004U527 11KBRJ004U529 15KBRJ004U531 22KB4RJ004U533
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) 3.5 5.5 10 7.5 18 18 18 22
Cooling Method Self-cooling or liquid-cooling
T
h
r
u
s
t
Continuous
(Self-Cooling) (N)
300 600 900 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Continuous
(Liquid-Cooling)
(N)
600 1200 1800 1200 2400 3600 4800 6000
Maximum (N) 1800 3600 5400 3600 7200 10800 14400 18000
Magnetic Attraction Force (N) 4500 9000 13500 9000 18000 27000 36000 45000
W
e
i
g
h
t

k
g

(
l
b
)
Primary Side (coil) 9 (20) 18 (40) 27 (60) 14 (31) 28 (62) 42 (93) 56 (125) 67 (150)
Secondary Side
(Magnet)
480mm / piece: 7.1 (16)
576mm / piece: 9.0 (20)
480mm / piece: 13.5 (30)
576mm / piece: 16.0 (36)
480mm / piece: 20.0
(44) 576mm / piece:
26.0 (58)
Secondary Side Model LM-F S20-_-1SS0 S40-_-1SS0 S50-_-1SS0
Recommended Load /
Motor Mass Ratio
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Ambient
Temperature
0 to 40C (32 to 104F) (non-freezing), storage: -15 to 70C (5 to 158F) (non-freezing)
LM-F Series Linear Motor Specifications
Notes:
1. The linear servomotors maximum speed or linear encoders rated speed, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit value of the linear servomotors speed.
2. Use 400VAC rated servo amplifier.
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0(*1)
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0(*1)
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0 (*1)
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0(*1)
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0(*1)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
1800
1200
1 2
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0(*1)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
3600
2400
1200
600
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
3600
2400
1200
600
0
1 2
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0(*1)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
7200
4800
2400
1200
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
10800
7200
3600
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
14400
9600
4800
0
1 2
1800
2400
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0(*2)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
18000
12000
6000
3000
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
5400
3600
1800
900
0
1 2
600
300
0
Notes:
3. For continuous running range (liquid-cooling).
4. For continuous running range (self-cooling).
LM-U2 Series Linear Motor Specifications
Linear Servomotor Model
LM-U2
PAB-05M-0SS0 PAD-10M-0SS0 PAF-15M-0SS0 PBB-07M-1SS0 PBD-15M-1SS0 PBF-22M-1SS0 P2B-40M-2SS0 P2C-60M-2SS0 P2D-80M-2SS0
Compatible Amplifier MR-J3-
20B-
RJ004U512
40B-
RJ004U513
40B-
RJ004U514
20B-
RJ004U515
60B-
RJ004U516
70B-
RJ004U517
200B-
RJ004U509
350B-
RJ004U510
500B-
RJ004U511
Power Facility Capacity (kVA) 0.5 0.9 0.9 0.5 1.0 1.3 3.5 5.5 7.5
T
h
r
u
s
t
Continuous (N) 50 100 150 75 150 225 400 600 800
Maximum (N) 150 300 450 225 450 675 1600 2400 3200
Magnetic Attraction Force
(N)
0
W
e
i
g
h
t

k
g

(
l
b
)
Primary Side (Coil) 0.3 (0.67) 0.6 (1.4) 0.8 (1.8) 0.4 (0.89) 0.8 (1.8) 1.1 (2.5) 2.9 (6.4) 4.2 (9.3) 5.5 (13)
Secondary Side
(Magnet)
240mm / piece: 2.0 (4.4)
300mm / piece: 2.5 (5.6)
420mm / piece: 3.5 (7.8)
240mm / piece: 2.6 (5.8)
300mm / piece: 3.2 (7.1)
420mm / piece: 4.5 (10)
300mm / piece: 9.6 (22)
480mm / piece: 15.3 (34)
Secondary Side Model
LM-U2
SA0-_-0SS0 SB0-_-1SS0 S20-_-2SS0
Recommended Load / Motor
Mass Ratio
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Notes:
1. The linear servomotors maximum speed or linear encoders rated speed, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit value of the linear servomotors speed.
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0(*1) LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0(*1)
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0(*2)
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0(*1)
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0(*1)
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0(*2) LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0(*2)
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0(*1)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
180
150
120
60
50
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
1800
1200
600
1600
400
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3000
2000
1000
2400
600
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
3600
2400
1200
3200
800
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
360
300
240
120
100
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
540
180
450
360
150
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
540
180
450
360
150
0
1 2
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0(*1)
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
720
675
480
240
225
0
1 2
Speed (m/s)
T
h
r
u
s
t

(
N
)
Peak running
range
Continuous running
range
300
100
225
200
75
0
1 2
Notes:
1. For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC.
334
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Compatible Linear Encoders (*1, *2)
C. Linear Encoder
Linear Encoder Type Manufacturer Model Resolution
Rated Speed
(*3)
Effective
Measurement
Length
(Maximum)
Communication
Method
Position
System
Mitsubishi
Serial Interface
Compatible
Absolute
Type
Mitutoyo Corporation
AT343A
0.05m
2.0m/s 3000mm
2-wire type
Absolute
AT543A-SC 2.5m/s 2200mm
ST741A 0.5m
4.0m/s 6000mm
ST743A (*7) 0.1m
Heidenhain
Corporation
LC491M
0.05m/ 0.01m
2.0m/s 2040mm
4-wire type
LC192M 3.0m/s 4240mm
Incremental
Type
Sony Manufacturing
Systems Corporation
SL710+PL101-R/RH
+MJ830 or MJ831
0.2m (*4) 6.4m/s 3000mm
2-wire type
Incremental
SH13
+MJ830 or MJ831
0.005m (*4) 1.4m/s 1240mm
Renishaw Inc.
RGH26P 5m 4.0m/s
70000mm RGH26Q 1m 3.2m/s
RGH26R 0.5m 1.6m/s
Heidenhain
Corporation
LIDA485+APE391M
0.005m
(20/4096m)
4.0m/s
30040mm
4-wire type
LIDA487+APE391M 6040mm
ABZ Phase
Differential
Output Type (*5)
Incremental
Type
Not designated -
Within tolerable
resolution range
(*6)
Depends on
linear encoder
Depends on linear
encoder
Differential 3-pair
type
Notes:
1. Consult with the relevant linear encoder manufacturer for details on the linear encoders working environment and specifications.
2. The linear servomotor generates heat. Take the linear encoders working environment temperature into consideration when configuring the system.
3. The indicated values are the linear encoders rated speed when used in combination with the Mitsubishi linear compatible servo amplifier. The values may differ from each manufacturers specifications.
The linear servomotors maximum speed or linear encoders rated speed, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit value of the linear servomotors speed.
4. The resolution varies according to the setting value of the interpolator, MJ830/MJ831 manufactured by Sony Manufacturing Systems Corporation. Set the resolution between the minimum resolution
and 5mm.
5. Output the A-phase, B-phase and Z-phase signals in the differential line driver. The phase difference of A-phase pulse and B-phase pulse, and the width of Z-phase pulse must be 200ns or wider. Home
position return is not possible with a linear encoder which is not equipped with a Z-phase.
6. The tolerable resolution range is 0.005 to 5mm. Select the linear encoder within this range.
7. Servo amplifier with software version A1 or above is compatible with this linear scale.
Phase difference 200ns or more
LA
LAR
LZ
LZR
1 Z phase pulse ... 200ns or more
LB
LBR
D. MR-J3-Linear Cables and Connectors
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
CN1A
CN1B
CN2L
CNP1
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
CN2L
CN1A
CN1B
Linear servo motor
secondary side (magnet)
Linear servo motor primary side (coil)
To power supply
terminal To thermistor terminal (CN2 connector)
To power supply
terminal
Linear encoder
Linear encoder head cable
The connection to the
CN2 connector is the
same as for the LM-H2
Series.
The connection to the CN2L
connector is the same as for
the LM-H2 Series.
Note:
Contact each linear encoder
manufacturer for information on
the connector which is connec-
ted to the linear encorder head
cable, or the interpolator con-
nector.
Linear servo motor
To thermistor terminal (CN2 connector)
To CN2L connector
MR Configurator
Servo Amplifier
Servo Amplifier
(Setup software)
Software Version 5.00A or above (*1)
Linear encoder
Linear encoder head cable
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
Controller
Q173DCPU
Q172DCPU
Q170MCPU
MR-MQ100
QD75MH
LM-H2 Series
LM-F Series
LM-U2 Series
Sony Manufacturing Systems
Corporation interpolator
Attach the cap
to the unused
connector.
To Thermistor terminal
(CN2 connector) (*2)
To power supply
terminal
Linear servo motor
Linear encoder
Head cable
To CN2L connector (Note 3)
8
12
1
1
1
3
2
3
4
13
14 15 16 17
8 9 10
5
6
7
9 10
Notes:
1. Setup software MR- Configurator Software version 5.00A or above is planned to be compatible with MR-J3-_B-RJ004U_. Refer to the following for software versions of Q172HCPU and Q173HCPU compatible with
linear servo LM Series.
Q172HCPU, Q173HCPU OS software (SW6RN-SV13MM /-SV22MM) Software version: 00D or above
Integrated start-up support software MT Developer (SW6RNC-GSVPROE/-GSVSETE) Software version: 00N or above
2. The linear encoder, linear encoder head cable and encoder cable are not enclosed with the purchased linear servomotor and must be prepared by the user.
3. Use the recommended linear encoder manufacturer's products for the linear encoder and linear encoder head cable.
4. Consult with the linear encoder manufacturer regarding the working environment and specifications, and select the proper products.
*Cautions regarding the linear encoders
Linear encoder, head cable and encoder cable are not supplied with the linear servomotor.
Linear encoder and head cable, manufactured by the recommended manufacturers, must be used.
Consult relevant manufacturers for details on linear encoders working environment and specifications.
336
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J3 Linear Servo Cables and Connectors
Item Model
Stocked Lengths
(Meters)
Protection
Level
Diagram
1
CN2 or CN2L Connector MR-J3CN2 S IP20
2
CN2 or CN2L Cable
MR-EKCBL_M-H
2, 5, 10 IP20
3
CN2 or CN2L Connector Set MR-ECNM S IP20
4
CNP1 Connector 1kW or Less
(Comes with J3 Amp Standard)
54928-0670 S -
CNP1 Connector 2kW - 3.5kW
PC4/6-STF-7.62 S -
5
CNP2 Connector up to 3.5kW
54927-0510 S -
6
CNP3 Connector 1kW or Less
54928-0370 S -
CNP3 Connector 2kW - 3.5kW
PC4/3-STF-7.62 S -
7
CNP1-2-3 Insertion Tool (Comes
with J3 Amp Standard)
54932-0000 S -
8
SSCNETIII Cable
(Standard Cord for Inside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M
(_ = cable length 0.15, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3m)
015, 03, 05, 1, 3 -
9
SSCNETIII Cable (Standard Cable
for Outside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M-A
5, 10, 20 -
10
SSCNETIII Cable (Long Distance
Cable)
MR-J3BUS_M-B
30 -
12
Connector Cap for SSCNETIII Connector comes with amplier standard - -
13
Personal Computer Communication
Cable USB Cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M (cable length 3m) S -
14
CN10 or CN3 Signal Connector
(20 Pin)
MR-J2CN1 S -
15
CN10 or CN3 Pigtail Cable (20 Pin)
MR-CCN1CBL-_M
3, 5 -
16
20 Pin Terminal B Lock for J3-B
PS7DW-20V14B-F S -
17
Cable for PS7DW-20V14B-F
Terminal Block
MR-J2HBUS_M
(_ = cable length 0.5, 1, 3, 5m)
05, 1, 3, 5 -
MR Configurator2 (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E)
E. Software and Manuals
personal computer.
Multiple monitor functions
Graphic display functions are provided to display the servomotor status
with the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse
and speed.
Test operations with a personal computer
Test operation of the servomotors can be performed with a personal
computer using multiple test mode menus.
F. Optional Accessories
20 Pin Terminal Block (*1) RS-422 Distributor (For Multidrop)
Note: MR-TB20 terminal block cannot be used for MR-J3-B.
Battery
Manuals
Hardware Description Model Number Stock Item
MR-J3-B-RJ004 Instruction
Manual
SH(NA)030054 MEAU.com
MR-J3-B-RJ004 BMJ-8 S
MR-J3-B-RJ004 PS7DW-20V14B-F S
Item Model Number Description Stock Item Description
Battery MR-J3BAT
The servomotors absolute value can be maintained by installing
the battery in the servo amplifier. The battery is not required
when the servo system is used in an incremental mode.
S
Battery Connection
Relay Cable
MR-J3BTCBL03M
Use this relay cable to hold the absolute value when shipping
the product with the machine and servo amplifier removed.
The servomotor HF series does not have a super capacitor (for
holding an absolute value for short time) in the encoder. When
this optional cable is used, the absolute value can be held even
when the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier,
making it easy to do maintenance on the servo amplifier.
S
338
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Line Noise Filter Radio Noise Filter
Power Regeneration Converter
Brake/Resistor Units (Must be used in conjunction with each other)
Brake Unit
Model Number
Stock
Item
Resistor Unit
Model Number
Stock
Item
MR-J3-500B-RJ004 ~ 700B-RJ004 FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S
MR-J3-11KB-RJ004 ~ 15K-RJ004 FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S
Power Regeneration Common Converter/Stand-Alone Reactor
(Must be used in conjunction with each other). Up to six servo
amplifiers can be connected to one FR-CV, refer to manuals for details.
Common Converter
Model Number
Stock
Item
Reactor Model
Number
Stock
Item
MR-J3-350B-RJ004 FR-CV-7.5K - FR-CVL-7.5K -
MR-J3-500B-RJ004 FR-CV-11K - FR-CVL-15K -
MR-J3-700B-RJ004 FR-CV-15K - FR-CVL-11K -
MR-J3-11KB-RJ004 FR-CV-22K - FR-CVL-22K -
MR-J3-15KB-RJ004
Servo Amplifier
Model
(MR-J3-)
Capacitor
Charging
(J)
Inverse
Efficiency
(%)
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor/
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power (W)
External
Regenerative
Resistor/
Standard
Accessory
MR-RB
032
(40W)
12
(40W)
30
(13W)
31
(6.7W)
32
(40W)
50
(13W)
(*1)
51
(6.7W)
(*1)
5E
(6W)
(*2)
9P
(4.5W)
(*2)
6K-4
(10W)
(*2)
Stocked Item N/A N/A - N/A S S S - S S S - - -
20B-RJ004U 9 70 10 - 30 100 - - - - - - - -
40B-RJ004U 11 85 10 - 30 100 - - - - - - - -
60B-RJ004U 11 85 10 - 30 100 - - - - - - - -
70B-RJ004U 18 80 20 - 30 100 - - 300 - - - - -
200B-RJ004U 40 85 100 - - - 300 - - 500 - - - -
350B-RJ004U 40 85 100 - - - 300 - - 500 - - - -
500B-RJ004U 45 90 130 - - - - 300 - - 500 - - -
700B-RJ004U 70 90 170 - - - - 300 - - 500 - - -
11KB-RJ004U 120 90 - 500 (800) - - - - - - -
500
(800)
- -
15KB-RJ004U 170 90 - 850 (1300) - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
-
22KB4-RJ004U 250 90 - 850 (1300) - - - - - - - - -
850
(1300)
DC Power Improvement Reactor
AC Power Factor Improvement Reactor
Notes:
1. Be sure to install cooling fans. The cooling fan must be prepared by the user.
2. The values in ( ) indicate when cooling fans (2 units of 92 x 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.03/min) are installed, and the parameter No. PA02 is changed.
Servo Amplifier Type Model Number Stocked Item Diagram
MR-J3-40B-RJ004
DCA000902
-
MR-J3-70B-RJ004 -
MR-J3-200B-RJ004 DCA001802 -
MR-J3-350B-RJ004 DCA003202 -
MR-J3-500B-RJ004 DCA005001 -
MR-J3-700B-RJ004 ~
11K-RJ004
DCA008002 -
MR-J3-15K-RJ004 DCA011003 -
MR-J3-22K4-RJ004 DCA008005 -
MR-J3-200B-RJ004
or Smaller
FR-BSF01 S
MR-J3-350B-RJ400
or Larger
FR-BLF S
All 400VAC J3 Models FR-BIF-H -
MR-J3-500B-RJ004 FR-RC-15K -
MR-J3-700B-RJ004 ~
15K-RJ004
FR-RC-30K -
MR-J3-40B-RJ004 MRL-00401 -
MR-J3-70B-RJ004 MRL-00801 -
MR-J3-200B-RJ004 MRL-01801 S
MR-J3-350B-RJ004 MRL-03501 -
MR-J3-500B-RJ004 MRL-04501 -
MR-J3-700B-RJ004 ~
11K-RJ004
MRL-05501 -
MR-J3-15K-RJ004 MRL-08001 -
MR-J3-22K4-RJ004 MRL-05502 -
EMC Filter
Stocked
Item
MR-J3-100A/BS/T and Less MF3F480-010.233MF S
MR-J3-200A/BS/T MF3F480-015.230MF3 S
MR-J3-350A/BS/T MF3F480-025.230MF3 S
MR-J3-500A/BS/T ~ 700A/BS/T MF3F480-050.230MF3 S
MR-J3-11KA/BS/T ~ 22KA/BS/T HF3100A-UN -
MR-J3-DU30 ~ 37KA/BS HF3200A-UN -
MR-J3-100A4/BS4/T4 and Less MF3F480-010.233MF S
MR-J3-200A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-015.230MF3 S
MR-J3-350A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-015.233MF S
MR-J3-500A4/BS4/T4 ~ 700A4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-025.230MF3 S
MR-J3-11KA4/BS4/T4 ~ 15KA4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-035.230 -
MR-J3-22KA4/BS4/T4 MF3F480-050.230MF3 S
MR-J3-DU30 ~ 55KA4/BS4 TF3150C-TX -
MR-J3 Direct Drive Servomotors and Ampliers
Direct drive arrangement with the motor provides higher rigidity and in addition, the high-resolution encoder with the motor enables high
accuracy control. The motors low profile design contributes to compact construction and a low center of gravity for enhanced machine stability.
This motor is suitable for rotation and index tables used in semiconductor manufacturing, liquid crystal manufacturing and machine tool devices.
The direct drive motor and servo amplifier will be compatible with global standards (EN, UL and cUL standards).
W
CN5
U
V
CN3
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
Servo amplifier
MR Configurator Personal
computer
Servo system
CN1A or Cap
Junction
terminal
block
Direct Drive
servo motor
Encoder connector

A
B
C
D
Note:
Please consult product marketing for
all direct drive motor opportunities.
A. MR-J3-Direct Drive Amplifiers ...................................................................................................340
B. MR-J3-Direct Drive Servomotors ...............................................................................................340
C. Cables ........................................................................................................................................343
D. Software and Manuals ...............................................................................................................345
E. System Options ..........................................................................................................................345
340
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Amplifier Selection
A. MR-J3-Direct Drive Ampliers

Symbol
Compatible Motors
TM-RFM
20 002C20
Direct drive motor compatible,
with a built-in dynamic brake
40 004C20
60 006C20, 006E20
70 012E20, 012G20, 040J10
100 018E20
048G20, 072G20, 120J10
240J10
350
500
MR-J3 - - B -
MELSERVO-J3
Series
Conforms to
the following
standards: EN,
UL, cUL
SSCNET II
Compatible
Symbol Description
RJ080W
Direct drive motor compatible,
without a dynamic brake (*1)
RU080W
Note 1: Dynamic brake does not work at alarm occurance
or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety.
MR-J3-_-RJ080W 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 350B 500B
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage / Frequency
(*1,* 2)
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Voltage / Frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz
Permissible Voltage
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
5% maximum
Power
Consumption (W)
30 45
Interface Power Supply 24VDC10% (required current capacity: 0.15A) (*3)
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*4, *5)
Safety Features
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), direct drive motor overheat
protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection,
excess error protection, magnetic pole detection protection, servo control error protection
Structure Natural-cooling, open (IP00) Fan-cooling, open (IP00)
Environment
Ambient Temperature (*6) 0 to 55C (32 to 131F) (non freezing), storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) (non freezing)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inammable gas, oil mist or dust
Vibration 5.9m/s or less at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight kg (lb) 0.8 (1.8) 1.0 (2.2) 1.0 (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 2.3 (5.1) 4.6 (10)
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a direct drive motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the direct drive motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops
when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
2. For torque characteristics when combined with a direct drive motor, refer to the section "Direct drive motor torque characteristics" in this catalog.
3. 0.15A is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to "MR-J3-_B SAFETY SERVO AMPLIFIER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J3-_B-RJ080W INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.
5. Special specification servo amplifiers without a dynamic brake are also available: MR-J3-_B-RU080W. When using the servo amplifier without a dynamic brake, the direct drive motor does not stop immediately
at alarm occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety in the entire system.
6. The following servo amplifiers can be mounted closely: MR-J3-20B-RJ080W, -40B-RJ080W, -60B-RJ080W, -70B-RJ080W, -100B-RJ080W and -350B-RJ080W. In this case, operate them at the ambient
temperature of 0 to 45C (32 to 113F) or at 75% or less of the effective load ratio.
Amplifier Specifications
Motor Selection
B. MR-J3-Direct Drive Servomotors
Symbol Rated Torque (Nm)
002 2
004 4
006 6
012 12
018 18
40
48
72
120
240
040
048
072
120
240
TM-RFM -
Direct Drive
Motor Series
Conforms to
the following
standards: EN,
UL, cUL
Symbol
Motor Outer
Diameter (mm)
Frame Dimensions)
C 130
E 180
G 230
J 330
10
200
20
100
Direct Drive Motor Model TM-RFM 002C20 004C20 006C20 006E20 012E20 018E20
Compatible Servo Ampliers 20B 40B 60B 60B 70B 100B
Motor Outer Diameter
(Frame Dimensions) (mm)
130 180
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.25 0.38 0.53 0.46 0.81 1.3
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (W) 42 84 126 126 251 377
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 2 (283) 4 (566) 6 (850) 6 (850) 12 (1700) 18 (2550)
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque (kW/s) 3.7 9.6 16.1 4.9 12.9 21.8
Rated Current (A) 1.3 2.1 3.1 3.1 3.8 5.9
Maximum Current (A) 3.9 6.3 9.3 9.3 12 18
(times/min) (*2)
No limit 4600 2600 510 560 400
Moment of Inertia J (x10
-4
kgm) [J (ozin)] 10.9 (59.6) 16.6 (90.8) 22.4 (122) 74.0 (405) 111 (607) 149 (815)
Recommended Load to Motor Inertia
Moment Ratio (*3)
Maximum of 50 times
Absolute Accuracy (s) 15 12.5
Encoder Resolution 1048576p/rev (Absolute/incremental encoder) (*4)
Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (IP rating: IP42) (*5)
Rotor
Permissible
Load (*8)
Moment Load (Nm [ozin]) 22.5 (3190) 70 (9910)
Axial Load (N) 1100 3300
Environment
(*7)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of oil or water
Vibration (*6) X: 49m/s Y: 49m/s
Weight (kg [lb]) 5.2 (12) 6.8 (15) 8.4 (19) 11 (25) 15 (33) 18 (40)
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however,
to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in operation. Provi-
sions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo
Support software. Refer to the section "Options Optional regeneration unit" in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
4. Optional absolute position storage unit (MR-BTAS01) and battery (MR-J3BAT) are required for absolute position detecting system. Refer to "MR-J3-_B-RJ080W INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details.
5. Connectors and gap between rotor and stator are excluded.

X
Y
7. In the environment where the direct drive motor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification direct drive motor may not be usable. Contact your local sales office for more details.
8. The following is calculation examples of axial and moment loads to the rotor (output shaft). The axial and moment loads must be maintained equal to or below the permissible value.

Axial load
= F + load mass

Axial load
= F + load mass
Moment load
= F x L

Axial load = load mass
Moment load = F x (L + A)
Motor Outer Diameter (mm)
(Frame Dimensions)
Dimension A (mm)
130 19.1
180 20.2
Direct Drive Servomotor Specifications

Direct Drive Motor Machine Accuracy
The machine accuracy related to the direct drive motors
rotor (output shaft and instillation is indicated below.)
Item Measured Part Accuracy (mm)
Runout of Flange Surface About
Rotor (Output Shaft)
a 0.05
Runout of Fitting Outer Diameter
of Flange Surface
b 0.07
Runout of Rotor (Output Shaft) c 0.04
Runout of Rotor (Output Shaft) End d 0.02
342
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Direct Drive Motor Model TM-RFM 012G20 048G20 072G20 040J10 120J10 240J10
Compatible Servo Ampliers 70B 350B 70B 350B 500B
Motor Outer Diameter
(Frame Dimensions) (mm)
230 330
Continuous
Running Duty
Rated Output (W) 251 1005 1508 419 1257 2513
Rated Torque (Nm [ozin]) 12 (1700) 48 (6800) 72 (10200 40 (5660) 120 (17000) 240 (34000)
Rated Speed (r/min) 200 100
Torque (kW/s)
6.0 37.5 59.3 9.4 40.9 91.4
Rated Current (A) 3.4 10.9 16 4.3 11 20
Regenerative Braking
Frequency (*2) (times/min)
200 350 250 120 70 40
Moment of Inertia J (x10
-4
kgm) [J (ozin)] 238 (1300) 615 (3360) 875 (4780) 1694 (9260) 3519 (19200) 6303 (34500)
Recommended Load to Motor Inertia
Moment Ratio (*3)
Maximum of 50 times
Absolute Accuracy (s) 12.5 10
Encoder Resolution 1048576p/rev (Absolute/incremental encoder) (*4)
Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (IP rating: IP42) (*5)
Rotor
Permissible
Load (*8)
Moment Load (Nm [ozin]) 93 (13200) 350 (49600)
Axial Load (N) 5500 16000
Environment
(*7)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of oil or water
Vibration (*6) X: 49m/s Y: 49m/s X: 24.5m/s Y: 24.5m/s
Weight (kg [lb]) 17 (38) 36 (80) 52 (115) 53 (120) 91 (205) 146 (325)
Notes:
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however,
to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value (W) in operation. Provi-
sions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (W). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo
Support software. Refer to the section "Options Optional regeneration unit" in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (W).
4. Optional absolute position storage unit (MR-BTAS01) and battery (MR-J3BAT) are required for absolute position detecting system. Refer to "MR-J3-_B-RJ080W INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details.
5. Connectors and gap between rotor and stator are excluded.

X
Y
7. In the environment where the direct drive motor is exposed to oil mist, oil and/or water, a standard specification direct drive motor may not be usable. Contact your local sales office for more details.
8. The following is calculation examples of axial and moment loads to the rotor (output shaft). The axial and moment loads must be maintained equal to or below the permissible value.

Axial load
= F + load mass

Axial load
= F + load mass
Moment load
= F x L

Axial load = load mass
Moment load = F x (L + A)
Motor Outer Diameter (mm)
(Frame Dimensions)
Dimension A (mm)
230 24.4
330 32.5
Servomotor Specifications

Direct Drive Motor Machine Accuracy
The machine accuracy related to the direct drive motors
rotor (output shaft and instillation is indicated below.)
Item Measured Part Accuracy (mm)
Runout of Flange Surface About
Rotor (Output Shaft)
a 0.05
Runout of Fitting Outer Diameter of
Flange Surface
b 0.07
Runout of Rotor (Output Shaft) c 0.04
Runout of Rotor (Output Shaft) End d 0.02
C. Cables
1
1
11
11
3 2
2
4 5 6
4 5 6
14 15
12
10
9
7 8 16 17
18
18 19
13
Q173DCPU
172DCPU
Q170MCPU
QD75MH
LD77MH
MR-MQ100
Controller Servo Amplifier Servo Amplifier
MR-Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
CNP1
CN1A
CN1B
CN5
CN3
CNP2
CNP3
CNP1
CNP2
CNP3
CN2
CN2L
CN1A
CN1B
CN5
CN3
CN2
CN2L
Attach a cap to
the unused
connector.
Direct drive motor
Direct drive motor
Absolute position storage unit
To CNP3 To CN2
For absolute position detecting system
For incremental system
Cables
Item
Motor Model
Number
Cable Number
(_ = cable length
2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
30 meter)
Stocked
Lengths
(m)
Protection
Level
Description
P
o
w
e
r

C
a
b
l
e
s

f
o
r

T
M
-
R
F
M

S
e
r
i
e
s

D
i
r
e
c
t

D
r
i
v
e

M
o
t
o
r
s
1
Standard-Flex,
Unshielded Type
Cables (Straight
Type Connector
Only)
TM-RFM002C20
MR7S-_M 2, 5, 10
IP65
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
MR7S-_M 2, 5, 10 TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
TM-RFM012G20 MR-J3P1-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
TM-RFM048G20
MR-J3P3-_M
TM-RFM072G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J3P4-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM240J10 MR-J3P7-_M
High-Flex, Shielded
Type Cables
(Straight Type
Connector Only)
TM-RFM002C20
MR7S-SH-_M -
IP65
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
MR7S-SH-_M - TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
TM-RFM012G20 MR-J3PWS1-_M
2, 5, 10,
15, 20, 30
IP67
TM-RFM048G20
MR-J3PWS3-_M
TM-RFM072G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J3PWS4-_M
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM240J10 MR-J3PWS7-_M
344
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Cables continued
Model
Stocked
Lengths (M)
IP Rating
(*5)
Description
F
o
r

E
n
c
o
d
e
r
2
Encoder Connector Cable (For Connecting
Servo Amplier and Direct Drive Motor, or
for Connecting Servo Amplier and Absolute
Position Storage Unit)
MR-J3DDCNSCBL-_M
(_ = cable length 2, 5,
10, 20, 25, 30)
2, 5, 10, 20 IP67
3
Encoder Connector Cable (For Connecting
Absolute Position Storage Unit and Direct
Drive Motor)
MR-J3DDSPSCBL-_M
(_= cable length 03,
05, 1, 3)
03, 05, 1, 3 IP67
F
o
r

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

C
N
1
A
,

C
N
1
B
4
SSCNET III Cable (*1)
(Standard Cord for Inside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M
(_ = cable length:
015, 03, 05, 1, 3m)
015, 03, 05,
1, 3
-
5
(Standard Cable for Outside Panel)
MR-J3BUS_M-A
(_ = cable length: 5,
10, 20m)
5, 10, 20 -
6
(Long Distance Cable, Long Bending Life)
MR-J3BUS_M-B
(_ = cable length: 30,
40, 50m) (*2)
30 -
F
o
r

C
N
3
7 CN20 or CN3 Pigtail Cable (20 Pin)
MR-CCN1CBL-_M
(_ = cable length 3,
5m) (*3)
3, 5 -
F
o
r

C
N
3
8 Input/Output Signal Connector Set MR-J2CN1 (*4) S -
F
o
r

C
N
5
9
Personal Computer Communication Cable -
USB
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Cable length: 3m
S -
F
o
r

C
N
1
B
10 Connector Cap for SSCNET III (Standard accessory) - -
F
o
r

M
o
t
o
r

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y
11
Power Supply Connector Set for TM-RFM_C20,
TM-RFM_E20
MR-PWCNF
(straight type)
S IP67
Power Supply Connector set for TM-RFM_G20
MR-PWCNS4
(straight type)
S IP67
Power Supply Connector Set for
TM-RFM040J10, TM-RFM120J10
MR-PWCNS5
(straight type)
S IP67
Power Supply Connector Set for
TM-RFM240J10
MR-PWCNS3
(straight type)
S IP67
P
o
w
e
r

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
s

(
C
o
m
e
s

w
i
t
h

J
3

A
m
p
l
i
e
r

s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
)
12
CNP1 Connector 2kW - 3.5kW (200VAC) (*6) PC4/6-STF-7.62 S -
13 CNP2 Connector up to 3.5kW (200VAC) (*6) 54927-0510 S -
14
CNP3 Connector 2kW - 3.5kW (200VAC) (*6) PC4/3-STF-7.62 S -
15 CNP1-2-3 Insertion Tool (200VAC) 54932-0000 S -
F
o
r

C
N
3
16
20 Pin Terminal Block For J3-B
PS7DW-20V14B-F S -
MR-J2HBUS_M
(_ = Cable length 0.5,
1, 3, 5m)
05, 1, 3, 5 -
F
o
r

E
n
c
o
d
e
r
18
Encoder Connector Set (For Connecting
Servo Amplier and Direct Drive Motor, or
for Connecting Servo Amplier and Absolute
Position Storage Unit)
MR-J3DDCNS S IP67
19
Encoder Connector Set (For Connecting
Absolute Position Storage Unit and Direct
Drive Motor)
MR-J3DDSPS S IP67
Notes:
1. Look carefully through the precautions enclosed with the options before use.
2. Contact your local sales office for the cables with ultra-long bending life and/or for unlisted lengths.
3. Special tools are required. Contact your local sales office for details.
4. The connector and shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit).
5. The IP rating indicated is for the connectors protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/direct drive motor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/direct drive motor differs from
that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
6. Use this model for amplifiers manufactured prior to January 2008.
E. System Options
RS-422 Distributor (For Multidrop)
MR-J3-B BMJ-8 S
Note: MR-TB20 terminal block cannot be used for MR-J3-B.
MR-J3-B PS7DW-20V14B-F S
Line Noise Filter
Radio Noise Filter
MR-J3-200B
or Smaller
FR-BSF01 S
MR-J3-350B or
Larger
FR-BLF S
EMC Filter
Servo Amplifier Type Model Number (*) Stocked Item Description
MR-J3-100B and less MF3F480-010.233MF -
MR-J3-200B ~ 350B MF3F480-015.230MF3 -
MR-CONFIGURATOR2 (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E)
personal computer.
test mode menus.
Manuals
Stocked
Item
MR-J3-B-RJ080W - MEAU.com
*Note: Contact MEAU for additional filter opportunities.
346
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Battery
Model Number Description Stocked Item Description
MR-J3BAT
S
Unit: mm
Model Number Description
MR-BTAS01
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C (32 to 131F) Non-freezing),
Storage: -20 to 65C (-4 to 149F) non-freezing)
Ambient Humidity
90% RH max. non-condensing)
Storage: 90% RH max. (non-condensing)
Atmosphere
Indoors (no direct sunlight): no corrosive gas,
inammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of
oil/water)
Vibration
When mounted on the surface AL 49m/s
2
or less
(direction of X, Y and Z axes)
When mounted on surface B: 5.9m/s
2
or less
(directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Absolute Position Storage Unit
Servo Amplifier
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor/(*1)
Tolerable Regenerative Power (W) (*3)
Optional Regeneration Unit (*1)
MR-RB032
(40)
MR-RB12
(40)
MR-RB30
(13)
MR-RB31
(6.7)
MR-RB32
(40)
MR-RB50
(13)(*2)
MR-RB51 (6)
(*2)
Stocked Item - S S S - S S S
MR-J3-20B-RJ080W 10 30 100 - - - - -
MR-J3-40B-RJ080W 10 30 100 - - - - -
MR-J3-60B-RJ080W 10 30 100 - - - - -
MR-J3-70B-RJ080W 20 30 100 - - 300 - -
MR-J3-100B-RJ080W 20 30 100 - - 300 - -
MR-J3-350B-RJ080W 100 - - 300 - - 500 -
MR-J3-500B-RJ080W 130 - - - 300 - - 500
Notes:
1. For external dimensions and connections of the built-in regenerative resistor and optional regeneration unit, refer to MELSERVO-J3 catalog.
2. Be sure to install a cooling fan. The cooling fan must be supplied by user.
3. The power values in this table are resistor-regenerated powers, not rated powers.
TM-RFM002C20, TM-RFM004C20, TM-RFM006C20
(Unit: mm)
TM-RFM006E20, TM-RFM012E20, TM-RFM018E20
Note: For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. The actual dimensions may be 1 to 3mm larger than the dimensions
listed. Make allowances for the tolerance when designing a machine.
348
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
TM-RFM002C20, TM-RFM004C20, TM-RFM006C20
(Unit: mm)
Note: For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. The actual dimensions may be 1 to 3mm larger than the dimensions
listed. Make allowances for the tolerance when designing a machine.
TM-RFM040J10, TM-RFM120J10, TM-RFM240J10
With a capacity range of 50W to 30kW, both the amplifier and motor size is reduced. A high resolution encoder of 4 million pulse/rev, with a speed
frequency response of 2500Hz has been added. Additional features include advanced one-touch auto tuning and advanced vibration suppression
control II functions. The MR-J4 motors have the same flange size as J3 motors with the length of the motor being the same or smaller than the J3.
The same cables for power, encoder and brake can be used for the MR-J3 and MR-J4. Sizing and setup of servo systems is made easy with M-Size
sizing software and MR-Configurator configuration software..
MR-J4 Servomotors and Ampliers
A. MR-J4 Amplifiers ........................................................................................................................350
B. MR-J4 Rotary Servomotors ........................................................................................................360
C. Servo Amplifier Cables and Connectors ......................................................................................373
D. Software and Manuals .................................................................................................................383
E. System Options ...........................................................................................................................383
F. MR-J4-T20: Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B ..............................................................385
Main circuit
power supply
Control circuit
power supply
Servo Amplifier
MR-J4-B
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Personal computer
Servo motor
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-D05UDL3M-B
MR-TBNATBL_M
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
MR-J3BUS_M,
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Encoder cable
Power cable
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B, MR-J4W_-B
C
D
B
A
Connects to CN1A, CN1B
Controller
STO I/O Signal Connector
Junction Terminal
Block Cable
Servo Amplifier
MR-J4W2-B
(2 axis)
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Personal computer
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
D
A
Servo motor
MR-J3BUS_M,
Encoder cable
Power cable
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B, MR-J4W_-B
C
B
MR-TBNATBL_M
Junction Terminal
Block Cable
MR-D05UDL3M-B
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
Controller
Servo Amplifier
MR-J4W3-B
(3 axis)
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Personal computer
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
D
A
A
Servo motor
MR-J3BUS_M,
Encoder cable
Power cable
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B, MR-J4W_-B
C
B
MR-TBNATBL_M
Junction Terminal
Block Cable
MR-D05UDL3M-B
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
Controller
Servo Amplifier
MR-J4-A
A
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Personal computer
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
D
Servo motor
Encoder cable
Power cable
C
B
MR-D05UDL3M-B
Analog Monitor Output Connector
MR-J3CN6CBL1M
2N-10PG FX
START
POWER
DOG
ERROR
X0 PGO X1 FP RP CLR
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M
I/O Signal Connector
MR-J4-B MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B MR-J4-A
350
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Notes:
1. The listed are the rated output of the servo amplifier. For the compatible servo motor capacities, refer to the MR-J4 Brochure for more details. 2. MR-J4-B/A servo amplifier is compatible only with two-wire
type serial linear encoder. For four-wire type serial linear encoder and pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type), MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ servo amplifier is available. 3.Contact your local sales
office for more details.
Amplifier Types
A. MR-J4 Ampliers
Type
Interface Control Mode
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

A
x
e
s
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y
R
a
t
e
d

O
u
t
p
u
t

(
k
W
)

(
*
1
)
Compatible Motor Series
S
S
C
N
E
T

I
I
I

/

H
C
C
-
L
i
n
k
P
u
l
s
e

T
r
a
i
n
A
n
a
l
o
g

V
o
l
t
a
g
e
R
S
-
4
2
2

M
u
l
t
i
-
D
r
o
p
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
p
e
e
d
T
o
r
q
u
e
F
u
l
l
y

C
l
o
s
e
d

L
o
o
p

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

(
*
2
)
H
G
-
K
R
H
G
-
M
R
H
G
-
S
R
H
G
-
J
R
H
G
-
R
R
H
G
-
U
R
L
M
-
H
3
L
M
-
F
L
M
-
K
2
L
M
-
U
2
T
M
-
R
F
M
S
S
C
N
E
T

I
I
I
/
H

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
X - - - - X X X X
1 axis
3-Phase
200VAC
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.6, 0.75, 1, 2,
3.5, 5, 7, 11,
15, 22
X X X X X X X X X X X
X - - - - X X X X
3-Phase
400VAC
0.6, 1, 2, 3.5,
5, 7, 11, 15, 22
- - X X - - - X - - -
MR-J4W2-B
X - - - - X X X X 2 axes
3-Phase
200VAC
0.2, 0.4, 0.75,
1
X X X X - X X - X X X
MR-J4W3-B
X - - - X X X - - (*3) 3 axes
3-Phase
200VAC
0.2, 0.4 X X - - - - X - X X X
C
C
-
L
i
n
k

I
E

F
i
e
l
d

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

w
i
t
h

M
o
t
i
o
n
MR-J4-B-
RJ010+MR-
J3-T10
- X - - - X - - - 1 axis
3-Phase
200 VAC
0.1, 0.2,
0.4,0.6, 0.75,
1,2, 3.5, 5,
7,11, 15, 22
X X X X X X - - - - -
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

P
u
r
p
o
s
e

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
MR-J4-A(-RJ)
- - X X X X X X X
1 axis
3-Phase
200VAC
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.6, 0.75, 1, 2,
3.5, 5, 7, 11,
15, 22
X X X X X X X X X X X
- - X X X X X X X
3-Phase
400VAC
0.6, 1, 2, 3.5,
5, 7, 11, 15, 22
- - X X - - - X - - -
MR- J4- -
Symbol Rated Output [kW]
10 0.1
20 0.2
40 0.4
60 0.6
70 0.75
100 1
200 2
350 3.5
500 5
700
11K
15K
22K
7
11
15
22
Symbol Interface
A General-purpose
B SSCNET III/H (*7)
4
3-phase 200 VAC or
1-phase 200 VAC (*3)
3-phase 400 VAC (*4)
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplier
Symbol Options
None
RJ
Standard
Fully closed loop control
four-wire type/load-side encoder
A/B/Z-phase input compatible
CC-Link IE Field Network interface
with Motion (*5)
Without a dynamic brake (*1)
Without an enclosed
regenerative resistor (*6)
MR-J4-_-RJ without
a dynamic brake (*1)
MR-J4-_-RJ without an enclosed
regenerative resistor (*6)
MR-J4-_-RJ010 without
a dynamic brake (*1)
MR-J4-_-RJ010 without
an enclosed regenerative
resistor (*6)
SSCNET network interface with
motion (*8)
RJ010
ED
PX
RU
RZ
RU010
RZ010
RJ020
None
1-Axis Servo Amplifier Selection
(Example Part No. = MR-J4-10B-ED)
MR- J4W - B- ED
Symbol Number of Axes
W2 2 axes
W3 3 axes
Symbol
Rated Output [kW] (*2)
A-Axis B-Axis C-Axis
22 0.2 0.2 -
44 0.4 0.4 -
77 0.75 0.75 -
1010 1 1 -
222 0.2 0.2 0.2
444 0.4 0.4 0.4
ED Without a dynamic brake (*1)
Symbol Interface
B SSCNET III/H
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplier
Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier Selection
(Example Part No. = MR-J4W2-22B-ED)
Notes:
1. When using the servo amplifier without a dynamic brake, the servo motor does not stop immediately at alarm occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system.
2. A-axis, B-axis, and C-axis indicate names of axes of the multi-axis servo amplifier. The C-axis is available for the 3-axis servo amplifier.
3. MR-J4-70_ and smaller capacity servo amplifiers are available for 1-phase 200 VAC.
4. MR-J4-60_4 or larger capacity servo amplifiers are available.
5. CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion is available only with MR-J4-_B-RJ010. CC-Link IE Field Network interface unit (MR-J3-T10) is required.
6. Available in 11 kW to 22 kW servo amplifier. A regenerative resistor (standard accessory) is not enclosed.
7. MR-J4-_B-RJ010 has CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion.
8. MR-J4-T20 conversion unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B is required to make the servo amplifier be compatible with SSCNET interface. When MR-J4-B-RJ020 and MR-J4-T20 are combined, MR-J4-B-RJ020
is compatible with the following servo system controllers: A171SHCPU(N), A172SHCPU(N), A173UHCPU, A1SD75M, QD75M, Q172CPU(N), and Q173CPU(N)
X = Compatible
- = Not compatible
Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servomotor 200V
Servo Amplifier Stocked Item Rotary Servomotor Linear Servomotor (Primary Side) (*1) Direct Drive Motor
MR-J4-10B(-RJ)
MR-J4-10A(-RJ)
S
HG-KR053, 13
HG-MR053, 13
- -
MR-J4-20B(-RJ)
MR-J4-20A(-RJ)
S
HG-KR23
HG-MR23
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
TM-RFM002C20
MR-J4-40B(-RJ)
MR-J4-40A(-RJ)
S
HG-KR43
HG-MR43
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
TM-RFM004C20
MR-J4-60B(-RJ)
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR51, 52
HG-JR53
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
MR-J4-70B(-RJ)
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
S
HG-KR73
HG-MR73
HG-JR73
HG-UR72
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J4-100B(-RJ)
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR81, 102
HG-JR53 (*2), 103
- TM-RFM018E20
MR-J4-200B(-RJ)
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR121, 201, 152, 202
HG-JR73 (*2), 103 (*2), 153, 203
HG-RR103, 153
HG-UR152
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
-
MR-J4-350B(-RJ)
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR301, 352
HG-JR153 (*2), 203 (*2), 353
HG-RR203
HG-UR202
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
TM-RFM048G20
TM-RFM072G20
TM-RFM120J10
MR-J4-500B(-RJ)
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR421, 502
HG-JR353 (*2), 503
HG-RR353, 503
HG-UR352, 502
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
TM-RFM240J10
MR-J4-700B(-RJ)
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
S
HG-SR702
HG-JR503 (*2), 703
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
-
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
S HG-JR903, 11K1M LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0 -
MR-J4-15KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KA(-RJ)
S HG-JR15K1M LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0 -
MR-J4-22KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KA(-RJ)
S HG-JR22K1M - -
Notes:
1. Models of the linear servo motor primary side are listed in this page. For compatible models of the secondary side, refer to MR-J4 Brochure.
2. The maximum torque can be increased from 300% to 400% of the rated torque with this combination.
Servo Amplifier Stocked Item Rotary Servomotor
MR-J4-10B-RJ010 S HG-KR053, 13; HG-MR053, 13
MR-J4-20B-RJ010 S HG-KR23; HG-MR23
MR-J4-40B-RJ010 S HG-KR43; HG-MR43
MR-J4-60B-RJ010 S HG-SR51, 52; HG-JR53
MR-J4-70B-RJ010 S
HG-KR73; HG-MR73
HG-JR73; HG-UR72
MR-J4-100B-RJ010 S HG-SR81, 102; HG-JR53 (*1), 103
MR-J4-200B-RJ010 S
HG-SR121, 201, 152, 202
HG-JR73 (*1), 103 (*1), 153, 203
HG-RR103, 153; HG-UR152
MR-J4-350B-RJ010 S
HG-SR301, 352; HG-JR153 (*1), 203 (*1), 353; HG-RR203
HG-UR202
MR-J4-500B-RJ010 S
HG-SR421, 502; HG-JR353 (*1), 503; HG-RR353, 503
HG-UR352, 502
MR-J4-700B-RJ010 S HG-SR702; HG-JR503 (*1), 703
MR-J4-11KB-RJ010 - HG-JR903, 11K1M
MR-J4-15KB-RJ010 - HG-JR15K1M
MR-J4-22KB-RJ010 - HG-JR22K1M
Note:
Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servomotor with MR-J4-B-RJ010 Servo Amplifier (200V)
352
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servomotor
With MR-J4W2-B Servo Amplifier
MR-J4W2-22B S
HG-KR053, 13, 23
HG-MR053, 13, 23
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
TM-RFM002C20
MR-J4W2-44B S
HG-KR053, 13, 23, 43
HG-MR053, 13, 23, 43
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
MR-J4W2-77B S
HG-KR43, 73
HG-MR43, 73
HG-SR51, 52
HG-JR53, 73
HG-UR72
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J4W2-1010B S
HG-KR43, 73
HG-MR43, 73
HG-SR51, 81, 52, 102
HG-JR53 (*2), 73, 103
HG-UR72
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
Note:
With MR-J4W3-B Servo Amplifier
MR-J4W3-222B S
HG-KR053, 13, 23
HG-MR053, 13, 23
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
TM-RFM002C20
MR-J4W3-444B S
HG-KR053, 13, 23, 43
HG-MR053, 13, 23, 43
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
Notes:
MR-J4-60B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-60A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR524
HG-JR534
- -
MR-J4-100B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-100A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR1024
HG-JR534 (*2), 734, 1034
- -
MR-J4-200B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-200A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR1524, 2024
HG-JR734 (*2), 1034 (*2), 1534,
2034
- -
MR-J4-350B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-350A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR3524
HG-JR1534 (*2), 2034 (*2), 3534
- -
MR-J4-500B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-500A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR5024
HG-JR3534 (*2), 5034
- -
MR-J4-700B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-700A4(-RJ)
S
HG-SR7024
HG-JR5034 (*2), 7034
- -
MR-J4-11KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KA4(-RJ)
S HG-JR9034, 11K1M4 - -
MR-J4-15KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KA4(-RJ)
S HG-JR15K1M4 - -
MR-J4-22KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KA4(-RJ)
S HG-JR22K1M4 LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0 -
Note:
Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servomotor 400V
MR-J4-B(-RJ) (SSCNET III/H Interface) Specifications (200V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 10B 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 200B 350B 500B 700B 11KB 15KB 22KB
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Output
Rated Voltage 3-phase 170 VAC
Rated Current (A) 1.1 1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0 68.0 87.0 126.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
3-phase or 1-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
3-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 0.9 1.5 2.6 3.2 (*8) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9 46.0 64.0 95.0
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 3-phase or 1-phase 170 VAC to 264 VAC 3-phase 170 VAC to 264 VAC
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency 1-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 0.2 0.3
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 1-phase 170 VAC to 264 VAC
Interface Power Supply 24 VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.3 A (including CN8 connector signal))
Control Method (*8) Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
Built-in Regenerative Resistor
(*2, *3) (W)
- 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - -
External Regenerative Resistor (W)
(Standard Accessory) (*2, 3, 11, 12)
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Dynamic Brake Built-in (*4) External option (*13)
SSCNET III/H Command Communication Cycle (*10) 0.222 ms, 0.444 ms, 0.888 ms
Communication Function USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
Encoder Output Pulse Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
Analog Monitor 2 channels
Fully Closed
Loop Control
MR-J4-B Two-wire type communication method (*9)
MR-J4-B-RJ Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Load-Side
Encoder
Interface
MR-J4-B Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
MR-J4-B-RJ Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection,
encoder error protection, regenerative error protection, undervoltage protection, instantaneous power failure protection,
overspeed protection, error excessive protection, magnetic pole detection protection, linear servo control fault protection
Safety Function (*10) STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
Safety
Performance
Standards Certified by CB EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, EN 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
Response Performance 8 ms or less (STO input OFF - energy shut-off)
Test Pulse Input (STO) (*7) Test pulse frequency: 1 Hz to 25 Hz; Test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
Mean Time to Dangerous
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
Diagnostic Coverage (DC) Medium (90% to 99%)
Probability of Dangerous
Failure Per Hour (PFH)
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Compliance to Standards
CE: EN 61800-5-1, EN 61800-3, EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d/EN 61508 SIL 2/ EN 62061 SIL CL 2/EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2;
RoHS compliant; UL: UL508C
Structure (IP Rating) Natural cooling, open (IP20) Force cooling, open (IP20) Force cooling, open (IP20) (*5)
Close Mounting Possible (*6) Not possible
Environment
Ambient Temperature 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Ambient Humidity 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Ambience Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Altitude 1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration Resistance 5.9 m/s
2
at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight (kg) 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 6.2 13.4 13.4 18.2
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor and a direct drive motor; and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo
motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. When the servo amplifiers are closely mounted, keep the ambient temperature within 0 C to 45 C, or use them with 75% or less of the effective load ratio.
7. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
8. The rated current is 2.9 A when the servo amplifier is used with UL or CSA compliant servo motor.
9. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
10. 1The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
11. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
12. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
13. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls in free-run status, causing an accident
such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
354
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J4-B4(-RJ) (SSCNET III/H Interface) Specifications (400V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 60B4 100B4 200B4 350B4 500B4 700B4 11KB4 15KB4 22KB4
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 5.4 8.6 14.0 17.0 32.0 41.0 63.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase 380 VAC to 480 VAC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 1.4 2.5 5.1 7.9 10.8 14.4 23.1 31.8 47.6
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
15 15 100 100 130 (*11) 170 (*11) - - -
- - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Fully Closed
Loop Control
MR-J4-B4 Two-wire type communication method
MR-J4-B4-RJ Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Load-Side
Encoder
Interface
MR-J4-B4 Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
MR-J4-B4-RJ Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Safety Function (*10) STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
Safety
Performance
Standards Certified by CE EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, EN 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Structure (IP Rating)
Natural cooling, open
(IP20)
Force cooling, open (IP20) Force cooling, open (IP20) (*5)
Close Mounting Not Possible Not possible
Environment
Ambient Temperature 0C to 55C (non-freezing), storage: -20C to 65C (non-freezing)
2
Weight (kg) 1.7 1.7 2.1 3.6 4.3 6.5 13.4 13.4 18.2
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor, and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the
specified power supply voltage and frequency.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_A4(-RJ) MR-J4-_B4(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
7. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
11. The servo amplifier built-in regenerative resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the servo motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load to motor inertia ratio.
Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceed the rated speed or the recommended ratio.
MR-J4W2-B (2-Axis, SSCNET III/H Interface) Specifications (200V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4W2- 22B 44B 77B 1010B
Output
Rated Current (Each Axis) (A) 1.5 2.8 5.8 6.0
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase or 1-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
3-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC,
50/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 2.9 5.2 7.5 9.8
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 3-phase or 1-phase 170 VAC to 264 VAC
3-phase 170 VAC to
264 VAC
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Control Method Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
Capacitor
Regeneration
Reusable Regeneration Energy (J)
(W) (*5)
17 21 44
Moment of Inertia (J) Equivalent
to Permissible Charging Amount
( 10
-4
kgm) (*6)
3.45 4.26 8.92
Mass Equivalent
to Permissible
Charging Amount
(kg) (*7)
LM-H3 3.8 4.7 9.8
LM-K2
LM-U2
8.5 10.5 22.0
Tolerable Regenerative Power of the Built-in
Regenerative Resistor (*2, *3) (W)
20 100
Encoder Output Pulse Compatible (A/B-phase pulse)
Analog Monitor None
Fully Closed Loop Control (*11) Available (*12)
Load-Side Encoder Interface (*9) Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection,
Safety Function STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2) (*10)
Safety
Performance
Response Performance 8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
Average Diagnostic Coverage
(DCavg)
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Structure (IP Rating) Natural cooling, open (IP20) Force cooling, open (IP20)
Close Mounting Possible
Environment
2
Weight (kg) 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
Notes:
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
5. Reusable regenerative energy is equivalent to the energy generated under the following conditions. For rotary servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent
to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. For linear servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose mass is equivalent to the permissible charging
amount, decelerates from the maximum speed to a stop. For direct drive motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount,
decelerates from the rated speed to a stop.
6. This value is the moment of inertia when the rotary servo motor decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When two axes are simultaneously decelerated, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the
total moments of inertia of the two axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the moment of inertia of each axis. The value also applies to the direct drive motor.
7. This value is the mass when the linear servo motor decelerates from maximum speed to a stop. Mass of primary side (coil) is included. When two axes are simultaneously decelerated, the permissible charging
amount is equivalent to the total masses of the two axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the mass of each axis.
9. Not compatible with pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type).
10. STO is common for all axes.
11. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method.
12. 12. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
13. 13. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
356
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J4W3-B (3-Axis, SSCNET III/H Interface) Specifications (200V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4W3- 222B 444B
Stocked Item S S
Output
Main Circuit
Power Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase or 1-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Permissible Voltage Fluctuation 3-phase or 1-phase 170 VAC to 264 VAC
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Capacitor
Regeneration
Reusable Regenerative Energy (J)
(*5)
21 30
Moment of inertia (J) Equivalent
to Permissible Charging Amount
( 10
-4
kgm) (*6)
4.26 6.08
Mass Equivalent
to Permissible
Charging Amount
(kg) (*7)
LM-H3 4.7 6.7
LM-K2
LM-U2
10.5 15.0
Tolerable Regenerative Power of the Built-in
Regenerative Resistor (*2, *3) (W)
30
SSCNET III/H Command Communication Cycle (*10) 0.222 ms (*11) , 0.444 ms, 0.888 ms
Encoder Output Pulse Not compatible
Analog Monitor None
Fully Closed Loop Control Not compatible
Safety Function (*10) STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2) (*9)
Safety
Performance
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
Diagnostic Coverage (DCavg) Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Compliance to Standards LVD: EN 61800-5-1; EMC: EN 61800-3; MD: EN ISO 13849-1, EN 61800-5-2, EN 62061
Structure (IP Rating) Forced cooling, open (IP20)
Close Mounting Possible
Environment
2
Weight (kg) 1.9 1.9
Notes:
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
5. Reusable regenerative energy is equivalent to the energy generated under the following conditions. For rotary servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent
to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. For linear servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose mas is equivalent to the permissible charging
amount, decelerates from the maximum speed to a stop. For direct drive motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount,
decelerates from the rated speed to a stop.
6. This value is the moment of inertia when the rotary servo motor decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When three axes are simultaneously decelerated, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the
total moments of inertia of the three axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the moment of inertia of each axis. The value also applies to the direct drive motor.
7. This value is the mass when the linear servo motor decelerates from maximum speed to a stop. Mass of primary side (coil) is included. When three axes are simultaneously decelerated, the permissible charging
amount is equivalent to the total masses of the three axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the mass of each axis.
9. STO is common for all axes.
10. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
11. Servo amplifier with software version A3 or later is compatible with the command communication cycle of 0.222 ms. However, note that the following functions are not
12. available when 0.222 ms is used: auto tuning (real time, one-touch, and vibration suppression control), adaptive filter II, vibration tough drive, and power monitoring.
MR-J4-B-RJ010 (CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 10B 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 200B 350B 500B 700B 11KB* 15KB* 22KB*
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S - - -
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.1 1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0 68.0 87.0 126.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 0.9 1.5 2.6 3.2 (*8) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9 46.0 64.0 95.0
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
- 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Load-Side Encoder Interface Not compatible
overspeed protection, error excessive protection
Safety Function STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
Safety
Performance
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Environment
2
Weight (kg) 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 6.2 13.4 13.4 18.2
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the rotary servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio.
such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake
* Available in the future
358
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J4-A(-RJ) (General-purpose Interface) Specifications (200V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200A 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.1 1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0 68.0 87.0 126.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase or 1-phase 200VAC to 240VAC, 50/60 Hz 3-phase 200 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 0.9 1.5 2.6 3.2 (*8) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9 46.0 64.0 95.0
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
- 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Communication Function USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible); RS-422: 1 : n communication (up to 32 axes) (*10)
Position
Control
Mode
Maximum Input Pulse Frequency 4 Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open-collector)
Positioning Feedback Pulse Encoder resolution: 22 bits
Command Pulse Multiplying Factor Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 16777215, B: 1 to 16777215, 1/10 < A/B < 4000
Positioning Complete Width Setting 0 pulse to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
Torque Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 VDC to +10 VDC/maximum torque)
Speed
Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 VDC to 10 VDC/rated speed (Speed at 10 V is changeable with [Pr. PC12])
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0% to 100%), 0% (power fluctuation: 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature: 25C 10C) only when using analog speed command
Torque
Control Mode
Analog Torque Command Input 0 VDC to 8 VDC/maximum torque (input impedance: 10 k to 12 k)
Speed Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 VDC to 10 VDC/rated speed)
Fully Closed
Loop Control
MR-J4-A Two-wire type communication method
MR-J4-A-RJ Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Load-Side
Encoder
Interface
MR-J4-A Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
MR-J4-A-RJ Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Safety
Performance
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Environment
Vibration Resistance 5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight (kg) 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 6.2 13.4 13.4 18.2
Notes:
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_A(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
9. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A5 or later.
10. RS-422 communication is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
MR-J4-A(-RJ) (General-purpose Interface) Specifications (400V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4 15KA4 22KA4
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 5.4 8.6 14.0 17.0 32.0 41.0 63.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase or 1-phase 200VAC to 240VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 1.4 2.5 5.1 7.9 10.8 14.4 23.1 31.8 47.6
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
15 15 100 100 130 (*10) 170 (*10) - - -
- - - - - -
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Communication Function USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible); RS-422: 1 : n communication (up to 32 axes)
Position
Control
Mode
Maximum Input Pulse Frequency 4 Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open-collector)
Positioning Feedback Pulse Encoder resolution: 22 bits
Command Pulse Multiplying Factor Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 16777215, B: 1 to 16777215, 1/10 < A/B < 4000
Positioning Complete Width Setting 0 pulse to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
Speed
Control
Mode
Analog Speed Command Input 0 VDC to 10 VDC/rated speed (Speed at 10 V is changeable with [Pr. PC12])
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0% to 100%), 0% (power fluctuation: 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature: 25C 10C) only when using analog speed command
Torque
Control Mode
Analog Torque Command Input 0 VDC to 8 VDC/maximum torque (input impedance: 10 k to 12 k)
Speed Limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0 VDC to 10 VDC/rated speed)
Fully Closed
Loop Control
MR-J4-A4 Two-wire type communication method
MR-J4-A4-RJ Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Load-Side
Encoder
Interface
MR-J4-A4 Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
MR-J4-A4-RJ Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Safety
Performance
Failure (MTTFd)
100 years or longer
1.68 10
-10
[1/h]
Close Mounting NOT Possible
Environment
Vibration Resistance 5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight (kg) 1.7 1.7 2.1 3.6 4.3 6.5 13.4 13.4 18.2
Notes:
1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor, and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the
specified power supply voltage and frequency.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_A4(-RJ) MR-J4-_B4(-RJ)Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to mass ratio.
Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceed the rated speed or the recommended ratio.
360
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Rotary Servomotor Series
Rated Speed
(Max. r/min)
Rated Output
Capacity (kW)
(*1)
Servomotor Type
Protective
Degree
(*3)
Compatible
Series
Features Application Examples
Electromagnetic
Brake Available
With Reducer
(G1) (*2)
With Reducer
(G5, G7) (*2)
S
m
a
l
l

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
HG-KR

3000 (6000)
5 Types
0.05, 0.1, 0.2,
0.4, 0.75
X X X IP65 HF-KP
Low inertia,
perfect for
general
industrial
machines
Belt Drive
Robots
Mounters
Sewing Machines
X-Y Tables
Food Processing
Machines
Semiconductor
manufacturing
devices
Knitting and
embroidery machines
HG-MR
3000 (6000)
5 Types
0.05, 0.1, 0.2,
0.4, 0.75
X - - IP65 HF-MP
Ultra-low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput
operations
Inserters
Mounters
M
e
d
i
u
m

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
HG-SR
1000 (1500)
6 Types
0.5, 0.85, 1.2,
2.0, 3.0, 4.2
X - - IP67
HF-SP
Medium inertia
This series is
available with
two rated
speeds
Material handling
systems
Robots
X-Y tables
2000 (3000)
14 types
0.5, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 3.5,
5.0, 7.0
0.5, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 3.5,
5.0, 7.0
X X X IP67
M
e
d
i
u
m
/
l
a
r
g
e

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
HG-JR
3000
(6000: 0.5~5 kW
5000: 7, 9 kW)
18 types
0.5, 0.75, 1.0,
1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0,
9.0
0.5, 0.75, 1.0,
1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0,
9.0
X - - IP67
HF-JP
Low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput
and high-
acceleration/
deceleration
operations
Food packaging
machines
Printing machines
1500
(3000: 11~15 kW
2500: 22 kW_)
6 types
11, 15, 22
11, 15, 22
X (*5) - - IP67 (*4)
Injection molding
machines
Press machines
M
e
d
i
u
m

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
HG-RR
3000
(4500)
5 types
1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
X - - IP65 HC-RP
Ultra-low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput
operations
Ultra-high-throughput
material handling
systems
M
e
d
i
u
m

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
,

f
l
a
t

t
y
p
e
HG-UR
2000
(3000: 0.75~2 kW
2500: 3.5, 5 kW)
5 types
0.75, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
X - - IP65 HC-UP
Flat type
The flat design
makes
this unit well
suited for
situations
where the
installation
space is
limited
Robots
Food processing
machines
B. MR-J4 Rotary Servomotors
Notes:
1. For 400 V.
2. G1 for general industrial machines. G5 and G7 for high precision applications.
3. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-27 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion. For
geared servo motor, IP rating of the reducer portion is equivalent to IP44.
4. 22 kW of HG-JR series is rated IP44.
5. The servo motor with electromagnetic brake is not available for 22 kW of HG-JR series.
X = Available
- = Not Available
H G -

Symbol Oil Seal
None None(*9)
J Installed
(*2, *3, *4)
Symbol Reducer
(*5)
None None
G1
With reducer for general
industrial machines,
ange mounting
G1H
industrial machines, foot
mounting
(*6)
G5
With ange-output type
reducer for high precision
applications, ange
mounting
G7
With shaft-output type
applications, ange
mounting
Symbol Shaft End
None Standard (Straight shaft)
(*7)

K Key shaft (with/without key)
(*8)
D D-cut shaft
(*8)
None None
B Installed
(*1)
Symbol Rated Speed [r/min]
1 1000
1M
2
1500
3
2000
3000
05 0.05
1 to 8 0.1 to 0.85
10 to 70
11k to 22k
1.0 to 7.0
11 to 22
Symbol Inertia/Capacity
HG-KR Low inertia, small capacity
HG-MR Ultra-low inertia, small capacity
HG-SR Medium inertia, medium capacity
HG-JR Low inertia, medium-large capacity
HG-RR Ultra low inertia, medium capacity
HG-UR Flat type, medium capacity
Notes:
1. Refer to electromagnetic brake specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
2. Available in 0.1 kW or larger HG-KR/HG-MR series and all HG-SR series.
3. Oil seal is not installed in the geared servo motor.
4. Dimensions for HG-KR/HG-MR series with oil seal are different from those for the standard models. Contact your local sales office for more details.
5. Refer to "Geared Servo Motor Specifications" in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
6. Available only in HF-SR 2000 r/min series.
7. Standard HG-SR G1/G1H has a key shaft (with key).
8. Refer to special shaft end specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
9. Oil seal is installed in HG-JR, HG-RR, and HG-UR series as a standard
Servomotor Selection 200V (Example Part No. = HG-KR053BG1)
Not all options available for every motor.
Model Number
HG-KR053(B)
HG-KR13(B)
HG-KR23(B)
HG-KR43(B)
HG-KR73(B)
HG-KR053(B)D
HG-KR13(B)D
HG-KR23(B)K
HG-KR43(B)K
HG-KR73(B)K
HG-MR053(B)
HG-MR13(B)
HG-MR23(B)
HG-MR43(B)
HG-MR73(B)
HG-MR053(B)D
HG-MR13(B)D
HG-MR23(B)K
HG-MR43(B)K
HG-MR73(B)K
Stocked Motors
Model Number
HG-SR52(B)
HG-SR102(B)
HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR202(B)
HG-SR352(B)
HG-SR-502(B)
HG-SR702(B)
HG-SR52(B)K
HG-SR102(B)K
HG-SR152(B)K
HG-SR202(B)K
HG-SR502(B)K
HG-SR702(B)K
Model Number
HG-JR53(B)K
HG-JR73(B)K
HG-JR103(B)K
HG-JR153(B)K
HG-JR153K
HG-JR203(B)K
HG-JR353(B)K
HG-JR503(B)K
HG-JR703(B)K
HG-JR903(B)K
Model Number
HG-RR103(B)K
HG-RR153(B)K
HG-RR353K
HG-RR503K
Model Number
HG-UR72(B)K
HG-UR152(B)K
HG-UR202(B)K
HG-UR352(B)K
HG-UR502(B)K
362
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
H G - 4
Symbol Oil Seal
None None(*9)
J Installed
(*2, *3)
Symbol Reducer
(*5)
None None
G1
industrial machines,
ange mounting
G1H
industrial machines, foot
mounting
G5
With ange-output type
applications, ange
mounting
G7
With shaft-output type
applications, ange
mounting
Symbol Shaft End
None Standard (Straight shaft)
(*6)

K Key shaft (with/without key)
(*7)
None None
B Installed
(*1)
Symbol Rated Speed [r/min]
1 1000
2
3
2000
3000
5 0.5
10 to 90
11k to 22k
1.0 to 9.0
11 to 22
Symbol Inertia/Capacity
HG-SR Medium inertia, medium capacity
HG-JR Low inertia, medium-large capacity
400V
Notes:
1. Refer to electromagnetic brake specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
2. Available in HG-SR series.
3. Oil seal is not installed in the geared servo motor.
4. Oil seal is installed in HG-JR series as a standard.
5. Geared servo motor is available only in HG-SR 2000 r/min series. Refer to "Geared Servo Motor Specifications" in this catalog for the available models
and detailed specifications.
6. Standard HG-SR G1/G1H has a key shaft (with key).
7. Refer to special shaft end specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
Servomotor Selection 400V (Example Part No. = HG-KR0534BG1)
Not all options available for every motor.
Model Number
HG-KR053(B)
HG-KR13(B)
HG-KR23(B)
HG-KR43(B)
HG-KR73(B)
HG-KR053(B)D
HG-KR13(B)D
HG-KR23(B)K
HG-KR43(B)K
HG-KR73(B)K
HG-MR053(B)
HG-MR13(B)
HG-MR23(B)
HG-MR43(B)
HG-MR73(B)
HG-MR053(B)D
HG-MR13(B)D
HG-MR23(B)K
HG-MR43(B)K
HG-MR73(B)K
Stocked Motors
Model Number
HG-SR52(B)
HG-SR102(B)
HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR202(B)
HG-SR352(B)
HG-SR-502(B)
HG-SR702(B)
HG-SR52(B)K
HG-SR102(B)K
HG-SR152(B)K
HG-SR202(B)K
HG-SR502(B)K
HG-SR702(B)K
Model Number
HG-JR534(B)K
HG-JR734(B)K
HG-JR1034(B)K
HG-JR1534(B)K
HG-JR5034(B)K
HG-JR7034(B)K
HG-JR9034(B)K
HG-JR11K1M4K
HG-JR15K1M4(B)K
HG-JR15K1M4(B)K
HG-KR Series (Low Inertia, Small Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-KR_ 053(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B)
MR-J4-_
Refer to "Combinations of Servomotor and Servo Amplifier" in this selection guide
MR-J4W_-_
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400 750
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 0.16 0.32 0.64 1.3 2.4
Maximum Torque (Nm) 0.56 1.1 2.2 4.5 8.4
Power Rate Continuous
Rated Torque
Standard (kW/s) 5.63 13.0 18.3 43.7 45.2
Brake (kW/s)
5.37 12.1 16.7 41.3 41.6
Rated Current (A) 0.9 0.8 1.3 2.6 4.8
Maximum Current (A) 3.2 2.5 4.6 9.1 17
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) (*4) (*4) 453 268 157
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 2500 1350 451 268 393
Moment of inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 0.0450 0.0777 0.221 0.371 1.26
With Electromagnetic Brake 0.0472 0.0837 0.243 0.393 1.37
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 17 times or less 26 times or less 25 times or less 17 times or less
Speed/Position Detector Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil Seal None None (Servomotors with oil seal are available. (HG-KR_J))
Insulation Class 130 (B)
Structure Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP65) (*2)
Environment (*3)
Elevation / Vibration (*4) 1000 m or less above sea level; X: 49 m/s Y: 49 m/s
Vibration Rank V10 (*6)
Permissible
Load for the
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 25 25 30 30 40
Radial (N) 88 88 245 245 392
Thrust (N) 59 59 98 98 147
Weight kg
Standard 0.34 0.54 0.91 1.4 2.8
Notes:
1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. IP67 for the servomotor with oil seal. Equivalent to IP44 for the reducer portion on the geared servomotor. Refer to this guide for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, it is recommended that the unbalanced torque of the machine be kept under 70% of the servomotor rated torque.
4. When the servomotor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
When the servomotor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the following requirements are met.
HG-KR053(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 8 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
HG-KR13(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 4 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
5. The vibration direction is shown in the diagram below. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the

X
Y

6. Refer to the MR-J4 Servo Amplifier and Motors brochure for more detailed specifications.
HG-KR053(B)
(* 1, *2)
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Continuous
running range
Speed [r/min]
0
0.4
0.2
0.6
Short-duration running range
HG-KR13(B)
(*1, *2)
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
0
0.75
1.25
0.5
0.25
1.0
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
HG-KR23(B)
(*1, *2)
0
1.5
2.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
HG-KR43(B)
(*1, *2)
0
3.0
5.0
2.0
1.0
4.0
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
HG-KR73(B)
(*1, *2)
0
6.0
10.0
4.0
2.0
8.0
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 200 VAC or
1-phase 230 VAC.
2. : For 1-phase 200 VAC.
3. Torque drops when the power supply
voltage is below the specified value.
Servomotor Model HG-KR_ 053B 13B 23B 43B 73B
Type Spring actuated type safety brake

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20 C 6.3 6.3 7.9 7.9 10
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 0.32 0.32 1.3 1.3 2.4
Permissible Braking
Work
Per Braking (J) 5.6 5.6 22 22 64
Per Hour (J) 56 56 220 220 640
Electromagnetic Brake
Life (*2)
Number of Times (Times) 20000
Work Per Braking (J) 5.6 5.6 22 22 64
HG-KR Series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
364
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-MR Series (Ultra Low Inertia, Small Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-MR_ 053(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B)
MR-J4-_
MR-J4W_-_
Rated Output (W) 50 100 200 400 750
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 0.16 0.32 0.64 1.3 2.4
Rated Torque
Standard (kW/s) 15.6 33.8 46.9 114.2 97.3
Brake (kW/s)
11.3 28.0 37.2 98.8 82.1
Rated Current (A) 1.0 0.9 1.5 2.6 5.8
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) (*4) (*4) 1180 713 338
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 7310 3640 1170 710 846
Moment of Inertia J
(x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 0.0162 0.0300 0.0865 0.142 0.586
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 35 times or less 32 times or less
Oil Seal None None (Servomotors with oil seal are available. (HG-MR_J))
Insulation Class 130 (B)
Environment (*3)
Elevation / Vibration (*4) 1000 m or less above sea level; X: 49 m/s Y: 49 m/s
Permissible Load for the
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 25 25 30 30 40
Radial (N) 88 88 245 245 392
Thrust (N) 59 59 98 98 147
Weight kg
Standard 0.34 0.54 0.91 1.4 2.8
Notes:
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. IP67 for the servomotor with oil seal. Refer to Rotary Servomotor Specifications Manual for more information.
4. When the servomotor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
When the servomotor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the following requirements are met.
HG-MR053(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 24 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
HG-MR13(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 12 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.

X
Y

Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 200 VAC or
1-phase 230 VAC.
2. : For 1-phase 200 VAC.
3. Torque drops when the power supply
voltage is below the specied value.
HG-MR053(B)
(*1, *2)
Short-duration running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Speed [r/min]
0
0.4
0.2
0.6
HG-MR13(B)
(*1, *2)
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Speed [r/min]
0
0.75
0.5
0.25
1.0
HG-MR23(B)
(*1, *2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Speed [r/min]
0
1.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
HG-MR43(B)
(*1, *2)
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Speed [r/min]
0
3.0
2.0
1.0
4.0
HG-MR73(B)
(*1, *2)
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e
[
N
m
]
2000 4000 6000 1000 3000 5000
Speed [r/min]
0
6.0
4.0
2.0
8.0
Servomotor Model HG-MR_ 053B 13B 23B 43B 73B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 6.3 6.3 7.9 7.9 10
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 0.32 0.32 1.3 1.3 2.4
Permissible Braking Work
Per Braking (J) 5.6 5.6 22 22 64
Per Hour (J) 56 56 220 220 640
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 5.6 5.6 22 22 64
HG-MR Series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
HG-SR 1000 Series (Medium Inertia, Medium Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 51(B) 81(B) 121(B) 201(B) 301(B) 421(B)
MR-J4-_
MR-J4W_-_
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.85 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.2
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 4.8 8.1 11.5 19.1 28.6 40.1
Maximum Torque (Nm) 14.3 24.4 34.4 57.3 85.9 120
Rated Torque
Standard (kW/s) 19.7 41.2 28.1 46.4 82.3 107
Brake (kW/s)
16.5 36.2 23.2 41.4 75.3 99.9
Rated Current (A) 2.8 5.2 7.1 9.4 13 19
Maximum Current (A) 9.0 17 23 30 42 61
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 77 114 191 113 89 76
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 392 286 - - - -
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 11.6 16.0 46.8 78.6 99.7 151
With Electromagnetic Brake 13.8 18.2 56.5 88.2 109 161
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 17 times or less 15 times or less
Oil Seal None (Servomotors with oil seal are available. (HG-SR_J))
Insulation Class 155 (F)
Environment (*3)
Elevation 1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s X: 24.5 m/s Y: 49 m/s X: 24.5 m/s Y: 29.4 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 55 55 79 79 79 79
Radial (N) 980 980 2058 2058 2058 2058
Thrust (N) 490 490 980 980 980 980
Weight kg
Standard 6.2 7.3 11 16 20 27
With Electromagnetic Brake 8.2 9.3 17 22 26 33
Notes:

X
Y

HG-SR51(B)
(*1, *2, *3)
0
500 1000 1500
10
5
15
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR81(B)
(*1)
0
500 1000 1500
20
10
30
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR121(B)
(*1)
0
500 1000 1500
20
10
40
30 Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR201(B)
(*1)
0
500 1000 1500
40
20
60
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR301(B)
(*1)
0
500 1000 1500
60
30
90
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR421(B)
(*1)
0
500 1000 1500
100
50
150
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 200 V AC.
2. : For 1-phase 230 V AC.
4. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is
below the specied value.
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 51B 81B 121B 201B 301B 421B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 20 20 34 34 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 8.5 8.5 44 44 44 44
Per Braking (J) 400 400 4500 4500 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 4000 4000 45000 45000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 200 200 1000 1000 1000 1000
HG-SR 1000 Series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
366
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 52(B) 102(B) 152(B) 202(B) 352(B) 502(B) 702(B)
MR-J4-
Refer to "Combinations of Servomotor and Servo Amplifier" in this guide.
MR-J4W_-_
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.5 16.7 23.9 33.4
Maximum Torque (Nm) 7.2 14.3 21.5 28.6 50.1 71.6 100
Rated Torque (kW/s)
Standard (kW/s) 7.85 19.7 32.1 19.5 35.5 57.2 74.0
Brake (kW/s)
6.01 16.5 28.2 16.1 31.7 52.3 69.4
Rated Current (A) 2.9 5.6 9.4 9.6 14 22 26
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 31 38 139 47 28 29 25
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 154 96 - - - - -
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 7.26 11.6 16.0 46.8 78.6 99.7 151
With Electromagnetic Brake 9.48 13.8 18.2 56.5 88.2 109 161
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 15 times or less 17 times or less 15 times or less
Environment (*3)
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 55 55 55 79 79 79 79
Radial (N) 980 980 980 2058 2058 2058 2058
Thrust (N) 490 490 490 980 980 980 980
Weight kg
Standard 4.8 6.2 7.3 11 16 20 27
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.7 8.2 9.3 17 22 26 33
Notes:

X
Y

HG-SR52(B)
(*1, *2, *3)
0
1000 2000 3000
6
3
9
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR102(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
10
5
15
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR152(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
16
8
24
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR202(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
20
10
30
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR352(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
40
20
60
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR502(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
50
25
75
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR702(B)
(*1)
0
1000 2000 3000
80
40
120
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
4. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is
below the specied value.
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 52B 102B 152B 202B 352B 502B 702B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20 C 20 20 20 34 34 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 8.5 8.5 8.5 44 44 44 44
Per Braking (J) 400 400 400 4500 4500 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 4000 4000 4000 45000 45000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 200 200 200 1000 1000 1000 1000
Notes:
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 524(B) 1024(B) 1524(B) 2024(B) 3524(B) 5024(B) 7024(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4- Refer to "Combinations of Servomotor and Servo Amplifier" in this guide.
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.5 16.7 23.9 33.4
Maximum Torque (Nm) 7.2 14.3 21.5 28.6 50.1 71.6 100
Rated Torque (kW/s)
Standard (kW/s) 7.85 19.7 32.1 19.5 35.5 57.2 74.0
Brake (kW/s)
6.01 16.5 28.2 16.1 31.7 52.3 69.4
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 4.7 4.9 7 11 13
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 46 29 139 47 34 29 25
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 7.26 11.6 16.0 46.8 78.6 99.7 151
With Electromagnetic Brake 9.48 13.8 18.2 56.5 88.2 109 161
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 15 times or less 17 times or less 15 times or less
Environment (*3)
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 55 55 55 79 79 79 79
Radial (N) 980 980 980 2058 2058 2058 2058
Thrust (N) 490 490 490 980 980 980 980
Weight kg
Standard 4.8 6.2 7.3 11 16 20 27
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.7 8.2 9.3 17 22 26 33
Notes:

X
Y

Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 524B 1024B 1524B 2024B 3524B 5024B 7024B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 20 20 20 34 34 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 8.5 8.5 8.5 44 44 44 44
Per Braking (J) 400 400 400 4500 4500 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 4000 4000 4000 45000 45000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 200 200 200 1000 1000 1000 1000
HG-SR 2000 Series (400V) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:

3. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
HG-SR524(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
9
3
6
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR1024(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
15
5
10
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR1524(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
24
8
16
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR2024(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
30
10
20
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR3524(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
60
20
40
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR5024(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
75
25
50
3000 2000 1000
0
HG-SR7024(B)
(Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
120
40
80
3000 2000 1000
0
368
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-JR 3000 Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-JR_ 53(B) 73(B) 103(B) 153(B) 203(B) 353(B) 503(B) 703(B) 903(B)
MR-J4-
Refer to "Combinations of Servomotor and Servo Amplifier" in this guide.
MR-J4W_-_
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10 13
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0
3.3 <3.5>
(*4)
5.0 7.0 9.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 6.4
10.5 <11.1>
(*4)
15.9 22.3 28.6
Maximum Torque (Nm) 4.8 <6.4> 7.2 <9.6> 9.6 <12.7> 14.3 <19.1> 19.1 <25.5> 32.0 <44.6> 44.7 <63.7> 66.8 85.8
Rated Torque (kW/s)
Standard (kW/s) 16.7 27.3 38.2 60.2 82.4 83.5 133 115 147
Brake (kW/s)
12.5 22.0 32.2 53.1 74.8 71.6 119 93.9 125
Rated Current (A) 3.0 5.6 5.6 11 11 17 <18> (*4) 27 34 41
Maximum Current (A) 9.0 <12> 17 <23> 17 <23> 32 <43> 32 <43> 51 <71> 81 <108> 103 134
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 67 <137> 98 <511> 76 <396> 271 <271> 206 <206> 73 <98> 68 <89> 56 204 (*6)
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 328 <328> 237 186 - - - - - -
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 1.52 2.09 2.65 3.79 4.92 13.2 19.0 43.3 55.8
With Electromagnetic Brake 2.02 2.59 3.15 4.29 5.42 15.4 21.2 52.9 65.4
Recommended Load/Motor Inertia Ratio (*1) 10 times or less
Oil Seal Attached
Environment (*3)
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s X: 24.5 m/s Y: 29.4 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 40 40 40 40 40 55 55 79 79
Radial (N) 323 323 323 323 323 980 980 2450 2450
Thrust (N) 284 284 284 284 284 490 490 980 980
Weight kg
Standard 3.0 3.7 4.5 5.9 7.5 13 18 29 36
With Electromagnetic Brake 4.4 5.1 5.9 7.3 8.9 15 20 35 42
Notes:

X
Y

Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 53B 73B 103B 153B 203B 353B 503B 703B 903B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 23 23 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 16 16 44 44
Per Braking (J) 64 64 64 64 64 400 400 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 640 640 640 640 640 4000 4000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Number of Times (Times) 5000 20000
Work Per Braking (J) 64 64 64 64 64 400 400 1000 1000
HG-JR 3000 Series (200V) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.
4.This value is applicable when the torque is maximally increased. Refer to MR-J4 Brochure for more specifications.
HG-JR53(B)
(Note 1, 2, 3)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
9
3
6
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR73(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
12
4
8
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR103(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
15
5
10
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR153(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
21
7
14
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR203(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
30
10
20
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR353(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
54
18
36
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR503(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 4)
0
75
25
50
2000 4000 6000
HG-JR703(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
75
25
50
2000 4000 5000
0
HG-JR903(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Continuous
running range
Short-duration
running range
2000 4000 5000
0
90
30
60
HG-JR 3000 Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) Specifications 400V
Servomotor Model HG-JR_ 53(B) 73(B) 103(B) 153(B) 203(B) 353(B) 503(B) 703(B) 903(B)
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10 13
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.3 <3.5> (*4) 5.0 7.0 9.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 6.4
10.5 <11.1>
(*4)
15.9 22.3 28.6
Maximum Torque (Nm) 4.8 <6.4> 7.2 <9.6> 9.6 <12.7> 14.3 <19.1> 19.1 <25.5> 32.0 <44.6> 47.2 <63.7> 66.8 85.8
Rated Torque (kW/s)
Standard (kW/s) 16.7 27.3 38.2 60.2 82.4 83.5 133 115 147
Brake (kW/s)
12.5 22.0 32.2 53.1 74.8 71.6 119 93.9 125
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 2.8 5.4 5.4 8.3 <8.8> (*4) 14 17 21
Maximum Current (A) 4.5 <6.0> 8.4 <12> 8.4 <12> 17 <22> 17 <22> 26 <36> 41 <54> 52 67
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 99 <100> 72 <489> 56 <382> 265 <275> 203 <209> 75 <98> 68 <89> 56 205 (*6)
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 1.52 2.09 2.65 3.79 4.92 13.2 19.0 43.3 55.8
With Electromagnetic Brake 2.02 2.59 3.15 4.29 5.42 15.4 21.2 52.9 65.4
Oil Seal Attached
Environment (*3)
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s X: 24.5 m/s Y: 29.4 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 40 40 40 40 40 55 55 79 79
Radial (N) 323 323 323 323 323 980 980 2450 2450
Thrust (N) 284 284 284 284 284 490 490 980 980
Weight kg
Standard 3.0 3.7 4.5 5.9 7.5 13 18 29 36
With Electromagnetic Brake 4.4 5.1 5.9 7.3 8.9 15 20 35 42
Notes:

X
Y

Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 534B 734B 1034B 1534B 2034B 3534B 5034B 7034B 9034B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 23 23 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 16 16 44 44
Per Braking (J) 64 64 64 64 64 400 400 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 640 640 640 640 640 4000 4000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Number of Times (Times) 5000 20000
Work Per Braking (J) 64 64 64 64 64 400 400 1000 1000
HG-JR 3000 Series (400V) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
3. This value is applicable when the torque is maximally increased. Refer to "Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and
Servo Amplifier (400 V Class) for Increasing the Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque" on p. 2-6 in this catalog.
HG-JR534(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
9
3
6
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR734(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
12
4
8
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR1034(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
2000 4000 6000
15
5
10
0
HG-JR1534(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
21
7
14
2000 4000 6000
0
HG-JR2034(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
0
30
10
20
2000 4000 6000
HG-JR3534(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
54
18
36
0
2000 4000 6000
HG-JR5034(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
(Note 3)
0
75
25
50
2000 4000 6000
HG-JR7034(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
0
75
25
50
2000 4000 5000
HG-JR9034(B)
(Note 1, 2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
2000 4000 5000
0
90
30
60
370
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-JR 1500 Series (Low Inertia, Large Capacity) Specifications 200V / 400V
Servomotor Model HG-JR_ 11K1M(B) 15K1M(B) 22K1M(B) 11K1M4(B) 15K1M4(B) 22K1M4(B)
Power Supply Capacity (kVA) (*1) 16 22 33 16 22 33
Continuous Running
Duty
Rated Output (kW) 11 15 22 11 15 22
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 70.0 95.5 140 70.0 95.5 140
Maximum Torque (Nm) 210 286 420 210 286 420
Maximum Speed (r/min) 3000 2500 3000 2500
Permissible Instantaneous Speed (r/min) 3450 2875 3450 2875
Rated Torque (kW/s)
Standard (kW/s) 223 290 401 223 290 401
Brake (kW/s)
204 271 - 204 271 -
Rated Current (A) 61 76 99 31 38 50
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 143 162 104 143 162 104
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 220 315 489 220 315 489
With Electromagnetic Brake 240 336 - 240 336 -
Oil Seal Attached
Structure (*2)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
(IP rating: IP67)
Totally enclosed,
forcedl cooling
(IP rating: IP44)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
(IP rating: IP67)
Totally enclosed,
forcedl cooling
(IP rating: IP44)
Environment (*3)
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 116 116 140 116 116 140
Radial (N) 2940 2940 3234 2940 2940 3234
Thrust (N) 980 980 1470 980 980 1470
Weight kg
Standard 62 86 120 62 86 120
With Electromagnetic Brake 74 97 - 74 97 -
Cooling Fan
Voltage/Frequency - -
3-phase
200 VAC to
230 VAC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
- -
3-phase
380 VAC to
480 VAC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
Input - -
60 (50 Hz)/
80 (60 Hz)
- -
58 (50 Hz)/
72 (60 Hz)
Rated Current - -
0.20 (50 Hz)/
0.27 (60 Hz)
- -
0.12 (50 Hz)/
0.14 (60 Hz)
Notes:

X
Y

200 V Class
HG-JR11K1M(B)
(Note 1)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
120
60
240
180
0
1000 2000 3000
HG-JR15K1M(B)
(Note 1)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
0
200
100
300
1000 2000 3000
HG-JR22K1M
(Note 1)
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
300
150
450
0
1000 2000 2500
400 V Class
HG-JR11K1M4(B)
(Note 2, 3)

Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
120
60
240
180
1000 2000 3000
0
HG-JR15K1M4(B)
(Note 2, 3)

Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
200
100
300
0
1000 2000 3000
HG-JR22K1M4
(Note 2, 3)

300
150
450
0
1000 2000 2500
Continuous
running range
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 11K1MB 15K1MB 11K1M4B 15K1M4B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 32
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 126
Per Braking (J) 5000
Per Hour (J) 45200
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 400
Notes:
1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications. 2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-RR Series (Ultra-Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-RR_ 103(B) 153(B) 203(B) 353(B) 503(B)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_ Refer to "Combinations of Servomotor and Servo Amplifier" in this selection guide
Rated Output (kW) 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 3.2 4.8 6.4 11.1 15.9
Rated Torque
Standard (kW/s) 67.4 120 176 150 211
Brake (kW/s)
54.8 101 153 105 163
Rated Current (A) 6.1 8.8 14 23 28
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 1090 860 710 174 125
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 1.5 1.90 2.30 8.30 12.0
Oil Seal Attached
Environment (*3)
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 45 45 45 63 63
Radial (N) 686 686 686 980 980
Thrust (N) 196 196 196 392 392
Weight kg
Standard 3.9 5.0 6.2 12 17
With Electromagnetic Brake 6.0 7.0 8.3 15 21
Notes:

X
Y

HG-RR103(B)
(Note 1)
0
3
6
9
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-RR153(B)
(Note 1)
0
5
10
15
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
0 0 0 4 0 0 5 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-RR203(B)
(Note 1)
0
6
12
18
1000 2000 3000
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
4000 4500
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-RR353(B)
(Note 1)
0
10
20
30
1000 2000 3000
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
4000 4500
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
HG-RR503(B)
(Note 1)
0
15
30
45
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
1000 2000 3000 4000 4500
T
o
r
q
u
e

[N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 103B 153B 203B 353B 503B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 19 19 19 23 23
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 7.0 7.0 7.0 17 17
Per Braking (J) 400
Per Hour (J) 4000
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 200
HG-RR 1000 Series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
372
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-UR Series (Flat Type, Medium Capacity) Specifications 200V
Servomotor Model HG-UR_ 72(B) 152(B) 202(B) 352(B) 502(B)
MR-J4-_
MR-J4W-_
Rated Output (kW) 0.75 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0
Rated Torque (Nm) (*3) 3.6 7.2 9.5 16.7 23.9
Rated Torque
Standard (kW/s) 12.3 23.2 23.9 36.5 49.6
Brake (kW/s)
10.3 21.2 19.5 32.8 46.0
Rated Current (A) 5.4 9.7 14 23 28
Frequency (*2)
MR-J4- (times/min) 53 124 68 44 31
MR-J4W_- (times/min) 107 - - - -
Moment of Inertia
J (x10
-4
kgm)
Standard 10.4 22.1 38.2 76.5 115
With Electromagnetic Brake 12.5 24.2 46.8 85.1 124
Oil Seal Attached
Environment (*3)
Vibration (*4) X: 24.5 m/s Y: 24.5 m/s X: 24.5 m/s Y: 49 m/s
Shaft (*5)
L (mm) 55 55 65 65 65
Radial (N) 637 637 882 1176 1176
Thrust (N) 490 490 784 784 784
Weight kg
Standard 8.0 11 16 20 24
With Electromagnetic Brake 10 13 22 26 30
Notes:

X
Y

HG-UR72(B)
(Note 1, 2, 3)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
8
12
4
0
1000 2000 3000
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
HG-UR152(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
8
16
24
0
1000 2000 3000
Continuous
running range
Short-duration
running range
HG-UR202(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
10
20
30
0
1000 2000 3000
Continuous
running range
Short-duration
running range
HG-UR352(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
0
20
40
60
1000 2000 2500
Continuous
running range
Short-duration
running range
HG-UR502(B)
(Note 1)
T
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Speed [r/min]
0
20
40
80
60
1000 2000 2500
Continuous
running range
Short-duration
running range
This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.
Servomotor Model HG-SR_ 72B 152B 202B 352B 502B

0
-10

%
Power Consumption (W) at 20C 19 19 34 34 34
Electromagnetic Brake Static Friction Torque (Nm) 8.5 8.5 44 44 44
Per Braking (J) 400 400 4500 4500 4500
Per Hour (J) 4000 4000 45000 45000 45000
Life (*2)
Work Per Braking (J) 200 200 1000 1000 1000
HG-UR 1000 Series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (*1)
Notes:
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
connector.
Drive unit Drive unit
CN40A
CN40B
CN40A
CN40B
Controller
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN2L
CN4
CN8
CN5
24
7 8 9
7 8 9
13 14 20 21
26 27
26 27
10
26 28
26 28
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
C. Servo Amplier Cables and Connectors
MR-J4-B Type Amplier Cables and Connectors
For 3.5 kW or smaller
Controller
connector To servo motor encoder
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CNP1
CNP3
CNP2
CN2
CN4
CN8
CN5
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CNP1
CNP3
CNP2
CN2
CN4
CN8
CN5
MR Configurator2
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
24
7 8 9
7 8
26 27
26 27
9
1
2
3
4
27 28
11 12
18 19
15 16 17
10
28 26
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
For 5 kW or larger
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
connector.
Controller
MR Configurator
(Setup software)
MRZJW3-SETUP221E
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN4
CN8
CN5
CN1A
CN1B
CN3
CN2
CN4
CN8
CN5
Safety Logic Unit
MR-J3-D05
24
7 8 9
7 8 9
11 18 19
16 17
26
26
10
28
27
26
22 23
15
27
26 27
28
MR-J4W2-B and MR-J4W3-B Type Amplier Cables and Connectors
Note: Attach a SSCNET III connector cap to the unused connector.
374
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J4-A Type Amplier Cables and Connectors
For 3.5 kW or smaller
Controller
To servo motor power
RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable (*2)
QD70D
QD70P
FX2N-20GM
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-1PG
LD75D
LD75P
QD75D_N
QD75P_N
Junction terminal block
MR-TB50 (*1)
Servo amplier
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
CN2
CN4
CNP2
CNP1
CNP3
Setup software
MR Congurator2
3 4
24
25
26
27
15
5
8
1
For 5 kW or larger
Controller
RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable (*2)
Junction terminal block
MR-TB50 (*1)
QD70D
QD70P
FX2N-20GM
FX2N-10PG
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-1PG
LD75D
LD75P
QD75D_N
QD75P_N
Servo amplier
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
CN2
CN4
Setup software
MR Congurator2
3 4
24
25
26
27
5
8
15
Notes:
1. Refer to "Junction Terminal Block" in this selection guide.
2. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Ampliers" in the MR-J4 catalog.
1
Servo Amplier Power Connector Set (Insertion
Type) For MR-J4-100A or Smaller/MR-J4-100B or
Smaller (*1, *2)
Supplied with Amplier - -
CNP1
connector
CNP2
connector
CNP3
connector
Open tool
Type) For MR-J4-200A/MR-J4-200B/MR-J4-350A/
MR-J4-350B (*1, *2)
CNP1
connector
CNP2
connector
CNP3
connector
Open tool
2
Type) For MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B (*2, *3)
CNP1
connector
CNP2
connector
CNP3A/CNP3B/
CNP3C connector
Open tool
Notes:
1. This connector set is not required for 5 kW or larger servo amplifiers since terminal blocks are mounted. Refer to servo amplifier dimensions in this catalog for more details.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servomotors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
3. Press bonding type is also available. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for details.
For CNP1, CNP2, CNP3
Notes:
1. Read carefully through the precautions enclosed with the options before use.
2. When SSCNET III/H is used, refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for cables over 50 m or with ultra-long bending life.
Protection
Level
Description
7
SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cord for Inside Cabinet)
Compatible With SSCNET III(/H)
For MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B (*1)
MR-J3BUS_M _ (= cable
length 0.15, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3m)
S -
8
SSCNET III Cable (Standard Cable for Outside
cabinet) Compatible With SSCNET III(/H)
For MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B (*1)
MR-J3BUS_M-A
S -
9
SSCNET III Cable (Long Distance Cable, Long
Bending Life) Compatible With SSCNET III(/H) For
MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B (*1, *2)
MR-J3BUS_M-B
S -
10
SSCNET III Connector Cap. Compatible With SSCNET
III(/H). For MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
Supplied with Amplier S -
For Controller, CN1A, CN1B
For CN1
Protection
Level
Description
3 Connector Set For MR-J4-A MR-J3CN1 S -
MR-J3CCN1CBL-_M
3, 5 -
5
For Connecting MRJ4-A and MR-TB50
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M
05, 1 -
MR-TB50 S -
MR-TB50MIN (reduced
size - width = 145mm
(5.71 in))
S -
Protection
Level
Description
11 Connector Set For MR-J4-B MR-CCN1 - -
12
Connector Set (Qty: 1 pc) For MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J2CMP2 S -
13 Connector Set For MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B MR-ECN1 S -
14
Junction Terminal Block Cable For Connecting
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B and MR-TB26A
MR-TBNATBL_M
_ = cable length 0.5, 1m
S -
15 RS-232 to RS-485 Converter PC to CN3 (3M)
SC-FRPC
(Cable length 3m)
S -

16 CN10 or CN3 Signal Connector (20 pin) MR-J2CN1 S -
17 CN10 or CN3 Pigtail Cable (20 pin)
MR-CCN1CBL-_M
3, 5 -
18 Cable for PS7DW-20V14B-F Terminal Block MR-J2HBUS_M 05, 1, 3, 5 -
19
20 Pin Terminal B Lock for J4-B
(TB20 cannot be used)
PS7DW-20V14B-F S -
21 Junction Terminal Block (For use with Cable No. 14) MR-TB26A S -
For CN3
376
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Protection
Level
Description
24
CN5 Personal Computer Communication Cable
(USB cable) For MR-J4-A/MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J3USBCBL3M 3m -
25 CN6 Monitor Cable For MR-J4-A MR-J3CN6CBL1M 1m -
For CN5 and CN6
Protection
Level
Description
26
Short-Circuit Connector For MR-J4-A/MR-J4-B/
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
27 STO Cable
MR-D05UDL-_M
_ = cable length 0.3, 1, 3m
0.3, 1, 3
28
STO Cable For Connecting Servo Amplier with
MRJ3-D05 or Other Safety Control Device
MR-J4-D05UDL3M-B 3m -
For CN8
Protection
Level
Description
29 CN9 Connector
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
- -
30 CN10 Connector
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
3m -
For CN9 AND CN10
Protection
Level
Description
22
Battery Cable For Connecting MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B and MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V1CBL_M
S -
23 Junction Battery Cable For MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
MR-BT6V2CBL_M
S -
For CN4
C. Servomotor Cables and Connectors
For HG-KR/HG-MR Servomotor Series: Encoder Cable Length 10m or Shorter
For leading the cables out in direction of load side (*1)
For HG-KR/HG-MR Servomotor Series: Encoder Cable Length 10m or Shorter
For leading the cables out in opposite direction of load side (*1)
Note: Cables for leading two different directions may be used for one servomotor.
Servo motor
To servo amplifier CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C connector
To servo amplifier CNP3/CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C connector
Power cable
Electromagnetic brake cable
Encoder cable
17
24 26
32
11 12
30 31
1
(MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B only)
To servo amplifier CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C connector
Servo motor
Power cable
Encoder cable
18
25 27
33
2
(MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B only)
11 12
30 31
For HG-KR/HG-MR Servomotor Series: Encoder Cable Length Over 10m
For leading the cables out in direction of load side (*4)
To servo amplifier CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C
connector
(*2)
(*3)
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Power cable
(*1)
(*1)
19
32
5
7
3
10
12
8
11 12
30 31
Notes:
1. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
2. Relay a cable using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
3. Relay a cable using MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
5. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servomotor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
378
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
For HG-KR/HG-MR Servomotor Series: Encoder Cable Length Over 10m
For leading the cables out in opposite direction of load side (*4)
Notes:
1. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
2. Relay a cable using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
3. Relay a cable using MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to x the cable before using.
5. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servomotor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
(*2)
(*3)
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
Servo motor
To servo amplifier CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C
connector
(*1)
(*1)
Power cable
20
33
4
9
10
5
12
7
For HG-SR Servomotor Series
To servo amplifier
CN2/CN2A/CN2B connector
To servo amplifier CNP3/CNP3A/CNP3B connector
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Power connector set
Electromagnetic brake connector set
16 21 22 23
34 35 36 38
37
10
15
15 13 14
(MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W2-B only) 28 29
For HG-RR and HG-UR Servomotor Series
Servo motor
To servo amplifier CNP3/TE4/CNP3A/CNP3B connector (Note 5, 6)
To servo amplifier
Encoder cable
Power connector set
Electromagnetic brake connector set (Note 7)
31 32
11 12
13 14
41
10
Notes:
1. Contact the relevant liner encoder manufacturers for connectors to connect with the head cables.
2. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
3. Connections other than mentioned are the same as those for each rotary servo motor. Refer to cables and connectors for relevant servo motors in this catalog.
4. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the servo motor series. Refer to cables and connectors for relevant servo motors in this catalog.
5. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplier in this catalog for details.
6. HG-RR series is compatible only with the 1-axis servo amplier.
7. An electromagnetic brake connector set is not required for HG-RR series and 1.5 kW or smaller of HG-UR series as the power connector has electromagnetic brake terminals.
For HG-JR Servomotor Series: (9 kW or smaller)
For HG-JR Servomotor Series: (11 kW and 15 kW)
Note: Cables for leading two different directions may be used for one servomotor.
28 29 30
37 38
39 40
11 12
13 14
10
To servo amplifier CNP3/TE4/TE1/TE1-1/CNP3A/CNP3B connector (Note 2)
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Power connector set
To servo amplifier
30
41
15
To servo amplifier CN2 connector
To servo amplifier TE1-1 connector
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Power connector set
16
For HG-JR Servomotor Series: (22 kW)
16
To servo amplifier CN2 connector
Encoder cable
Servo motor
15
Notes:
1. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
2. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplier in this catalog for details.
380
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item
Model Number
(_ =cable length in meters)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
1
Encoder Cable 10m
or Shorter (Direct
Connection Type)
(*2)
Shaft For HG-KR/HG-MR
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H
_= 2, 5 or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
Encoder connector Servo amplifier connector
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
2
of Motor Shaft For HG-KR/
HG-MR
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
3 Encoder Cable.
(Junction Type) Use
This In Combination
With (5) or (7). (*2)
Shaft For HG-KR/HG-MR
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L
S IP20
Encoder connector Junction connector
4
of Motor Shaft For HG-KR/
HG-MR
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L
S IP20
5
Encoder Cable. Use
This In Combination
With (3) or (4).
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(Junction Type)
MR-EKCBL_M-H
_= 20, 30, 40, or 50 (*1, *3)
20, 30 IP20
Junction connector Servo amplifier connector
MR-EKCBL_M-L
_= 20 or 30 (*1, *3)
- IP20
7
For Connecting
Linear Encoder (*5)
(Junction Type)
MR-ECNM S IP20
Junction connector Servo amplifier connector
8
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
Use this in
combination with
(10) or (11).
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(Junction Type)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L
S IP65 (*4)
Encoder connector Junction connector
9
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(Junction Type)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L
S IP65 (*4)
10
Encoder Cable (*2)
For HG-KR/HG-MR (Junction Type)
For HG-SR (Direct Connection Type)
Use this in combination with (8) or (9) for HG-KR/
HG-MR Series.
HG-SR524(B)~HG-SR7024(B) Series Motor,
HG-JR 534(B)~HG-JR9034(B) Series Motor,
HG-JR11K1M4(B), HG-JR15K1M4(B), HG-JR22K1M4
HG-RR103~ HG-RR503 Series Motors
HG-UR72~HG-UR502 Series Motors
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10, 20,
30, 40, 50m (*1)
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP67
Junction connector or
encoder connector
Servo amplifier
connector
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
_ = cable length 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m (*1)
2, 5 IP67
11
Encoder Connector Set (One-Touch Connection Type)
For HG-KR/HG-MR (Junction Type)
For HG-SR (Direct Connection Type) (Straight Type)
HG-SR524(B)~HG-SR7024(B),
HG-JR 534(B)~HG-JR9034(B), HG-JR11K1M4(B),
HG-JR15K1M4(B), HG-JR22K1M4,
HG-UR72~HG-UR502, HG-RR103~HG-RR503
MR-J3SCNS S IP67
12
Encoder Connector Set (Screw Type) (*2, *3, *6, *7)
For HG-SR (Straight Type)
MR-ENCNS2 S IP67
13
Encoder Connector Set (One-Touch Connection Type)
For HG-SR (Angle Type) (*2, *7)
MR-J3SCNSA S IP67
14
Encoder Connector Set (Screw Type) (*2, *3, *6, *7)
For HG-SR (Angle Type)
MR-ENCNS2A S IP67
Encoder Cables and Connectors
Notes:
1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs
from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
3. This encoder cable is available in four-wire type. Parameter setting is required to use the four-wire type encoder cable. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for more details.
4. The encoder cable is rated IP65 while the junction connector itself is rated IP67.
5. MR-EKCBL_M-H and MR-ECNM can be connected to an output cable for Mitutoyo Corporation scale AT343A, AT543A-SC or AT545A-SC.
6. A screw thread is cut on the encoder connector of HG-SR series, and the screw type connector can be used.
7. Cable clamps and bushings for cable OD of 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm and of 7.0 mm to 9.0 mm are included in the set.
Cable Number ( _ =
20, 25, 30 meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
16
Standard-Flex,
Unshielded Type
Cables (Straight
Type Connector
Only) (*2)
HG-SR51(B), HG-SR52(B) (*1) MR-J3P1-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
HG-SR81(B), HG-SR102(B), HG-SR152(B), HG-SR524(B),
HG-SR1024(B), HG-SR1524(B), HG-JR 534(B), HG-JR734(B),
HG-JR1034(B), HG-JR1534(B), HG-JR2034(B), HG-JR3534(B),
HG-JR5034(B) (*1)
MR-J3P2-_M
HG-SR121(B), HG-SR201(B), HG-SR202(B), HG-SR2024(B) (*1) MR-J3P4-_M
HG-SR502(B), HG-SR5024(B) (*1) MR-J3P6-_M
HG-SR421(B), HG-SR702(B), HG-SR7024(B), HG-JR7034(B),
HG-JR9034(B) (*1)
MR-J3P7-_M
HG-SR301(B), HG-SR352(B), HG-SR3524(B) (*1) MR-J3P9-_M
HG-JR11K1M4(B) MR-J3P12-_M
HG-JR15K1M4(B) MR-J3P13-_M
HG-RR103, 153, 203; HG-UR72, 152 MR-P14SLN-_M
2, 5, 10
HG-RR353, 503; HG-UR202, 352, 502 MR-P15SLN-_M
High-Flex,
Shielded Type
Cables (Straight
Type Connector
Only) (*2)
HG-SR51(B), HG-SR52(B), HG-SR152(B) (*1) MR-J3PWS1-_M
2, 5 10,
15, 20, 30
IP67
HG-SR81(B), HG-SR102(B), HG-SR1024(B), HG-SR1524(B),
HG-JR 534(B), HG-JR734(B), HG-JR1034(B), HG-JR1534(B),
HG-JR2034(B), HG-JR3534(B), HG-JR5034(B) (*1)
MR-J3PWS2-_M
HG-SR121(B), HG-SR201(B), HG-SR202(B), HG-SR2024(B) (*1) MR-J3PWS4-_M
HG-SR502(B), HG-SR5024(B) (*1) MR-J3PWS6-_M
HG-SR421(B), HG-SR702(B), HG-SR7024(B), HG-JR7034(B),
HG-JR9034(B) (*1)
MR-J3PWS7-_M
HG-SR301(B), HG-SR352(B), HG-SR3524(B) (*1) MR-J3PWS9-_M
HG-JR11K1M4(B) MR-J3PWS12-_M
HG-JR15K1M4(B) MR-J3PWS13-_M
HG-RR103, 153, 203; HG-UR72, 152 MR-P14SHS-_M
2, 5, 10
HG-RR353, 503; HG-UR202, 352, 502 MR-P15SHS-_M
Notes:
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, -L indicates a standard bending life.
382
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Item
Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level (*1)
Diagram
30
Brake Cable for
HG-KR/HG-MR
Series 10m or
Shorter (Direct
Connection Type)
(*2)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
- IP65
31
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
(_= 2, 5, or 10) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
_= 2, 5, or 10 (*1)
- IP65
32
Brake Cable for
HG-KR/HG-MR
Series Exceeding
10m (Relay Type)
(*2)
Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
S IP55
33
of Motor Shaft
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
S IP55
Motor Brake Cables for HG-KR/HG-MR Rotary Servomotors
Notes:
1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs from that of
these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level (*1)
Description
17
10m Or
Shorter (Direct
Connection
Type
Power Supply Cable For HG-KR/
HG-MR. Lead Out In Direction Of
Motor Shaft (Non-Shielded) (*2)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
18
HG-MR. Lead Out In Opposite
Shielded) (*2)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L
(_ = cable length 2, 5, 10m) (*1)
2, 5, 10 IP65
19
Exceeding 10m
(Relay Type)
HG-MR (Junction Type) Motor Lead
Out In Direction Of Motor Shaft
(Non-Shielded) (*2)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
20
HG-MR (Junction Type) Motor Lead
Out In Opposite Direction Of Motor
Shaft (Non-Shielded) (*2)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
(Cable length 0.3m)
S IP55
21
Power Connector Set For HG-SR51, 81, 52, 102,
152, HG-SR524(B), HG-SR1024(B), HG-SR1524(B),
HG-JR 534(B), HG-JR734(B), HG-JR1034(B),
HG-JR1534(B), HG-JR2034(B), HG-JR3534(B),
HG-JR5034(B)
MR-PWCNS4 (*2) - IP67
22
Power Connector Set For HG-SR121, 201, 301, 202,
352, 502, HG-SR2024(B), HG-SR3524(B),
HG-SR5024(B), HG-SR7024(B), HG-JR7034(B),
HG-JR9034(B), HG-JR11K1M4(B), HG-JR15K1M4(B)
MR-PWCNS5 (*2) - IP67
23
Power Connector Set For HG-SR421, 702 MR-PWCNS3 (*2) - IP67
Power Connector Set For HG-UR202, HG-UR352,
HG-UR502, HG-RR353, HG-RR503
MR-PWCNS2 IP67
Power Connector Set For, HG-UR72, HG-UR152,
HG-RR103, HG-RR153, HG-RR203
MR-PWCNS1 IP67
Notes:
1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs
from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
Power Supply Cable for HF-KP/HF-MP Rotary Servomotors (Direct Connection Type)
Item Model
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
24
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-L
- -
25
Lead Out in Opposite Direction of Motor Shaft
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-L
- -
26
Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-H
2, 5, 10 -
27
Lead out in Opposite Direction of Motor Shaft
Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-H
2, 5, 10 -
Power Supply Cable for MR-J4W2 and MR-J4W3
Item Model
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Description
28 Standard Bending Life
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-L
(_= cable length: 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m)
- -
29 Long Bending Life
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-H
(_= cable length: 2, 5, 10, 20,
30m)
2, 5, 10 -
Servo Support Software (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E)
diagnostics, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations
with a personal computer. User-friendly functions that enable the
balance with the machine system, optimum control and short start up
time are available.
personal computer.
Multiple monitor functions. Graphic display functions are provided
to display the servomotor status with the input signal triggers, such
as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed.
servomotors can be performed with a personal computer using
multiple test mode menus.
Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced
functions.
Manuals
MR-J4B Instruction Manual SH(NA)030106-A MEAU.com
MR-J4A Instruction Manual SH(NA)030107-A MEAU.com
MR-J4W Instruction Manual SH(NA)030105-A MEAU.com
Item
Model Number
15, 20, 25, 30 Meter)
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level
Diagram
34
Standard-Flex, Unshielded Type Cables MR-J3BK-_M
2, 5, 10,
20, 30
IP65
High-Flex, Shielded Type Cables MR-J3BRKS1-_M
2, 5, 10, 15,
20, 30
IP65
Brake Cables for HG-SR/JR/RR/UR Servomotor Series
Item Model Number
Stocked
Lengths
Protection
Level (*1)
Diagram
35
Electromagnetic Brake Connector Set (One-Touch
Connection Type) For HG-SR (Straight Type)
HG-SR_4(B), HG-JR_4(B), HG-UR_4(B), HG-RR_4(B)
MR-BKCNS1 S IP67
36
Electromagnetic Brake Connector Set (Screw Type) For
HG-SR (Straight Type) (*2)
MR-BKCNS2 S IP67
37
Electromagnetic Brake Connector Set (One-Touch
Connection Type) For HG-SR (Angle Type)
MR-BKCNS1A S IP67
38
Electromagnetic Brake Connector Set (Screw Type) For
HG-SR (Angle Type) (*2)
MR-BKCNS1A S IP67
Brake Connector Set
Notes:
1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servomotor. If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servomotor differs from that of these
2. A screw thread is cut on the electromagnetic brake connector of HG-SR Series and the screw type connector can be used.
E. System Options
Line Noise Filter
MR-J4_
For Wire Size 3.5mm
(AWG12) or Smaller
FR-BSF01 S
MR-J4_
For Wire Size 5.5mm
(AWG10) or Larger
FR-BLF S
Radio Noise Filter
All J4 Models FR-BIF S
Extension I/O Unit
MR-J4-B Only MR-J3-D05 S
MR-J4-A Only MR-HDP01 S
384
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Servo Amplifier
Model MR-J4-_
Resistor/Tolerable
Regenerative Power (W)
Optional Regeneration Resistors/Tolerable Regenerative Power (W) (*2)
MR-RB
032 (40) 12 (40) 30 (13) 3N (9) 31 (6.7) 32 (40)
50 (13)
(*1)
5N (9)
(*1)
51 (6.7)
(*1)
14 (26) 34 (26)
Stocked Item - S S S S S S S S S - -
MR-J4-10A/B - 30 - - - - - - - - - -
MR-J4-20A/B 10 30 100 - - - - - - - - -
MR-J4-40A/B 10 30 100 - - - - - - - - -
MR-J4-60A/B 10 30 100 - - - - - - - - -
MR-J4-70A/B 20 30 100 - - - 300 - - - - -
MR-J4-100A/B 20 30 100 - - - 300 - - - - -
MR-J4-200A/B 100 - - 300 - - - 500 - - - -
MR-J4-350A/B 100 - - - 300 - - - 500 - - -
MR-J4-500A/B 130 - - - - 300 - - - 500 - -
MR-J4-700A/B 170 - - - - 300 - - - 500 - -
MR-J4W2-22B 20 - - - - - - - - - 100 -
MR-J4W2-44B 20 - - - - - - - - - 100 -
MR-J4W2-77B 100 - - - 300 - - - - - - -
MR-J4W2-1010B 100 - - - 300 - - - - - - -
MR-J4W3-222B 30 - - - - - - - - - 100 300
MR-J4W3-444B 30 - - - - - - - - - 100 300
Notes:
1. Be sure to cool the unit forcibly with a cooling fan (92 mm 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m/min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
2. The power values in this table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers
EMC Filter (*1)
MR-J4-10A/B to 100A/B
MR-J4W2-22B
MR-J4W3-222B
HF3010A-UN (*1) -
MR-J4W2-44B HF3010A-UN2 (*1) -
MR-J4-200A/B, 350A/B
MR-J4W2-77B, 1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
HF3030A-UN (*1) -
MR-J4-500A/B, 700A/B HF3040A-UN (*1) -
Note: Contact MEAU for additional filter opportunities.
1. Manufactured by Soshin Electric Co., Ltd. A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC
filter. Refer to EMC Installation Guidelines.
Battery
Item Number Model Number Description Stocked Item Description
Battery MR-BAT6V1SET
S
Battery MR-BAT6V1
The battery case and the batteries are required when configuring absolute
position detection system using the rotary servomotor or the direct drive
motor. MR-BT6VCASE is a case that stores 5 pieces of MR-BAT6V1 batteries
by connecting the connectors. Up to 8 axes of MR-J4W_-_B servo amplifiers
are able to be connected to this battery case. Use optional MR-BT6V2CBL_M
junction battery cable for branching off the connection when connecting
multiple servo amplifiers. MR-BT6VCASE and MR-BAT6V1 are not required
when using the linear servomotor or when configuring incremental system
with the MR-J4W_-B servo amplifier. MR-BAT6V1 is not included with
MR-BT6VCASE. Please purchase the batteries separately.
S
Battery Case MR-BT6VCASE S
Power Factor Improving DC Reactor
Stocked
Item
Description
MR-J4-10A/B, MR-J4-20A/B FR-HEL-0.4K -
MR-J4-40A/B FR-HEL-0.75K -
MR-J4-60A/B, MR-J4-70A/B FR-HEL-1.5K -
MR-J4-500A/B FR-HEL-11K -
MR-J4-700A/B FR-HEL-15K -
Power Factor Improving AC Reactor
Stocked
Item
Description
MR-J4-10A/B, MR-J4-20A/B FR-HAL-0.4K -
MR-J4-40A/B FR-HAL-0.75K -
MR-J4-60A/B, MR-J4-70A/B FR-HAL-1.5K -
MR-J4-500A/B FR-HAL-11K -
MR-J4-700A/B FR-HAL-15K -
Note: MR-TB20 terminal block cannot be used for MR-J3-B Safety.
MR-J3-B Safety Only PS7DW-20V14B-F S
MR-J4-T20: Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B
By using the conversion unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B, MR-J4 series servo amplifier can be connected to the
SSCNET of MR-J2S-B compatible servo system controller.
MR-J4-B-RJ020
MR-J4-T20
HG Series
SSCNET of MR-J2S-B Compatible Controller
MR- J4 B -
Symbol Power Supply
None 3-phase 200 VAC or 1-phase 200 VAC (*1)
4 3-phase 400 VAC (*2)
Symbol Rated Output [kW] (*2)
20
10
0.2
0.1
40 0.4
60 0.6
70 0.75
100
200
350
500
700
1
3
3.5
5
7
RJ020
RU020
Conversion unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B compatible (*5)
MR-J4-_B-RJ020 without dynamic brake (*4)
Symbol Interface
B SSCNET III/H (*3)
Mitsubishi General
Purpose AC Servo
Amplier
Notes
1. MR-J4-70B-RJ020 or smaller servo amplifiers are available for 1-phase 200 VAC.
2. MR-J4-60B4-RJ020 or larger servo amplifiers are available.
3. SSCNET III/H interface is not available in the J2S compatibility mode.
4. Available in 7 kW or less servo amplifier without a built-in dynamic brake. When using the servo
amplifier without a dynamic brake, the servo motor does not stop immediately at an alarm
occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system. When the
following servo motors are used, the electronic dynamic brake may operate at an alarm occurrence.
HG-KR053, HG-KR13, HG-KR23, HG-KR43, HG-MR053, HG-MR13, HG-MR23, HG-MR43, HG-SR51,
and HG-SR52 Disable the electronic dynamic brake by setting [Pr. 56] to "2_ _ _."
5. MR-J4-T20 conversion unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B is required to make the servo amplifier be
compatible with SSCNET interface. When MR-J4-B-RJ020 and MR-J4-T20 are combined,
MR-J4-B-RJ020 is compatible with the following servo system controllers: A171SHCPU(N),
A172SHCPU(N), A173UHCPU, A1SD75M, QD75M, Q172CPU(N), and Q173CPU(N)
Combinations of Servo Amplifier and Servomotor 200 VAC
Servo Amplifier Stocked Item Servomotor
MR-J4-10B-RJ020 S
HG-KR053, 13
HG-MR053, 13
MR-J4-20B-RJ020 S
HG-KR23
HG-MR23
MR-J4-40B-RJ020 S
HG-KR43
HG-MR43
MR-J4-60B-RJ020 S
HG-SR51, 52
HG-JR53
MR-J4-70B-RJ020 S
HG-KR73
HG-MR73
HG-JR73
HG-UR72
MR-J4-100B-RJ020 S
HG-SR81, 102
HG-JR53 (*1), 103
MR-J4-200B-RJ020 S
HG-SR121, 201, 152, 202
HG-JR73 (*1), 103 (*1), 153, 203
HG-RR103, 153
HG-UR152
MR-J4-350B-RJ020 S
HG-SR301, 352
HG-JR153 (*1), 203 (*1), 353
HG-RR203
HG-UR202
MR-J4-500B-RJ020 S
HG-SR421, 502
HG-JR353 (*1), 503
HG-RR353, 503
HG-UR352, 502
MR-J4-700B-RJ020 S
HG-SR702
HG-JR503 (*1), 703
Combinations of Servo Amplifier and Servomotor 400 VAC
Servo Amplifier Stocked Item Servomotor
MR-J4-60B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR524
HG-JR534
MR-J4-100B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR1024
HG-JR534 (*1), 734, 1034
MR-J4-200B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR1524, 2024
HG-JR734 (*1), 1034 (*1), 1534,
2034
MR-J4-350B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR3524
HG-JR1534 (*1), 2034 (*1), 3534
MR-J4-500B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR5024
HG-JR3534 (*1), 5034
MR-J4-700B4-RJ020 S
HG-SR7024
HG-JR5034 (Note1), 7034
Note:
386
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
MR-J4-B-RJ020 (Interface for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B) Specifications (200V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_-RJ020 10B 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 200B 350B 500B 700B
Stocked Item S S S S S S S S S S
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.1 1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 0.9 1.5 2.6 3.2 (*7) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Interface Power Supply 24 VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.1 A)
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
- 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170
Communication Function USB: not for use in the J2S compatibility mode
overspeed protection, error excessive protection
Safety Function Not compatible
Compliance to Standards LVD: EN 61800-5-1, EMC: EN 61800-3, MD: EN ISO 13849-1, EN 61800-5-2, EN 62061; UL 508C; CSA C22.2 No.14
Structure (IP Rating) Natural cooling, open (IP20) Force cooling, open (IP20)
Force cooling, open
(IP20) (*5)
Environment
2
Weight (kg) 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 6.2
Notes:
3. Refer to "MR-J4-_B_-RJ020 MR-J4-T20 Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_-RJ020 MR-J4-T20 Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio.
8. The value is applicable for MR-J4-_B-RJ020 servo amplifier only.
MR-J4-B4-RJ020 (Interface for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B) Specifications (400V)
Servo Amplifier Model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 60B4 100B4 200B4 350B4 500B4 700B4
Output
Rated Current (A) 1.5 2.8 5.4 8.6 14.0 17.0
Main Circuit
Power
Supply
Voltage/Frequency (*1) 3-phase 380 VAC to 480 VAC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated Current (A) 1.4 2.5 5.1 7.9 10.8 14.4
Control
Circuit Power
Supply
Interface Power Supply 24 VDC 10% (required current capacity: 0.1 A)
Tolerable
Regenerative
Power
(*2, *3) (W)
15 15 100 100 130 (*6) 170 (*6)
(Standard Accessory) (*2, 3)
- - - - - -
Communication Function USB: not for use in the J2S compatibility mode
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat
protection, encoder error protection, regenerative error protection, undervoltage protection, instantaneous power failure
protection, overspeed protection, error excessive protection
Safety Function Not compatible
Compliance to Standards LVD: EN 61800-5-1, EMC: EN 61800-3, MD: EN ISO 13849-1, EN 61800-5-2, EN 62061; UL 508C; CSA C22.2 No.14
Close Mounting Not Possible
Environment
2
Weight (kg) 1.7 1.7 2.1 3.6 4.3 6.5
Notes:
3. Refer to "MR-J4-_B_-RJ020 MR-J4-T20 Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_-RJ020 MR-J4-T20 Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio.
Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the rated speed or the recommended ratio.
Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B (MR-J4-T20)
Model MR-J4-T20
Stocked Item
Control Circuit
Power Supply
Input
Voltage 5 VDC (Control circuit power for the conversion unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B is supplied from the servo amplifier.)
Network Interface SSCNET interface (CN10A and CN10B connectors)
Communication Function RS-232C: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator (MRZJW3-SETUP161E) compatible) (CN30 connector)
Structure (IP Rating) Natural-cooling, open (IP00)
Environment
Vibration Resistance 5.9 [m/s] at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Weight (g) 140
388
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
T S R Q W QK QL U Y
HG-KR_K
23(B)
43(B)
5
(0.20)
14h6
(0.554)
30
(1.18)
26
5
(0.20)
20
(0.79)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
M4 Depth
15 (0.59)
73(B)
6
(0.24)
19h6
(0.7480)
40
(1.57)
36
6
(0.24)
25
(0.98)
5
(0.20)
3.5
(0.14)
M5 Depth
20 (0.79)
HG-KR / HG-MR Series: D-Cut Shaft (50W & 100W Motors Only)
Keyway With Key Included
MR-J4 Motor Shaft Details and Servomotor Dimensions
8h6 (0.3150 )
1

(
0
.
0
3
9
)

21.5 (0.85)
25 (0.98)
20.5 (0.81)
-0.009
0
Unit: mm (inch)
(Unit: mm)
Cross Section
A-A
W
U
T
Y
S
A
A
R
Q
QK QL
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
T S R Q W QK QL U Y
HG-MR_K
23(B)
43(B)
5
(0.20)
14h6
(0.554)
30
(1.18)
26
5
(0.20)
20
(0.79)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
M4 Depth
15 (0.59)
73(B)
6
(0.24)
19h6
(0.7480)
40
(1.57)
36
6
(0.24)
25
(0.98)
5
(0.20)
3.5
(0.14)
M5 Depth
20 (0.79)
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-SR_K
51(B)
81(B)
14h6
(0.554)
55 50
8
-0.030
0
36
5
(0.20) 4
+0.2
0
4
M8
screw
depth
20
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
121(B)
201(B)
301(B)
421(B)
35
+0.01
0
79 75
10
-0.030
0
55
5
(0.20) 5
+0.2
0
5 10x8x45
MTR KEY
10-8-45
S
HG-SR Series 200V
A-A
S
U
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
(Unit: mm) Figure A
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-SR_K
52(B)
102(B)
152(B)
24h6
(0.554)
55 50
8
-0.030
0
36
5
(0.20) 4
+0.2
0
4
M8
screw
depth
20
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
202(B)
352(B)
502(B)
702(B)
35
+0.01
0
79 75
10
-0.030
0
55
5
(0.20) 5
+0.2
0
5 10x8x45
MTR KEY
10-8-45
S
HG-SR Series 400V
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-SR_K
524(B)
1024(B)
1524(B)
24h6
(0.554)
55 50
8
-0.036
0
36
5
(0.20) 4
+0.2
0
4
M8
screw
depth
20
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
2024(B)
3524(B)
5024(B)
7024(B)
35
+0.01
0
79 75
10
-0.036
0
55
5
(0.20) 5
+0.2
0
5
(N/A) Key to be supplied by
customer.
A-A
S
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
U
[Unit: mm]
General Notes
1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
[Unit: mm]
A-A
S
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
U
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-JR_K
53(B)
73(B)
103(B)
153(B)
203(B)
16h6 40 30
5
-0.030
0
25 2
3
+0.1
0
4
M8
screw
depth
15
customer.
353(B)
503(B)
18h6 55 50
8
-0.036
0
36 5
4
+0.2
0
M8
screw
depth
20
customer.
703(B)
903(B)
35
+0.01
0
79 75
10
-0.036
0
55 5 5

+0.2
0
5
customer.
HG-JR 3000 Series 400V
A-A
S
U
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
(Unit: mm) Figure A
HG-JR 1500 Series 200/400V
Motor
Model
Capacity (W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-JR_K
11K1M(B)
15K1M(B)
11K1M4(B)
15K1M4(B)
55m6 116 110
16
-0.040
0
90
5
(0.20)
6

+0.2
0
8
M8
screw
depth
27
customer.
22K1M
22K1M4
65m6 140 130
18
-0.040
0
120
5
(0.20)
7

+0.2
0
9
M8
screw
depth
25
customer.
A-A
S
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
U
[Unit: mm]
HG-JR 3000 Series 200V
Motor
Model
Capacity
(W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-JR_K
534(B)
734(B)
1034(B)
1534(B)
2034(B)
16h6 40 30
5
-0.030
0
25 2
3
+0.1
0
2.5
M8
screw
depth
15
customer.
3534(B)
5034(B)
28h6 55 50
8
-0.036
0
36 5
4
+0.2
0
4
M8
screw
depth
20
8x7x28
MTR KEY
8-7-28
S
7034(B)
9034(B)
35
+0.01
0
79 75
10
-0.036
0
55 5 5

+0.2
0
5
customer.
General Notes
390
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-RR Series 200V
Motor
Model
Capacity (W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-RR_K
103(B)
153(B)
203(B)
24h6 45 40
8
-0.036
0
25 5
4

+0.2
0
4
M8
screw
depth
20
customer.
353(B)
503(B)
28h6 63 58
8
-0.036
0
53 3
4

+0.2
0
4 8x7x45
MTR KEY
8-7-45
S
A-A
S
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
U
[Unit: mm]
HG-UR Series 200V
Motor
Model
Capacity (W)
Variable Dimensions
S R Q W QK QL U r Y
Key
Dimensions
Key Model
Number
Stocked
Item
HG-UR_K
72(B) 22h6 55 50
6
-0.036
0
42 3
3.5

+0.1
0
3
M8
screw
depth
20
customer.
152(B) 28h6 55 50 8

-0.036
0
40 3 4

+0.2
0
4 8x7x36
MTR KEY
8-7-36
S
202(B)
352(B)
502(B)
35
+0.01
0
65 60 10

-0.036
0
50 5 5

+0.2
0
5 10x8x45
MTR KEY
10-8-45
S
A-A
S
W
Y
A
A
R
Q
QK
r
QL
U
[Unit: mm]
General Notes
HG-KR/HG-MR Series Dimensions (*1, *5, *6)
HG-KR053(B), HG-KR13(B)
HG-MR053(B), HG-MR13(B)
[Unit: mm]
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-KR053(B)
HG-MR053(B)
66.4
(107)
23.8
HG-KR13(B)
HG-MR13(B)
82.4
(123)
39.8
Pin No. Signal name
1 (PE)
2 U
3 V
4 W
1
2
3
4
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
58.8 (Note 3) 18.4
(Note 3)
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
18.4
(Note 3)
58.8 (Note 3)
21.7
9.9 11.7 11.7
Power
connector
Encoder
connector
9
1
3
Electromagnetic brake connector

(Note 3)
Power connector
Encoder connector
5
L
KL
21.7
10.9
19.2
7
21.5
13.9 11.7
3
0
h
7
8
h
6
11.7 9.9
2.5
25
4
6
27.5
6.4
3
7
.
1
45
40
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
(Note 3)
2-4.5 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
2
1
2
0
.
7
27.4
4.9
20.7 20.5
13.7
3
6
3
8
.
8

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
Pin No. Signal name
1 B1
2 B2
Power connector
(Note 2)
P
e
r
i
p
h
e
r
a
l

E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
[Unit: mm]
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-KR23(B)
HG-MR23(B)
76.6
(113.4)
36.4
HG-KR43(B)
HG-MR43(B)
98.3
(135.1)
58.1
Pin No. Signal name
1 (PE)
2 U
3 V
4 W
Pin No. Signal name
1 B1
2 B2
1
2
3
4
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
4-5.8 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
4
7
.
1

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
9
L 30
7 3
KL
11.7 11.8
10.9
19.2
9.5
Power connector
Encoder
connector
5
0
h
7
1
4
h
6
60
45
7
0
4
7
.
1
27.8
13.9 5.9
28.4
13.7 10
21.7
26
57.8 (Note 3)
1
3
.
5
connector (Note 3)
(Note 3)
9.5 11.8 11.7
57.8 (Note 3)
Power
connector
Encoder
connector
21.7
18.3
(Note 3)
connector (Note 3)
4
6
Power connector
(Note 2)
[Unit: mm]
Pin No. Signal name
1 (PE)
2 U
3 V
4 W
Pin No. Signal name
1 B1
2 B2
2
1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2
1
(Note 3)
4-6.6 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
connector (Note 3)
7
80
112 (152.3) (Note 4)
8 3
9.5 10.7
11.8 11.7 19.2
69.6 27.4
13.7 11.5
5
6
7
0
h
7
1
9
h
6
12 14
27.8
5
7
.
1
9
0
45
Power
connector
Encoder connector
21.7
36
7
63.1 (Note 3)
connector (Note 3)
Encoder
connector
11.8 11.7
63.1 (Note 3)
9.5
Power
connector
21.7
18.4
(Note 3)
40
Power connector
(Note 2)
Notes:
1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
6. Servo motors with oil seal (HG-KR_J and HG-MR_J) have different dimensions. Contact your local sales office for more details.
HG-KR23(B), HG-KR43(B))
HG-MR23(B), HG-MR43(B)
HG-KR73(B)
HG-MR73(B)
392
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-SR Series Dimensions (*1, *5)
HG-SR51(B), HG-SR81(B)
HG-SR52(B), HG-SR102(B), HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR524(B), HG-SR1024(B), HG-SR1524(B)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
1000 r/min 2000 r/min L KL
-
HG-SR52(B)
HG-SR524(B)
118.5 (153) 57.8
HG-SR51(B)
HG-SR102(B)
HG-SR1024(B)
132.5 (167) 71.8
HG-SR81(B)
HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR1524(B)
146.5 (181) 85.8
12 3
50
55 L
130
4
5
13.5
58
1
1
2
.
5
1
1
0
h
7
20.9
KL
5
0
.
9
13 Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P
U
(PE) W
V
Key
7
9
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
59 (Note 3)
Main key
Position mark
29
A B
C D
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
38.2 (43.5)
2
4
h
6
1
4
5
1
6
5
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
(Note 4)
HG-SR121(B), HG-SR201(B), HG-SR301(B), HG-SR421(B)
18 3
75
79 L 176
4
5
82
K
B
KA
KL
5
0
.
9
13
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
U
(PE) W
V
Key
*3 *3
*2
*1
*5
*4 *6 *6 *4
*1
*2
*5
2
0
0
230
Main key
Position mark
9
6
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
66.5
(Note 3)
44
A B
C D
Power connector
MS3102A22-22P (3.5 kW or smaller, and 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (4.2 kW and 7 kW)
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
(Note 3)
(45.5)
38.5
1
1
4
.
3
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0

0

0
-0
.0
2
5
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
*1, *2, *3, *4, *5 and *6 are screw holes (M8) for eyebolt.
HG-SR201(B), 301(B), 352(4)(B), 502(4)(B): *1, *2
HG-SR421(B), 702(4)(B): *3, *4, *5, *6
Power connector
(Note 4)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
(Note 4)
1000 r/min 2000 r/min L KL KA KB
HG-SR121(B)
HG-SR202(B)
HG-SR2024(B)
138.5
(188)
74.8
24.8 140.9 HG-SR201(B)
HG-SR352(B)
HG-SR3524(B)
162.5
(212)
98.8
HG-SR301(B)
HG-SR502(B)
HG-SR5024(B)
178.5
(228)
114.8
HG-SR421(B)
HG-SR702(B)
HG-SR7024(B)
218.5
(268)
146.8 32 149.1
[Unit: mm]
Notes:
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
HG-JR Series Dimensions (*1, *5)
HG-JR53(B), HG-JR73(B), HG-JR103(B), HG-JR153(B), HG-JR203(B)
HG-JR534(B), HG-JR734(B), HG-JR1034(B), HG-JR1534(B), HG-JR2034(B)
[Unit: mm]
L
8
0
h
7
1
6
h
6
40
7.5 5
30
38.2 (38)
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
5
0
.
9
Oil seal
KL from the flange surface
9
3
.
8
13
4
1
4.5
35
1
6
1
0
.
6
3
6
4
2
.2
2
1
.8
5
7
.
4
1
5
66.5
25.7
90
1
1
8
1
0
0
4
5

W V
U
Key
B C
A D
Main key
Position mark
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
(Note 3)
CMV1-R2P
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P
(PE)
(
N
o
t
e

3
)
(
N
o
t
e

3
)
(Note 3)
4-6.6 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-JR53(B)
HG-JR534(B)
127.5
(173)
76
HG-JR73(B)
HG-JR734(B)
145.5
(191)
94
HG-JR103(B)
HG-JR1034(B)
163.5
(209)
112
HG-JR153(B)
HG-JR1534(B)
199.5
(245)
148
HG-JR203(B)
HG-JR2034(B)
235.5
(281)
184
[Unit: mm]
55
3 12
50
Oil seal
L
38.2 (43.5)
5
0
.
9
7
9
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
1
1
6
.
8
2
8
h
6
130
45
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
1
6
5
1
4
5
80
KL
13
63
15.5 34
71
(Note 3)
29
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3) (Note 3)
W V
U
Key
B C
A D
Main key
Position mark
CMV1-R2P
(Note 3)
MS3102A22-22P
Power connector
CMV1-R10P
Encoder connector
(Note 4)
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
9
5
.
8
1
1
0
h
7
(Note 2)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-JR353(B)
213
(251.5)
228
HG-JR503(B)
267
(305.5)
282
[Unit: mm]
55
2 1 3
50
1
1
0
h
7
Oil seal
L
38.2 (43.5)
7
9
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
1
3
.
5
2
9
63
(Note 3)
KL from the flange surface
2
8
h
6
130
45
1
6
5
1
4
5
35
3
6
4
2
.2
2
1
.8
1
3
.
1
25.7
13
W V
U
Key
B C
A D
Main key
Position mark
CMV1-R2P
(Note 3)
MS3102A18-10P
Power connector
CMV1-R10P
Encoder connector
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3) (Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(
N
o
t
e

3
)
(Note 3)
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
1
1
4
.
8
5
0
.
9
(Note 2)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-JR3534(B)
213
(251.5)
161
HG-JR5034(B)
267
(305.5)
215
HG-JR353(B), HG-JR503(B)
HG-JR3534(B), HG-JR5034(B)
Notes:
394
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-JR Series Dimensions (*1, *5)
HG-JR703(B), HG-JR903(B)
HG-JR7034(B), HG-JR9034(B)
[Unit: mm]
79
3 18
75
38.5 (45.5)
5
0
.
9
9
6
.
9

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
1
6
3
.
3
Oil seal
13
66.5
KL
92.1 28.5
1
3
3
.
5
44
176
45
200
2
3
0
44
102.3
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
W V
U
Key
B C
A D
Main key
Position mark
CMV1-R2P
MS3102A32-17P
CMV1-R10P
Electromagnetic
brake connector (Note 3)
Power connector
Encoder connector
*4
*4
*2 *2
*1 *1
*3
*3
3
5
+
0
.0
1
0

0
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M8) for eyebolt.
1
1
4
.
3

0
-0
.0
2
5
L
(Note 2)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-JR703(B)
HG-JR7034(B)
263.5
(313)
285.4
HG-JR903(B)
HG-JR9034(B)
303.5
(353)
325.4
[Unit: mm]
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M10) for eyebolt.
U
W
V
B
C
A
D
Power connector
Key
B
A
Key
(PE)
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
*2 *1
*4 *3
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
0
0
h
7
5
5
m
6
4 40
32
KL
8
1
19.5
Power connector
Electromagnetic brake connector (Note 3)
MS3102A10SL-4P
MS3102A32-17P
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
4 54
1
7
1
.
1
45 37.5
2-M8 screw
270
2
5
0
2
3
5
M10 screw
Oil seal
20
110
116 L
1
3
6
.
2

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
82
220
27
(Note 3)
130
*1,2
*3,4
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-JR11K1M(B)
HG-JR11K1M4(B)
339.5
(412)
265.5
HG-JR15K1M(B)
HG-JR15K1M4(B)
439.5
(512)
365.5
BV BW
A
B C
D
(Red)
(White) (Black)
Cooling fan connector
(View from front of the connector)
BU
Key
Do not use this.
Cooling fan
rotating
direction
4-24 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
6
5
m
6
2
3
0
h
7
250 (Flange)
352
140
Intake
Exhaust
5
476
174 230
(37)
35
2
2
0
1
2
5
1
5
4
1
5
4
107 101
1
9
0
5 2 8
M12 screw
4 eyebolts *1
Power lead hole
63 hole (Note 7)
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
Cooling fan connector
CE05-2A14S-2P 235
439
130
Oil seal
63
(Note 6)
227
1
6
3
45
2
6
5
3
3
0
[Unit: mm]
HG-JR11K1M(B), HG-JR15K1M(B)
HG-JR11K1M4(B), HG-JR15K1M4(B)
HG-JR22K1M
HG-JR22K1M4
Notes:
6. Leave a clearance of at least 150 mm between the intake side of the servo motor and wall.
7. Prevent oil, water, dust, and other foreign matter from entering the servo motor through the lead hole.
8. A washer is placed between the eyebolt and the servo motor to adjust the bolt angle.
HG-RR Series Dimensions (*1, *5)
HG-RR103(B), HG-RR153(B), HG-RR203(B)
[Unit: mm]
(PE)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
L
3 10
4
5
KL
1
1
5
1
3
5
2
4
h
6
Power connector
U
W
B
C A
D
Key
E F
G H
V
Oil seal
Power connector
CE05-2A22-23P
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
(Note 2)
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
40
45
9
5
h
7
38
5
0
.
9
13
100
9
4
.
8
44
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-RR103(B)
145.5
(183)
69.5
HG-RR153(B)
170.5
(208)
94.5
HG-RR203(B)
195.5
(233)
119.5
HG-RR353(B), HG-RR503(B)
[Unit: mm]
(Note 3) (Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3) (Note 3)
(PE)
(Note 2)
4-9 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
KL
L
2
8
h
6
12 3
1
6
5
1
4
5
45
Power connector
CE05-2A24-10P
Oil seal
U
W
Key
V
E
F D
C
B
A
G
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
1
1
0
h
7
58
63
13
5
0
.
9
42
1
1
7
.
4
46
130
Power connector
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-RR353(B)
215.5
(252)
147.5
HG-RR503(B)
272.5
(309)
204.5
Notes:
396
n

S
E
R
V
O
M
O
T
O
R
S

A
N
D

A
M
P
L
I
F
I
E
R
S
HG-UR Series Dimensions (*1, *5)
HG-UR72(B), HG-UR152(B)
[Unit: mm]
(Note 3)
(Note 3) (Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(PE)
U
W
B
C A
D
Key
E F
G H
V
(Note 2)
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
13
L
3
S
h
6
2
0
0
2
3
0
2
1
5
13
45 40
2-M6 screw
Power connector
CE05-2A22-23P
Oil seal
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
1
1
4
.
3

0
-0
.0
2
5
40
1
4
1
.
3
5
0
.
9
55
50
KL
44
176
Power connector
Model
Variable dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL S
HG-UR72(B)
109
(142.5)
38 22
HG-UR152(B)
118.5
(152)
47.5 28
HG-UR202(B), HG-UR352(B), HG-UR502(B)
[Unit: mm]
(PE)
Electromagnetic
brake (Note 2)
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
4
13
53.5
42
16
B
A
Oil seal
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Power connector
CE05-2A24-10P
connector (Note 3)
MS3102A10SL-4P
4
5
37.5
2
3
5
2
5
0
270
2-M8 screw
U
W
Key
V
E
F D
C
B
A
G
Key
(Note 3) (Note 3) (Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
0
0
3
5

0
-0
.0
4
6
+
0
.0
1
0

0
39.2
60
65 L
KL
5
0
.
9
1
3
8
.
7

(
N
o
t
e

3
)
220
1
6
4
.
9
47
Power connector
Model
Variable
dimensions
(Note 4)
L KL
HG-UR202(B)
116.5
(159.5)
42.5
HG-UR352(B)
140.5
(183.5)
66.5
HG-UR502(B)
164.5
(207.5)
90.5
Notes:
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Variable Frequency Drives 397
Variable Frequency Drives
when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the
Stocked Item columns/rows.
F700
F
U
N
C
T
I
O
N

/

P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
CAPACITY
A700
E700
D700
1/4 - 800 Hp
1 - 1000 Hp
1/8 - 20 Hp
1/8 - 10 Hp
E560 1 - 10 Hp
A700
F700
E

EE
E500

Variable Frequency Drives Family .....................................................................................................398
D700 Series ......................................................................................................................................399
E700 Series .......................................................................................................................................405
E560 Series .......................................................................................................................................411
F700 Series .......................................................................................................................................414
A700 Series ......................................................................................................................................424
A701 Series ......................................................................................................................................435
V500 Series ......................................................................................................................................439
Engineered Solutions ........................................................................................................................443
General Options ................................................................................................................................452
Variable Frequency Drives
398
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Variable Frequency Drives Family
Standard Features:
RS-485 serial communications
(Mitsubishi VFD protocol)
PID control
Adjustable carrier frequency (Low Noise)
up to 14.5kHz
Soft PWM
Engineered solutions available
Setup Software available
User selectable Sink (default) / Source I/O
Model Series D700 E560 E700 F700 A700
Voltage Range (VAC) 115 1 240 1 240 480 600 115 1 240 1 240 480 240 480 240 480 600
H
P

R
a
n
g
e
Constant Torque
1/8~1 1/8~3 1/8~10 1/2~10 1~10 1/8~1 1/8~3 1/8~20 1/2~20 1~200 1~1000
1/2~125 1/2~800 1~650
Variable Torque 1~200 1~1000 2~850
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

A
l
g
o
r
i
t
h
m
Open-Loop Flux
Vector Speed
Yes Yes Yes No Yes
Open-Loop Torque No No No No Yes
Closed-Loop Speed No No No No Yes
Closed-Loop Torque No No No No Yes
Closed-Loop Position No No No No Yes
I
n
p
u
t
s
Digital Inputs 5 (2 additional for Safety) 7 7 (expandable) 12 (expandable) 12 (expandable)
0~5 / 10VDC Yes Yes Yes No No
0~5 / 10VDC No No No Yes Yes
4~20mA No Yes No No No
4~20mA or 0~5/10VDC Yes No Yes Yes (2 ports) Yes (2 ports)
Pulse (Speed) No No No No Yes
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
Digital Outputs 1 2 2 (expandable) 5 (expandable) 5 (expandable)
Relay Outputs 1 1 1 (expandable) 2 (expandable) 2 (expandable)
0~10VDC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (expandable)
0~20mA No No No Yes (optional)
Pulse No No No No Yes
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Modbus RTU Standard No Standard Standard Standard
CC-Link No Option Option Option Option
DeviceNet No Option Option Option Option
Profibus-DP No Option Option Option Option
LonWorks No Option Option Option Option
SSCNETIII No No No No Option
ControlNET No No No No Option
Metasys N2 Option Option Option Option Option
Siemens FLN Option Option Option Option Option
BACnet/MS/TP Standard Option Option Option Option
EtherNet/IP Option Option Option Option Option (2 types)
Modbus TCP/IP Option Option Option Option Option
BACnet/IP No No Option Option Option
Brake Transistor Yes (1/2HP and above) Yes Yes (1/2HP and above) No Up to 30HP
Brake Resistor Option Option Option No Up to 10HP
Up to
5HP
EMC Filter Option No Option Standard Standard No
DC Reactor Option No Option Option (standard 100HP and above)
Safety Stop Function Standard No Option No No
Communications Ports 1 (RS-485)
1
(RS485)
2 (RS-485 & USB) 2 (RS-485) 3 (2x RS-485 & USB)
Plug-in Option Ports 0 1 1 1 3
Operator Interface Standard Option Standard Standard Standard
Alpha/Numeric Keypad Option FR-PU07 FR-PU04 FR-PU07
FR-PU07
FR-PU07-01
FR-PU07
Alarm History Last 8 Last 8 Last 8 Last 8 Last 8
Simple to use: The D700 is perfect for a wide range
of applications
Simple to set up: The integrated digital setting dial
with display makes configuration fast and easy
Simple operation: Control remotely or with the
built-in digital control
Simple to choose: Low cost and with Mitsubishi
Electric quality ensuring long operation life
Capacity from 1/8 to 10 HP
Safety stop function meets EN954-1 Category 3 and
IEC60204-1 Stop Category 0
Integrated brake chopper circuit
Modbus RTU included as standard via the RJ45 port
150% torque at 1Hz and 200% torque at 3Hz using
General-purpose Magnetic Flux Vector Control
Optimum Excitation Control for increased energy
savings when motor is not loaded
Frequency search function for catching a
spinning load
Dancer control allows position signal to control
roll tension
Password function for parameter setting protection
Internal diagnostics function for monitoring status
of critical components
RoHS compliant
10 year maintenance free design
D700 Series
D700 Series
Low cost micro VFD with Mitsubishi Electric quality.
Rating (CT & VT) IP20 Open Chassis Dimensions in inches (mm)
Weight Lbs (kg) Stocked Item
HP Rated Amps Model Number Height Width Depth
1-Phase 100~120VAC Input / 3-Phase 200~240VAC Output
1/8 0.8 FR-D710W-008-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/4 1.4 FR-D710W-014-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 4.4 (110.5) 1.3 (0.6) S
1/2 2.5 FR-D710W-025-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 5.6 (142.5) 2.0 (0.9) S
1 4.2 FR-D710W-042-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.9 (149.5) 3.1 (1.4) S
1/8 0.8 FR-D720S-008-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/4 1.4 FR-D720S-014-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.3 (0.6) S
1/2 2.5 FR-D720S-025-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 5.6 (142.5) 2.0 (0.9) S
1 4.2 FR-D720S-042-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 6.5 (162.5) 2.5 (1.1) S
2 7 FR-D720S-070-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 6.2 (155.5) 3.3 (1.5) S
3 10 FR-D720S-100-NA 5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (145) 4.4 (2.0) S
3-Phase 200~240VAC Input & Output
1/8 0.8 FR-D720-008-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/4 1.4 FR-D720-014-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/2 2.5 FR-D720-025-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 4.5 (112.5) 1.8 (0.8) S
1 4.2 FR-D720-042-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 5.3 (132.5) 2.2 (1.0) S
2 7 FR-D720-070-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.4 (135.5) 3.1 (1.4) S
3 10 FR-D720-100-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.4 (135.5) 3.1 (1.4) S
5 16.5 FR-D720-165-NA 5.0 (128) 6.7 (170) 5.6 (142.5) 4.0 (1.8) S
7 1/2 23.8 FR-D720-238-NA 5.9 (150) 8.7 (220) 6.1 (155) 8.0 (3.6) S
10 31.8 FR-D720-318-NA 5.9 (150) 8.7 (220) 6.1 (155) 8.0 (3.6) S
1/2 1.2 FR-D740-012-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.1 (129.5) 2.9 (1.3) S
1 2.2 FR-D740-022-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.1 (129.5) 2.9 (1.3) S
2 3.6 FR-D740-036-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.4 (135.5) 3.1 (1.4) S
3 5 FR-D740-050-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 6.2 (155.5) 3.3 (1.5) S
5 8 FR-D740-080-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 6.6 (165.5) 3.3 (1.5) S
7 1/2 12 FR-D740-120-NA 5.9 (150) 8.7 (220) 6.1 (155) 7.3 (3.3) S
10 16 FR-D740-160-NA 5.9 (150) 8.7 (220) 6.1 (155) 7.3 (3.3) S
Symbol Voltage Class
D710W 1-phase 115V class
D720S 1-phase 240V class
D720 3-phase 240V class
D740 3-phase 480V class
FR-D720 008 NA
Inverter capacity
amperage / 10
(008 = 0.8A
output)
Voltage
115
1 Phase
1/8 1 Hp
240
1 Phase
1/8 3 Hp
240
3 Phase
1/8 10 Hp
480
3 Phase
1/2 10 Hp
Horsepower
400
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
D700 General Specifications
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control Method
Soft-PWM control/high carrier frequency PWM control (V/F control, General-purpose magnetic flux vector control, Optimum excitation
control can be selected)
Output Frequency Range 0.2 to 400Hz
Frequency Setting
Resolution
Analog Input 0.06Hz/60Hz (terminal2, 4: 0 to 10V/10bit) 0.12Hz/60Hz (terminal2, 4: 0 to 5V/9bit) 0.06Hz/60Hz (terminal4: 0 to 20mA/10bit)
Digital Input 0.01Hz
Frequency
Accuracy
Analog Input Within 1% of the max. output frequency (25C 10C)
Digital Input Within 0.01% of the set output frequency
Voltage/Frequency Characteristics Base frequency can be set from 0 to 400Hz. Constant torque/variable torque pattern can be selected
Starting Torque 150% or more (at 1Hz) when General-purpose magnetic flux vector control and slip compensation is set
Torque Boost Manual torque boost
Accel. /Decel. Time Setting 0.01 to 3600s (acceleration and deceleration can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode can be selected.
Braking Torque
Regeneration
(*1)
FR-D720-008 and 014, FR-D720S-008 and 014, FR-D710W-008 and 014 ... 150%, FR-D720-025 and 042, FR-D740-012 and 022,
FR-D720S-025 and 042, FR-D710W-025 and 042 ... 100%, FR-D720-070, FR-D740-036, FR-D720S-070 ... 50%, FR-D720-100 or
more, FR-D740-050 or more, FR-D720S-100 ... 20%
DC Injection
Brake
Operation frequency (0 to 120Hz), operation time (0 to 10s), operation voltage (0 to 30%) variable
Stall Prevention Operation Level Operation current level can be set (0 to 200% adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Frequency Setting
Signal
Analog Input
Two points
Terminal 2: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V can be selected
Terminal 4: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA can be selected
Digital Input Entered from operation panel and parameter unit. Frequency setting increments is selectable.
Start Signal Forward and reverse rotation or start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected.
Input Signal
Five points. You can select from among multi-speed selection, remote setting, second function selection, terminal 4 input selection,
JOG operation selection, PID control valid terminal, external thermal input, PU-external operation switchover, V/F switchover, output
stop, start self-holding selection, forward rotation, reverse rotation command, inverter reset, PU-NET operation switchover, external-
NET operation switchover, command source switchover, inverter operation enable signal, and PU operation external interlock
Operational Functions
Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, automatic restart after
instantaneous power failure operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, remote setting, second function, multi-speed operation,
regeneration avoidance, slip compensation, operation mode selection, offline auto tuning function, PID control, computer link
operation (RS-485), Optimum excitation control, power failure stop, speed smoothing control, Modbus-RTU
O
u
t
p
u
t

S
i
g
n
a
l
Output Signal
Points
Open Collector
Output
One point
Relay Output One point
Operating Status
You can select from among inverter operation, up-to-frequency, overload alarm, output frequency detection, regenerative brake
prealarm, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, inverter operation ready, output current detection, zero current detection, PID
lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward/reverse rotation output, fan alarm (*3), heatsink overheat pre-alarm, deceleration at an
instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, PID output interruption, during retry, life alarm, current average value monitor,
remote output, alarm output, fault output, fault output 3, and maintenance timer alarm
For Meter
Output Points
Analog Output 0 to 10VDC: one point
For Meter
You can select from among output frequency, output current (steady), output voltage, frequency setting, converter output voltage,
regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay function load factor, output current peak value, converter output voltage peak value,
reference voltage output, motor load factor, PID set point, PID measured value, output power, PID deviation, motor thermal load
factor, inverter thermal load factor 0 to 10VDC
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
Operation Panel
Parameter Unit
(FR-PU07)
Operating Status
You can select from among output frequency, output current (steady), output voltage, frequency setting, cumulative energization time,
actual operation time, converter output voltage, regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay function load factor, output current
peak value, converter output voltage peak value, motor load factor, PID set point, PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O
terminal monitor, output power, cumulative power, motor thermal load factor, inverter thermal load factor, PTC thermistor resistance.
Fault Definition
Fault definition is displayed when the fault occurs and the past 8 fault definitions (output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative
energization time right before the fault occurs) are stored
Additional Display
By The Parameter
Unit (FR-PU04/
FR-PU07) Only
Operating Status Not used
Fault Definition Output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization time immediately before the fault occurs
Interactive
Guidance
Function (help) for operation guide
Overcurrent during acceleration, overcurrent during constant speed, overcurrent during deceleration, overvoltage during acceleration,
overvoltage during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal
operation, heatsink overheat, input phase loss (*5, *6), output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent at start (*5), output phase loss,
external thermal relay operation (*5), PTC thermistor operation (*5), parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count excess (*5), CPU
fault, brake transistor alarm, inrush resistance overheat, analog input error, stall prevention operation, output current detection value
exceeded (*5), safety circuit fault
Warning Functions
Fan alarm (*3), overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, PU stop, parameter write error, regenerative brake prealarm
(*5), electronic thermal relay function prealarm, maintenance output (*5), undervoltage, operation panel lock, password locked,
inverter reset, safety stop
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Surrounding Air Temperature -10C to +50C (14F to 122F) (non-freezing) (*4)
Ambient Humidity 90%RH maximum (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature (*2) -20C to +65C (-4F to 149F)
Atmosphere Indoors (without corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt, etc.)
Altitude/Vibration Maximum 1000m (3280.80 feet) above sea level, 5.9m/s
2
or less at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y, Z axes)
Notes:
1. The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative
torque. When the motor is decelerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the
optional brake resistor when regenerative energy is large. A brake unit (FR-BU2) may also be used.
2. Temperatures applicable for a short time, e.g. in transit.
3. As the FR-D720-042 or less, FR-D740-022 or less, FR-D720S-042 or less, FR-D710W-042 or less are not provided with the cooling fan, this alarm does not function.
4. When using the inverters at the surrounding air temperature of 40C (104F) or less, the inverters can be installed closely attached (0cm clearance).
5. This protective function does not function in the initial status.
6. This protective function is available with the three-phase power input specification model only.
D700 Series Terminal Connection Diagram
Earth
(Ground)
Motor
IM
Earth (Ground)
Three-phase
AC power
supply
MCCB MC
R/L1
P1 P/+
PR
N/-
S/L2
T/L3
U
V
W
Earth
(Ground)
*8 Brake resistor (FR-ABR, MRS type, MYS
type)
Install a thermal relay to prevent an
overheat and burnout of the brake resistor.
(The brake resistor can not be connected
to the FR-D720-008, 014 and FR-D720S-
008, 014 and FR-D710W-008, 014.)
Forward
rotation start
Reverse
rotation start
Middle
speed
High
speed
Low
speed
Control input signals (No voltage input allowed)
24VDC power supply
(Common for external power supply transistor)
Contact input common
STR
STF
RH
RM
RL
SD
PC
Relay output
Running
Open collector output
Open collector output common
Sink/source common
RUN
SE
A
B
C
Frequency setting signals (Analog)
2 0 to 5VDC
10(+5V)
2
3
1
4 4 to 20mADC
Frequency
setting
potentiometer
1/2W1k
Terminal 4
input
(Current
input)
(+)
(-)
5(Analog common)
*5 It is recommended to use 2W1k
when the frequency setting signal
is changed frequently.
*5
*2 When using terminals PC-
SD as a 24VDC power
supply, take care not to
short across terminals
PC-SD.
PU
connector
*1. DC reactor (FR-HEL)
When connecting a DC reactor, remove the
jumper across P1-P/+
Single-phase 100V power input model is not
compatible with DC reactor. Control circuit terminal
Main circuit terminal
Sink logic
Jumper
*1
*8
*7
*2
*3
*4
Terminal functions vary
with the input terminal
assignment (Pr. 178 to
Pr. 182)
Multi-speed selection
Terminal functions vary by
Pr. 190 RUN terminal function
selection
by Pr. 192 A,B,C terminal
function selection
S
I
N
K
S
O
U
R
C
E
V I
*4
0 to 5VDC
(0 to 10VDC)
0 to 10VDC
*4 Terminal input
specifications can be
changed by analog input
specifications switchover
(Pr. 267). Set the
voltage/current input
switch in the "V" position
to select voltage input (0
to 5V/0 to10V) and "I"
(initial value) to select
current input (4 to 20mA).
Voltage/current
input switch
Main circuit
Control circuit
R
Relay output
(Fault output)
Brake unit
(Option)
*8 Common terminal of
terminal SO is terminal SC.
(Connected to terminal SD
inside of the inverter.)
*3 Terminal input specifications
can be changed by analog
input specifications
switchover (Pr. 73).
Terminal 10 and terminal 2
are used as PTC input
terminal (Pr. 561).
Output shutoff (Line 1)
Output shutoff (Line 2)
Common terminal
Safety stop signal
S1
S2
SC
Safety monitor output *8
SO
Shorting
wire
Single-phase
AC power
supply
MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
Single-phase power input
*7 A brake transistor is not built-in to the
FR-D720-008, 014 and FR-D720S-008,
014 and FR-D710W-008, 014.
AM
5
(+)
(-)
Analog signal output
(0 to 10VDC)
*6
*6 Terminal P1 is not available for single-
phase 100V power input model.
Inrush current
limit circuit
24V
Output shutoff
circuit
For manufacturer setting
Terminal Block Layout
Recommended wire size:
0.3mm 0.75mm
402
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
D700 EMC Filters
This attachment allows the VFD to be mounted onto the filter.
DIN Rail Mounting Attachment
This attachment allows the D700 Series inverter to mount on a 35mm DIN rail.
Drive Hp
Kit Model
Number
Dimensions mm (in)
Stocked Item
L W D
0.5 - 5 FR-BSF01 110 (4.33) 22.5 (0.89) 65 (2.56) S
0.5 - 75 FR-BLF 180 (7.07) 31.5 (1.24) 83 (3.27) S
Drive
Voltage
Kit Model
Number
Leakage
Current
(mA)
Dimensions mm (in)
Stocked Item
L W D
208 - 230 FR-BIF 4 58 (2.3) 44 (1.8) 42 (1.7) S
460 FR-BIF-H 4 58 (2.3) 44 (1.8) 42 (1.7) -
Input Radio Noise Filter
This filter is connected to the input of the drive and helps to reduce
radiated noise in the radio frequencies.
Line Noise Filter
Provides a toroid for line noise reduction.
Model Number
Drive Model
Stocked Item
D710W D720S D720 D740
FR-UDA01 008-025 008-042 008-042 - S
FR-UDA02 042 070 070-100 012-080 S
FR-UDA03 - - 165 - -
Brake Resistors
VFD-MICRO-DEMO
Includes E720 and D720 1HP, pre-wired digital input
switches, led outputs and speed potentiometer
S
VFD-MOTOR-DEMO
Includes 1/2HP motor with quick connection to
VFD-MICRO-DEMO
S
D700 Demonstration Unit
D700 Conduit Kits
Model Number Drive Model Stocked Item
FFR-CS-050-14A-RF1 D720S-008 to 042 -
FFR-CS-080-20A-RF1 D720S-070 -
FFR-CS-110-26A-RF1 D720S-100 -
FFR-CSH-036-8A-RF1 D740-012 to 036 -
FFRCSH-080-16A-RF1 D740-050 to 080 -
FFRMSH-170-30A-RF1 D740-120 to 160 -
Kit Model
Number
Part Number
Stocked
Item FR-D710W- FR-D720S- FR-D720- FR-D740-
FR-E7FN-01 008/014 008/014 008/014 - S
FR-E7FN-02 - - 025 - S
FR-E7FN-03 - - 042 - S
FR-E7FN-04 - - 070/100 036 S
FR-E7FN-06 - - - - S
FR-E7FN-07 - - 165 - S
FR-E7FN-08 - - 238/318 120/160 S
FR-E7FN-11 - - - 012/022 -
FR-E7FN-12 - - - 050/080 -
D700 Series Options
FR-PU07 Alpha-Numeric multi-language keypad S
FR-PA07 Panel mount basic keypad S
FR-CONFIGURATOR Programming and diagnostic software S
SC-FRPC Serial communications cable S
FR-CB201 Remote cable for connecting keypad 1 meter cable S
FR-ABR-_ _ K External braking resistor S
FR-RJ45-HUB4 Serial Network Hub - 2 Stations -
FR-RJ45-TR Terminating Resistor for FR-RJ45-HUB -
Note: _ _ represents KW rating.
Brake Resistor Model Dimensions (mm)
W W1 W2 D H
200V Class
FR-ABR-0.4K 140 125 100 40 21
FR-ABR-0.75K 215 200 175 40 21
FR-ABR-2.2K 240 225 200 50 26
FR-ABR-3.7K 215 200 175 61 33
FR-ABR-5.5K 335 320 295 61 33
FR-ABR-7.5K 400 385 360 80 40
FR-ABR-11K 400 385 360 100 50
FR-ABR-15K (*1) 300 285 260 100 50
400V Class
FR-ABR-H0.4K 115 100 75 40 21
FR-ABR-H0.75K 140 125 100 40 21
FR-ABR-H1.5K 215 200 175 40 21
FR-ABR-H2.2K 240 225 200 50 26
FR-ABR-H3.7K 215 200 175 61 33
FR-ABR-H5.5K 335 320 295 61 33
FR-ABR-H7.5K 400 385 360 80 40
FR-ABR-H11K 400 385 360 100 50
FR-ABR-H15K (*2) 300 285 260 100 50
W
W1 1
W2
5
.
3
500
+20
0
D
H
2
.
5
d1
B
1
A1
A1
d2
B
2
A2
A2
Glass-braided cable
2.0mm
2
white
Notes:
1. For the 15K, connect the two supplied resistors (18 ohms) in parallel
2. For the H15K, connect the two supplied resistors (18 ohms) in series.
D700 Heatsink Extension Kits
HP-CT
115VAC 1-Phase Input 240VAC 1-Phase Input 240VAC 3-Phase Input 480VAC 3-Phase Input
Model
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Model
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Model
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Model
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
FR-D710W- FR-D720S- FR-D720- FR-D740-
1/8 008 100 14 86% 008 100 14 86% 008 100 14 86% - - - -
1/4 015 200 20 90% 015 200 20 90% 014 200 20 90% - - - -
1/2 030 400 38 91% 030 400 32 92% 025 400 32 92% 012 400 40 90%
1 050 750 50 93% 050 750 50 93% 042 750 50 93% 022 750 55 93%
2 - - - - 070 1500 80 95% 070 1500 80 95% 036 1500 90 94%
3 - - - - 100 2200 110 95% 100 2200 100 95% 050 2200 100 95%
5 - - - - - - - - 165 3700 160 96% 080- 3700 180 95%
7.5 - - - - - - - - 238 5500 270 95% 120 5500 240 96%
10 - - - -- - - - - 318 7500 360 95% 160 7500 280 96%
General Notes:
1. The amount of heat generated by the inverter is based on one inverter connected to one motor of the same capacity.
2. The amount of heat generated in the above table is the amount of heat generated when the inverter is operated at its rated current.
3. The amount of heat generated will decrease according to the motor load and usage (duty).
D700 Series Watt Loss and Efficiency Data
Kit Model
Number
Part Number
Stocked Item
FR-D710W- FR-D720S- FR-D720- FR-D740-
FR-E7CN-02 025 025 025 - S
FR-E7CN-03 - 042 042 - S
FR-E7CN-04 - 070 070/100 036 to 080 S
FR-E7CN-06 - 100 - - S
FR-E7CN-07 - - 165 - S
FR-E7CN-08 042 - 238/318 120/160 S
FR-E7CN-11 - - - 012/022 -
HP-CT
Model Number
Stand-By Power
Consumption
Model Number
Stand-By Power
Consumption
Model
Number
Stand-By Power
Consumption
Model
Number
Stand-By Power
Consumption
FR-D710W- Min Max FR-D720S- Min Max FR-D720- Min Max FR-D740- Min Max
1/8 008 5.5 10.5 008 5.5 10.5 008 5.5 10.5 - - -
1/4 015 5.5 10.5 015 5.5 10.5 014 5.5 10.5 - - -
1/2 030 5.5 10.5 030 5.5 10.5 025 5.5 10.5 012 10.5 15
1 050 5.5 10.5 050 5.5 10.5 042 5.5 10.5 022 10.5 15
2 - - - 070 5.5 14 070 5.5 14 036 10.5 17
3 - - - 100 5.5 14 100 5.5 14 050 10.5 17
5 - - - - - - 165 6 15 080 10.5 17
7.5 - - - - - - 238 13 22.5 120 13.5 22.5
10 - - - - - - 318 13 22.5 160 13.5 22.5
General Notes:
1. The maximum is generated with PC terminal operating 100mA load, external parameter unit, and cooling fan operating.
2. The minimum is generated with no load on PC terminal, no external parameter unit, and cooling fan off.
D700 Standby Power
Notes:
1. For additional information, visit www.iccdesigns.com
2. Communication to multiple VFDs is possible
3. Mounted and powered external to VFD
D700 Building Management Options
Network Type / Model
ETH-1000
(*2, *3)
XLTR-1000
(*2, *3)
Gateway
Communication
BACnet/IP X -
EtherNet/IP X -
Modbus/TCP X -
Profinet IO X -
BACnet MS/TP X X
Metasys N2 X X
Stocked Item - -
404
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
D700 Dynamic Braking
All Mitsubishi Electric VFDs have some inherent braking capability. During controlled deceleration, motor regenerative losses are
dissipated in the motor, wire, and VFD circuitry. The built-in DC injection braking allows for low speed braking and stopping.
When the above capabilities are inadequate for an application, it is necessary to add a power transistor brake unit and resistor unit in
series across the DC bus. Motor regeneration causes the DC bus voltage to increase, and when the voltage exceeds a specified threshold,
the transistor turns on to pass current through the resistor. Motor kinetic energy is converted to heat energy. VFD overcurrent and
overvoltage protective circuits are active at all times, and will fault-trip the VFD if the brake size is inadequate.
Two main factors must be considered when sizing the brake, the effective duty cycle (%ED) and the short time duty rating. The
effective duty cycle is increased when an external resistor is added. It is preferable to profile the effective duty cycle of the units of time.
With this information, the short time duty is known and the %ED can be calculated, as shown in the below example.
%ED = Braking time / total time for complete operating cycle *100
Example: Complete cycle is:
5 sec: Acceleration time to reach set speed
60 sec: Run time at set speed
3 sec: Deceleration time to come to a complete stop
12 sec: Time period motor remains stopped
%ED = 3 / (5 + 60 + 3 + 12) * 100 = 3.6%
The tables shown assume 100% brake torque, when brake torque is represented by its percentage to the rated torque of the applied motor.
Torque (kg.m) = 974 * Power (kW) / Speed (rpm).
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight
kg (lbs)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item D710W and
D720(S)
% ED
FR-ABR-0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 200 60 1/2 025 10% S
FR-ABR-0.75K 0.4 (0.9) 100 80 1 042 10% S
FR-ABR-2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 60 120 2 and 3 070 / 100 10% S
FR-ABR-3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 40 155 5 165 10% S
FR-ABR-5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 25 185 7 1/2 238 10% S
FR-ABR-7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 20 340 10 318 10% S
240VAC Dynamic Braking Resistor at 100% Braking Torque
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight
kg (lbs)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item
D740 % ED
FR-ABR-H0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 1200 45 1/2 012 10% S
FR-ABR-H0.75K 0.2 (0.5) 700 75 1 022 10% S
FR-ABR-H1.5K 0.4 (0.9) 350 115 2 036 10% S
FR-ABR-H2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 250 120 3 050 10% S
FR-ABR-H3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 150 155 5 080 10% S
FR-ABR-H5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 110 185 7 1/2 120 10% S
FR-ABR-H7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 75 340 10 160 10% S
E700 Series
The cost-effective variable speed control solution for general purpose applications.
Available in 115V, 240V and 480V up
to 20HP
Advanced Magnetic Flux Vector Control
for improved starting torque and smooth
low speed motor operation
Auto-tuning allows improved
performance using virtually any
manufacturers motor
All capacities include built-in brake
chopper
Safety Stop function meets
EN954-1 Category 3 and IEC60204-1 Stop
Category 0
USB communications allow fast
commissioning and troubleshooting
Standard RS-485 serial communications
supporting Modbus
RTU
Sink / Source selectable I/O
Supports remote I/O function via network
Built-in PID Control
Delivers rated current at 50C and
14.5kHz carrier frequency with minimal
de-rating
200% overload for 3 seconds
0 to 10V analog output
CC-Link
, DeviceNet, Profibus-DP,
LonWorks
, EtherNet/IP
Standard 5 year warranty
E700 Series
HP Output Amps Model Number
Dimensions in inches (mm)
Height Width Depth
1/8 0.8 FR-E710W-008-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/4 1.5 FR-E710W-015-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 4.4 (110.5) 1.3 (0.6) S
1/2 3 FR-E710W-030-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 4.5 (112.5) 2.0 (0.9) S
1 5 FR-E710W-050-NA 5.0 (128) 6.7 (170) 6.1 (155) 7.5 (3.4) S
1/8 0.8 FR-E720S-008-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/4 1.5 FR-E720S-015-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.2 (80.5) 1.1 (0.5) S
1/2 3 FR-E720S-030-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 6.2 (157.6) 1.3 (0.6) S
1 5 FR-E720S-050-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.4 (135.5) 3.1 (1.4) S
2 8 FR-E720S-080-NA 5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 6.4 (161) 3.1 (1.4) S
3 11 FR-E720S-110-NA 5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 6.2 (155.5) 4.2 (1.9) S
1/8 0.8 FR-E720-008SC-NA
5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 3.4 (87) 1.1 (0.5)
S
1/4 1.5 FR-E720-015SC-NA S
1/2 3 FR-E720-030SC-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 4.7 (120) 1.6 (0.7) S
1 5 FR-E720-050SC-NA 5.0 (128) 2.7 (68) 5.5 (139) 2.2 (1.0) S
2 8 FR-E720-080SC-NA
5.0 (128) 4.3 (108) 5.6 (142) 3.1 (1.4)
S
3 11 FR-E720-110SC-NA S
5 17.5 FR-E720-175SC-NA 5.0 (128) 6.7 (170) 5.9 (149) 3.8 (1.7) S
7 1/2 24 FR-E720-240SC-NA
10.3 (260) 7.1 (180) 6.9 (171) 9.5 (4.3)
S
10 33 FR-E720-330SC-NA S
15 47 FR-E720-470SC-NA
10.3 (260) 8.7 (220) 7.7 (196) 19.9 (9)
S
20 60 FR-E720-600SC-NA S
1/2 1.6 FR-E740-016SC-NA
5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 4.7 (120) 3.1 (1.4)
S
1 2.6 FR-E740-026SC-NA S
2 4 FR-E740-040SC-NA
5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 5.6 (142) 4.2 (1.9)
S
3 6 FR-E740-060SC-NA S
5 9.5 FR-E740-095SC-NA S
7 1/2 12 FR-E740-120SC-NA
5.9 (150) 8.7 (220) 6.0 (153) 7.1 (3.2)
S
10 17 FR-E740-170SC-NA S
15 23 FR-E740-230SC-NA
10.3 (260) 8.7 (220) 7.7 (196) 19.9 (9)
S
20 30 FR-E740-300SC-NA S
Voltage
115
1 Phase
1/8 1 Hp
240
1 Phase
1/8 3 Hp
208/230
3 Phase
1/8 20 Hp
460
3 Phase
1/2 20 Hp
Horsepower
E710W* Single-phase 115V class
E720S* Single-phase 240V class
E720 Three-phase 200V class
FR-E720 175SC NA
Inverter
capacity
Amperage/10
(175 =
17.5A output)
Safety Version
3 Phase Only
* Contact MEAU for SC Version availablitiy.
406
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control Method
Soft-PWM control/high carrier frequency PWM control (V/F control, Advanced magnetic flux vector control, General-purpose magnetic
flux vector control, Optimum excitation control are available)
Frequency Setting
Resolution
Analog Input
0.06Hz/60Hz (terminal2, 4: 0 to 10V/10bit)
0.12Hz/60Hz (terminal2, 4: 0 to 5V/9bit)
0.06Hz/60Hz (terminal4: 0 to 20mA/10bit)
Frequency Accuracy
Analog Input Within 0.5% of the max. output frequency (25C 10C)
Voltage/Frequency Characteristics Base frequency can be set from 0 to 400Hz, Constant-torque/variable torque pattern can be selected
Starting Torque 200% or more (at 0.5Hz) when Advanced magnetic flux vector control is set (3.7K or less)
Accel/Decel Time Setting 0.01 to 360s, 0.1 to 3600s (acceleration and deceleration can be set individually), linear or S-pattern accel/decel modes are available.
DC Injection Brake Operation frequency (0 to 120Hz), operation time (0 to 10s), operation voltage (0 to 30%) can be changed.
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Frequency Setting
Signal
Analog Input
Two terminals
Terminal 2: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V can be selected
Terminal 4: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA can be selected
Digital Input
The signal is entered from the operation panel or parameter unit.
Frequency setting increment can be set.
4 digit BCD or 16bit binary data (when the option FR-A7AX E kit is used)
Input Signal Standard (Control circuit
terminal model: Seven terminals
Safety stop function model: Six
terminals)
The following signals can be assigned to Pr. 178 to Pr.184 (input terminal function selection): multi-speed selection, remote setting,
stop-on contact selection, second function selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, PID control valid terminal,
brake opening completion signal, external thermal input, PU-External operation switchover, V/F switchover, output stop, start self-
holding selection, forward rotation, reverse rotation command, inverter reset, PU-NET operation switchover, External-NET operation
switchover, command source switchover, inverter operation enable signal, and PU operation external interlock
Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, automatic restart after
instantaneous power failure operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, remote setting, brake sequence, second function, multi-
speed operation, stop-on contact control, droop control, regeneration avoidance, slip compensation, operation mode selection, offline
auto tuning function, PID control, computer link operation (RS-485)
Safety stop function (*1) Safety shutoff signal can be input from terminals S1 and S2. (compliant with EN954-1 Cat.3)
O
u
t
p
u
t

S
i
g
n
a
l
Output Signal
Points
Open Collector
Output
Two terminals
Relay Output One terminal
Operating Status
The following signals can be assigned to Pr.190 to Pr.192 (output terminal function selection): inverter operation, upto-frequency,
overload alarm, output frequency detection, regenerative brake prealarm, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, inverter operation
ready, output current detection, zero current detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward/reverse rotation output, brake
opening request, fan alarm, heatsink overheat prealarm, deceleration at an instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, safety
monitor output (*1), safety monitor output2 (*1), during retry, life alarm, current average value monitor, remote output, alarm output,
fault output, fault output 3, and maintenance timer alarm
For Meter
Output Points
Analog Output 0 to 10VDC: one terminal
For Meter
The following signals can be assigned to Pr.158 AM terminal function selection: output frequency, motor current (steady), output
voltage, frequency setting, motor torque, converter output voltage, regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay function load
factor, output current peak value, converter output voltage peak value, reference voltage output, motor load factor, PID set point, PID
measured value, output power 0 to 10VDC
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
Operation Panel
Parameter Unit
(FR-PU07)
Operating
Status
The following operating status can be displayed: output frequency, motor current (steady), output voltage, frequency setting,
cumulative energization time, actual operation time, motor torque, converter output voltage, regenerative brake duty, electronic
thermal relay function load factor, output current peak value, converter output voltage peak value, motor load factor, PID set point,
PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal monitor, I/O terminal option monitor, output power, cumulative power, motor
thermal load factor, and inverter thermal load factor.
Fault Definition
Fault definition is displayed when the fault occurs and the past 8 fault definitions (output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative
energization time right before the fault occurs) are stored
Interactive
Guidance
Function (help) for operation guide (*2)
Protective Function
overvoltage during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal
operation, heatsink overheat, input phase failure (*4), output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent at start (*4), output phase failure,
external thermal relay operation (*3), option fault (*3), parameter error, internal board fault, PU disconnection, retry count excess (*4),
CPU fault, brake transistor alarm, inrush resistance overheat, communication error, analog input error, USB communication error,
brake sequence error 4 to 7 (*3), safety circuit fault (*1)
Warning Function
Fan alarm, overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, PU stop, parameter write error,
regenerative brake prealarm (*3), electronic thermal relay function prealarm, maintenance output (*3), undervoltage,
operation panel lock, password locked, inverter reset, safety stop (*1)
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Ambient Temperature -10C to +50C (14F to 122F) (non-freezing) (*5)
Storage Temperature (*6) -20C to +65C (-4F to 149F)
Atmosphere Indoors (without corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt etc.)
Altitude/Vibration Maximum 1000m (3280.80 feet) above sea level, 5.9m/s
2
or less at 10 to 55Hz (directions of X, Y, Z axes)
Notes:
1. This function is only available for the safety stop function model.
2. This operation guide is only available with option parameter unit (FR-PU07).
4. This protective function is available with the three-phase power input model only.
5. When using the inverters at the surrounding air temperature of 40C (104F) or less, the inverters can be installed closely attached (0cm clearance).
6. Temperatures applicable for a short time, e.g. in transit.
E700 General Specifications
Earth
(Ground)
Motor
IM
Earth (Ground)
Three-phase
AC power
supply
MCCB MC
R/L1
P1 P/+
PR
N/-
S/L2
T/L3
U
V
W
Earth
(Ground)
*7 Brake resistor (FR-ABR, MRS, MYS type)
Install a thermal relay to prevent an
overheat and burnout of the brake resistor.
(The brake resistor can not be connected
to the FR-E720-008SC and 015SC, FR-
E720S-008SC and 015SC.)
*6 A brake transistor is not built-in to the
FR-E720-008SC and 015SC, FR-E720S-
008SC and 015SC.
Forward
rotation start
Reverse
rotation start
Middle
speed
High
speed
Low
speed
Reset
24VDC power supply
Safety stop input common terminal
STR
STF
RH
RM
RL
SD
PC
Relay output
Running
Frequency detection
Sink/source common
FU
RUN
SE
A
B
C
AM
5
2 0 to 5VDC
10(+5V)
2
3
1
4 4 to 20mADC
Frequency
setting
potentiometer
1/2W1k
Terminal 4 input
(Current input)
(+)
(-)
5(Analog common)
*4 It is recommended to use 2W1k
*4
Connector for
plug-in option connection
Option connector
*3 Terminal input specifications
switchover (Pr. 73).
*2 When using terminals PC-SD
as a 24VDC power supply,
take care not to short across
terminals PC-SD.
PU
connector
USB
connector
Jumper
*1
*7
*6
*2
*3
*5
with the input terminal
assignment (Pr. 178 to
Pr. 184)
Terminal functions vary with
the output terminal assignment
(Pr. 190 and Pr. 191)
by Pr. 192 A,B,C terminal
function selection
S
I
N
K
S
O
U
R
C
E
V I
*5
0 to 5VDC
(0 to 10VDC)
0 to 10VDC
Voltage/current
input switch
Main circuit
Control circuit
Safety stop function model
R
RES
Relay output
(Fault output)
Brake unit
(Option)
(+)
(-)
(0 to 10VDC)
Single-phase
AC power
supply
MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
Single-phase power input
*1. DC reactor (FR-HEL)
When connecting a DC reactor, remove the
jumper across P1-P/+
Control circuit terminal
Sink logic
*5 Terminal input specifications can be changed by analog
input specifications switchover (Pr. 267). Set the
voltage/current input switch in the "V" position to select
voltage input (0 to 5V/0 to10V) and "I" (initial value) to
select current input (4 to 20mA).
To use terminal 4 (initial setting is current input), set "4"
in any of Pr.178 to Pr.184 (input terminal function selection)
to assign the function, and turn ON AU signal.
S1
S2
Safety stop input (Line 1)
Shorting wire
Safety stop input (Line 2)
24V
Inrush current
limit circuit
Output shutoff
circuit
E700 Series Terminal Connection Diagram
One-phase 100V power input
Three-phase 200V power input
Three-phase 400V power input
408
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
E700 Series Plug-In Options
FR-PU07 Alpha-Numeric multi-language keypad S
FR-PU07BB-L
Battery powered Alpha-Numeric multi-language
keypad
S
FR-CB20 Keypad extension cable S
SC-FRPC Serial communications cable S
FR-ABR- K External brake resistor S
FR-RJ45-TR Terminating Resistor For FR-RJ45-HUB -
E700 Dynamic Braking
series across the DC bus. Motor regeneration causes the DC bus voltage to increase, and when the voltage exceeds a specified threshold,
the transistor turns on to pass current through the resistor. Motor kinetic energy is converted to heat energy. VFD overcurrent and
overvoltage protective circuits are active at all times, and will fault-trip the VFD if the brake size is inadequate.
%ED = Braking time / total time for complete operating cycle *100
%ED = 3 / (5 + 60 + 3 + 12) x 100 = 3.6%
Torque (kg.m) = 974 x Power (kW) / Speed (rpm).
E700 Series External Options
Note: _ _ represents drive kW rating
FR-A7NC E KIT SC CC-Link Network Option S
FR-A7ND E KIT SC DeviceNet Network Option S
FR-A7NP E KIT SC Profibus-DP Network Option S
FR-A7NL E KIT SC LonWorks Network Option S
FR-A7AX E KIT SC Additional 16-bit Digital Input S
FR-A7AY E KIT SC Additional Analog & Digital Output S
FR-A7AR E KIT SC Additional Relay Output S
FR-E7TR
Multidrop for Serial
Communication
S
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight
kg (lbs)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item E710W and
E720(S)
% ED
FR-ABR-0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 200 60 1/2 030 10% S
FR-ABR-0.75K 0.4 (0.9) 100 80 1 050 10% S
FR-ABR-2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 60 120 2 & 3 080 / 110 10% S
FR-ABR-3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 40 155 5 175 10% S
FR-ABR-5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 25 185 7 1/2 240 10% S
FR-ABR-7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 20 340 10 330 10% S
FR-ABR-11K 3.4 (7.5) 13 560 15 470 6% S
FR-ABR-15K
(2 resistors in parallel)
2.4 (5.3) x 2 9 (18 / 2) 805 20 600 6% S
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight
kg (lbs)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item
E740 % ED
FR-ABR-H0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 1200 45 1/2 016 10% S
FR-ABR-H0.75K 0.2 (0.5) 700 75 1 026 10% S
FR-ABR-H1.5K 0.4 (0.9) 350 115 2 040 10% S
FR-ABR-H2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 250 120 3 060 10% S
FR-ABR-H3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 150 155 5 095 10% S
FR-ABR-H5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 110 185 7 1/2 120 10% S
FR-ABR-H7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 75 340 10 170 10% S
FR-ABR-H11K 3.4 (7.5) 52 530 15 230 6% S
FR-ABR-H15K
(2 resistors in series)
2.4 (5.3) x 2 36 (18 x 2) 870 20 300 6% S
Note: FR-E7TR ia not compatible with safety version of E700.
Drive Hp Kit Model Number
Dimensions mm (in)
Stocked
Item
L W D
0.5 - 5 FR-BSF01 110 (4.33) 22.5 (0.89) 65 (2.56) S
0.5 - 75 FR-BLF 180 (7.07) 31.5 (1.24) 83 (3.27) S
Drive
Voltage
Kit Model
Number
Leakage
Current
(mA)
Dimensions mm (in)
Stocked
Item
L W D
208 - 230 FR-BIF 4 58 (2.3) 44 (1.8) 42 (1.7) S
460 FR-BIF-H 4 58 (2.3) 44 (1.8) 42 (1.7) -
Model Number
Drive Model
Stocked Item
E720 (*1)
FR-UDA01 008-050 S
FR-UDA02 080-110 S
FR-UDA03 175 -
Brake Resistors
Input Radio Noise Filter
This filter is connected to the input of the drive and helps to reduce
radiated noise in the radio frequencies.
Line Noise Filter
Provides a toroid for line noise reduction.
E740 EMC Filters
This attachment allows the VFD to be mounted onto the filter.
Building Management Options
DIN Rail Mounting Attachment
This attachment allows the E700 Series inverter to mount on a 35mm
DIN rail.
Model Number Drive Model Stocked Item
FFR-MSH-040-8A-RF1 E740-016 to 040 -
FFRMSH-095-16A-RF1 E740-060/095 -
FFRMSH-170-30A-RF1 E740-120/170 -
FFRMSH-300-50A-RF1 E740-230/300 -
Brake Resistor Model
Dimensions (mm)
W W1 W2 D H
200V Class
FR-ABR-0.4K 140 125 100 40 21
FR-ABR-0.75K 215 200 175 40 21
FR-ABR-2.2K 240 225 200 50 26
FR-ABR-3.7K 215 200 175 61 33
FR-ABR-5.5K 335 320 295 61 33
FR-ABR-7.5K 400 385 360 80 40
FR-ABR-11K 400 385 360 100 50
FR-ABR-15K (*1) 300 285 260 100 50
400V Class
FR-ABR-H0.4K 115 100 75 40 21
FR-ABR-H0.75K 140 125 100 40 21
FR-ABR-H1.5K 215 200 175 40 21
FR-ABR-H2.2K 240 225 200 50 26
FR-ABR-H3.7K 215 200 175 61 33
FR-ABR-H5.5K 335 320 295 61 33
FR-ABR-H7.5K 400 385 360 80 40
FR-ABR-H11K 400 385 360 100 50
FR-ABR-H15K (*2) 300 285 260 100 50
W
W1 1
W2
5
.
3
500
+20
0
D
H
2
.
5
d1
B
1
A1
A1
d2
B
2
A2
A2
Glass-braided cable
2.0mm
2
white
Notes:
For additional information, visit www.iccdesigns.com
1. Cable E700-NET-CBL required accessory
2. Deeper cover required A7A-EKITCVR-SCSP
3. Deeper cover A7A-EKITCVR-SC required accessory
Notes:
1. For the 15K, connect the two supplied resistors (18 ohms) in parallel.
2. For the H15K, connect the two supplied resistors (18 ohms) in series.
Internal Mount - Powered by VFD
External Mount
Safety Version Regular Version
FR-A7N-
ETH
(*1, *2)
FR-A7N-
XLT
(*1,*3,)
FR-A7N-
ETH
(*1,*3)
FR-A7N-
XLT
(*1,*3,)
ETH-
1000
(*4,*5,)
XLTR-
1000
(*4,*5)
G
a
t
e
w
a
y

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
BACnet/IP X - X - X -
EtherNet/IP X - X - X -
Modbus TCP X - X - X -
PROFINET IO X - X - X -
BACnet MS/TP - X - X X X
Metasys N2 - X - X X X
Siemens FLN - X - X - -
Stocked Item S S S S - -
Notes:
1. Not available for 400V models.
410
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Model Number
Installation Model Previous Model
Stocked item
E700 Series E500 Series A0x4 Series Z024 Series
FR-E5T-L
E720-030
Direct Replacement
FR-A024-0.4K-UL FR-Z024-0.4K-UL -
E720-050 FR-A024-0.75K-UL - -
General Notes:
FR-E7FN-01 Conduit kit for E720-008/015 S
FR-E7FN-02 Conduit kit for E720-030 S
FR-E7FN-06 Conduit kit for E740-040/060/090 S
FR-E7FN-10
Conduit kit for E720-470/600
E740-230/300
S
VFD-MICRO-DEMO Includes E720 and D720 1HP, pre-wired digital input switches, led outputs and speed potentiometer S
VFD-MOTOR-DEMO Includes 1/2HP motor with quick connection to VFD-MICRO-DEMO S
Conduit Kits
E700 Demonstration Unit
E700 Heatsink Extension Kits
FR-E7CN-02 Heatsink Extension kit for E720-030 S
FR-E7CN-04 Heatsink Extension kit for E720-080/110 S
FR-E7CN-06 Heatsink Extension kit for E740-040/060/090 S
FR-A7CN02
Heatsink Extension kit for E720-470/600
E740-230/300
S
Installation Interchange Attachment
This attachment allows the E700 Series inverter to be mounted using the installation holes from the previous series VFDs.
E700 Installation Interchange Attachment
This attachment allows the E700 Series inverter to be mounted at a 90 angle so that the depth is reduced to 80 mm.
E700 Series Watt Loss and Efficiency Data
HP-CT
Part
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Part
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Part
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Part
Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
FR-E710W- FR-E720S- FR-E720- FR-E740-
1/8 008 100 14 86% 008 100 14 86% 008 100 14 86% - - - -
1/4 015 200 20 90% 015 200 20 90% 015 200 20 90% - - - -
1/2 030 400 38 91% 030 400 32 92% 030 400 32 92% 016 400 45 89%
1 050 750 50 93% 050 750 50 93% 050 750 50 93% 026 750 50 93%
2 - - - - 080 1500 80 95% 080 1500 80 95% 040 1500 85 94%
3 -- - - - 110 2200 110 95% 110 2200 100 95% 060 2200 100 95%
5 - - - - - - - - 175 3700 160 96% 095 3700 160 96%
7.5 - - - - - - - - 240 5500 290 95% 120 5500 310 94%
10 - - - - - - - - 330 7500 380 95% 170 7500 420 94%
15 - - - - - - - - 470 11000 520 95% 230 11000 560 95%
20 - - - - - - - - 600 15000 600 96% 300 15000 640 96%
Model Number
Installation Model
E700 Series
Previous Model
Stocked Item
E500 Series A0x4 Series Z024 Series A200E Series
FR-E5T-10
E720-008
Direct
Replacement
FR-A024-0.1K-UL FR-Z024-0.1K-UL -
S
E720-015 FR-A024-0.2K-UL FR-Z024-0.2K-UL -
E720-030 FR-A024-0.4K-UL FR-Z024-0.4K-UL -
E720-050 FR-A024-0.75K-UL - -
FR-E5T-11
E720-050 - FR-Z024-0.75K-UL -
-
E720-080 FR-A024-1.5K-UL FR-Z024-1.5K-UL -
FR-E5T
E720-110 FR-A024-2.2K-UL FR-Z024-2.2K-UL -
-
E720-175 FR-A024-3.7K-UL FR-Z024-3.7K-UL -
FR-E5T-02
E720-240 - - FR-A220E-5.5K-UL
-
E720-330 - - FR-A220E-7.5K-UL
Direct Attachment
E740-016 FR-A044-0.4K-UL - -
-
E740-026 FR-A044-0.75K-UL - -
FR-E5T-14
E740-040 FR-A044-1.5K-UL - -
- E740-060 FR-A044-2.2K-UL - -
E740-095 FR-A044-3.7K-UL - -
E560 Series
The cost-effective variable speed control solution for general purpose applications.
Up to 10 Hp at 600VAC
Advanced Magnetic Flux Vector Control
Auto-tuning
50C maximum ambient temperature
RS-485 serial communication (standard)
Selectable cooling fan operation mode
Built-in PID control
Adjustable carrier frequency (0.7kHz to
14.5kHz)
Optional keypad interface (FR-PA02-02)
Compatible with FR-PU04 user interface
UL and cUL listed / CE marked
Open-network communication options
- DeviceNet
- CC-Link
- Profibus DP
Brake Transistor
Rating (CT & VT) IP20 Open Chassis Dimensions
Stocked Item
Hp
Output Current
Amps
Model Number H x W x D mm (in) Weight kg (lbs)
3-Phase 575 - 600VAC Input / Output
1 1.7 FR-E560-0.75K-NA 150 x 140 x 136 (5.9 x 5.5 x 5.4) 1.8 (4.0) S
2 2.7 FR-E560-1.5K-NA 150 x 140 x 136 (5.9 x 5.5 x 5.4) 2.0 (4.7) S
3 4.0 FR-E560-2.2K-NA 150 x 140 x 136 (5.9 x 5.5 x 5.4) 2.0 (4.7) S
5 6.1 FR-E560-3.7K-NA 150 x 220 x 148 (5.9 x 8.7 x 5.8) 3.8 (8.4) S
7.5 9.0 FR-E560-5.5K-NA 150 x 220 x 148 (5.9 x 8.7 x 5.8) 3.8 (8.4) S
10 12 FR-E560-7.5K-NA 150 x 220 x 148 (5.9 x 8.7 x 5.8) 3.8 (8.4) S
E560 Series
FR-E560 3.7 K NA
Inverter
capacity
kW
Voltage
600 1 10 Hp
Horsepower
412
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
E560 General Specifications
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

S
p
e
c
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control Method
Soft-PWM control / high carrier frequency PWM control can be selected. V / F control or general-purpose magnetic
ux vector control can be selected.
Output Frequency Range 0.2 to 400Hz (starting frequency variable between 0 and 60Hz)
Frequency Control
Analog Input Across terminals 2-5: 1/500 of maximum set frequency (5VDC input), 1/1000 (10VDC, 4-20mADC input)
Digital Input 0.01Hz (less than 100Hz), 0.1Hz (100Hz or more) when digital setting is made using the control panel
Frequency Precision
Analog Input Within 0.5% of maximum output frequency (25C 10C) / 59F to 95F
Digital Input Within 0.01% of set output frequency when setting is made from control panel
Voltage / Frequency Characteristics Base frequency set as required between 0 and 400Hz. Constant torque or variable torque pattern can be selected
Starting Torque
150% or more (at 1Hz), 200% or more (at 3Hz) when general-purpose magnetic ux vector control or slip
compensation is selected
Torque Boost Manual torque boost, 0 to 30% may be set
Acceleration / Deceleration Time Setting
0.01, 0.1 to 3600 sec. (accel. and decel. can be set individually), linear or S-pattern accel./decel. mode can be
selected
Braking Torque
Regenerative
0.1K, 0.2K...150% or more, 0.4K, 0.75K... 00% or more, 1.5K...50% or more, 2.2K, 3.7K, 5.5K, 7.5K ... 20% or
more (*1)
DC Dynamic Brake Operation frequency (0 to 120Hz), operation time (0 to 10 s), operation voltage (0 to 30%) variable
Stall Prevention Operation Level Operation current level can be set (0 to 200% variable), presence or absence can be selected
Voltage Stall Prevention Operation Level Operation level is xed, presence or absence can be selected
Fast-Response Current Limit Level Operation level is xed, presence or absence can be selected
I
n
p
u
t

S
i
g
n
a
l
s
Frequency Setting
Signal
Analog Input 0 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC, 4 to 20mADC
Digital Input Entered from control panel (FR-PA02-02)
Starting Signal Forward and reverse rotation, start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected
Alarm Reset Used to reset alarm output provided when protective function is activated
Multi-Speed Selection
Up to 15 speeds can be selected. (Each speed can be set between 0 and 400Hz, running speed can be changed
during operation from the control panel)
Second Function Selection
Used to select second functions (accel. time, decel. time, torque boost, freq., electronic overcurrent
protection)
Use
Pr. 180
to
Pr. 183
for
selection.
Output Stop Instantaneous shut-off of inverter output (frequency, voltage)
Current Input Selection Used to select input of frequency setting signal 4 to 20mADC (terminal 4)
Start Signal Automatic Self-Holding Selection Used to select start signal automatic self-holding input(3-wire input)
External Thermal Relay Input Thermal relay contact input for use when the inverter is stopped by the external thermal relay
PU Operation-External Operation Switching Used to switch between PU operation and external operation from outside the inverter
V/F-General-Purpose Magnetic Flux Switching Used to switch between V/F control and general-purpose magnetic ux vector from outside the inverter
Operation Functions
Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input
selection, automatic restart operation after instantaneous power failure, forward/reverse rotation
prevention, slip comp., operation mode selection, off-line auto tuning function, PID control, computer
link operation (RS-485)
Output Signals
Operation Status
2 open collector output signals can be selected from inverter running, up to frequency, frequency detection,
overload alarm, zero current detection, output current detection, PID upper limit, PID lower limit, PID forward/
reverse rotation, operation ready, minor fault and alarm, and 1 contact output (230VAC 0.3A, 30VDC 0.3A)
can be selected
For Meter
1 signal can be selected from output frequency, motor current and output voltage. Pulse train output
(1440 pulses/second/full scale)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

Control Panel Display
Operating Status Output voltage, output current, set frequency, running
Alarm Denition Alarm denition is displayed when protective function is activated. 4 alarm denitions are stored
LED Display Power application (POWER)
Protective And Warning Functions
Overcurrent shut-off (during acceleration, deceleration, constant speed), regenerative overvoltage shut-off,
undervoltage (*2) , instantaneous power failure (*2), overload shut-off (electronic overcurrent protection), brake
transistor alarm, output short circuit, stall prevention, brake resistor overheat protection, fan overheat, fan failure,
parameter error, PU disconnection, ground fault protection
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t

Ambient Temperature Constant torque: -10C to +50C (non-freezing) 14F to 122F
Ambient Humidity 90%RH or less (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature (*3 ) -20C to +65C / -4F to 149F
Atmosphere Indoors, no corrosive and ammable gases, oil mist, dust and dirt
Altitude
Maximum 1000m (3300 ft.) above sea level for standard operation. After that derate by 3% for every extra 500m
up to 2500m (91%)
Vibration 5.9 m/s2 (0.6G max.) based on JIS C 0911
Notes:
1. The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque.
When the motor is decelerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake
resistor when regenerative energy is large. (The optional brake resistor cannot be used with 0.1K and 0.2K.) A brake unit (BU) may also be used.
2. When undervoltage or instantaneous power failure has occurred, alarm display or alarm output is not provided but the inverter itself is protected. Overcurrent, regenerative overvoltage or other protection may
be activated at power restoration according to the operating status (load size, etc.).
3. Temperature applicable for a short period in transit, etc.
3-phase AC
power supply
MCCB
STF
STR
RH
RM
RL
MRS
RES
Forward rotation start
Middle
High
Low
Output stop
Reset
10(+5V)
2
2
3
1
4 to 20mADC(+) 4(4 to 20mADC)
1/2W1k
RUN
FU
SE
Running
Frequency detection
Jumper
Remove this jumper when
using the optional power-factor
improving DC reactor.
Brake resistor connection
Motor
IM
Alarm
output
A
B
C
U
V
W
P1
PR
0 to 5VDC
0 to 10VDC
Selected
5
(Note 1)
Frequency
setting
potentiometer
Current input(-)
Reverse rotation start
MC
Control circuit input terminal
Control circuit output terminal
When using current input as the
frequency setting signal, set "4" in
any of Pr.180 to Pr.183 (input
terminal function selection) and
assign AU (current input selection)
to any of terminal RH, RM, RL, or
MRS, then turn the AU signal on.
(- )
AM
5
(+) Analog signal
output
(0 to 10VDC)
Ground PU connector
(RS-485)
Control input signals
(No voltage input allowed)
SD
Note 3
SD
Note 2
PC
24VDC power output and
external transistor common
Note 4
R(L 1)
S(L2)
T(L 3)
(+)P
(-)N
Note 3
Ground
Ground
Note 2
(Common)
Sink/source common
Open
collector outputs
Notes:
1. If the potentiometer is to be operated often use a 2W1k potentiometer.
2. Terminals SD and SE are electrically isolated.
3. Terminals SD and 5 are common. Do not connect them to each other or to ground.
4. To avoid damage to the VFD, do not allow a short circuit between terminals PC and SD. If they are shorted, the VFD will be damaged
E500 Series Terminal Connection Diagram Terminal Block Layout
600V class
FR-PA02-02 Keypad for E500 VFD For mounting on E500 VFD S
FR-E5P Keypad Panel Mounting Adapter For use only on FR-PA02-02 and FR-CB20 S
FR-DU04 LED Parameter Unit Also used with A500(L). S
FR-PU04 LCD Parameter Unit Also used with A500(L). S
FR-E5ND E560 DeviceNet Interface Plug-in Option. Not for use with E520 or E510W. -
FR-E5NP E560 Profibus DP Interface Plug-in Option. Not for use with E520 or E510W. S
FR-E5NC E560 CC-Link Interface Plug-in Option. Not for use with E520 or E510W. -
FR-E5NL E560 LonWorks Interface Plug-in Option. Not for use with E520 or E510W. -
FR-CB201 Remote cable 1m cable S
FR-CB203 Remote Cable 3m cable S
FR-CB205 Remote Cable 5m cable S
SH(NA)3193 FR-A500 / E500 Technical Manual Only available for download. -
IB(NA)0600003 FR-E5NC, CC-Link Instruction Manual Only available for download. -
IB(NA)0600006 FR-E5ND, DeviceNet Instruction Manual Only available for download. -
IB(NA)0600007 FR-E5NP, Profibus Instruction Manual Only available for download. -
IB(NA)0600204 FR-E560 Instruction Manual Only available for download. -
SC-FRPC Serial Communication Cable S
E500 Series Options
RH
RM
RL
MRS
RES
SD
AM
PC
SE
RUN
FU
A
B
C
10
2
5
4
SD
STF
STR
SD
414
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
F700 Series
The truly fantastic specifications of the F700, make this VFD from Mitsubishi Electric an absolute must for your drive systems.
NEMA 1 UL Type 1 Enclosure Designs:
Drive can be mounted as a stand-alone
unit where required. (Plenum rated)
Built-in BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU
communications
Built-in PLC; programs using
GX Developer
Two I/O cards can be installed
simultaneously
Remote I/O capability: All the drive I/O can
be read or controlled over a network
Optional FR-PU07-01 keypad can be
mounted remotely, display HAND/AUTO,
and display the value of three monitors
Energy Savings: Optimum
Excitation Control
3 user programmable skip frequencies
Windmill start: Catch a reverse
spinning load
Pre-charge mode
PID sleep mode
Second PID function
Regeneration avoidance
Built-in EMC filter: Conforms to
EN61800-3 2nd environmental
UL Listed for single phase input
Notes: See next page.
Input: 1 Phase/3 Phase - Output Voltage: 3 Phase 200-240V at 60Hz
Voltage Tolerance: 170-264V at 60Hz Available Braking Torque: 15% Torque Continuous
SLD (40C) LD
Model Number (*4) Frame Size Cooling Method
Protective
Rating
Stocked Item
110% OL / 1min 120% OL / 1min
120% OL / 3 sec 150% OL / 3 sec
Hp (*1) FLA Hp (*1) FLA
1 4.6 1 4.2 FR-F720-00046-NA A
Self Cooling
UL Type 1 -
Plenum Rated
S
2 7.7 2 7 FR-F720-00077-NA B S
3 10.5 3 9.6 FR-F720-00105-NA C
Forced Air
Cooled
S
5 16.7 5 15.2 FR-F720-00167-NA C S
7.5 25 7.5 23 FR-F720-00250-NA C S
10 34 10 31 FR-F720-00340-NA D S
15 49 15 45 FR-F720-00490-NA D S
20 63 20 58 FR-F720-00630-NA E S
25 77 25 70 FR-F720-00770-NA F S
30 93 30 85 FR-F720-00930-NA F S
40 125 40 114 FR-F720-01250-NA F
IP00 (*2)
S
50/60 154 50 140 FR-F720-01540-NA G S
60 187 60 170 FR-F720-01870-NA H S
75 233 75 212 FR-F720-02330-NA H S
40 125 40 114 FR-F720-01250-NAN1 F
NEMA 1
-
50/60 154 50 140 FR-F720-01540-NAN1 G -
60 187 60 170 FR-F720-01870-NAN1 H -
75 233 75 212 FR-F720-02330-NAN1 H -
100/125 316 100 288 FR-F720-03160-NA K
IP00 (*2)
S
150 380 125 346 FR-F720-03800-NA K S
200 475 150 432 FR-F720-04750-NA K -
F700 Ratings 200-240V Class
Voltage
208/230 3/4 200 Hp
480 3/4 1000 Hp
Horsepower
Notes:
1. Motor ratings shown are intended as guidelines only - based on 4 pole standard induction motors.
2. NEMA 1 conduit adapter option required for types 01250 - 04750 200V class product.
3. NEMA 1 conduit adapter option required for types 00770 - 06830 400V class product.
4. For single phase input, derate output current by 40% (Models up to F720-03800-NA, F740-04810-NA.)
Input: 1 Phase / 3 Phase Output Voltage: 3 Phase 380-480V at 50/60Hz Voltage Tolerance: 323-550V at 50/60Hz
Available Braking Torque: 15% Torque Continuous DC Link Choke is Included With The VFD
SLD (40C) LD
Model Number
(*4)
Frame
Size
Fan
Protective
Rating
Stocked
Item
110% OL / 1min 120% OL / 1min
120% OL / 3 sec 150% OL / 3 sec
100/150 180 100 144 FR-F740-01800-NA H
Forced Air
Cooled
IP00 (*2)
S
150 216 150 180 FR-F740-02160-NA J S
200 260 150 216 FR-F740-02600-NA J S
250 325 200 260 FR-F740-03250-NA K S
300 361 250 325 FR-F740-03610-NA K S
350 432 300 361 FR-F740-04320-NA L S
400 481 350 432 FR-F740-04810-NA L S
450 547 400 481 FR-F740-05470-NA M S
500 610 450 547 FR-F740-06100-NA M S
550 683 500 610 FR-F740-06830-NA M S
650 770 550 683 FR-F740-07700-NA N
IP000 (*3)
S
700 866 650 770 FR-F740-08660-NA N S
800 962 700 866 FR-F740-09620-NA P S
900 1094 800 962 FR-F740-10940-NA P -
1000 1212 900 1094 FR-F740-12120-NA P -
F700 Ratings 480V Class
Input: 1 Phase / 3 Phase Output Voltage: 3 Phase 380-480V at 50/60Hz
Voltage Tolerance: 323-528V at 50/60Hz Available Braking Torque: 15% Torque Continuous
SLD (40C) LD
Model Number (*4)
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Stocked
Item
110% OL / 1min 120% OL / 1min
120% OL / 3 sec 150% OL / 3 sec
1 2.3 1 2.1 FR-F740-00023-NA C
Self Cooling
UL Type 1 -
Plenum rated
S
2 3.8 2 3.5 FR-F740-00038-NA C S
3 5.2 3 4.8 FR-F740-00052-NA C S
5 8.3 5 7.6 FR-F740-00083-NA C S
7.5 12.6 7.5 11.5 FR-F740-00126-NA C S
10 17 10 16 FR-F740-00170-NA D
Forced Air
Cooled
S
15 25 15 23 FR-F740-00250-NA D S
20 31 20 29 FR-F740-00310-NA E S
25 38 25 35 FR-F740-00380-NA E S
30 47 30 43 FR-F740-00470-NA F S
40 62 40 57 FR-F740-00620-NA F S
50/60 77 50 70 FR-F740-00770-NA G
IP00 (*3)
S
60 93 60 85 FR-F740-00930-NA H S
75 116 75 106 FR-F740-01160-NA H S
50/60 77 50 70 FR-F740-00770-NAN1 G
NEMA 1
-
60 93 60 85 FR-F740-00930-NAN1 H -
75 116 75 106 FR-F740-01160-NAN1 H -
Notes: See below.
416
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control System High carrier frequency PWM control (V/F control)/optimum excitation control/simple magnetic flux vector control
Frequency Setting
Resolution
Analog Input
0.015Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 10V/12bit); 0.03Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 5V/11bit, 0 to 20mA/approx. 11bit,
terminal 1: -10V to +10V/11bit); 0.06Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 1: 0 to 5V/10bit)
Frequency
Accuracy
Voltage/Frequency Characteristics Base frequency can be set from 0 to 400Hz. Constant torque/variable torque pattern or adjustable 5 points V/F can be selected
Starting Torque 120% (3Hz) when set to simple magnetic flux vector control and slip compensation
Acceleration/Deceleration
Time Setting
0 to 3600s (acceleration and deceleration can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode can be selected.
DC Injection Brake Operation frequency (0 to 120Hz), operation time (0 to 10s), operation voltage (0 to 30%) variable
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Frequency Setting
Signal
Analog Input Terminal 2, 4: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA can be selected. Terminal 1: -10 to +10V, -5 to 5V can be selected.
Digital Input Four-digit BCD or 16-bit binary using the setting dial of the operation panel (when used with the option FR-A7AX)
Start Signal Available individually for forward and reverse rotation. Start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected.
Input Signals
Select any twelve signals using Pr.178 to Pr.189 (input terminal function selection) from among multi-speed selection, second func-
tion selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, selection of automatic restart after instantaneous power failure,
external thermal relay input, HC connection (inverter operation enable signal), HC connection (instantaneous power failure detection),
PU operation/external interlock signal , PID control enable terminal, PU operation, external operation switchover, output stop, start
self-holding selection, forward rotation command, reverse rotation command, inverter reset, PTC thermistor input, PID forward reverse
operation switchover, PU-NET operation switchover, NET-external operation switchover, command source switchover.
Max. and min. frequency settings, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, polarity reversible operation, automatic
restart after instantaneous power failure operation, continuous operation at an instantaneous power failure, commercial power supply,
inverter switchover operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, operation mode selection, PID control, computer link operation (RS-485).
Output
Signals
Operating Status
Select any seven signals using Pr.190 to Pr.196 (output terminal function selection) from among inverter running, up-to-speed, instanta-
neous power failure/undervoltage, overload warning, output frequency detection, second output frequency detection, electronic thermal
relay function pre-alarm, PU operation mode, inverter operation ready, output current detection, zero current detection, PID lower limit,
PID upper limit, PID forward rotation reverse rotation output, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC1, commercial power
supply-inverter switchover MC2, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC3, fan fault output, heatsink overheat pre-alarm, inverter
running start command on, deceleration at an instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, during retry, during PID output suspen-
sion, life alarm, input MC stop signal, power savings average value update timing, current average monitor, alarm output 2, maintenance
timer alarm, remote output, minor failure output, alarm output. Open collector output (5 points), relay output
(2 points) and alarm code of the inverter can be output (4 bit) from the open collector.
When Used With The
FR-A7AY (Option)
Select any seven signals using Pr. 313 to Pr. 319 (extension output terminal function selection) from among control circuit
capacitor life, main circuit capacitor life, cooling fan life, inrush current limit circuit life.
Analog Output
Select from output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting value, running speed, converter
output voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, reference
voltage output, motor load factor, energy saving effect, PID set value, PID process value using Pr. 54 CA terminal function selection
(analog current output) and Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection (analog output).
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
Parameter
Unit (FR-
DU07/
FR-PU04)
Operating Status
Output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, alarm indication, frequency setting, running speed, converter out-
put voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal load factor, input voltage, output voltage, road meter, cumulative energization time,
actual operation time, motor load factor, cumulative energization power, power saving effect, cumulative saving power, PID set point, PID
process value, PID deviation value, inverter I/O terminal monitor, input terminal option monitor (*1), output terminal option monitor (*1),
option fitting status monitor (*2), terminal assignment status (*2)
Alarm Definition
Alarm definition is displayed when the protective function is activated, the output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization time
right before the protection function was activated and the past 8 alarm definitions are stored.
Interactive Guidance Operation guide/troubleshooting with a help function. (*2)
Protective/Warning Function
overvoltage during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, heatsink overheat, instanta-
neous power failure occurrence, undervoltage, input phase failure, motor overload, output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent, output
phase failure, external thermal relay operation, PTC thermistor operation, option alarm, parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count
excess, CPU alarm, power supply short for operation panel, 24VDC power output short, output current detection value over, inrush resis-
tance overheat, communication alarm (inverter), analog input alarm, internal circuit alarm (15V power supply), fan fault, overcurrent stall
prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, electronic thermal prealarm, PU stop, maintenance timer alarm (*1), parameter write error, copy
operation error, operation panel lock.
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Ambient Temperature -10C to +50C (non-freezing)
Ambient Humidity 90% RH or less (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature (*3) -20C to +65C
Atmosphere Indoors (without corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt, etc.)
Altitude, Vibration Maximum 1000m above sea level, 5.9m/s
2
or less (conforms to JIS C 0040)
Notes:
1. Can be displayed only on the operation panel (FR-DU07).
2. Can be displayed only on the parameter unit (FR-PU04/FR-PU07).
F700 General Specifications
F700 Series Terminal Connection Diagram
F700 Control Terminal Layout
A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 C2 10E 10 2 5 4
RL RM RH RT AU STOP MRS RES SD CA AM 1
SE RUN SU IPF OL FU SD SD STF STR JOG CS PC
418
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
F700 Factory Supplied DC Link Chokes
F700 Frame Size
Standard With VFD Dimensions inches (mm)
Approx.
Weight
lb (kg)
FR-F700 Series DC Link Model Number mH Amps Watt Loss Height Width Depth
FR-F740-01800-NA FR-HEL-H90K 0.3 191 130 13.4 (340) 5.9 (150) 7.5 (190) 20 (44)
FR-F740-02160-NA FR-HEL-H110K 0.246 233 130 13.4 (340) 5.9 (150) 7.7 (195) 22 (48)
FR-F740-02600-NA FR-HEL-H132K 0.204 281 140 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 7.9 (200) 26 (57)
FR-F740-03250-NA FR-HEL-H160K 0.171 335 140 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 8 (205) 28 (62)
FR-F740-03610-NA FR-HEL-H185K 0.148 389 170 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 9.4 (240) 29 (64)
FR-F740-04320-NA FR-HEL-H220K 0.124 462 230 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 9.4 (240) 30 (66)
FR-F740-04810-NA FR-HEL-H250K 0.109 524 240 17.3 (440) 7.5 (190) 9.8 (250) 35 (77)
FR-F740-05470-NA FR-HEL-H280K 0.098 585 270 17.3 (440) 7.5 (190) 10 (255) 38 (84)
FR-F740-06100-NA FR-HEL-H315K 0.087 658 300 19.5 (495) 8.3 (210) 9.8 (250) 42 (92)
FR-F740-06830-NA FR-HEL-H355K 0.077 742 360 19.5 (495) 8.3 (210) 9.8 (250) 46 (101)
FR-F740-07700-NA FR-HEL-H400K 0.069 836 360 19.7 (500) 8.7 (220) 9.8 (250) 50 (110)
FR-F740-08660-NA FR-HEL-H450K 0.061 940 450 19.7 (500) 8.7 (220) 10.6 (270) 57 (125)
FR-F740-09620-NA FR-HEL-H500K 0.055 1045 450 17.8 (455) 8.5 (215) 13.6 (345) 67 (1147)
FR-F740-10940-NA FR-HEL-H560K 0.049 1170 470 18.1 (460) 8.5 (215) 14.2 (360) 85 (187)
FR-F740-12120-NA FR-HEL-H630K 0.044 1317 500 18.1 (460) 8.5 (215) 14.2 (360) 95 (209)
Frame Size
Dimensions inches (mm)
Weight Without Reactor
lbs (kg)
Height Width Depth
A 10.2 (260) 4.3 (110) 4.3 (110) 4.2 (1.9)
B 10.2 (260) 4.3 (110) 4.9 (125) 5 (2.3)
C 10.2 (260) 5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 9.3 (4.2)
D 10.2 (260) 8.7 (220) 6.7 (170) 17.7 (8)
E 11.8 (300) 8.7 (220) 7.5 (190) 19.4 (8.8)
F 15.8 (400) 9.8 (250) 7.5 (190) 32.6 (14.8)
G 21.7 (550) 12.8 (325) 7.7 (195) 77.1 (35)
H 21.7 (550) 17.1 (435) 9.8 (250) 134.4 (61)
J 27.6 (700) 18.3 (465) 9.8 (250) 134.4 (61)
K 29.1 (740) 18.3 (465) 14.2 (360) 244.5 (111)
L 39.8 (1010) 19.6 (498) 15 (380) 378.9 (172)
M 39.8 (1010) 26.8 (680) 15 (380) 385 (175)
N 52.4 (1330) 31.1 (790) 17.3 (440) 572 (260)
P 62.2 (1580) 39.2 (995) 17.3 (440) 814 (370)
F700 Series Options
Conduit Attachments
Instruction Manuals
Option Cards
External Heatsink Attachment
Stocked
Item
FR-CB201 Extension cable straight plugs on both ends - 1M S
FR-DU07 Control Panel for F700 S
FR-PU07
LCD Multi-lingual Parameter Copy Unit (English,
French, Spanish, German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish,
Japanese) for operator control, parameter read/write and
monitoring. Stores settings in non-volatile memory.
Built-in parameter copy capability. (F/A700 based)
S
FR-PU07-01 PU07 with hand/auto and enhanced display functions S
FR-ADP FR-DU07 panel mounting adapter S
FR-PU04
LCD Multi-lingual Parameter Copy Unit (English, French,
Spanish, German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish, Japanese) for
operator control, parameter read/write and monitoring.
S
FR-PU07BB-L Battery powered PU07 S
FR-RJ45-HUB4 Serial network hub - 2 stations -
FR-RJ45-TR Terminating resistor for FR-RJ45-HUB -
Notes:
1. For FR-F700s smaller than listed above, they are UL Type 1, and conduit attachment is standard.
2. Mounting hardware included for standard DC chokes which ship with VFD. Kits are powder coated
similar to VFD, charcoal gray.
3. Kits are coated zinc clear.
4. Width and depth of kit match the associated VFD.
Note:
Model Number
(*1)
Drive Model
Stocked Item
F720 F740
FR-A7CN01 00105 to 00250 00023 to 00126 S
FR-A7CN02 00340, 00490 00170, 00250 S
FR-A7CN03 00630 00310, 00380 S
FR-A7CN04 00770 to 01250 00470, 00620 S
FR-A7CN05 01540 - S
FR-A7CN06 - 00770 S
FR-A7CN07 01870, 02330 00930, 01160, 01800 S
FR-A7CN08 - 02160 -
FR-A7CN09 - 02600 -
FR-A7CN10 03160, 03800, 04750 03250, 03610 -
Manuals available for download at www.meau.com
Stocked
Item
FR-F700 Installation Manual - Contains instructions
for installer and parameter list. (Included with VFD,
plus CD with all versions of VFD and option manuals.)
IB(NA)0600218 -
FR-F700-NAPLC Function Programming Manual IB(NA)0600420 -
FR-F700 Basic Manual - Contains wiring details, VFD
layout drawings, alarm definitions and parameter list.
IB(NA)0600216 -
FR-F700 Applied Manual - Contains wiring details,
VFD layout drawings, alarm definitions and complete
parameter list with definitions and setting examples.
IB(NA)0600217 -
FR-PU07 Manual - Contains complete instruction
sets and screen definitions.
IB(NA)0600240 -
Software
FR-CONFIGURATOR
Programming and diagnostic
software
S
Model Number
Drive Model
Length
(in) (*4)
Weight
(lbs)
Stocked
Item
F720 (*1) F740 (*1)
FR-A7FN05 (*3) 01250 - 5.9 5 -
FR-A7FN06 (*3) 01540 00770 6.2 5 S
FR-A7FN07 (*3) 01870, 02330 00930, 01160 9 15 S
FR-A7FN-10 (*2) - 01800 24 37 S
FR-A7FN-11 (*2) - 02160, 02600 24 41 S
FR-A7FN-12 (*2)
03160, 03800,
04750
03250, 03610 24 45 S
FR-A7FN-13 (*2) - 04320, 04810 26 50 S
FR-A7FN-14 (*2) -
05470, 06100,
06830
26 64 S
Model No. Stocked Item
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
Relay Output FR-A7AR S
12 Bit Digital Input FR-A7AX S
Digital Output
FR-A7AY S
Ext. Analog Output
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
CC-Link FR-A7NC S
DeviceNet FR-A7ND S
LonWorks FR-A7NL S
Profibus DP FR-A7NP S
VFD-F700-DEMO-2
Includes F720 1HP, pre-wired digital
input switches, LED outputs, speed
potentiometer and analog meter
S
VFD-MOTOR-DEMO
Includes 1/2HP motor with quick
connection to VFD-F700-DEMO
S
F700 Demonstration Unit
Parameter Units / Parameter Copy Units
Parameter units are used for operator control, reading and
writing parameters, and drive monitoring. Parameter Copy
Units also read the drive parameter settings and copy them into
non-volatile memory, and can write them into other drives.
Notes:
1. Physically mounts within VFD and powered by VFD
2. FR-E7TR option recommended. (PU connector not available for use)
5. BACnet MS/TP is built in to F700. Gateway required for pre August 2010 production.
FR-A7N-ETH
(*1,*2)
FR-A7N-XLT
(*1,*2)
ETH-1000
(*3,*4)
XLTR-1000
(*3,*4)
G
a
t
e
w
a
y

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
BACnet/IP X - X -
EtherNet/IP X - X -
Modbus TCP X - X -
PROFINET IO X - X -
BACnet MS/TP (*5) - X X X
Metasys N2 - X X X
Siemens FLN - X - -
420
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
VFD Model E560 D700 E700
A700
F700
Parameter
Unit
FR-PA02 1 / 2 b - - -
FR-PA02-02 1 / 2 b - - -
FR-DU04 2 a - 2 a 2 a
FR-PU04 2 a 2 a 2 a 2 a
FR-DU07 - 2 a 2 a c
FR-PU07 - 2 a 2 a 1
FR-PU07BB-L - - 2 a 2 a
FR-PA07 - 2 a 2 a 2 a
Software FR-CONFIGURATOR 3 3 3 3
Extension cables
1 = Direct mount
2 = FR-CB201, FR-CB203, FR-CB205 - Where 1, 3, 5 indicate length in meters
3 = SC-FRPC
Notes:
1. a = Will not mount directly on drives cover - cable required.
2. b = To remote mount on the enclosure panel, an extension cable and gender change
adapter (FR-E5P for E500,
SD-54258-8811 for F700) are required.
3. c = Included standard with VFD.
Parameter Unit/Cable Reference List
Dynamic Braking Options
%ED or Time at Short-Time Rating When Braking Torque is 100%
Select the brake unit according to the motor capacity.
To obtain braking torque greater than 200%, use a larger inverter capacity.
Up to 10 FR-BU2 brake units can be connected in parallel for increased braking capacity.
Brake Unit Model No.
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model No.
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - 30 s - - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 30 s - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - - - 30 s 30 s - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S - - - - 80% 40% 15% 10% - - - - - -
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S - - - - - - 65% 30% 25% 15% 10% - - -
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - - - - - - - - - 90% 60% 30% 20% 15% 10%
460V
FR-BU2-H7.5K S 2 x BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - - 30 s 30 s - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S - - - - 80% 40% 15% 10% - - - - - -
FR-BU2-H30K S FR-BR-H30K-UL S - - - - - - 65% 30% 25% 15% 10% - - -
FR-BU2-H55K S FR-BR-H55K-UL S - - - - - - - - 90% 60% 30% 20% 15% 10%
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model No.
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
460V
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 10% 5% - - - - - - - - - - -
2 x FR-BU2-H75K S 2 x MT-BR5-H75K - 40% 25% 15% 10% 5% - - - - - - - -
3 x FR-BU2-H75K S 3 x MT-BR5-H75K - 90% 60% 40% 20% 14% 10% 5% 5% - - - - -
4 x FR-BU2-H75K S 4 x MT-BR5-H75K - - 95% 70% 40% 25% 15% 13% 10% 5% 5% - - -
5 x FR-BU2-H75K S 5 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - 60% 40% 25% 20% 15% 12% 10% 5% 5% -
6 x FR-BU2-H75K S 6 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - 90% 55% 40% 25% 25% 15% 14% 10% 5% 5%
7 x FR-BU2-H75K S 7 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - - 80% 55% 40% 35% 20% 15% 13% 10% 5%
8 x FR-BU2-H75K S 8 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - - - 70% 50% 45% 30% 25% 15% 13% 10%
Braking Torque (%) at Short-Time Rating of 30 Sec. for 5HP and Less
Braking Torque (%) at Short-Time Rating of 15 Sec. for 7.5HP and Larger
Dynamic Braking Unit and Resistor Specifications
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model No.
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - 100% 50% - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 100% 50% 50% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - - - 100% 100% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S - - - - 280% 200% 120% 100% 80% 70% - - - -
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S - - - - - - 260% 180% 160% 130% 100% 80% 70% -
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - - - - - - - - - 300% 250% 180% 150% 120% 100%
460V
FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S - - - - 280% 200% 120% 100% 80% 70% - - - -
FR-BU2-H30K S FR-BR-H30K-UL S - - - - - - 260% 180% 160% 130% 100% 80% 70% -
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model No.
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
460V
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 100% 80% 65% 50% 40% 30% 28% 26% 22% 20% - - -
2 x FR-BU2-H75K S 2 x MT-BR5-H75K - 200% 165% 135% 100% 80% 65% 55% 53% 44% 40% 33% 28% 25%
3 x FR-BU2-H75K S 3 x MT-BR5-H75K - 300% 250% 200% 150% 120% 100% 85% 80% 65% 60% 50% 43% 37%
4 x FR-BU2-H75K S 4 x MT-BR5-H75K - - 300% 270% 200% 160% 135% 115% 105% 85% 80% 65% 55% 50%
5 x FR-BU2-H75K S 5 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - 300% 250% 200% 170% 140% 130% 110% 100% 83% 70% 62%
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model No.
Stocked
Item
Weight
kg / lbs
Resistance (Ohms) Rated (Watts)
Continuous Permissible
Power (Watts)
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - - 50 300 100
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 30 900 300
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - - 20 1800 600
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S 15 / 33 8 4000 990
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S 30 / 66 4 8000 1990
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - 70 / 154 2 16000 3910
460V
FR-BU2-H7.5K S 2 x BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 60 1800 600
FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S 15 / 33 32 4000 990
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 70 / 154 6.5 30000 7500
422
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
F700 Dynamic Braking Units and Resistors - UFS Series
A more economical solution to regenerative braking applications
Internal Form-C relay
Adjustable DC bus brake turn-on voltage
Configurable master / slave brake configuration. Allows connection of up to 5 brake units (1 master / 4 slaves)
460V Series
Dimensions
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
HP 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
kW 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
100% For
15 Secs.
Brake Unit UFS22J UFS40J 2 x UFS40J
Brake Resistor RUFC15J RUFC22J RUFC40J 2 x RUFC40J
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS22J - 1500W UFS40J - 2000W 2ea x UFS40J - 4000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC15J - 24ohms RUFC22J - 12ohms RUFC40J - 7.5ohms 2ea x RUFC40J - 3.75ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 7A 10A 14.6A 29.2A
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
HP 7.5 10 15 25 30 40 50 60 75
kW 5.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
100% For
15 Secs.
Brake Unit UFS22 UFS40
Brake Resistor RUFC15/480 RUFC22/480 RUFC40/480
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS22 - 2000W UFS40 - 4000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC15/480 - 44ohms RUFC22/480 - 27ohms RUFC40/480 - 15ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 6A 7.7A 14.6
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
HP 100 125 150 175 215 300 375
kW 75 90 110 132 160 220 280
100% For
15 Secs.
Brake Unit UFS110 2 X UFS110
Brake Resistor RUFC110/480 2 X RUFC110/480
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS110 - 8000W 2 x UFS110 - 16000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC110/480 - 6.8ohms 2 x RUFC110/480 - 3.4ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 30.7A 61.4A
Model Number
Height Width Depth
Approximate
Weight
Stocked
Item
mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs
240V
UFS20J
250 9.8
100 3.9
175 6.9 2.5 5.5
S
UFS40J S
RUFC15J 240 9.5
75 3
2.8 6.2 S
RUFC22J 310 12.2 3.5 7.7 S
RUFC40J 365 14.4 4.3 9.5 S
480V
UFS22
250 9.8
100 3.9 175 6.9 2.5 5.5
S
UFS40 S
UFS110 107 4.2 195 7.7 3.9 8.6 S
RUFC15/480 310 12.2
100 3.9 75 3
3.5 7.7 S
RUFC22/480 365 14.4 4.2 9.3 S
RUFC40/480 2 x 365 2 x 14.4 2 x 100 2 x 3.9 2 x 75 2 x 3 8.7 19.2 S
RUFC110/480 4 x 365 4 x 14.4 4 x 100 4 x 3.9 4 x 75 4 x 3 17.3 38.1 S
240V Series
240VAC 3-Phase Input 480VAC 3-Phase Input
Model Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss SLD
Efficiency
SLD
Watts
Loss LD
Efficiency
LD
Model Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss SLD
Efficiency
SLD
Watts
Loss LD
Efficiency
LD
FR-F720-00046-NA 750 70 91% 60 92% FR-F740-00023-NA 750 60 92% 50 93%
FR-F720-00077-NA 1500 110 93% 100 93% FR-F740-00038-NA 1500 80 95% 80 95%
FR-F720-00105-NA 2200 140 94% 130 94% FR-F740-00052-NA 2200 100 95% 90 96%
FR-F720-00167-NA 3700 210 94% 190 95% FR-F740-00083-NA 3700 160 96% 140 96%
FR-F720-00250-NA 5500 300 95% 260 95% FR-F740-00126-NA 5500 190 97% 180 97%
FR-F720-00340-NA 7500 370 95% 340 95% FR-F740-00170-NA 7500 240 97% 220 97%
FR-F720-00490-NA 11000 590 95% 530 95% FR-F740-00250-NA 11000 340 97% 310 97%
FR-F720-00630-NA 15000 660 96% 580 96% FR-F740-00310-NA 15000 390 97% 350 98%
FR-F720-00770-NA 18500 910 95% 810 96% FR-F740-00380-NA 18500 490 97% 440 98%
FR-F720-00930-NA 22000 1050 95% 940 96% FR-F740-00470-NA 22000 580 97% 520 98%
FR-F720-01250-NA 30000 1540 95% 1370 95% FR-F740-00620-NA 30000 810 97% 710 98%
FR-F720-01540-NA 37000 1490 96% 1320 96% FR-F740-00770-NA 37000 1000 97% 930 97%
FR-F720-01870-NA 45000 1680 96% 1490 97% FR-F740-00930-NA 45000 1170 97% 1030 98%
FR-F720-02330-NA 55000 2210 96% 1950 96% FR-F740-01160-NA 55000 1510 97% 1320 98%
FR-F720-03160-NA 75000 2825 96% 2500 96% FR-F740-01800-NA 75000 2700 96% 2250 97%
FR-F720-03800-NA 90000 3165 96% 2800 96% FR-F740-02160-NA 90000 3300 96% 2700 97%
FR-F720-04750-NA 110000 4070 96% 3600 96% FR-F740-02600-NA 110000 3960 96% 3300 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-03250-NA 132000 4800 96% 3960 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-03610-NA 160000 5550 97% 4800 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-04320-NA 185000 6600 96% 5550 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-04810-NA 220000 7500 97% 6600 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-05470-NA 250000 8400 97% 7500 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-06100-NA 280000 9450 97% 8400 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-06830-NA 315000 10650 97% 9450 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-07700-NA 355000 12000 97% 10650 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-08660-NA 400000 13500 97% 12000 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-09620-NA 450000 15000 97% 13500 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-10940-NA 500000 16800 97% 15000 97%
- - - - - - FR-F740-12120-NA 560000 18900 97% 16800 97%
F700 VFD Efficiency Values
General Notes:
4. When using the external heat sink attachment watt loss decreases by 60%.
424
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
A700 Series
Mitsubishi Electrics RSV technology gives you class-leading power, control and flexibility.
Wide speed range: 200:1 operating range is
possible - even when the drive is used open loop
PLC feature: A700 programmability provides true
intelligence inside the drive - a simple
solution for complex applications
Easy gain tuning: Compensates automatically for
changes in load inertia to ensure smooth and
consistent operation
Fast response: Up to 300 radians / second speed
response means lightning fast reaction to sudden
load changes
USB port: Allows simple connection to the new
FR-Configurator Software for quick and easy
commissioning
Power down braking: Keeps the motor under
control even if the supply power is lost
Remote I/O capability: All of the drive I/O can be
read or controlled over a network
Brake Transistor Circuit: Included in all sizes
up to 30 Hp
Integral Radio Filter: Limits Radio Noise
emissions to meet EU Directive - all sizes of drive
Speed control: with or without torque limit allows
200:1 Speed range, driving or overhauling
Open Loop Torque Control: including torque at
zero speed
UL Listed for single-phase input
A700 Ratings 240V Class
Output voltage: 3 phase 200-240V at 60Hz - Voltage Tolerance 170-264V at 60Hz - DC Link Choke is included with the VFD
ND (50C) HD (50C) LD (50C) SLD (40C)
Model Number
(*6)
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible Duty)
Stocked Item
150% OL / 1 min 200% OL / 1 min 120% OL / 1 min 110% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 3 sec 250% OL / 3 sec 150% OL / 3 sec 120% OL / 3 sec
Hp FLA Hp FLA Hp FLA Hp FLA
100 288 75 215 125 346 150 380 FR-A720-02880-NA K
Forced Air
Cooling
IP00 (*3)
10% torque /
continuous
-
125 346 100 288 150 432 200 475 FR-A720-03460-NA K -
Output voltage: 3 phase 200-240V at 60Hz - Voltage Tolerance 170-264V at 60Hz
Voltage
240 3/4 200 Hp
480 3/4 800 Hp
600 1 650 Hp
Horsepower
ND (50C)
150% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 3 sec
HD (50C)
200% OL / 1 min
250% OL / 3 sec
LD (50C)
120% OL / 1 min
150% OL / 3 sec
SLD (40C)
110% OL / 1 min
120% OL / 3 sec Model Number (*6)
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible Duty)
Stocked
Item
Hp (*1) FLA Hp (*1) FLA Hp (*1) FLA Hp (*1) FLA
1/2 3 1/4 1.5 1 4.2 1 4.6 FR-A720-00030-NA A
Self
Cooling
NEMA 1
(*2)
150% torque /
3% ED
S
1 5 1/2 3 2 6.5 2 7.1 FR-A720-00050-NA B S
2 8 1 5 3 9.6 3 10.5 FR-A720-00080-NA C S
3 11 2 8 5 15.2 5 16.7 FR-A720-00110-NA C
Forced Air
Cooling
100% torque /
3% ED
S
5 17.5 3 11 7.5 24 7.5 25 FR-A720-00175-NA C S
7.5 24 5 17.5 10 31 10 34 FR-A720-00240-NA D
100% torque /
2% ED
S
10 33 7.5 24 15 45 15 49 FR-A720-00330-NA D S
1/2 3 1/4 1.5 1 4.2 1 4.6 FR-A720-00030-N4 A (*5)
Self
Cooling
UL Type
1 - Plenum
Rated
150% torque /
3% ED
-
1 5 1/2 3 2 6.5 2 7.1 FR-A720-00050-N4 B (*5) -
2 8 1 5 3 9.6 3 10.5 FR-A720-00080-N4 C (*5) -
3 11 2 8 5 15.2 5 16.7 FR-A720-00110-N4 C (*5)
Forced Air
Cooling
100% torque /
3% ED
-
5 17.5 3 11 7.5 24 7.5 25 FR-A720-00175-N4 C (*5) -
7.5 24 5 17.5 10 31 10 34 FR-A720-00240-N4 D (*5)
100% torque /
2% ED
-
10 33 7.5 24 15 45 15 49 FR-A720-00330-N4 D (*5) -
15 46 10 33 20 58 20 63 FR-A720-00460-NA E
20% torque /
continuous (brake
transistor included)
S
20 61 15 46 25 70 25 77 FR-A720-00610-NA F S
25 76 20 61 30 85 30 93 FR-A720-00760-NA F S
30 90 25 76 40 114 40 125 FR-A720-00900-NA F S
40 115 30 90 50 140 50/60 154 FR-A720-01150-NA G
IP00 (*3)
20% torque /
continuous
S
50 145 40 115 60 170 60 187 FR-A720-01450-NA H S
60 175 50 145 75 212 75 233 FR-A720-01750-NA H S
75 215 60 175 100 288 100/125 316 FR-A720-02150-NA JA S
Output voltage: 3 phase 380-480V at 60Hz - Voltage Tolerance 323-528V at 60Hz.
Output voltage: 3 phase 380-480V at 60Hz - Voltage Tolerance 323-528V at 60Hz - DC Link Choke is included with the VFD.
ND (50C) HD (50C) LD (50C) SLD (40C)
Model Number (*6)
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible
Duty)
Stocked Item
100 144 75 110 150 180 150 216 FR-A740-01440-NA J
Forced Air
Cooling
IP00 (*4)
10% torque /
continuous
S
150 180 100 144 150 216 200 260 FR-A740-01800-NA J S
150 216 150 180 200 260 250 325 FR-A740-02160-NA K S
200 260 150 216 250 325 300 361 FR-A740-02600-NA K S
250 325 200 260 300 361 350 432 FR-A740-03250-NA L S
300 361 250 325 350 432 400 481 FR-A740-03610-NA L S
350 432 300 361 400 481 450 547 FR-A740-04320-NA M S
400 481 350 432 450 547 500 610 FR-A740-04810-NA M S
450 547 400 481 500 610 550 683 FR-A740-05470-NA M S
500 610 450 547 550 683 650 770 FR-A740-06100-NA N
IP00
-
550 683 500 610 650 770 700 866 FR-A740-06830-NA N -
650 770 550 683 700 866 800 962 FR-A740-07700-NA P -
700 866 650 770 800 962 900 1094 FR-A740-08660-NA P -
800 962 700 866 900 1094 1000 1212 FR-A740-09620-NA P -
Notes:
1. Motor ratings shown are intended as guidelines only - based on 4 pole standard inductions motors.
2. UL Type 1 version drives are available - replace -NA suffix with -N4.
3. Conduit adapter option required for types 01150 - 03460.
4. Conduit adapter option required for types 00570 - 05470.
5. Depth is slightly extended to meet UL Type 1 requirements.
6. For single phase input, derate output current by 40% (Models up to FR-A720-02880-NA and FR-A740-03610-NA)
Notes: See below.
ND (50C) HD (50C) LD (50C) SLD (40C)
Model Number (*6)
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible
Duty)
Stocked Item
1/2 1.5 1/4 0.8 1 2.1 1 2.3 FR-A740-00015-NA C
Self
Cooling
NEMA 1
(*2)
100% torque /
2% ED
S
1 2.5 1/2 1.5 2 3.5 2 3.8 FR-A740-00025-NA C S
2 4 1 2.5 3 4.8 3 5.2 FR-A740-00040-NA C S
3 6 2 4 5 7.6 5 8.3 FR-A740-00060-NA C
Forced Air
Cooling
S
5 9 3 6 7.5 11.5 7.5 12.6 FR-A740-00090-NA C S
7.5 12 5 9 10 16 10 17 FR-A740-00120-NA D S
10 17 7.5 12 15 23 15 25 FR-A740-00170-NA D S
1/2 1.5 1/4 0.8 1 2.1 1 2.3 FR-A740-00015-N4 C (*5)
Self
Cooling
UL Type 1
- Plenum
Rated
100% torque /
2% ED
-
1 2.5 1/2 1.5 2 3.5 2 3.8 FR-A740-00025-N4 C (*5) -
2 4 1 25 3 4.8 3 5.2 FR-A740-00040-N4 C (*5) -
3 6 2 4 5 7.6 5 8.3 FR-A740-00060-N4 C (*5)
Forced Air
Cooling
-
5 9 3 6 7.5 11.5 7.5 12.6 FR-A740-00090-N4 C (*5) -
7.5 12 5 9 10 16 10 17 FR-A740-00120-N4 D (*5) -
10 17 7.5 12 15 23 15 25 FR-A740-00170-N4 D (*5) -
15 23 10 17 20 29 20 31 FR-A740-00230-NA E
20% torque /
continuous
(brake transis-
tor included)
S
20 31 15 23 25 35 25 38 FR-A740-00310-NA E S
25 38 20 31 30 43 30 47 FR-A740-00380-NA F S
30 44 25 38 40 57 40 62 FR-A740-00440-NA F S
40 57 30 44 50 70 50/60 77 FR-A740-00570-NA G
IP00 (*4)
20% torque /
continuous
S
50 71 40 57 60 85 60 93 FR-A740-00710-NA H S
60 86 50 71 75 106 75 116 FR-A740-00860-NA H S
75 110 60 86 100 144 100/150 180 FR-A740-01100-NA H S
426
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Output voltage: 3 phase 525-600V at 60Hz - Voltage Tolerance 472-660V at 60Hz
Notes:
1. Motor ratings shown are intended as guidelines only - based on 4 pole standard induction motors.
2. To utilize these ratings, DC Link reactor is required.
3. These models supplied with an externally connected brake resistor. When the external brake resistor is used, protective rating is open type (NEMA1).
4. Conduit adapter option required for types 00550-03040.
ND (40C) HD (40C) LD (40C)
SLD (40C) (30C
for 00040 or less)
Model Number
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible
Duty)
DC Link
Reactor
Stocked
Item
150% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 1 min
120% OL / 1 min
250% OL / 3 sec. 110% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 3 sec.
280% OL / 0.5
sec.
150% OL / 3 sec. 120% OL / 3 sec.
HP (*1) FLA HP (*1) FLA HP (*1) FLA HP (*1) FLA
1 1.7 1/2 1.0 1 1/2 2.5 2 2.7 FR-A760-00017-NA
C
Self cool-
ing
UL Type 1
(*3)
100% torque /
2% ED
Option
-
3 4.0 2 2.7 3 5.6 5 6.1 FR-A760-00040-NA
Forced air
cooling
S
5 6.1 3 4.0 5 8.2 7 1/2 9.0 FR-A760-00061-NA S
10 12 7 1/2 9.0 10 16 15 17 FR-A760-00120-NA D
UL Type 1
20% torque /
continuous
(brake transistor
included)
S
20 22 10 16 25 27 30 32 FR-A760-00220-NA E S
30 33 20 24 40 41 40 45 FR-A760-00330-NA F S
50 55 40 41 60 62 60 68 FR-A760-00550-NA
H IP00 (*4)
20% torque /
continuous
S
75 84 60 63 100 99 (*2) 100 108 (*2) FR-A760-00840-NA S
ND (50C) HD (40C) LD (50C)
SLD (40C)
Model Number
Frame
Size
Cooling
Method
Protective
Rating
Regenerative
Braking Torque
/ Max Value
(Permissible
Duty)
DC Link
Reactor
Stocked
Item
150% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 1 min
120% OL / 1 min
250% OL / 3 sec. 110% OL / 1 min
200% OL / 3 sec. 280% OL / 0.5 sec. 150% OL / 3 sec. 120% OL / 3 sec.
HP
(*1)
FLA HP (*1) FLA HP (*1) FLA HP (*1) FLA
100 104 75 84 125 131 150 144 FR-A760-01040-NA
J
Forced air
cooling
IP00 (*4)
20% torque /
continuous
Standard
S
125 131 100 104 150 152 150 167 FR-A760-01310-NA S
150 152 125 131 200 221 250 243 FR-A760-01520-NA S
200 221 150 152 250 255 300 289 FR-A760-02210-NA
L
S
250 255 200 202 300 304 350 336 FR-A760-02550-NA -
300 304 250 255 400 402 450 442 FR-A760-03040-NA M S
400 402 300 304 500 496 550 545 FR-A760-04020-NA N
IP00
-
500 496 400 402 600 589 650 647 FR-A760-04960-NA
P
S
650 663 600 589 750 773 850 850 FR-A760-06630-NA -
A700 Terminal Connection Diagram
A700 Control Terminal Layout
A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 C2 10E 10 2 5 4
RL RM RH RT AU STOP MRS RES SD FM AM 1
SE RUN SU IPF OL FU SD SD STF STR JOG CS PC
428
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
A700 General Specifications
Notes:
1. Available only when the option (FR-A7AP) is mounted
5. 2.9m/s
2
or less for the FR-A740-03250 or more.
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control Method
Soft-PWM control/high carrier frequency PWM control (selectable from among V/F control, advanced magnetic flux vector control and
real sensorless vector control) / vector control (when used with option FR-A7AP) (*1)
Frequency
Setting
Resolution
Analog Input
0.015Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 10V/12 bit); 0.03Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 5V/11 bit, 0 to 20mA/about 11 bit, terminal 1: 0 to
10V/12 bit) 0.06Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 1: 0 to 5V/11 bit)
Frequency
Accuracy
Voltage / Frequency
Characteristics
Base frequency can be set from 0 to 400Hz Constant torque/variable torque pattern or adjustable 5 points V/F can be selected
Starting Torque 200% 0.3Hz (up to frame size C), 150% 0.3Hz (Frame Size D and above) (under real sensorless vector control or vector control)
Acceleration / Deceleration
Time Setting
0 to 3600s (acceleration and deceleration can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash mea-
sures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Stall Prevention Operation
Level
Operation current level can be set (0 to 220% adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
Torque Limit Level Torque limit value can be set (0 to 400% variable)
Frequency
Setting
Signal
Analog Input Terminal 2: 4: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA can be selected Terminal 1:-10 to +10V, -5 to +5V can be selected
Digital Input Input using the setting dial of the operation panel or parameter unit. Four-digit BCD or 16 bit binary (when used with option FR-A7AX)
Input Signal
Select any twelve signals using Pr. 178 to Pr. 189 (input terminal function selection) from among multi speed selection, remote setting, stop-on-contact,
second function selection, third function selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, selection of automatic restart after instantaneous
power failure, flying start, external thermal relay input, inverter operation enable signal (FR-HC/FR-CV connection), FR-HC connection (instantaneous
power failure detection), PU operation/external inter lock signal, external DC injection brake operation start, PID control enable terminal, brake opening
completion signal, PU operation/external operation switchover, load pattern selection forward rotation reverse rotation boost, V/F switching, load torque
high-speed frequency, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration C switchover, pre-excitation, output stop, start self-holding selection, control mode changing,
torque limit selection, start-time tuning start external input, torque bias selection 1, 2 (*1), P/PI control switchover, forward rotation command, reverse
rotation command, inverter reset, PTC thermistor input, PID forward reverse operation switchover, PU-NET operation switchover, NET-external operation
switchover, and command source switchover, conditional position pulse train sign (*1), conditional position droop pulse clear (*1).
Pulse Train Input 100kpps
Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, polarity reversible operation, automatic
restart after instantaneous power failure operation, commercial power supply-inverter switchover operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention,
remote setting, brake sequence, second function, third function, multi-speed operation, original operation continuation at instantaneous power
failure, stop-on-contact control, load torque high speed frequency control, droop control, regeneration avoidance, slip compensation, operation
mode selection, offline auto tuning function, online auto tuning function, PID control, computer link operation (RS-485), motor end orientation
(*1), machine end orientation (*1), pre-excitation, notch filter, machine analyzer (*1), easy gain tuning, speed feed forward, and torque bias (*1)
Output
Signals
Operating
Status
Select any signals using Pr. 190 to Pr. 196 (output terminal function selection) from among inverter running, up-to-frequency, instantaneous
power failure/undervoltage, overload warning, output frequency (speed) detection, second output frequency (speed) detection, third output
frequency (speed) detection, regenerative brake prealarm, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU operation mode, inverter operation
ready, output current detection, zero current detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward rotation reverse rotation output, commercial
power supply-inverter switchover MC1, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC2, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC3,
orientation completion (*1), brake opening request, fan fault output, heatsink overheat pre-alarm , inverter running/start command on, deceleration
at an instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, during retry, PID output interruption, life alarm, alarm output 1, 2, 3 (power-off signal),
power savings average value update timing, current average monitor, maintenance timer alarm, remote output, forward rotation output (*1),
reverse rotation output (*1), low speed output, torque detection, regenerative status output (*1), start-time tuning completion, in-position
completion (*1), minor failure output and alarm output. Open collector output (5 points), relay output (2 points) and alarm code of the inverter
can be output (4 bit) from the open collector.
Using FR-A7AY,
FR-A7AR
(optional)
In addition to the above, select any signals using Pr. 313 to Pr. 319 (extension output terminal function selection) from among control circuit
capacitor life, main circuit capacitor life, cooling fan life, inrush current limit circuit life (only positive logic can be set for extension terminals of the
FR-A7AR).
Pulse / Analog Output
Select any signals using Pr. 54 FM terminal function selection (pulse train output) and Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection (analog output) from
among output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, operation speed, motor torque, converter output
voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation current,
reference voltage output, motor load factor, power saving effect, regenerative brake duty, PID set point, PID measured value, motor output, torque
command, torque current command, and torque monitor.
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
PU (FR-
DU07 /
FR-PU07 /
FR-PU04)
Operating
Status
Output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, running speed,motor torque, overload, converter
output voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation
current, cumulative energization time, actual operation time, motor load factor, cumulative power, energy saving effect, cumulative saving power,
regenerative brake duty, PID set point, PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal monitor, input terminal option monitor (*2), output
terminal option monitor (*2), option fitting status (*3), terminal assignment status (*3), torque command, torque current command, feed back
pulse (*1), motor output
Alarm
Definition
Alarm definition is displayed when the protective function is activated, the output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization time right
before the protection function was activated and past 8 alarm definitions are stored.
Interactive
Guidance
Operation guide/trouble shooting with a help function (*3)
Protective / Warning Function
Overcurrent during acceleration, overcurrent during constant speed, overcurrent during deceleration, overvoltage during acceleration, overvoltage
during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal operation, heatsink
overheat, instantaneous power failure occurrence, undervoltage, input phase failure, motor overload, output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent,
output short circuit, main circuit element overheat, output phase failure, external thermal relay operation, PTC thermistor operation, option alarm,
parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count excess, CPU alarm, operation panel power supply short circuit, 24VDC power output short circuit,
output current detection value excess, inrush current limit circuit alarm, communication alarm (inverter), USB error, opposite rotation deceleration
error, analog input error, fan fault, overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, regenerative brake prealarm, electronic thermal relay
function prealarm, PU stop, maintenance timer alarm (*2), brake transistor alarm, parameter write error, copy operation error, operation panel
lock, parameter copy alarm, speed limit indication, encoder no-signal (*1), speed deviation large (*1), overspeed (*1), position error large (*1),
encoder phase error (*1)
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Ambient Temperature -10C to +50C (non-freezing)
Altitude / Vibration Maximum 1000m above sea level, 0.6 G or less (conforms to JIS C 60068-2-6) (*5)
A700 Options
External Heatsink Attachment
Conduit Attachments
Drive Model
Model
Number
Stocked
Item
A720 A740 A760
00080 to 00175 00025 to 00090
00017, 00040,
00061
FR-A7CN01 S
00240, 00330 00120, 00170 00120 FR-A7CN02 S
00460 00230, 00310 00220 FR-A7CN03 S
00610 to 00900 00380, 00440 00330 FR-A7CN04 S
01150 - FR-A7CN05 S
00570 - FR-A7CN06 S
01450, 01750 00710 to 01100 00550, 00840 FR-A7CN07 S
01440
01040, 01310,
01520
FR-A7CN08 -
01800 - FR-A7CN09 -
03160, 03800,
04750
02160, 02600 - FR-A7CN10 -
02150 - FR-A7CN11 -
FR-A700 Installation Manual - Contains instructions for
installer and parameter list. (Included with VFD, plus CD with
all versions of VFD and option manuals.)
IB(NA)0600254
FR-A700 Basic Manual - Contains wiring details, VFD
layout drawings, alarm definitions and parameter list.
IB(NA)0600225
FR-A700 Applied Manual - Contains wiring details, VFD layout
drawings, alarm definitions and complete parameter list with
definitions and setting examples.
IB(NA)0600255
FR-A700 PLC Programming Manual - Contains
complete instruction sets for PLC feature.
IB(NA)0600262
FR-PU07 Manual - Contains complete instruction sets
and screen definitions.
IB(NA)0600240
Function / Options
Software
FR-CONFIGURATOR Programming and diagnostic software S
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
120VAC Control Input FR-A7AC S
Analog I/O FR-A7AN S
Encoder Feedback FR-A7AP S
Encoder Pulse Dividing Output FR-A7AL S
Digital Output
FR-A7AY S
Ext. Analog Output
BiPolar Analog Output
FR-A7AZ - High Res Analog Input
Motor Thermistor
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
CC-Link FR-A7NC S
ControlNET FR-A7NCN S
DeviceNet FR-A7ND S
EtherNet/IP FR-A7NE S
LonWorks FR-A7NL S
SSCNET III FR-A7NS S
Instruction Manuals
Notes:
1. FR-A720-00460 to 00760 & FR-A740-00230 to 00440 are UL Type 1: the conduit adapter is
included as standard.
2. FR-A700 smaller than listed above, the UL Type 1 version (conduit adapter standard) is a
special type: Change from suffix -NA to -N4.
3. Mounting hardware included for standard DC chokes which ship with VFD. Kits are powder
coated similar to VFD charcoal gray.
5. Width and depth of kit match the asscociated VFD
Model
Number
Description
Stocked
Item
VFD-A700-
DEMO
Includes A720 1/2HP, pre-wired digital input switches, LED out-
puts, two potentiometers, analog meter and encoder option
S
VFD-MOTOR-
ENC-DEMO
Includes 1/2HP motor and encoder with quick connections to
VFD-A700-DEMO
S
A700 Demonstration Unit
Model Number
Drive Model Length
(in)
(*5)
Weight
(lbs)
Stkd.
Item
A720
(*1, *2)
A740
(*1, *2)
A760
(*1, *2)
FR-A7FN05 (*4) 00900 - - 5.9 5 -
FR-A7FN06 (*4) 01150 00570 - 6.2 5 S
FR-A7FN07 (*4)
01450,
01750
00710 to
01100
00550,
00840
9 15 S
FR-A7FN-11 (*3) -
01440,
01800
01040 to
01520
24 41 S
FR-A7FN-12 (*3)
02880,
03460
02160,
02600
- 24 45 S
FR-A7FN-13 (*3) -
03250,
03610
02210,
02550
26 50 S
FR-A7FN-14 (*3) -
04320 to
05470
03040 26 64 S
Notes:
5. BACnet MS/TP is built in to F700. Gateway required for pre August 2010 production.
FR-A7N-ETH
(*1,*2)
FR-A7N-XLT
(*1,*2)
ETH-1000
(*3,*4)
XLTR-1000
(*3,*4)
G
a
t
e
w
a
y

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
BACnet/IP X - X -
EtherNet/IP X - X -
Modbus TCP X - X -
PROFINET IO X - X -
BACnet MS/TP (*5) - X X X
Metasys N2 - X X X
Siemens FLN - X - -
430
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
FR-DU07 Control Panel for A700 S
FR-PU07
LCD Multi-lingual Parameter Copy Unit (English, French, Spanish,
German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish, Japanese) for operator control,
parameter read/write and monitoring. Stores settings in non-volatile
memory. Built-in parameter copy capability. (F/A700 based)
S
FR-PU04
LCD Multi-lingual Parameter Copy Unit (English, French, Spanish,
German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish, Japanese) for operator control,
parameter read/write and monitoring
S
SC-FRPC Serial communication cable S
FR-PU07BB-L Battery powered PU07 S
FR-RJ45-TR Terminating resistor For FR-RJ45-HUB -
A700 Frame Size
Frame
Size
Drive Height x Width x Depth
Weight Without Reactor
lbs (kg)
Dimensions inches (mm)
Height Width Depth
A 10.2 (260) 4.3 (110) 4.3 (110) 4.2 (1.9)
B 10.2 (260) 4.3 (110) 4.9 (125) 5 (2.3)
C 10.2 (260) 5.9 (150) 5.5 (140) 9.3 (4.2)
D 10.2 (260) 8.7 (220) 6.7 (170) 17.7 (8)
E 11.8 (300) 8.7 (220) 7.5 (190) 19.4 (8.8)
F 15.8 (400) 9.8 (250) 7.5 (190) 32.6 (14.8)
G 21.7 (550) 12.8 (325) 7.7 (195) 77.1 (35)
H 21.7 (550) 17.1 (435) 9.8 (250) 134.4 (61)
JA 27.6 (700) 18.3 (465) 9.8 (250) 134.4 (61)
J 24.4 (620) 18.3 (465) 11.8 (300) 176.2 (80)
K 29.1 (740) 18.3 (465) 14.2 (360) 244.5 (111)
L 39.8 (1010) 19.6 (498) 15 (380) 378.9 (172)
M 39.8 (1010) 26.8 (680) 15 (380) 385 (175)
N 52.4 (1330) 31.1 (790) 17.3 (440) 572 (260)
P 62.2 (1580) 39.2 (995) 17.3 (440) 814 (370)
Factory Supplied DC Link Chokes
Parameter units are used for operator control, reading and writing parameters, and
drive monitoring. Parameter Copy Units also read the drive parameter settings and
copy them into non-volatile memory, and can write them into other drives.
Standard With VFD Dimensions inches (mm)
Approx Weight lb (kg)
Drive Model DC Link Model No. mH Amps Height Width Depth
FR-A740-01440-NA FR-HEL-H110K 0.246 233 13.4 (340) 5.9 (150) 7.7 (195) 22 (48)
FR-A740-01880-NA FR-HEL-H132K 0.204 281 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 7.9 (200) 26 (57)
FR-A740-02160-NA FR-HEL-H160K 0.171 335 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 8 (205) 28 (62)
FR-A740-02600-NA FR-HEL-H185K 0.148 389 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 9.4 (240) 29 (64)
FR-A740-03250-NA FR-HEL-H220K 0.124 462 15.9 (405) 6.9 (175) 9.4 (240) 30 (66)
FR-A740-03610-NA FR-HEL-H250K 0.109 524 17.3 (440) 7.5 (190) 9.8 (250) 35 (77)
FR-A740-04320-NA FR-HEL-H280K 0.098 585 17.3 (440) 7.5 (190) 10 (255) 38 (84)
FR-A740-04810-NA FR-HEL-H315K 0.087 658 19.5 (495) 8.3 (210) 9.8 (250) 42 (92)
FR-A740-05470-NA FR-HEL-H355K 0.077 742 19.5 (495) 8.3 (210) 9.8 (250) 46 (101)
FR-A740-06100-NA FR-HEL-H400K 0.069 836 19.7 (500) 8.7 (220) 9.8 (250) 50 (110)
FR-A740-06830-NA FR-HEL-H450K 0.061 940 19.7 (500) 8.7 (220) 10.6 (270) 57 (125)
FR-A740-07700-NA FR-HEL-H500K 0.055 1045 17.8 (455) 8.5 (215) 13.6 (345) 67 (147)
FR-A740-08660-NA FR-HEL-H560K 0.049 1170 18.1 (460) 8.5 (215) 14.2 (360) 85 (187)
FR-A740-09620-NA FR-HEL-H630K 0.044 1317 18.1 (460) 8.5 (215) 14.2 (360) 95 (209)
A700 Dynamic Braking
series across the DC bus.
Motor regeneration causes the DC bus voltage to increase, and when the voltage exceeds a specified threshold, the transistor turns on to
pass current through the resistor. Motor kinetic energy is converted to heat energy. VFD overcurrent and overvoltage protective circuits are
active at all times, and will fault-trip the VFD if the brake size is inadequate.
%ED = Braking time / total time for complete operating cycle x 100
%ED = 3 / (5 + 60 + 3 + 12) x 100 = 3.6%
Torque (kg.m) = 974 x Power (kW) / Speed (rpm).
Model Model Number Stocked Item
FR-ABR(H) IB(NA)66891 -
FR-BU2 IB(NA)0600292 -
FR-BU2-C IB(NA)0600379 -
UFS NT348E05 -
Instruction Manuals
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight kg
(lbs)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item
A720 % ED
FR-ABR-0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 200 60 1/2 00030 10% S
FR-ABR-0.75K 0.4 (0.9) 100 80 1 00050 10% S
FR-ABR-2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 60 120 2 and 3
00080 &
00110
10% S
FR-ABR-3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 40 155 5 00175 10% S
FR-ABR-5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 25 185 7 1/2 00240 10% S
FR-ABR-7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 20 340 10 00330 10% S
FR-ABR-11K 3.4 (7.5) 13 560 15 00460 6% S
FR-ABR-15K
2.4 (5.3) x 2 9 (18 / 2) 805 20 00610 6% S
FR-ABR-22K
3.3 (6.6) x 2 6.5 (13 / 2) 1120
25 00760 6%
S
30 00900 6%
Resistor Kit Model
Number
Weight
Resistance
(Ohms)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (W)
Motor (Hp)
Drive Model
Stocked Item
A740 % ED
FR-ABR-H0.4K 0.2 (0.5) 1200 45 1/2 00015 10% S
FR-ABR-H0.75K 0.2 (0.5) 700 75 1 00025 10% S
FR-ABR-H1.5K 0.4 (0.9) 350 115 2 00040 10% S
FR-ABR-H2.2K 0.5 (1.1) 250 120 3 00060 10% S
FR-ABR-H3.7K 0.8 (1.8) 150 155 5 00090 10% S
FR-ABR-H5.5K 1.3 (2.9) 110 185 7 1/2 00120 10% S
FR-ABR-H7.5K 2.2 (4.9) 75 340 10 00170 10% S
FR-ABR-H11K 3.4 (7.5) 52 530 15 00230 6% S
FR-ABR-H15K
(2 resistors in series)
2.4 (5.3) x 2 36 (18 x 2) 870 20 00310 6% S
FR-ABR-22K
3.3 (6.6) x 2 26 (52 / 2) 1060
25 00380 6%
S
30 00440 6%
432
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Dynamic Braking Options
%ED or Time at Short-Time Rating When Braking Torque is 100%
Select the brake unit according to the motor capacity.
To obtain braking torque greater than 200%, use a larger inverter capacity.
Up to 10 FR-BU2 brake units can be connected in parallel for increased braking capacity.
Brake Unit Model Number
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model Number
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - 30 s - - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 30 s - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - - - 30 s 30 s - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S - - - - 80% 40% 15% 10% - - - - - -
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S - - - - - - 65% 30% 25% 15% 10% - - -
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - - - - - - - - - 90% 60% 30% 20% 15% 10%
460V
FR-BU2-H7.5K S 2 x BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - - 30 s 30 s - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S - - - - 80% 40% 15% 10% - - - - - -
FR-BU2-H30K S FR-BR-H30K-UL S - - - - - - 65% 30% 25% 15% 10% - - -
600V
FR-BU2-C22K S
FR-BR-C3.7K - - - 30% 10% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BR-C7.5K - - - - 40% 20% 10% - - - - - - - -
FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - 85% 40% 20% 15% 10% - - - -
2 x FR-BU2-C22K S 2 x FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - - - - - - - 15% - -
3 x FR-BU2-C22K S 3 x FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15%
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model Number
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
460V
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 10% 5% - - - - - - - - - - -
2 x FR-BU2-H75K S 2 x MT-BR5-H75K - 40% 25% 15% 10% 5% - - - - - - - -
3 x FR-BU2-H75K S 3 x MT-BR5-H75K - 90% 60% 40% 20% 14% 10% 5% 5% - - - - -
4 x FR-BU2-H75K S 4 x MT-BR5-H75K - - 95% 70% 40% 25% 15% 13% 10% 5% 5% - - -
5 x FR-BU2-H75K S 5 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - 60% 40% 25% 20% 15% 12% 10% 5% 5% -
Braking Torque (%) at Short-Time Rating of 30 Sec. for 5HP and Less
Braking Torque (%) at Short-Time Rating of 15 Sec. for 7.5HP and Larger
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor
Model Number
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - 100% 50% - - - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - - 100% 50% 50% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - - - 100% 100% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S - - - - 280% 200% 120% 100% 80% 70% - - - -
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S - - - - - - 260% 180% 160% 130% 100% 80% 70% -
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - - - - - - - - - 300% 250% 180% 150% 120% 100%
460V
FR-BU2-H15K S FR-BR-H15K-UL S - - - - 280% 200% 120% 100% 80% 70% - - - -
FR-BU2-H30K S FR-BR-H30K-UL S - - - - - - 260% 180% 160% 130% 100% 80% 70% -
600V
FR-BU2-C22K S
FR-BR-C3.7K - - - 170% 100% - - - - - - - - - -
FR-BR-C7.5K - - - 340% 200% 130% 100% - - - - - - - -
FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - 300% 200% 145% 120% 100% - - - -
2 x FR-BU2-C22K S 2 x FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - - - - - - - 120% - -
3 x FR-BU2-C22K S 3 x FR-BR-C22K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 120%
Stocked
Item
Brake Resistor Model
Number
Stocked
Item
Motor Capacity (HP)
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
460V
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 100% 80% 65% 50% 40% 30% 28% 26% 22% 20% - - -
2 x FR-BU2-H75K - 2 x MT-BR5-H75K - 200% 165% 135% 100% 80% 65% 55% 53% 44% 40% 33% 28% 25%
3 x FR-BU2-H75K - 3 x MT-BR5-H75K - 300% 250% 200% 150% 120% 100% 85% 80% 65% 60% 50% 43% 37%
4 x FR-BU2-H75K - 4 x MT-BR5-H75K - - 300% 270% 200% 160% 135% 115% 105% 85% 80% 65% 55% 50%
5 x FR-BU2-H75K - 5 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - 300% 250% 200% 170% 140% 130% 110% 100% 83% 70% 62%
6 x FR-BU2-H75K - 6 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - 300% 240% 200% 170% 160% 130% 120% 100% 85% 75%
7 x FR-BU2-H75K - 7 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - - 280% 235% 200% 185% 155% 140% 115% 100% 85%
8 x FR-BU2-H75K - 8 x MT-BR5-H75K - - - - - - 270% 230% 210% 175% 160% 130% 110% 100%
Note: FR-BU2-C22K is not UL or cUL listed for use with the FR-BR-C resistor. If UL or cUL is required, use the ASC-RES-C22K in place of FR-BR-C22K.
A700 Dynamic Braking Units and Resistors - UFS Series
A more economical solution to regenerative braking applications.
Internal Form-C relay
Adjustable DC bus brake turn-on voltage
Configurable master / slave brake configuration. Allows connection of up to 5 brake units (1 master / 4 slaves)
240V Series
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
Hp 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
kW 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
100% for
15 secs.
Brake Unit UFS22J UFS40J 2 x UFS40J
Brake Resistor RUFC15J RUFC22J RUFC40J 2 x RUFC40J
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS22J - 1500W UFS40J - 2000W 2ea x UFS40J - 4000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC15J - 24ohms RUFC22J - 12ohms RUFC40J - 7.5ohms 2ea x RUFC40J - 3.75ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 7A 10A 14.6A 29.2A
Dynamic Braking Unit & Resistor Specifications
Brake Unit Model Number Stocked Item Brake Resistor Model Number Stocked Item
Weight
kg / lbs
Resistance
(Ohms)
Rated (Watts)
Continuous
Permissible
Power (Watts)
230V
FR-BU2-1.5K S BU-1500-TEIKOUKI - n/a 50 300 100
FR-BU2-3.7K S BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - n/a 30 900 300
FR-BU2-7.5K S BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI - n/a 20 1800 600
FR-BU2-15K S FR-BR-15K-UL S 15 / 33 8 4000 990
FR-BU2-30K S FR-BR-30K-UL S 30 / 66 4 8000 1990
FR-BU2-55K - FR-BR-55K-UL - 70 / 154 2 16000 3910
460V
FR-BU2-H7.5K S 2 x BU-3700-TEIKOUKI - n/a 60 1800 600
FR-BU2-H75K S MT-BR5-H75K - 70 / 154 6.5 30000 7500
460V Series
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
Hp 7.5 10 15 25 30 40 50 60 75
kW 5.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
100% for
15 secs.
Brake Unit UFS22 UFS40
Brake Resistor RUFC15/480 RUFC22/480 RUFC40/480
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS22 - 2000W UFS40 - 4000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC15/480 - 44ohms RUFC22/480 - 27ohms RUFC40/480 - 15ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 6A 7.7A 14.6A
Motor Capacity
Braking
Torque
Hp 100 125 150 175 215 300 375
kW 75 90 110 132 160 220 280
100% for
15 secs.
Brake Unit UFS110 2 X UFS110
Brake Resistor RUFC110/480 2 X RUFC110/480
Electrical
Data
Continuous Permissible Power (W) UFS110 - 8000W 2 x UFS110 - 16000W
Resistance (Overall) RUFC110/480 - 6.8ohms 2 x RUFC110/480 - 3.4ohms
Continuous Current (Amps) 30.7A 61.4A
Dimensions
Model Number
Height Width Depth Approximate Weight
Stocked
Item
mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs
240V
UFS20J
250 9.8
100 3.9
175 6.9 2.5 5.5
S
UFS40J S
RUFC15J 240 9.5
75 3
2.8 6.2 S
RUFC22J 310 12.2 3.5 7.7 S
RUFC40J 365 14.4 4.3 9.5 S
480V
UFS22
250 9.8
100 3.9 175 6.9 2.5 5.5
S
UFS40 S
UFS110 107 4.2 195 7.7 3.9 8.6 S
RUFC15/480 310 12.2
100 3.9 75 3
3.5 7.7 S
RUFC22/480 365 14.4 4.2 9.3 S
RUFC40/480 2 x 365 2 x 14.4 2 x 100 2 x 3.9 2 x 75 2 x 3 8.7 19.2 S
RUFC110/480 4 x 365 4 x 14.4 4 x 100 4 x 3.9 4 x 75 4 x 3 17.3 38.1 S
434
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
A700 VFD Efficiency Values ND Rating Based
General Notes:
4. When using the external heat sink attachment watt loss decreases by 60%.
240VAC 3-Phase Input 480VAC 3-Phase Input 600VAC 3-Phase Input
Model Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency Model Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Factory
Supplied
DC Choke
Watts
Loss
Model Number
Rated
Watts
Watts
Loss
Efficiency
Factory
Supplied
DC Choke
Watts
Loss
FR-A720-00030-NA 400 50 88% FR-A740-00015-NA 400 50 88% - FR-A760-00017-NA 750 40 95% -
FR-A720-00610-NA 15000 670 96% FR-A740-00310-NA 15000 400 97% - FR-A760-01040-NA 75000 1500 98% 100
FR-A720-02880-NA 75000 2530 97% FR-A740-01440-NA 75000 1900 97% 130 FR-A760-04960-NA 355000 6000 98% 340
FR-A720-03460-NA 90000 3110 97% FR-A740-01800-NA 90000 2400 97% 130 FR-A760-06630-NA 400000 7500 98% 390
- - - - FR-A740-02160-NA 110000 2500 98% 140 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-02600-NA 132000 3000 98% 140 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-03250-NA 160000 4000 98% 170 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-03160-NA 185000 4200 98% 230 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-04320-NA 220000 5000 98% 240 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-04810-NA 250000 5500 98% 270 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-05470-NA 280000 6500 98% 300 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-06100-NA 315000 7000 98% 360 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-06830-NA 355000 8000 98% 360 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-07700-NA 400000 9000 98% 450 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-08660-NA 450000 10500 98% 450 - - - - -
- - - - FR-A740-09620-NA 500000 11500 98% 470 - - - - -
A701 Series
Vector VFD with built-in Line Regeneration.
Ideal for applications with continuous
overhauling or large inertia loads
Capacity up to 75HP for 240V and 480V
applications
Braking Torque
- 100% continuous
- 150% for up to 60 sec.
Vector mode with encoder allows Speed,
Torque and Position control
Real Sensorless mode allows Speed and
Torque control without encoder
Starting torque of 150% at 0.3Hz
2 serial ports (RS485) and 1 USB port
3 option ports for plug-in network or
function expansion options
12 programmable digital inputs
(sink/source selectable)
5 programmable digital outputs
(sink/source selectable)
2 form C relays
3 analog inputs
Terminal 2 (0~5VDC, 0~10VDC,
0~20mA selectable)
Terminal 1 (0 to +/-5VDC or
0 to 10VDC selectable)
Terminal 4 (0~5VDC, 0~10VDC,
4~20mA selectable)
2 analog outputs (0~10VDC and
pulse train out)
Modbus RTU and Mitsubishi VFD
serial protocol communications
UL and cUL listed. CE marked
(480V version only)
A701 Ratings
Note: There is no PLC function as included in the standard A700
Rating (CT & VT)
IP00 Open Chassis
Model Number
Dimensions in inches (mm)
HP Rated Amps Height Width Depth
7 1/2 24 FR-A721-5.5K 18.5 (470) 9.9 (250) 10.7 (270) 44.1 (20) -
10 33 FR-A721-7.5K 18.5 (470) 9.9 (250) 10.7 (270) 48.5 (22) -
15 46 FR-A721-11K 21.6 (540) 11.9 (300) 11.6 (294) 72.7 (33) -
20 61 FR-A721-15K 21.6 (540) 11.9 (300) 11.6 (294) 77.1 (35) -
25 76 FR-A721-18.5K 23.7 (600) 15.4 (390) 12.6 (320) 110.2 (50) -
30 90 FR-A721-22K 23.7 (600) 15.4 (390) 12.6 (320) 114.6 (52) -
40 115 FR-A721-30K 27.6 (700) 17.8 (450) 13.4 (340) 152.0 (69) -
50 145 FR-A721-37K 27.6 (700) 18.5 (470) 14.5 (368) 191.7 (87) -
60 175 FR-A721-45K 27.6 (700) 18.5 (470) 14.5 (368) 198.3 (90) -
75 215 FR-A721-55K 35.5 (900) 23.7 (600) 16.0 (405) 264.4 (120) -
7 1/2 12 FR-A741-5.5K 18.5 (470) 9.9 (250) 10.7 (270) 55.1 (25) -
10 17 FR-A741-7.5K 18.5 (470) 9.9 (250) 10.7 (270) 57.3 (26) -
15 23 FR-A741-11K 21.6 (540) 11.9 (300) 11.6 (294) 81.5 (37) -
20 31 FR-A741-15K 21.6 (540) 11.9 (300) 11.6 (294) 88.1 (40) -
25 38 FR-A741-18.5K 23.7 (600) 14.2 (360) 12.6 (320) 105.8 (48) -
30 44 FR-A741-22K 23.7 (600) 14.2 (360) 12.6 (320) 108.0 (49) -
40 57 FR-A741-30K 27.6 (700) 17.8 (450) 13.4 (340) 143.2 (65) -
50 71 FR-A741-37K 27.6 (700) 18.5 (470) 14.5 (368) 176.3 (80) -
60 86 FR-A741-45K 27.6 (700) 18.5 (470) 14.5 (368) 182.9 (83) -
75 110 FR-A741-55K 35.5 (900) 23.7 (600) 16.0 (405) 253.3 (115) -
A721 Three phase 240V class
A741 Three phase 480V class
FR-A721 5.5K
Inverter capacity
in kilowatts
5.5K = 5.5KW
0.746kW = 1HP
Voltage
240V 7.5 75 Hp
480V 7.5 75 Hp
Horsepower
436
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
A701 General Specifications
Notes:
1. Available only when the option (FR-A7AP) is mounted
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Control Method
Soft-PWM control/high carrier frequency PWM control (selectable from among V/F control, advanced magnetic flux vector control and
real sensorless vector control) / vector control (*1)
Output Frequency Range 0.2 to 400Hz (The maximum frequency is 120Hz under real sensorless vector control and vector control.) (*1)
Frequency
Setting
Resolution
Analog Input
0.015Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 10V/12bit); 0.03Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0 to 5V/11bit, 0 to 20mA/about 11bit, terminal 1: 0 to 10V/12bit)
0.06Hz/0 to 60Hz (terminal 1: 0 to 5V/11bit)
Frequency
Accuracy
Voltage / Frequency
Characteristics
Base frequency can be set from 0 to 400Hz Constant torque/variable torque pattern or adjustable 5 points V/F can be selected
Starting Torque 150% 0.3Hz (under real sensorless vector control or vector control) (*1)
Time Setting
0 to 3600s (acceleration and deceleration can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash
measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Stall Prevention Operation
Level
Operation current level can be set (0 to 220% adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
Torque Limit Level Torque limit value can be set (0 to 400% variable)
Frequency
Setting
Signal
Analog Input Terminal 2, 4: 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA (0 to 20mA) can be selected Terminal 1: -10 to +10V, -5 to +5V can be selected
Digital Input Input using the setting dial of the operation panel or parameter unit; Four-digit BCD or 16 bit binary (when used with option FR-A7AX)
Input Signal
You can select any twelve signals using Pr. 178 to Pr. 189 (input terminal function selection) from among multi speed selection, remote setting, stop-
on-contact, second function selection, third function selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, selection of automatic restart after
instantaneous power failure, flying start, external thermal relay input, PU operation/external inter lock signal , external DC injection brake operation start, PID
control enable terminal, brake opening completion signal, PU operation/external operation switchover, load pattern selection forward rotation reverse rotation
boost, V/F switching, load torque high-speed frequency, S-pattern acceleration/deceleration C switchover, pre-excitation, output stop, start self-holding
selection, control mode changing, torque limit selection, start-time tuning start external input, torque bias selection 1, 2 (*1), P/PI control switchover, forward
rotation command, reverse rotation command, inverter reset, PTC thermistor input, PID forward reverse operation switchover, PU-NET operation switchover,
NET-external operation switchover, and command source switchover, conditional position pulse train sign (*1), conditional position droop pulse clear (*1),
magnetic flux decay output shutoff.
Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, polarity reversible operation, automatic
restart after instantaneous power failure operation, electronic bypass operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, remote setting, brake sequence,
second function, third function, multi-speed operation, original operation continuation at instantaneous power failure, stop-on-contact control,
load torque high speed frequency control, droop control, regeneration avoidance, slip compensation, operation mode selection, offline auto tuning
function, online auto tuning function, PID control, computer link operation (RS-485), motor end orientation (*1), pre-excitation, notch filter, easy gain
tuning, speed feed forward, and torque bias (*1)
Output
Signals
Operating
Status
You can select any signals using Pr. 190 to Pr. 196 (output terminal function selection) from among inverter running, up-to-frequency, instantaneous
power failure/undervoltage, overload warning, output frequency (speed) detection, second output frequency (speed) detection, third output frequency
(speed) detection, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU operation mode, inverter operation ready, output current detection, zero current
detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward rotation reverse rotation output, electronic bypass MC1, electronic bypass MC2, electronic
bypass MC3, orientation complete (*1), brake opening request, fan fault output, heatsink overheat pre-alarm , inverter running/start command on,
deceleration at an instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, during retry, PID output interruption, life alarm, fault output 1, 2, 3 (power-off
signal), power savings average value update timing, current average monitor, maintenance timer alarm, remote output, forward rotation output (*1),
reverse rotation output (*1), low speed output, torque detection, regenerative status output (*1), start-time tuning completion, in-position completion
(*1), alarm output and fault output. Open collector output (5 points), relay output (2 points) and alarm code of the inverter can be output (4 bit) from
the open collector.
When used
with the
FR-A7AY,
FR-A7AR
(optional)
In addition to the above, you can select any signals using Pr. 313 to Pr. 319 (extension output terminal function selection) from among control circuit
capacitor life, main circuit capacitor life, cooling fan life, inrush current limit circuit life. (only positive logic can be set for extension terminals of the
FR-A7AR)
Pulse / Analog Output
Select any signals using Pr. 54 FM terminal function selection (pulse train output) and Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection (analog output)
from among output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, operation speed, motor torque, converter
output voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation current,
reference voltage output, motor load factor, power saving effect, PID set point, PID measured value, motor output, torque command, torque current
command, and torque monitor.
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
PU (FR-
DU07 /
FR-PU07 /
FR-PU04)
Operating
Status
Output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, running speed, motor torque, overload, converter output
voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation current,
cumulative energization time, actual operation time, motor load factor, cumulative power, energy saving effect, cumulative saving power, PID set
point, PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal monitor, input terminal option monitor (*2), output terminal option monitor (*2),
option fitting status (*3), terminal assignment status (*3), torque command, torque current command, feed back pulse (*1),motor output
Fault
Definition
Fault definition is displayed during the fault occurs, the output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization time right before the
fault occurs and past 8 fault definitions are stored.
Interactive
Guidance
Operation guide/trouble shooting with a help function (*3)
Protective / Warning Function
Overcurrent during acceleration, overcurrent during constant speed, overcurrent during deceleration, overvoltage during acceleration, overvoltage
during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal operation, heatsink overheat,
instantaneous power failure occurrence, undervoltage, input phase failure, motor overload, output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent, output
short circuit, main circuit element overheat, output phase failure, external thermal relay operation (*5), PTC thermistor operation (*5), option alarm,
parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count excess (*5), CPU alarm, operation panel power supply short circuit, 24VDC power output short
circuit, output current detection value excess (*5), inrush current limit circuit alarm, communication alarm (inverter), opposite rotation deceleration
error*5, analog input error, fan fault, overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, PU stop,
maintenance timer alarm (*2) (*5), parameter write error, copy operation error, operation panel lock, parameter copy alarm, speed limit indication,
signal loss detection (*1) (*5), speed deviation large (*1) (*5), overspeed (*1) (*5), excessive position error (*1) (*5), brake sequence error (*5),
encoder phase error (*1) (*5), regeneration converter overcurrent, regeneration converter circuit fault, regeneration converter transistor protection
thermal
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
tAmbient Temperature -10C to +50C (non-freezing)
Altitude / Vibration Maximum 1000m above sea level, 5.9m/s
2
or less
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
R1/L11
S1/L21
PC
10E(+10V)
10(+5V)
2
(Analog common)
2
3
1
1
4
C1
B1
A1
U
V
W
0 to 10VDC
0 to 5VDC
0 to 10VDC
MC
Main circuit
Control circuit
C2
B2
A2
IM
0 to 20mADC
AU
PTC
TXD+
TXD-
RXD+
RXD-
SG
GND
S
I
N
K
S
O
U
R
C
E
*3
*2
*4
STF
STR
STOP
RH
RM
RL
JOG
RT
MRS
RES
AU
CS
SD
RUN
SU
IPF
OL
FU
SE
(+)
(-)
5
VCC
(+)
(-)
5V
*1 Earth (Ground)
N/- P/+
*2. JOG terminal can be used
as pulse train input terminal.
Use Pr. 291 to select
JOG/pulse.
Control circuit terminal
Three-phase AC
power supply
MCCB
Jumper
Earth
(Ground)
selected
selected 0 to 5VDC *4
4 to 20mADC
0 to 5VDC
0 to 10VDC
selected
*4
Option connector 1
Option connector 2
Option connector 3
Connector
for plug-in option
connection
Frequency setting signal (Analog)
Frequency setting
potentiometer
1/2W1k
*5
Forward
rotation
start
Reverse
rotation
start
Start self-
holding selection
Terminal functions vary with
the input terminal
assignment (Pr. 178 to Pr. 189)
Middle
speed
High speed
Low speed
Multi-speed
selection
Jog mode
Second function selection
Output stop
Reset
Terminal 4 input selection
(Current input selection)
Selection of automatic restart
after instantaneous
power failure
USB
connector
PU
connector
Terminating
resistor
Data reception
Data transmission
RS-485 terminals
Sink/source common
Frequency detection
Running
Up to frequency
Instantaneous
power failure
Overload
Terminal functions
vary with the output
terminal assignment
(Pr. 190 to Pr. 194)
(Permissible load
current 100mA)
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
(Fault output)
Terminal functions
vary with the output
terminal assignment
(Pr. 195, Pr. 196)
Relay output
Motor
*3. AU terminal can be
used as PTC input
terminal.
*1. To supply power to the
control circuit separately,
remove the jumper across
R1/L11 and S1/L21.
*7. It is not necessary when
calibrating the indicator
from the operation panel.
*9. Because the FR Configurator has not
worked with the FR-A701 series, a USB
connector can not be used.
*5. It is recommended to use 2W1k
(Initial value)
(Initial value)
(Initial value)
ON
4 2
OFF
Voltage/current
input switch
*4
Auxiliary
input
Terminal
4 input
(Current
input)
*4. Terminal input specifications
switchover (Pr. 73, Pr. 267).
Set the voltage/current input
switch in the OFF position to
select voltage input (0 to 5V/0
to10V) and ON to select
current input (4 to 20mA).
*9
Sink logic
*6. Do not connect any options to P/+ and
N/-.
FM
SD
+
-
AM
5
*8
*8. FM terminal can be
used for pulse train
output of open
collector output
using Pr.291.
(+)
(-)
(0 to 10VDC)
Moving-coil type
1mA full-scale
(Frequency meter, etc.)
Indicator
Calibration
resistor *7
24VDC power supply
*6 *6
24V
Inrush current
limit circuit
A701 Terminal Connection Diagram
A701 Control Terminal Layout
A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 C2 10E 10 2 5 4
1 AM SD RES MRS STOP AU RT RH RM RL
PC CS JOG STR STF SD SD FU OL IPF SU RUN SE
FM
438
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
A701 Options
FR-A701 Applied Manual - Contains wiring details, VFD layout
drawings, alarm definitions and complete parameter list with
definitions and setting examples
IB(NA)0600337
FR-A701 Basic Manual - Contains wiring details, VFD layout
drawings, alarm definitions and parameter list
IB(NA)0600331
FR-PU07 - Contains complete instruction sets and screen
definitions
IB(NA)0600240
Function/Options
Software
FR-CONFIGURATOR
Programming and diagnostic software
(ver. 3.20 or greater)
S
Instruction Manuals
Note: 1. A701 series supports only the above listed plug-in options.
Those options not listed cannot be used with the A701 series.
Parameter units are used for operator control, reading and writing
parameters, and drive monitoring. Parameter Copy Units also read the
drive parameter settings and copy them into non-volatile memory, and
can write them into other drives.
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
120VAC Control Input FR-A7AC S
Analog I/O FR-A7AN S
Encoder Feedback FR-A7AP S
Encoder Pulse Dividing Output FR-A7AL S
Digital Output
FR-A7AY S
Ext. Analog Output
BiPolar Analog Output
FR-A7AZ - High Res Analog Input
Motor Thermistor
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
CC-Link FR-A7NC S
ControlNET (*1) FR-A7NCN S
DeviceNet FR-A7ND S
EtherNet/IP (*1) FR-A7NE S
LonWorks FR-A7NL S
SSCNET III FR-A7NS S
Stocked
Item
FR-CB201 Extension cable straight plugs on both ends - 1 meter S
FR-CB203 Extension cable straight plugs on both ends - 3 meters S
FR-CB205 Extension cable straight plugs on both ends - 5 meters S
FR-DU07 Control Panel for F700 S
FR-PU07
Spanish, German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish, Japanese)
for operator control, parameter read/write and moni-
toring. Stores settings in non-volatile memory. Built-in
parameter copy capability. (F/A700 based)
S
FR-PU04
Spanish, German, Italian, Swedish, Finnish, Japanese) for
operator control, parameter read/write and monitoring.
S
FR-PU07BB-L Battery Powered PU07 S
FR-RJ45-TR Terminating Resistor for FR-RJ45-HUB -
Notes:
1. For additional information, visit www.iccdesigns.com
3. Deep control cover is required
FR-A7N-ETH
(*2,*3,*4)
FR-A7N-XLT
(*2,*3,*4)
ETH-1000
(*5,*6)
XLTR-1000
(*5,*6)
G
a
t
e
w
a
y

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
BACnet/IP X - X -
EtherNet/IP X - X -
Modbus TCP X - X -
PROFINET IO X - X -
BACnet MS/TP - X X X
Metasys N2 - X X X
Siemens FLN - X - -
V500 Series
Variable Frequency Drives True, Closed Loop Vector Control
This series achieves high precision and fast response that exceeds the performance of conventional
general-purpose inverters. They can be used in specialized applications such as line control and elevators.
By incorporating our original all-digital vector control,
high starting torque and high speed response have
been made possible for both velocity and torque control
modes.
2 to 75 Horsepower at 240V
2 to 75 Horsepower at 480V
100% continuous torque at Zero speed
Auto Tuning to other manufacturers constant torque
motor with encoder
Easy to use Parameter Unit
4-Quadrant torque control standard
Multiple parameters for tailoring to a wide variety
of applications
Simple positioning included as standard
DC Link Reactor standard (V500L)
Peripheral devices such as power regenerative
converter (FR-CV, FR-RC, MT-RC) available
Communications options: DeviceNet, Profibus DP,
CC-Link, Modbus Plus, SSCNet
Constant Torque
Model Number Stocked Item
Hp Output Amps
3-Phase 240VAC Input / Output
2 9.0 FR-V520-1.5K-NA S
3 13.0 FR-V520-2.2K-NA S
5 20.0 FR-V520-3.7K-NA S
7.5 28.5 FR-V520-5.5K-NA -
10 37.5 FR-V520-7.5K-NA -
15 54 FR-V520-11K-NA -
20 72.8 FR-V520-15K-NA -
25 88 FR-V520-18.5K-NA -
30 103.5 FR-V520-22K-NA S
40 126.5 FR-V520-30K-NA -
50 166.8 FR-V520-37K-NA -
60 198.0 FR-V520-45K-NA -
75 264.0 FR-V520-55K-NA -
Constant Torque
Model Number Stocked Item
Hp Output Amps
3-Phase 480VAC Input / Output
2 4.5 FR-V540-1.5K-NA S
3 6.5 FR-V540-2.2K-NA S
5 10.0 FR-V540-3.7K-NA S
7.5 14.5 FR-V540-5.5K-NA -
10 18.5 FR-V540-7.5K-NA -
15 27.5 FR-V540-11K-NA S
20 35.5 FR-V540-15K-NA S
25 44.0 FR-V540-18.5K-NA -
30 51.8 FR-V540-22K-NA -
40 67.0 FR-V540-30K-NA -
50 86.0 FR-V540-37K-NA S
60 99.0 FR-V540-45K-NA S
75 132.0 FR-V540-55K-NA -
Model FR-V520-_ _K-NA 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
Output
Horsepower Rating (Hp) 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
Rated Current (A) 9.0 13.0 20.0 28.5 37.5 54.0 72.8 88.0 103.5 126.5 166.0 198.0 264.0
Overload Current Rating (*1) 150% 60 sec., 200% 0.5 sec. (inverse time characteristics)
Voltage (*2) 3-Phase 200-220V 50 Hz, 200-240V 60 Hz 3-Phase 200-220V 50 Hz, 200-230V 60 Hz
Regenerative
Breaking Torque
Max. Time 100%/5 sec. 20% (*5)
Tolerable
Work Rate
3% ED (*5) 2% ED (*5) Continuous (*5)
Power
Supply
Rated Input, AC Volt. and
Frequency
3-Phase 200-220 V 50 Hz, 200-240V 60 Hz 3-Phase 200-220 V 50 Hz, 200-230V 60 Hz
Tolerable AC Voltage Fluctuation 170-242V 50 Hz, 200-264V 60 Hz 170-242V 50 Hz, 170-253V 60 Hz
Tolerable Frequency Fluctuation 5%
Amount of Instantaneous Voltage
Drop that can be Withstood
When operated at or above 165 V continuously and voltage falls from rated voltage to under 165 V, 15 ms of continuous operation
Supply (kVA) (*3) 5.0 6.5 10 14 19 23 33 39 48 57 77 90 123
Protective Structure (JEM 1030) Enclosed type (IP20) (*4) Open type (IP00)
Cooling Method Forced air cooling
Approximate Weight
kg 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 14 14 21 30 40 40 55 58
lbs 7.7 7.7 13.2 13.2 13.2 30.8 30.8 46.2 66 88 88 121 128
Width
mm 150 150 220 220 250 250 250 250 340 450 450 480 480
inches 5.9 5.9 8.7 8.7 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 13.4 17.7 17.7 18.9 18.9
Height
mm 260 260 260 260 400 400 400 400 550 550 550 700 700
inches 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 21.7 21.7 21.7 27.6 27.6
Depth
mm 163 163 193 193 218 218 218 218 195 250 250 250 270
inches 6.4 6.4 7.6 7.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 7.7 9.9 9.9 9.9 10.6
V500 Ratings 240V Class 1.5K - 55K
440
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Model Number Length Description Stocked Item
FR-V5NSCBL005 0.5 meter
Connection of Q172CPU
to FR-V5NS, FR-V5NS to
FR-V5NS
S
FR-V5NSCBL01 1 meter S
FR-V5NSCBL05 5 meters S
FR-V5NSCBL10 10 meters -
FR-V5NSCBL20 20 meters -
Dedicated Options V500 Series
Instruction Manuals
Model Model Number
FR-V520 Basic IB(NA)06000064
FR-V540 Detailed IB(NA)06000065
FR-V560
Basic IB(NA)0600134
Detailed IB(NA)0600135
FR-V500L
Basic IB-T7311
Detailed IB-T7312
SSCNET II Cables
V500 Ratings 480V Class 1.5K - 55K
Model FR-V540-_ _K-NA 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
Output
Horsepower Rating (Hp) 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75
Rated Current (A) 4.5 6.5 10.0 14.5 18.5 27.5 35.5 44.0 51.8 67.0 86.0 99.0 132.0
Overload Current Rating (*1) 150% 60 sec., 200% 0.5 sec. (inverse time characteristics)
Voltage (*2) 3-Phase 380-480V 50 Hz/60 Hz
Regenerative
Breaking Torque
Max. Time 100% / 5 sec. 20% (*5)
Tolerable
Work Rate
2% ED (*5) Continuous (*5)
Power
Supply
Rated Input, AC Volt. and
Frequency
3-Phase 380-480 V 50 Hz/60 Hz
Tolerable AC Voltage Fluctuation 323-528V 50 Hz/60 Hz
Tolerable Frequency Fluctuation 5%
Amount of Instantaneous Voltage
Drop that can be Withstood
When operated at or above 320 V continuously and voltage falls from rated voltage to under 320 V, 15 ms of continuous operation
Supply (kVA) (*3) 5.0 6.5 10.2 14 19 23 33 39 48 57 77 90 123
Protective Structure (JEM 1030) Enclosed type (IP20) (*4) Open type (IP00)
Cooling System Forced air cooling
Approximate Weight
kg 3.5 3.5 6 6 14 14 14 14 30 35 35 36 65
lbs 7.7 7.7 13.2 13.2 30.8 30.8 30.8 30.8 66 77 77 79 143
Width
mm 150 150 220 220 250 250 250 250 340 450 450 480 480
inches 5.9 5.9 8.7 8.7 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 13.4 17.7 17.7 18.9 18.9
Height
mm 260 260 260 260 400 400 400 400 550 550 550 700 700
inches 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 21.7 21.7 21.7 27.6 27.6
Depth
mm 163 163 193 193 218 218 218 218 195 250 250 250 270
inches 6.4 6.4 7.6 7.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 7.7 9.9 9.9 9.9 10.6
Notes:
1. The overload current % value indicates the percentage to the inverters rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inventer and motor to return to or below the temperature when at
100% load.
2. The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be set below the power supply voltage.
3. The power capacity will vary according to the power supply side impedance (including input reactor and power lines) value.
4. When the wiring cover for the network option is removed and built-in options are installed, the protective structure will become open type (IP00).
5. For inverter capacities 1.5K to 15K, using the optional high-duty brake resistor (FR-ABR) will provide 100% torque/10% ED.
Model
Number
Description Installation Manual Stocked Item
FR-PU04V
Parameter unit used for operation control, reading and writing parameters, drive monitoring, parameter copy and
multi-language
IB(NA)0600079 S
FR-V5AP Pulse train input for advanced position control. Differential line receiver: 500kpps, open collector 200kpps IB(NA)0600087 S
FR-V5AX 6 additional multi-function digital inputs and high resolution analog input (16-bit) IB(NA)0600083 -
FR-V5AY 3 additional multi-function digital outputs and encoder pulse ratio output (differential or open collector output) IB(NA)0600085 -
FR-V5AM When used with additional encoder, machine side orientation can be performed IB(NA)0600089 -
FR-V5NS SSCNET motion control network operation IB(NA)0600106E S
FR-V5NE Ethernet option for inverter setup and monitoring using LAN IB(NA)0600108E -
FR-V5AH 3-digit BCD or 12-bit binary code input for high accuracy speed control IB(NA)0600110E -
T-TRC50 Memory option used with setup software (FR-SW1-SETUP-WE) to analyze internal inverter trace data Contact MEAU -
V500 General Specifications
Control Specications
Control System Soft- PWM control or high carrier frequency sine-wave PWM control can be selected. Vector control or V/F control can be selected.
Control Mode Speed control, torque control, position control
Frequency Control
Resolution
Analog
Input
0.03% of maximum set speed
Digital
Input
0.003% against maximum settings (0.1 rpm units for minimum setting)
Acceleration / Deceleration Time 0 to 3600 sec (0.1 second increments)
Pattern
Linear, S pattern (3 types) or backlash compensation acceleration/deceleration can be selected
Torque Restriction Level Torque restriction value can be set (0 to 400% variable)
Input Signal
Analog Setting Signal
Terminal No. Setting Range Speed Control Torque Control
2
0 to 10V
(resolution 0.03%)
Main speed setting Speed restriction
1
0 to 10V
(resolution 0.05%)
Auxiliary speed setting, magnetic
ux command regenerative torque
restriction
Speed restriction compensation, magnetic ux command,
driving side speed restriction
3
0 to 10V
(resolution 0.05%)
Torque restriction (Torque bias) Torque command
With Option FR-V5AX 6
0 to 10V
(resolution 0.003%)
Main speed setting (in this case,
terminals 1 and 2 are invalid)
Torque restriction
Speed restriction (at this time, terminal 2 is invalid)
Torque command (at this time, terminal 3 is valid)
Environment
Contact Signal
3 xed function
terminals
Forward rotation command, alarm reset, external thermal relay
5 multi-function
terminals
Selection can be made from reverse rotation command, multi-speed setting (max. 15 speeds), remote setting, jog operation,
second function selection, third function selection, output stop, three-wire control, pre-excitation, control mode switchover,
torque restriction selection, S pattern switchover, PID control terminal, orientation command, brake opening completion
signal, PU operation/external operation switchover, torque bias selection 1, torque bias selection 2, P control selection, servo
on, HC connection, PU/external interlock, external DC brake start, and commanded position selection
With Option (FR-V5AX)
6 multi-function
terminals
Contact Signal
1 Form C Relay
(230VAC 0.3A,
30VDC 0.3A)
Selection con be made from inverter running, up to speed, instantaneous power failure (undervoltage) speed detection,
second speed detection, third speed detection, PU operation mode, overload alarm, regenerative brake pre-alarm,
electronic thermal relay pre-alarm, output current detection, zero current detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit,
PID forward /reverse output, operation ready, operation ready 2. brake opening request, fan fault output, n overheat
pre-alarm, orientation in-position, forward rotation output, reverse rotation output, low speed output, torque detection,
regenerative status output, minor fault output, alarm output, maintenance timer output, remote output, speed detection,
in-position and trace status
Open Collector Signal
3 multi-function
terminals
With Option (FR-V5AY)
3 multi-function
terminals
With Option (FR-V5AM)
1 multi-function
terminal
With Option (FR-A5AY)
7 multi-function
terminals
Analog Output
0 to 10V, 12 bits x
1CH 0 to 10V, 12 bits
x 1CH
Selection can be made from speed, output current, output voltage, preset speed, output frequency, motor torque, converter
output voltage, regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay load factor, output current peak value, converter output
voltage peak value, load meter, motor exciting current, motor output, reference voltage
With Option (FR-A5AY)
0 to 10V, 10 bits x
1CH 0 to 20mA, 10
bits x 1CH
Encoder Pulse Output Option
(FR-V5AY)
A phase, B phase, Z phase, (A and B phases can be divided) Open collector/differential line driver
Maximum/minimum speed setting, speed jump, external thermal relay input selection, polarity reversible operation, override function, automatic
restart operation after instantaneous power failure, forward/reverse operation prevention, operation mode selection, ofine auto tuning function,
online auto tuning function, easy gain tuning, computer link operation, remote setting, brake sequence, second function, third function, multi-speed
operation, coasting to stop, power failure stop, PID control, speed feed forward, model adaptive speed control, master/slave, torque bias, 12-bit
digital command (FR-A5AX option), pulse train input (FR-A5AP option), motor thermistor interface (FR-V5AX option), and simple positioning
Ambient Temperature -10C to +50C (Non-freezing) / 14F to 122F
Ambient Humidity 90% RH or less (Noncondensing)
Storage Temperature (*1) -20C to +65C / -4F to 149F
Atmosphere For indoor use; no corrosive gasses, ammable gasses, oil mist, dust or dirt present
Attitude 1000m above sea level. Contact factory for higher altitude deratings.
Vibration 5.9 m/s (0.6G max.) based on JIS C 0911
Display
Parameter Unit (FR-DU04-1/
FR-PU04V)
Selection can be made from speed, output current, output voltage, preset speed, output frequency, motor torque, converter output voltage,
regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay load factor, output current peak value, converter output voltage, peak value, input terminal
status (PU04V), load meter, motor exciting current, position pulse, cumulative energization time, actual operation time, motor load factor, torque
command, torque current command, feedback pulse, motor output, trace status
Alarm Denition
Alarm denition is displayed when protective function is activated. 8 past alarm denitions are stored.
(Only 4 alarm denitions are stored in the DU04-1)
Overcurrent shut-off (acceleration, deceleration, constant speed), regenerative overvoltage shut-off (acceleration, deceleration, constant speed),
undervoltage, instantaneous power failure, overload shut-off (electronic thermal relay), brake transistor alarm, earth (ground) fault current, power
output short circuit, stall prevention, external thermal relay, n overheat, fan fault, option alarm, parameter error, PU disconnection, encoder
no-signal, large speed deviation, overspeed large position error, CPU error, encoder phase error, output phase loss excessive retries,
brake sequence error
Note:
1. Temperature that can be applied for short times, such as in transit.
442
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Notes:
1. Terminal PR is provided on the 15kW and smaller capacities, and terminal PX is provided on the 5.5kW and smaller capacities.
2. When using FR-ABR with the 5.5kW or smaller capacity, remove this jumper.
3. Remove this jumper when using FR-BEL for 55kW and smaller capacities. DC link reactor included with 75kW and larger.
4. The converters life will be shortened by repeated in-rush currents when the power is turned ON, so do not turn the power ON and OFF frequently.
5. Prepare a 10V external power supply for terminals 1 and 3.
6. When using a motor without a thermal protector, set Pr.876 Thermal protector input to 0 and set Pr.9 (Pr.452) Electronic thermal (2nd electronic thermal).
7. The terminal functions can be changed with the input terminal function selection (Pr.180 to Pr.183, Pr.187)
8. The terminal functions can be changed with the output terminal function selection (Pr.190 to Pr.192, Pr.195)
9. Change the connector according to the encoder power supply specifications.
10. The sink logic and source logic will change when the connector is changed.
11. Use of the 2W1kW is recommended when the settings are changed frequently.
12. Always ground the inverter and motor.
V500 Series Terminal Connection Diagram
Engineered Solutions
Manufactured to the highest standards in UL approved facilities, The Engineered Solutions program takes Mitsubishis high performance control
products and engineers them into ready-to-use form.
Standard Engineered Solutions
Based on many years of practical industry experience, Standard Engineered Solutions are pre-engineered to meet the needs of a wide range of
different applications within industrial, agricultural and commercial sectors, ensuring low cost and quick delivery.
Custom Engineered Solutions
Mitsubishi designs and constructs fully customized Engineered Solutions that meet the most exacting specications. A Custom Packaged
Solution could be anything from a single enclosure to a complete shipping container full of pre-commissioned control equipment, and can be
made to US requirements or to meet the standards of any other country around the world
Every Package is supplied with full documentation and is backed up with a comprehensive 2 year warranty.
Custom Engineered Solutions offer the performance and reliability of Mitsubishi products in
packages tailored to your exact specication.
Competitive and innovative designs
Solutions built to your exact specifications
Integrated VFD panels from 1/8th HP to 1000 HP
Support from factory trained engineers
Help with interpreting specfications
Global standards compliance - UL, cUL, CSA, CE
Full documentation including AutoCAD drawings
Designs archived for future reference or repeat orders
Field installation and start-up services
A full range of Mitsubishi Electric equipment integrated
with 3rd party products
Technical support and advice from beginning to end
Complete solutions covered by 2 year warranty
Custom Engineered Solutions Offer:
444
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
PowerGate bypass controller with LCD display
3 contactor bypass with TEST mode
Auto / Manual bypass versions
Bi-directional Coasting Motor Restart (anti-windmill)
Adjustable Class 20 overload relay
Programming / display keypad and speed setting dial
DC link choke as standard
Choice of fused disconnect, non-fused disconnect or
circuit breaker
Control transformer, fused primary and secondary
Terminal blocks for control connections
RS-485 Modbus RTU and BACnet MS/TP as standard
Complete standard Mitsubishi testing
2 year warranty
Mitsubishi Energy Oprimization System
5 second Power Dip Ride Through
2 independent PID loops
AutoCAD documentation package
Instruction manuals for VFD and controller
UL / cUL508
Hardware options:
- Input reactor (3 or 5%)
- Damper Vane Actuator relay
- Extended Analog Output
- Hand-Off-Auto with potentiometer
- Alphanumeric Keypad
Extended communications:
- Metasys N2
- LonWorks
- Siemens FLN (P1)
- EtherNet/IP
- BACnet/IP
- Modbus TCP/IP
- PROFINET
For NEMA 3R systems:
- Thermostatic cabinet control
- Screened entrance for cooling air
Base System Includes:
FR-F700 Based VFD Complete Bypass System - NEMA 1, NEMA 12, NEMA 3R
Part Number Structure - Sized up to 40HP (208-240V) and 75HP (380 - 480V)
Symbol Horsepower Rating
001 - 250 1 - 250 HP*
Symbol Input Voltage
2V 208 - 240V
4V 380 - 480V
Symbol
D DC Link Choke
3 3% Input Reactor (option)
Symbol Bypass Type
B Manual 3 contactor bypass
N Non bypass
A Auto bypass
Symbol
C UL 489 Circuit Breaker
D Non-Fused Disconnect (option)
F Fused Disconnect (200kA) (option)
Symbol
1 NEMA 1
2 NEMA 12
3 NEMA 3R
F 1
Symbol
RS
Enhanced RS-485 capability
Siemens FLN, Metasys N2
(Modbus RTU and BACnet,
MS/TP are standard.)

LN or Lonw ks
ET
Ethernet Communications
(Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP/IP,
BACnet IP, ProNET)
Select one option if required.
Symbol Options
S1
Damper vane actuator
relay tted
S2
Hand-Off-Auto switch with
potentiometer
S3 Extended analog output
S4
S5
S6
Alphanumeric keypad
Drive trip/run relay (non-bypass only)
100kA SCCR rating (fused types)
Up to 3 options may be selected. Disconnect Type
Enclosure Type
Choke/Reactor Type
Network Type
* Maximum HP varies according to voltage and
enclosure type.
FR-F700 Based VFD Complete Bypass System - NEMA 1
Panel Lbs H (in) W (in) D (in)
N1A 70 32.3 12.5 10.8
N1B 150 50 16.5 13
N1C 200 60.3 25.5 13.8
N1D 285 65.7 25.5 15.3
Floor
Mount
850 78 47.25 20
Standard Product with
Circuit Breaker & 3 Contactor
Bypass VFD System
208V Based VFD System
Panel
Size
Panel
Size
HP KW Model Number Stk. Item Amps Model Number Stk. Item Amps
1 0.75 F1C2V001BD - 4.2 N1A F1C4V001BD - 2.1 N1A
2 1.5 F1C2V002BD S 7 N1A F1C4V002BD S 3.5 N1A
3 2.2 F1C2V003BD S 9.6 N1A F1C4V003BD S 4.8 N1A
5 3.7 F1C2V005BD S 15.2 N1A F1C4V005BD S 7.6 N1A
7.5 5.5 F1C2V007BD S 23 N1B F1C4V007BD S 11.5 N1A
10 7.5 F1C2V010BD S 31 N1B F1C4V010BD S 16 N1A
15 11 F1C2V015BD S 45 N1B F1C4V015BD S 23 N1B
20 15 F1C2V020BD S 58 N1B F1C4V020BD S 29 N1B
25 18.5 F1C2V025BD S 70 N1C F1C4V025BD S 35 N1C
30 22 F1C2V030BD S 85 N1C F1C4V030BD S 43 N1C
40 30 F1C2V040BD S 114 N1D F1C4V040BD S 57 N1C
50 - - - - - F1C4V050BD S 70 N1D
60 - - - - - F1C4V060BD S 85 N1D
75 - - - - - F1C4V075BD S 106 N1D
FR-F700 Based VFD Complete Bypass System - NEMA 12
Panel Lbs H (in) W (in) D (in) Type
N12A 88 29 22 10 Wall
N12B 121 31 24 11.5 Wall
N12C 174 38 32 12 Wall
N12D 394 49 36 18 Wall
N12E 562 60 36 24 Wall
N12F 779 77 32 29 Floor
Circuit Breaker and 3 Contactor
Bypass VFD System
Panel
Size
Panel
Size
1 1 F2C2V001BD - 4.2 N12A F2C4V001BD - 2.1 N12A
2 1.5 F2C2V002BD - 7 N12A F2C4V002BD - 3.5 N12A
3 2.2 F2C2V003BD - 9.6 N12A F2C4V003BD - 4.8 N12A
5 3.7 F2C2V005BD - 15.2 N12A F2C4V005BD - 7.6 N12A
7.5 5.5 F2C2V007BD - 23 N12A F2C4V007BD - 11.5 N12A
10 7.5 F2C2V010BD - 31 N12B F2C4V010BD - 16 N12B
15 11 F2C2V015BD - 45 N12B F2C4V015BD - 23 N12B
20 15 F2C2V020BD - 58 N12B F2C4V020BD - 29 N12C
25 18.5 F2C2V025BD - 70 N12C F2C4V025BD - 35 N12C
30 22 F2C2V030BD - 85 N12C F2C4V030BD - 43 N12C
40 30 F2C2V040BD - 114 N12C F2C4V040BD - 57 N12C
50 37 F2C2V050BD - 140 N12D F2C4V050BD - 70 N12D
60 45 F2C2V060BD - 170 N12F F2C4V060BD - 85 N12D
75 55 F2C2V075BD - 212 N12F F2C4V075BD - 106 N12E
100 75 F2C2V100BD - 288 N12F F2C4V100BD - 144 N12E
125 - - - - - F2C4V125BD - 180 N12E
150 - - - - - F2C4V150BD - 216 N12F
200 - - - - - F2C4V200BD - 260 N12F
250 - - - - - F2C4V250BD - 325 N12F
446
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
FR-F700 Based VFD Complete Bypass System - NEMA 3R
Bypass VFD System
Panel Size
Panel Size
1 1 F3C2V001BD - 4.2 N3A F3C4V001BD - 2.1 N3A
2 1.5 F3C2V002BD - 7 N3A F3C4V002BD - 3.5 N3A
3 2.2 F3C2V003BD - 9.6 N3A F3C4V003BD - 4.8 N3A
5 3.7 F3C2V005BD - 15.2 N3A F3C4V005BD - 7.6 N3A
7.5 5.5 F3C2V007BD - 23 N3A F3C4V007BD - 11.5 N3A
10 7.5 F3C2V010BD - 31 N3B F3C4V010BD - 16 N3B
15 11 F3C2V015BD - 45 N3C F3C4V015BD - 23 N3B
20 15 F3C2V020BD - 58 N3C F3C4V020BD - 29 N3C
25 18.5 F3C2V025BD - 70 N3D F3C4V025BD - 35 N3C
30 22 F3C2V030BD - 85 N3D F3C4V030BD - 43 N3C
40 30 F3C2V040BD - 114 N3D F3C4V040BD - 57 N3C
50 37 F3C2V050BD - 140 N3E F3C4V050BD - 70 N3D
60 45 - - - - F3C4V060BD - 85 N3D
75 55 - - - - F3C4V075BD - 106 N3E
100 75 - - - - F3C4V100BD - 144 N3E
125 90 - - - - F3C4V125BD - 180 N3E
N3A 88 29 22 10 Wall
N3B 121 31 24 11.5 Wall
N3C 174 38 32 12 Wall
N3D 394 49 36 18 Wall
N3E 562 60 36 24 Wall
01
02
03
05
07
10
15
20
1HP
2HP
3HP
5HP
7.5HP
10HP
15HP
20HP
2 208 - 230V
4 460 - 480V
Symbol
B Bypass Type
N Non-Bypass Type
Symbol
C1-DF
NEMA 1, UL-1
Fused Disconnect
C1- DF
Enclosure Type
Bypass Symbol
D DC Link
None No DC Link
DC Link
V
Standard Features
FR-D700 VFD with PWM control and carrier frequency up to 14.5kHz
VFD parameter unit for keypad entry and display
Emergency stop circuit with provision for N/C contacts
Internal control transformer
Panel mounted master control switch for bypass changeover (*1)
Conduit knock-out points for power entry and exit bottom of enclosure
DC link reactor to improve power quality
All internal wiring is individually marked, numbered and clearly labelled
5 year VFD warranty, 2 year fully inclusive warranty for entire controller
From Power Supply
To Motor
VFD
Note:
1. When supplied.
C1-D Enclosed Drives for Commercial Pump and Fan Control NEMA 1
Size (HP) Drive Type
Disconnect
Fuse Rating
AIC
DC Link
Reactor
Thermal
Overload
Rating
208-230V
1 C1-DF2V01BD 6A 200kA 4A 12mH 1.7 - 2.5A
2 C1-DF2V02BD 10A 200kA 12A 2.1mH 5.2 - 8.0A
3 C1-DF2V03BD 15A 200kA 12A 4mH 9.0 - 13.0A
5 C1-DF2V05BD 30A 200kA 18A 2.75mH 12.0 - 18.0A
7.5 C1-DF2V07BD 40A 200kA 32A 0.85mH 18-26A
10 C1-DF2V10BD 40A 200kA 40A 0.75mH 24-34A
15 C1-DF2V15BD 60A 200kA 62A 0.32mH 43-65A
460-480V
1 C1-DF4V01BD 2A 200kA 2A 50mH 1.7 - 2.5A
2 C1-DF4V02BD 5A 200kA 4A 12mH 2.8 - 4.4A
3 C1-DF4V03BD 6A 200kA 9A 7.5mH 4.0 - 6.0A
5 C1-DF4V05BD 15A 200kA 9A 7.5mH 5.2 - 8.0A
7.5 C1-DF4V07BD 15A 200kA 18A 3.75mH 9.0 - 13.0A
10 C1-DF4V10BD 30A 200kA 18A 2.75mH 12.0 - 18.0A
15 C1-DF4V15BD 40A 200kA 25A 1.75 mH 18-26A
20 C1-DF4V20BD 40A 200kA 32A 1.62 mH 24-34A
Size (HP) Drive Type
Disconnect
Fuse Rating
AIC
DC Link
Reactor (*1)
208-230V
1 C1-DF2V01BN 6A 200kA 4A 12mH
2 C1-DF2V02BN 10A 200kA 12A 2.1mH
3 C1-DF2V03BN 15A 200kA 12A 4mH
5 C1-DF2V05BN 30A 200kA 18A 2.75mH
7.5 C1-DF2V07BN 40A 200kA 32A 0.85mH
10 C1-DF2V10BN 40A 200kA 40A 0.75mH
15 C1-DF2V15BN 60A 200kA 62A 0.32mH
460-480V
3 C1-DF4V03BN 6A 200kA 9A 7.5mH
5 C1-DF4V05BN 15A 200kA 9A 7.5mH
7.5 C1-DF4V07BN 15A 200kA 18A 3.75mH
10 C1-DF4V10BN 30A 200kA 18A 2.75mH
15 C1-DF4V15BN 40A 200kA 25A 1.75 mH
20 C1-DF4V20BN 40A 200kA 32A 1.62 mH
Bypass System Non-Bypass System
448
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
F3IP Agricultural Pump Drive Solutions
A3IP is a dedicated controller for agricultural irrigation systems allowing the intelligent control and scheduling of multiple pumps. Available in
sizes up to 150HP (230V) and 600HP (480V), units are supplied in NEMA 3R wall-mounted cabinets. A door-mounted display screen allows
simple operation and display of critical information.
Part Number Structure
001
002
003
005
007
110
015
020
025
030
1HP
2HP
3HP
5HP
7.5HP
10HP
15HP
20HP
25HP
30HP
2V 208 - 240V
4V 380 - 480V
Symbol
D DC Link Choke
Symbol
A3IP
Mitsubishi NEMA 3R
Irrigation Pump Drive A700-NA5
PLC
F 3 I P
Symbol
RS
Enhanced RS-485 Capability
(BACnet, Siemens FLN,
Metasys N2)
Modbus RTU is standard
LN Lonworks
ET
BACnet IP, ProNET)
Symbol Options
S4 Alphanumeric keypad
Enclosure Type
Choke/Reactor Type
Network Type
(motor frame sizes up to 600HP)
600 600HP
F3IP Agricultural Pump Drive Solutions -
NEMA 3R
Bypass VFD System
Panel
Size
Panel
Size
1 1 F3IPC2V001ND - 4.2 N3A F3IPC4V001ND - 2.1 N3A
2 1.5 F3IPC2V002ND - 7 N3A F3IPC4V002ND - 3.5 N3A
3 2.2 F3IPC2V003ND - 9.6 N3A F3IPC4V003ND - 4.8 N3A
5 3.7 F3IPC2V005ND - 15.2 N3A F3IPC4V005ND - 7.6 N3A
7.5 5.5 F3IPC2V007ND - 23 N3A F3IPC4V007ND - 11.5 N3A
10 7.5 F3IPC2V010ND - 31 N3B F3IPC4V010ND - 16 N3B
15 11 F3IPC2V015ND - 45 N3B F3IPC4V015ND - 23 N3B
20 15 F3IPC2V020ND - 58 N3B F3IPC4V020ND - 29 N3B
25 18.5 F3IPC2V025ND - 70 N3C F3IPC4V025ND - 35 N3B
30 22 F3IPC2V030ND - 85 N3C F3IPC4V030ND - 43 N3C
40 30 F3IPC2V040ND - 114 N3C F3IPC4V040ND - 57 N3C
50 37 F3IPC2V050ND - 140 N3D F3IPC4V050ND - 70 N3D
100 75 F3IPC2V100ND - 288 N3E F3IPC4V100ND - 144 N3D
125 93 F3IPC2V125ND - 346 N3E F3IPC4V125ND - 180 N3D
150 112 F3IPC2V150ND - 432 N3E F3IPC4V150ND - 216 N3E
200 149 - - - - F3IPC4V200ND - 260 N3E
250 187 - - - - F3IPC4V250ND - 325 N3E
300 225 - - - - F3IPC4V300ND - 361 N3F
350 261 - - - - F3IPC4V350ND - 432 N3F
400 299 - - - - F3IPC4V400ND - 481 N3F
450 336 - - - - F3IPC4V450ND - 547 N3G
500 373 - - - - F3IPC4V500ND - 610 N3G
550 410 - - - - F3IPC4V550ND - 683 N3G
650 485 - - - - F3IPC4V650ND - 770 N3G
700 522 - - - - F3IPC4V700ND - 866 N3H
N3A 88 29 22 10 Wall
N3B 121 31 24 11.5 Wall
N3C 174 38 32 12 Wall
N3D 394 49 36 18 Wall
N3E 562 60 36 24 Wall
N3F 779 72 32 24 Floor
N3G 1025 84 39 24 Floor
N3H 1225 90 48 24 Floor
F8 Type 18 Pulse Controllers
NEMA 12 ventilated construction
Standard Hoffman ANSI 61 gray paint
18 Pulse Clean Power Design Technology
3 contactor bypass with TEST mode
Choice of bypass or non-bypass units
Catch a spinning load / windmill start activated
Adjustable overload relay, class 20 equivalent
Programming / display keypad and speed setting dial
Choice of fused disconnect or circuit breaker (standard)
Control transformer, fused primary and secondary
Terminal blocks for control connections
RS-485, Modbus RTU Communication standard, EMI / RFI
filter standard
AutoCAD documentation packet
UL / cUL 508A
Hardware options: Damper vane actuator relay, extended analog
output, hand-off autoswitch with potentiometer, PU07 keypad /
display door mounted
Communications Options: BACnet
MS/TP, Metasys
N2,
LonWorks
, Siemens

FLN(P1), EtherNet/IP, BACnet
IP,
Modbus
TCP/IP, PROFINET
2 year warranty
010
015
020
025
030
040
800
10HP
15HP
20HP
25HP
30HP
40HP
800HP
4V 380 - 480V
Symbol Bypass Type
B Manual 3 contactor bypass
N 3 contactor non-bypass (option)
Symbol
C UL 489 circuit breaker
F Fused disconnect (100kA) (option)
Symbol
8 18 Pulse NEMA 12V
F 8 4V
Symbol Options
S1
Damper vane actuator
relay tted
S2
Hand Off autoswitch with
potentiometer
S3 Extended analog output
S4
S5
Alphanumeric keypad
Drive trip/run relay (non-bypass only)
Up to 3 options may be selected.
Disconnect Type
Enclosure Type
Symbol
RS
Enhanced RS-485 capability
(BACnet, Siemens FLN,
Metasys N2)
Modbus RTU is standard
LN
ET
BACnet IP, ProNET)
Network Type
Lonworks
(Motor frame sizes up to 800HP)
F8 controllers are intended for the control of pumps and fans. 18 pulse technology is used to ensure that the quality of the site power supply
is maintained. These 460VAC Drives (10-800 HP) are LD rated at 120% overload for one minute, available in both bypass and non-bypass
configurations in NEMA 12 Ventilated Floor mounted cabinets. UL508A rated to meet IEEE519-1992 standards.
For further information, please refer to our website, www.MEAU.com
450
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Main Features
Available for all 3 phase D700 and E700 VFDs
Provides conduit holes on both sides and the
bottom
Knockout conduits provided
Supplied as a kit to be installed in the eld
Units available from stock
7 frame sizes
Drive mounting screws provided
Ample box area for easy wiring with generous wire
bend radius
Suitable for 208/230V and 460/480V drives
Conduit Kit Selection Chart
D700 Series VFD Model Number
FR-D720-008-NA
CKDE1
FR-D720-025-NA
FR-D720-042-NA
FR-D720-070-NA
FR-D720-100-NA
FR-D720-165-NA CKDE3
FR-D720-238-NA
CKDE4
FR-D720-318-NA
FR-D740-012-NA
CKDE1
FR-D740-022-NA
FR-D740-036-NA
FR-D740-050-NA
FR-D740-080-NA
FR-D740-120-NA
CKDE4
FR-D740-160-NA
E700 Series VFD Model Number
FR-E720-008
CKDE1
FR-E720-015
FR-E720-030
FR-E720-050
FR-E720-080
FR-E720-110
FR-E720-175 CKDE3
FR-E720-240
CKDE5
FR-E720-330
FR-E720-470
FR-E720-600
FR-E740-016
CKDE2
FR-E740-026
FR-E740-040
FR-E740-060
FR-E740-095
FR-E740-120
CKDE4
FR-E740-170
FR-E740-230
CKDE5
FR-E740-300
Type CK Conduit Mounting Kits
The CK range of Type 1 Conduit Mounting Kits is intended for use with D700 and E700 Series VFDs. This kit allows the drive to be
mounted outside of a normal enclosure.
* Drive not included
001
002
003
005
007
010
1HP
2HP
3HP
5HP
7.5HP
10HP
2
3
NEMA 12 Ventilated
NEMA 3R
C
F
Circuit Breaker
Fused Disconnect
Symbol
D D700 Drive
E E700 Drive
Symbol
G General Purpose
G
Symbol Options
Disconnect Type
Enclosure Type
Symbol Input/Output Voltage
2V 3/60/208 (230/240)VAC
4V 3/60/460 (480)VAC
Symbol
D DC Link Choke
Choke/Reactor Type
Type G controllers are general purpose
packaged drives suitable for a wide range of
applications where a remote mounted VFD is
required. Any Mitsubishi VFD up to 700HP can
be configured into a type G package with either
a NEMA 12 or NEMA 3R enclosure.
RAL 7035 light gray paint
Bottom mounted inlet and exhaust vents
D700 controller with LCD keypad / display
Rated 150% overload for one minute,
200% for 3 seconds
DC Link Choke included as standard
Thermostatically controlled space heater
Choice of fused disconnect or UL 489
circuit breaker (standard)
Modbus RTU Communication standard
VFD instruction manual
UL / cUL 508
Hardware options: Input reactor, (3% or
5%), door mounted PU07 keypad / display
2 year warranty
Type G General Purpose Controllers
For D700 and E700 VFD NEMA 12 or NEMA 3R Construction
001
002
003
005
007
101
015
020
025
030
1HP
2HP
3HP
5HP
7.5HP
10HP
15HP
20HP
25HP
30HP
LN
ET
RS
CC
DN
DP
Lonworks (FR-A7NL)
Ethernet (FR-A7NE)
RS485 (FR-A7N-XLT)
CC-Link (FR-A7NC)
DeviceNet (FR-A7ND)
Profibus (FR-A7NP)
Symbol
D DC Link Choke
5 5% Input Reactor (option) Symbol
Symbol Options
Choke/Reactor Type
Network Type
Symbol
G General Purpose
G
Enclosure Type
Symbol
A A700 Drive
F F700 Drive
Disconnect Type
2
3
NEMA 12 Ventilated
NEMA 3R
C
F
Circuit Breaker
Fused Disconnect
Symbol Input/Output Voltage
2V 3/60/208 (230/240)VAC
4V 3/60/460 (480)VAC
700 700HP
(motor frame sizes up to 700HP)
RAL 7035 light gray paint
Bottom mounted inlet and exhaust vents
F700 controller with LCD keypad / display
LD Rated 120% overload for one minute
DC Link Choke included as standard
Choice of fused disconnect or UL 489 circuit
breaker (standard)
RS-485, Modbus RTU Communication
standard, EMI/RFI filter standard
UL / cUL 508
Hardware options: Input reactor, (3% or
5%), PU07 keypad / display
Communications Options: BACnet
MS/
TP, Metasys
N2, LonWorks
, Siemens

FLN(P1), EtherNet/IP, BACnet

IP,
Modbus
TCP/IP, CC-Link
, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS-DP
2 year warranty
For A700 and F700 VFD NEMA 12 or NEMA 3R Construction
452
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Motor HP
Input / Output Reactors (*1) DC Link Choke
(*2)
Input Circuit Breaker
(UL489)
Input Contactor
Passive Harmonic
Filter (*3)
Sine Wave
Output Filter (*3) 3% 5%
208-230V
1/4 MRL-00201 MRL-00202 DCA000204 NF50-SVFU3P5A S-N10 - -
1/2 MRL-00205 MRL-00201 DCA000402 NF50-SVFU3P5A S-N10 - -
1 MRL-00401 MRL-00402 DCA000902 NF50-SVFU3P10A S-N10 - -
7.5 MRL-02501 MRL-02502 DCA003201 NF50-SVFU3P50A S-N20 - -
10 MRL-03501 MRL-03502 DCA004002 NF125-SVU3P60A S-N25 - -
60 MRL-16001 MRL-16002 DCA020002 NF-SKW3P300A S-N180 - -
75 MRL-20001B14 MRL-20002B14 Standard NF-SKW3P400A S-N200 - -
200 MRL-50001 MRL-50002 Standard NF-SLW3P500A S-N400 - -
460-480V
1/2 MRL-00201 MRL-00103 DCA000204 NF100-HRU3P5A S-N10 -
1 MRL-00201 MRL-00202 DCA000204 NF100-HRU3P5A S-N10 - SWAP0009D
2 MRL-00402 MRL-00403 DCA000402 NF100-HRU3P10A S-N10 - SWAP0009D
3 MRL-00402 MRL-00403 DCA000903 NF100-HRU3P10A S-N10 MDP0006D SWAP0009D
5 MRL-00802 MRL-00803 DCA000903 NF125-SVU3P20A S-N10 MDP0008D SWAP0009D
7.5 MRL-01202 MRL-01203 DCA001804 NF125-SVU3P30A S-N20 MDP0011D SWAP0012D
75 MRL-10002 MRL-20002B14 Standard NF250-SVU3P200A S-N80 MDP0103D SWAP0110D
100 MRL-13002 MRL-13003 Standard NF250-SVU3P225A S-N95 MDP0128D SWAP0130D
125 MRL-16002 MRL-16003 Standard NF250-SVU3P225A S-N150 MDP0165D SWAP0160D
150 MRL-20002B14 MRL-20003B14 Standard NF250-SVU3P225A S-N180 MDP0208D SWAP0200D
200 MRL-25002B14 MRL-25003B14 Standard NF-SKW3P400A S-N220 MDP0240D SWAP0250D
350 MRL-50002 MRL-50003 Standard NF-SLW3P500A S-N400 MDP0482D SWAP0415D
500 MRL-60002 MRL-60003 Standard - S-N600 MDP0636D SWAP0600D
550 MRL-75002 MRL-75003 Standard - S-N600 MDP0786D SWAP0720D
600 MRL-75002 MRL-75003 Standard - S-N800 MDP0786D -
700 MRL-85002 MRL-85003 Standard - - - -
800 MRL-100002 MRL-100013 Standard - - - -
600V
1 MRL-00202 MRL-00203 DCA000204 - S-N10 - -
3 MRL-00403 MRL-00404 DCA000904 NF125-HVU3P15A S-N20 - -
100 MRL-10002 MRL-10003 Standard NF250-HVU3P175A S-N65 - -
350 MRL-40002B14 MRL-40013B14 Standard NF-SLW3P600A S-N300 - -
450 MRL-50002 MRL-40013B14 Standard NF-SLW3P600A S-N400 - -
550 MRL-60002 MRL-60003 Standard - S-N600 - -
700 MRL-75002 MRL-75003 Standard - S-N600 - -
General Options
Recommended Peripheral Devices For VFDs
Notes:
1. Part numbers for input reactors are for OPEN types. Change the second from last digit to a '1' for NEMA 1 types (e.g. MRL-00201 becomes MRL-00211)
2. DC Link chokes are OPEN type and at least 3% inductance
3. Part numbers for passive and sine wave filters are for OPEN types. Designed to limit THDi to 5%. Change the P to a G for NEMA 2 enclosures (e.g. MDP0006D becomes MDG006D,
SWAP0009D becomes SWAG0009D)
Model Number Watts Loss Wire Range (AWG) Terminal Torque (in / lbs) Ind. mH Fund Amps Max Amps
MRL-00201 8 22 14 4.5 12 2 3
MRL-00202 12 22 14 4.5 20 2 3
MRL-00203 16 22 14 4.5 32 2 3
MRL-00204 11 22 14 4.5 6 2 3
MRL-00401 15 22 14 4.5 3 4 6
MRL-00402 20 22 14 4.5 6.5 4 6
MRL-00403 20 22 14 4.5 9 4 6
MRL-00404 21 22 14 4.5 12 4 6
MRL-00801 20 22 14 4.5 1.5 8 12
MRL-00802 29 22 14 4.5 3 8 12
MRL-00803 26 22 14 4.5 5 8 12
MRL-00804 28 22 14 4.5 7.5 8 12
MRL-01201 26 22 5 16 1.25 12 18
MRL-01202 31 22 5 16 2.5 12 18
MRL-01203 41 22 5 16 4.2 12 18
MRL-01801 36 22 5 16 0.8 18 27
MRL-01802 43 22 5 16 1.5 18 27
MRL-01803 43 22 5 16 2.5 18 27
MRL-02501 48 22 5 16 0.5 25 37.5
MRL-02502 52 22 5 16 1.2 25 37.5
MRL-02503 61 22 5 16 1.8 25 37.5
MRL-03501 49 22 5 16 0.4 35 52.5
MRL-03502 54 22 5 16 0.8 35 52.5
MRL-03503 54 18 4 20 1.2 35 52.5
MRL-04501 54 18 4 20 0.3 45 67.5
MRL-04502 62 18 4 20 0.7 45 67.5
MRL-04503 65 18 4 20 1.2 45 67.5
MRL-05501 64 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.25 55 82.5
MRL-05502 67 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.5 55 82.5
MRL-05503 71 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.85 55 82.5
MRL-08001 82 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.2 80 120
MRL-08002 86 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.4 80 120
MRL-08003 96 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.7 80 120
MRL-10001 94 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.15 100 150
MRL-10002 84 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.3 100 150
MRL-10003 108 6 0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 0.45 100 150
MRL-13001 108 2 0000 150 0.1 130 195
MRL-13002 180 2 0000 150 0.2 130 195
MRL-13003 128 2 0000 150 0.3 130 195
MRL-16001 116 2 0000 150 0.075 160 240
MRL-16002 149 2 0000 150 0.15 160 240
MRL-16003 138 2 0000 150 0.23 160 240
MRL-20001B14 124 Copper tab Not Applicable 0.055 200 300
MRL-50001 266 Copper tab Not Applicable 0.025 500 750
Line / Load Reactor Electrical Data
For additional information visit http://www.mtecorp.com/lineload.html
454
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
DC Choke Electrical Data
For additional information, visit http://www.mtecorp.com/dclink.html
Model No. DC Amps mH Watts Lug Size Torque Unit Weight (lbs)
DCA000204 2 50 5 22-14 4.5 2
DCA000402 4 12 5 22-14 4.5 2
DCA000403 4 15 6 22-14 4.5 2
DCA000404 4 25 9 18-4 20 4
DCA000902 9 3.22 7 22-14 4.5 2
DCA000903 9 7.5 11 18-4 20 4
DCA000904 9 11.5 16 18-4 20 7
DCA001201 12 1 5 22-14 4.5 1
DCA001202 12 1 7 18-4 20 2
DCA001203 12 4 11 18-4 20 4
DCA001204 12 6 14 18-4 20 7
DCA001801 18 0.65 5 18-4 20 2
DCA001802 18 1.375 9 18-4 20 4
DCA001803 18 2.75 16 18-4 20 7
DCA001804 18 3.75 17 18-4 20 8
DCA001805 18 6 20 18-4 20 13
DCA002503 25 1.275 13 18-4 20 7
DCA002504 25 1.75 13 18-4 20 5
DCA002505 25 4 16 18-4 20 13
DCA003201 32 0.85 11 18-4 20 5
DCA003202 32 1.62 14 18-4 20 10
DCA003203 32 2.68 21 18-4 20 14
DCA004001 40 0.5 14 18-4 20 5
DCA004002 40 0.75 15 18-4 20 7
DCA004003 40 1 17 18-4 20 8
DCA004004 40 2 29 18-4 20 21
DCA005001 50 0.625 18 18-4 20 8
DCA005003 50 1.35 21 18-4 20 15
DCA005004 50 2 30 6-0 6-4(45) &2-0 25
DCA006201 62 0.32 17 6-0 6-4(45) &2-0 8
DCA006202 62 0.61 20 6-0 6-4(45) &2-0 14
DCA008002 80 0.4 25 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 14
DCA008005 80 1.25 25 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 35
DCA009201 92 0.2 19 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 10
DCA009202 92 0.6 34 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 23
DCA009203 92 1 48 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 32
DCA011002 110 0.3 38 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 22
DCA011003 110 0.45 45 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 22
DCA012502 125 0.22 27 6-0 6-4(45) & 2-0(50) 23
DCA015002 150 0.22 36 2-0000 150 23
DCA015004 150 0.65 66 2-0000 150 52
DCA020002 200 0.21 50 2-0000 150 39
Micro MAX AC Inverter Duty Motor
1000:1 Constant Torque (TENV) 20:1 Constant Torque (TEFC)
Designed for direct replacement of PMDC or any other variable speed application where up to a 1000:1 constant torque speed range
is required. Typical uses include: machine tools, conveyors, packaging machines, batching machines and printing equipment.
Replaces 90 and 180 volt PMDC motors when used with
AC variable frequency drives
Constant torque operation from 0 to base speed (TENV ratings)
Constant torque operation from 1/20 speed to base speed
(TEFC ratings)
Constant horsepower to twice base speed (RPM)
Class H insulation with CR200 magnetic wire
Continuous duty at 40C ambient
Quick Connect terminal board as noted
Top mounted conduit box with pigtail leads
(TEFC and 1.5Hp TENV)
UL recognized and CSA certified
Three year warranty
C-Face with Rigid Base
General Notes:
* Marathon Motors stock item.
For additional information visit www.marathonelectric.com/motors/search.asp
C-Face Footless
Hp RPM Volts Encl. Frame Catalog No. F.L.A. Weight Notes
1/8 1800 230 TENV 56C Y606 * 1.0 17 N, Q
1/4 1800 230 TENV 56C Y501 * 1.0 17 N, Q
1/3 1800 230 TENV 56C Y503 * 1.2 17 N, Q
1/2
1800 230 TENV 56C Y505 * 1.8 19 N, Q
1800 230/460 TENV 56C Y374 * 1.8/0.9 19 N
1800 575 TENV 56C Y375 * 0.7 19 N, Q
3/4
1800 230 TEFC 56C Y507 * 2.8 23
1800 230/460 TEFC 56C Y376 * 2.8/1.4 23
1800 575 TEFC 56C Y377 1.1 23
1
1800 230 TEFC 56C Y521 * 3.2 27
1800 230/460 TEFC 56C Y378 * 3.2/1.6 27
1800 575 TEFC 56C Y379 * 1.3 27
General Notes:
N: Totally Enclosed Non Ventilated; Q: Quick Connect terminal board; 6: Bolt-on, removable base for footless mounting option.
1/8 1800 230 TENV 56C Y605 * 1.0 18 N, Q
1/4 1800 230 TENV 56C Y500 * 1.0 18 N, Q
1/3 1800 230 TENV 56C Y502 * 1.2 18 N, Q
1/2
1800 230 TENV 56C Y504 * 1.8 20 N, Q
1800 230/460 TENV 56C Y360 * 1.8/0.9 20 N
1800 575 TENV 56C Y361 * 0.7 20 N, Q
3/4
1800 230 TEFC 56C Y506 * 2.8 23 -
1800 230/460 TEFC 56C Y362 * 2.8/1.4 23 -
1800 575 TEFC 56C Y363 1.1 23 -
1
1800 230 TEFC 56C Y508 * 3.2 28 -
1800 230/460 TEFC 56C Y364 * 3.2/1.6 28 -
1800 575 TEFC 56C Y365 * 1.3 28 -
1 1/2
1800 230 TENV 145TC Y522 * 4.8 49 N, 6
1800 230/460 TENV 145TC Y366 * 4.8/2.4 49 N, 6
1800 575 TENV 145TC Y367 * 1.9 49 N, 6
2
1800 230 TEFC 145TC Y523 * 5.8 50 6
1800 230/460 TEFC 145TC Y368 * 5.8/2.9 50 6
1800 575 TEFC 145TC Y369 * 2.3 50 6
3
1800 230 TEFC 182TC Y998 8.4 70 -
1800 230/460 TEFC 182TC Y999 * 8.4/4.2 70 -
1800 575 TEFC 182TC Y270 3.5 70 -
5
1800 230/460 TEFC 184TC Y372 * 13.4/6.7 88 6
1800 575 TEFC 184TC Y373 5.4 88 6
7 1/2
1800 230/460 TEFC 213TC Y994 * 21.4/10.7 125 -
1800 575 TEFC 213TC Y995 8.5 125 -
10
1800 230/460 TEFC 215TC Y996 * 28.0/14.0 135 -
1800 575 TEFC 215TC Y997 11.2 135 -
456
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Black MAX Vector Duty
1000:1 Constant Torque
Designed for inverter or vector duty applications where up to a 1000:1 constant torque speed range is required. Typical uses include:
material handling, machine tools, conveyors, crane & hoist, metal processing and other industrial machinery installed in dusty or
dirty environments.
Class F MAX GUARD insulation system
Constant torque operation from 0 to base speed
on vector drive
Constant horsepower to twice base speed (RPM)
Optimized for operation with IGBT inverter (NEMA Design A)
Class F N/C thermostats
Ball bearing
Removable Base on some models as noted
F1 standard, field reversible to F2 (except where noted)
Encoder and brake provisions included on opposite drive end
(maximum 10 lb-ft brake)
Three year warranty
Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated, C-Face with Rigid Base
Black MAX Vector Duty: Encoders through Mod Center
Hp RPM Volts Frame Catalog No. F.L.A. Weight Notes
1/4 1800 230/460 56C Y592 * 1.2/0.6 19 N, S, 13
1/2
1800 230/460 56C Y534 * 1.6/0.8 28 N, S, 6, 13
1800 575 56C Y555 * 0.6 28 N, S, 6, 13
1
1800 230/460 56C Y535 * 3.0/1.5 39 N, S, 6, 13
1800 575 56C Y556 * 1.2 40 N, S, 6, 13
1800 230/460 143TC Y536 * 3.0/1.5 43 N, S, 6, 13
1200 230/460 145TC Y537 * 3.8/1.9 49 N, S, 6, 13
1 1/2 1800 230/460 145TC Y538 * 4.8/2.4 50 N, S, 6, 13
2
1800 230/460 145TC Y551 * 6.0/3.0 70 N
1800 575 145TC Y557 * 2.4 70 N
1200 230/460 184TC Y540 * 6.6/3.3 88 N, AL
3
1800 230/460 182TC Y541 * 8.4/4.2 93 N, AL
1800 575 182TC Y558 * 3.4 98 N, AL
1200 230/460 213TC Y542 * 9.4/4.7 118 N, AL
5
1800 230/460 184TC Y543 * 14.0/7.0 103 N, AL
1800 575 184TC Y559 * 5.4 103 N, AL
1200 230/460 215TC Y544 * 15.4/7.7 128 N, AL
7 1/2
1800 230/460 213TC Y545 * 21.0/10.5 146 N, AL
1800 575 213TC Y560 * 8.4 150 N, AL
1200 230/460 254TC Y546 * 22.0/11.0 209 N, AL
10
1800 230/460 215TC Y547 * 27.0/13.5 159 N, AL
1800 575 215TC Y561 * 10.8 159 N, AL
1200 230/460 256TC Y548 * 28.0/14.0 275 N, AL
15
1800 230/460 254TC Y549 * 40.0/20.0 250 N, AL, I
1800 575 254TC Y562 * 16.0 250 N, AL, I
20
1800 230/460 256TC Y552 * 50.0/25.0 320 N, I
1800 575 256TC Y563 * 20.0 320 N, I
25
1800 230/460 284TC Y553 * 62.0/31.0 525 N, I
1800 575 284TC Y567 * 24.8 525 N, I
30 1800 230/460 286TC Y393 * 80.0/40.0 575 N, I
General Notes:
* Marathon Motors stock item. Shaded areas are cast iron frames.
AL: Aluminum Frame Construction; N: Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated; I: Intermittent duty from 90-120Hz operation; S: Steel Frame Construction; 6: Bolt-on, removable base for footless
mounting option; 13: F1 Mounting only, cannot modify to F2.
General Notes:
Brand Model PPR Catalog No. Notes
Avtron
HS25A
1024 A746*
Optical Hollow Shaft, MS connector
2048 A747*
HS35A
1024 A736*
2048 A739*
HS35M
1024 A742*
Magnetic Hollow Shaft, EPIC connector
2048 A744
M3 1024 A753* Optical Hollow Shaft, EPIC connector
M56 1024 A793* Magnetic Modular Style, EPIC connector
Dynapar HS35
1024 A772*
Shaft mount, 5-26VDC, with 10 pin connector
2048 A776*
BEI HS35
1024 A779*
2048 A780*
Blue MAX 2000 Vector Duty
2000:1 Constant Torque
Designed for inverter or vector duty applications where up to a 2000:1 constant torque speed range is required. Typical uses
include: material handling, machine tools, conveyors, crane & hoist, metal processing, test stands, pumps, compressors, textile
processing and other industrial machinery installed in dusty or dirty environments where cast iron construction is required.
Class H MAX GUARD insulation system
Constant torque operation from 0 to base speed on vector
drive, including TEFC (on V/Hz drives, TEFC motors are
limited to 20:1 Constant Torque)
Constant horsepower to twice base speed (143-254 frame);
1.5 times base (all others)
Optimized for operation with IGBT inverter (NEMA Design A)
C-Face foot mount through 100 Hp as noted
Class F N/C thermostats
Ball bearing (roller bearing available 360 frame and larger)
Cast iron frame and brackets
Patented fracket design (TEBC enclosure)
B temperature rise on Blower-Cooled motors
F1 standard, field reversible to F2
Encoder and brake provisions included on opposite drive end
Three year warranty
Totally Enclosed Rigid Base, and C-Face with Rigid Base
1 1800 230/460 TENV 143TC Y525 * 3.0/1.5 61 NEMA Design B
1 1/2 1800 230/460 TENV 145TC Y590 * 4.6/2.3 68
2 1800 230/460 TENV 145TC Y526 * 6.0/3.0 70
3 1800 230/460 TENV 182TC Y527 * 8.0/4.0 110
5 1800 230/460 TENV 184TC Y564 * 13.4/6.7 117 NEMA Design B
7 1/2
1800 230/460 TEFC 213TC Y595 * 19.4/9.7 191
1800 230/460 TENV 213TC Y565 * 21.0/10.5 180
10
1800 230/460 TEFC 215TC Y596 * 25.4/12.7 211
1800 230/460 TENV 215TC Y566 * 26.0/13.0 290
15
1800 230/460 TEFC 254TC Y597 * 37.0/18.5 339
1800 230/460 TENV 254TC Y509 * 40.4/20.2 350
1200 230/460 TEBC 284TC Y395 * 40.0/20.0 480
20
1800 230/460 TEFC 256TC Y598 * 52.0/26.0 375
1800 230/460 TENV 256TC Y510 * 50.0/25.0 380
1200 230/460 TEBC 286TC Y582 52.4/26.2 500 NEMA Design B
25
1800 230/460 TEFC 284T Y569 * 63.0/31.5 492
1800 230/460 TEBC 284TC Y511 * 63.0/31.5 500
1200 230/460 TEBC 324TC Y583 * 67.0/33.5 620 NEMA Design B
30
1800 230/460 TEFC 286T Y570 * 77.0/38.5 594
1800 230/460 TEBC 286TC Y512 * 74.0/37.0 520
1200 230/460 TEBC 326TC Y584 * 82.0/41.0 686 NEMA Design B
40
1800 230/460 TEFC 324T Y571 * 100/50.0 540
1800 230/460 TEBC 324TC Y513 * 100/50.0 620
1200 230/460 TEBC 364TC Y585 * 104/52.0 1050
50
1800 230/460 TEFC 326T Y572 * 121/60.5 540
1800 230/460 TEBC 326TC Y514 * 120/60.0 640
1200 230/460 TEBC 365TC Y586 130/65.0 1100
General Notes:
1. B: NEMA Design B.
2. For additional information visit www.marathonelectric.com/motors/search.asp
458
n

V
A
R
I
A
B
L
E

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

D
R
I
V
E
S
Totally Enclosed Rigid Base, and C-Face with Rigid Base (continued)
60
1800 230/460 TEFC 364T Y573 * 147/73.5 965
1800 230/460 TEBC 364TC Y515 * 147/73.5 1062
1200 230/460 TEBC 404TC Y587 * 142/71.0 1380
75
1800 230/460 TEFC 365T Y574 * 184/92.0 1006
1800 230/460 TEBC 365TC Y516 * 180/90.0 1106
1200 230/460 TEBC 405TC Y588 * 180/90.0 1450 NEMA Design B
100
1800 230/460 TEFC 405T Y575 * 230/115 1308
1800 230/460 TEBV 405TC Y517 * 230/115 1429
1200 230/460 TEBC 444TC Y589 * 250/125 2150
125
1800 460 TEFC 444T Y576 * 143 2062
1800 460 TEBC 444T Y518 * 138 2110 NEMA Design B
150
1800 460 TEFC 445T Y577 * 170 2246
1800 460 TEBC 445T Y519 * 170 2321
200
1800 460 TEFC 445T Y578 * 230 2404
1800 460 TEBC 445T Y520 * 230 2457
250
1800 460 TEFC 449T Y579 295 2800
1800 460 TEBC 449T Y531 * 295 2880
300
1800 460 TEFC 449T Y580 330 2890 20:1
1800 460 TEBC 449T Y532 * 327 2950
350 1800 460 TEBC 449T Y533 * 385 3075
General Notes:
B: NEMA Design B.
Encl. Brand Model PPR Catalog No. Notes
TENV
Avtron
HS25A
1024 A746*
2048 A747*
HS35A
1024 A736*
2048 A739*
HS35M
1024 A742*
2048 A744
Dynapar HS35
1024 A772*
2048 A776*
BEI HS35
1024 A779*
2048 A780*
TEFC
Avtron
HS35A
1024 A737*
2048 A740
HS35M
1024 A742*
2048 A744
Dynapar HS35
1024 A774*
2048 A777*
BEI HS35
1024 A783*
2048 A784*
TEBC
Avtron
HS35A
1024 A738*
2048 A741*
HS35M
1024 A743*
2048 A745
Dynapar HS35
1024 A775*
2048 A778*
BEI HS35
1024 A781*
2048 A782*
- - - A801* Encoder Conduit box
General Notes:
Blue MAX 2000 Vector Duty / Encoders Through Mod Center
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Robots 459
Robots
R
E
A
C
H
PAYLOAD
RH Series
4 Axis Models
Payload: 6 - 20 KG
Reach: 350 - 1000 mm
RV Series
6 Axis Model
Payload: 2 - 20 KG
Reach: 504 - 1503 mm
when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the
Stocked Item columns/rows.
product is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in
sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Mitsubishi Robotics Overview .........................................................................................................460
RV Series .........................................................................................................................................461
RH Series .........................................................................................................................................465
Controllers .......................................................................................................................................468
System Configuration ......................................................................................................................470
Configuration Options ......................................................................................................................471
Software ...........................................................................................................................................474
Robots
460
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
Mitsubishi Electrics line of robots covers a wide spectrum of configurations and capacities that are ideal for small to medium
robot applications. As part of the Mitsubishi Electric family of world class automation products, Mitsubishi robots integrate
directly to complete a single-source automation solution.
Quality and reliability have proven to be the standard for Mitsubishi robots which have been globally accepted and performing
with maximum up-time since 1980.
Mitsubishi robots are built to the meticulous standards that have become synonymous with Mitsubishi Electric.
Available in 4 or 6 axis configurations, all units come standard with an impressive list of features and utilities that simplify
design and commissioning. MELFA 64 bit RISC processor controllers are compact but robust with great flexibility and
communication options. The programming software is very comprehensive in its abilities including, simulation, CAD to
program conversion, diagnosis and monitoring.
Mitsubishi Robotics Overview
Vertically Articulated (RV)
Model Number RV-2F RV-4F RV-4FL RV-7F RV-7FL RV-7FLL RV-13F RV-13FL RV20F
Maximum Load Capacity (kg) 2 4 4 7 7 7 13 13 20
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 504 515 649 713 908 1,503 1,094 1,388 1,094
Environmental
Specifications
Standard IP30 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Oil Mist IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Clean ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3 ISOclass3
Controller CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available
Horizontally Articulated
SCARA (RH)
Model Number
RH-3SQHR
RH-3SDHR
RH-3FH35 RH-3FH45 RH-3FH55 RH-6FH35 RH-6FH45 RH-6FH55 RH-12FH55 RH-12FH70 RH-12FH85 RH-20FH85 RH-20FH100
Maximum Load Capacity (kg) 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 12 12 12 20 20
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 350 350 450 550 350 450 550 550 700 850 850 1000
Environmental
Specifications
Standard IP20 IP20
Oil Mist IP65
Clean ISOclass3
Controller (*1)
CR2QA-7_ _,
CR2DA-7_ _
CR750-D/Q CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available
Note:
1. 7_ _ in controller type names differ according to the robot arm.
Payload capacities up to 20 kg
General environment ratings of IP67
oil-mist and clean room models
available
AC servo motors with absolute
encoders and brakes
Internal accessory wiring and piping
Superior repeatability and cycle time
Conveyor tracking function
Simplified vision interface tools
Additional axis control (iQ only)
Sensorless collision detection
Individual axis torque monitoring
Load-based acceleration optimization
Singularity point control routines
Compliance control
Multi-tasking program environment
Position restoration tool
Maintenance forecast function
Mitsubishi Robots Feature:
RV-2F
Model Number RV-2F(B)
Environmental Specications Standard
Protection Degree IP30
Installation Floor type, ceiling type, (wall-mounted type) (*2)
Structure Vertical, multiple-joint type
Degrees of Freedom 6
Drive System (*1) AC servo motor (J2, J3 and J5: with brake)
Position Detection Method Absolute encoder
Maximum Load Capacity (Rating) kg 2
Arm Length (mm) 230 + 270
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 504
Operating Range (deg)
J1 480 (240)
J2 240 (-120 to +120)
J3 160 (-0 to +160)
J4 400 (200)
J5 240 (-120 to +120)
J6 720 (-360 to +360)
Maximum Speed (deg/sec)
J1 300
J2 150
J3 300
J4 450
J5 450
J6 720
Maximum Composite Speed (mm/sec) (*3) 4955
Cycle Time (sec) (*4) 0.6
Position Repeatability (mm) 0.02
Ambient Temperature (C) 0 to 40
Weight (kg) 19
Tolerable Moment (Nm)
J4 4.17
J5 4.17
J6 2.45
Tolerable Amount of Inertia (kgm)
J4 0.18
J5 0.18
J6 0.04
Tool Wiring Hand: 4 input points/4 output points; Signal cable for the multi-function hand
Tool Pneumatic Pipes 4 x 4
Machine Cable 5m (connector on both ends)
Connected Controller CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available (CR750: Europe, U.S.; CR751: Japan, Asia)
RV Series
Notes:
1. The standard model does not have a brake on the J1, J4, or J6 axis. There are models available with brakes included for all axes. (RV-2FB)
2. The wall-mounted specification is a custom specification where the operating range of the J1-axis is limited.
3. This is the value at the surface of the mechanical interface when all axes are composited.
4. The cycle time is based on back-and-forth movement over a vertical distance of 25 mm and horizontal distance of 300 mm when the load is 1 kg.
F-Series Part Number Configuration
RV-o F o o-o-Soo
SHXXxx
Internal Wiring Specifications
(Optional)
Blank No internal wiring
01, 02,
03, 04,
05
(See table on page 473 for
definitions)
Note: Underlined characters are integrated into
compliance specification above.
(EXAMPLE: S15 compliance spec with internal wiring spec
02 = SH1502)
Symbol Controller Type
D1 CR750-D Q1: CR750-Q
1D1 CR751-D 1Q1: CR751-Q (For CE)
1D
CR751-D 1Q: CR751-Q (For
Non-CE)
Symbol Environment
Blank Standard specifications
M Oil mist specifications
C Clean specifications
Symbol Arm Length
L
Long arm: Applies to RV-4,
RV-7, RV-13
LL
Extended long arm: Applies
to RV-7
Symbol Series
F F Series
Symbol Maximum Load Capacity
2 2kg
4 4kg
7 7kg
13 13kg
20 20kg
Symbol Robot Structure
RV Vertical, multiple joint
RH-o FH o o o-o-Soo
Sxx
Compliance Specification
(Non-Optional)
15
CE specification for CR750 and
CR751 controller
11
Non-CE specification for
CR751 controller
19
KC specification for CR751
(Korean market)
M
IP54 controller protection box
for CR750 controller
Symbol Controller Type
D1 CR750-D Q1: CR750-Q
D
CR750-D Q: CR750-Q (When
SM protection box designated)
1D1
CR751-D 1Q1: CR751-Q
(For CE)
1D
CR751-D 1Q: CR751-Q
(For Non-CE)
Symbol Environment
M Oil mist specifications
C Clean specifications
Symbol Arm Length
35 350mm
45 450mm
55 550mm
70 700mm
85 850mm
100 1000mm
Symbol Series
FH F Series
Symbol
Maximum Load
Capacity
3 3kg
6 6kg
12 12kg
20 20kg
Symbol Robot Structure
RH
Horizontal multiple
joint type
Symbol Vertical Stroke
12 120mm
15 150mm
20 200mm
34 340mm
35 350mm
45 450mm
Sxx
Compliance Specification
(Non-Optional)
15
CE specification for CR750 and
CR751 controller
11
Non-CE specification for CR751
controller
19
KC specification for CR751
(Korean market)
462
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
RV-4F RV-4FL
Model Number RV-4F(M)(C) RV-4FL(M)(C)
Environmental Specications Standard / Oil mist / Clean
Protection Degree IP40 (standard) / IP67 (oil mist) (*1) / ISOclass3 (*6)
Drive System (*1) AC servo motor
Arm Length (mm) 240 + 270 245 + 300
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 515 649
J1 480 (240)
J2 240 (-120 to +120)
J3 161 (-0 to +161) 164 (-0 to +164)
J4 400 (200)
J5 240 (-120 to +120)
J6 720 (360)
J1 450 420
J2 450 336
J3 300 250
J4 540 540
J5 623 623
J6 720 720
Maximum Composite Speed (mm/sec) (*3) 9027 9048
Cycle Time (sec) (*4) 0.36 0.36
Weight (kg) 39 41
J4 6.66
J5 6.66
J6 3.96
J4 0.2
J5 0.2
J6 0.1
Tool Wiring Hand: 8 input points/8 output points; Signal cable for the multi-function hand and sensors; LAN X 1 <100 BASE-TX> (8-pin) (*5)
Tool Pneumatic Pipes Primary: 6 x 2; Secondary: 4 x 8, 4 x 4 (from base portion to forearm)
Connected Controller CR750-D/Q CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available (CR750: Europe, U.S.; CR751: Japan, Asia)
Notes:
1. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric dealer since the environmental resistance may not be secured depending on the characteristics of oil you use. Air will need to be purged from the lines. For details,
refer to the specifications sheet.
5. Can also be used as a spare line (0.2 sq. mm, 4-pair cable) for conventional models.
6. Preservation of cleanliness levels depends on conditions of a downstream flow of 0.3 m/s in the clean room and internal robot suctioning. A 8-mm coupler for suctioning is provided at the back of
the base.
RV-7F RV-7FL RV-7FLL
Model Number RV-7F(M)(C) RV-7FL(M)(C) RV-7FLL(M)(C)
Environmental Specications Standard / Oil mist / Clean
Protection Degree IP40 (standard) / IP67 (oil mist) (*1) / ISOclass3 (*6)
Drive System (*1) AC servo motor
Arm Length (NO1 am) 340 + 360 430 + 465 565 + 805
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 713 908 1503
J1 480 (240)
J2 240 (-115 to +125) 240 (-110 to +130) 240 (-90 to +150)
J3 156 (-0 to +156) 162 (-0 to +162) 167.5 (-10 to +157)
J4 400 (200)
J5 240 (-120 to +120)
J6 720 (360)
J1 360 288 254
J2 401 321 164
J3 450 360 219
J4 337 337 375
J5 450 450 450
J6 720 720 720
Maximum Composite Speed (mm/sec) (*3) 11064 10977 15,300
Cycle Time (sec) (*4) 0.32 0.35 0.63
Position Repeatability (mm) 0.02 0.06
Weight (kg) 65 67 130
J4 16.2
J5 16.2
J6 6.86
J4 0.45
J5 0.45
J6 0.10
Tool Wiring
Hand: 8 input points/8 output points (20 pins total); Serial signal cable for parallel I/O (2-pin + 2-pin power line);
LAN X 1 <100 BASE-TX> (8-pin)) (*5)
Tool Pneumatic Pipes Primary: 6 x 2; Secondary: 4 x 8, 4 x 4 (from base portion to forearm)
Connected Controller CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available (CR750: Europe, U.S.; CR751: Japan, Asia)
Notes
1. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric dealer since the environmental resistance may not be secured depending on the characteristics of oil you use. Air will need to be purged from the lines. For details, refer to the
specifications sheet.
6. Preservation of cleanliness levels depends on conditions of a downstream flow of 0.3 m/s in the clean room and internal robot suctioning. A 8-mm coupler for suctioning is provided at the back of the base.
464
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
RV-13F RV-13FL RV20F
Model Number RV-13F(M)(C) RV-13FL(M)(C) RV-20F(M)(C)
Environment Standard / oil mist / clean
Protection Degree IP40 (standard), IP67 (oil mist) (*1), ISO Class 3 (*2)
Mounting Position The oor, the ceiling suspension (hanging wall) (*3)
Structure Vertical articulated
Degree of Freedom 6 axis
Drive System AC servo motor
Maximum Payload (Rated) kg 13 20
Arm Length (mm) 400 + 550 565 + 960 410 + 550
Maximum Reach Radius (mm) 1,094 1,388 1,094
J1 380 (190)
J2 240 (-90 to +150)
J3 167.5 (-10 to +157.5)
J4 400 (200)
J5 240 (120)
J6 720 (360)
J1 290 234 110
J2 234 164 110
J3 312 219 110
J4 375 375 124
J5 375 375 125
J6 720 720 360
Synthetic Maximum Speed (mm/sec) (*4) 10,450 9,700 4,200
Cycle Time (sec) (*5) 0.53 0.68 0.70
Weight (kg) Approx. 120 Approx. 125 Approx. 120
Allowable Movement (Nm)
J4 19.3 49.0
J5 19.3 49.0
J6 11 11
Allowable Inertia (KGM
2
)
J4 0.47 1.40
J5 0.47 1.40
J6 0.14 0.14
Tool Wiring Hand: 8 input points / 8 output points, multifunction hand dedicated signal line LAN x 1 (100BASE-TX)
Tool Pneumatic Pipes Primary: 6 x 2 Secondary: 8 6 x 4 this 4 x (wrist interior at the time)
Connection Controller CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available (CR750: Europe, U.S.; CR751: Japan, Asia) (*6)
Notes:
1. Depending on the nature of the oil to be used by the customer, please contact your dealer because there is a case to withstand environment performance can not be ensured.
2. Robot internal suction and low down 0.3m/s of clean room condition becomes the protection of cleanliness. I am prepared to back the base joint of 8 to suction.
3. Wall specification is a special specification that limits the J1 axis operating range.
4. This is the value on the mechanical interface of the surface when all axes are combined.
5. In reciprocating motion up and down 25mm, horizontal 300mm, is the value of the load 5kg.
6. Controller, please select one according to the application type. CR750-D: stand alone. CR750-Q: iQ Platform compatible type.
RH-3FH
Model Number RH-3FH3515/12C RH-3FH4515/12C RH-3FH5515/12C
Machine Class Standard / Clean
Protection Degree (*1) IP20 / ISOclass3 (*5)
Installation Floor type
Structure Horizontal, multiple-joint type
Maximum Load Capacity (Rating) kg Maximum 3 (rating 1)
Arm Length (mm)
NO1 Arm 125 225 325
NO2 Arm 225
Maximum Reach Radius (NO1 + NO2) (mm) 350 450 550
J1 Deg. 340 (170)
J2 Deg. 290 (145)
J3 (Z) mm 150 (Clean specication : 120) (*1)
J4 () Deg 720 (360)
J1 Deg/sec 420
J2 Deg/sec 720
J3 mm/sec 1100
J4 Deg/sec 3000
Maximum Composite Speed (*2) 6800 7500 8300
Cycle Time (*3) 0.41 0.46 0.51
Position Repeatability (mm)
X-Y Composite mm 0.010 0.010 0.012
J3 (Z) mm 0.01
J4 () Deg 0.004
Weight (kg) 29 29 32
Tolerable Amount of Inertia
Rating (kg) 0.005
Maximum (kgm) 0.06
Tool Wiring
LAN X 1 <100 BASE-TX> (8-pin)) (*4)
Tool Pneumatic Pipes Primary: 6 x 2 Secondary: 4 x 8
Connected Controller (*5) CR750-D/Q; CR750-MB IP54 controller protection box available (CR750: Europe, U.S.; CR751: Japan, Asia)
RH Series
Notes:
1. The range for vertical movement listed in the environmental resistance specifications (C: Clean specifications) for the RH-3FH is narrower than for the standard model. Keep this in mind when working with the
RH-3FH. The environment-resistant specifications are factory-set custom specifications.
2. The value assumes composition of J1, J2, and J4.
3. Value for a maximum load capacity of 2 kg. The cycle time may increase if specific requirements apply such as high work positioning accuracy, or depending on the operating position. (The cycle time is based on
back-and-forth movement over a vertical distance of 25 mm and horizontal distance of 300 mm.)
RH-3SQHR RH-3SDHR
Model Number RH-3SQHR-S_ RH-3SDHR-S_
Machine Class Standard
Protection Degree IP20
Installation Ceiling type
Drive System AC servo motor (J1, J2 and J4: with no brake, J3: with brake)
Maximum Load Capacity (Rating) kg 3 (1)
Arm Length (mm)
NO1 Arm 175
NO2 Arm 175
Maximum Reach Radius (NO1 + NO 2) (mm) 350
J1 Deg. 450 (225)
J2 Deg. 450 (225)
J3 (Z) mm 150 (0 to 150)
J4 () Deg 1440 (720)
J1 Deg/sec 672
J2 Deg/sec 708
J3 mm/sec 1500
J4 Deg/sec 3146
Maximum Composite Speed 6267
Cycle Time 0.32
X-Y Composite mm 0.01
J3 (Z) mm 0.01
J4 () Deg 0.01
Weight (kg) Approx. 24
Tool Wiring Hand: 8 input points / 0 output points, 8 spare lines (8 output points by options)
Connected Controller CR2QA-781 / CR2DA-781
466
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
RH-6FH
Model Number RH-6FH35XX/M/C RH-6FH45XX/M/C RH-6FH55XX/M/C
Machine Class Standard / Oil mist / Clean
Protection Degree (*1) IP20 / IP65 (*6) / ISO3 (*7)
Maximum Load Capacity (Rating) kg Maximum 6 (rating 3)
Arm Length (mm)
NO1 Arm 125 225 325
NO2 Arm 225
Maximum Reach Radius (NO1 + NO2) (mm) 350 450 550
J1 Deg. 340 (170)
J2 Deg. 290 (145)
J3 (Z) mm xx = 20 : 200/ xx = 34 : 340
J4 () Deg 720 (360)
J1 Deg/sec 400
J2 Deg/sec 670
J3 mm/sec 2400
J4 Deg/sec 2500
Maximum Composite Speed (*2) 6900 7600 8300
Cycle Time (*3) 0.29
X-Y Composite mm 0.010 0.010 0.012
J3 (Z) mm 0.01
J4 () Deg 0.004
Weight (kg) 36 36 37
Rating (kg) 0.01
Maximum (kgm) 0.12
Tool Wiring
LAN X 1 <100 BASE-TX> (8-pin)) (*4)
Notes:
1. The range of vertical movement listed in the environmental resistance specifications (M: Oil mist specifications, C: Cleanroom specifications) for the RH-6FH is factory-set custom specifications.
3. Value for a maximum load capacity of 2 kg. The cycle time may increase if specific requirements apply such as high work positioning accuracy, or depending on the operating position. (The cycle time is based
on back-and-forth movement over a vertical distance of 25 mm and horizontal distance of 300 mm.)
5. Select either controller according to your application. CR751-D: Standalone type, CR751-Q: iQ Platform compatible type.
6. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric dealer since the environmental resistance may not be secured depending on the characteristics of oil you use. Direct jet to the bellows is excluded.
RH-12FH
Model Number RH-12FH55XX/M/C RH-12FH70XX/M/C RH-12FH85XX/M/C RH-20FH85XX/M/C RH-20FH100XX/M/C
Machine Class Standard / Oil mist / Clean
Protection Degree (*1) IP20 / IP65 (*6) / ISO3 (*7)
Maximum Load Capacity (Rating) kg Maximum 12 (rating 3) Maximum 20 (rating 5)
Arm Length (mm)
NO1 Arm 225 375 525 525 525
NO2 Arm 325 325 475
Maximum Reach Radius (NO1 + NO2) (mm) 550 700 850 850 1000
J1 Deg. 340 (170)
J2 Deg. 290 (145) 306 (153) 306 (153)
J3 (Z) mm xx = 35 : 350/ xx = 45 : 450
J4 () Deg 720 (360)
J1 Deg/sec 420 280 280
J2 Deg/sec 450
J3 mm/sec 2800 2400
J4 Deg/sec 2400 1700
Maximum Composite Speed (*2) 11435 12535 11350 11372 13283
Cycle Time (*3) 0.30 0.30 0.36
X-Y Composite mm 0.012 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.02
J3 (Z) mm 0.01
J4 () Deg 0.005
Weight (kg) 65 67 69 75 77
Rating (kg) 0.025 0.065
Maximum (kgm) 0.3 1.05
Tool Wiring
LAN X 1 <100 BASE-TX> (8-pin)) (*4)
Tool Pneumatic Pipes Primary: 6 x 2; Secondary: 6 x 8
Notes:
1. The environment-resistant specifications (C: Clean specification, M: Mist specification) are factory-set custom specifications.
3. Value for a maximum load capacity of 2 kg. The cycle time may increase if specific requirements apply such as high work positioning accuracy, or depending on the operating position. (The cycle time is based
on back-and-forth movement over a vertical distance of 25 mm and horizontal distance of 300 mm.)
5. Select either controller according to your application. CR751-D: Standalone type, CR751-Q: iQ Platform compatible type.
6. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric dealer since the environmental resistance may not be secured depending on the characteristics of oil you use. Direct jet to the bellows is excluded.
7. Preservation of cleanliness levels depends on conditions of a downstream flow of 0.3 m/s in the clean room and internal robot suctioning. A -mm coupler for suctioning is provided at the back of the base.
468
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
Model Number
CR750-Q
CR750-D
Stocked Item Included with Robot part numbers
Robot CPU FQ Series: Q172DRCPU
Path Control Method PTP control and CP control
Number of Axes Controlled Maximum 6 axes
Robot Language MELFA-BASIC IV/V
Position Teaching Method Teaching method, MDI method
Memory Capacity
Number of Teaching Points FQ Series: 13,000; FD Series: 39,000
Number of Steps FQ Series: 26,000; FD Series: 78,000
Number of Programs (Unit) FQ Series: 256; FD Series: 512
External Input/
Output (Points)
General-Purpose I/O
FQ Series: 8192 input points/8192 output points with the multiple CPU common device
FD Series: 0 input/0 output (Up to 256/256 when options are used)
Dedicated I/O FQ Series: Assigned to multiple CPU common device; SD Series: Assigned to general-purpose I/O
Hand Open/Close 8 input / 8 output
Emergency Stop Input 1 (redundant)
Door Switch Input 1 (redundant)
Enabling Device Input 1 (redundant)
Emergency Stop Output 1 (redundant)
Mode Output 1 (redundant)
Robot Error Output 1 (redundant)
Sync.of Additional Axes 1 (redundant)
Interface
RS-422 1 (Teaching pendant: dedicated T/B)
Ethernet
FQ Series: 1 (dedicated teaching pendant port) 10BASE-T
FD Series: 1 (dedicated teaching pendant port), 1 (for customer) 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
USB
FQ Series: 1 (USB port of programmable controller CPU unit can be used)
FD Series: (Ver. 2.0 device functions only, mini B terminal)
Hand Dedicated Slot 1 (dedicated for pneumatic hand interface)
Additional-Axis Interface 1 (SSCNET III)
Extension Slot (*1) FQ Series: ; FD Series: 2
Encoder Input (Chanels) FQ Series: Q173DPX (Sold separately); FD Series: 2
Ambient Temperature (C) FQ Series: 0 to 40 (drive unit) / 0 to 55 (Robot CPU); SD Series: 0 to 40
Relative Humidity (%RH) 45 to 85
Power Supply
Input Voltage Range (V) (*2)
RV-2F/4F, RH-3FH/6FH: Single-phase AC 180 V to 253 V
RV-7, RH-12FH/20FH: Three-phase AC 180 V to 253 V or Single-phase AC 207 V to 253 V
Power Capacity kVA (*3)
RV-2F, RH-3FH: 0.5
RV-4F, RH-6FH: 1.0
RH-12FH/20FH: 1.5
RV-7F: 2.0
External Dimensions (including legs) mm
(W x D x H)
430 x 425 x 174
Weight (kg) Approx. 16
Structure (Protective Specication) Self-contained oor type/open structure (Vertical and horizontal position can be placed) [IP20]
Grounding (*4) 100 or less (class D grounding)
Ethernet
Controller
Robot CPU
Drive unit USB
communication
Additional axis function
SSCNET III
(optical communications)
FQ Series
Controller configuration
MELFA Controller
Q Type (iQ Platform compatible)
CR750-Q
MR-J4-B
MR-J3-BS
Robot CPU
Q172DRCPU
FQ Series FD Series
Controllers
FD Series
Controller configuration
MR-J4-B
MR-J3-BS
SSCNET III
(optical
communications)
Ethernet
Pulse encoder
CRnD-7xx
Controller
USB
communication
Additional axis function
Encoder input function
MELFA Controller
D Type (Standlone)
CR750-D
Notes:
1. For installing option interface.
2. The rate of power-supply voltage fluctuation is within 10%.
3. The power capacity indicates the rating for normal operation. Take note that the power capacity does not include the currentbeing input when the power is turned on. The power capacity is only a rough guide
and whether or not operation can be guaranteed depends on the input power-supply voltage.
4. Grounding works are the customers responsibility.
Drive unit CR750-Q
Controller CR750-D
4
2
5
2
6
0
8
5
(
8
0
)
(
7
0
.3
)
(
4
0
)
(
2
1
.7
)
1
5
8
1
7
4
370
430
(30) (30)
Controller protection box (IP54)
Drive unit CR750-MB
The controller protection box is used to protect the controller
from oil mist and other usage environments. (For CR750) The
front panel of the protection box has a mode switch and teaching
box connector. It also contains a display window for viewing the
controller operation panel.
Cable cover
Drain hole
Rubber feet for vertical
mounting screws
(Four)
Controller installation location
(
9
2
.5
)
(
1
2
2
.5
)
(45) 160
(10) (10) 505
365 72.5
330
500
(85) (85) (
2
5
)
2
5
0
1
6
4
5
5
(45)
5
1
0
5
2
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
7
2
5
Unit Type
Base
High-speed standard base between
multiple CPU
Q35DB: 5 slots
Q38DB: 8 slots
Q312DB: 12 slots
Power Supply Q61P, Q62P, Q63P, Q64PN
Programmable
Controller CPU
Universal model (CPU that can transmit by
multiple CPU high speed transmission)
Q03UD(E)CPU
Q04UD(E)HCPU
Q06UD(E)HCPU
Q10UD(E)HCPU
Q13UD(E)HCPU
Q20UD(E)HCPU
Q26UD(E)HCPU
Q100UD(E)HCPU
Multiple CPU Environment
470
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
FQ Series
System Conguration
Internal wiring and
piping set for hand
External user wiring
and piping box
PULL
MITSUBISHI
MELSEC
Q6xP POWER Q01CPU
RUN ERR
PULL
RS-232
Q41X
RUN STOP
Q172DRCPU
SW
EMI
DISPLAY I/F
TU I/F CN1
CN2
Drive unit
Robot CPU
Controller
Robot
Pulse Encoder
Servo
(MR-J3-BS/MR-J4-B)
Servo
Machine Cable
USB Cable
Ethernet
USB
communication
Additional
axis function
SSCNETIII
GOT
Teaching pendant
(option)
Cable for Robot
CPU-to-DU connection
GOT
NC
Hand curl tube
Hand input cable
Solenoid valve set
Hand output cable
MELFA-Works RT ToolBox2
Standard Devices
Robot Arm Options
Insert
iQ Platform-Compatible
Programmable Controller
Software Options
Encoder
interface
Q173DPX
Vision System
Internal wiring and
piping set for hand
External user wiring
and piping box
Robot
Controller
Machine cable
Ethernet
USB
communication
Teaching pendant
(optional)
Servo
Servo
(MR-J3-BS/MR-J4-B)
Pulse encoder
GOT
GOT
Programmable
controller
NC
Hand curl tube
Hand input cable
Solenoid valve set
Hand output cable
MELFA-Works RT ToolBox2
External I/O
cable
Remote parallel
I/O unit
On-board parallel
I/O interface
CC-Link
interface
External I/O
cable
Encoder
interface
Additional-axis
interface
Vision system
Network base card
(EtherNet/IP)
Controller Options
Robot Arm Options
Software Options
USB
cable
SSCNETIII
NC
MELFA-Works
FD Series
Conguration Options
Name Model Number
RV RH
Functional Specification
2F
4F
4FL
7F
7FL
7FLL
13F
13FL
20FLL
3FH 6FH
12FH
20FH
Solenoid Valve Set
1E-VD0_ (Sink)
1E-VD0_E (Source)
X - - - - - - -
1 to 2 valves, with solenoid valve output cable
_ indicates the number of solenoid valves (1 or 2 valves)
1F-VD0_-02 (Sink)
1F-VD0_E-02 (Source)
- X X X - - - -
1 to 4 valves, with solenoid valve output cable.
_ indicates the number of solenoid valves
(1, 2, 3, or 4 valves)
1F-VD0_-03 (Sink)
- - - - X - - -
1F-VD0_-01 (Sink)
- - - - - X X -
1 to 4 valves, with solenoid valve output cable.
_ indicates the number of solenoid valves
(1, 2, 3, or 4 valves)
1S-VD0_-01 (Sink)
1S-VD0_E-01 (Source)
- - - - - - - X
Hand Output Cable
1E-GR35S X - - - - - - -
Straight cable for 2-solenoid valve systems, total length of 300 mm,
with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on the other side
1F-GR35S-02 - X X X X - - -
with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on the other side
1F-GR60S-01 - - - - - X X X
with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on the other side,
equipped with a splash-proof grommet
Hand Input Cable
1S-HC30C-11 X - - - - - - -
4-point type, with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on
the other side
1F-HC35S-02 - X X X X - - -
8-point type, total length of 1000 mm, with a robot connector on one
side and unterminated on the other side
1F-HC35C-01 - - - - - X X -
8-point type, total length of 1650 mm (includes a 350-mm-long curled
section), with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on the
other side, equipped with a splash-proof grommet
1F-HC35C-02 - - - - - - - X
8-point type, total length of 1800 mm (includes a 350-mm-long curled
section), with a robot connector on one side and unterminated on the
other side, equipped with a splash-proof grommet
Hand (Curl) Tube
1E-ST040_C X X X X - - - -
Compatibility with 4-4 solenoid valve systems (2, 4, 6, 8) RV-2F is
only 2, 4 (L = 300 mm) _ indicates the number of solenoid valves
1E-ST0408C-300 - - - - - X X - Compatibility with 4-4 solenoid valve systems (L = 300 mm)
1N-ST0608C-01 - - - - X - - X Compatibility with 6-4 solenoid valve systems
External Wiring Set 1
for the Forearm
1F-HB01S-01 - X X X X - - -
Used for the forearm. External wiring box used for connecting the
hand input cable, the Ethernet cable, and the electrical hand and force
sensor cable
for the Forearm
1F-HB02S-01 - X X X X - - -
Used for the forearm. External wiring box used for connecting the
force sensor, the electrical hand, and the Ethernet cable.
for the Base
1F-HA01S-01 - X X X X - - -
Used for the base. External wiring box used for connecting the
communications output for the electrical hand, the electrical hand
and force sensor cable, and the Ethernet cable. There are hand input
connection available.
for the Base
1F-HA02S-01 - X X X X - - -
Used for the base. External wiring box used for connecting the
communications output for the electrical hand, the electrical hand, the
force sensor cable, and the Ethernet cable. No hand input connection
available.
Internal Wiring and
Piping Set for Hand
1F-HS604S-01 - - - - - - - X
Wiring and piping set for internal mounting in the tip axis (Compatible
with 8 input points for hand systems +6-2 solenoid valve systems)
For 350mm Z-axis stroke
1F-HS604S-02 - - - - - - - X
with 8 input points for hand systems + 6-2 solenoid valve systems)
1F-HS408S-01 - - - - - - X -
1F-HS408S-02 - - - - - - X -
1F-HS304S-01 - - - - - X - -
with 4 input points for hand systems +3-2solenoid valve systems)
External User Wiring
and Piping Box
1F-UT-BOX - - - - - X X -
Box for external wiring of user wiring (hand I/O, hand tube)
1F-UT-BOX-01 - - - - - - - X
Machine Cable
(Replacement for
Shorter 2M Type) (*1)
1S-02UCBL-01 - X X X X - X X
2M long cables for securement purposes (2-wire set with power
supply and signal)
1F-02UCBL-01 - - - - - X - -
Machine Cable, For
Extension/Fixed
1S-_ _CBL-11 X - - - - - - - Extension type, extended length 5M, 10M, 15M
(2 wires set with power and signal wires)
_ _indicates the length of cables (5M, 10M, 15M) 1S-_ _CBL-01 - X X X X - X X
1F-_ _UCBL-02 - - - - - X - -
Direct type, 10M, 15M, 20M (2 wires set with power and signal wires)
_ _ indicates the length of cables (10M, 15M, 20M)
Note:
1. This is a special specification for shipping. Inquire for delivery and prices.
472
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
Name Type
CR750 CR751
Q Type D Type Q Type Q Type
Standard Teaching Pendant (7M, 15M) R32TB(-_) X X - -
7M: Standard / 15M: Custom
(-15 is specified in the model name) For CR-750-_
High-Function Teaching Pendant (7M, 15M) R56TB(-_) X X - -
Standard Teaching Pendant (7M, 15M) R33TB(-_) - - X X
7M: Standard / 15M: Custom
(-15 is specified in the model name) For CR-751-_
High-Function Teaching Pendant (7M, 15M) R57TB(-_) - - X X
On-Board Parallel I/O Interface
2A-RZ361 (Sink) - X - X 32 input/output points (12/24VDC: 0.1A/1 point)
2A-RZ371 (Source) - X - X 32 input/output points (12VDC: 3mA, 24VDC: 7mA)
Remote Parallel I/O Cable (5M, 15M) 2A-CBL_ _ - X - X CBL05: 5M; CBL15: 15M. One end not treated, for 2A-RZ361/371
On-Board Parallel I/O Interface
(Installed Internally)
2D-TZ368 (Sink) - X - X 32 input/output points (12/24VDC: 0.1A/1 point)
2D-TZ378 (Source) - X - X 32 input/output points (12VDC: 3mA, 24VDC: 7mA)
Remote Parallel I/O Cable (5M, 15M) 2D-CBL_ _ - X - X CBL05: 5M; CBL15: 15M. One end not treated, for 2D-TZ368/378
Additional Memory PCB 2MB 2D-TZ454 - X - X Memory expansion for D Series controllers
Network Base Card 2D-TZ535 - X - X Ethernet I/P option to connect Q Series robots to PLCs (*2)
CC-Link Interface 2D-TZ576 - X - X CC-Link intelligent device station, Version 2.0, 1 to 4 stations
DeviceNet Interface 2D-TZ571 - X - X DeviceNet interface card for D Series controllers
Ethernet IP Card 2D-TZ600EIP - X - X Ethernet interface card for D Series controllers
Profibus Interface 2D-TZ577 - X - X Profibus interface card for D Series controllers
Force Sensor Set 4F-FS001-W200 X X X X
Set of devices required for the force control function including a force
sensor and interface unit
Terminal Block Replacement Tool for the
User Wiring
2F-CNUSR01M - - X X
Terminal block replacement tool for the wiring for the external input/
output, such as emergency input/output, door switch input, and
enabling device input
AC Power Supply Connection Cable 2F-ACIN_P01M - - X X
Connection terminal for the AC power supply input connector.
In _ 1 indicates the single phase and 3 indicates three phases
Teaching Box Replacement Cable 2F-32CON03M X - X -
Conversion cable to connect the controller to R32TB CR-751
3M cable length
Robot CPU Unit Connection Cable Set 2Q-RC-CBL_ _M X - X -
iQ CPU to amplifier connection CABLE SET. (Replacement/Custom
length) Includes: TU, DISP, EMI, and SSCNET; _ _ = 05 (5M), 20 (20M),
30 (30M)
Robot Dedicated TU Cable (M) 2Q-TUCBL_ _M X - X -
Robot CPU-TU communication cable for iQ
_ _ = 05, 20, 30M length (Replacement/Custom length)
Robot Dedicated DISP Cable 2Q-DISPCBL_ _M X - X -
Robot CPU-DISP communication cable for iQ
_ _ = 05, 20, 30M length (Replacement/Custom length)
Robot-Only EMI Cable 2Q-EMICBL_ _M X - X -
CPU to Amp emergency stop input cable for iQ
_ _ = 05, 20, 30M cable length (Replacement/Custom length)
SSCNET Cable
MR-J3BUS_M-A X - X -
SSCNET to Amp cable for iQ; _ = 05, 20M cable length.
(Replacement/Custom length)
MR-J3BUS30M-B X - X - SSCNET to Amp cable for iQ 30M (Replacement)
Controller Protection Box (*1) CR750-MB X X - -
With a built-in CR750-D/Q for improved dust-proofing to IP54
(Dedicated CR750)
Personal Computer Support Software 3D-11C-WINJ(E) X X X X With simulation function (CD-ROM)
Personal Computer Support Software - Mini 3D-12C-WINJ(E) X X X X Lite version (CD-ROM)
Simulator (MELFA-Works) 3F-21D-WINJ(E) X X X X
Layout study/Takt time study/Program debug. Add-in software for
Solidworks (*3)
MELFA-3D Vision 4F-3DVS2-PKG1 X X X X
Three-dimensional camera head and control unit, set the necessary
equipment to three-dimensional vision sensor function (Compatible
models: RV-F series)
Notes:
1. For CR-750. 2. Users need to provide the HMS EtherNet/IP module (AB6314-B) themselves. 3. SolidWorks is a registered trademark of SolidWorks Corporation (USA).
Name Model Number
RV RH
2F
4F
4FL
7F
7FL
7FLL
13F
13FL
20FLL
3FH 6FH
12FH
20FH
Machine Cable, For
Extension/Flexible
1S-_ _LCBL-11 X - - - - - - -
Extention type, extended length 5M, 10M,
15M (2 wires set with power and signal
wires) _ _ indicates the length of cables
(5, 10, 15M)
1S-_ _LCBL-01 - X X X X - X X
1F-_ _LUCBL-02 - - - - - X - -
Direct type, 10M, 15M, 20M (2 wires set
with power and signal wires) _ _ indicates
the length of cables (10, 15, 20M)
Stopper for Changing
the J1-Axis Operating Range
1S-DH-11J1 X - - - - - - -
Stopper for making changes, changed as
needed for customer installations
1F-DH-05J1 - - - X X - - -
1F-DH-04 - - X - - - - -
1F-DH-03 - X - - - - - -
1F-DH-02 - - - - - - - X
1F-DH-01 - - - - - X X -
1S-DH-11J2 X - - - - - - -
1S-DH-11J3 X - - - - - - -
Conguration Options (continued)
RV-4F/RV-7F Series Tooling Device Configuration
Notes:
1. For internal routing. (Pneumatics sold separately)
2. For external routing. (Hoses, input cables and solenoid valves sold separately)
3. For internal routing. (External wiring base set included)
4. For SHxx02 configuration, the Air hand and Electric hand cannot be used simultaneously.
5. For SHxx02 configuration, the Force sensor and Electric hand cannot be used simultaneously.
For models with Internal wiring and hoses
For external wiring
Machine cable
External wiring set
for the base
Robot
External wiring set for the forearm
On models with interior equipment,
the length of each externally
connected air tube and cable is 150
mm, and cables have connectors.
Models with Internal Wiring and Hoses
Internal Tube
and Wire
Model (Special Device Number)
-SHxx01 -SHxx02 -SHxx03 -SHxx04 -SHxx05
Air 4 mm X - - X X
Hand Inputs X X - X X
Ethernet (Vision
Sensor)
- X X - X
Force Sensor
(Release Date
Early 2013)
-
X
(only 1)
X X -
Electric Hand
(Release Date
Early 2014)
- X - -
RV series Tooling (air-hand) : Internal wiring RV series Tooling (air-hand) : External wiring
Solenoid valve
1 to 4 lines
Hand curl tube
(Can be provided by the user.)
External wiring BOX
(Standard supplied)
Hand input cable
Air hoses
62
Hand input signal
8 points
Ethernet cable
Signal cable for the
multi-function hand
Solenoid valve
1 to 4 lines
Internal wiring models
(models ending in -SH01)
External wiring BOX
(Standard supplied)
Air hoses
Hand input signal
Air hoses
62
Hand input signal
8 points
Ethernet cable
Signal cable for the
multi-function hand
Hand Configuration Wiring Format
Robot
Specifications
Required Device
Remarks
External Wiring Set for
the Forearm
External Wiring Set
for the Base (*3)
Air-Hand + Hand Input Signal
Interior equipment SHxx01 - (*1) -
Air hoses: Up to 2 systems
(4 mm diameter x 4 mm); 8 input signals
Exterior equipment Standard - (*2) -
(4 mm diameter x 8 mm) are possible
+ Ethernet (For Vision)
Interior equipment -SHxx05 - (*1) (1F-HA01S-01)
Exterior equipment Standard 1F-HB01S-01 (*2) 1F-HA01S-01
+ Force Sensor
Air-Hand OR Electric Hand
(*4) + Hand Input Signal +
Ethernet (For Vision) + Force
Sensor OR Electric Hand (*5)
Interior equipment
(Air hoses are part of
exterior equipment)
-SHxx02 - (*1) (1F-HA01S-01)
Air hoses are exterior equipment: 4 systems
(4 mm diameter x 8 mm)
Electric Hand + Ethernet
(For Vision) + Force Sensor
Exterior equipment Standard 1F-HB02S-01 1F-HA02S-01
474
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
RT ToolBox 2
Software
Software for program creation and total engineering support. This
PC software supports everything from system startup to debugging,
simulation, maintenance and operation. This includes programming
and editing, operational checking before robots are installed,
measuring process tact time, debugging during robot startup,
monitoring robot operation after startup, and trouble shooting.
Windows
Compatible
Easy operation on Windows
Compatible with Windows
2000, Windows
XP, Windows
Vista,
and Windows
7 (32-bit Ver. 1.8 or later, 64-bit Ver. 2.0 or later)

Support for all Processes, from Programming and Startup
to Maintenance
Programming can be completed using the MELFA-BASIC IV/V and
Movemaster languages (vary depending on the model)
Robot movement and operating status, input signals, and servo
status can be monitored
Enhanced Simulation Functions
This function is compatible with all models that connect to
CRn-500 series and CRn-700 controllers
Robots can be operated and tact time calculated using a personal
computer (Not available for the mini version)
Robot movements, operating status, input signals, and servo status
can be monitored
Advanced Maintenance Functions
The software has a maintenance function that notifies the operators
greasing periods, battery life cycles as well as position recovery
support function when trouble occurs, etc. and is effective for
preventative maintenance, shortening of recovery time.
Program Editing and Debugging Functions
Creation of programs in MELFA-BASIC IV/V and the Movemaster
languages. Improvement of work operations by a multi-window
format and the various editing functions. This is helpful for use in
checking operations such as the execution of program steps, setting of
breakpoint settings, and other tasks.
Simulation Functions
Offline robot motion and tact time check for designated parts
of a program
3D Viewer
Graphical representation of a work along with the dimensions, color
and other specified details of the work area to be gripped
Monitor Functions
This is used to monitor program execution status and variables, input
signals, etc.
Maintenance Functions
These functions include maintenance forecast, position recovery
support, parameter management, etc.
MELFA-Works
A 3D robot simulator offering powerful support for system design and
preliminary layout.
What is MELFA-Works?
MELFA-Works is an add-in tool (*1) for SolidWorks(*2) used
for robot simulation in production systems on PCs converting
processing paths of workpieces into robot position data. Adding
MELFA-Works into...on the robot simulation functions.
IGES DXFTM
STEP STL
Parasolid
VRML
SAT (ACISR) VDA-FS
Pro/ENGINEERR Mechanical Desktop
CGR (CATIARgraphics) CADKEY
Unigraphics Viewpoint
PAR (Solid Edge) RealityWave
IPT (Autodesk Inventor) HOOPS
DWG HCG (Highly compressed graphics)
Notes:
1. SolidWorks is a registered trademark of SolidWorks Corporation (USA).
2. Add-in-tool is a software program that adds specific functions to application software.
3. Formats that can be loaded into SolidWorks
Calibration tool
RT-ToolBox (mini)
SolidWorks MELFA-Works
Loading of Part Data from Peripheral Devices
and Rearrangement
Part data created in SolidWorks
can be loaded. The positions of loaded

parts can be rearranged relative to the CAD origin and other parts. The
positions of parts can also be changed using numerical input.
Installation of Hands
Hands designed/created in SolidWorks
can be installed on robots.

An Auto Tool Changer (ATC) can also be specified for each hand.
Handling of Work
Simulations of hand signal control can be created using a robot
program to handle workpieces.
CAD Link
Operation data needed to perform sealing and other operations
requiring many teaching steps are easily created. All you need is
to select the target area to be processed from 3D CAD data. Since
operation data is created from 3D CAD source data, complex
three-dimensional curves can be recreated with ease. This leads to
significant reduction in teaching time.
Offline Teaching
The robot posture can be set up on the screen in advance.
Creation of Robot Programs (Template)
YWorkflow processes can be created using a combination of the
offline teaching and CAD link functions and then converted into robot
programs. (MELFA-BASIC IV, V format)
Assignment of Robot Programs
Robot programs can be used as is without any modifications. A
different robot program can also be specified for each task slot.
Simulation of Robot Operations
Robot programs, including I/O signals, can be simulated.This means that
movements of the actual system can be recreated directly and accurately.
The following two methods are provided to simulate I/O signals of your
robot controller. (1) Create simple definitions of operations associated
with I/O signals. (2) Link I/O signals with GX Simulator.
Display of Robot Movement Path
Robot movement path can be displayed in the application.
Interference Checks
Interference between the robot and peripheral devices can be
checked. A target of interference check can be specified by a simple
mouse click it on the screen. Information explaining the condition
of interference that occurred (such as the contacted part, program
line that was being executed when the interference occurred, and
corresponding robot position) can be saved to a logfile.
Saving of Video Data
Simulated movements can be saved to video files (AVI format)
Measurement of Cycle Times
The cycle time of robot movement can be measured using an easy-to-
use function resembling a stopwatch. You can also measure the cycle
time of a specified part in a program.
Robot Program Debugging Functions
The following functions are provided to help you debug robot
programs. Step operation: A specified program can be executed step-
by-step. Breakpoint: Breakpoints can be set in the specified program.
Direct execution: Desired robot commands can be executed.
Jog Function
The robot shown in SolidWorks
can be jogged just like a real robot.

Traveling Axis
A traveling axis can be installed to a robot to verify the operation of
the system equipped with this.
Calibration
Point sequence data of CAD coordinates created by the CAD link
function can be corrected to robot coordinate data. Operation programs
and point sequence data can also be transferred to robots. To provide
greater convenience for operators who perform calibration frequently
on site, the calibration tool is provided as an application independent
of MELFA-Works. Accordingly, the calibration tool can be operated
effectively on a notebook computer in which SolidWorks software is
not installed.
476
n

R
O
B
O
T
S
Force Sensor Set
Allows copy and fitting work to be completed in the same way a
person would while the force applied to the hand is monitored.
Enables necessary work such as fine force adjustments and force
detection to be completed.
Improved Production Stability
Enables parts to be inserted or attached without being damaged while
absorbing shifts in position due to part variations and emulating the
slight amounts of external force applied. Improved operating stability
gained through position latches and retry processes when work
operations fail. Log data can be used to manage quality control and
analyze causes of work errors and other issues.
Simple Control
Simple programs can be created using specialized robot
language.
Allows Assembly of More Complicated Configurations
Force detection during contact allows operating directions and applied
force to be changed and interrupts to be executed under trigger
conditions combining position and force information.
Simple Operation
Work conditions can be checked and adjusted by viewing position
and force data from the teaching box and graphs on RT ToolBox2.
Force
Sensor
Control
Force control Function for controlling robots while applying a specified force
Stiffness control Function for controlling the stiffness of robot appendages
Gain changes Function for changing control characteristics while the robot is running
Force
Sensor
Detection
Execution of interrupts Interrupts can be executed (MO triggers) under trigger conditions combining position and force information
Data latch Function for acquiring force sensor and robot positions while contact made
Data reference Function for display force sensor data and maintaining maximum values
Force
Sensor
Log
Synchronous data Function for acquiring force sensor information synchronized to position information as log data and displaying it in graph form
Start/stop trigger Allows logging start/stop commands to be specified in robot programs
FTP transmission Function for transferring acquired log files to the FTP server
Product Features
Product Configuration
Name Quantity
Force Sensor 1
Force Sensor Interface Unit 1
Sensor Adapter 1
Adapter Cable 1
24-V DC Power Supply 1
24-V DC Power Supply Cable 1M
Serial Cable Between the Unit and Sensor 5M
SSCNET III 10M
Teaching pendant
(R56TB/R57TB/R32TB/R33TB)
RV-F/RH-F
RT ToolBox2
Power supply cable
Robot controller
SSCNET III
RS-422
Force sensor
Adapter cable
LAN/USB
<Product Configuration>
24-V DC
power supply
Force sensor interface unit (2F-TZ561)
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Computerized Numerical Controls 477
Computerized Numerical Controls
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances when we are out of stock
due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 12 - 16 weeks apply, product is non-returnable
and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated
in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
C70 Computerized Numerical Controller ..........................................................................................478
M70V Computerized Numerical Controller .......................................................................................481
M700V Computerized Numerical Controller .....................................................................................484
MDS-D/DH Drive System Selections ...............................................................................................493
MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 Drive System Selections ...................................................................................511
MDS-DM Drive System Selections ..................................................................................................518
Computerized Numerical Controls
478
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
C70 Computerized Numerical Controller
C70 Series is a rack based CNC solution designed to offer a maximum TCO reduction effect to large scale machining line customers.
The C70 Series features reliability with reduced tact times, and advancement in technology with the use of the iQ Series platform.
This dedicated control comes in a machining Center and Lathe configuration with the ability to control up to 16 axes for maximum
efficiency in production lines.
Machine operation panel
(see GOT section of
this manual for
further specs and
selection information)
GT1665 - GT1695
GOT1000 Display
B
CN20
CN2
CN3
CN9 CN4
CN1A
CN1B
MDS-D-V1-20
MITSUBISHI
CN20
CN2
CN3
CN9 CN4
CN1A
CN1B
MDS-D-V1-20
MITSUBISHI
CN20
CN2
CN3
CN9 CN4
CN1A
CN1B
MDS-D-V1-20
MITSUBISHI
CN9
CN4
MDS-DH-CV- 185 MITSUBISHI
CHARGE LAMP
(see MDS-D/DH or
MDS-D-SVJ3
section of this
manual for further
specs and selection
information on
Spindle/Servo
drives and required
cables)
Spindle/Servo Drive Units
F
H400 Cable
D
H200 Cable
H100 Cable
User supplied
emergency
shut-off button
Emergency Shut-off
C
RIO1
Divider I/O Unit
FCU7-HN387
Skip Input Cable
H310- M
Signal Splitter Cable
H010- M
Divider I/O
E
Skip
input
signal
H300 Cable
Skip Input Signal
H500 Cable
Safety Input
C
(see iQ/Q Programmable Automation Controller section of this manual for further
specs and selection information on PAC modules, options and accessories)
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
PLCIO NCIO
Q173SXY
Q173SXY 24VDC
PLCIO NCIO
Q173NCCPU and
Q173SXY Modules
A
General System Diagram for C70 Configuration
A. CNC Selection and Associated Cables (All Models Required for System) ..................................479
B. GOT ............................................................................................................................................479
C. Control System Cable Selections ................................................................................................479
D. Manual Pulse Generator .............................................................................................................480
E. Divider I/O ..................................................................................................................................480
F. Drive System ..............................................................................................................................480
Base Units
Processors
CNC CPU
Safety Modules
Emergency Stop Cables
Display Ethernet Cable
Description Notes
Base Rack See iQ - Q PAC section for detailed information and specifications
Description Notes
Power Supplies See iQ - Q PAC section for detailed information and specifications
Description Notes
Processors See iQ - Q PAC section for detailed information and specifications
Description Model Number Stocked Item Notes
C70 NC Unit Q173NCCPU-S01 S Includes Q170DBATC battery and required cable
IO Redundant Monitoring Unit Q173SXY S Safety input cable required
Description Notes
Q-iQ Modules See iQ - Q PAC section for detailed information and specifications
Description Model Number Notes
8.4" to 15" SVGA or Higher GT1665 See GOT section for detailed information and specifications
Description Model Number Stocked Item Cable Length
Emergency Stop Input Cable H100-2.0M S 2.0M
Display Interface Cable 2.0M H200-2.0M S Connects to GT16 module
Display Interface Cable 5.0M H200-5.0M S
Display Interface Cable 10.0M H200-10.0M S
Note: Max 20 Meters
A. CNC Selection and Associated Cables (All Models Required for System)
B. GOT
C. Control System Cable Selections
480
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Skip Input Cable
Manual Pulse Generator Cable
Safety Input Cable
Note: Max 20 Meters
Note: Max 20 Meters
Description Model Number Stocked item Cable Length
Skip Input Cable For CNC CPU H300-2.0M S 2.0M
MPG Cable (CNC CPU) 5V Supply Type 2.0M H400-2.0M S Use 5 VDC MPG
MPG Cable (CNC CPU) 12V Supply Type 10.0M F020-5.0M S Use with HD60C
MPG Cable (CNC CPU) 12V Supply Type 10.0M F020-10.0M S Use with HD60C
Signal Splitter FCU7-HN387 S
Need one H010-_ _M Cable and one
H310-_ _M cable for skip
Signal Splitter Cable H010-0.5M S 0.5M
Skip Input for FCU7-HN387-2.0M H310-2.0M S 2.0M
Manual Pulse Generator 12V Supply Type HD60C S Need signal splitter
Safety Signal Unit Cable H500-0.5M S 0.5M
Description Drive Series Notes
Full Sizes Drives MDS-D
See MDS-D/DH section for
detailed information and specifications
Jr Series Drives MDS-D-SVJ3
See MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 section for detailed
information and specifications
Multi-Hybrid MDS-DM
See MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 section for detailed
information and specifications
D. Manual Pulse Generator
F. Drive System
E. Divider I/O
M70V Computerized Numerical Controller
The M70V Series is designed to provide productivity and operating ease. The M70V Series features shortened setup time with
easy operability. This dedicated control comes in 2 configurations: Type A, which can control up to 11 axes, 4 simultaneous
axes and a maximum PLC program of 32,000 steps; Type B, which can control up to 9 axes, 4 simultaneous axes and a maxi-
mum PLC program of 20,000 steps.
OP700
D
24VDC
4.5A
Power Supply
100F-24
Y
Power Cable
F070- M
C
Manual Pulse
Generator
HD60C
Manual Pulse
Generator Cable
FCUA-R041- M
F120
Emergency
stop switch
Keyboard Interface
Emergency Stop Cable
F120- M
B
Machine I/O
FCUA-DX1
1
2
3
X
Machine I/O Communications
Cable FCUA-R211- M
Control System Options
D
Keyboard Interface
Communication Cable
G011-0.5M
Keyboard Interface
FCU7-DX7
Keyboard Unit
FCU7-KB0
B
CNC Controller FCA70P-
A
RS232 Communication
Cable F034/35- M
DI/DO Ribbon Cable
FCUA-R301- M
40 Pin
Ribbon to
Screw
Terminal
Strip
DIO Terminal
Break-Out Strip
BX1D-S40A
Synchronous External
Spindle Encoder
OSE1024-3-15-68(-8)
Synchronous Encoder
Cable R054- M
Power Supply
FCU6-PD (WC)
General System Diagram for M70V Configuration
A. M70V CNC Controller .................................................................................................................482
B. Keyboard Unit .............................................................................................................................482
C. Power Supply and Cable ............................................................................................................482
D. Control System Options .............................................................................................................482
482
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
M70V A TYPE Control For 8.4" FCA70P-2AV S 8.4" display only
M70V B TYPE Control For 8.4" FCA70P-2BV S 8.4" display only
M70V A TYPE Control For 10.4" FCA70P-4AV S 10.4" display only
M70V B TYPE Control For 10.4" FCA70P-4BV S 10.4" display only
Note: Need to choose 1 control from above
M70V Keyboard For 8.4 FCU7-KB024 S 8.4" display only
M70V Keyboard For 10.4
FCU7-KB044 S 10.4 display only
FCU7-KB047 S 10.4" vertical keyboard
Note: Need to choose 1 style keyboard from above.
Keyboard Interface
Keyboard I/F Sink 64/64 W 2 MPG I/F FCU7-DX710 -
Keyboard I/F Source 64/64 W 2 MPG I/F FCU7-DX711 S
Keyboard /F Sink 96/80 W 2 MPG I/F 1AO FCU7-DX720 -
Keyboard I/F Source 96/80 W 2 MPG I/F 1AO FCU7-DX721 S
Keyboard I/F Sink 96/96 W 2 MPG IF FCU7-DX730 -
CNC Unit RS232 Communication Cable
1CH RS-232 SIO Communication Cable F034-1.0M - 1.0M
1CH RS-232 SIO Communication Cable F034-5.0M S 5.0M
Note: Need to select 1 style I/O module for back of keyboard.
Keyboard Interface Emergency Stop Cable
Emergency Stop Cable 0.5M F120-0.5M S
Qty 1 required
Emergency Stop Cable 1M F120-1.0M S
CNC +24V Power Cable
24V Power Cable 0.5M F070-0.5M S
Quantity: 1 required
24V Power Cable 1M F070-1.0M S
CNC Unit to Keyboard Interface Communication Cable
Communication Cable 0.5M (G011) G011-0.5M S
Connects from CG71 on control to CG71 on
keyboard
Power Supply
24VDC-4.5A Power Supply 100F-24 S Quantity: 1 required
A. M70V CNC Controller
B. Keyboard Unit
C. Power Supply and Cable
D. Control System Options
Machine I/O
RIO SYNC DI/DO=32/32 FCUA-DX100 -
Qty 2 40 pin ribbon connections
RIO SOURCE DI/DO=32/32 FCUA-DX101 -
RIO SYNC DI/DO=64/48 FCUA-DX110 -
Qty 4 40 pin ribbon connections
RIO SOURCE DI/DO=64/64 FCUA-DX111 S
RIO SYNC DI/DO=64/48 + AO 1 POINT FCUA-DX120 -
RIO SOURCE DI/DO=64/48 + AO 1 PT FCUA-DX121 S
RIO SYNC DI/DO=32/32 + AL 4 PT AO 1 PT FCUA-DX140 -
RIO SOURCE DI/DO=32/32 + AI 4 PT AO 1 PT FCUA-DX141 S
Note: Add one F070-_ _M cable for each I/O unit. These units use 40 pin ribbon connectors it is recommended to include cables FCUA-R301-_._M and terminal strips BX1D-S40A Qty 4 per I/O module.
Machine I/O Communications Cable
RIO Communication Cable 0.3M FCUA-R211-0.3M S
Include 1 FCUA-R211- M cable
for each I/O unit and 1 for connection
to the CNC Unit.
DIO Cable
DI/DO Ribbon Cable FLT/RND 0.5M FCUA-R301-0.5M S
Add Qty 1 BX1D-S40A for each.
DI/DO Ribbon Cable FLT/RND 2.0 M FCUA-R301-2.0M S
1CH MPG Cable FCUA-R041-2.0M S 2.0M
Power Supply
24VAC 200-230V/3A Power Supply with Connector FCU6-PD25(WC) -
Can use instead of 100F-24
Power Supply Unit
24VAC 200-480V/8A Power Supply with Connector FCU6-PD27(WC) S
6000RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
6000RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
Synchronous External Spindle Encoder Cable
Synchronous External Spindle Encoder
Angle Spin ENC TO NC COMM Cable R054-3.0M - 3.0M
Angle Spin ENC TO NC COMM Cable R054-5.0M S 5.0M
Angle Spin ENC TO NC COMM Cable R054-10.0M S 10.0M
DIO Terminal Break-Out Strip
40 Pin Ribbon to Screw Terminal Strip BX1D-S40A S
Manual Pulse Generator (Handwheel)
Manual Pulse Generator HD60C S
Machine Operation Panel
M700V Operation Panel
OP700 S
Requires Qty 4 FCUA-R301- M
Requires Qty 1 F070- M
FCU7-KB921 S Standard Specs - Need G460-0.5M Cable
FCU7-KB922 S Custom Spcs - Need G460-0.5M Cable
FCU7-KB926 S Rotary Switches, E-Stop
Note: Requires either DX unit attached to Keyboard or Remote D-I/O module.
484
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
M700V Computerized Numerical Controller
Display, Keyboard and Connections A
MITSUBISHI
Display Unit FCU7-DA 15-11 Keyboard Unit FCU7-KB0
Keyboard Interface
FCU7-DX
Hard Disk Drive
FCU7-HD002-001
Y
Display / Power Supply Cable
F110- M
ON
OFF
LGOFF
LGON
On/Off Button / Display Cable
G170- M
X
3
2
4
1
5
Display / Power Supply Cable
G171- M
ON/OFF
AC IN
ON/OFF SW
ON/OFF
POWER
DC OUT
FAN ALARM
Power Supply
FCU6-PD2 (WC)
CNC Unit / Keyboard Interface
Cable SH21- M
Power Supply
100F-24
RS232 Communication
Cable F034/35- M
DI/DO Ribbon Cable
FCUA-R301- M
40 Pin
Ribbon to
Screw
Terminal
Strip
DIO Terminal
Break-Out Strip
BX1D-S40A
Manual Pulse
Generator
HD60C(-1)
Manual Pulse
Generator Cable
F0 - M
OP700
Spindle Encoder
OSE1024-3-15-68(-8)
Synchronous Encoder
Cable R054- M
Extension Unit
FCU7-HN
FCU7-EX891
Floppy
Drive
Unit
Floppy Drive
FCU6-FD121-1
B
CNC Controller FCA7 0-NVW Emergency Stop Cable
F120- M
Y
Power Cable
F070- M
RS232 Communication
Cable F034/35- M
Machine I/O
FCUA-DX1
1
2
3
X
Cable FCUA-R211- M
CNC Unit, Machine I/O and Connections
Control System Options C
General System Diagram for M700-NVW Configuration (Windows
based CNC / XP Embedded)

The CNC M700V Series is designed to provide productivity and operating ease. The M700V Series features nano-control technology to
meet the needs of a new era, and also incorporates an original high-speed servo network. As Mitsubishis flagship machining center,
the M700V Series continues to deliver world-class specifications and optimum performance to users. The new Mitsubishi CNC series
opens new horizons of productivity, leading you to the next level of success.
A. Display, Keyboard, and Connections ..........................................................................................485
B. Controller, Machine I/O and Connections ...................................................................................486
C. Control System Options .............................................................................................................487
Description
Machining Center Lathe
M720VW M730VW M750VW M720VW M730VW M750VW
1.1.1 Number Of Basic Control Axes (NC Axes) (*1) 3 3 3 2 2 2
1.1.2 Max. Number of Axes (NC Axes + Spindles + PLCs 12 16 16 12 16 16
1.1.2 Max. Number of NC Axes (In Total for All the Part Systems) 6 16 16 12 16 16
1.1.2 Max. Number of Spindles 4 4 4 4 6 6
1.1.2 Max. Number of PLC Axes 6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1.3 Max. Number of Auxiliary Axis 4 6 6 4 6 6
1.1.4 Number of Simultaneous Contouring Control Axes 4 4 8 4 4 8
1.1.5 Max. Number of NC Axis in a Part System 6 8 8 6 8 8
1.2.1 Standard Number of Part Systems 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.2.2 Max. Number of Part Systems 1 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 4 (*2) 4 (*2)
Control Axes
Windows XP Display
Keyboard
10.4" Color FCU7-DA646-11 S
10.4 Color Touch FCU7-DA646-31 -
15" Color FCU7-DA636-11 S
15" Color Touch FCU7-DA636-31 -
M700V Keyboard for M/C 8.4" FCU7-KB021 -
M700V Keyboard for Lathe 8.4" FCU7-KB022 -
M700V Keyboard for 10.4" and 15" FCU7-KB041 S
A. Display, Keyboard, and Connections
Keyboard Interface
Keyboard I/F Sync 32/32 With 3 MPG I/F FCU7-DX670 -
Keyboard I/F Source 32/32 With 3 MPG I/F FCU7-DX671 -
Keyboard I/F Sync 64/64 With 3 MPG I/F FCU7-DX770 -
Keyboard I/F Source 64/64 With 3 MPG I/F FCU7-DX771 S
Display to Power Supply Cable
DCIN Display to Power Supply Cable F110-0.5M S 0.5M
Hard Disk Drive
M700V 20GB Hard Drive with Windows XPE FCU7-HD002-001 S Cable included
On / Off Button to Display Cable
On / Off Button to Display Cable G170-0.5M S 0.5M
Notes:
1. Standard.
2. Optional
486
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
CNC Control Unit
M720V CNC Unit FCA720-NVW S
M730V CNC Unit FCA730-NVW S
M750V CNC Unit FCA750-NVW -
Special Order Requirement - Export
Controlled
Emergency Stop Cable F120-0.5M S 0.5M
CNC Unit to Emergency Stop Cable
24V Power Cable F070-0.5M S 0.5M
CNC Unit +24V Power Cable
CNC Unit RS-232 Communication Cable
Display to Power Supply On / Off Cable
On / Off Display to Power Supply Cable G171-0.5M S 0.5M
Communication Cable (G013) SH21-0.35M S 0.35M
Communication Cable (G013) SH21-3.0M - 3.0M
Power Supply
24VAC 200 - 230 V/3A Power Supply with Connector FCU6-PD25(WC) -
24VAC 200 - 480 V/8A Power Supply with Connector FCU6-PD27(WC) S
B. Controller, Machine I/O and Connections
RIO Sync DI / DO = 32/32 FCUA-DX100 -
Quantity 2 40-pin ribbon connections
RIO Source DI / DO = 32/32 FCUA-DX101 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 64/64 FCUA-DX111 S
RIO Sync DI / DO = 64/48 + AO 1 Point FCUA-DX120 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 64/48 + AO 1 Point FCUA-DX121 S
RIO Sync DI / DO = 32/32 + AL 4 Point AO 1 Point FCUA-DX140 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 32/32 + AI 4 Point AO 1 Point FCUA-DX141 S
Machine I/O Selection
Note: Add one F070-_ _M cable for each I/O unit. These units use 40-pin ribbon connectors and it is recommended to include cables FCUA-R301-_M and terminal strips BX1D-S40A.
C. Control System Options
Power Supply
24VDC-4.5A Power Supply 100F-24 S
40-Pin Ribbon to Screw Terminal Strip BX1D-S40A S
Manual Pulse Generator (With MELDAS Mark) HD60C-1 -
DIO Ribbon Cable FLT / RND FCUA-R301-0.5M S 0.5M
Remote I/O RND to FLT Ribbon Cable FCUA-R301-2.0M S 2.0M
DIO Cable Selection
RIO Communication Cable FCUA-R211-0.3M S 0.3M
Note: Include one FUA-R211-_ _M cable for each I/O unit and one for connection to the CNC unit.
Note: Requires 1 BX1D-S40A for each cable
488
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Floppy Drive
M700 Floppy Drive Unit FCU6-FD121-1 - Windows XP Displays only
6000 RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
8000 RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
Synchronous Encoder Cable
Angle Spin ENC to NC Communication Cable R054-3.0M - 3.0M
Angle Spin ENC to NC Communication Cable R054-5.0M S 5.0M
Extension Unit 1 Slot FCU7-EX891 -
Optical Servo Communication 1 CH FCU7-HN551 -
PROFIBUS DP Master I/F FCU7-HN571 -
CNC Extension Units
1CH MPG Cable F020-0.5M S 0.5M
2CH MPG Cable F021-0.5M - 0.5M
OP700 S
FCU7-KB921 S Standard Specs - Need G460-0.5M Cable
FCU7-KB922 S Custom Specs - Need G460-0.5M Cable
FCU7-KB926 S Rotary Switches, E-Stop
OP700
D
24VDC
4.5A
Power Supply
100F-24
Y
Power Cable
F070- M
C
Manual Pulse
Generator
HD60C
Manual Pulse
Generator Cable
FCUA-R041- M
F120
Emergency
stop switch
Keyboard Interface
Emergency Stop Cable
F120- M
B
Machine I/O
FCUA-DX1
1
2
3
X
Cable FCUA-R211- M
Control System Options
D
Keyboard Interface
Communication Cable
G011-0.5M
Keyboard Interface
FCU7-DX7
Keyboard Unit
FCU7-KB0
B
CNC Controller M7 0- VS
A
RS232 Communication
Cable F034/35- M
DI/DO Ribbon Cable
FCUA-R301- M
40 Pin
Ribbon to
Screw
Terminal
Strip
DIO Terminal
Break-Out Strip
BX1D-S40A
Spindle Encoder
OSE1024-3-15-68(-8)
Synchronous Encoder
Cable R054- M
Power Supply
FCU6-PD (WC)
General System Diagram for M700VS Panel Mounted Configuration
A. M700VS CNC Controller .............................................................................................................490
B. Keyboard Unit .............................................................................................................................490
C. Power Supply and Cable ............................................................................................................491
D. Control System Options .............................................................................................................491
490
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Description
Machining Center Lathe
M720VS M730VS M750VS M720VS M730VS M750VS
1.1.1 Number of Basic Control Axes (NC Axes) (*1) 3 3 3 2 2 2
1.1.2 Max. Number of Axes (NC Axes + Spindles + PLCs 12 16 16 12 16 16
1.1.2 Max. Number of NC Axes (In Total for All the Part Systems) 6 16 16 12 16 16
1.1.2 Max. Number of Spindles 4 4 4 4 6 6
1.1.2 Max. Number of PLC Axes 6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1.3 Max. Number of Auxiliary Axis 4 6 6 4 6 6
1.1.4 Number of Simultaneous Contouring Control Axes 4 4 8 4 4 8
1.1.5 Max. Number of NC Axis in a Part System 6 8 8 6 8 8
1.2.1 Standard Number of Part Systems 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.2.2 Max. Number of Part Systems 1 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 4 (*2) 4 (*2)
Control Axes
Notes:
1. Standard.
2. Optional
M700VS Control For 8.4" FCA720P-2VS S
M700VS Control For 8.4" FCA750P-2VS - Special Order - Export Controlled
M700VS Control For 10.4" FCA750P-4VS - Special Order - Export Controlled
Note: Need to choose 1 control from above
M700VS Keyboard For 8.4" FCU7-KB024 S 8.4" display only
M700VS Keyboard For 10.4"
FCU7-KB044 S 10.4" display only
FCU7-KB047 S 10.4" vertical keyboard
Note: Need to choose 1 style keyboard from above.
Keyboard Interface
Keyboard I/F Sink 64/64 W 2 MPG I/F FCU7-DX710 -
Keyboard /F Sink 96/80 W 2 MPG I/F 1AO FCU7-DX720 -
Keyboard I/F Source 96/80 W 2 MPG I/F 1AO FCU7-DX721 S
Keyboard I/F Sink 96/96 W 2 MPG IF FCU7-DX730 -
Note: Need to select 1 style I/O module for back of keyboard.
Keyboard Interface Emergency Stop Cable
Emergency Stop Cable 0.5M F120-0.5M S
Qty 1 required
Communication Cable 0.5M (G011) G011-0.5M S
Connects from CG71 on control to CG71 on
keyboard
A. M700VS CNC Controller
B. Keyboard Unit
CNC Unit RS232 Communication Cable
1CH RS232 SIO Communication Cable F034-1.0M - 1.0M
1CH RS232 SIO Communication Cable F034-5.0M S 5.0M
1CH RS232 SIO Communication Cable F034-10.0M S 10.0M
CNC +24V Power Cable
24V Power Cable 0.5M F070-0.5M S
Quantity: 1 required
Power Supply
C. Power Supply and Cable
24VDC-4.5A Power Supply 100F-24 S Quantity: 1 required
D. Control System Options
RIO Source DI / DO = 32/32 FCUA-DX101 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 64/64 FCUA-DX111 S
RIO Sync DI / DO = 64/48 + AO 1 Point FCUA-DX120 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 64/48 + AO 1 Point FCUA-DX121 S
RIO Sync DI / DO = 32/32 + AL 4 Point AO 1 Point FCUA-DX140 -
RIO Source DI / DO = 32/32 + AI 4 Point AO 1 Point FCUA-DX141 S
Machine I/O Selection
Note: Add one F070-_ _M cable for each I/O unit. These units use 40-pin ribbon connectors and it is recommended to include cables FCUA-R301-_M and terminal strips BX1D-S40A.
Note: Include one FUA-R211-_ _M cable for each I/O unit and one for connection to the CNC unit.
Power Supply
24VDC-4.5A Power Supply 100F-24 S
Remote I/O RND to FLT Ribbon Cable FCUA-R301-2.0M S 2.0M
DIO Cable Selection
Note: Requires 1 BX1D-S40A for each cable
492
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
40-Pin Ribbon to Screw Terminal Strip BX1D-S40A S
Manual Pulse Generator (With MELDAS Mark) HD60C-1 -
Floppy Drive
M700 Floppy Drive Unit FCU6-FD121-1 - Windows XP Displays only
6000 RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
8000 RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
Synchronous Encoder Cable
Angle Spin ENC to NC Communication Cable R054-3.0M - 3.0M
Extension Unit 1 Slot FCU7-EX891 -
PROFIBUS DP Master I/F FCU7-HN571 -
CNC Extension Units
OP700 S
FCU7-KB921 S Standard specs - Need G460-0.5M cable
FCU7-KB922 S Custom specs - Need G460-0.5M cable
FCU7-KB926 S Rotary switches, E-Stop
MDS-D/DH Drive System Selections
Bus Bar
(user supplied)
Bus Bar
(user supplied)
Drive Communication
Cable G396-
D
Power Supply
Communication Cable
SH21-
D
CN9
CN4
MDS-DH-CV- 185
MITSUBISHI
CHARGE LAMP
Power supply unit
Power Supply
Unit for Servo &
Spindle Drives
C
Circuit Protector
(user supplied)
Circuit Protector or
Protection Fuse
(user supplied)
Contactor
(user supplied)
AC reactor C
(DH-AL)
D = 3-phase 200VAC power supply
DH = 3-phase 400VAC power supply
User
Supplied
Spindle motor
Spindle Side
Detector
Spindle
External
Encoder
Cable
Spindle Feed
Back Cable
CN20
CN2
CN3
CN9 CN4
CN1A
CN1B
MDS-D-V1-20
MITSUBISHI
Spindle drive unit
Spindle Drive,
Motor, Options
& Cables
B
Servo motor
Servo
Armature
Cable
Servo Feed
Back Cable
CN20
CN2
CN3
CN9 CN4
CN1A
CN1B
MDS-D-V1-20
MITSUBISHI
Servo Drive Unit
Servo Drive,
Motor & Cables
A
Battery Unit
MR-J3BAT
A
MITSUBISHI READY
From NC
General System Diagram for MDS-D/DH Configuration
Digital AC servo and spindle drive systems deliver efficient, accurate and reliable performance for demanding machine tool applications,
making them the ideal solution for high-speed and function servo and spindle applications.
A. Servomotor, Drive and Cables ....................................................................................................494
B. Spindle Motors, Drive, Options and Cables ................................................................................501
C. Power Supply Unit for Servo and Spindle Drive Units ...............................................................509
D. Drive Unit Interconnection Cables ..............................................................................................510
494
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
HF Series Servomotor Selection
Servomotor With Brake 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF104BS-A51 S
Use MDS-D-V -40 drive unit
Servomotor 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF104S-A51 S
Servomotor With Brake 3NM STALL 5KRPM 1MPPR HF105BS-A51 S
Servomotor 3NM STALL 5KRPM 1MPPR HF105S-A51 S
Servomotor With Brake 37.2NM STALL 3.5KRPM 1MPPR HF453BS-A51 S
Servomotor With Brake 49NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HF703BS-A51 -
Use MDS-D-V -160W drive unit
Servomotor With Brake 58.8NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HF903BS-A51 -
Servomotor 58.8NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HF903S-A51 -
HF Series Motor Specifications
Model Number HF_-A74/-A51 (*1, *2) 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903
Compatible Servo Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-V1/2-_ 20 20 40 40 80 80 160 160 160W 320
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Rated Current [A] 2.8 3.6 1.8 3.6 5.8 6.8 13.8 13.4 16.6 27.2
Rated Torque [Nm] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.7
Stall current [A] 3.2 4.6 3.2 6.6 11.0 14.6 28.0 28.0 36.4 56.0
Stall Torque [Nm] 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 13.7 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8
Rated Rotation Speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum Rotation Speed [r/min] 5000 4000 3500 3000
Maximum Current [A] 14.0 15.5 16.8 29.0 52.0 57.0 116.0 114.2 108.4 204.0
Maximum Torque [Nm] 8.0 11.0 13.0 23.3 42.0 47.0 90.0 122.0 152.4 208.0
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque [kW/s] 12.3 11.2 4.1 8.4 12.7 10.6 16.5 18.3 32.2 42.1
Motor Inertia [kgcm
2
] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 38.3 75.0 112.0 154.0 196.0
Motor Inertia With Brake [kgcm
2
] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0 48.0 84.7 121.7 163.7 205.7
Maximum Motor Shaft Conversion
Load Inertia Ratio
High-speed, high-accuracy machine : 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis) : 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis) : 7 times or less of motor inertia
Motor Side Detector Resolution per motor revolution A74: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev
Structure Fully closed, self-cooling (Protection method: IP67) (*3)
Environment
Ambient Temperature Operation: 0 to 40C (with no freezing), Storage: -15C to 70C (with no freezing)
Ambient Humidity Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Altitude Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X: 19.6m/s
2
(2G) Y: 19.6m/s
2
(2G)
Weight Without / With Brake [kg] 2.5/3.9 4.3/5.7 4.8/6.8 6.5/8.5 8.3/10.3 12.0/18.0 19.0/25.0 26.0/32.0 32.0/38.0 45.0/51.0
Armature Insulation Class Class F
Notes:
1. The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
2. Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
A. Servomotor, Drive and Cables
HF-H Series Servomotor Selection
Servomotor With Brake 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF-H104BS-A51 -
Use MDS-DH-V -20 drive unit
Servomotor 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF-H104S-A51 -
Servomotor With Brake 3NM STALL 5KRPM 1MPPR HF-H105BS-A51 -
Servomotor 3NM STALL 5KRPM 1MPPR HF-H105S-A51 -
Servomotor With Brake 37.2NM STALL 3.5KRPM 1MPPR HF-H453BS-A51 -
Use MDS-DH-V -80W drive unit
HF-H Series Motor Specifications
Servomotor Type HF-H_-A74/-A51 (*1, *2) 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903
Compatible Servo Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-V1/2-_ 10 10 20 20 40 40 80 80 80W 160
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Rated Current [A] 1.4 1.8 0.9 1.8 2.9 3.4 6.9 6.7 8.3 13.6
Rated Torque [Nm] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.7
Stall Current [A] 1.6 2.3 1.6 3.3 5.5 7.3 14.1 14.0 18.2 28.0
Stall Torque [Nm] 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 13.7 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8
Motor Inertia [kgcm
2
] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 38.3 75.0 112.0 154.0 196.0
2
] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0 48.0 84.7 121.7 163.7 205.7
Load Inertia Ratio
Environment
2
(2G) Y: 19.6m/s
2
(2G)
Notes:
2. Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
496
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
HP Series Servomotor Selection
Servomotor With Brake 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HP104BS-A51 -
Servomotor 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HP104S-A51 -
Servomotor With Brake 110NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HP1103BS-A51 -
Servomotor 110NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HP1103S-A51 -
HP Series Motor Specifications
Servomotor Type HP_-A74/-A51 (*1, *2) 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Compatible Servo Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-V1/2- 40 40 80 80 80 160 160 160W 320 320W
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output [kW] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Rated Current [A] 1.8 3.6 5.0 7.4 7.2 15.2 14.2 19.2 22.2 25.2
Rated Torque [Nm] 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 6.4 11.11 4.3 22.3 28.7 35.0
Stall Current [A] 3.6 6.8 9.4 14.0 15.4 31.0 32.0 42.0 54.0 79.0
Stall Torque [Nm] 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0
Rated Rotation Speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum Rotation Speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Motor Inertia [kgcm
2
] 4.6 7.7 12.0 20.0 29.0 37.0 55.0 82.0 225.0 300.0
2
] 5.1 8.2 12.5 25.5 34.5 42.5 60.5 87.5 249.0 324.0
Load Inertia Ratio
Environment
2
(2G) Y: 19.6m/s
2
(2G)
Notes:
2. Use the HP motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
HP-H Series Servomotor Selection
Servomotor With Brake 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HP-H104BS-A51 -
Servomotor 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HP-H104S-A51 -
Servomotor With Brake 110NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HP-H1103BS-A51 -
Servomotor 110NM STALL 3KRPM 1MPPR HP-H1103S-A51 -
HP-H Series Motor Specifications
Servomotor Type HP-H_-A74/-A51 (*1, *2) 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Compatible Servo Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-V1/2- 20 20 40 40 40 80 80 80W 160 160W
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output [kW] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Rated Current [A] 0.9 1.8 2.5 3.7 3.6 7.6 7.1 9.6 11.1 12.6
Rated Torque [Nm] 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 6.4 11.11 14.3 22.3 28.7 35.0
Stall Current [A] 1.8 3.4 4.7 7.0 7.7 15.5 16.0 21.0 27.0 39.5
Stall Torque [Nm] 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0
Rated Rotation Speed [r/min] 3000
Motor Inertia [kgcm
2
] 4.6 7.7 12.0 20.0 29.0 37.0 55.0 82.0 225.0 300.0
2
] 5.1 8.2 12.5 25.5 34.5 42.5 60.5 87.5 249.0 324.0
Load Inertia Ratio
Environment
2
(2G) Y: 19.6m/s
2
(2G)
Notes:
2. Use the HP motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
498
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
1-Axis Servo Drive Unit Compatible Motor
(1) Type
MDS-D-
Nominal
Maximum
Current
Unit
Width
HF_ HP_
75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
V1-20 20A
60mm

V1-40 40A
V1-80 80A
V1-160 160A
V1-160W 160A 90mm
V1-320 320A 120mm
V1-320W 320A 150mm
(1) Type
MDS-D-
Nominal
Maximum
Current
Unit
Width
Axis
HF_ HP_
75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
V2-2020 20 + 20A
60mm
LM
V2-4020 40 + 40A
L
M
V2-4040
80 + 40A
LM
V2-8040
L
M
V2-8080 LM
V2-16080
80 + 80A L
160 + 80A
90mm
M
V2-160160
160 +
160A
LM
Indicates the compatible motor for each servo unit drive.
200V Servo Unit Drive
200V Servo Drive Unit Selection
1 Axis Servo 160 A For HF354, 453 HP354, 454 MDS-D-V1-160 S
Add Qty 1 ER6V-C119B battery
for each drive unit
1 Axis Servo 160 A For HF703 HP704 MDS-D-V1-160W S
1 Axis Servo 20 A For HF75, 105 MDS-D-V1-20 S
1 Axis Servo 320 A For HF903 HP903 MDS-D-V1-320 -
1 Axis Servo 320 A For HP1103 MDS-D-V1-320W -
2 Axis Servo 160+160 For HF354, 453X2 MDS-D-V2-160160 S
2 Axis Servo 160+80 For HF354, 453+HF154, 204 MDS-D-V2-16080 S
2 Axis Servo 20+20 For HF75, 105 MDS-D-V2-2020 S
2 Axis Servo 40+20 For HF54,154+HF75, 105 MDS-D-V2-4020 -
2 Axis Servo 80+40 For HF154, 204+HF54, 104 MDS-D-V2-8040 S
400V Servo Unit Drive
400V Servo Drive Unit Selection
(1) Type
MDS-DH-
Nominal
Maximum
Current
Unit
Width
HF-H_ HP-H_
75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
V1-10 10A
60mm

V1-20 20A
V1-40 40A
V1-80 80A
V1-80W 80A 90mm
V1-160 160A 120mm
V1-160W 160A 150mm
V1-200 200A
240mm
(*1)
(1) Type
MDS-DH-
Nominal
Maximum
Current
Unit
Width
Axis
HF-H_ HP-H_
75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
V2-1010 10 + 10A
60mm
LM
V2-2010 20 + 10A
L
M
V2-2020 20 + 20A LM
V2-4020 40 + 20A
L
M
V2-4040 40 + 40A LM
V2-8040 80 + 40A
L
90mm
M
V2-8080 80 + 80A LM
Note: DC connection bar is required. Always install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of power supply unit, and connect with DC connection bar. Indicates the compatible motor for each servo unit drive.
1 Axis Servo 160 A For HF354, 453 HP354, 454 MDS-DH-V1-80 -
Add Qty 1 ER6V-C119B battery
for each Drive Unit
1 Axis Servo 160 A For HF703 HP704 MDS-DH-V1-80W -
1 Axis Servo 20 A For HF75, 105 MDS-DH-V1-10 -
1 Axis Servo 320 A For HF903 HP903 MDS-DH-V1-160 -
1 Axis Servo 320 A For HP1103 MDS-DH-V1-160W -
2 Axis Servo 160+160 For HF354, 453X2 MDS-DH-V2-8080 -
2 Axis Servo 160+80 For HF354, 453+HF154, 204 MDS-DH-V2-8040 -
2 Axis Servo 20+20 For HF75, 105 MDS-DH-V2-1010 -
500
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Servo Feedback Cables
Servo Armature Cables
Servo Brake Cables
Servo Connectors
Servomotor Encoder Cable 2M CNV2E-6P-2.0M -
IP65, High Flexibility + Shield Servomotor Encoder Cable 5M CNV2E-6P-5.0M S
Servomotor Encoder Cable 10M CNV2E-6P-10.0M S
Servo Arm Cable HF54-154 NO SHLD STD FLX 2M MR-J3P2-2M S
Drive side TE1 connector included
as loose models.
IP65, Standard Flexibility, no shielding.
Servo Arm Cable Servo Arm Cable HF204-4533 NO SHLD ST FLX 10M MR-J3P5-10M S
Servo Arm Cable HF704-HF903 & HP454-1103NO SHLD STD FLX 2M MR-J3P7-2M S
Servo Arm Cable CAB HF704-HF903 & HP454-1103NO SHLD STD FLX 5M MR-J3P7-5M S
Servo Arm Cable CAB HF704-HF903 & HP454-1103NO SHLD STD FLX10M MR-J3P7-10M S
Note: Consult Factory for availability of high flexibility shielded armature cables.
Note: Consult Factory for availability of high flexibility shielded brake cables.
Servomotor Brake Cable, 2M MR-J3BK-2M S
Add Qty 1 of CNU20S(AWG14)
for each cable
Servomotor Brake Cable, 5M MR-J3BK-5M S
Servomotor Brake Cable,10M MR-J3BK-10M S
Spindle Drive Unit Connector With Shell CNU2S(AWG18) S For all CN2/3 connections
Servo Drive Brake Connector With Contacts CNU20S(AWG14) S
Angle Servo Brake Connector With Contacts CNB10-R2L(6) -
Straight Servo Brake Connector With Contacts CNB10-R2S(6) -
Angle Encoder Connector With Contacts CNE10-R10L(9) S
Straight Encoder Connector With Contacts CNE10-R10S(9) S
Angle Servo Arm Connector With Shell HF54-154 CNP18-10L(14) S
Straight Servo Arm Connector With Shell HF54-154 CNP18-10S(14) S
4 Pin Connector FOR MDS-D TE1 1-179958-4 S Include Qty 4 of 316040-3 or 316041-3 for each
Contact AWG14-16 FOR 1-179958-4 316040-3 S
Contact AWG10-12 FOR 1-179958-4 316041-3 S
Power Supply Connector CNU23S S Included with CV unit
Required Battery Unit for Each Servo Drive Unit
Battery Unit ER6V-C119B S Qty. 1 Required for each drive unit
200V Spindle Motor Specifications Base Rotation Speed 1150r/min Series, 1500r/min Series
Model Number SJ-V_-_T 2.2-01 3.7-01 5.5-01 7.5-01 11-01 15-01 18.5-01 22-01 26-01 37-01 45-01 55-01
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-40 SP-80 SP-160 SP-200 SP-240 SP-320 SP-400 SP-640
Output
Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
30-Minute Rating 50%ED
Rating [kW]
2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 26 37 45 55
Base Rotation Speed [r/min] 1500 1150 1500 1150
Frame No. A90 B90 D90 A112 B112 A160 B160 C160 A180 B180 A225
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 9.5 14.0 23.5 35.0 47.7 70.0 95.5 118 140 249 236 374
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.027 0.035 0.059 0.098 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32 0.38 1.23 2.19 3.39
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.007 0.009 0.015 0.025 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.31 0.55 0.85
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 980 1470 1960 2940 3920 5880
Cooling Fan
Input Voltage Single-Phase 200V 3-phase 200V
Maximum Power Consumption 42W 40W 63W 175W 115W
Environment
Altitude
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Weight [kg] 25 30 49 60 70 110 110 135 155 280 390 450
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (200/220/230VAC) to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 200VAC, the rated output may not be attained.
2. The 50%ED rating applies for a 10-minute cycle time consisting of ON for five minutes and OFF for five minutes.
3. The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
4. The protection level is IP44.
200V Spindle Motor Specifications Wide Range Constant Output Series
Model Number SJ-V_-_T 11-01 11-09 15-03 18.5-03 22-05 22-09
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-160 SP-200 SP-240 SP-320
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 3.7 5.5 7.5 9 11 15
Rating [kW]
5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5
Base Rotation Speed [r/min] 750 500
Frame No. B112 A160 B160 A180
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 47.1 70.0 95.5 115 140 239
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32 0.32 1.23
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.31
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 1960 2940 2940
Cooling Fan
Input Voltage 3-phase 200V
Maximum Power Consumption 40W 63W 175W
Environment
Altitude
Weight [kg] 70 110 135 280
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
B. Spindle Motors, Drive, Options and Cables
502
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
200V Spindle Motor Specifications High Speed Series
Model Number SJ-V_-_ZT 3.7-02 7.5-03 11-06 11-08 22-06 30-02
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-_ SP-80 SP-160 SP-200 SP-240 SP-320
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 2.2 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 18.5
Rating [kW]
3.7 (15 min.
rating)
7.5 7.5 11 15 22
Maximum Rotation Speed [r/min] 15000 12000 8000
Frame No. A90 A112 B112 A160 B160
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 7.0 35.0 35.0 47.7 70.0 118
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.027 0.098 0.098 0.12 0.23 1.32
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.007 0.025 0.025 0.03 0.06 0.08
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 490 908 1470 1960
Cooling Fan
Input Voltage
Single-phase
200V
3-phase 200V
Environment
Weight [kg] 25 60 70 125 155
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
200V Spindle Motor Specifications
Model Number SJ-V_-_ZT / SJ-V_-_ (*1, *2)
Hollow Shaft Series IPM Series
7.5-03 22-06 30-02 01830T-00 0350T-00
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-160 SP-240 SP-320 SP-160 SP-200
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 5.5 11 18.5 3.7 7.5
Rating [kW]
7.5 15 22 5.5 11.0
Base Rotation Speed [r/min] 1500 1500 3000
Frame No. A112 A160 B160 71 90
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 35.0 70.0 118 11.8 23.9
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.099 0.23 0.32 0.015 0.034
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.025 0.058 0.08 0.004 0.009
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 0 (*3) 0 (*3) 0 (*3) 1470 1960
Cooling Fan
Input Voltage Single-phase 200V 3-phase 200V
Maximum Power Consumption 40W 40W 38W 32W
Environment
Weight [kg] 65 115 140 23 35
Insulation Class F
Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (200 to 230VAC) to the power supply unit.
3. Do not apply a radial load
200V Spindle Motor Selection
M7SPN MT 11K 1.5/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V11-01T(F) S
Use MDS-D-SP-160 drive unit
M7SPN MT 11K 1.5/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V11-01T(M) -
M7SPN MT 5.5K .75/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V11-01WT(F) -
M7SPN MT 5.5K .75/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V11-01WT(M) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V11-06ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V11-06ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT 11K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V11-08ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 11K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V11-08ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K .75/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V11-09WT(F) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K .75/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V11-09WT(M) -
M7SPN MT 9/7.5K .75/6KRPM RS Flange SJ-V15-03WT(F) -
M7SPN MT 9/7.5K .75/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V15-03WT(M) -
M7SPN MT 18.5K 1.5/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V18.5-01T(F) S
M7SPN MT 18.5K 1.5/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V18.5-01T(M) -
M7SPN MT 11K .75/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V18.5-03WT(F) -
M7SPN MT 11K .75/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V18.5-03WT(M) -
M7SPN MT 2.2K 1.5/10KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V2.2-01T(F) -
M7SPN MT 22K 1.5/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V22-01T(F) -
M7SPN MT 15K .75/6KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V22-05WT(F) -
M7SPN MT 15K .75/6KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V22-05WT(M) -
M7SPN MT 3.7K 3/15KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V3.7-02ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 3.7K 3/15KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V3.7-02ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT Flange SJ-V30A(F) -
Consult Factory
M7SPN MT Foot SJ-V30A(M) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Flange SJ-V7.5-03ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Foot SJ-V7.5-03ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT 15K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Flange SJ-VS22-06ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 15K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Foot SJ-VS22-06ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT 22K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Flange SJ-VS30-02ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 22K 1.5/8KRPM RSV Foot SJ-VS30-02ZT(M) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Flange SJ-VS7.5-03ZT(F) -
M7SPN MT 7.5K 1.5/12KRPM RSV Foot SJ-VS7.5-03ZT(M) -
504
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Model Number MDS-D-SP-_ 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
Nominal Maximum Current (Peak) [A] 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
Output
Rated Voltage [V] 155AC
Rated Current [A] 4.5 10 18 37 63 79 130 174 200
Input
Rated Voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Rated Current [A] 7 13 20 41 76 95 140 150 210
Control
Power
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Power fluctuation rate within +10%, -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Frequency fluctuation within 3%
Current [A] Max. 0.2
Rush Current [A] Max. 30
Rush Conductivity Time [ms] Max. 6 Max. 9
Earth Leakage Current [mA] 6 (Max. 15)
Control Method Sine wave PWM control method
Braking Regenerative braking
External Analog Output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Structure Protection type (Protection method: IP20 [over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling Method Forced wind cooling
Weight [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 6.5 7.5 16.5
Heat Radiated at Continuous
Rated Output [W]
55 94 158 290 481 620 806 1045 1427
Noise Less than 55dB
Spindle Drive Unit MDS-D-SP Series Specifications
200V Spindle Drive Unit Selection
160 AMP Spindle Drive MDS-D-SP-160 S
20 AMP Spindle Drive MDS-D-SP-20 S Qty 1 of 1-179958-4 and 4 contacts required
Model Number SJ-4-V_-_T 2.2-03 3.7-03 5.5-07 7.5-12 11-18 15-18 18.5-14 22-15 26-08 37-04 45-02 55-03
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-DH- SP-20 SP-40 SP-80 SP-100 SP-160 SP-200 SP-320
Output Capacity
Rating [kW]
2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 26 37 45 55
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.027 0.035 0.059 0.098 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32 0.38 1.23 2.19 3.39
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.007 0.009 0.015 0.025 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.31 0.55 0.85
Cooling Fan
Maximum Power Consumption 30W 70W 72W (*5)
Environment
Altitude
Operation: 1000m or less above sea level, Storage: 10000m or less above sea level
Transportation: 13000m or less above sea level
Weight [kg] 25 30 49 60 70 110 110 135 155 280 390 450
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 400VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
5. Confirm in each motor specifications.
400V Spindle Motor Specifications Wide Range Constant Output Series
Model Number SJ-4-V_-_T 11-18 11-21 15-20 18.5-17 22-16
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-80 SP-100 SP-160
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 3.7 5.5 7.5 9 11
30-Minute Rating 50%ED Rating
[kW]
5.5 7.5 9 11 15
Base Rotation Speed [r/min] 750
Maximum Rotation Speed [r/min] 6000
Frame No. B112 A160 B160
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 47.1 70.0 95.5 115 140
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32 0.32
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.08
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 1960 2940
Cooling Fan
Maximum Power Consumption 70W 72W
Environment
Altitude
Weight [kg] 70 110 135
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 400VAC, the rated
output may not be attained.
506
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
400V Spindle Motor Specifications High Speed Series
Model Number SJ-4-V_-_ZT 3.7-05 7.5-13 11-22 11-32 22-18 30-15
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-20 SP-80 SP-100 SP-160
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 2.2 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 18.5
Rating [kW]
3.7 (15 min.
rating)
7.5 7.5 11 15 22
Frame No. A90 A112 B112 A160 B160
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 7.0 35.0 35.0 47.7 70.0 118
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.027 0.098 0.098 0.12 0.23 1.32
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.007 0.025 0.025 0.03 0.06 0.08
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 490 908 1470 1960
Cooling Fan
Environment
Weight [kg] 25 60 70 125 155
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50 HZ / 380 TO 480VAC 60 HZ) to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 200VAC, the rated output
may not be attained.
400V Spindle Motor Specifications
Model Number SJ-4-VS_-_ZT (*1, *2)
Hollow Shaft Series
7.5-13 22-18 30-15
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-80 SP-160
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating [kW] 5.5 11 18.5
Rating [kW]
7.5 15 22
Frame No. A112 A160 B160
Continuous Rated Torque [Nm] 35.0 70.0 118
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.099 0.23 0.32
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.025 0.058 0.08
Tolerable Radial Load [N] 0 (*3) 0 (*3) 0 (*3)
Cooling Fan
Maximum Power Consumption 70W 72W
Environment
Altitude
Weight [kg] 65 115 140
Insulation Class F
Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (200 to 230VAC) to the power supply unit.
3. Do not apply a radial load
400V Spindle Motor Selection
Description Model Number Stocked item Notes
M7Spn Mt 2.2k 1.5/10krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V2.2-03T(M) -
Use MDS-DH-SP-20 drive unit
M7Spn Mt 2.2k 1.5/10krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V2.2-03T(F) -
M7Spn Mt 11k 1.5/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V11-18T(M) -
M7Spn Mt 11k 1.5/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V11-18T(F) -
M7Spn Mt 26k 1.5/6kkrpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V26-08T(F) -
M7Spn Mt Foot SJ-4-V30A(M) -
Consult Factory
M7Spn Mt Flange SJ-4-V30A(F) -
M7Spn Mt 37k 1.1/3.4krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V37-04T(M) -
M7Spn Mt 37k 1.1/3.4krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V37-04T(F) -
Consult Factory
M7Spn Mt 5.5k .75/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V11-18WT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 5.5k .75/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V11-18WT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k .75/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V11-21WT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k .75/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V11-21WT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 9/7.5k .75/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V15-20WT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 9/7.5k .75/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V15-20WT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 11k .75/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V18.5-17WT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 11k .75/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V18.5-17WT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 15k .75/6krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V22-16WT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 15k .75/6krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V22-16WT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 3.7k 3/15krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 3.7k 3/15krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V11-22ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V11-22ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 11k 1.5/8krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-V11-23ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 11k 1.5/8krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-V11-23ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 7.5k 1.5/12krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 15k 1.5/8krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-VS22-18ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 15k 1.5/8krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-VS22-18ZT(F) -
M7Spn Mt 22k 1.5/8krpm RSV Foot SJ-4-VS30-15ZT(M) -
M7Spn Mt 22k 1.5/8krpm RSV Flange SJ-4-VS30-15ZT(F) -
508
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Model Number MDS-DH-SP-_ 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Nominal Maximum Current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Output
Rated Voltage [V] 340AC
Rated Current [A] 9 13 19 30 65 70 103 132
Input
Rated Current [A] 10 15 21 38 72 82 119 150
Control
Power
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz)/380 to 480AC (60Hz) Power fluctuation rate within 10%
Rush Conductivity Time [ms] Max. 12 Max. 18
Weight [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5 16.5 22.5
Heat Radiated at Continuous
Rated Output [W]
120 200 291 442 479 872 1202 1720
400V Spindle Drive Unit MDS-DH-SP Series Specifications
400V Spindle Drive Selection
Spindle Feedback Cables
Spindle Armature Connectors
Note: Rated output capacity and rated speed of the motor used in combination with the drive unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the
10 Amp Spindle Drive MDS-DH-SP-10 -
Add Qty 1 of 1-179958-4 and 4 contacts
Spindle Feedback Cable CNP2E-1-5.0M S 5.0M
4 Pin Connector For MDS-D TE1 1-179958-4 S Include Qty 4 of 316040-3 or 316041-3 for each.
Contact AWG14-16 FOR 1-179958-4 316040-3 S
Contact AWG10-12 FOR 1-179958-4 316041-3 S
Note: This connector is required for all drives up to 80 Amp capacity.
Spindle External Encoders
Spindle External Encoder Cables
200V Common Power Supply Units
200V AC Reactor Units (Required for all Systems)
400V Common Power Supply Units
6000RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
8000RPM External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-10.0M S 10.0M
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-15.0M - 15.0M
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-20.0M S 20.0M
11KW Power Supply Unit MDS-D-CV-110 S Use D-AL-11k AC reactor unit
18.5KW Power Supply Unit MDS-D-CV-185 S Use D-AL-18.5k AC reactor unit
3.7KW Power Supply Unit MDS-D-CV-37 - Use D-AL-7.5k AC reactor unit
7.5KW Power Supply Unit MDS-D-CV-75 S Use D-AL-7.5k AC reactor unit
11KW AC Reactor D-AL-11K S
18.5KW AC Reactor D-AL-18.5K S
7.5KW AC Reactor D-AL-7.5K S
11KW Power Supply Unit MDS-DH-CV-110 - Use DH-AL-11k AC reactor unit
18.5KW Power Supply Unit MDS-DH-CV-185 - Use DH-AL-18.5k AC reactor unit
750KW Power Supply Unit MDS-DH-CV-750 - User DH-AL-750k AC reactor unit
C. Power Supply Unit for Servo and Spindle Drive Units
510
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
400V AC Reactor Units (Required for all Systems)
Communication Cables
11KW AC Reactor DH-AL-11K -
18.5KW AC Reactor DH-AL-18.5K -
7.5KW AC Reactor DH-AL-7.5K -
Drive Communication Cable G380-10.0M S 10M
Drive Communication Cable G396-0.3M S 0.3M
Communication Cable (G013) SH21-0.5M - 0.5M
Communication Cable (G013) SH21-1.0M S 1M
Communication Cable (G013) SH21-3.0M - 3M
D. Drive Unit Interconnection Cables
MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 Drive System Selections
Drive Communication
Cable G396-
C
User
Supplied
Spindle motor
Spindle Side
Detector
Spindle
External
Feed Back
Cable
Spindle Feed
Back Cable
Regeneration
Resistor
(optional)
MDS-D-SVJ3-03
Spindle drive unit
Spindle Drive, Motor,
Options & Cables
B
Servo motor
Servo
Armature
Cable
Servo Feed Back Cable
Regeneration
Resistor
(optional)
MDS-D-SVJ3-03
Servo Drive Unit
Servo Drive,
Motor & Cables
A
Battery Unit
MR-J3BAT
A
MITSUBISHI READY
From NC
General System Diagram for MDS-S-SVJ3 Configuration
Digital JR AC servo and spindle drive systems deliver utra compact drive units with built-in power supplies to contribute
to reducing control panel size. Their high speed optical communications enable shorter position interpolation cycle and
synchronization between drives, promoting further high-speed and high-accuracy machining. Unit dimensions have been
greatly reduced, thanks to high efficiency fin and low-loss power module, which also contributes to the downsizing of
control panels.
A. Servo Drive, Motor and Cables ...................................................................................................512
B. Spindle Motor, Drive, Options and Cables ..................................................................................516
C. Drive System Interconnection ....................................................................................................517
512
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
HF Series Specifications
HF Series Motors
Model Number HF_-A48 / -A51 (*1, *2) 75 105 54 104 154 204 354
Compatible Servo Drive Unit Type: MDS-D-V1/2- 07 07 07 10 20 20 35
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5
Rated Current [A] 2.8 3.6 1.8 3.6 5.8 6.8 13.8
Rated Torque [Nm] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 11.1
Stall Current [A] 3.2 4.6 3.2 6.6 11.0 14.6 22.0
Stall Torque [Nm] 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 13.7 22.5
Maximum Current [A] 14.0 15.5 16.8 29.0 52.0 52.0 64.0
Maximum Torque [Nm] 8.0 11.0 13.0 23.3 42.0 42.0 65.0
Power Rate at Continuous Rated Torque [kW/s] 12.3 11.2 4.1 8.4 12.7 10.6 16.5
Motor Inertia [kgcm
2
] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 38.3 75.0
2
] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0 48.0 84.7
Maximum Motor Shaft Conversion Load Inertia Ratio
Motor Side Detector Resolution per motor revolution A48: 26,000 pulse/rev
Environment
Ambient Humidity
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less
(with no dew condensation)
2
(2G) Y: 19.6m/s
2
(2G)
Weight Without / With Brake [kg] 2.5/3.9 4.3/5.7 4.8/6.8 6.5/8.5 8.3/10.3 12.0/18.0 19.0/25.0
Notes:
2. Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-D-SVJ3 Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
Servo Drive Unit Compatible Motor
(1) Type
MDS-D-SVJ3-
Rated Output
Unit
Width
HF-_
75 105 54 104 154 204 354
03 0.3kW 40mm
04 0.4 40mm
07 0.7 60mm
10 1.0 90mm
20 2.0 90mm
35 3.5 90mm
A. Servo Drive, Motor and Cables
HF Series Servo Motors
HF KP Series Servo Motors
MDS-D-SVJ3 Drives
Use MDS-D-SVJ3-10 drive unit
Servomotor With Brake 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF104BS-A48 S
Servomotor 5.9NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF104S-A48 -
Servomotor With Brake 3NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF105BS-A48 -
Servomotor 3NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF105S-A48 -
Servomotor 9NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF154S-A48 -
Servomotor With Brake 13.7NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF204BS-A48 -
Servomotor With Brake 2.9NM STALL 4KRPM 260KPPR HF54BS-A48 -
Servomotor With Brake 22.5NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF354BS-A48 -
Servomotor 22.5NM STALL 4KRPM 1MPPR HF354S-A48 -
Servomotor 2NM STALL 5KRPM 1MPPR HF75S-A48 -
Servomotor 0.64NM STALL 3KRPM 260KPPR HF-KP23JW04-S06 - Use MDS-D-SVJ3-03 drive
Servomotor 1.3NM STALL 3KRPM 260KPPR HF-KP43JW04-S06 S Use MDS-D-SVJ3-04 drive
Servomotor 2.4NM STALL 3KRPM 260KPPR HF-KP73JW04-S06 - Use MDS-D-SVJ3-07 drive
Servo Drive 300W MDS-D-SVJ3-03 S
Servo Drive 400W MDS-D-SVJ3-04 S
Servo Drive 700W MDS-D-SVJ3-07 S Use HF75, 105, 54
Servo Drive 1kW MDS-D-SVJ3-10 S Use HF104
Servo Drive 2kW MDS-D-SVJ3-20 S Use HF154, 204
Servo Drive 3.5kW MDS-D-SVJ3-35 S Use HF354
Required Battery Unit for Each Servo Drive Unit
Battery Unit MR-J3BAT S Qty. 1 Required for each drive unit
514
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Servo Brake Cables
Servo Armature Cable HF54-154, 2M MR-J3P2-2M S
IP65, Standard Flexibility, no shielding
Servo Armature Cable HF204-453 , 2M MR-J3P5-2M S
Servo Armature Cable HF-KP, 2M MR-PWS1CBL2M-A1-H -
Servo Armature Cable HF-KP, 2M MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-H S
Note: Consult Factory for availability of high flexibility shielded armature cables.
Servomotor Brake, 2M MR-J3BK-2M S
Add quantity 1 of CNU20S(AWG14)
for each cable
HF-KP Servomotor Brake, 2M MR-BKS1CBL2M-A1-H -
HF-KP Servomotor Brake, 2M MR-BKS1CBL2M-A2-H S
Servomotor Encoder Cable For A48 CNV2E-8P-2.0M -
IP65, High Flexibility + Shield
HF-KP Servomotor Encoder Cable 2M CNV2E-K1P-2.0M -
Regeneration Resistors
Confirm the regeneration resistor capacity and possibility of connecting with the drive unit. The regenerative resistor generates
heats, so wire and install the unit while taking care to safety. When using the regenerative resistor, make sure that flammable
matters, such as cables, do not contact the resistor, and provide a cover on the machine so that dust or oil does not accumulate
on the resistor and ignite.
Combination With Servo Drive Unit
Corresponding
Servo Drive Unit
Standard
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor
Resistance
Value
External Option Regenerative Resistor
MR-RB032 MR-RB12 MR-RB32 MR-RB30 MR-RB50 MR-RB31 MR-RB51
GZG200W
120OHMK x 3
Units
GZG200W
39OHMK x 3
Units
GZG300W 39
OHMK x 3 Units
GZG200W 20
OHMK x 3 Units
GZG300W
20OHMK x 3
Units
Regenerative
Capacity
30W 100W 300W 300W 500W 300W 500W
40 40 40 13 13 6.7 6.7
MDS-D-SVJ3-03 10W 100
MDS-D-SVJ3-04 10W 100
MDS-D-SVJ3-07 20W 40
MDS-D-SVJ3-10 100W 13
Corresponding
Servo Drive Unit
Standard
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor
Resistance
Value
FCUA-RB22 FCUA-RB37 FCUA-RB55 R-UNIT2 FCUA-RB75/22 Units
Regenerative
Capacity
155W 185W 340W 700W 680W
40 25 20 15 15
MDS-D-SVJ3-10 100W 13
Note: The power value in the table is a regenerative power by the resistor, not a rated power.
516
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Spindle Drive
Description Model Number Stocked item Notes
Spindle Drive 75W MDS-D-SPJ3-075 -
Spindle Drive 2.2kW MDS-D-SPJ3-22 S
Spindle Drive 11kW MDS-D-SPJ3-110 -
Model Number SJ-V_-_T 2.2-01 3.7-01 5.5-01 7.5-01 11-01 15-01 18.5-01 22-01 26-01 37-01 45-01 55-01
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type: MDS-D- SP-40 SP-80 SP-160 SP-200 SP-240 SP-320 SP-400 SP-640
Output
Capacity
Rating [kW]
2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 26 37 45 55
GD
2
[kgm
2
] 0.027 0.035 0.059 0.098 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32 0.38 1.23 2.19 3.39
Inertia [kgm
2
] 0.007 0.009 0.015 0.025 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.31 0.55 0.85
Cooling Fan
Maximum Power Consumption 42W 40W 63W 175W 115W
Environment
Altitude Operation: 1000m or less above sea level, Storage: 10000m or less above sea level Transportation: 13000m or less above sea level
Weight [kg] 25 30 49 60 70 110 110 135 155 280 390 450
Insulation Class F
General Notes:
Spindle Drive Unit Type MDS-D-SPJ3-_ 075 22 37 55 75 110
Rated Output 0.75 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
Power Facility Capacity 2.0 4.0 7.0 9.0 12.0 17.0
Input
Rated Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Power fluctuation rate within +10%, -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Frequency fluctuation within: 5%
Rated Current [A] 2.6 9.0 10.5 16.0 26.0 53.4
Output
Rated Current [A] 4.5 10.0 11.0 18.0 26.0 36.0
Control Power
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Power fluctuation rate within +10%, -15%
Rush Conductivity Time [ms] Max. 6
Main Circuit Method Converter with resistor regeneration circuit
Weight [kg] 1.4 2.1 2.1 4.6 4.6 6.5
Heat Radiated at Continuous Rated Output [W] 50 90 130 150 200 300
Spindle Drive Unit MDS-D-SPJ3 Series
B. Spindle Motor, Drive, Options and Cables
Spindle External Encoder Cables
Spindle External Encoders
6000 rpm External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
8000 rpm External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-10.0M S 10M
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-15.0M - 15M
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-20.0M - 20M
Spindle Feedback Cable CNP2E-1-10.0M S 10M
Spindle Motors
M7 SPN MTR 2.2KW 1.5/10K RPM Flange SJ-V2.2-01T(F) - Use with MDS-D-SPJ3-22
M7 SPN MTR 3.7KW 1.5/10K RPM Flange SJ-V3.7-01T(F) S Use with MDS-D-SPJ3-37
M7 SPN MTR 11KW 1.5/6K RPM Flange SJ-V11-01T(F) S Use with MDS-D-SPJ3-110
Note: Only flange mount unless approved by factory.
Corresponding
Spindle
Drive Unit
Standard
Built-in
Regenerative
Resistor
Resistance
Value
MR-RB032 MR-RB12 MR-RB32 MR-RB30 MR-RB50 MR-RB31 MR-RB51
GZG200W
120OHMK
x 3 units
GZG200W
39OHMK x 3
units
GZG300W 39
OHMK x 3 units
GZG200W 20
OHMK x 3 units
GZG300W
20OHMK x 3
units
Regenerative
Capacity
60W 80W 120W 155W 185W 340W 340W
200 100 60 40 25 20 30
MDS-D-SPJ3-075 - -
MDS-D-SPJ3-22 - -
MDS-D-SPJ3-37 - -
MDS-D-SPJ3-55 - -
MDS-D-SPJ3-75 - -
MDS-D-SPJ3-110 - -
Regeneration Resistor 680W 15 ohms FCUA-RB75 S 2 are required
Regeneration Resistor 100W 40 ohms MR-RB12 S
Description Model Number Stocked item Cable Length
C. Drive System Interconnection
518
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
MDS-DM Drive System Selections
Drive Communication
Cable G396-
C
User
Supplied
Spindle motor
Spindle Feed
Back Cable
A
B
Battery Unit
ER6V-C119B
C
MITSUBISHI READY
From NC
Drive
Servo motors
Servo
Armature
Cable Servo Feed
Back Cable
Servo Motors,
Spindle Motors
& Cables
General System Diagram for MDS-DM Configuration
Digital AC servo and spindle drive system built into one package. The drive system can have up to 3 servos and 1 spindle. This will
reduce cabinet space and size while giving you the same characteristics of our MDS-D Series drives.
A. Multi-Hybrid Drives ....................................................................................................................519
B. Servo Motors, Spindle Motors and Cables .................................................................................519
C. Options and Drive System Interconnection ................................................................................522
MDS-DM-_ Unit Width
Unit Nominal
Maximum
Current
Axis
Compatible Motor Type
54 104 154 224 204 223 303 302
Stall Torque (Nm)
2.9 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 12.0 22.5 20.0
SPV3-10080
260mm
80+80+80A LMS
SPV3-16080 80+80+80A LMS
SPV3-20080 80+80+80A LMS
SPV2-10080 80+80A LM
SPV2-16080 80+80A LM
SPV2-20080 80+80A LM
Note: Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
HF Series Servo Motors
HF Series Specifications
Model Number
ABS Specifications: HF_ -A51 / -A48
75 105 54 104 154 224 204 123 223 303 142 302
Compatible
Drive Unit
Type
MDS-DM-V3-
202020
404040
202020
404040
404040 404040 - 404040 - -
202020
404040
404040 -
202020
404040
404040
MDS-DM-SPV2/
SPV3- (*5)
- - _80 _80 _80 - _80 _80 - _80 _80 - _80
Continuous
Characteristics
Rated Output (kW) 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.0 1.2 2.2 (2.1) 3.0 1.4 3.0 (2.2)
Rated Current (A) 2.8 3.6 1.8 3.6 5.8 5.8 8.5 6.8 5.2 9.0 (8.5) 10.7 5.2 10.9 (8.5)
Rated Torque (Nm) 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 4.8 7.0 6.4 5.7
10.5
(10.0)
14.3 6.7 14.3 (10.6)
Stall Current (A) 3.2 4.6 3.2 6.6 11.0 8.5 14.5 14.6 6.4 10.2 (8.5) 15.8 6.4 10.9 (8.5)
Stall Torque (Nm) 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 7.0 12.0 13.7 7.0 12.0 (10.0) 22.5 11.0 20.0 (15.6)
Rated Rotation Speed (r/min) 4000 3000 2000
Maximum Rotation Speed (r/min) 5000 4000 3000 2000
Maximum Current (A) 14.0 15.5 16.8 29.0 52.0 29.0 57.0 57.0 15.5 29.0 48.0 15.5 29.0
Maximum Torque (Nm) 8.0 11.0 13.0 23.3 42.0 23.7 46.5 47.0 17.0 32.0 64.0 26.5 50.0
Torque (kW/s)
12.3 11.2 4.1 8.4 12.7 12.7 20.7 10.6 27.3 46.5 27.3 25.2 27.3
Motor Inertia (kgcm) 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 17.8 23.7 38.3 11.9 23.7 75.0 17.8 75.0
Motor Inertia With Brake (kgcm) 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0 20.0 25.9 48.0 14.1 25.9 84.7 20.0 84.7
Load Inertia Ratio
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia. General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor
inertia. General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Motor Side Detector Resolution per motor revolution A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Structure Fully closed, self-cooling (Protection method: P67) (*3)
Environment
Ambient
Temperature
Operation: 0 to 40 (with no freezing), Storage: -15 to 70 (with no freezing)
Altitude Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X:24.5m/s (2.5G) Y:24.5m/s (2.5G)
Weight Without / With Brake (kg) 2.5/3.9 4.3/5/7 4.5/6.8 6.5/8.5 8.3/10.3 8.3/10.3 10.0/12.0 12.0/18.0 6.5/8.5 10.0/12.0 19.0/25.0 8.3/10.3 19.0/25.0
General Notes:
2. Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-DM Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input.This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
4. The values in the parentheses are specifications when connecting with the M/S-axis of the MDS-DM-V3-404040.
5. The variable identifies the spindle size. See spindle motor specifications.
A. Multi-Hybrid Drives
MDS-DM Drives
Description Model Stocked Item Notes
Servo/Spindle Drive 100A+80A+80A MDS-DM-SPV2-10080 S 2 axis + spindle
Servo/Spindle Drive 100A+80A+80A+80A MDS-DM-SPV3-10080 S 3 axis + spindle
Line Reactor
Description Model Stocked Item Notes
18.5KW Line reactor D-AL-18.5K S Must have with each Drive Unit
B. Servo Motors, Spindle Motors and Cables
520
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
Servomotor Encoder Cable for A48 CNV2E-8P-2.0M - IP65, High Flex + Shield
Servomotor Encoder Cable for A51 CNV2E-6P-2.0M S IP65, High Flex + Shield
Servo Armature Cable HF54-154 MR-J3P2-2M S IP65 Standard Flex, No Shielding
Servo Brake Cables
Servomotor Brake 2M MR-J3BK-2M S Add 1 CNU20S(AWG14) for each cable
Servomotor Specifications
Servomotor 2.9NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF54S-A51 S
Servomotor 2.9NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF54S-A48 -
Servomotor with Brake 2.9NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF54BS-A51 S
Servomotor with Brake 2.9NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF54BS-A48 -
Servomotor 5.9NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF104S-A51 S
Servomotor with Brake 5.9NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF104BS-A51 S
Servomotor with Brake 5.9NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF104BS-A48 -
Servomotor 9.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF154S-A51 S
Servomotor 9.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF154S-A48 -
Servomotor with Brake 9.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF154BS-A51 S
Servomotor with Brake 9.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF154BS-A48 -
Servomotor 12.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF224S-A51 -
Servomotor 12.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 260Kppr HF224S-A48 -
Servomotor with Brake 12.0 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF224BS-A51 -
Servomotor 13.7 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF204S-A51 S
Servomotor with Brake 13.7 NM Stall, 4krpm 1Mppr HF204BS-A51 S
Servomotor 20 NM Stall, 2krpm 1Mppr HF302S-A51 -
Spindle Feedback Cable CNP2E-1-10.0M S

External Spindle Encoders
6000rpm External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 -
8000rpm External Spindle Encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 S
SJ-V Series Spindle Motors
Spindle Motor 5.5KW 1.5K/8K rpm Flange SJ-V5.5-01T(F) S Use MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3-10080
Spindle Motor 7.5KW 1.5K/8K rpm Flange SJ-V7.5-01T(F) S Use MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3-16080
Spindle Motor 11KW 1.5K/6K rpm Flange SJ-V11-01T(F) S Use MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3-16080
Spindle Motor 15KW 1.5K/6K rpm Flange SJ-V15-01T(F) S Use MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3-20080
General Notes:
1. The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (200/220/230VAC) to MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3.If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 200VAC, the rated output may not be attained.
Spindle Motor Specifications
Spindle Motor Type SJ-V
Base Rotation Speed 1150r/min Series, 1500r/min Series
5.5-01T 7.5-01T 11-01T 15-01T
Compatible Spindle Drive Unit Type MDS-DM-SPV2/SPV3- 10080 16080 20080
Output Capacity
Continuous Rating (kW) 3.7 5.5 7.5 11
30-Minute Rating 50% ED
Rating (kW)
5.5 7.5 11 15
Base Rotation Speed (r/min) 1500
Maximum Rotation Speed (r/min) 8000 6000
Frame No. D90 A112 B112 A160
Continuous Rated Torque (Nm) 23.5 35.0 47.7 70.0
GD (kgm) 0.059 0.098 0.12 0.23
Inertia (kgm) 0.015 0.025 0.03 0.06
Tolerable Radial Load (N) 1470 1960 2940
Cooling Fan
Maximum Power
Consumption
42W 40W 63W
Environment
Ambient Temperature Operation: 0 to 40 (with no freezing), Storage: -20 to 65 (with no freezing)
Altitude
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Weight (kg) 49 60 70 110
Insulation Class F
Servomotor Connectors
Power Connector for CN22 1-178128-2 S 1 Needed for 24V power
Contacts for CN22 1-175218-5 S 2 needed per connector
Armature Cable Connector 1-917807-2 S 2 or 3 connectors per drive needed
Contacts for Armature Cable Connector 316041-2 S 4 per connector needed
Brake Connector CNU20S(AWG14) S 1 per brake motor
Power Supply Connector CNU23S S Add for every drive
522
n

C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
Z
E
D

N
U
M
E
R
I
C
A
L

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
External Spindle Encoder Cables
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-10.0M S
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-15.0M -
Spindle Encoder Feedback Cable CNP3EZ-3P-20.0M -
Battery Unit
Battery for Absolute Positioning ER6V-C119B S 1 per Drive Unit
Drive Communications Cable G380-10.0M S 10M
Drive Communications Cable G380-20.0M S 20M
Drive Communications Cable G396-0.3M S 0.3M
C. Options and Drive System Interconnection
Drive System Interconnection
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Energy Management Products and Solutions 523
Item columns/rows.
Energy Management Products and Solutions
A. Energy Monitoring Modules (PLC Based for Monitoring Process or Machine Energy) ............................... 524
B. Stand-Alone Energy Meter (Motor Control Center, Switchgear, OEM) ......................................................... 529
C. Plant-Wide/Enterprise Level Energy Monitoring Solutions ........................................................................... 531
Energy Products and Solutions
524
n

E
N
E
R
G
Y

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S

A
N
D

S
O
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Energy measuring modules add energy management capability to a Q Series system. Mount the module on a Q base unit to
measure a variety of energy usage, such as current, voltage, power, frequency, etc. for a single circuit.
A. Energy Monitoring Modules
(PLC Based for Monitoring Process or Machine Energy)
Model Number QE81WH QE81WH4W
Stocked Item - -
Phase Wire System 1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire / 3-phase, 3-wire 3-phase, 4-wire
Instrument
Ratings
Voltage
Circuit
1-Phase, 2-Wire;
3-Phase, 3-Wire (*1)
110VAC, 220VAC common use -
1-Phase, 3-Wire
110VAC (between wires 1-2, between wires 2-3),
220VAC (between wires 1-3)
-
3-Phase, 4-Wire -
63.5/110 ~ 277/480VAC (select from 63.5/110, 100/173, 105/182,
110/190, 115/199, 120/208, 127/220, 200/346, 220/380, 230/400,
240/415, 242/420, 250/430, 254/440, 265/460 and 277/480V [all
values indicate primary-side voltage of voltage converter](*3)
QE8WH4VT is needed for a 277V/480V 4-wire WYE system.
Current Circuit
AC50A, 100A, 250A, 400A, 600A (Dedicated split-type current
sensor is used. In all cases, the current sensors primary current is
indicated.)
50, 100, 250, 400, 600AAC (use of special split current sensor; all
values indicate current values for primary side of current sensor)
5AAC (use of special 5A current sensor (EMU2-CT5-4W);
5A current sensor can be used in combination with current
transformer in a two-level configuration, and primary-side current
value can be set to a maximum of 6,000A)
AC5A (Dedicated split-type current sensor is used. The 5A current
sensor is used in combination with a current transformer (CT) in a
two-step configuration. In this case, the maximum primary current
setting is 6000A.)
Frequency 50-60Hz (automatic frequency selection)
Tolerance Main Unit
Measurement
Items
Main Unit Permissible Tolerance
Current,
Demand Current
1.0% (relative to 100% rating) (*2)
Voltage 1.0% (relative to 100% rating)
Energy,
Demand Energy
1.0% (relative to 100% rating) (*2)
Reactive Power 2.5% (5-120% of rating, power factor = 0)
Frequency 1.0% (45-65Hz range)
Power Level 2.0% (5-120% of rating, power factor = 1)
Power Factor 3.0% (relative to electrical angle of 90)
Measurement
Items
Main Unit Permissible Tolerance
Current,
Demand Current
1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Voltage 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Energy,
Demand Energy
1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Reactive Power 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Apparent Power 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Frequency 1.0% (in 45 to 65Hz range)
Power Factor 3.0% (relative to electrical angle of 90)
Energy Use
2.0% (in 5-100% range of rated value,
power factor=1)
Reactive
Energy Use
2.5% (in 10-100% range of rated value,
power factor=0)
Number of Measurement Circuits 1
Data Refresh Period
250ms (fixed) Note: Constant cumulative count of power level and
reactive power level (also includes short-cycle load changes)
250ms
Response Time
Backup to non-volatile memory
(Saved items: Setting values, max./min. values and their
occurrence times, power level (regenerative, consumption),
reactive power level, period power level)
2s or less
Measurable Items Current, current demand, voltage, power, demand power, power factor, frequency, electric energy, reactive energy, periodic energy
Number of Occupied Points 16 points (I/O assignment: intelligent 16 points)
Notes:
1. The module can be connected directly to 100 to 220 V circuits. When the voltage exceeds 220 V AC, an external voltage transformer (VT) is required. (It is possible to arbitrarily set the
primary voltage of VT to up to 6,600 V and the secondary voltage to up to 220 V.)
2. Demand is the moving average over the specified time period.
3. QE81WH4W is applicable to the standards when combined with voltage converter (QE8WH4VT)
10
S
TR
IP G
A
U
G
E
S
TR
IP G
A
U
G
E
5
QE81WH4W
QE81WH4W
SLD
RUN
ERR.
ALM1
ALM2
ME A.
1
2
3
1k
1l
2l
2k
3l
3k
PA
PB
PC
PD
Energy Monitoring Modules, Single-Circuit
Energy measuring modules can be slotted directly into a Q Series
rack to enable easy measurement of various energy data. These
modules are multi-circuit models.
The three-phase/three-wire module (QE84WH) can measure up
to 4 circuits, and the three-phase/four-wire module (QE83WH4W)
can measure up to 3 circuits. These models provide energy
management in a smaller space and at a lower cost than the
single-circuit models (QE81WH and QE81WH4W).
When used to measure only the current*, the module can measure
up to 8 circuits at 100ms intervals. It requires a small space and
is suitable for current value management linked with production
equipment.
Key Features:
Saves more space
Upper and lower limits can be monitored
Measurement on up to 8 circuits
Data updating cycle of 100 ms
*Note: In the current measurement mode, items other than current cannot be measured.
Model Number QE84WH QE83WH4W
Stocked Item - -
Phase/Wire 1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire / 3-phase, 3-wire shared 3-phase, 4-wire
Instrument
Ratings
Voltage
Circuit
1-Phase, Two-
Wire; 3-Phase,
3-Wire (*1)
100V~220VAC (If the voltage exceeds 220 VAC, an external
voltage transformer is required.)
-
1-Phase, 3-Wire
110VAC (between wires 1 and 2 and between wires 2 and 3),
220VAC (between wires 1 and 3)
-
3-Phase, 4-Wire
(*2) (*3)
-
63.5/110~277/480VAC (When the voltage exceeds 277/480
VAC, a voltage transformer is required. The primary voltage
values of the voltage transducer (QE8WH4VT) are shown.
QE8WH4VT is required for a 277V/480V 4-wire WYE system.
Current Circuit (*4)
50, 100, 250, 400, 600AAC (use of special split current sensor; all values indicate current values for primary side of current
sensor); 5AAC (use of special 5A current sensor; 5A current sensor can be used in combination with current transformer in a
two-level configuration, and primary-side current value can be set to a maximum of 6,000A)
Frequency 50 to 60Hz (frequency determined automatically)
Main Unit
Tolerances
(Excluding
Current
Sensor)
Normal Operation Mode
Current, demand current: 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value) (*5)
Voltage: 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Energy, demand energy: 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value) (*5)
Reactive power: 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
- Apparent power: 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Frequency: 1.0% (in 45 to 65Hz range)
Power factor: 3.0% (relative to electrical angle of 90)
Energy use: 2.0% (in 5 to 100% range of rated value, power factor=1)
Reactive energy use: 2.5% (in 10 to 100% range of rated value, power factor=0)
Current Measurement Mode Current, demand current (*5): 1.0% (relative to 100% of rated value)
Number of
Measurement
Circuits
Normal Operation Mode 4 circuits in a same voltage system (4 channels) 3 circuits in a same voltage system (3 channels)
Current Measurement Mode 8 circuits (8 channels)
Data Update
Cycle
Normal Operation Mode 500ms (*6)
Current Measurement Mode 100ms
Response Time 2s or less
Power Interruption Backup
Backup in non-volatile memory (stored items: setting values, max./min. values and time and date they occurred, energy use
(regenerative, consumption), reactive energy use, time-based energy use)
Number of Required Slots 1
Number of Input/Output Points 32 (I/O allocation: Intelligent, 32 points)
DC Consumption Current 0.46A 0.39A
Applicable
Wires
Voltage Input
Terminal
Solid Wire AWG24-AWG16
Stranded Wire AWG20-AWG16
Current Input
Terminal
Stranded Wire AWG20-AWG18 Applicable crimp-style terminal: R1.25-3 (crimp-style terminal with sleeve is not allowed)
Weight (kg) 0.19 0.19
Notes:
1. The module can be connected directly to 100 to 220 V circuits. When the voltage exceeds 220 V AC, an external voltage transformer (VT) is required. (It is possible to arbitrarily set the primary voltage
of VT to up to 6,600 V and the secondary voltage to up to 220 V.)
2. For a 277/480V WYE system after For Voltage input, a voltage converter (QE8WH4VT) is required. When the primary voltage of the voltage transducer exceeds 277/480 V AC, an external voltage
transformer (VT) is required. (It is possible to arbitrarily set the primary voltage of VT to up to 6,600 V as phase voltage.)
3. The ratio error of the voltage converter is 1.0% (of the rated primary voltage).
4. The ratio error of the current sensor is 1% (5 to 100% of the rating).
5. The demand values are moving average deviations within the specified time limit.
6. The energy use and reactive energy use are constantly measured. Load variation in a short cycle of 500 ms or less is followed.
Energy Measuring Modules, Multi-Circuit
QE84WH
C
H
1
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
2
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
3
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
4
1k
NC
NC
11
31
3k
QE84WH
C
H
1
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
2
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
3
1k
11
31
3k
C
H
4
1k
NC
NC
11
31
3k
526
n

E
N
E
R
G
Y

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S

A
N
D

S
O
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Model Number QE82LG
Stocked Item -
Phase Wire System 1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire and 3-phase, 3-wire systems common use
Instrument
Rating
Voltage
Circuit
(*1, *2)
1-Phase, 2-Wire,
3-Phase, 3-Wire
110VAC, 220VAC common use
1-Phase, 3-Wire 110VAC (between wires 1-2, between wires 2-3), 220VAC (between wires 1-3)
Current Circuit
AC50A, 100A, 250A, 400A, 600A (Dedicated split-type current sensor is used and the current sensors primary current is always indicated)
AC5A (Dedicated split-type current sensor is used. The 5A current sensor is used in combination with a current transformer (CT) in a
two-step configuration. In this case, the maximum primary current setting is 6000A).
Frequency 50-60Hz (automatic frequency selection)
Tolerance Main Unit
Leakage current 2.5% (10% to 100% of rating)
Resistive-component leakage current 2.5mA (10% of rating)
(The resistive-component leakage current does not include electrostatic capacity)
Number of Measurement Circuits 2 circuits (*3)
Data Refresh Period Leakage current: 2 sec or less; Resistive-component leakage current: 10 sec or less
Response Time
Leakage current: 4 sec or less; Resistive-component leakage current: 30 sec or less
Backup to non-volatile memory (Saved items: Setting values, max. value and its occurrence date/time, alarm occurrence times)
Measuring
Items
Leakage Current
Current value, max. value, occurrence date/time of max. value, number of first stage alarm occurrences,
number of second stage alarm occurrences
Resistive-Component
Leakage Current
Current value, max. value, occurrence date/time of max. value, number of first stage alarm occurrences,
number of second stage alarm occurrences
Number of Occupied Points 16 points (I/O assignment: intelligent 16 points)
Weight (kg) 0.10
Notes:
1. The module can be connected directly to 110V and 220V. To connect to 440V, an external voltage transformer (VT) is necessary. Leakage current (I0, I0r) cannot be measured without voltage input.
2. I0r can be measured on a 1-phase, 3-wire or 3-phase, 3-wire delta circuit. On special grounded circuits, such as 3-phase, 3-wire star circuits, high-resistance grounded circuits and capacitor grounded circuits,
only I0 can be measured.*
3. Leakage current (I0 and I0r) of CH1 and CH2 can be measured only on circuits when the voltage input was on the same system.
Insulation Monitoring Module
Constant measurement of leakage current (I0 or I0r) can prevent sudden trouble and reduce production loss due to
equipment stoppage. Insulation monitoring pinpoints the problematic equipment, making it possible to recognize
deteriorated insulation location early on.
Model Number QE8WH4VT
Stocked Item -
Phase Wire System 3-phase, 4-wire
Input Voltage Range 63.5/110 to 277/480VAC (The product does not operate on the voltage below 55/95VAC)
Frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Voltage Output Tolerance 1.0% (against the rated primary voltage)
Measurement Category CATIII
Pollution Degree II
Maximum Number of Connections 5 units
Operating
Condition
Operating Temperature 0C to +55C (Average daily temperature 35C or below)
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% RH (without condensation)
Storage Temperature -25C to +75C
Altitude 2000 m or lower
Commercial Frequency Withstand Voltage
Between voltage input terminals (P1, P2, P3, P0) and FG terminal: 2210VAC for 3 seconds; Between voltage input terminals
(P1, P2, P3, P0) and secondary output terminals (PA, PB, PC, PD) (except for SLD terminal) 2210VAC for 3 seconds
Insulation Resistance 10 M or more (500VDC) at the same locations as above
Consumption VA P1-P0: 2VA, P2-P0: 0.3VA, P3-P0: 0.3VA (when inputting 277/480VAC)
Current Consumption 30 mA
Installation Location Inside the control panel
Secondary Wire Length 5 m
Installation Method Installation on IEC rails, installation with screws
Product Life Expectancy 10 years (used under the operating conditions above)
Weight (kg) 0.3
Voltage Converter
Use only with QE81WH4W or QE83WH4W module when metering a 277V/480V 4-wire WYE system.
1
0
6
STRIP GAUGE
QE8WH4VT
SLD
PA
P1
P2
P3
P0
FG
PB
PC
PD
Model Number (*1) EMU-CT50 EMU-CT100 EMU-CT250 EMU-CT400 EMU-CT600
Stocked Item - - - - -
Certification CE
Rated Primary Current 50A AC 100A AC 250A AC 400A AC 600A AC
Rated Secondary Current 16.66mA 33.33mA 66.66mA 66.66mA 66.66mA
Rated Burden 0.1VA
Maximum Voltage
(Voltage to Ground/Line Voltage)
266V/460VAC (*1)
Ratio Error 1% (5% to 100% of rating, RL10)
Phase Displacement 0.9 c rad (5% to 100% of rating, RL10)
Measurement (Installation) Category III
Pollution Degree II
Working Temperature Range 5C to +55C (daily mean temperature: 35C or less)
Working Humidity Range 5% to 95%RH (no condensation)
Weight (kg) 0.1 0.7
EMU-CT Model Split Current Sensor
EMU-CTs are used with QE81WH, QE81WH4W, QE83WH4W, QE84WH, Q68CT and EMU4 products.
Model Number Q68CT
Stocked Item -
Number of Input Points 8 points (8 channels)
Operation Method Effective value operation
Input Range 0 to 5A AC, 0 to 50A AC, 0 to 100A AC, 0 to 200A AC, 0 to 400A AC, 0 to 600A AC
Digital
Output
Converted Current Value 0 to 12000
Scaling Value -32768 to 32767
Input Frequency 50/60Hz
Excessive Input 200% for 1 minute, 150% for continuous time
I/O Characteristics
Input Range Digital Output Value Maximum Resolution
0 to 5A AC
0 to 10000
0.5mA
0 to 50A AC 5mA
0 to 100A AC 10mA
0 to 200A AC 20mA
0 to 400A AC 40mA
0 to 600A AC 60mA
Accuracy
Ambient Temperature
25 5C
Within 0.5% (50 digits)
Ambient Temperature
0 to 55C
Within 1.0% (100 digits)
Sampling Cycle 10ms/8CH, 20ms/8CH, 50ms/8CH, 100ms/8CH
Response Time 0.4s or less
Number of Access to Non-Volatile
Memory
Up to 10 times
Isolation Method Between input terminals and the programmable controller power supply: Transformer; Between input channels: No isolation
Dielectric Withstand Voltage Between I/O terminals and the programmable controller power supply: 1500 VAC rms for 1 minute
Insulation Resistance Between I/O terminals and the programmable controller power supply: 500V DC 10M or higher
External Connection System 18-point terminal block
Applicable Solderless Terminal R1.25-3 (Do not use a solderless terminal with an insulation sleeve.)
Internal Current Consumption (5 VDC) 0.35A
Weight (kg) 0.19
Current Transformer Input Module
Predictive maintenance of devices by detecting the current in real-time. Changes in the alternating current signal are detected
allowing the device state to be checked at real-time. The device can be serviced and troubleshooting performed by detecting the
peak current. Take a motor for example. The load applied on the motor because of gear wear and damage changes and causes
the load current to suddenly fluctuate.
Q68CT
K
L
C
H
1
K
L
C
H
2
K
L
C
H
3
K
L
C
H
4
K
L
C
H
5
K
L
C
H
6
K
L
C
H
7
K
L
C
H
8
NC
NC
Q68CT
Note:
1. EMU-CTs can also be used for a 480V systems.
528
n

E
N
E
R
G
Y

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S

A
N
D

S
O
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Model Number EMU2-CT5 EMU2-CT5-4W
Stocked Item - -
Certification CE
Phase Wire System 1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire / 3-phase 3-wire 3-phase, 4-wire
Rated Primary Current 5A AC
Rated Secondary Current 1.66mA
Rated Burden 0.1VA
Maximum Voltage
(Voltage to Ground/Line Voltage)
150V/260VAC
Ratio Error 1% (5% to 100% of rating, R
L
10)
Phase Displacement 0.9 c rad (5% to 100% of rating, R
L
10)
Measurement (Installation) Category III
Pollution Degree II
Working Temperature Range 5C to +55C (daily mean temperature: 35C or less)
Working Humidity Range 5% to 95%RH (no condensation)
5A Current Sensor Cable (500mm) EMU2-CB-Q5B
Weight (kg) 0.1
EMU2-CT Model 5A Current Sensor
Typically used when using existing conventional CTs. Monitors the secondary side of the CT.
Model Number (*1) EMU2-CB-T1M EMU2-CB-T1MS EMU2-CB-T5M EMU2-CB-T5MS EMU2-CB-T10M EMU2-CB-T10MS
Length (mm) 1000 1000 5000 5000 10,000 10,000
Note:
1. M denotes standard, MS denotes separate.
EMU2-CB-T__ Extension Cable
Split Current Sensor Cable
Model EMU2-CB-T1M EMU2-CB-T5M EMU2-CB-T10M EMU2-CB-T1MS EMU2-CB-T5MS EMU2-CB-T10MS
Cable Length (mm) 1000 5000 10000 1000 5000 10000
Note Standard extension cable Separate extension cable
5A Current Sensor Cable
Model EMU2-CB-Q5A EMU2-CB-Q5A-4W EMU2-CB-Q5B-4W
Stocked Item - - -
Cable Length (m) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Use With Module QE81WH QE81WH4W QE83WH4W
B. Stand-Alone Energy Meter
(Motor Control Center, Switchgear, OEM)
Model Number EMU4-BD1-MB EMU4-HD1-MB
Stocked Item - -
Phase-Wire System 1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire / 3-phase, 3-wire
1-phase, 2-wire / 1-phase, 3-wire / 3-phase, 3-wire /
3-phase, 4-wire
Measurement Item
Electric energy (consumption, regeneration), current,
current demand, voltage, electric power, electric power
demand, reactive power, power factor, frequency, reactive
energy, operating time
Electric energy (consumption, regeneration), current,
current demand, voltage, electric power, electric power
demand, reactive power, apparent power, power factor,
frequency, harmonic current, harmonic voltage, reactive
energy, periodic electric energy, pulse count value,
operating time, equivalent CO
2
Rating
Voltage
Circuit
1-Phase, 2-Wire,
1-Phase, 3-Wire
110V, 220 VAC 110V, 220V, 440 VAC
1-Phase, 3-Wire
AC110V (b/w 1- and 2-side, 2- and 3-side), AC220V
(b/w 1- and 3-side)
AC110V (b/w 1- and 2-side, 2- and 3-side), AC220V
(b/w 1- and 3-side)
3-Phase, 4-Wire Non-compliant Min: AC63.5V/110V, Max: AC277V/480V
Current Circuit
50A, 100A, 250A, 400A, 600A AC (The dedicated split type current sensor is used. Each value refers to the current at
the primary side of the current sensor)
5A AC (The dedicated split type current sensor is used. 5A current sensor is used together with the current
transformer (CT), and the primary-side current is configurable up to 6000A.)
Frequency 50Hz-60Hz
Auxiliary Power Supply Rating 100-240VAC (+10%, -15%), 50Hz-60Hz
Measurable Circuit Count 1 circuit
External Input
Input Signal Type
None
No voltage a-contact 1 input
Rated Input Voltage/Current 5 VDC 7mA
External Output
Output Signal Type
None
No voltage a-contact 1 output
Rated Open/Close Voltage/Current 35 VDC 75mA or 24V AC 75mA (Power factor = 1)
Operating Temperature -5 - +55C (Under the conditions indicated in section 3.1)
Operating Humidity 30 - 85%RH (No condensation)
Storage Temperature 10 - +60C
Operating Altitude 1000m or below
Standard EMC: EN61326-1: 2006; LVD: EN-61010-1: 2010
Product Life Expectancy 10 years (Under the conditions indicated in section 3.1)
This Energy Measuring Unit can measure various types of electric
quantity such as voltage, current, electric power and electric energy.
Key Features:
The measurement data can also be transmitted to superior
monitoring systems through MODBUS
RTU communication.
In addition to the provision for measuring the quantity of electricity,
the unit has two external input ports supporting both pulse input
and contact input by way of switching (EMU4-HD1-MB).
With pulse input set, you can measure the production volume or
the utility other than electricity, such as water, gas and air.
With contact input set, you can monitor status or alarm and
measure the operating time of facility or the operating power.
* Scheduled release December, 2013. Subject to change.
MODBUS
is a registered trademarks of Schneider Electric SA

MU4-BD1-MB EMU4-HD1-MB
EMU4 Energy Measuring Unit*
530
n

E
N
E
R
G
Y

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S

A
N
D

S
O
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Model Number ME96NSR ME96NSR-MB (*1)
Stocked Item S S
Phase Line 3-phase, 4-wire 3-phase, 3-wire
Measuring
Items
Current (A) A1, A2, A3, AN.Aavg A1, A2, A3.Aavg
Current Demand (DA) DA1, DA2, DA3, DAN, DAavg DA1, DA2, DA3, DAavg
Voltage (V) V12, V23,V31,VLLavg; V1N, V2N, V3N, VLNavg V12, V23, V31, VLLavg
Active Power (W) W, W1, W2, W3 W
Reactive Power (var) var, var1, var2, var3 var
Apparent Power (VA) VA, VA1, VA2, VA3 -
Power Factor (PF) PF, PF1, PF2, PF3 PF
Frequency (Hz) Hz
Active Energy (Wh) Imported, Exported
Reactive Energy (varh) Imported Lead, Imported Lag, Exported Lead, Exported Lag
Harmonics Current (HI)
HI 1, HI 2, HI 3, HI N HI 1, HI 2, HI 3
THD, h1, h13, RMS value and distortion ratio
Harmonics Voltage (HV)
HV1N, HV2N, HV3N HV12, HV23
THD, h1, h13 RMS value and distortion ratio (Max. 20%)
Rating
Rated Voltage Max. 277V/480V, 50-60Hz AC110V, 220V, 50-60Hz
Rated Current AC5A /AC1A
Scale
Voltage
Secondary 63.5,100,110,115,120 100, 110, 220V
Primary 60V~750kV, upper 3 digits can be set
Current 5A~30kA, upper 2 digits can be set
Power Failure Compensation Non volatility memory used (Items: Setting Value, Max./Min. Value, Active Energy, Reactive Energy)
VA
Consumption
VT 0.1VA, 0.2VA (Input directly) for each phase
CT 0.1VA for each phase
Auxiliary Power Circuit 7VA at 110VAC, 8VA at 220VAC, 5W at 100VDC
Auxiliary Power Supply 100-240VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60Hz 75-140VDC
Enclosure Thermoplastic self-distinguish (UL94VO)
Operating Temperature -5C ~ 50C (Average operating temperature: under 35C per day)
Operating Humidity Under 30 ~ 85% RH, non-condensing
Storage Temperature -20C ~ 60C
Standard EMC: EN61326-1:2006; Safety Standard: EN61010-1:2001
Modbus
Interface
Communication
(*2)
Transmission Method, Protocol RS-485 2-wires Half Duplex, ModBus RTU
Connection Multi-drop max. distance 1000m, max. 31 units
Baud Rate 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400bps; Default;19200bps
Slave Address 1 ~ 255 (FFh); Default; 1
Weight (kg) 0.5
Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 96 x 96 x 86
Model Number ME-4201-NS96 ME-0040C-NS96 ME-0052-NS96 (*1)
Stocked Item - - -
Used with ME96NSR X X -
Used with ME96NSR-MB - - X
Analog Output 4 - -
Pulse Output 2 - -
Digital Input - 4 5
Digital Output (*2) 1 - 2
Transmission Function - CC-Link -
Notes:
1. ME-0052-NS96 is an optional plug-in module for ME96NSR-MB only.
2. Contact Output for ME-4101-NS96 closes at the time of high and low alarm occurrence. Contact Output for ME-0052-NS96 switches according to 16 bit set of ModBus communication.
ME96-NSR Power Meters
ME96-NSR meter uses an LCD display to combine the visual clarity of an analog meter with the accuracy and reliability
of digital technology with no moving parts. ME96-NSR is a stand-alone meter which can be connected to a network
using Modbus RTU or CC-Link communications. ME96-NSR can measure voltage, current, frequency, demand, energy,
and harmonics. ME96-NSR is a stand-alone meter with network options suited for motor control centers, switchgear or
OEM applications.
Optional Plug-In Modules
Notes:
1. ME96NSR-MB - Modbus Communication
2. Compatible with ME96NSR-MB only.
SET - + RESET MAX/MIN PHASE DISPLAY
ME96NSR
EnergyPAQ is a self-contained solution
which will track, display and store critical
power consumption data from multiple power
circuits around any plant or facility.
Key Features:
Complete solution monitoring and display firmware
is pre-loaded
Multiple logging options
Compatible with LEM Wi-LEM series wireless
measurement modules
Web-based dashboard display option
Demand response capable
Enclosure dimensions (W x H x D) in: 16 x 20 x 8.6
C. Plant-Wide/Enterprise Level Energy Monitoring Solutions
Building Performance Equipment Analysis Zone Analysis
EnergyPAQ uses the QE81-WH energy monitoring module. Detailed web-based dashboards show exactly where energy is being used.
Model Number Number of Circuits
Power Supply Circuit Types
110V 1ph 220V 1ph 220V 3ph 380V 3ph 440V 3ph 460-480V 3ph 220-6600V 3ph
EP1-1 1 X X X X (*1) X (*1) X (*2) X (*3)
EP1-2 2 X X X X (*1) X (*1) X (*2) X (*3)
EP1-3 3 X X X X (*1) X (*1) X (*2) X (*3)
EP1-4 4 X X X X (*1) X (*1) X (*2) X (*3)
EP1-5 5 X X X X (*1) X (*1) X (*2) X (*3)
EP1-W (*4) Wireless X X X X X X -
Notes:
1. Direct 440V is not suitable for UL applications with QE81WH module.
2. Only 4-wire WYE system for direct connection. Not a standard option, contact local representative.
3. 110V, 220V direct connection is possible. Above 440V~6600V voltage transformer (VT) is required. EMU-CTxxx, Current Transformers (CTs) are required for current sensing rated for low voltage
(480V system). Current selection 50, 100, 250, 400, and 600 Amps.
4. Supports wireless option. Wireless electric measurement module is not included.
EnergyPAQ
EnergyPAQ Selection Chart
532
n

E
N
E
R
G
Y

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S

A
N
D

S
O
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Model Number MES3-255C-EN
Stocked Item -
Certification UL cUL
Input Power Source 100 to 240VAC (+10%, -15%)
Input Frequency 50/60Hz (5%)
Input Voltage Distortion-Factor Within 5%
Consumption VA 19VA (110VAC), 25VA (220VAC)
Tolerated Short Interruption Time Within 20ms (more than 100VAC)
Operating Ambient Temperature 0 to 55C
Storage Ambient Temperature -25 to +75C
Operating Ambient Humidity 5 to 95%RH
Storage Ambient Humidity 5 to 95%RH
Operating Environment No corrosive gases
Operating Altitude 2,000m or lower
Installation Location Inside panel
Fuse Built-in (cannot be replaced)
ERR
Terminal
Application Turns off when the power supply is not input or reset, or when the fuse is disconnected
Rated Switching
Voltage and Current
24VDC, 0.5A
Minimum Switching
Load
5VDC, 1mA
Service Life Mechanical: More than 20,000,000 times; Electrical: More than 100,000 times (at rated switching voltage/current)
LAN (Ethernet)
Interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Compatible Connector RJ45
Support Functions
Auto-negotiation function (automatically identifies 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX);
Automatic MDIX function (automatically identifies straight/cross cables)
Clock Accuracy
0 to 55C Daily error: -10.89 to +8.64s. During a blackout, an additional 0.5s of error may be added
25C Daily error: -4.32 to +5.25s. During a blackout, an additional 0.5s of error may be added
Blackout
Compensation
Compensation Data
Back-up using battery: Clock, Measurement data for the last hour; Backs up in non-volatile memory (CompactFlash
memory card, Setting value, Measurement data (except measurement data for the last hour)
Battery
Storage Service Life 5 years (raw power, at normal temperature)
Service Life in Use
Current Application Ratio Guaranteed Values
Guaranteed Time After a
Battery Error Occurs
0% 13,700hr 1.57yr
600hr 25d
30% 19,100hr 2.18yr
50% 25,800hr 2.96yr
70% 40,000hr 4.57yr
100% 43,800hr 5yr
Replacement Battery
Model/Name
Q6BAT (optional)
Transmission Rate 156kbps/625kbps/2.5kbps/5Mbps/10Mbps
Maximum Cable Extension
(Max. Transmission Distance)
Transmission Rate Interoffice Cable Length Max. Cable Extension
156kbps
20cm or more
1200m
625kbps 900m
2.5Mbps 400m
5Mbps 160m
10Mbps 100m
Maximum No. of Units Connected
64 provided that the following conditions are met
1.Total no. of offices: a+b2+c3+da:
1 office occupied units, b: 2 offices occupied units, c: 3 offices occupied units, d: 4 offices occupied units
2.No. of units connected
16(A+D)+54B+88C<_2304
A: Remote I/O office unitsUp to 64
B: Remote device office unitsUp to 42
C: Local office and intelligent device office unitsUp to 26
D: Reserved office units*
*Unregistered office numbers from Office No. 1 to highest office number are included in the unit count reserved offices.
Connection Cable CC-Link Ver1.10-compliant cable
Output Points 16
Insulation System Relay insulation
Rated Switching Voltage/Current
24VDC: 2A (resistance load)
240VAC: 2A (COSf = 1)
for 1 point, 8A for 1 common
Minimum Switching Load 5VDC 1mA
Maximum Switching Load 264VAC 2A, 125VDC 2A
Service Life Mechanical: More than 20,000,000 times; Electrical: More than 100,000 times (at rated switching voltage/current)
Weight (KG) 0.9
* Scheduled release December, 2013. Subject to change.
Energy Data Collection Web Server: EcoWebServer III*
EcoWebServer allows you to view energy data in web browser thus eliminating the need for a server and managing activities.
Its based on iQ platform which interacts with Mitsubishi Energy Monitoring Hardware over Ethernet, CC-Link.
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Software 533
Software
AJ65BTB1-16D
CC-Link I/O
ST I/O
STATION NO. X10 X1
5
0 14 6 23 5
0 14 69 23 78
0 14 23
AJ65BTB1-16D
0
PW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
L RUN SD RD L ERR.
DA DG
DB SLD (FG)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
+24V 24G
B RATE
QS0J65BTB2-12DT
Safety I/O
iQ Works
iQ Platform MELSOFT Navigator
GX Works2
MT Works2
MX MES IT
GT Works3
GX Developer
GX Developer
GT Works3
MT Works2
GT Works3
GX Configurator
GX Developer
NC Configurator
NC Monitor
RT Toolbox2 (LT)
MELFA-Vision
MELFA-Works
NC Designer
NC Explorer
MS Configurator
MELSECNET/H control remote I/O network
CNC
FX
MITSUBISHI
QS Safety PLC
L Series
MELSECNET/H (PLC to PLC network)
PLC to PLC
& Remote I/O
GT Works 3
SoftGOT
WS Configurator
ST Configurator
GX Works2
SLD
L RUN/L ERR.
DG DB DA
GCC1
STATION No. x10
x1
1 2 3 45 6 0
1 2 3 45 6 09 8 7
Redundant
Process CPU
Redundant
Process CPU
Safety Relays
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances when
we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item
columns/rows.
non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage. All
non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Software Maintenance Agreement (SMA) ........................................................................................534
A. iQ Platform Integrated System Programming Suite - iQ Works .................................................534
B. Controller Programming Software ..............................................................................................535
C. Optional Controller Software ......................................................................................................537
D. Motion Programming Software ..................................................................................................539
E. Servo Sizing and Setup Software ...............................................................................................540
F. HMI Programming Software .......................................................................................................540
G. Inverter/VFD Setup Software ......................................................................................................540
H. Enterprise Solution and Setup Software.....................................................................................541
I. Robot Software ............................................................................................................................541
J. CNC Software ..............................................................................................................................542
Software
534
n

S
O
F
T
W
A
R
E
Type Part Number Description Stock Status Notes
L
e
v
e
l

1
iQ-Works-LUP1-C1 Upgrade to iQ Works - 1 C1 Title Owned -
These part number are for customers who already own 1 iQ Works component
software (GX Works2, MT Works2 or GT Works3). Example: The customer owns
GX Works2 or MT Works2 but they now want to upgrade to the full iQ Works suite.
L
e
v
e
l

2
iQ-Works-LUP2-C1 Upgrade to iQ Works - 2 C1 Titles Owned -
These part number are for customers who already own 2 iQ Works component
software titles (GX Works2, MT Works2 or GT Works3). Example: The customer
owns GX Works2 and MT Works2 but they now want to upgrade to the full iQ Works
suite.
iQ-Works-LUP2-C100 Upgrade to iQWorks - 2 C100 Titles Owned -
Upgrade to Full iQ Works*
Note: iQ Works and the component software titles are new products. Customers with existing GX Developer, MT Developer and GT Works2 software or SMAs are not entitle to an upgrade to iQ Works,
GX Works2, MT Works2 (MT Developer) or GT Works3.
The Next Generation in industrial software has arrived with the release of the iQ Works suite. The concept of this next generation is efciency
through integration. The iQ Works suite contains and maintains four different core software packages; MELSOFT Navigator, GX Works2, MT
Works2, and GT Works3. MELSOFT Navigator is the umbrella software that serves as the system conguration software and launching pad for
the other three packages. Users are able to graphically assemble their networks, controllers, special function modules, and I/O for sequence
control, along with their motion controller modules and GOT1000 HMIs.
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

iQ-Works-C1 Single User License of iQ Works on DVD S
This is a single DVD which contains all four software titles
(MELSOFT Navigator, GX Works2, MT Works2 and GT Works3)
iQ-Works-C5 5 User License of iQ Works on DVD S
iQ-Works-C10 10 User License iQ Works on DVD -
iQ-Works-OEM OEM license for iQ-Works on DVD -
S
M
A
iQ-Works-C1-SMA SMA for iQ-Works-C1 -
These are the part number to order an SMA for the DVD or CD iQ Works
part numbers. Updates will be provided electronically.
iQ-Works-OEM-SMA SMA license for iQ-Works-OEM on DVD -
Software Maintenance Agreement (SMA)
The software maintenance agreement allows users to purchase a yearly software maintenance contract that includes automatic delivery of ALL
upgrades that MEAU releases during the contract year for the associated software title. The SMA ensures that a customer will always have the current
version of software. The contract for this service runs one year from the date of purchase, and should be renewed yearly to ensure continuous service.
A. iQ Platform Integrated System Programming Suite - iQ Works
Type Part Number Description Stock Status Notes
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
IQ-WORKS-C1-OEM Upgrade from iQ Works-C1 to OEM license - This part number is for customers who already own iQ-Works-C1
IQ-WORKS-LUP1-OEM Upgrade to iQ Works - 1 OEM Title Owned -
This part number is for customers who already own 1 of the iQ Works component
software in OEM version (GX-Works2-OEM, GT-Works3-OEM, or MT-Works2-OEM)
IQ-WORKS-LUP2-OEM Upgrade to iQ Works - 2 OEM Title Owned -
software in OEM version (GX-Works2-OEM, GT-Works3-OEM, or MT-Works2-OEM)
IQ-WORKS-L1-C1-OEM Upgrade to iQ Works OEM - 1 C1 Title Owned -
software in single license version (GX-Works2-C1, GT-Works3-C1, or
MT-Wokrs2-C1)
IQ-WORKS-L2-C1-OEM Upgrade to IQ Works OEM - 2 C1 Title Owned -
software in single license version (GX-Works2-C1, GT-Works3-C1, or
MT-Wokrs2-C1)
Upgrade to iQ Works OEM License
GX-DEV-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time. Includes 1 CD containing both software and electronic manuals S
GX-DEV-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-DEV-C1 -
GX-DEV-C5 5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time. Includes 1 CD containing both software and electronic manuals -
IB(NA)0800242 GX-DEV / GX-SIM Startup Manual -
IB(NA)0800243 GX-DEV Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800244 GX-DEV SFC Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800245 MELSAP-L Operating Manual (Legacy Product SFC Programming) -
IB(NA)0800246 GX-DEV Function Block Manual -
IB(NA)0800004 GX Converter Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800247 Structured Text Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800248 Structured Text Programming Guide -
GX Developer
GX Developer is the basic controller programming environment supporting Q Process, QS Safety, and legacy controllers like the AnS, QnA, and
A700 VFD with built-in PLC. It is also compatible with current iQ Platform / Q, L, and FX Series controller offering. This software is used for
programming as well as configuration of communication and intelligent function modules. GX Configurator and FX Configurator plug-ins are
included on the CD.
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
GX-WORKS2-C1 Single user license of GX Works2 S
These are the part numbers to use if a customer wants to purchase the GX Works2
programming software only, without the full iQ Works suite.
GX-WORKS2-C5 5 user license of GX Works2 S
GX-WORKS2-C10 10 user license of GX Works2 -
GX-WORKS2-OEM OEM license for GX-Works2 -
S
M
A
These are the part number to order an SMA for the GX Works2 part numbers.
GX-WORKS2-OEM-SMA SMA for GX-Works2-OEM -
GX Works2
GX Works2, as part of iQ Works, is the next generation configuration and programming software for FX, L and iQ Platform / Q Series controllers.
Following the goal of maximum efficiency, GX Works2 allows developers to mix and match between five different programming languages,
each conforming to a different programming style. Developers can select their preferred language which is best suited for the application. This
environment conforms to IEC1131-3 standards, also allowing parts of projects to be saved in Libraries for use within future applications.
B. Controller Programming Software
536
n

S
O
F
T
W
A
R
E
WS Developer
The WS Developer Setting and Monitoring Tool software is used to congure, program, and commission a WS Safety Controller.
Visually assemble a CPU, I/O, and optional communication modules, then add Safety elements and pre-made Function Blocks, then
nish by simulating before downloading the program into the memory plug.
WS-DEV-C1
Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time
Includes 1 CD containing both the software and electronic manuals
S
GX Developer-FX
GX Developer-FX is a scaled down version of GX Developer supporting the FX Series PLCs. GX Developer-FX is 100% compatible with the
full version of GX Developer, therefore files can be shared between the two (limited to FX PLC programs). Customers who have already
purchased GX-DEV do not need GX-DEV-FX as all the functionality for the FX PLCs is the same in both packages. FX Configurator-EN and
FX Configurator-FP software plug-ins are included on the CD.
GX-DEV-FX-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time S
GX-DEV-FX-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-DEV-FX-C1 -
GX-DEV-FX-C5 5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time -
IB(NA)0800243 GX-DEV Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800244 GX-DEV SFC Operating Manual -
IB(NA)0800245 MELSAP-L Operating Manual (Legacy Product SFC Programming) -
IB(NA)0800246 GX-DEV Function Block Manual -
JY992D88301 GX Developer-FX Supplemental Manual (Only included on the GX Developer-FX CD) -
JY992D48301 FX Series Programming Manual (Only included on the GX Developer-FX CD) -
Note: All software programs includes 1 CD containing both software and electronic manuals. Manuals are in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is
also included on the software CD. If hard copies of the manuals are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
PX Developer
Consists of a programming tool and monitoring tool supporting users to process DDC on QnP(R)HCPUs. Programming work is done in
FBD language. DDC processing monitor is done with tag data.
PX-DEV-C1 Process Control Configuration Software -
SH(NA)080369 Operating Manual (Programming Tool) -
SH(NA)080370 Operating Manual (Monitor Tool) -
SH(NA)080371 Programming Manual -
Alpha VLS Software
Windows
based programming package designed to support the full line of Alpha2 controllers. Programming cable (AL-232CAB) is
required to connect the PC to the Alpha2 controller.
ALPHA-WIN-1
Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time
Includes 1 CD containing both software and electronic manual JY992D74001
S
ALPHA-WIN-5
5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time
-
ALPHA-WIN-10
-
ALPHA-WIN-25
-
ALPHA-WIN-50
-
JY992D74001 Alpha VLS Software Manual* -
JY992D97101 AL2 Programming Manual* -
JY992D96801 AL2-EEPROM-2 Hardware Manual* -
JY992D97201 AL2-GSM-CAB Hardware Manual* -
JY992D76001 Alpha RS2232 Cable Users Guide* -
JY992D97401 Alpha2 (AL2-4E_ _) installation Manual* -
JY992D97701 Alpha2 Communication Manual* -
JY992D97301 Alpha2 Hardware Manual* -
JY992D81401 AL2-ASI-BD Hardware Manual* -
Titles included on the GX CONFIGURATOR CD. The titles below are not sold separately.
Plug-In Title Description Manual Stocked Item
GX Configurator-AD
Analog-Digital converter modules: Q64AD, Q68ADV, A68ADI SH(NA)080055 -
Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog-Digital Modules (w/without Signal Conditioning Function):
Q64AD-GH, Q62AD-DGH
SH(NA)080277 -
GX Configurator-DA
Digital-Analog Modules: Q62DA, Q64DA, Q68DAV, Q68DAI SH(NA)080054 -
Channel Isolated Digital-Analog Module: Q62DA-FG SH(NA)080281 -
GX Configurator-TI
Thermocouple Input Modules - Channel Isolated Thermocouple/Micro Voltage Input Modules:
Q64TD, Q64TDV-GH
SH(NA)080141 -
Thermocouple Input Module: Q64RD SH(NA)080142 -
GX Configurator-CT
Channel Isolated Pulse Input Module: QD60P8-G SH(NA)080313 -
High Speed Counter Modules: QD62, QD62E, QD62D SH(NA)080036 -
GX Configurator-DN DeviceNet Master-Slave Module: QJ1DN91 SH(NA)080143 -
GX Configurator-SC
Serial Communications Modules: QJ71C24, QJ71C24-R2 SH(NA)080006 -
Serial Communications Module Protocol FB Support SH(NA)080393 -
GX Configurator-TC Temperature Control Modules: Q64TCTT, Q64TCTTBW, Q64TCRT, Q64TCRTBW SH(NA)080121 -
GX Configurator-PT Positioning Modules: QD70P4, QD70P8 SH(NA)080171 -
GX Configurator-AS AS-i (OZZI) Network Master Module: QJ1AS92 SH(NA)080291 -
GX Configurator-MB Modbus
for the QJ71MB91 SH(NA)080578 -

GX Configurator
GX Configurator is a set of tools specifically designed for the Q Series family of special function modules. The GX Configurator CD contains
the following software configuration titles as well as their respective manuals.
GX-CONFIG-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time. Includes 1 CD-ROM containing both software and electronic manuals S
GX-CONFIG-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-CONFIG-C1 -
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
C. Optional Controller Software
Note: All manuals come free of charge on the software CD-ROM in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the software CD. If hard copies of the manuals are
desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
538
n

S
O
F
T
W
A
R
E
GX Configurator-QP
Sold as a separate configuration utility software title, GX Configurator-QP is used to configure and maintain systems using the QD75 family of
motion control modules.
GX-CONFIG-QP-C1
Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time. Includes 1 CD-ROM containing both software and electronic
manuals Includes support for the QD75P1, QD75P2, QD75P3, QD75D1, QD75D2, QD75D3, QD75M1, QD75M2 & QD75M3
motion modules
S
GX-CONFIG-QP-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-CONFIG-QP-C1 -
IB(NA)0800261 GX-Configurator-QP Operating Manual* -
SH(NA)080058 QD75P1-P2-P4-D1-D4 Positioning Modules Manual* -
Note: All manuals come free of charge on the software CD-ROM in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the software CD. If hard copies of the manuals
are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
GX Configurator-DP
GX Configurator-DP is a Windows
based programming package allowing the user to graphically design and configure a PROFIBUS
network. GX Configurator-DP then transfers the configuration information to Mitsubishi PROFIBUS modules.
GX Configurator-AP
Sold as a separate configuration utility software title, GX Configurator-AP is used to configure and maintain systems
using the AD75M family of motion control modules.
GX Configurator-CC
Sold as a separate configuration utility software title, GX Configurator-CC enables users to graphically configure and maintain a
CC-Link network.
Note: All manuals come free of charge on the software CD-ROM in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the software CD.
If hard copies of the manuals are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
GX-CONFIG-CC-C1
manuals. Includes support for all MELSEC A, QnA and Q Series CC-Link networks
S
GX-CONFIG-CC-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-CONFIG-CC-C1 -
SH(NA)080103 GX-Configurator-CC Operating Manual* -
IB(NA)66721 AJ61BT11 - A1SJ61BT11 Users Manual* -
IB(NA)66722 AJ61QBT11 - A1SJ61QBT11 Users Manual* -
IB(NA)66781 RS-232 Interface Module AJ65BT-R2 -
SH(NA)080016 QJ61QBT11 Users Manual* -
GX-CONFIG-DP-C1
manual. Support PROFIBUS modules include A71PB92D, A1SJ71PB92D and QJ71PB92D
-
GX-CONFIG-DP-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-CONFIG-DP-C1 -
SH(NA)080127 GX-Configurator-DP PROFIBUS-DP Interface Module Users Manual* -
IB(NA)66569 PROFIBUS Interface Module AJ71PB92 -
GX-CONFIG-AP-C1
manual. Includes support for AD75P1, AD75P2, AD75P3, AD75P1-S3, AD75P2-S3, AD75P3-S3, AD75M1, AD75M2,
AD75M3, A1SD75P1, A1SD75P2, A1SD75P3, A1SD75P1-P3, A1SD75P2-S3, A1SD75P3-S3, A1SD75M1, A1SD75M2,
A1SD75M3, and AJ65BT-D75P2-D3 (CC-Link device station)
-
GX-CONFIG-AP-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX-CONFIG-AP-C1 -
IB(NA)66900 GX-Configurator-AD Operating Manual* -
GX Explorer2
GX Explorer unifies and controls personal computer and PLC project data bi-directionally. Project data can be easily read and written with
intuitive operations. With similar operations, programs can be downloaded or uploaded to a network PLC. Also, PLC diagnostics, ladder
monitoring, timing charts and device monitoring can be carried out.
GX-EXP2-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time S
GX-EXP2-C5 5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time -
GX Simulator
As an option to GX Developer or GX Developer-FX, users can add this Ladder Logic Simulator (SIM) program, allowing simulation of
program operation without using a PLC. This is a great way for a programmer to test the functionality of the program, before operating it
on a PLC. Machine responses can be simulated and the normal ladder monitor window can be used in GX Developer or GX Developer-FX to
track execution. Allows you to call a virtual PLC on a PC and debug the sequence program. Debugging can be immediately carried out after
designing without waiting for the PLC input/output wiring. This feature dramatically reduces the backward engineering process. No connection
cables are required for use of this program. GX Developer or GX Developer-FX must be installed prior to installing GX Simulator.
Note: All software programs includes 1 CD containing both software and electronic manuals. Manuals are in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the
software CD. If hard copies of the manuals are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed. Adobe, Acrobat and their logos are trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
GX-SIM-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time S
GX-SIM-C1-SMA SMA FOR GX SIMULATOR 1 USER LICENSE -
GX-SIM-C5 5 user license - can be used on up to 5 computers at a time -
CX-SIM-C5-SMA SMA FOR GX SIMULATOR 5 USER LICENSE -
IB(NA)0800193 GX-SIM Operating Manual -
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
MT-WORKS2-C1 Single User License of MT Works2 S
These are the part numbers to use if a customer wants to purchase the MT Works2
(MT Developer2) programming software only, without the full iQ Works suite.
MT-WORKS2-C5 5 User License of MT Works2 S
MT-WORKS2-C10 10 User License of MT Works2 -
S
M
A
MT-WORKS2-C1-SMA SMA for MT-Works2-C1 -
These are the part number to order an SMA for the MT Works2 part numbers.
MT Works2 (MT Developer2)
MT Works2 is the next generation programming, conguration and maintenance software for Q Series Motion Controllers including the iQ
Platform and Q170MCPU Stand Alone motion controllers. MT Works2 offers a new and intuitive programming, design, and maintenance
environment which can be used across many industries and applications in all the phases of a Motion Controller conguration; system design,
program development, debugging, startup, operation, and maintenance.
D. Motion Programming Software
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
MT-DEV2-MQ-C1 Single User License of MT Works2 S
These are the part numbers to use if a customer wants to purchase the MT Works2
(MT Developer2) programming software for MR-MQ100 only, without the full iQ
Works suite.
MT-DEV2-MQ-C5 5 User License of MT Works2 S
MT-DEV2-MQ-C10 10 User License of MT Works2 -
S
M
A
MT-DEV2-MQ-C1-SMA SMA for MT-Works2-C1 -
These are the part number to order an SMA for the MT Works2 part numbers.
MT Developer2 For MR-MQ100
540
n

S
O
F
T
W
A
R
E
MR-Configurator
Supports all operations from servo setup to maintenance. Easily perform various operations, including monitor display, diagnostics, parameter
writing and reading, and test operation.
MR-CONFIGURATOR Servo Configuration Software S
F. HMI Programming Software
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
GT-WORKS3-C1 Single User License of GT Works3 on 3 CDs S
These are the part numbers to use if a customer only wants to purchase GT Works3
programing software.
GT-WORKS3-C5 5 User License of GT Works3 on 3 CDs S
GT-WORKS3-C10 10 User License of GT Works3 on 3 CDs -
GT-WORKS3-OEM OEM license for GT-Works3 on 3 CDs -
S
M
A
GT-WORKS3-C1-SMA SMA for GT-Works3-C1 -
These are the part number to order an SMA for the GT Works3 part numbers.
GT-WORKS3-OEM-SMA SMA for GT-Works3-OEM -
GT Works3
GT Works3 is the design and conguration software for the GOT1000 Series HMIs. This revolutionary and intuitive design environment
provides host of attributes and graphical elements needed to quickly and easily develop visualization projects. Data entry elds, dialog windows
even placement aids have been optimize to reduce development time and provide the exibility every programmer demands. After screen
development is complete, one touch simulation enables developers to debug and verify their projects using real-time variables and conditions.
MSIZE
Servo sizing software package. This software is available for free download on www.meau.com.
MSIZE Servo Sizing Software -
E. Servo Sizing and Setup Software
MR-Configurator2
Servo setup software that supports 64bit and MELSERVO MR-J4 Series and J3 Series servo systems. The software has an easy-to-use
engineering environment that improves the efficiency in setting, startup and adjustment, and operation and maintenance of the servo amplifier
system with a new servo assistant that guides the user through amplifier setting, test run, and servo adjustments. The assistant can guide with
maintenance and troubleshooting and provides users with helpful tips.
MR-CONFIGURATOR2 MR-J3 and MR-J4 Servo Configuration Software S
FR-Configurator
An effective tool to support operations from startup to maintenance of inverters. Parameters can be set and operations can be monitored
efficiently from a PC.
FR-CONFIGURATOR VFD Setup Software S
G. Inverter/VFD Setup Software
MX OPC
OPC is a great way for users wanting to communicate from their PC to Mitsubishi hardware devices. The MX OPC server contains all the
Mitsubishi protocols available to successfully communicate from Mitsubishi hardware devices to any OPC Client, such as MX-WORX. MX
OPC Server is also capable of spanning multiple networks as it relays data to and from the OPC Client. With literally hundreds of connection
methods possible, MC-WORX remains simple to configure using graphical point and click technology. Supported Mitsubishi protocols
include programming port, serial, Ethernet, MELSECNET/10, CC-Link and others. Supported hardware includes FX, A, QnA and Q Series
devices plus selected CNC devices.
Note: All manuals come free of charge on the software CD-ROM in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the software CD. If hard copies of the
manuals are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
MX-OPC-C1
Single user license for Mitsubishi OPC Server - can be used on 1 computer at a time.
Includes 1 CD-ROM containing both software and electronic manual.
S
MX-OPC-C1-SMA MX OPC SERVER SINGLE USER LICENSE -
MX-OPC-C5
-
MX-OPC-C5-SMA MX OPC SERVER 5-USER LICENSE -
MX-OPC-C10
-
MX-OPC-C25
-
MX-OPC-C50
-
MX Component
An Active X control library supporting various Mitsubishi communication paths, from the PC to Mitsubishi PLCs. MX Component enables
the development of a wide variety of applications by supporting various languages, such as Visual Basic, Visual C++, Access, VBA of Excel
and VB Script.
Note: All manuals come free of charge on the software CD-ROM in Adobe Acrobat Reader format. A free copy of the Acrobat Reader program is also included on the software CD. If hard copies of the
manuals are desired, please refer to the manual model numbers listed.
MX-Compon-C1 Single user license - can be used on 1 computer at a time. Includes 1 CD-ROM containing both software & electronic manuals S
SH(NA)080270 MX Component Start Up Manual* -
SH(NA)080271 MX Component Operating Manual* -
SH(NA)080272 MX Component Programming Manual* -
H. Enterprise Solution and Setup Software
MX-MES Interface
The MES Interface configuration software is used to setup the MES Interface modules for the Q and iQ Platforms.
Model Number Description Applicable Hardware Stocked Item
MX-MESIF-STD-C1 Configuration utility for standard MES Interface. MES Interface S
MX-MES-INTERFC-IT Configuration utility for MES Interface-IT MES Interface-IT S
RT-Toolbox2
RT-Toolbox2 is the primary software package for Mitsubishi robots that utilize CR_-500 and CR_-700 Series controllers. This software
includes a comprehensive set of tool for all major robot programming and conguration tasks. RT-Toolbox2 is Windows
based and is
available in two formats, standard- with simulation or lite- without simulation.
Tools include:
RT-TOOLBOX 2-C1 Standard version including simulation tools. Single user license. S
RT-TOOLBOX 2 LT-C1 Lite version without simulation tools. Single user license S
System conguration
Program edit and Debug
Program conversion
(MELFA Basic IV to MELFA Basic V)
Parameter setting
Simulation (standard version only)
System monitoring
File management
Robot diagnostics
Robot maintenance
I. Robot Software
542
n

S
O
F
T
W
A
R
E
MELFA-Works
MELFA-Works is an advanced simulation, design and modeling tool for Mitsubishis A, S, SD, and SQ Series robots. MELFA-Works operates
as an add-on to SolidWorks, a 3rd party 3D CAD Design Software. MELFA-Works leverages the power of SolidWorks enabling complex robot
simulations in existing machine environments. MELFA-Works includes the lite version of RT-TOOLBOX 2 for program creation and debug. In
addition to simulation, a CAD-link function enables program creation from CAD les. Simulated images can be saved as .AVI les for future use
and demonstration
Advanced Functions Include:
MELFA-WORKS-C1 Single user license S
MELFA-Vision
MELFA-Vision software is a conguration and programming tool that simplies the integration of Cognex In-Sight Series vision sensors to
Mitsubishis A, S, SD, and SQ Series Robots. MELFA-Vision allows quick and efcient vision program writing, program transfer and backup,
image capture and calibration. All of this coupled with the dedicated vision commands provided in MELFA-Basic and direct connection via
Ethernet, vision integration is greatly simplied.
MELFA-VISION-C1 Single user license S
Cycle time check
Interference check
3D robot motion simulation
Work piece handling
3D integration to existing cells
Hand / tool simulation
Tool change simulation
Program creation and debug
CAD link function
AVI movie creation
NC Congurator
With the use of this Parameter Setup Support tool, NC Congurator allows you to edit necessary NC data les such as Machine Parameters, Tool
Data, and Common Variables from your personnel computer. The edited data then can be transferred to the NC via Ethernet Communications.
NC-Congurator-C1 Single user license -
NC Explorer
When connecting a personnel computer via Ethernet to a network of machines, the NC Explorer (Data Transfer Tool) allows data
such as Machining Programs, Common Variables, and Parameters can be transferred from machine to machine.
NC Remote Mon-C1 Single user license that contains both NC Explorer and NC Monitor -
NC Designer
NC Designer software allows for creation of custom operator screens in a Graphical Users Interface (GUI) environment. By using the available
standard parts included in the software you can easily develop original operator screens without any programs. Using the C Language source
generation function of the software, customized functions can be added with the use of C language programming and dedicated libraries.
NC-Designer-C1 Single user license -
J. CNC Software
NC Monitor
This tool allows you to display an identical screen as the NC display on your personnel computer. By connecting your personnel computer
to the NC using Ethernet communications various data can be checked and set on the personnel computer as the operator would set on the
standard HMI Screen.
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Low Voltage Switchgear 543
Low Voltage Switchgear
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment.
There may be instances when we are out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be
indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Non-Stock Product: Non-stock product is product supplied on an as-needed basis. Standard lead times of 6 - 8
weeks apply, product is non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock
product subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in
the Stocked Item columns/rows.
WS-V Molded Case Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................544
MCCB Operating Handles .................................................................................................................545
Circuit Protectors .............................................................................................................................545
General Purpose Contactors ............................................................................................................547
Motor Protection Relays ..................................................................................................................547
Definite Purpose Contactors ............................................................................................................547
Contactor Relays ..............................................................................................................................547
Vacuum Contactors .........................................................................................................................547
Low Voltage Switchgear
544
n

L
O
W

V
O
L
T
A
G
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
G
E
A
R
Notes:
1. Accessories must be factory installed .
2. F type Handles are stocked as LFDR versions - please see the explanation on next page.
WS-V Molded Case Circuit Breakers
The WS-V Series is designed to give UL 489 compliant circuit protection for panels and OEM
equipment. Mitsubishis new MCCB range includes sizes with continuous current ratings from 3A up
to 600A - suitable for 230V, 480V or 600V operation.
Main Features
UL489 / CSA approved and tested for branch circuit protection
Compact
Reliable
Cost-effective
Suitable for Isolation duty
Suitable for reverse connection
Suitable for AC or DC operation
TV and CCC type approved, CE marked throughout the range
Fully RoHS compliant
A Full Rrange of Options and Accessories is Also Supported:
NEMA 12 interlocking handles including Emergency Stop types
for NFPA79 requirements
Auxiliary contacts
Alarm switches
Shunt trips
Under-voltage trips
Terminal covers
Phase insulating barriers
Choice of screw (std), bus bar, or solderless box terminals to
facilitate installation
Frame Size (A) 50 100 125 250 400 600
Model NF50-SVFU NF100-CVFU NF125-SVU NF125-HVU NF250-SVU NF250-HVU NF-SKW NF-SLW
Stocked Item S - S 125 150 - S S
Rated Current in Amps at
Ambient Temperature 40C
(IEC 30C)
3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 60, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100
15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,
70, 75, 80, 90, 100,
125
15, 20, 30,
40, 50, 60,
70, 75, 80,
90, 100, 125
125, 150,
175, 200,
225, 250
125, 150,
175, 200,
225, 250
250, 300,
350, 400
500, 600
Number of Poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Rated Voltage (VAC) 240 240 480 600Y / 347V 480 600Y / 347V 600Y / 347V 600Y / 347V
UL489 (File
No. E108284)
CSA C22.2
No. 5-02

600Y / 347V - - - 18 - 18 20 20
480V - - 30 50 35 50 35 35
480Y / 277V - - - - -
240V 14 14 50 100 65 100 65 85
Rated Insulation
Voltage (Ui) V
440 600 690 690 690 690 690 690
JIS C
8201-2-1
Ann.1
IEC60947-2
EN60947-2
(Icu/Ics)
690V - - 8/4 10/5 8/4 10/5 10/10 10/10
500V - 7.5/4 18/9 25/13 25/13 36/18 30/30 30/30
440V 7.5/4 10/5 30/15 50/25 36/18 50/25 42/42 42/42
415V 10/5 10/5 30/15 50/25 36/18 50/25 45/45 45/45
400V 10/5 10/5 30/15 50/25 36/18 50/25 45/45 45/45
380V 10/5 10/5 30/15 50/25 36/18 50/25 50/50 50/50
230V 15/8 15/8 50/25 100/50 65/33 100/50 80/85 80/85
Suitable for Isolation Yes
Suitable for Reverse Connection - Yes
Tripping System Thermal - Magnetic Trip Current rating is fixed
Overall
Dimensions
mm (in)
Width 36 (1.42) 54 (2.13) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95) 90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51)
Height 120 (4.72) 150 (5.91) 160 (6.30) 160 (6.30) 185 (7.28) 185 (7.28) 257 (10.12) 257 (10.12)
Depth 68 (2.68) 68 (2.68) 68 (2.68) 68 (2.68) 68 (2.68) 68 (2.68) 103 (4.06) 103 (4.06)
Depth Including
Knob
90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 92 (3.62) 92 (3.62) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10)
Connection
Method
Screw Clamp
(Standard)
Standard -
Solderless / Box
Type (Option)
- Yes
Busbar (Option) - Yes Busbar is standard
Accessories
Alarm Switch Yes - Field installed option Yes (*1)
Auxiliary
Contact
Yes - Field installed option Yes (*1)
Shunt Trip Yes - Field installed option Yes (*1)
Undervoltage
Trip
Lead Wire
Terminal Block
External
Handles
F - Type (*2) F-03SVUL2 F-03SVUL3 F-05SVUL2 F-05SVUL3 F-1SVUL F-2SVUL F-4SUL F-6SUL
V - Type V-03SVUL2 V-03SVUL3 V-05SVUL2 V-05SVUL3 V-1SVUL V-2SVUL V-4SUL V-6SVUL
Terminal Covers TCL-03SVU2 TCL-03SVU3 TCL-05SVU2 TCL-05SVU3 TCL-1SVU2 TCL-1SVU3 TCL-2SVU3 TCL-4SKW TCL-6SLW
Extension Kits
Model Number Applicable Handles Stocked Item
V-AD3S V-03 V-02 S
V-AD3L V-04 V-06 S
MCCB Operating Handles
F-Type Operating Handles
Mounting type: Circuit Breaker Mount Type: Structure in which the operating handle and the
operating section are mounted on the circuit breaker body
Panel door open state: State where both the operating handle and the operating section are
attached on the breaker body
V-Type Operating Handle
Mounting type: Door Mount Type: Structure in which the operating section is mounted on the
circuit breaker body and the operating handle is mounted on the panel door
Panel door open state: State where the operating handle is attached on the door and the operating
section on the circuit breaker body
F - 1 S (V) UL 2 LF DR
Group Type
03
05
1
2
4
6
UL Type 2 For 2
Pole
Lock
LF
Lockable in
OFF position
LN
Lockable in
ON position
Door Latch
DR
Door latched
when OFF
DF
Door open
when OFF
V - 1 S (V) UL 2
Group Type
05
1
2
4
6
8
UL Type 2 For 2
Pole
NF30-FAU Circuit Protectors
Main Features
Stocked as 3 pole (2 pole available)
For protection of small VFDs, servo drives
and similar (up to 250V) up to 10HP
Sizes range from 5A to 30A
1.5kA interrupt capacity
DIN Rail or screw mounted
Suitable for AC or DC
Model Number NF30-FAU3P_A
Stocked Item All 3 pole types
Rated Current (A) 5, 10, 15, 20, 30
Interrupt Capacity
(UL1077, CSA C22.2)
AC240V* 2.5kA
DC60V 1.5kA
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp 2.5kV
Rated Insulation Voltage 250V
Dimensions (W x H x D) in (mm) 2.36 x 2.83 x 2.89 (60 x 72 x 73.5)
*Note: 5A size is rated at 1.5kA
F-Type Operating Handle
V-Type Operating Handle
Circuit Protectors
546
n

L
O
W

V
O
L
T
A
G
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
G
E
A
R
CP30-BA Series Circuit Protectors
For supplementary circuit protection.
Main Features
Slim Design - 17.5mm width per pole
DIN-Rail mountable
UL1077 / CSA 22.2 recognized
Choice of 1, 2 or 3 pole variants
Sizes from 0.1 up to 30A
2.5kA interrupt capability - AC or DC
Multiple different trip speeds available
Protective cover for terminal screws
Recessed handle to prevent accidental
operation
50G shock / 15G vibration withstand
ratings
Option of Faston push type terminals
for fast connection
Model Number CP30-BA_P1M_ _ A
Stocked Item
1, 2, 3, 5, 7,10, 15 20, 30
amp ratings
-
Number of Poles 1 2 3
Rated Voltage (V)
AC 250
DC 65
AC 250
DC 125
AC 250
AC-DC common use
Rated Impulse Voltage Uimp (kV) 2.5
Rated Current (A) 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30
Short Circuit
Rating (A)
AC
125V -
240V 2500
250V -
DC
60V 2500 - -
120V - 2500 -
Operating Characteristics Instantaneous type (I), Medium speed type (M) (MD), Slow type (S)
Tripping System
Instantaneous type (I): magnetic only
Other type (M, MD, S): hydraulic magnetic
Dimensions
12 29.5 47
1-pole
2-M tap
Mounting dimension
2-pole 3-pole
5
4
2-M tap
2-M4 tap
Tightening torque 1~1.4 (N-m)
11
12
14
AXb
AXa
AXc
11
12
14
AXb
AXa
AXc
11
12
14
AXb
AXa
AXc
Terminal
cover
e l o p - 3 e l o p - 2 e l o p - 1
N O N O N O
17.5
35
29.5
9.5
5
6
3
5.5
65
2
2
.
5
3
9
12
63
(
3

)
6
3
17.5 17.5
47
9.5
17.5
5
4
5
52.5
17.5 17.5
7
3
9
.
5
35
31.5
22.5
19
6
7
9.5
Terminal
cover
Terminal
cover
Terminal cover
Mounting hole
4.5
IEC 35mm
rail
Terminal block of internal accessaries (AL, AX, SHT)
Main terminal
(Plus minus self-up screw)
M420A max.
M520A over
Alarm or auxiliary switch terminal M3.5
(Plus minus self-up screw)
(The figure shows auxiliary switch.
Example: Auxiliary switch)
Unit of measure: mm
Temperature Characteristics
Rated
ambient
(Rated ambient 40C)
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

v
a
r
i
a
t
i
o
n

(
%
)
-10
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Medium type with inertial delay (MD)
O
p
e
r
a
tin
g
tim
e
40min
20min
10min
6min
4min
2min
1min
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
0.5s
2h
1h
Current (% of rated current)
10000 5000 100 300 200 500 2000 1000
125 400 700
Medium-speed type (M)
O
p
e
r
a
tin
g
tim
e
40min
20min
10min
6min
4min
2min
1min
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
0.5s
2h
1h
10000 5000 100 300 200 500 2000 1000 135
125 400 700
DC
AC
) I ( e p y t s u o e n a t n a t s n I
O
p
e
r
a
tin
g
tim
e
2h
1h
40min
20min
10min
6min
4min
2min
1min
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
0.5s
10000 5000 100 300 200 500 2000 1000 150
125 400 700 180
DC
AC
) S ( e p y t w o l S
O
p
e
r
a
tin
g
tim
e
2h
1h
40min
20min
10min
6min
4min
2min
1min
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
0.5s
10000 5000 100 300 500 2000 1000 135
125 700
200
400
DC
AC
Operating Characteristics
Contactor Relays
The SR-N Series are specially designed for use in low voltage control circuit applications.
High reliability
Long life
DIN rail mountable
Easy wiring
Accessories common
Vacuum Contactors
The SH-V Series are medium voltage contactors specially designed for use in mining,
pumping, sawing and other applications where voltage above 1500 VAC.
Rated to 1500V (up to 3300V using optional barrier)
4 non-reversing sizes from which to choose
3 reversing sizes
General Purpose Contactors
The S-N Series was introduced in 1997 beginning with the smaller sizes, by 1999 the S-N Series
was a full line Worldwide. The small sizes (S-N10 through S-N48) come standard with Finger
Protectors (CX), as is required in Europe. This not only provides more safety, it also keeps the
screws in place making losing them a thing of the past.
Motor Protection Relays
The TH-N overload relays were introduced in 1997 along with the smaller size S-N Series
contactors. The smaller TH-N Series (TH-N12, TH-N18 & TH-N20) have Finger Protectors (CX) to
match up with the S-N Series contactors to which they connect.
Denite Purpose Contactors
The S-U Series are compact horsepower rated units used in compressors, blowers, fans
and pump motors. The S-N Series Compact 3-Pole units, S-N18, S-N38 and S-N48, were
designed for machine control panels with limited space available. The DC Interface Contactors
and Modules were specially designed to be directly driven by the transistor output of a
Programmable Logic Controller.
S-N Series Contactors are white in color,
making the inside of the panels brighter
A wide variety of sizes and coil voltages
are available
All contactors up to size S-N400 are UL listed.
Order types S-N600 and S-N800 with -UL
suffix if required.
All contactors carry the CE Mark
Easy maintenance and inspection
Easily switch between automatic and
manual reset
Simple top mounted dial adjustment
Easily identifiable trip mechanism
All are available as contactor mount or as
separate mounted units
S-U Series
DIN rail mountable
Available with or without auxiliary
contact block
Available as a reverser
S-N Series
Din rail mountable
Designed for machine control panels
with limited space available
DC Interface Contactors and Modules
Specially designed to be directly
driven by the transistor output of a
Programmable Logic Controller
548
n

L
O
W

V
O
L
T
A
G
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
G
E
A
R
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Demonstration Kits 549
Demonstration Kits
Demo Kits
Stock Product: Stock product is product MEAU makes every effort to have on hand for immediate shipment. There may be instances when we are
out of stock due to unexpected large requirements. All stock product will be indicated in this book by an S in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
non-returnable and non-cancelable. Product listed as non-stock may change to stock product subject to increases in sales and usage. All non-
stock product will be indicated in this book by a dash - in the Stocked Item columns/rows.
Category Automation Products Part Number Contents
Controller and HMI
L Series L-SERIES-DEMO
Includes an L26CPU-BT, LD77MH4 simple motion, E700 VFD over CC-Link and a GT16
interface.
iQ Platform - Sequence,
Motion, CNC, MES-IT
and HMI
iQ-DEMO-1
Introduces the iQ Platform hardware and functionality. Includes the Q3 DB iQ base unit,
AC PSU + 24VDC service, Q06UDEH Sequence CPU, Q172D Motion CPU, C70 CNC CPU,
MES Interface IT CPU, CC-Link IE Control module, CC-Link Master module and Data
Logger all with a 10" GT16 interface.
Motion
MR-J3 MR-J3B-2AXISDEMO
MR-J3 Motor Box: MR-J3-10B1 Servo Amp (2), MR-J3BUS15M Fiber Optic Cable,
MR-J3BUS3M Fiber Optic Cable, MR-J3USBCBL3M Programming Cable; HF-KP053 Servo
Motor (2), MR-J3ENCBL2M-A2-L Servo Encoder Cable (2), MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-L Servo
Power Cable (2), MR-J3BAT Battery (2)
MR-J4 MR-J4B MOTOR DEMO
MR-J4 motor box includes: 2 MR-J4-10B amplifiers, 1 HG-KR 053 motor and 1
HG-MR053 motor and all the cables for power and feedback and SSCNET/H. All packaged
in a sturdy and durable travel case.
Q Motion Q MOTION DEMO
MR-J2S-10B (qty 2), HC-MFS053 motors (qty 2), 2 axes plus one dummy axis, Motion
CPU, motor box and special motion interface modules (Complete Q DEMO KIT 3 needs
to be purchased separately).
Q Motion Plus Option Q MOTION DEMO-CC Includes everything above but adds a PCMCIA communication card and cable
QD Motion QD MOTION DEMO
Demo comes with QD172/173DS and QD77MS16 Controllers, Q04UDEH CPU and
GT1655 (7.4) Graphic Display. (Motor Box not included).
MR-MQ100 Demo 1.5 AXIS DEMO UNIT
Demo comes with conveyor and belt, and shows rotary knife following application.
Includes VFD and GOT.
VFD
FR-A700 VFD-A700-DEMO
Designed for use with the VFD-MOTOR-ENC-DEMO. Includes FR-A720-00030-NA,
7 toggle switch inputs, 3 LED outputs, 2 analog inputs, analog DC volt meter, FR-DU07
panel unit, FR-A7AP encoder option card and power cable. Motor not included.
FR-F700 VFD-F700-DEMO-2
Designed for use with the VFD-MOTOR-DEMO. Includes FR-F720-00046-NA, 7 toggle
switch inputs, 3 LED outputs, 1 analog inputs, analog DC volt meter, FR-DU07 panel unit
and power cable. Motor not included.
FR-E700/FR-D700 VFD-MICRO-DEMO
Designed for use with the VFD-MOTOR-DEMO. Includes FR-E720-050-NA,
FR-D720-042-NA, 7 toggle switch inputs, 3 LED outputs, 1 analog inputs and power
cable. Motor not included.
Motor VFD-MOTOR-DEMO
Designed for use with the VFD-F700-DEMO-2 and VFD-MICRO-DEMO. Includes 1/2HP
motor and cables to connect to VFD-F700-DEMO-2 or VFD-MICRO-DEMO
Motor with Encoder VFD-MOTOR-ENC-DEMO
Designed for use with the VFD-A700-DEMO. Includes 1/2HP motor, 2048ppr encoder and
cables to connect to VFD-A700-DEMO
Demonstration Kits
550
n

D
E
M
O
N
S
T
R
A
T
I
O
N

K
I
T
S
Mitsubishi Electric Automation | Index 551
1.5 Axis Demo Unit: 549
1-175218-5: 521
1-178128-2: 521
1-179958-4: 500, 508
1-917807-2: 521
1E-GR35S: 14, 471
1E-ST0402C: 14
1E-ST0404C: 14
1E-ST0406C: 14
1E-ST0408C: 14, 471
1E-ST0408C-300: 14, 471
1E-VD01(E): 14, 471
1E-VD02(E): 14, 471
1F-02UCBL-01: 471
1F-DH-01: 472
1F-DH-02: 472
1F-DH-03: 472
1F-DH-04: 472
1F-GR35S-02: 471
1F-GR60S-01: 471
1F-HA01S-01: 471
1F-HA02S-01: 471
1F-HB01S-01: 471
1F-HB02S-01: 471
1F-HC35C-01: 471
1F-HC35C-02: 471
1F-HC35S-02: 471
1F-HS304S-01: 471
1F-HS408S-01: 471
1F-HS408S-02: 471
1F-HS604S-01: 471
1F-HS604S-02: 471
1F-_ _LUCBL-02: 472
1F-_ _UCBL-02: 471
1F-UT-BOX: 471
1F-UT-BOX-01: 471
1F-VD0_(E)-01: 471
1F-VD0_(E)-02: 471
1N-ST0602C: 14
1N-ST0604C: 14
1N-ST0606C: 14
1N-ST0608C: 14
1N-ST0608C-01: 471
1S-02UCBL-01: 471
1S-_ _(L)CBL-01: 471, 472
1S-_ _(L)CBL-11: 471, 472
1S-DH-11J1: 472
1S-GR35S-01: 14
1S-GR35S-02: 14
1S-HC25C-01: 14
1S-HC30C-11: 14, 471
1S-HC35C-02: 14
1S-VD0_(E)-01: 14, 471
1S-VD0_(E)-02: 14, 471
1S-VD0_M(E)-03: 14
1S-VD0_M(E)-04: 14
2A-CBL_ _: 472
2A-RZ361: 472
2A-RZ365: 14
2A-RZ371: 472
2A-RZ375: 14
2D-CBL_ _: 472
2D-TZ368: 472
2D-TZ378: 472
2D-TZ454: 472
2D-TZ535: 472
2D-TZ571: 472
2D-TZ576: 472
2D-TZ577: 472
2D-TZ600EIP: 472
2F-32CON03M: 472
2F-ACIN_P01M: 472
2F-CNUSR01M: 472
2Q-DISPCBL_ _M: 472
2Q-EMICBL_ _M: 472
2QRC-CBL_ _M: 472
2Q-TUCBL_ _M: 472
3D-11C-WINJ(E): 472
3D-12C-WINJ(E): 472
3F-21D-WINJ(E): 472
4F-3DVS2-PKG1: 472
4F-FS001-W200: 472
50EM8508-A: 79
100F-24: 482, 487, 491
231-131: 296, 298, 300
721-203/026-000: 296, 298, 300
721-205/026-000: 296, 298, 300
721-207/026-000: 296, 298, 300
01830T-00: 502
54927-0510: 296, 298, 300, 336, 344
54928-0370: 296, 298, 300, 336, 344
54928-0670: 256, 296, 298, 300, 336, 344
54932-0000: 296, 298, 300, 336, 344
316040-3: 500, 508
316041-2: 521
316041-3: 500, 508
1781014: 301
1971153-1: 299
A
A6BAT: 215
A6CAP-DC1: 101
A6CAP-WP1: 101
A6CAP-WP2: 101
A6CON1: 26, 100, 216, 138, 216, 217, 231
A6CON1E: 26
A6CON2: 26, 100, 217, 138
A6CON2E: 26
A6CON3: 26, 100, 217, 138
A6CON3E: 26
A6CON4: 26, 217, 138
A6CON-L5P: 101
A6CON-LJ5P: 101
A6CON-P214: 100
A6CON-P220: 100
A6CON-P514: 100
A6CON-P520: 100
A6CON-PW5P: 101
A6CON-PWJ5P: 101
A6CON-TR11: 101
A6PLT-J65V1: 101
A6PLT-J65V2: 101
A6TBX36-E: 26
A6TBX54-E: 26
A6TBX70: 26
A6TBX70-E: 26
A6TBXY36: 26, 216, 138, 231
A6TBXY54: 26, 216, 138, 231
A6TBXY70: 216, 231
A6TBY36-E: 26
A6TBY54-E: 26
A7A-EKITCVR-SC: 409
A7A-EKITCVR-SCSP: 409
A7GT-CNB: 200, 208
A9GT-QCNB: 200, 208
AC05TB: 26, 216, 138, 231
AC05TB-E: 26
AC10TB: 26, 216, 231
AC10TB-E: 26
AC20TB: 26, 216, 231
AC20TB-E: 26
AC30TB: 26, 216, 231
AC30TB-E: 26
AC50TB: 26, 216, 231
AC50TB-E: 26
AC80TB: 26, 216
AC100TB: 26, 216
AJ65BT-64AD: 109
AJ65BT-64DAI: 112
AJ65BT-64DAV: 112
AJ65BT-64RD3: 113
AJ65BT-64RD4: 113
AJ65BT-68TD: 113
AJ65BTB1-16D: 102
AJ65BTB1-16DT: 103
AJ65BTB1-16T: 103
AJ65BTB2-16D: 102
AJ65BTB2-16DR: 103
AJ65BTB2-16DT: 103
AJ65BTB2-16R: 103
AJ65BTB2-16T: 103
AJ65BTC1-32D: 106
AJ65BTC1-32T: 106
AJ65BT-D62: 114
AJ65BT-D62D: 114
AJ65BT-D62D-S1: 114
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3: 115
AJ65BT-R2N: 118
AJ65BT-RPI-10A: 117
AJ65BT-RPI-10B: 117
AJ65BTS-RPH: 116
AJ65FBTA2-16T: 105
AJ65FBTA2-16TE: 105
AJ65FBTA4-16D: 105
AJ65FBTA4-16DE: 105
AJ65FBTA42-16DT: 105
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE: 105
AJ65MBTL1N-16D: 105
AJ65MBTL1N-16DT: 105
AJ65MBTL1N-16T: 105
AJ65MBTL1N-32D: 105
AJ65MBTL1N-32T: 105
AJ65SBT2B-64TD: 113
AJ65SBT-62DA: 112
AJ65SBT-64AD: 109, 110
AJ65SBTB1-8D: 102
AJ65SBTB1-8T: 102
AJ65SBTB1-8T1: 102
AJ65SBTB1-8TE: 102
AJ65SBTB1-16D: 102
AJ65SBTB1-16D1: 102
AJ65SBTB1-16DT: 103
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1: 103
AJ65SBTB1-16T: 102
AJ65SBTB1-16T1: 102
AJ65SBTB1-16TE: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32D: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32D1: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32D5: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32DT: 103
AJ65SBTB1-32T: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32T1: 102
AJ65SBTB1-32TE1: 102, 103
AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1: 102
AJ65SBTB2-8T: 102
AJ65SBTB2-8T1: 102
AJ65SBTB2-16T: 102
AJ65SBTB2-16T1: 102
AJ65SBTB2N-8A: 102
AJ65SBTB2N-8R: 103
AJ65SBTB2N-8S: 103
AJ65SBTB2N-16A: 102
AJ65SBTB2N-16R: 103
AJ65SBTB2N-16S: 103
AJ65SBTB3-8D: 102
AJ65SBTB3-16D: 102
AJ65SBTB32-8DT: 103
AJ65SBTB32-16DT: 103
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2: 103
AJ65SBTC1-32D: 104
AJ65SBTC1-32D1: 104
AJ65SBTC1-32DT: 104
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1: 104
AJ65SBTC1-32T: 104
AJ65SBTC1-32T1: 104
AJ65SBTC4-16DE: 104
AJ65SBTC4-16DN: 104
AJ65SBTC4-16DT: 104
AJ65SBTCF1-32D: 106
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT: 106
AJ65SBTCF1-32T: 106
AJ65SBT-CLB: 119, 121
AJ65SBT-RPG: 117
AJ65SBT-RPS: 117
AJ65SBT-RPT: 116
AJ65SBTW4-16D: 105
AJ65SBTW4-16DT: 105
AJ65VBTCE2-8T: 107
AJ65VBTCE3-8D: 107
AJ65VBTCE3-16D: 107
AJ65VBTCE3-16DE: 107
AJ65VBTCE3-32DE: 107
AJ65VBTCE32-16DT: 107
AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1: 106
AJ65VBTCFJ1-32DT1: 106
AJ65VBTCU2-8T: 104
AJ65VBTCU2-16T: 104
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1: 104
AJ65VBTCU3-16D1: 104
AJ65VBTCU-68ADIN: 108
AJ65VBTCU-68ADVN: 108
AJ65VBTCU-68DAVN: 111
AJ65VBTS2-16T: 107
AJ65VBTS2-32T: 107
AJ65VBTS3-16D: 107
AJ65VBTS3-32D: 107
AJ65VBTS32-16DT: 107
AJ65VBTS32-32DT: 107
AL2-2DA: 180
AL2-2PT-ADP: 180
AL2-2TC-ADP: 180
AL2-4EX: 180
AL2-4EX-A2: 180
AL2-4EYR: 180
AL2-4EYT: 180
AL2-10MR-A: 178, 179
AL2-10MR-D: 178, 179
AL2-14MR-A: 178, 179
AL2-14MR-D: 178, 179
AL2-24MR-A: 178, 179
AL2-24MR-D: 178, 179
AL2-ASI-BD: 180
AL2-EEPROM-2: 180
AL2-GSM-CAB: 180
AL-232CAB: 180
AL-PCS/WIN: 181
ALPHA-WIN-1: 537
ALPHA-WIN-5: 537
ALPHA-WIN-10: 537
ALPHA-WIN-25: 537
ALPHA-WIN-50: 537
AS-1000M-B: 60
B
BA1SJ61-P: 101
BA1SJ61-S: 101
BKO-C8834H12: 78, 101
BKO-C10798H02: 78, 101
BMJ-8: 311, 337, 345
BU-7.5K-TEIKOUKI: 420, 421, 432, 433
BU-1500-TEIKOUKI: 420, 421, 432, 433
BU-3700-TEIKOUKI: 420, 421, 432, 433
BX1D-S40A: 483, 487, 492
C
C1-DF2V01BD: 447
C1-DF2V01BN: 447
C1-DF2V02BD: 447
C1-DF2V02BN: 447
C1-DF2V03BD: 447
C1-DF2V03BN: 447
C1-DF2V05BD: 447
C1-DF2V05BN: 447
C1-DF2V07BD: 447
Index
552
n

I
N
D
E
X
C1-DF2V07BN: 447
C1-DF2V10BD: 447
C1-DF2V10BN: 447
C1-DF2V15BD: 447
C1-DF2V15BN: 447
C1-DF4V01BD: 447
C1-DF4V01BN: 447
C1-DF4V02BD: 447
C1-DF4V02BN: 447
C1-DF4V03BD: 447
C1-DF4V03BN: 447
C1-DF4V05BD: 447
C1-DF4V05BN: 447
C1-DF4V07BD: 447
C1-DF4V07BN: 447
C1-DF4V10BD: 447
C1-DF4V10BN: 447
C1-DF4V15BD: 447
C1-DF4V15BN: 447
C1-DF4V20BD: 447
C1-DF4V20BN: 447
CAK-0068ME: 60
CF-1GB: 199
CF-ADAPTER: 199
CKDE1: 450
CKDE2: 450
CKDE3: 450
CKDE4: 450
CKDE5: 450
CL1-HLD: 126
CL1PAD1: 121
CL1PSU-2A: 121
CL1X2-D1D3S: 124
CL1X4-D1B2: 122
CL1X4-D1C3: 123
CL1X4-D1S2: 122
CL1XY2-DT1D5S: 124
CL1XY4-DR1B2: 122
CL1XY4-DT1B2: 122
CL1XY8-DR1B2: 122
CL1XY8-DT1B2: 122
CL1Y2-T1D2S: 124
CL1Y4-R1B1: 122
CL1Y4-R1B2: 122
CL1Y4-T1B2: 122
CL1Y4-T1C2: 123
CL1Y4-T1S2: 122
CL2AD4-B: 124
CL2DA2-B: 125
CL2TE-5: 126
CL2TE-10S: 126
CL2X8-D1B2: 122
CL2X8-D1C3V: 123
CL2X8-D1S2: 122
CL2X16-D1C3V: 123
CL2X16-D1M1V: 123
CL2XY16-DTP1C5V: 123
CL2Y8-TP1B2: 122
CL2Y8-TP1C2V: 123
CL2Y8-TP1S2: 122
CL2Y16-TP1C2V: 123
CL2Y16-TP1M1V: 123
CL2Y16-TP1MJ1V: 123
CL2Y16-TPE1M1V: 123
CL9-CNF-18: 120
CL9-FL4-18-_ _: 120
CL9-TERM: 120
CNB10-R2L(6): 500
CNB10-R2S(6): 500
CNE10-R10L(9): 500
CNE10-R10S(9): 500
CNP2E-1-5.0M: 508
CNP2E-1-10.0M: 508, 517, 521
CNP2E-1-15.0M: 508, 517, 521
CNP2E-1-20.0M: 508, 517, 521
CNP3EZ-3P-10.0M: 509, 517, 522
CNP3EZ-3P-15.0M: 509, 517, 522
CNP3EZ-3P-20.0M: 509, 517, 522
CNP18-10L(14): 500
CNP18-10S(14): 500
CNP22-22L(16): 500
CNP22-22S(16): 500
CNP32-17L(23): 500
CNP32-17S(23): 500
CNU2S(AWG18): 500
CNU20S(AWG14): 500, 521
CNU23S: 500, 521
CNV2E-6P-2.0M: 500, 514, 520
CNV2E-6P-5.0M: 500, 514, 520
CNV2E-6P-10.0M: 500, 514, 520
CNV2E-6P-15.0M: 500
CNV2E-6P-20.0M: 500
CNV2E-8P-2.0M: 514, 520
CNV2E-8P-5.0M: 514, 520
CNV2E-8P-10.0M: 514, 520
CNV2E-K1P-2.0M: 514
CNV2E-K1P-5.0M: 514
CNV2E-K1P-10.0M: 514
CNV2E-K2P-2.0M: 514
CNV2E-K2P-5.0M: 514
CNV2E-K2P-10.0M: 514
CP30-BA_P1M_ _ A: 546
CR750-D: 468, 469
CR750-MB: 469, 472
CR750-Q: 468, 469
CX-SIM-C5-SMA: 539
CX-SIM-C10-SMA: 539
CX-SIM-C25-SMA: 539
CX-SIM-C50-SMA: 539
D
D808D197G51: 199
D-AL-7.5K: 509
D-AL-11K: 509
D-AL-18.5K: 509, 519
D-AL-30K: 509
D-AL-37K: 509
D-AL-45K: 509
D-AL-55K: 509
DBU-11K: 312
DBU-11K-4: 312
DBU-15K: 312
DBU-22K: 312
DBU-22K-4: 312
DBU-37K: 312
DBU-55K-4: 312
DCA000402: 314
DCA000902: 314, 338
DCA000903: 314
DCA001202: 314
DCA001802: 314, 338
DCA001803: 314
DCA002503: 314
DCA003202: 314, 338
DCA005001: 314, 338
DCA005004: 314
DCA008002: 314, 338
DCA008005: 314, 338
DCA011003: 314, 338
DCA012502: 314
DH-AL-7.5K: 510
DH-AL-11K: 510
DH-AL-18.5K: 510
DH-AL-30K: 510
DH-AL-37K: 510
DH-AL-45K: 510
DH-AL-55K: 510
DH-AL-75K: 510
DL-72ME: 60
E
E700-NET-CBL: 409
ECN-A004Y: 120
ECN-A014R: 120
ECN-A024BL: 120
ECN-A104: 120
ECN-A154: 120
ECN-M014R: 120
ECN-M024Y: 120
ECN-M034OR: 120
ECN-M044GN: 120
ECN-M054BL: 120
ECN-M064GY: 120
ECN-M114R: 120
ECN-M124Y: 120
ECN-M134OR: 120
ECN-M144GN: 120
ECN-M154BL: 120
ECN-M164GY: 120
EIP4CCPU: 16, 69
EMU2-CB-Q5A: 528
EMU2-CB-Q5A-4W: 528
EMU2-CB-Q5B: 528
EMU2-CB-Q5B-4W: 528
EMU2-CB-T1M: 528
EMU2-CB-T1MS: 528
EMU2-CB-T5M: 528
EMU2-CB-T5MS: 528
EMU2-CB-T10M: 528
EMU2-CB-T10MS: 528
EMU2-CT5: 528
EMU2-CT5-4W: 528
EMU4-BD1-MB: 529
EMU4-HD1-MB: 529
EMU-CT50: 527
EMU-CT100: 527
EMU-CT250: 527
EMU-CT400: 527
EMU-CT600: 527
EP1-1: 531
EP1-2: 531
EP1-3: 531
EP1-4: 531
EP1-5: 531
EP1-W: 531
EQLDR01: 79
EQ-V680D1: 51
EQ-V680D2: 51
ER6V-C119B: 500, 521, 522
ETH-1000: 403, 409, 419, 429, 438
F
F1C2V001BD: 445
F1C2V002BD: 445
F1C2V003BD: 445
F1C2V005BD: 445
F1C2V007BD: 445
F1C2V010BD: 445
F1C2V015BD: 445
F1C2V020BD: 445
F1C2V025BD: 445
F1C2V030BD: 445
F1C2V040BD: 445
F1C4V001BD: 445
F1C4V002BD: 445
F1C4V003BD: 445
F1C4V005BD: 445
F1C4V007BD: 445
F1C4V010BD: 445
F1C4V015BD: 445
F1C4V020BD: 445
F1C4V025BD: 445
F1C4V030BD: 445
F1C4V040BD: 445
F1C4V050BD: 445
F1C4V060BD: 445
F1C4V075BD: 445
F2C2V001BD: 445
F2C2V002BD: 445
F2C2V003BD: 445
F2C2V005BD: 445
F2C2V007BD: 445
F2C2V010BD: 445
F2C2V015BD: 445
F2C2V020BD: 445
F2C2V025BD: 445
F2C2V030BD: 445
F2C2V040BD: 445
F2C2V050BD: 445
F2C2V060BD: 445
F2C2V075BD: 445
F2C2V100BD: 445
F2C4V001BD: 445
F2C4V002BD: 445
F2C4V003BD: 445
F2C4V005BD: 445
F2C4V007BD: 445
F2C4V010BD: 445
F2C4V015BD: 445
F2C4V020BD: 445
F2C4V025BD: 445
F2C4V030BD: 445
F2C4V040BD: 445
F2C4V050BD: 445
F2C4V060BD: 445
F2C4V075BD: 445
F2C4V100BD: 445
F2C4V125BD: 445
F2C4V150BD: 445
F2C4V200BD: 445
F2C4V250BD: 445
F2-RS-5CAB: 177
F3C2V001BD: 446
F3C2V002BD: 446
F3C2V003BD: 446
F3C2V005BD: 446
F3C2V007BD: 446
F3C2V010BD: 446
F3C2V015BD: 446
F3C2V020BD: 446
F3C2V025BD: 446
F3C2V030BD: 446
F3C2V040BD: 446
F3C2V050BD: 446
F3C4V001BD: 446
F3C4V002BD: 446
F3C4V003BD: 446
F3C4V005BD: 446
F3C4V007BD: 446
F3C4V010BD: 446
F3C4V015BD: 446
F3C4V020BD: 446
F3C4V025BD: 446
F3C4V030BD: 446
F3C4V040BD: 446
F3C4V050BD: 446
F3C4V060BD: 446
F3C4V075BD: 446
F3C4V100BD: 446
F3C4V125BD: 446
F3IPC2V001ND: 448
F3IPC2V002ND: 448
F3IPC2V003ND: 448
F3IPC2V005ND: 448
F3IPC2V007ND: 448
F3IPC2V010ND: 448
F3IPC2V015ND: 448
F3IPC2V020ND: 448
F3IPC2V025ND: 448
F3IPC2V030ND: 448
F3IPC2V040ND: 448
F3IPC2V050ND: 448
F3IPC2V060ND: 448
F3IPC2V075ND: 448
F3IPC2V100ND: 448
F3IPC2V125ND: 448
F3IPC2V150ND: 448
F3IPC4V001ND: 448
F3IPC4V002ND: 448
F3IPC4V003ND: 448
F3IPC4V005ND: 448
F3IPC4V007ND: 448
F3IPC4V010ND: 448
F3IPC4V015ND: 448
F3IPC4V020ND: 448
F3IPC4V025ND: 448
F3IPC4V030ND: 448
F3IPC4V040ND: 448
F3IPC4V050ND: 448
F3IPC4V060ND: 448
F3IPC4V075ND: 448
F3IPC4V100ND: 448
F3IPC4V125ND: 448
F3IPC4V150ND: 448
F3IPC4V200ND: 448
F3IPC4V250ND: 448
F3IPC4V300ND: 448
F3IPC4V350ND: 448
F3IPC4V400ND: 448
F3IPC4V450ND: 448
F3IPC4V500ND: 448
F3IPC4V550ND: 448
F3IPC4V650ND: 448
F3IPC4V700ND: 448
F020-0.5M: 488, 492
F020-5.0M: 480, 488, 492
F020-10.0M: 480, 488, 492
F021-0.5M: 488, 492
F021-5.0M: 488, 492
F021-10.0M: 488, 492
F022-0.5M: 488, 492
F022-5.0M: 488, 492
F022-10.0M: 488, 492
F034-1.0M: 482, 486, 491
F034-5.0M: 482, 486, 491
F034-10.0M: 482, 486, 491
F035-1.0M: 482, 486, 491
F035-5.0M: 482, 486, 491
F035-10.0M: 482, 486, 491
F070-0.5M: 482, 486, 491
F070-1.0M: 482, 486, 491
F070-3.0M: 482, 486, 491
F070-5.0M: 482, 486, 491
F070-10.0M: 482, 486, 491
F110-0.5M: 485
F110-5.0M: 485
F110-10.0M: 485
F120-0.5M: 482, 486, 490
F120-1.0M: 482, 486, 490
F120-3.0M: 482, 486, 490
F120-5.0M: 482, 486, 490
F120-10.0M: 482, 486, 490
FA-LTB40P: 138
FA-LTBGTR4CBL05: 200, 207
FA-SCBL05FMV-M: 138
FA-SCBL10FMV-M: 138
FA-SCBL15FMV-M: 138
FA-SCBL20FMV-M: 138
FCA70P-2AV: 482
FCA70P-2BV: 482
FCA70P-4AV: 482
FCA70P-4BV: 482
FCA720-NVW: 486
FCA720P-2VS: 490
FCA720P-4VS: 490
FCA730-NVW: 486
FCA730P-2VS: 490
FCA730P-4VS: 490
FCA750-NVW: 486
FCA750P-2VS: 490
FCA750P-4VS: 490
FCU6-FD121-1: 488, 492
FCU6-PD25(WC): 483, 486
FCU6-PD27(WC): 483, 486
FCU7-DA636-11: 485
FCU7-DA636-31: 485
FCU7-DA646-11: 485
FCU7-DA646-31: 485
FCU7-DX670: 485
FCU7-DX671: 485
FCU7-DX710: 482, 490
FCU7-DX711: 482, 490
FCU7-DX720: 482, 490
FCU7-DX721: 482, 490
FCU7-DX730: 482, 490
FCU7-DX731: 482, 490
FCU7-DX770: 485
FCU7-DX771: 485
FCU7-EX891: 488, 492
FCU7-HD002-1: 485
FCU7-HN387: 480
FCU7-HN551: 488, 492
FCU7-HN552: 488, 492
FCU7-HN571: 488, 492
FCU7-KB021: 485
FCU7-KB022: 485
FCU7-KB024: 482, 490
FCU7-KB041: 485
FCU7-KB044: 482, 490
FCU7-KB921: 483, 488, 492
FCU7-KB922: 483, 488, 492
FCU7-KB926: 483, 488, 492
FCUA-DX100: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX101: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX110: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX111: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX120: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX121: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX140: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-DX141: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R041-2.0M: 483
FCUA-R041-5.0M: 483
FCUA-R041-10.0M: 483
FCUA-R211-0.3M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R211-1.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R211-3.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R211-5.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R211-10.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R301-0.5M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R301-1.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R301-2.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R301-3.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-R301-5.0M: 483, 487, 491
FCUA-RB22: 515
FCUA-RB37: 515
FCUA-RB55: 515
FCUA-RB75: 515, 517
FFR-CS-050-14A-RF1: 402
FFR-CS-080-20A-RF1: 402
FFR-CS-110-26A-RF1: 402
FFR-CSH-036-8A-RF1: 402
FFRCSH-080-16A-RF1: 402
FFR-MSH-040-8A-RF1: 409
FFRMSH-095-16A-RF1: 409
FFRMSH-170-30A-RF1: 402, 409
FFRMSH-300-50A-RF1: 409
FR-A7AC: 429, 438
FR-A7AL: 429, 438
FR-A7AN: 429, 438
FR-A7AP: 429, 438
FR-A7AR: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7AR E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7AX: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7AX E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7AY: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7AY E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7AZ: 429, 438
FR-A7CN01: 419, 429
FR-A7CN02: 410, 419, 429
FR-A7CN03: 419, 429
FR-A7CN04: 419, 429
FR-A7CN05: 419, 429
FR-A7CN06: 419, 429
FR-A7CN07: 419, 429
FR-A7CN08: 419, 429
FR-A7CN09: 419, 429
FR-A7CN10: 419, 429
FR-A7CN11: 429
FR-A7FN05: 419, 429
FR-A7FN06: 419, 429
FR-A7FN07: 419, 429
FR-A7FN-10: 419
FR-A7FN-11: 419, 429
FR-A7FN-12: 419, 429
FR-A7FN-13: 419, 429
FR-A7FN-14: 419, 429
FR-A7NC: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7NCE: 89
FR-A7NC E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7NCN: 429, 438
FR-A7ND: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7ND E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7NE: 429, 438
FR-A7N-ETH: 409, 419, 429, 438
FR-A7NL: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7NL E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7NP: 419, 429, 438
FR-A7NP E KIT SC: 408
FR-A7NS: 429, 438
FR-A7N-XLT: 409, 419, 429, 438
FR-A720-00030-N4: 424
FR-A720-00030-NA: 424
FR-A720-00050-N4: 424
FR-A720-00050-NA: 424
FR-A720-00080-N4: 424
FR-A720-00080-NA: 424
FR-A720-00110-N4: 424
FR-A720-00110-NA: 424
FR-A720-00175-N4: 424
FR-A720-00175-NA: 424
FR-A720-00240-N4: 424
FR-A720-00240-NA: 424
FR-A720-00330-N4: 424
FR-A720-00330-NA: 424
FR-A720-00460-NA: 424
FR-A720-00610-NA: 424
FR-A720-00760-NA: 424
FR-A720-00900-NA: 424
FR-A720-01150-NA: 424
FR-A720-01450-NA: 424
FR-A720-01750-NA: 424
FR-A720-02150-NA: 424
FR-A720-02880-NA: 424
FR-A720-03460-NA: 424
FR-A721-5.5K: 435
FR-A721-7.5K: 435
FR-A721-11K: 435
FR-A721-15K: 435
FR-A721-18.5K: 435
FR-A721-22K: 435
FR-A721-30K: 435
FR-A721-37K: 435
FR-A721-45K: 435
FR-A721-55K: 435
FR-A740-00015-N4: 425
FR-A740-00015-NA: 425
FR-A740-00025-N4: 425
FR-A740-00025-NA: 425
FR-A740-00040-N4: 425
FR-A740-00040-NA: 425
FR-A740-00060-N4: 425
FR-A740-00060-NA: 425
FR-A740-00090-N4: 425
FR-A740-00090-NA: 425
FR-A740-00120-N4: 425
FR-A740-00120-NA: 425
FR-A740-00170-N4: 425
FR-A740-00170-NA: 425
FR-A740-00230-NA: 425
FR-A740-00310-NA: 425
FR-A740-00380-NA: 425
FR-A740-00440-NA: 425
FR-A740-00570-NA: 425
FR-A740-00710-NA: 425
FR-A740-00860-NA: 425
FR-A740-01100-NA: 425
FR-A740-01440-NA: 425
FR-A740-01800-NA: 425
FR-A740-02160-NA: 425
FR-A740-02600-NA: 425
FR-A740-03250-NA: 425
FR-A740-03610-NA: 425
FR-A740-04320-NA: 425
FR-A740-04810-NA: 425
FR-A740-05470-NA: 425
FR-A740-06100-NA: 425
FR-A740-06830-NA: 425
FR-A740-07700-NA: 425
FR-A740-08660-NA: 425
FR-A740-09620-NA: 425
FR-A741-5.5K: 435
FR-A741-7.5K: 435
FR-A741-11K: 435
FR-A741-15K: 435
FR-A741-18.5K: 435
FR-A741-22K: 435
FR-A741-30K: 435
FR-A741-37K: 435
FR-A741-45K: 435
FR-A741-55K: 435
FR-A760-00017-NA: 426
FR-A760-00040-NA: 426
FR-A760-00061-NA: 426
FR-A760-00120-NA: 426
FR-A760-00220-NA: 426
FR-A760-00330-NA: 426
FR-A760-00550-NA: 426
FR-A760-00840-NA: 426
FR-A760-01040-NA: 426
FR-A760-01310-NA: 426
FR-A760-01520-NA: 426
FR-A760-02210-NA: 426
FR-A760-02550-NA: 426
FR-A760-03040-NA: 426
FR-A760-04020-NA: 426
FR-A760-04960-NA: 426
FR-A760-06630-NA: 426
FR-ABR-0.4K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-0.75K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-2.2K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-3.7K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-5.5K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-7.5K: 404, 431
FR-ABR-11K: 431
FR-ABR-15K: 431
FR-ABR-22K: 431
FR-ABR-H0.4K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H0.75K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H1.5K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H2.2K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H3.7K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H5.5K: 402, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H7.5K: 402, 404, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H11K: 402, 408, 431
FR-ABR-H15K: 402, 408, 431
FR-ADP: 419, 430, 438
FR-BIF: 245, 312, 338, 345, 257, 383
FR-BIF-H: 312, 338, 402, 409
FR-BLF: 312, 338, 345, 402, 383
FR-BR-15K-UL: 312, 338, 420, 421, 432,
433
FR-BR-30K-UL: 312, 338, 420, 421, 432,
433
FR-BR-55K-UL: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BR-C3.7K: 432
FR-BR-C7.5K: 432
FR-BR-C22K: 432
FR-BR-H15K-UL: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BR-H30K-UL: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BR-H55K-UL: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BSF01: 245, 312, 338, 345, 257, 383
FR-BU2-1.5K: 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-3.7K: 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-7.5K: 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-15K: 312, 338, 420, 421, 432,
433
FR-BU2-30K: 312, 338, 420, 421, 432,
433
FR-BU2-55K: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-C22K: 432
FR-BU2-H7.5K: 420, 432, 433
FR-BU2-H15K: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-H30K: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-BU2-H55K: 312, 420, 421, 432, 433
554
n

I
N
D
E
X
FR-BU2-H75K: 420, 421, 432, 433
FR-CB201: 402, 408, 413, 419, 430, 438
FR-CB203: 402, 408, 413, 419, 430, 438
FR-CB205: 402, 408, 413, 419, 430, 438
FR-CONFIGURATOR: 402, 419, 420, 429,
438, 540
FR-CV-7.5K: 312, 338
FR-CV-11K: 312, 338
FR-CV-15K: 312, 338
FR-CV-22K: 312, 338
FR-CV-30K: 312, 338
FR-CV-37K: 312, 338
FR-CV-55K: 312
FR-CVL-7.5K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-11K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-15K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-22K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-30K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-37K: 312, 338
FR-CVL-55K: 312
FR-D710W-008-NA: 399
FR-D710W-014-NA: 399
FR-D710W-025-NA: 399
FR-D710W-042-NA: 399
FR-D720-008-NA: 399
FR-D720-014-NA: 399
FR-D720-025-NA: 399
FR-D720-042-NA: 399
FR-D720-070-NA: 399
FR-D720-100-NA: 399
FR-D720-165-NA: 399
FR-D720-238-NA: 399
FR-D720-318-NA: 399
FR-D720S-008-NA: 399
FR-D720S-014-NA: 399
FR-D720S-025-NA: 399
FR-D720S-042-NA: 399
FR-D720S-070-NA: 399
FR-D720S-100-NA: 399
FR-D740-012-NA: 399
FR-D740-022-NA: 399
FR-D740-036-NA: 399
FR-D740-050-NA: 399
FR-D740-080-NA: 399
FR-D740-120-NA: 399
FR-D740-160-NA: 399
FR-DU04: 413, 420
FR-DU07: 419, 420, 430, 438
FR-E5NC: 413
FR-E5ND: 413
FR-E5NL: 413
FR-E5NP: 413
FR-E5P: 413
FR-E5T: 410
FR-E5T-02: 410
FR-E5T-10: 410
FR-E5T-11: 410
FR-E5T-14: 410
FR-E5T-L: 410
FR-E7CN-02: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-03: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-04: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-05: 410
FR-E7CN-06: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-07: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-08: 403, 410
FR-E7CN-09: 410
FR-E7CN-11: 403
FR-E7FN-01: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-02: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-03: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-04: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-05: 410
FR-E7FN-06: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-07: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-08: 402, 410
FR-E7FN-09: 410
FR-E7FN-10: 410
FR-E7FN-11: 402
FR-E7FN-12: 402
FR-E7TR: 408
FR-E560-0.75K-NA: 411
FR-E560-1.5K-NA: 411
FR-E560-2.2K-NA: 411
FR-E560-3.7K-NA: 411
FR-E560-5.5K-NA: 411
FR-E560-7.5K-NA: 411
FR-E710W-008-NA: 405
FR-E710W-015-NA: 405
FR-E710W-030-NA: 405
FR-E710W-050-NA: 405
FR-E720-008SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-015SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-030SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-050SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-080SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-110SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-175SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-240SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-330SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-470SC-NA: 405
FR-E720-600SC-NA: 405
FR-E720S-008-NA: 405
FR-E720S-015-NA: 405
FR-E720S-030-NA: 405
FR-E720S-050-NA: 405
FR-E720S-080-NA: 405
FR-E720S-110-NA: 405
FR-E740-016SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-026SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-040SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-060SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-095SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-120SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-170SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-230SC-NA: 405
FR-E740-300SC-NA: 405
FR-F720-00046-NA: 414
FR-F720-00077-NA: 414
FR-F720-00105-NA: 414
FR-F720-00167-NA: 414
FR-F720-00250-NA: 414
FR-F720-00340-NA: 414
FR-F720-00490-NA: 414
FR-F720-00630-NA: 414
FR-F720-00770-NA: 414
FR-F720-00930-NA: 414
FR-F720-01250-NA: 414
FR-F720-01250-NAN1: 414
FR-F720-01540-NA: 414
FR-F720-01540-NAN1: 414
FR-F720-01870-NA: 414
FR-F720-01870-NAN1: 414
FR-F720-02330-NA: 414
FR-F720-02330-NAN1: 414
FR-F720-03160-NA: 414
FR-F720-03800-NA: 414
FR-F720-04750-NA: 414
FR-F740-00023-NA: 415
FR-F740-00038-NA: 415
FR-F740-00052-NA: 415
FR-F740-00083-NA: 415
FR-F740-00126-NA: 415
FR-F740-00170-NA: 415
FR-F740-00250-NA: 415
FR-F740-00310-NA: 415
FR-F740-00380-NA: 415
FR-F740-00470-NA: 415
FR-F740-00620-NA: 415
FR-F740-00770-NA: 415
FR-F740-00770-NAN1: 415
FR-F740-00930-NA: 415
FR-F740-00930-NAN1: 415
FR-F740-01160-NA: 415
FR-F740-01160-NAN1: 415
FR-F740-01800-NA: 415
FR-F740-02160-NA: 415
FR-F740-02600-NA: 415
FR-F740-03250-NA: 415
FR-F740-03610-NA: 415
FR-F740-04320-NA: 415
FR-F740-04810-NA: 415
FR-F740-05470-NA: 415
FR-F740-06100-NA: 415
FR-F740-06830-NA: 415
FR-F740-07700-NA: 415
FR-F740-08660-NA: 415
FR-F740-09620-NA: 415
FR-F740-10940-NA: 415
FR-F740-12120-NA: 415
FR-HAL-0.4K: 384
FR-HAL-0.75K: 384
FR-HAL-1.5K: 384
FR-HAL-2.2K: 384
FR-HAL-3.7K: 384
FR-HAL-7.5K: 384
FR-HAL-11K: 384
FR-HAL-15K: 384
FR-HEL-0.4K: 384
FR-HEL-0.75K: 384
FR-HEL-1.5K: 384
FR-HEL-2.2K: 384
FR-HEL-3.7K: 384
FR-HEL-7.5K: 384
FR-HEL-11K: 384
FR-HEL-15K: 384
FR-HEL-H90K: 418
FR-HEL-H110K: 418
FR-HEL-H132K: 418
FR-HEL-H160K: 418
FR-HEL-H185K: 418
FR-HEL-H220K: 418
FR-HEL-H250K: 418
FR-HEL-H280K: 418
FR-HEL-H315K: 418
FR-HEL-H355K: 418
FR-HEL-H400K: 418
FR-HEL-H450K: 418
FR-HEL-H500K: 418
FR-HEL-H560K: 418
FR-HEL-H630K: 418
FR-PA02: 420
FR-PA02-02: 413, 420
FR-PA07: 402, 420
FR-PU04: 413, 419, 420, 430, 438
FR-PU04V: 440
FR-PU07: 402, 408, 419, 420, 430, 438
FR-PU07-01: 419
FR-PU07BB-L: 408, 419, 420, 430, 438
FR-RC-15K: 312, 338
FR-RC-30K: 312, 338
FR-RC-55K: 312
FR-RC-H15K: 312
FR-RC-H30K: 312
FR-RC-H55K: 312
FR-RJ45-HUB4: 402, 408, 419, 430, 438
FR-RJ45-HUB10: 402, 408, 419, 430, 438
FR-RJ45-TR: 402, 408, 419, 430, 438
FR-UDA01: 402, 409
FR-UDA02: 402, 409
FR-UDA03: 402, 409
FR-V5AH: 440
FR-V5AM: 440
FR-V5AP: 440
FR-V5AX: 440
FR-V5AY: 440
FR-V5NE: 440
FR-V5NS: 440
FR-V5NSCBL01: 440
FR-V5NSCBL005: 440
FR-V5NSCBL10: 440
FR-V5NSCBL20: 440
FR-V520-1.5K-NA: 439
FR-V520-2.2K-NA: 439
FR-V520-3.7K-NA: 439
FR-V520-5.5K-NA: 439
FR-V520-7.5K-NA: 439
FR-V520-11K-NA: 439
FR-V520-15K-NA: 439
FR-V520-18.5K-NA: 439
FR-V520-22K-NA: 439
FR-V520-30K-NA: 439
FR-V520-37K-NA: 439
FR-V520-45K-NA: 439
FR-V520-55K-NA: 439
FR-V540-1.5K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-2.2K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-3.7K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-5.5K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-7.5K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-11K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-15K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-18.5K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-22K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-30K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-37K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-45K-NA: 439, 440
FR-V540-55K-NA: 439, 440
FX0N-3A: 170
FX0N-30EC: 177
FX0N-65EC: 177
FX1N-1DA-BD: 170
FX1N-2AD-BD: 169
FX1N-2EYT-BD: 166
FX1N-4EX-BD: 166
FX1N-5DM: 177
FX1N-8AV-BD: 168
FX1N-232-BD: 173
FX1N-422-BD: 173
FX1N-485-BD: 173
FX1N-BAT: 176
FX1N-CNV-BD: 175
FX1N-EEPROM-8L: 176
FX1S-10MR-DS: 166
FX1S-10MR-ES/UL: 166
FX1S-10MT: 166
FX1S-10MT-DSS: 166
FX1S-10MT-ESS/UL: 166
FX1S-14MR-DS: 166
FX1S-14MT: 166
FX1S-14MT-DSS: 166
FX1S-20MR-DS: 166
FX1S-20MT: 166
FX1S-20MT-DSS: 166
FX1S-30MR-DS: 166
FX1S-30MT: 166
FX1S-30MT/DSS: 166
FX2N-1HC: 171
FX2N-1RM-E-SET: 172
FX2N-2AD: 169
FX2N-2DA: 170
FX2N-2LC: 171
FX2N-4AD: 169
FX2N-4AD-PT: 171
FX2N-4AD-TC: 171
FX2N-4DA: 170
FX2N-5A: 170
FX2N-8AD: 169
FX2N-8ER-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-8EX-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-8EX-UA1/UL: 167
FX2N-8EYR-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-8EY-S-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-8EYT: 167
FX2N-8EYT-ESS/UL: 167
FX2N-10PG: 172
FX2N-16EX-ES/UL: 168
FX2N-16EYR-ES/UL: 168
FX2N-16EYS: 168
FX2N-16EYT: 168
FX2N-16EYT-ESS/UL: 168
FX2N-20PSU: 175
FX2N-32CCL: 174
FX2N-32ER-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-32ET-ESS/UL: 167
FX2N-48ER-DS: 167
FX2N-48ER-ES/UL: 167
FX2N-48ER-UA1/UL: 167
FX2N-48ET: 167
FX2N-48ET-DSS: 167
FX2N-48ET-ESS/UL: 167
FX2N-64DNET: 174
FX2N-232IF: 173
FX2NC-1HC: 171
FX2NC-4AD: 169
FX2NC-4DA: 170
FX2NC-10BPCB1: 177
FX2NC-16EX-DS: 168
FX2NC-16EX-T-DS: 168
FX2NC-16EYR-T-DS: 168
FX2NC-16EYT-DSS: 168
FX2NC-16EYT-D/UL: 168
FX2NC-32EX-DS: 168
FX2NC-32EYT-D/UL: 168
FX2NC-100BPCB: 177
FX2NC-100MPCB: 177
FX2NC-CNV-IF: 175
FX2NC-ENET-ADP: 173
FX2N-GM-5EC: 177
FX2N-GM-65EC: 177
FX3G-1DA-BD: 170
FX3G-2AD-BD: 169
FX3G-5DM: 177
FX3G-8AV-BD: 168
FX3G-14MR/ES: 164
FX3G-14MT/DS: 164
FX3G-14MT/ES: 164
FX3G-14MT/ESS: 164
FX3G-24MR/DS: 164
FX3G-24MR/ES: 164
FX3G-24MT/DS: 164
FX3G-24MT/ES: 164
FX3G-24MT/ESS: 164
FX3G-40MR/ES: 164
FX3G-40MT/ES: 164
FX3G-40MT/ESS: 164
FX3G-60MR/ES: 164
FX3G-60MT/DSS: 164
FX3G-60MT/ES: 164
FX3G-60MT/ESS: 164
FX3G-232-BD: 173
FX3G-422-BD: 173
FX3G-485-BD: 173
FX3G-485-BD-RJ: 173
FX3G-CNV-ADP: 175
FX3GE-24MR/ES: 165
FX3GE-40MR/ES: 165
FX3G-EEPROM-32L: 176
FX3S-10MR/ES: 165
FX3S-10MT/ES: 165
FX3S-10MT/ESS: 165
FX3S-14MR/ES: 165
FX3S-14MT/ES: 165
FX3S-14MT/ESS: 165
FX3S-20MR/ES: 165
FX3S-20MT/ES: 165
FX3S-20MT/ESS: 165
FX3S-30MR/ES: 165
FX3S-30MT/ES: 165
FX3S-30MT/ESS: 165
FX3S-CNV-ADP: 175
FX3U-1PG: 172
FX3U-1PSU-5V: 175
FX3U-2HC: 171
FX3U-2HSY-ADP: 171
FX3U-3A-ADP: 170
FX3U-4AD: 169
FX3U-4AD-ADP: 169
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP: 171
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP: 171
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP: 171
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP: 171
FX3U-4DA: 170
FX3U-4DA-ADP: 170
FX3U-4HSX-ADP: 171
FX3U-4LC: 171
FX3U-7DM: 177
FX3U-7DM-HLD: 177
FX3U-8AV-BD: 168
FX3U-16CCL-M: 174
FX3U-16MR/DS: 162
FX3U-16MR/ES: 162
FX3U-16MT/DS: 162
FX3U-16MT/DSS: 162
FX3U-16MT/ES: 162
FX3U-16MT/ESS: 162
FX3U-20SSC-H: 172
FX3U-32BL: 176
FX3U-32DP: 174
FX3U-32MR/DS: 162
FX3U-32MR/ES: 162
FX3U-32MT/DS: 162
FX3U-32MT/DSS: 162
FX3U-32MT/ES: 162
FX3U-32MT/ESS: 162
FX3U-48MR/DS: 162
FX3U-48MR/ES: 162
FX3U-48MT/DS: 162
FX3U-48MT/DSS: 162
FX3U-48MT/ES: 162
FX3U-48MT/ESS: 162
FX3U-64CCL: 174
FX3U-64DP-M: 174
FX3U-64MR/DS: 162
FX3U-64MR/ES: 162
FX3U-64MR/UA1: 162
FX3U-64MS/ES: 162
FX3U-64MT/DS: 162
FX3U-64MT/DSS: 162
FX3U-64MT/ES: 162
FX3U-64MT/ESS: 162
FX3U-80MR/DS: 163
FX3U-80MR/ES: 163
FX3U-80MT/DS: 163
FX3U-80MT/DSS: 163
FX3U-80MT/ES: 163
FX3U-80MT/ESS: 163
FX3U-128MR/ES: 163
FX3U-128MT/ES: 163
FX3U-128MT/ESS: 163
FX3U-232ADP-MB: 173
FX3U-485ADP-MB: 173
FX3UC-1PS-5V: 175
FX3UC-4AD: 169
FX3UC-16MT/D: 163
FX3UC-16MT/DSS: 163
FX3UC-32MT/D: 163
FX3UC-32MT/DSS: 163
FX3UC-64MT/D: 163
FX3UC-64MT/DSS: 163
FX3UC-96MT/D: 163
FX3UC-96MT/DSS: 163
FX3U-CF-ADP: 175
FX3U-CNV-BD: 175
FX3U-ENET: 173
FX3U-ENET-ADP: 173
FX3U-FLROM-1M: 176
FX3U-FLROM-16: 176
FX3U-FLROM-64: 176
FX3U-FLROM-64L: 176
FX3U-USB-BD: 173
FX-10DM-E: 177
FX-16E-150CAB: 177
FX-16E-150CAB-R: 177
FX-16E-300CAB: 177
FX-16E-300CAB-R: 177
FX-16E-500CAB: 177
FX-16E-500CAB-R: 177
FX-16E-TB: 176
FX-16E-TB/UL: 176
FX-16EX-A1-TB: 176
FX-16EX-A1-TB/UL: 176
FX-16EYR-ES-TB/UL: 176
FX-16EYS-ES-TB/UL: 176
FX-16EYT-ESS-TB/UL: 176
FX-16EYT-ES-TB/UL: 176
FX16EYT-TB: 176
FX-30P: 177
FX-32E-TB/UL: 176
FX-40E-300CAB-R: 177
FX-232AWC-H: 176
FX-232CAB-1: 177
FX-TB40MIN: 176
FX-USB-AW: 176
G
G011-0.5M: 482, 490
G170-0.5M: 485
G170-5.0M: 485
G170-10.0M: 485
G171-0.5M: 486
G171-5.0M: 486
G171-10.0M: 486
G380-10.0M: 510, 517, 522
G380-20.0M: 510, 517, 522
G396-0.3M: 510, 517, 522
G396-0.5M: 510, 517, 522
G396-1.0M: 510, 517, 522
G396-5.0M: 510, 517, 522
GRZG400-0.6: 313
GRZG400-0.8: 313
GRZG400-0.9: 313
GRZG400-2: 313
GRZG400-2.5: 313
GRZG400-5: 313
GT01-C10R4-8P: 201
GT01-C30R2-6P: 201, 230, 207, 205
GT01-C30R2-9S: 181, 201, 205, 207
GT01-C30R2-25P: 201, 207
GT01-C30R4-8P: 201, 207
GT01-C30R4-25P: 201, 207
GT01-C30R4-VFD: 201
GT01-C100R4-8P: 201, 207
GT01-C100R4-25P: 201, 207
GT01-C200R4-8P: 201, 207
GT01-C200R4-25P: 201, 207
GT01-C300R4-8P: 201, 207
GT01-C300R4-25P: 201
GT01-RS4-M: 197
GT05-20PCO: 199
GT05-30PCO: 199
GT05-50PCO: 199
GT05-60PCO: 199
GT05-70PCO: 199
GT05-80PCO: 199
GT05-90PCO: 199
GT05-MEM-1GC: 199
GT05-MEM-512MC: 199
GT05-MEM-ADPC: 199
GT09-C30R2-9P: 201
GT09-C30R2-25P: 201
GT09-C30R4-6C: 201
GT09-C30R20101-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20102-25S: 203
GT09-C30R20103-25P: 203
GT09-C30R20201-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20202-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20203-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20204-14P: 203
GT09-C30R20205-25P: 203
GT09-C30R20301-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20302-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20304-9S: 203
GT09-C30R20401-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20402-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20501-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20502-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20601-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20602-15P: 203
GT09-C30R20701-9S: 203
GT09-C30R20801-9S: 203
GT09-C30R20901-25P: 203
GT09-C30R20902-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20903-9P: 203
GT09-C30R20904-3C: 203
GT09-C30R21003-25P: 203
GT09-C30R21101-6P: 203
GT09-C30R21102-9S: 203
GT09-C30R21103-3T: 203
GT09-C30R21201-25P: 203
GT09-C30R21301-9S: 203
GT09-C30R21401-4T: 203
GT09-C30R40101-9P: 204
GT09-C30R40102-9P: 204
GT09-C30R40103-5T: 204
GT09-C30R40201-9P: 204
GT09-C30R40202-14P: 204
GT09-C30R40301-6T: 204
GT09-C30R40302-6T: 204
GT09-C30R40303-6T: 204
GT09-C30R40304-6T: 204
GT09-C30R40401-7T: 204
GT09-C30R40501-15P: 204
GT09-C30R40502-6C: 204
GT09-C30R40503-15P: 204
GT09-C30R40601-15P: 204
GT09-C30R40602-15P: 204
GT09-C30R40603-6T: 204
GT09-C30R41001-6T: 204
GT09-C30R41101-5T: 204
GT09-C30R41201-6C: 204
GT09-C30R41301-9S: 204
GT09-C30USB-5P: 76, 177, 181, 202, 205
GT09-C100R4-6C: 201
GT09-C100R40101-9P: 204
GT09-C100R40102-9P: 204
GT09-C100R40103-5T: 204
GT09-C100R40201-9P: 204
GT09-C100R40202-14P: 204
GT09-C100R40301-6T: 204
GT09-C100R40302-6T: 204
GT09-C100R40303-6T: 204
GT09-C100R40304-6T: 204
GT09-C100R40401-7T: 204
GT09-C100R40501-15P: 204
GT09-C100R40502-6C: 204
GT09-C100R40503-15P: 204
GT09-C100R40601-15P: 204
GT09-C100R40602-15P: 204
GT09-C100R40603-6T: 204
GT09-C100R41001-6T: 204
GT09-C100R41101-5T: 204
GT09-C100R41201-6C: 204
GT09-C100R41301-9S: 204
GT09-C200R4-6C: 201
GT09-C200R40101-9P: 204
GT09-C200R40102-9P: 204
GT09-C200R40103-5T: 204
GT09-C200R40201-9P: 204
GT09-C200R40202-14P: 204
GT09-C200R40301-6T: 204
GT09-C200R40302-6T: 204
GT09-C200R40303-6T: 204
GT09-C200R40304-6T: 204
GT09-C200R40401-7T: 204
GT09-C200R40501-15P: 204
GT09-C200R40502-6C: 204
GT09-C200R40503-15P: 204
GT09-C200R40601-15P: 204
GT09-C200R40602-15P: 204
GT09-C200R40603-6T: 204
GT09-C200R41001-6T: 204
GT09-C200R41101-5T: 204
GT09-C200R41201-6C: 204
GT09-C200R41301-9S: 204
GT09-C300R4-6C: 201
GT09-C300R40101-9P: 204
GT09-C300R40102-9P: 204
GT09-C300R40103-5T: 204
GT09-C300R40201-9P: 204
GT09-C300R40202-14P: 204
GT09-C300R40301-6T: 204
GT09-C300R40302-6T: 204
556
n

I
N
D
E
X
GT09-C300R40303-6T: 204
GT09-C300R40304-6T: 204
GT09-C300R40401-7T: 204
GT09-C300R40501-15P: 204
GT09-C300R40502-6C: 204
GT09-C300R40503-15P: 204
GT09-C300R40601-15P: 204
GT09-C300R40602-15P: 204
GT09-C300R40603-6T: 204
GT09-C300R41001-6T: 204
GT09-C300R41101-5T: 204
GT09-C300R41201-6C: 204
GT09-C300R41301-9S: 204
GT10-9PT5S: 197
GT10-20PSCB: 199
GT10-20PSCW: 199
GT10-20PSGB: 199
GT10-20PSGW: 199
GT10-30PSCB: 199
GT10-30PSCW: 199
GT10-30PSGB: 199
GT10-30PSGW: 199
GT10-40PSCB: 199
GT10-40PSCW: 199
GT10-40PSGB: 199
GT10-40PSGW: 199
GT10-50FMB: 198
GT10-50PSCB: 198
GT10-50PSCW: 198
GT10-50PSGB: 198
GT10-50PSGW: 198
GT10-C10EXUSB-5S: 202
GT10-C10R4-8P: 201, 207
GT10-C10R4-8PC: 201
GT10-C10R4-8PL: 207
GT10-C30R2-6P: 201, 207
GT10-C30R4-8P: 201, 207
GT10-C30R4-8PC: 201
GT10-C30R4-25P: 201, 207
GT10-C100R4-8P: 201, 207
GT10-C100R4-8PC: 201
GT10-C100R4-25P: 201
GT10-C200R4-8P: 201, 207
GT10-C200R4-8PC: 201
GT10-C200R4-25P: 201, 207
GT10-C300R4-8P: 201, 207
GT10-C300R4-8PC: 201
GT10-C300R4-25P: 201, 207
GT10-LDR: 198
GT10 Mounting H/W: 199
GT10-RS2TUSB-5S: 202, 205
GT11-50BAT: 199
GT11-50FNB: 198
GT11-50PSCB: 198
GT11-50PSCW: 198
GT11-50PSGB: 198
GT11-50PSGW: 198
GT11-50UCOV: 199
GT11-60PSCB: 198
GT11-70PSCB: 198
GT11/F900 H/W KIT: 199
GT11H-50ESCOV: 199
GT11H-50PSC: 198
GT11H-C15R2-6P: 202
GT11H-C15R4-8P: 202
GT11H-C15R4-25P: 202
GT11H-C30: 202
GT11H-C30-37P: 202
GT11H-C30R2-6P: 201
GT11H-C60: 202
GT11H-C60-37P: 202
GT11H-C100: 202
GT11H-C100-37P: 202
GT11H-CNB-37S: 201, 208
GT12-60VLTN: 198
GT12-70VLTN: 198
GT14-50PSCB: 198
GT14-50PSCW: 198
GT14-50PSGB: 198
GT14-50PSGW: 198
GT14-RS2T4-9P: 197
GT14-VNCSKEY-1: 205
GT14-VNCSKEY-5: 205
GT14-VNCSKEY-10: 205
GT15-50ATT-85: 199
GT15-50ATT-95W: 199
GT15-50STAND: 199
GT15-60ATT-77: 199
GT15-60ATT-87: 199
GT15-60ATT-96: 199
GT15-60ATT-97: 199
GT15-70ATT-87: 199
GT15-70ATT-98: 199
GT15-70STAND: 199
GT15-75ABUS2L: 197, 208
GT15-75ABUSL: 197, 208
GT15-75QBUS2L: 197, 208
GT15-75QBUSL: 197, 208
GT15-80STAND: 199
GT15-90STAND: 199
GT15-A1SC05NB: 200
GT15-A1SC07B: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC07NB: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC12B: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC30B: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC30NB: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC50B: 200, 207
GT15-A1SC50NB: 200, 207
GT15-A370C12B: 200, 207
GT15-A370C12B-S1: 200, 207
GT15-A370C25B: 200, 207
GT15-A370C25B-S1: 200, 207
GT15-ABUS: 197, 208
GT15-ABUS2: 197, 208
GT15-AC06B: 200, 207
GT15-AC12B: 200, 207
GT15-AC30B: 200, 207
GT15-AC50B: 200, 207
GT15-AFC: 200
GT15-BAT: 199
GT15-C03H50TB: 202
GT15-C07BS: 200, 207
GT15-C12BS: 200, 207
GT15-C12NB: 200, 207
GT15-C30BS: 200, 207
GT15-C30HTB: 202
GT15-C30NB: 200, 207
GT15-C50BS: 200, 207
GT15-C50NB: 200, 207
GT15-C50VG: 202
GT15-C100BS: 200, 207
GT15-C100EXSS-1: 200
GT15-C200BS: 200, 207
GT15-C200EXSS-1: 200, 207
GT15-C300BS: 200, 207
GT15-C300EXSS-1: 200, 207
GT15-CFCD: 197, 208
GT15-CFEX-C08SET: 197, 206, 208
GT15-DIO: 197, 208
GT15-DIOR: 197, 208
GT15-EXCNB: 200, 207
GT15-J2C10B: 200, 207
GT15-J61BT13: 197, 208
GT15-J71BR13: 197, 208
GT15-J71E71-100: 197, 208
GT15-J71GF13-T2: 89, 197
GT15-J71GP23-SX: 89, 197, 208
GT15-J71LP23-25: 197, 208
GT15-PRN: 197, 208
GT15-QBUS: 197, 208
GT15-QBUS2: 197, 208
GT15-QC06B: 200, 207
GT15-QC12B: 200, 207
GT15-QC30B: 200, 207
GT15-QC50B: 200, 207
GT15-QC100B: 200, 207
GT15-QC150BS: 200, 207
GT15-QC200BS: 200, 207
GT15-QC250BS: 200, 207
GT15-QC300BS: 200, 207
GT15-QC350BS: 200, 207
GT15-QFC: 200
GT15-RS2-9P: 197, 208
GT15-RS2T4-9P: 197, 208
GT15-RS2T4-25P: 197, 208
GT15-RS4-9S: 197, 208
GT15-RS4-TE: 197, 208
GT15 RS232 Cover: 199
GT15-SGTKEY-U: 205
GT15-SOUT: 197, 208
GT15V-75R1: 208
GT15V-75ROUT: 208
GT15V-75V4: 208
GT15V-75V4R1: 208
GT16-50PSCB: 198
GT16-50PSCB-012: 199
GT16-50PSCW: 198
GT16-50PSGB: 198
GT16-50PSGW: 198
GT16-60PSCB: 198
GT16-60PSCB-012: 199
GT16-60PSCW: 198
GT16-60PSGB: 198
GT16-60PSGW: 198
GT16-60SLTT: 198
GT16-60VLTN: 198
GT16-60VLTT: 198
GT16-70PSCB: 198
GT16-70PSCB-012: 199
GT16-70PSCW: 198
GT16-70PSGB: 198
GT16-70PSGW: 198
GT16-70SLTT: 198
GT16-70VLTN: 198
GT16-70VLTT: 198
GT16-80PSCB: 198
GT16-80PSCW: 198
GT16-80PSGB: 198
GT16-80PSGW: 198
GT16-80SLTT: 198
GT16-90PSCB: 198
GT16-90PSCB-012: 199
GT16-90PSCW: 198
GT16-90PSGB: 198
GT16-90PSGW: 198
GT16-90XLTT: 198
GT16-C02R4-9S: 200, 207
GT16-C02R4-25S: 200
GT16H-30-42P: 202
GT16H-60-42P: 202
GT16H-60ESCOV: 199
GT16H-60PSC: 198
GT16H-100-42P: 202
GT16H-C30-32P: 202
GT16H-C50-32P: 202
GT16H-C80-32P: 202
GT16H-C130-32P: 202
GT16H-CNB-37S: 201
GT16M-MMR: 197, 208
GT16M-R2: 197, 208
GT16M-ROUT: 197, 208
GT16M-V4: 197, 208
GT16M-V4R1: 197, 208
GT16-PCRAKEY-1: 205
GT16-PCRAKEY-5: 205
GT16-PCRAKEY-10: 205
GT16-PCRAKEY-20: 205
GT16-UCOV: 199
GT16-VNCSKEY-1: 205
GT16-VNCSKEY-5: 205
GT115 Option Cover: 199
GT1020-LBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LBD2: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LBDW: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LBDW2: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LBL: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LBLW: 188, 193, 196
GT1020-LWD: 188, 193
GT1020-LWD2: 188, 193
GT1020-LWDW: 188, 193
GT1020-LWDW2: 188, 193
GT1020-LWL: 188, 193
GT1020-LWLW: 188, 193
GT1030-HBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1030-HBD2: 188, 193, 196
GT1030-HBDW: 188, 193, 196
GT1030-HBDW2: 188, 193
GT1030-HBL: 188, 196
GT1030-HBLW: 196
GT1030-HWD: 188
GT1030-HWD2: 188
GT1030-HWDW: 188
GT1030-HWDW2: 188, 193
GT1030-HWL: 188
GT1030-LBDW2: 193, 196
GT1030-LWD: 193
GT1030-LWD2: 193
GT1030-LWDW: 193
GT1040-QBBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1045-QSBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1050-QBBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1055-QSBD: 188, 193, 196
GT1150HS-QLBD: 188, 193, 195
GT1155HS-QSBD: 188, 193, 195
GT1265-VNBA: 188, 193, 194
GT1265-VNBD: 188, 193, 194
GT1275-VNBA: 188, 193, 194
GT1275-VNBD: 188, 193, 194
GT1450-QLBDE: 187, 189, 192
GT1455-QTBDE: 187, 189, 192
GT1655-VTBD: 187, 189, 191
GT1662-VNBA: 187, 189, 191
GT1662-VNBD: 187, 189, 191
GT1665: 479
GT1665HS-VTBD: 187, 189, 191
GT1665M-STBA: 187, 189, 191
GT1665M-STBD: 187, 189, 191
GT1665M-VTBA: 187, 189, 191
GT1665M-VTBD: 187, 189, 191
GT1672-VNBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1672-VNBD: 187, 189, 190
GT1675M-STBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1675M-STBD: 187, 189, 190
GT1675M-VTBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1675M-VTBD: 187, 189, 190
GT1675-VNBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1675-VNBD: 187, 189, 190
GT1685M-STBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1685M-STBD: 187, 189, 190
GT1695M-XTBA: 187, 189, 190
GT1695M-XTBD: 187, 189, 190
GT-WORKS3-C1: 540, 205
GT-WORKS3-C1-SMA: 540
GT-WORKS3-C5: 540
GT-WORKS3-C10: 540
GT-WORKS3-C25: 540
GT-WORKS3-C50: 540
GT-WORKS3-C100: 540
GT-WORKS3-OEM: 540
GT-WORKS3-OEM-SMA: 540
GX-CONFIG-AP-C1: 538
GX-CONFIG-AP-C1-SMA: 538
GX-CONFIG-C1: 537
GX-CONFIG-C1-SMA: 537
GX-CONFIG-CC-C1: 538
GX-CONFIG-CC-C1-SMA: 538
GX-CONFIG-DP-C1: 181, 538
GX-CONFIG-DP-C1-SMA: 538
GX-CONFIG-DP-C5: 181
GX-CONFIG-QP-C1: 217, 538
GX-CONFIG-QP-C1-SMA: 538
GX Configurator-AD: 537
GX Configurator-AS: 537
GX Configurator-CT: 537
GX Configurator-DA: 537
GX Configurator-DN: 537
GX Configurator-MB: 537
GX Configurator-PT: 537
GX Configurator-SC: 537
GX Configurator-TC: 537
GX Configurator-TI: 537
GX-DEV-C1: 535
GX-DEV-C1-SMA: 535
GX-DEV-C5: 535
GX-DEV-C5-SMA: 535
GX-DEV-C10: 535
GX-DEV-C10-SMA: 535
GX-DEV-C25: 535
GX-DEV-C25-SMA: 535
GX-DEV-C50: 535
GX-DEV-C50-SMA: 535
GX-DEV-FX-C1: 536
GX-DEV-FX-C1-SMA: 536
GX-DEV-FX-C5: 536
GX-DEV-FX-C10: 536
GX-DEV-FX-C25: 536
GX-DEV-FX-C50: 536
GX-EXP2-C1: 538
GX-EXP2-C5: 538
GX-EXP2-C10: 538
GX-EXP2-C25: 538
GX-EXP2-C50: 538
GX-SIM-C1: 539
GX-SIM-C1-SMA: 539
GX-SIM-C5: 539
GX-SIM-C10: 539
GX-SIM-C25: 539
GX-SIM-C50: 539
GX Works2: 223
GX-WORKS2-C1: 220, 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C1-SMA: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C5: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C10: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C25: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C50: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C100: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-C100-SMA: 535, 181
GX-WORKS2-FX-C1: 181
GX-WORKS2-FX-OEM: 181
GX-WORKS2-OEM: 181, 535
GX-WORKS2-OEM-SMA: 181, 535
H
H010-0.5M: 480
H010-2.0M: 480
H010-5.0M: 480
H100-2.0M: 479
H100-5.0M: 479
H100-10.0M: 479
H100-20.0M: 479
H200-2.0M: 479
H200-5.0M: 479
H200-10.0M: 479
H300-2.0M: 480
H300-5.0M: 480
H300-10.0M: 480
H310-2.0M: 480
H310-5.0M: 480
H310-10.0M: 480
H310-15.0M: 480
H400-2.0M: 480
H400-5.0M: 480
H400-10.0M: 480
H500-0.5M: 480
HA-LP11K1M4(B): 292
HA-LP11K1M(B): 291
HA-LP11K2(B): 293
HA-LP11K24(B): 294
HA-LP12K1(B): 289
HA-LP12K14(B): 290
HA-LP15K1: 289
HA-LP15K1M4(B): 292
HA-LP15K1M(B): 291
HA-LP15K2(B): 293
HA-LP15K14: 290
HA-LP15K24(B): 294
HA-LP20K1: 289
HA-LP20K14: 290
HA-LP22K1M: 291
HA-LP22K1M4: 292
HA-LP22K2(B): 293
HA-LP22K24(B): 294
HA-LP25K1: 289
HA-LP25K14: 290
HA-LP30K1: 289
HA-LP30K1M: 291
HA-LP30K1M4: 292
HA-LP30K2: 293
HA-LP30K14: 290
HA-LP30K24: 294
HA-LP37K1: 289
HA-LP37K1M: 291
HA-LP37K1M4: 292
HA-LP37K2: 293
HA-LP37K14: 290
HA-LP37K24: 294
HA-LP45K1M4: 292
HA-LP45K24: 294
HA-LP50K1M4: 292
HA-LP55K24: 294
HA-LP502: 293
HA-LP601(B): 289
HA-LP701M4(B): 292
HA-LP701M(B): 291
HA-LP702: 293
HA-LP801(B): 289
HA-LP6014(B): 290
HA-LP8014(B): 290
HC-AQ0135: 235
HC-AQ0235: 235
HC-AQ0335: 235
HC-LP52(B): 284
HC-LP102(B): 284
HC-LP152(B): 284
HC-LP202(B): 284
HC-LP302(B): 284
HC-RP103(B): 285
HC-RP153(B): 285
HC-RP203(B): 285
HC-RP353(B): 285
HC-RP503(B): 285
HC-UP72(B): 286
HC-UP152(B): 286
HC-UP202(B): 286
HC-UP352(B): 286
HC-UP502(B): 286
HD60C: 480, 483, 487, 492
HD60C-1: 487, 492
HF54-A48/-A51: 512
HF54-A74/-A51: 494
HF54BS-A48: 513, 520
HF54BS-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF54S-A48: 513, 520
HF54S-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF75-A48/-A51: 512
HF75-A74/-A51: 494
HF75BS-A48: 513
HF75BS-A51: 494, 513
HF75S-A48: 513
HF75S-A51: 494, 513
HF104-A48 / A51: 512
HF-104-A74/-A51: 495
HF104-A74/-A51: 494
HF104BS-A48: 513, 520
HF104BS-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF104S-A48: 513, 520
HF104S-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF105-A48 / A51: 512
HF105-A74/-A51: 494
HF105BS-A48: 513
HF105BS-A51: 494, 513
HF105S-A48: 513
HF105S-A51: 494, 513
HF154-A48 / A51: 512
HF154-A74/-A51: 494
HF154BS-A48: 513, 520
HF154BS-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF154S-A48: 513, 520
HF154S-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF204-A48 / A51: 512
HF204-A74/-A51: 494
HF204BS-A48: 513, 520
HF204BS-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF204S-A48: 513, 520
HF204S-A51: 494, 513, 520
HF223BS-A48: 520
HF223BS-A51: 520
HF223S-A48: 520
HF223S-A51: 520
HF224BS-A48: 520
HF224BS-A51: 520
HF224S-A48: 520
HF224S-A51: 520
HF302BS-A48: 520
HF302BS-A51: 520
HF302S-A48: 520
HF302S-A51: 520
HF303BS-A48: 520
HF303BS-A51: 520
HF303S-A48: 520
HF303S-A51: 520
HF354-A48 / A51: 512
HF354-A74/-A51: 494
HF354BS-A48: 513
HF354BS-A51: 494, 513
HF354S-A48: 513
HF354S-A51: 494, 513
HF453-A74/-A51: 494
HF453BS-A51: 494
HF453S-A51: 494
HF703-A74/-A51: 494
HF703BS-A51: 494
HF703S-A51: 494
HF903-A74/-A51: 494
HF903BS-A51: 494
HF903S-A51: 494
HF3010A-UN: 384
HF3010A-UN2: 384
HF3030A-UN: 384
HF3040A-UN: 384
HF3100A-UN: 312, 338
HF3200A-UN: 312, 338
HF-H54-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H54BS-A51: 495
HF-H54S-A51: 495
HF-H75-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H75BS-A51: 495
HF-H75S-A51: 495
HF-H104BS-A51: 495
HF-H104S-A51: 495
HF-H105-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H105BS-A51: 495
HF-H105S-A51: 495
HF-H154-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H154BS-A51: 495
HF-H154S-A51: 495
HF-H204-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H204BS-A51: 495
HF-H204S-A51: 495
HF-H354-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H354BS-A51: 495
HF-H354S-A51: 495
HF-H453-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H453BS-A51: 495
HF-H453S-A51: 495
HF-H703-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H703BS-A51: 495
HF-H703S-A51: 495
HF-H903-A74/-A51: 495
HF-H903BS-A51: 495
HF-H903S-A51: 495
HF-JP11K1M4(B): 288
HF-JP11K1M(B): 287
HF-JP15K1M4(B): 288
HF-JP15K1M(B): 287
HF-JP53(B): 287
HF-JP73(B): 287
HF-JP103(B): 287
HF-JP153(B): 287
HF-JP203(B): 287
HF-JP353(B): 287
HF-JP503(B): 287
HF-JP534(B): 288
HF-JP703(B): 287
HF-JP734(B): 288
HF-JP903(B): 287
HF-JP1034(B): 288
HF-JP1534(B): 288
HF-JP2034(B): 288
HF-JP3534(B): 288
HF-JP5034(B): 288
HF-JP7034(B): 288
HF-JP9034(B): 288
HF-KE13BW1-S100: 240
HF-KE13W1-S100: 240
HF-KE23BW1-S100: 240
HF-KE23W1-S100: 240
HF-KE43BW1-S100: 240
HF-KE43W1-S100: 240
HF-KE73BW1-S100: 240
HF-KE73W1-S100: 240
HF-KN13(B): 252
HF-KN23(B): 252
HF-KN43(B): 252
HF-KN053(B): 252
HF-KP13(B): 280
HF-KP13(B)G_: 253
HF-KP23(B): 280
HF-KP23(B)G: 253
HF-KP23JW04-S06: 513
HF-KP43(B): 280
HF-KP43(B)G_: 253
HF-KP43JW04-S06: 513
HF-KP053(B): 280
HF-KP053(B)G_: 253
HF-KP73(B): 280
HF-KP73JW04-S06: 513
HF-MP13(B): 280
HF-MP23(B): 280
HF-MP43(B): 280
HF-MP053(B): 280
HF-MP73(B): 280
HF-SE52BJW1-S100: 241
HF-SE52JW1-S100: 241
HF-SE102BJW1-S100: 241
HF-SE102JW1-S100: 241
HF-SE152BJW1-S100: 241
HF-SE152JW1-S100: 241
HF-SE202BJW1-S100: 241
HF-SE202JW1-S100: 241
HF-SP51(B): 281
HF-SP52(B): 282
HF-SP81(B): 281
HF-SP102(B): 282
HF-SP121(B): 281
HF-SP152(B): 282
HF-SP201(B): 281
HF-SP202(B): 282
HF-SP301(B): 281
558
n

I
N
D
E
X
HF-SP352(B): 282
HF-SP421(B): 281
HF-SP502(B): 282
HF-SP524(B): 283
HF-SP702(B): 282
HF-SP1024(B): 283
HF-SP1524(B): 283
HF-SP2024(B): 283
HF-SP3524(B): 283
HF-SP5024(B): 283
HF-SP7024(B): 283
HG-JR11K1M4(B): 370
HG-JR11K1M(B): 370
HG-JR15K1M4(B): 370
HG-JR15K1M(B): 370
HG-JR22K1M4(B): 370
HG-JR22K1M(B): 370
HG-JR53(B): 368, 369
HG-JR73(B): 368, 369
HG-JR103(B): 368, 369
HG-JR153(B): 368, 369
HG-JR203(B): 368, 369
HG-JR353(B): 368, 369
HG-JR503(B): 368, 369
HG-JR703(B): 368, 369
HG-JR903(B): 368, 369
HG-KR13(B): 363
HG-KR23(B): 363
HG-KR43(B): 363
HG-KR053(B): 363
HG-KR73(B): 363
HG-MR13B: 364
HG-MR23B: 364
HG-MR43B: 364
HG-MR053B: 364
HG-MR73B: 364
HG-RR103(B): 371
HG-RR153(B): 371
HG-RR203(B): 371
HG-RR353(B): 371
HG-RR503(B): 371
HG-SR51(B): 365
HG-SR52(B): 366
HG-SR81(B): 365
HG-SR102(B): 366
HG-SR121(B): 365
HG-SR152(B): 366
HG-SR201(B): 365
HG-SR202(B): 366
HG-SR301(B): 365
HG-SR352(B): 366
HG-SR421(B): 365
HG-SR502(B): 366
HG-SR524(B): 367
HG-SR702(B): 366
HG-SR1024(B): 367
HG-SR1524(B): 367
HG-SR2024(B): 367
HG-SR3524(B): 367
HG-SR5024(B): 367
HG-SR7024(B): 367
HG-UR72(B): 372
HG-UR152(B): 372
HG-UR202(B): 372
HG-UR352(B): 372
HG-UR502(B): 372
HP54-A74/-A51: 496
HP54BS-A51: 496
HP54S-A51: 496
HP104-A74/-A51: 496
HP104BS-A51: 496
HP104S-A51: 496
HP154-A74/-A51: 496
HP154BS-A51: 496
HP154S-A51: 496
HP204-A74/-A51: 496
HP204BS-A51: 496
HP204S-A51: 496
HP224-A74/-A51: 496
HP354-A74/-A51: 496
HP354BS-A51: 496
HP354S-A51: 496
HP454-A74/-A51: 496
HP454BS-A51: 496
HP454S-A51: 496
HP704-A74/-A51: 496
HP704BS-A51: 496
HP704S-A51: 496
HP903-A74/-A51: 496
HP903BS-A51: 496
HP903S-A51: 496
HP1103-A74/-A51: 496
HP1103BS-A51: 496
HP1103S-A51: 496
HP-H54-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H54BS-A51: 497
HP-H54S-A51: 497
HP-H104-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H104BS-A51: 497
HP-H104S-A51: 497
HP-H154-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H154BS-A51: 497
HP-H154S-A51: 497
HP-H204-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H204BS-A51: 497
HP-H204S-A51: 497
HP-H224-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H354-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H354BS-A51: 497
HP-H354S-A51: 497
HP-H454-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H454BS-A51: 497
HP-H454S-A51: 497
HP-H704-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H704BS-A51: 497
HP-H704S-A51: 497
HP-H903-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H903BS-A51: 497
HP-H903S-A51: 497
HP-H1103-A74/-A51: 497
HP-H1103BS-A51: 497
HP-H1103S-A51: 497
I
IB1500259: 13
IB1500261: 13
IB1500263: 13
IB1500265: 13
IB1500267: 13
IB1500269: 13
IB1500275: 13
IB(NA)66569: 538
IB(NA)66721: 538
IB(NA)66722: 538
IB(NA)66781: 538
IB(NA)66891: 431
IB(NA)66900: 217, 538
IB(NA)67310: 245
IB(NA)080155: 40
IB(NA)0300099: 217
IB(NA)0300117: 217
IB(NA)0300133: 215
IB(NA)0300133-A: 12
IB(NA)0300134: 215, 231
IB(NA)0300134-A: 12
IB(NA)0300135: 215, 231
IB(NA)0300135-A: 12
IB(NA)0300136: 215, 231
IB(NA)0300136-A: 12
IB(NA)0300137: 215, 231
IB(NA)0300137-A: 12
IB(NA)0300150: 227
IB(NA)0300156: 231
IB(NA)0300163: 220
IB(NA)0300172: 220
IB(NA)-0300174-B(1202)MEE: 223
IB-(NA)-0300185-A(1202)MEE: 223
IB(NA)0600003: 413
IB(NA)0600006: 413
IB(NA)0600007: 413
IB(NA)0600079: 440
IB(NA)0600083: 440
IB(NA)0600085: 440
IB(NA)0600087: 440
IB(NA)0600089: 440
IB(NA)0600106E: 440
IB(NA)0600108E: 440
IB(NA)0600110E: 440
IB(NA)0600134: 440
IB(NA)0600135: 440
IB(NA)0600204: 413
IB(NA)0600216: 419
IB(NA)0600217: 419
IB(NA)0600218: 419
IB(NA)0600225: 429
IB(NA)0600240: 419, 429, 438
IB(NA)0600254: 429
IB(NA)0600255: 429
IB(NA)0600262: 429
IB(NA)0600292: 431
IB(NA)0600331: 438
IB(NA)0600337: 438
IB(NA)0600379: 431
IB(NA)0600420: 419
IB(NA)0800004: 535
IB(NA)0800008: 52
IB(NA)0800009: 56
IB(NA)0800034E: 27
IB(NA)0800059: 45
IB(NA)0800061: 20, 21
IB(NA)0800063: 49
IB(NA)0800120: 44
IB(NA)0800121: 44
IB(NA)0800130: 54
IB(NA)0800144: 60
IB(NA)0800145: 62
IB(NA)0800149: 70
IB(NA)0800156: 41
IB(NA)0800169: 51
IB(NA)0800181: 78
IB(NA)0800189: 539
IB(NA)0800193: 539
IB(NA)0800223: 29
IB(NA)0800224: 31
IB(NA)0800225: 71
IB(NA)0800228: 78
IB(NA)0800229: 48
IB(NA)0800230: 66
IB(NA)0800232: 71
IB(NA)0800242: 535, 536
IB(NA)0800243: 535, 536
IB(NA)0800244: 535, 536
IB(NA)0800245: 535, 536
IB(NA)0800246: 535, 536
IB(NA)0800247: 535
IB(NA)0800248: 535
IB(NA)0800250: 63
IB(NA)0800261: 538
IB(NA)0800277: 36
IB(NA)0800280: 67
IB(NA)0800321E: 34
IB(NA)0800324: 65
IB(NA)0800329: 68
IB(NA)0800340: 81
IB(NA)0800344E: 81
IB(NA)0800345E: 81
IB(NA)0800354: 74
IB(NA)0800364E: 58
IB(NA)0800448: 185
IB(NA)0800476: 78
IB(NA)06000064: 440
IB(NA)06000065: 440
IB-T7311: 440
IB-T7312: 440
ICC-#10816: 69
iQ-DEMO-1: 549
iQ-Works-C1: 534
IQ-Works-C1-OEM: 534
iQ-Works-C1-SMA: 534
iQ-Works-C5: 534
iQ-Works-C10: 534
iQ-Works-C25: 534
iQ-Works-C50: 534
iQ-Works-C100: 534
IQ-Works-L1-C1-OEM: 534
IQ-Works-L2-C1-OEM: 534
iQ-Works-LUP1-C1: 534
IQ-Works-LUP1-OEM: 534
IQ-Works-LUP2-OEM: 534
iQ-Works-OEM: 534
iQ-Works-OEM-SMA: 534
J
JY992D48301: 536
JY992D74001: 537
JY992D76001: 537
JY992D81401: 537
JY992D88301: 536
JY992D96801: 537
JY992D97101: 537
JY992D97201: 537
JY992D97301: 537
JY992D97401: 537
JY992D97701: 537
JY997D17501: 185
JY997D20101: 185
JY997D20102: 185
JY997D24701: 185
JY997D39201: 185
JY997D44801: 185
K
K08H07500150: 26, 78
K08H07500151: 26, 78
L
L1MEM-2GBSD: 148, 199
L1MEM-4GBSD: 148, 199
L02CPU: 133
L02CPU(-P): 133
L6ADP-R2: 148
L06CPU(-P): 133
L6DSPU: 148
L6EC: 148
L6EC-ET: 93, 148
L6EXB: 137
L6EXE: 137
L26CPU(-BT): 133
L26CPU-(P)(BT): 133
L60AD2DA2: 140
L60AD4: 93, 138
L60AD4-2GH: 139
L60DA4: 93, 138
L60TCRT4(BW): 93, 141
L60TCTT4(BW): 93, 141
L61P: 93, 135
L63P: 93, 135
L63SP: 135
LC06E: 138
LC10E: 138
LC30E: 138
LCBL40P-2M: 138
LCBL40P-5M: 138
LCBL40P-10M: 138
LD62: 93, 145
LD62D: 93, 145
LD75D1: 144
LD75D2: 144
LD75D4: 93, 144
LD75P1: 144
LD75P2: 144
LD75P4: 93, 144
LD77DOCBL-2M: 220
LD77DOCBL-5M: 220
LD77DOCBL-10M: 220
LD77DOCBL-20M: 220
LD77DOCBL-30M: 220
LD77MH4: 93, 220, 142, 221
LD77MH16: 93, 220, 142, 221
LD77OCCBL-2M: 220
LD77OCCBL-5M: 220
LD77OCCBL-10M: 220
LH42C4NT1P: 137
LH42C4PT1P: 137
LJ61BT11: 93, 147
LJ61CL12: 148
LJ71C24: 93, 145
LJ71C24-R2: 93, 145
LJ71E71-100: 146
LJ71GF11-T2: 89, 146
LJ72GF15-T2: 89, 146
LJ72MS15: 143
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0: 326, 332
LM-FS20-480-1SS0: 326
LM-FS20-576-1SS0: 326
LM-FS40-480-1SS0: 326
LM-FS40-576-1SS0: 326
LM-FS50-480-1SS0: 326
LM-FS50-576-1SS0: 326
LM-H2P1A-06M-4SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P2A-12M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P2B-24M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P2C-36M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P2D-48M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P3A-24M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P3B-48M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P3C-72M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2P3D-96M-1SS0: 326, 331
LM-H2S10-288-4SS0: 326
LM-H2S10-384-4SS0: 326
LM-H2S10-480-4SS0: 326
LM-H2S10-768-4SS0: 326
LM-H2S20-288-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S20-384-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S20-480-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S30-288-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S30-384-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S30-480-1SS0: 326
LM-H2S30-768-1SS0: 326
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0: 352
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0: 352
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1: 352
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0: 326, 333
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0: 326, 333
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0: 326, 333
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0: 326, 333, 352
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0: 326, 333, 352
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0: 326, 333, 352
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0: 326, 333, 352
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0: 326, 333
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0: 326, 333
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0: 326
LM-U2S20-480-2SS0: 326
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0: 326
LM-U2SA0-300-0SS0: 326
LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0: 326
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0: 326
LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0: 326
LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0: 326
L-Series-Demo: 549
LX10: 93, 135
LX28: 93, 135
LX40C6: 93, 135
LX41C4: 93, 135
LX42C4: 93, 135
LY10R2: 93, 136
LY20S6: 93, 136
LY40NT5P: 93, 136
LY40PT5P: 93, 137
LY41NT1P: 93, 136, 137
LY41PT1P: 93
LY42NT1P: 93, 136, 137
LY42PT1P: 93
M
MDS-D-CV-37: 509
MDS-D-CV-75: 509
MDS-D-CV-110: 509
MDS-D-CV-185: 509
MDS-D-CV-300: 509
MDS-D-CV-370: 509
MDS-D-CV-450: 509
MDS-D-CV-550: 509
MDS-DH-CV-37: 509
MDS-DH-CV-75: 509
MDS-DH-CV-110: 509
MDS-DH-CV-185: 509
MDS-DH-CV-300: 509
MDS-DH-CV-370: 509
MDS-DH-CV-450: 509
MDS-DH-CV-550: 509
MDS-DH-CV-750: 509
MDS-DH-SP-10: 508
MDS-DH-SP-20: 508
MDS-DH-SP-40: 508
MDS-DH-SP-80: 508
MDS-DH-SP-100: 508
MDS-DH-SP-160: 508
MDS-DH-SP-200: 508
MDS-DH-SP-320: 508
MDS-DH-SP-480: 508
MDS-DH-V1-10: 499
MDS-DH-V1-20: 499
MDS-DH-V1-40: 499
MDS-DH-V1-80: 499
MDS-DH-V1-80W: 499
MDS-DH-V1-160: 499
MDS-DH-V1-160W: 499
MDS-DH-V2-1010: 499
MDS-DH-V2-2010: 499
MDS-DH-V2-2020: 499
MDS-DH-V2-4020: 499
MDS-DH-V2-4040: 499
MDS-DH-V2-8040: 499
MDS-DH-V2-8080: 499
MDS-DM-SPV2-10080: 519
MDS-DM-SPV2-16080: 519
MDS-DM-SPV2-20080: 519
MDS-DM-SPV3-10080: 519
MDS-DM-SPV3-16080: 519
MDS-DM-SPV3-20080: 519
MDS-D-SP-20: 504
MDS-D-SP-40: 504
MDS-D-SP-80: 504
MDS-D-SP-160: 504
MDS-D-SP-200: 504
MDS-D-SP-240: 504
MDS-D-SP-320: 504
MDS-D-SP-400: 504
MDS-D-SP-640: 504
MDS-D-SPJ3-22: 516
MDS-D-SPJ3-37: 516
MDS-D-SPJ3-55: 516
MDS-D-SPJ3-075: 516
MDS-D-SPJ3-110: 516
MDS-D-SVJ3-03: 513
MDS-D-SVJ3-04: 513
MDS-D-SVJ3-07: 513
MDS-D-SVJ3-10: 513
MDS-D-SVJ3-20: 513
MDS-D-SVJ3-35: 513
MDS-D-V1-20: 498
MDS-D-V1-40: 498
MDS-D-V1-80: 498
MDS-D-V1-160: 498
MDS-D-V1-160W: 498
MDS-D-V1-320: 498
MDS-D-V1-320W: 498
MDS-D-V2-2020: 498
MDS-D-V2-4020: 498
MDS-D-V2-4040: 498
MDS-D-V2-8040: 498
MDS-D-V2-8080: 498
MDS-D-V2-16080: 498
MDS-D-V2-160160: 498
ME1AD8HAI-Q: 38
ME1IOL6-L: 147
ME-0040C-NS96: 530
ME-0052-NS96: 530
ME96NSR: 530
ME96NSR-MB: 530
ME-4201-NS96: 530
ME-J3-40B-RJ080W: 340
ME-J3-60B-RJ080W: 340
MELFA-VISION-C1: 14, 542
MELFA-Works: 475
MELFA-WORKS-C1: 14, 542
MES3-255C-EN: 532
MESIT2GBCF: 75
MESITDRVALIEN: 75
MESITDRVBANNR: 75
MESITDRVEMS: 75
MESITDRVHWKEYE: 75
MESITDRVMBUS: 75
MESITDRVMMC: 75
MESITDRVOMRON: 75
MESITDRVRALGXTG: 75
MESITDRVRAPLC: 75
MESITDRVSMNSS7: 75
MESITDVC-5: 75
MESITDVC-10: 75
MESITLCLDTBS: 75
MESITTRNSDB2: 75
MESITTRNSMQTT: 75
MESITTRNSORCL: 75
MESITTRNSPSQL: 75
MESITTRNSRDM: 75
MESITTRNSSIB: 75
MESITTRNSSQL: 75
MESITTRNSWMQ: 75
MF3F480-010.233MF: 257, 312, 338,
342, 345
MF3F480-015.230MF3: 312, 338, 342, 345
MF3F480-015.233MF: 312, 338
MF-3F480-025.230: 245
MF3F480-025.230MF3: 312, 338
MF3F480-035.230: 312, 338
MF3F480-050.230MF3: 312, 338
MR7S-_M: 343
MR7S-SH-_M: 343
MR-BAT6V1: 384
MR-BAT6V1SET: 384
MR-BKCN: 310
MR-BKCNS1: 244, 310, 383
MR-BKCNS1A: 310, 383
MR-BKCNS2: 383
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H: 244, 255, 310,
382, 514
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L: 244, 255, 310,
382
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H: 244, 255, 310,
382, 514
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L: 244, 255, 310,
382
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L: 244, 255, 310,
382
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L: 244, 255, 310,
382
MR-BT6V1CBL_M: 376
MR-BT6V2CBL_M: 376
MR-BT6VCASE: 384
MR-BTAS01: 346
MR-CCN1: 375
MR-CCN1CBL-_M: 236, 298, 301, 336,
344, 375
MR-CONFIGURATOR: 227, 236, 540,
248, 232
MR Configurator2: 223
MR-CONFIGURATOR2: 220, 311, 337,
369, 383, 540
MR-D05CON: 299
MR-D05UDL3M-B: 299
MR-D05UDL_M: 299
MR-D05UDL-_M: 376
MR-DCL30K: 314
MR-DCL30K-4: 314
MR-DCL37K: 314
MR-DCL37K-4: 314
MR-DCL45K-4: 314
MR-DCL55K-4: 314
MR-DS60: 301, 311
MR-DSCBL_: 301
MR-DSCBL_M-G: 301
MR-E3CBL15-P: 244
MR-E-10AG-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-10A-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-20AG-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-20A-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-40AG-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-40A-KH003: 238, 240
MR-E-70AG-KH003: 238, 240, 241
MR-E-70A-KH003: 238, 240, 241
MR-E-100AG-KH003: 238, 241
MR-E-100A-KH003: 238, 241
MR-E-200AG-KH003: 238, 241
MR-E-200A-KH003: 238, 241
MR-ECN1: 220, 244, 301, 303, 375
MR-ECN1CBL-3M: 244, 256, 301, 303,
375
MR-ECN3: 244
MR-ECNM: 243, 255, 308, 336, 380
MR-ECNP1-B: 244
MR-ECNP1-B1: 244
MR-ECNP2-B: 244
MR-ECNP2-B1: 244
MR-EKCBL_M-H: 243, 255, 308, 336, 380
MR-EKCBL_M-L: 243, 255, 308, 380
MR-ENCNS2: 380
MR-ENCNS2A: 380
MR-ENECBL_M-H: 243, 308
MR-ENECBL_M-L: 308
MR-ENECNS: 243, 308
MR-HDP01: 214, 217, 220, 223, 226, 229,
257, 311, 383
MR-J2-03A5: 236
MR-J2-03B5: 236
MR-J2-03C5: 236
MR-J2CMP2: 375
MR-J2CN1: 236, 298, 301, 336, 344, 375
MR-J2CN1-A: 296, 298
MR-J2HBUS_M: 298, 301, 336, 344, 375
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M: 296, 301, 375
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M-G: 296, 301, 375
MR-J2TBL1M: 236
MR-J2TBL05M: 236
MR-J3-10A: 266
MR-J3-10A1: 266
MR-J3-10A1-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-10A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-10BS: 271
MR-J3-10BS1: 271
560
n

I
N
D
E
X
MR-J3-10T: 274
MR-J3-10T1: 274
MR-J3-11KA: 266
MR-J3-11KA4: 268
MR-J3-11KA4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-11KA-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-11KB-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-11KBS: 271
MR-J3-11KBS4: 272
MR-J3-11KT: 274
MR-J3-11KT4: 274
MR-J3-15KA: 266
MR-J3-15KA4: 268
MR-J3-15KA4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-15KA-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-15KB-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-15KBS: 271
MR-J3-15KBS4: 272
MR-J3-15KT: 274
MR-J3-15KT4: 274
MR-J3-20A: 266
MR-J3-20A1: 266
MR-J3-20A1-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-20A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-20B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-20B-RJ080W: 340
MR-J3-20BS: 271
MR-J3-20BS1: 271
MR-J3-20T: 274
MR-J3-20T1: 274
MR-J3-22KA: 266
MR-J3-22KA4: 268
MR-J3-22KA4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-22KA-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-22KB4-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-22KBS: 271
MR-J3-22KBS4: 272
MR-J3-22KT: 274
MR-J3-22KT4: 274
MR-J3-40A: 266
MR-J3-40A1: 266
MR-J3-40A1-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-40A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-40B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-40BS: 271
MR-J3-40BS1: 271
MR-J3-40T: 274
MR-J3-40T1: 274
MR-J3-55KA4: 269
MR-J3-60A: 266
MR-J3-60A4: 268
MR-J3-60A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-60A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-60B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-60BS: 271
MR-J3-60BS4: 272
MR-J3-60T: 274
MR-J3-60T4: 274
MR-J3-70A: 266
MR-J3-70A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-70B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-70B-RJ080W: 340
MR-J3-70BS: 271
MR-J3-70T: 274
MR-J3-100A: 266
MR-J3-100A4: 268
MR-J3-100A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-100A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-100B-RJ080W: 340
MR-J3-100BS: 271
MR-J3-100BS4: 272
MR-J3-100T: 274
MR-J3-100T4: 274
MR-J3-200A4: 268
MR-J3-200A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-200B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-200BS: 271
MR-J3-200BS4: 272
MR-J3-200T4: 274
MR-J3-350A: 266
MR-J3-350A4: 268
MR-J3-350A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-350A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-350B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-350B-RJ080W: 340
MR-J3-350BS: 271
MR-J3-350BS4: 272
MR-J3-350T: 274
MR-J3-350T4: 274
MR-J3-500A: 266
MR-J3-500A4: 268
MR-J3-500A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-500A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-500B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-500B-RJ080W: 340
MR-J3-500BS: 271
MR-J3-500BS4: 272
MR-J3-500T: 274
MR-J3-500T4: 274
MR-J3-700A: 266
MR-J3-700A4: 268
MR-J3-700A4-RJ070: 270, 276
MR-J3-700A-RJ070: 270, 275
MR-J3-700B-RJ004U_: 327
MR-J3-700BS: 271
MR-J3-700BS4: 272
MR-J3-700T: 274
MR-J3-700T4: 274
MR-J3ACHECK: 312
MR-J3ACN: 311
MR-J3B-2AXISDEMO: 549
MR-J3BAT: 312, 337, 346, 513
MR-J3BK-_M: 243, 307, 383, 500, 514,
520
MR-J3-B-RJ080W: 345
MR-J3BRKS1-_M: 243, 307, 383
MR-J3BT1CBL_M: 303
MR-J3BT2CBL_M: 303
MR-J3BTCBL03M: 308, 312, 337
MR-J3BUS_M: 215, 217, 220, 223, 227,
231, 298, 302, 336, 344, 375
MR-J3BUS_M-A: 215, 217, 220, 223, 227,
231, 298, 302, 336, 344, 472
MR-J3BUS_M-B: 215, 217, 220, 223, 227,
231, 298, 302, 336, 344, 375, 472
MR-J3CCN1CBL-_M: 296, 301, 375
MR-J3CDL05M: 296, 298
MR-J3CN1: 296, 301, 375
MR-J3CN2: 245, 256, 308, 336, 380
MR-J3CN6CBL1M: 296, 376
MR-J3-CR55K: 277
MR-J3-CR55K4: 277
MR-J3-D01: 226, 276, 311
MR-J3D01MQ20-3M: 227
MR-J3D01MQ50-3M: 227
MR-J3-D05: 273, 311, 383
MR-J3DDCNS: 344
MR-J3DDCNSCBL-_M: 344
MR-J3DDSPS: 344
MR-J3DDSPSCBL-_M: 344
MR-J3-DU30KA: 267
MR-J3-DU30KA4: 269
MR-J3-DU30KBS: 271
MR-J3-DU30KBS4: 272
MR-J3-DU37KA: 267
MR-J3-DU37KA4: 269
MR-J3-DU37KBS: 271
MR-J3-DU37KBS4: 272
MR-J3-DU45KA4: 269
MR-J3-DU45KBS4: 272
MR-J3-DU55KBS4: 272
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H: 243, 255, 308,
380
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L: 243, 255, 308, 380
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H: 243, 255, 308,
380
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L: 243, 255, 308, 380
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H: 255, 308, 380
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L: 255, 308, 380
MR-J3HC1SB-_M: 306
MR-J3HC1SB-SH-_M: 307
MR-J3HC1S-_M: 306
MR-J3HC1S-SH-_M: 307
MR-J3HC2SB-_M: 306
MR-J3HC2S-_M: 306
MR-J3HC3SB-_M: 306
MR-J3HC3S-_M: 306
MR-J3HC4S-_M: 306
MR-J3HC5SB-_M: 306
MR-J3HC5S-_M: 306
MR-J3HCBKS-_M: 307
MR-J3HCBKS-SH-_M: 307
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L: 243, 255, 308, 380
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L: 243, 255, 308, 380
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L: 255, 308, 380
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L: 255, 308, 380
MR-J3P1-_M: 243, 306, 343, 381
MR-J3P2-_M: 243, 306, 381 500, 514,
520
MR-J3P3-_M: 343
MR-J3P4-_M: 243, 306, 343, 381
MR-J3P5-_M: 500, 514, 520
MR-J3P6-_M: 306, 381
MR-J3P7-_M: 306, 343, 381, 500
MR-J3P8-_M: 306
MR-J3P9-_M: 306, 381
MR-J3P10-_M: 306
MR-J3P11-_M: 306
MR-J3P12-_M: 306, 381
MR-J3P13-_M: 306, 381
MR-J3PS_M-A1: 243, 255, 309
MR-J3PS_M-A2: 243, 255, 309
MR-J3PWS1-_M: 243, 307, 343, 381
MR-J3PWS2-_M: 243, 307, 381
MR-J3PWS3-_M: 343
MR-J3PWS4-_M: 243, 307, 343, 381
MR-J3PWS6-_M: 307, 381
MR-J3PWS7-_M: 307, 343, 381
MR-J3PWS8-_M: 307
MR-J3PWS9-_M: 307, 381
MR-J3PWS10-_M: 307
MR-J3PWS11-_M: 307
MR-J3PWS12-_M: 307, 381
MR-J3PWS13-_M: 307, 381
MR-J3SCNS: 255, 308, 380
MR-J3SCNSA: 308, 380
MR-J3-T04: 277, 311
MR-J3-T10: 89
MR-J3-TM: 296, 299
MR-J3USBCBL3M: 215, 227, 230, 232,
257, 296, 298, 301, 302, 311, 336,
337, 344, 345, 376, 383
MR-J3W-22B: 273
MR-J3W-44B: 273
MR-J3W-77B: 273
MR-J3WCNP3-DL: 302
MR-J3WCNP12-DM: 302
MR-J3WCNP123-SP: 302
MR-J4-10A: 358
MR-J4-10B: 353, 357
MR-J4-10B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-11KA: 358
MR-J4-11KA4: 359
MR-J4-11KB: 353, 357
MR-J4-11KB4: 354
MR-J4-15KA: 358
MR-J4-15KA4: 359
MR-J4-15KB: 353, 357
MR-J4-15KB4: 354
MR-J4-20A: 358
MR-J4-20B: 353, 357
MR-J4-20B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-22KA: 358
MR-J4-22KA4: 359
MR-J4-22KB: 353, 357
MR-J4-22KB4: 354
MR-J4-40A: 358
MR-J4-40B: 353, 357
MR-J4-40B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-60A: 358
MR-J4-60A4: 359
MR-J4-60B: 353, 357
MR-J4-60B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-60B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-70A: 358
MR-J4-70B: 353, 357
MR-J4-70B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-100A: 358
MR-J4-100A4: 359
MR-J4-100B: 353, 357
MR-J4-100B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-100B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-200A: 358
MR-J4-200A4: 359
MR-J4-200B: 353, 357
MR-J4-200B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-200B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-350A: 358
MR-J4-350A4: 359
MR-J4-350B: 353, 357
MR-J4-350B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-350B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-500A: 358
MR-J4-500A4: 359
MR-J4-500B: 353, 357
MR-J4-500B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-500B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4-700A: 358
MR-J4-700A4: 359
MR-J4-700B: 353, 357
MR-J4-700B4: 354, 387
MR-J4-700B-RJ020: 386
MR-J4B Motor Demo: 549
MR-J4-D05UDL3M-B: 376
MR-J4W2-22B: 355
MR-J4W2-44B: 355
MR-J4W2-77B: 355
MR-J4W2-1010B: 355
MR-J4W3-222B: 356
MR-J4W3-444B: 356
MR-J311KBRJ004U528: 326
MR-J311KBRJ004U529: 326
MR-J315KBRJ004U530: 326
MR-J315KBRJ004U531: 326
MR-J320BRJ004U512: 326
MR-J320BRJ004U515: 326
MRJ322KB4RJ004U532: 326
MRJ322KB4RJ004U533: 326
MR-J340BRJ004U500: 326
MR-J340BRJ004U501: 326
MR-J340BRJ004U513: 326
MR-J340BRJ004U514: 326
MR-J360BRJ004U516: 326
MR-J370BRJ004U502: 326
MR-J370BRJ004U505: 326
MR-J370BRJ004U517: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U503: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U504: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U506: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U509: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U518: 326
MR-J3200BRJ004U519: 326
MR-J3350BRJ004U507: 326
MR-J3350BRJ004U510: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U508: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U511: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U520: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U521: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U524: 326
MR-J3500BRJ004U525: 326
MR-J3700BRJ004U522: 326
MR-J3700BRJ004U523: 326
MR-J3700BRJ004U526: 326
MR-J3700BRJ004U527: 326
MR-JN-10A: 250, 252, 253
MR-JN-10A1: 250
MR-JN-20A: 250, 252, 253
MR-JN-20A1: 250
MR-JN-40A: 250, 252, 253
MR-JRCBL2M-H: 236
MR-JRCBL5M-H: 236
MR-JRCBL10M-H: 236
MR-JRCNM: 236
MR-JRPCATCBL3M: 236
MRL-00204: 297, 314
MRL-00401: 257, 314, 338
MRL-00402: 245, 314
MRL-00801: 314, 338
MRL-00802: 245, 314
MRL-01201: 314
MRL-01202: 245
MRL-01801: 314, 338
MRL-01802: 245, 314
MRL-02502: 314
MRL-03501: 314, 338
MRL-03502: 314
MRL-04501: 314, 338
MRL-04502: 314
MRL-05501: 314, 338
MRL-05502: 314, 338
MRL-08001: 314, 338
MRL-10001: 314
MR-MQ100: 226
MR-MQEXT422CBL-3M: 227
MR-MQEXTCBL-3M: 231
MR-MQPWRCBL-3M: 227, 231
MR-P14SHS-_M: 381
MR-P14SLN-_M: 381
MR-P15SHS-_M: 381
MR-P15SLN-_M: 381
MR-PWCNF: 344
MR-PWCNS1: 309, 382
MR-PWCNS2: 309, 382
MR-PWCNS3: 309, 344, 382
MR-PWCNS4: 244, 309, 344, 382
MR-PWCNS5: 244, 309, 344, 382
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H: 243, 255, 309,
382, 514
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L: 243, 255, 309,
382
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H: 243, 255, 309,
382, 514
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L: 243, 255, 309,
382
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L: 243, 255, 309,
382
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L: 243, 255, 309,
382
MR-RB1H-4: 313
MR-RB3G-4: 313
MR-RB3M-4: 313
MR-RB3N: 384
MR-RB5E: 313, 338
MR-RB5G-4: 313
MR-RB5K-4: 313
MR-RB5N: 384
MR-RB5R: 313
MR-RB6B-4: 313
MR-RB6K-4: 313, 338
MR-RB9F: 313
MR-RB9P: 313, 338
MR-RB12: 245, 313, 338, 346, 384, 515,
517
MR-RB14: 257, 313, 384
MR-RB30: 245, 313, 338, 346, 384, 515,
517
MR-RB31: 313, 338, 346, 384, 515, 517
MR-RB032: 245, 313, 338, 346, 384,
515, 517
MR-RB34: 257, 313, 384
MR-RB34-4: 313
MR-RB50: 245, 313, 338, 346, 384, 515,
517
MR-RB51: 313, 338, 346, 384, 515, 517
MR-RB54-4: 313
MR-RB60-4: 313
MR-RB136-4: 313
MR-RB137: 313
MR-RB138-4: 313
MR-RB139: 313
MR-TB20: 236
MR-TB26A: 220, 245, 256, 301, 303, 375
MR-TB50: 296, 301, 375
MR-TB50MIN: 296, 301, 375
MR-TBNATBL1M: 220
MR-TBNATBL05M: 220
MR-TBNATBL_M: 245, 301, 303, 375
MSIZE: 540
MT-BR5-H75K: 420, 421, 432, 433
MT-DEV2-MQ-C1: 227, 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C1-SMA: 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C5: 227, 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C10: 227, 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C25: 227, 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C50: 227, 539
MT-DEV2-MQ-C100: 227, 539
MT-WORKS2-C1: 216, 232, 539
MT-WORKS2-C1-SMA: 539
MT-WORKS2-C5: 216, 232, 539
MT-WORKS2-C10: 216, 232, 539
MT-WORKS2-C25: 216, 232, 539
MT-WORKS2-C50: 216, 232, 539
MT-WORKS2-C100: 539
MX-Compon-C1: 541
MX-MESIF-STD-C1: 541
MX-MES-INTERFC-IT: 541
MX-OPC-C1: 541
MX-OPC-C1-SMA: 541
MX-OPC-C5: 541
MX-OPC-C5-SMA: 541
MX-OPC-C10: 541
MX-OPC-C10-SMA: 541
MX-OPC-C25: 541
MX-OPC-C25-SMA: 541
MX-OPC-C50: 541
MX-OPC-C50-SMA: 541
N
NC-Configurator-C1: 542
NC-Designer-C1: 542
NC Remote Mon-C1: 542
NF30-FAU3P_A: 545
NF50-SVFU: 544
NF100-CVFU: 544
NF125-HVU: 544
NF125-SVU: 544
NF250-HVU: 544
NF250-SVU: 544
NF-SKW: 544
NF-SLW: 544
NT348E05: 431
NZ2EHF-T8: 89
NZ2EHG-T8: 89
NZ2EX2B1-16_: 89
NZ2EX2B1-16D: 90
NZ2EX2B1-16T: 90
NZ2EX2B1-16TE: 90
NZ2GF2B1-16_: 89
NZ2GF2B1-16D: 90
NZ2GF2B1-16T: 90
NZ2GF2B1-16TE: 90
NZ2GF2B-60_: 89
NZ2GF2B-60AD4: 91
NZ2GF2B-60DA4: 91
NZ2GF-CCB: 89, 92
NZ2GFCF-D62PD2: 89, 92
NZ2GF-ETB: 89, 93
O
OP700: 483, 488, 492
OSE1024-3-15-68: 483, 488, 492, 509,
517, 521
OSE1024-3-15-68-8: 483, 488, 492, 509,
517, 521
P
PA7003: 60
PC4/3-STF-7.62: 296, 298, 300, 336, 344
PC4/6-STF-7.62: 256, 296, 298, 300,
336, 344
PS7DW-20V14B-F: 298, 301, 311, 336,
337, 344, 345, 375, 384
PX-DEV-C1: 536
Q
Q2MEM-1MBS: 77
Q2MEM-2MBF: 77
Q2MEM-2MBS: 77
Q2MEM-4MBF: 77
Q2MEM-8MBA: 77
Q2MEM-16MBA: 77
Q2MEM-32MBA: 77
Q2MEM-ADP: 77
Q2MEM-BAT: 77
Q02PHCPU: 17
Q3MEM-4MBS: 77
Q3MEM-4MBS-SET: 77
Q3MEM-8MBS: 77
Q3MEM-8MBS-SET: 77
Q3MEM-BAT: 77
Q03UDCPU: 211
Q03UDECPU: 10, 211
Q03UDVCPU: 11
Q04UDEHCPU: 10, 211
Q04UDHCPU: 211
Q04UDVCPU: 11
Q6BAT: 78, 215, 227, 230
Q6DIN1: 20
Q6DIN2: 20
Q6DIN3: 20
Q6HLD-R2: 78
Q06PHCPU: 17
Q6TA32: 78
Q6TA32-TOL: 78
Q6TE-18SN: 78
Q06UDEHCPU: 10, 211
Q06UDHCPU: 211
Q06UDVCPU: 11
Q7BAT: 78, 227, 230
Q7BAT-SET: 78
Q10UDEHCPU: 10
Q10WCPU-W1-CFE: 15
Q10WCPU-W1-E: 15
Q12DCCPU-V: 16
Q12PHCPU: 17
Q12PRHCPU: 18, 19
Q13UDEHCPU: 10, 211
Q13UDHCPU: 10, 211
Q13UDVCPU: 11
Q25PHCPU: 17
Q25PRHCPU: 18, 19
Q26UDEHCPU: 10, 211
Q26UDHCPU: 211
Q26UDVCPU: 11
Q33B: 20
Q35B: 20
Q35DB: 20
Q38B: 20
Q38DB 20
Q38RB: 19, 20
Q50UDEHCPU: 10
Q52B: 21, 230
Q55B: 21, 230
Q61LD: 39
Q61P: 211
Q62AD-DGH: 32
Q62DA-FG: 36, 37
Q62DAN: 34
Q62P: 21
Q63B: 21, 211, 230
Q63P: 21
Q63RP: 21
Q64AD: 27
Q64AD2DA: 33
Q64AD-GH: 30
Q64ADH: 28
Q64DAH: 35, 50
Q64DAN: 34
Q64RD: 41
Q64RD-G: 42
Q64RP: 19, 21
Q64TCRTBWN: 44
Q64TCRTN: 44
Q64TCTTBWN: 44
Q64TCTTN: 44
Q64TDV-GH: 40
Q65B: 21, 211, 230
Q65WRB: 19, 21
Q66AD-DG: 31
Q68AD-G: 29
Q68ADI: 27
Q68ADV: 27
Q68B: 21, 211, 230
Q68CT: 527
Q68DAIN: 34
Q68DAVN: 34
Q68RB: 19, 21
Q68RD3-G: 43
Q68TD-G-H01: 39
Q68TD-G-H02: 39
Q80BD-J61BT11N: 63
Q80BD-J71BR11: 63
Q80BD-J71GP21S-SX: 63, 89
Q80BD-J71GP21-SX: 63, 89
Q80BD-J71LP21-25: 63
Q80BD-J71LP21G: 19, 63
Q80BD-J71LP21GE: 63
Q80BD-J71LP21S-25: 63
Q81BD-J61BT11: 63
Q81BD-J71BR11: 19
Q81BD-J71LP21-25: 19
Q100UDEHCPU: 10
Q170DBATC: 215, 230
Q170DBATCBL05M: 215
Q170DEMICBL1M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL3M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL05M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL10M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL15M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL20M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL25M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICBL30M: 216, 230
Q170DEMICON: 230
Q170ENC: 214
Q170ENCCBL2M: 216
Q170ENCCBL5M: 216
Q170ENCCBL10M: 216
Q170ENCCBL20M: 216
Q170ENCCBL30M: 216
Q170ENCCBL50M: 216
Q170ENCCNS: 216
Q170MBAT-SET: 230
Q170MCPU: 229
Q170MCPU-S1: 229
Q170MIOCON: 227, 231
Q170MPWCBL2M-E: 227, 231
Q170MPWCON: 227, 231
Q172DCPU: 12, 211
562
n

I
N
D
E
X
Q172DEX: 12, 213
Q172DLX: 213, 230
Q172DSCPU: 212
Q173DCPU: 12, 211
Q173DPX: 12, 214, 230
Q173DSCPU: 212
Q173NCCPU-S01: 13, 479
Q173SXY: 479
Q312B: 20
Q312DB: 20
Q612B: 21, 211, 230
QC05B: 22, 211, 231
QC06B: 22, 211, 231
QC10TR: 19, 22
QC12B: 22, 211, 231
QC30B: 22, 211, 231
QC30TR: 19, 22
QC50B: 22, 211, 231
QC100B: 22, 211, 231
QD51: 54
QD51-R24: 54
QD60P8-G: 48
QD62: 46
QD62D: 46
QD62E: 46
QD62-H01: 45, 46
QD62-H02: 45, 46
QD63P6: 46
QD65PD2: 47
QD70P4: 51
QD70P8: 51
QD72P3C3: 50
QD75D1N: 49
QD75D2N: 49
QD75D4N: 49
QD75MCBL-2M: 216, 217, 231
QD75MCBL-5M: 216, 217, 231
QD75MCBL-10M: 216, 217, 231
QD75MH1: 217, 218
QD75MH2: 217, 218
QD75MH4: 217, 218
QD75P1N: 49
QD75P2N: 49
QD75P4N: 49
QD77MS2: 223, 224
QD77MS4: 223, 224
QD77MS16: 223, 224
QD81DL96: 72, 73
QD81MEM-1GBC: 73
QD81MEM-2GBC: 73
QD81MEM-4GBC: 73
QD81MEM-8GBC: 73
QD81MEM-512MBC: 73
QD Motion Demo: 549
QE8WH4VT: 526
QE81WH: 524
QE81WH4W: 524
QE82LG: 526
QE83WH4W: 525
QE84WH: 525
QG60: 76
QG-_M-B-LL: 58, 89
QH42P: 24
QI60: 48
QJ61BT11N: 63, 64
QJ61CL12: 71
QJ71AS92: 71
QJ71BR11: 19, 61
QJ71C24N: 53
QJ71C24N-R2: 53
QJ71C24N-R4: 53
QJ71DN91: 70
QJ71E71-100: 19, 57
QJ71E71-B2: 19, 57
QJ71E71-B5: 19, 57
QJ71GF11-T2: 59, 89
QJ71GP21S-SX: 19, 58, 89
QJ71GP21-SX: 19, 58, 89
QJ71LP21-25: 19, 60
QJ71LP21G: 60
QJ71LP21GE: 19, 60
QJ71LP21S-25: 19, 60
QJ71MB91: 68
QJ71MES96: 74
QJ71MES96IT: 75
QJ71MT91: 67
QJ71NT11B: 61
QJ71PB92V: 65
QJ71PB93D: 66
QJ72BR15: 19, 62
QJ72LP25-25: 19, 62
QJ72LP25G: 62
QJ72LP25GE: 19, 62
Q MOTION DEMO: 549
Q MOTION DEMO-CC: 549
QS0J61BT12: 82
QS0J65BTB2-12DT: 126, 83
QS0J65BTS2-4T: 84, 126
QS0J65BTS2-8D: 84, 126
QS0J71GF11-T2: 83
QS001CPU: 81
QS034B: 82
QS061P-A1: 82
QS061P-A2: 82
QS90CBL-SE01: 85
QS90CBL-SE15: 85
QS90SR2SN-CC: 85
QS90SR2SN-EX: 85
QS90SR2SN-Q: 85
QS90SR2SP-CC: 85
QS90SR2SP-EX: 85
QS90SR2SP-Q: 85
QX10: 23
QX28: 23
QX40: 23
QX40H: 23
QX40-S1: 23
QX41: 23
QX41-S1: 23
QX41-S2: 23
QX41Y41P: 24
QX42: 23
QX42-S1: 23
QX48Y57: 24
QX70: 23
QX70H: 23
QX71: 23
QX72: 23
QX80: 24
QX81: 24
QX81-S2: 24
QX82: 24
QX82-S1: 24
QY10: 25
QY18A: 25
QY22: 25
QY40P: 25
QY41P: 25
QY42P: 25
QY50: 25
QY68A: 25
QY70: 25
QY71: 25
QY80: 25
QY81P: 25
QY82P: 25
R
R32TB(-_): 14, 472
R33TB(-_): 472
R054-3.0M: 483, 488, 492
R054-5.0M: 483, 488, 492
R054-10.0M: 483, 488, 492
R56TB(-_): 14, 472
R57TB(-_): 472
RH-3FH35: 460
RH-3FH45: 460
RH-3FH55: 460
RH-3FH3515/12C: 465
RH-3FH4515/12C: 465
RH-3FH5515/12C: 465
RH-3SDHR: 460
RH-3SDHR-S_: 465
RH-3SQHR: 460
RH-3SQHR3515-_: 13
RH-3SQHR-S_: 465
RH-6FH35: 460
RH-6FH35XX/M/C: 466
RH-6FH45: 460
RH-6FH45XX/M/C: 466
RH-6FH55: 460
RH-6FH55XX/M/C: 466
RH-6SQH3520-_: 13
RH-6SQH4520-_: 13
RH-6SQH5520-_: 13
RH-12FH55: 460
RH-12FH55XX/M/C: 467
RH-12FH70: 460
RH-12FH85: 460
RH-12SQH5535-_: 13
RH-12SQH7035-_: 13
RH-12SQH8535-_: 13
RH-20FH85: 460
RH-20FH100: 460
RH-20FH100XX/M/C: 467
RH-20SQH8535-_: 13
RH-20SQH8545-_: 13
RH-20SQH10035-_: 13
RH-20SQH10045-_: 13
RT ToolBox 2: 474
RT-TOOLBOX 2 C1: 14
RT-TOOLBOX 2-C1: 541
RT-TOOLBOX 2 LT-C1: 14, 541
RUFC15/480: 422, 433
RUFC15J: 422, 433
RUFC22/480: 422, 433
RUFC22J: 422, 433
RUFC40/480: 422, 433
RUFC40J: 422, 433
RUFC110/480: 422, 433
R-UNIT2: 515
RV-2F(B): 460, 461
RV-2SQ-_: 13
RV-3SQ-_: 13
RV-3SQJ_: 13
RV-4FL(M)(C): 460, 462
RV-4F(M)(C): 460, 462
RV-6SQ(L)-_: 13
RV-7FLL(M)(C): 460, 463
RV-7FL(M)(C): 460, 463
RV-7F(M)(C): 460, 463
RV-12SQ(L)-_: 13
RV-13FL(M)(C): 460, 464
RV-13F(M)(C): 460, 464
RV-20F(M)(C): 460, 464
S
SC09: 177
SC-ECP01CBL_M-L: 302
SC-EMP01CBL_M-L: 302
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-H: 309, 382
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A1-L: 309, 382
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-H: 309, 382
SC-EPWS1CBL_M-A2-L: 309, 382
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-H: 309, 382
SC-EPWS2CBL_M-L: 309, 382
SC-ERG01CBL_M-L: 302
SC-ERG02CBL01M-L: 302
SC-FRPC: 296, 402, 413, 419, 430, 301,
375
SC-Q: 22, 76, 215, 230, 244, 245
SF1252: 245
SH21-0.5M: 486, 510
SH21-0.35M: 486, 510
SH21-1.0M: 486, 510
SH21-3.0M: 486, 510
SH21-5.0M: 486, 510
SH21-10.0M: 486, 510
SH(NA)3181: 236
SH(NA)3193: 413
SH(NA)3200: 236
SH(NA)3209: 236
SH(NA)030005: 236
SH(NA)030038: 311
SH(NA)030041: 215, 231, 311
SH(NA)030051: 311
SH(NA)030054: 337
SH(NA)030058: 311
SH(NA)030061: 311
SH(NA)030071: 245
SH(NA)030084: 215, 231
SH(NA)030105-A: 383
SH(NA)030106-A: 383
SH(NA)030107-A: 383
SH(NA)080006: 52, 537
SH(NA)080007: 52
SH(NA)080008: 52, 56
SH(NA)080009: 56
SH(NA)080010: 56
SH(NA)080016: 538
SH(NA)080036: 45, 537
SH(NA)080042: 23, 24, 26
SH(NA)080049: 60
SH(NA)080054: 34, 537
SH(NA)080055: 27, 537
SH(NA)080058: 49, 538
SH(NA)080089: 54
SH(NA)080090: 54
SH(NA)080091: 54
SH(NA)080103: 538
SH(NA)080121: 537
SH(NA)080124: 62
SH(NA)080127: 538
SH(NA)080141: 40, 537
SH(NA)080142: 41, 537
SH(NA)080143: 537, 70
SH(NA)080171: 51, 537
SH(NA)080172: 49
SH(NA)080180: 56
SH(NA)080270: 541
SH(NA)080271: 541
SH(NA)080272: 541
SH(NA)080277: 29, 31, 537
SH(NA)080281: 36, 537
SH(NA)080291: 71, 537
SH(NA)080313: 48, 537
SH(NA)080316: 17
SH(NA)080318: 66
SH(NA)080351: 71
SH(NA)080369: 536
SH(NA)080370: 536
SH(NA)080371: 536
SH(NA)080393: 52, 537
SH(NA)080394: 63
SH(NA)080446: 67
SH(NA)080483: 20, 21, 24
SH(NA)080484: 76
SH(NA)080485-ENG: 10
SH(NA)080486: 18
SH(NA)080572: 65
SH(NA)080578: 537, 68
SH(NA)080600: 81
SH(NA)080612: 81
SH(NA)080613: 81
SH(NA)080626: 81
SH(NA)080627: 81
SH(NA)080628: 81
SH(NA)080644: 74
SH(NA)080668: 58
SH(NA)080778: 185
SH(NA)080807-ENG: 10
SH(NA)080809-ENG: 10
SH(NA)080811-ENG: 10
SH(NA)080858: 185
SH(NA)080859: 185
SH(NA)080860: 185
SH(NA)080861: 185
SH(NA)080862: 185
SH(NA)080863: 185
SH(NA)080864: 185
SH(NA)080866: 185
SH(NA)080867: 185
SH(NA)080869: 185
SH(NA)080870: 185
SH(NA)080871: 185
SH(NA)080898: 185
SH(NA)080987: 28
SH(NA)080989: 44
SJ-4-V2.2-03T: 505
SJ-4-V2.2-03T(F): 507
SJ-4-V2.2-03T(M): 507
SJ-4-V3.7-03T: 505
SJ-4-V3.7-03T(F): 507
SJ-4-V3.7-03T(M): 507
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT: 506
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V5.5-07T: 505
SJ-4-V5.5-07T(F): 507
SJ-4-V5.5-07T(M): 507
SJ-4-V7.5-12T: 505
SJ-4-V7.5-12T(F): 507
SJ-4-V7.5-12T(M): 507
SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT: 506
SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-18T: 505
SJ-4-V11-18T(F): 507
SJ-4-V11-18T(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-18WT(F): 507
SJ-4-V11-18WT(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-21T: 505
SJ-4-V11-21WT(F): 507
SJ-4-V11-21WT(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-22ZT: 506
SJ-4-V11-22ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V11-22ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-23ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V11-23ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V11-32ZT: 506
SJ-4-V15-18T: 505
SJ-4-V15-18T(F): 507
SJ-4-V15-18T(M): 507
SJ-4-V15-20T: 505
SJ-4-V15-20WT(F): 507
SJ-4-V15-20WT(M): 507
SJ-4-V18.5-14T: 505
SJ-4-V18.5-14T(F): 507
SJ-4-V18.5-14T(M): 507
SJ-4-V18.5-17T: 505
SJ-4-V18.5-17WT(F): 507
SJ-4-V18.5-17WT(M): 507
SJ-4-V22-15T: 505
SJ-4-V22-15T(F): 507
SJ-4-V22-015T(M): 507
SJ-4-V22-16T: 505
SJ-4-V22-16WT(F): 507
SJ-4-V22-16WT(M): 507
SJ-4-V22-18ZT: 506
SJ-4-V22-18ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V22-18ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V26-08T: 505
SJ-4-V26-08T(F): 507
SJ-4-V26-08T(M): 507
SJ-4-V30-15ZT: 506
SJ-4-V30-15ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-V30-15ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-V30A(F): 507
SJ-4-V30A(M): 507
SJ-4-V37-04T: 505
SJ-4-V37-04T(F): 507
SJ-4-V37-04T(M): 507
SJ-4-V45-02T: 505
SJ-4-V45-02T(F): 507
SJ-4-V45-02T(M): 507
SJ-4-V55-03T: 505
SJ-4-V55-03T(F): 507
SJ-4-V55-03T(M): 507
SJ-4-V75-01T(F): 507
SJ-4-V75-01T(M): 507
SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT: 506
SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-VS22-18ZT: 506
SJ-4-VS22-18ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-VS22-18ZT(M): 507
SJ-4-VS30-15ZT: 506
SJ-4-VS30-15ZT(F): 507
SJ-4-VS30-15ZT(M): 507
SJ-V2.2-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V2.2-01T(F): 503, 517
SJ-V2.2-01T(M): 503
SJ-V3.7-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V3.7-01T(F): 503, 517
SJ-V3.7-01T(M): 503
SJ-V3.7-02ZT: 502
SJ-V3.7-02ZT(F): 503
SJ-V3.7-02ZT(M): 503
SJ-V5.5-01T: 501, 516, 521
SJ-V5.5-01T(F): 503, 517, 521
SJ-V5.5-01T(M): 503
SJ-V7.5-01T: 501, 516, 521
SJ-V7.5-01T(F): 503, 517, 521
SJ-V7.5-01T(M): 503
SJ-V7.5-03: 502
SJ-V7.5-03ZT: 502
SJ-V7.5-03ZT(F): 503
SJ-V7.5-03ZT(M): 503
SJ-V11-01T: 501, 516, 521
SJ-V11-01T(F): 503, 517, 521
SJ-V11-01T(M): 503
SJ-V11-01WT(F): 503
SJ-V11-01WT(M): 503
SJ-V11-06ZT: 502
SJ-V11-06ZT(F): 503
SJ-V11-06ZT(M): 503
SJ-V11-08ZT: 502
SJ-V11-08ZT(F): 503
SJ-V11-08ZT(M): 503
SJ-V11-09T: 501
SJ-V11-09WT(F): 503
SJ-V11-09WT(M): 503
SJ-V15-01T: 501, 516, 521
SJ-V15-01T(F): 503, 521
SJ-V15-01T(M): 503
SJ-V15-03T: 501
SJ-V15-03WT(F): 503
SJ-V15-03WT(M): 503
SJ-V18.5-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V18.5-01T(F): 503
SJ-V18.5-01T(M): 503
SJ-V18.5-03T: 501
SJ-V18.5-03WT(F): 503
SJ-V18.5-03WT(M): 503
SJ-V22-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V22-01T(F): 503
SJ-V22-01T(M): 503
SJ-V22-05T: 501
SJ-V22-05WT(F): 503
SJ-V22-05WT(M): 503
SJ-V22-06: 502
SJ-V22-06ZT: 502
SJ-V22-06ZT(F): 503
SJ-V22-06ZT(M): 503
SJ-V22-09T: 501
SJ-V26-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V26-01T(F): 503
SJ-V26-01T(M): 503
SJ-V30-02: 502
SJ-V30-02ZT: 502
SJ-V30-02ZT(F): 503
SJ-V30-02ZT(M): 503
SJ-V30A(F): 503
SJ-V30A(M): 503
SJ-V37-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V45-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V55-01T: 501, 516
SJ-V0350T-00(ZT): 502
SJ-V01830T-00(ZT): 502
SJ-VS7.5-03ZT(F): 503
SJ-VS7.5-03ZT(M): 503
SJ-VS22-06ZT(F): 503
SJ-VS22-06ZT(M): 503
SJ-VS30-02ZT(F): 503
SJ-VS30-02ZT(M): 503
ST1A-BMK-50: 99
ST1A-BMK-100: 99
ST1A-BMK-150: 99
ST1A-BMK-200: 99
ST1A-CKY-02: 98
ST1A-CKY-06: 98
ST1A-CKY-08: 98
ST1A-CKY-11: 98
ST1A-CKY-12: 98
ST1A-CKY-13: 98
ST1A-CKY-14: 98
ST1A-CKY-17: 98
ST1AD2-I: 97, 98
ST1AD2-V: 97, 98
ST1A-EBR: 98
ST1A-EPL: 98
ST1A-WMK-BK: 99
ST1A-WMK-BL: 99
ST1A-WMK-BR: 99
ST1A-WMK-GN: 99
ST1A-WMK-GN/YL: 99
ST1A-WMK-RD: 99
ST1A-WMK-RD/BL: 99
ST1A-WMK-WH: 99
ST1DA1-I-F01: 97, 98
ST1DA2-V-F01: 97, 98
ST1H-BT: 95, 98
ST1H-PB: 95, 98
ST1PDD: 96, 98
ST1PSD: 96, 98
ST1RD2: 97, 98
ST1SS1: 97, 98
ST1TD2: 97, 98
ST1X2-DE1: 96, 98
ST1X4-DE1: 96, 98
ST1X16-DE1: 96, 98
ST1X1616-DE1-S1: 96, 98
ST1Y2-R2: 96, 98
ST1Y2-TE2: 96, 98
ST1Y2-TE8: 96, 98
ST1Y2-TPE3: 96, 98
ST1Y16-TE2: 96, 98
ST1Y16-TPE3: 96, 98
T
TF3150C-TX: 312, 338
TM-RFM002C20: 341
TM-RFM004C20: 341
TM-RFM006C20: 341
TM-RFM006E20: 341
TM-RFM012E20: 341
TM-RFM012G20: 342
TM-RFM018E20: 341
TM-RFM040J10: 342
TM-RFM048G20: 342
TM-RFM072G20: 342
TM-RFM120J10: 342
TM-RFM240J10: 342
T-TRC50: 440
U
UFS20J: 422, 433
UFS22: 422, 433
UFS40: 422, 433
UFS40J: 422, 433
UFS110: 422, 433
V
V-AD3L: 545
V-AD3S: 545
VFD-A700-DEMO: 429, 549
VFD-F700-DEMO-2: 419, 549
VFD-MICRO-DEMO: 402, 410, 549
VFD-MOTOR-DEMO: 402, 410, 419, 549
VFD-MOTOR-ENC-DEMO: 429, 549
W
WS0-4RO4002: 128, 130
WS0-C20R2: 128
WS0-CPU000200: 128
WS0-CPU130202: 128
WS0-GETH00200: 128, 129
WS0-MPL000201: 128
WS0-TBC4: 128
WS0-TBS4: 128
WS0-UC-232A: 128
WS0-XTDI80202: 128, 130
WS0-XTIO84202: 128, 130
WS-DEV-C1: 536
WSO-GCC100202: 128
X
XLTR-1000: 403, 409, 419, 429, 438
X-USB-AW: 181
564
n

I
N
D
E
X
15th Edition
Programmable
Automation
Controllers
Programmable
Logic
Controllers
Human
Machine
Interfaces
Motion
Controllers
Servomotors
and Ampliers
Variable
Frequency
Drives
Robots
Computerized
Numerical
Controls
Energy
Management
Software
Low Voltage
Switchgear
PRODUCT
SELECTION GUIDE
15th Edition
www.MEAU.com
Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
500 Corporate Woods Parkway
Vernon Hills, IL 60061
Phn: (847) 478-2100
Fax: (847) 478-2253
www.MEAU.com | Serving the Americas

Printed with soy inks.
L-VH-00029 Effective September, 2013.
Specications subject to change without notice.
2013, Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATION CONTROLLERS
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACES
MOTION CONTROLLERS
SERVOMOTORS AND AMPLIFIERS
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
ROBOTS
COMPUTERIZED NUMERICAL CONTROLS
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SOFTWARE
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

2013 Product Selection Guide Whole Book

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2013 Product Selection Guide Whole Book

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

15th Edition

Atom Processor N450 1.66GHz

Interface I/O Modules provide total access

Visual Basic , Visual C++, etc.

RTU Master Module

Express 6.0, Microsoft Windows

6.0; Windows Internet Explorer 7.0

7 (32bit and 64bit)

95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP/Vista/Windows 7 (32bit and 64bit)

or less at 10 to 55Hz (direction of X, Y and Z axes)

4-9 mounting hole

Electromagnetic brake connector

Electromagnetic brake connector

Compatible with Windows

7 (32-bit Ver. 1.8 or later, 64-bit Ver. 2.0 or later)

can be loaded. The positions of loaded

can be installed on robots.

can be jogged just like a real robot.

based CNC / XP Embedded)

is a registered trademarks of Schneider Electric SA

for the QJ71MB91 SH(NA)080578 -

Вам также может понравиться